John Deere 6110M, 6120M, 6125M, 6130M, 6135M, 6140M, 6145M, 6155M, 6175M, 6195M (TM408419) PDF

You might also like

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 5518

6110M, 6120M,

6125M, 6130M,
6135M, 6140M,
6145M, 6155M,
6175M & 6195M
Tractors

DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL

6110M, 6120M, 6125M, 6130M, 6135M, 6140M, 6145M, 6155M, 6175M,


6195M

TM408419 01DEC15 (ENGLISH)

John Deere Agriculture


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Table of contents
FOREWORD
Section 210 - GENERAL
Group 05 - Safety Measures
Group 10 - General References
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
Group AIC - AIC Control Software
Group BLC - BLC Control Software
Group CCU - CCU Control Software
Group CRU - CRU Control Software
Group DOI - Control software DOI
Group ECU_Level_ - ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Group EIC - EIC Control Software
Group FCC - FCC Control Software
Group HCC - HCC Control Software
Group ICA - ICA Control Software
Group JDL - JDL Control Software
Group OIC - OIC Control Software
Group PDU - PDU Control Software
Group PTF - PTF Control Software
Group PTQ - PTQ Control Software
Group PTR - PTR Control Software
Group RPT - RPT Control Software
Group SCO - SCO Control Software
Group SFA - SFA Control Software
Group SMB - SMB Control Software
Group TEC - TEC Control Software
Group TEI - TEI Control Software
Group TIH - TIH Control Software
Group TIQ - TIQ Control Software
Group VTV - VTV Control Software
Group XMC - XMC Control Software
Group XSC - XSC Control Software
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20 - Engine
Group 30 - Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems
Group 40 - Electrical System
Group 45 - Electronic Control Units
Group 50A - Drive Train (without Transmission)
Group 50C - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Group 50D - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Group 60A - Steering
Group 60B - Brakes
Group 70 - Hydraulic System
Group 80B - Suspension Systems
Group 90 - Operator′s Cab
Section 220 - ENGINE
Group 20 - Exhaust Aftertreatment System, Theory of Operation
Group 50 - Tests and Adjustments
Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS
Group 05 - General Information
Group 20A - Fuel System, Theory of Operation
Group 20B - Air Intake System, Theory of Operation
<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Group 20C - Cooling System, Theory of Operation


Group 20E - Cold-Weather Starting System, Theory of Operation
Group 50 - Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems - Tests and Adjustments
Section 239 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE, AND COOLING SYSTEMS - COMPONENT INFORMATION
Group 40A - Fuel System, Component Information
Group 40C - Cooling System, Component Information
Group 40D - Charge Air Circuit, Component Information
Group 40E - Cold Start System, Component Information
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 05 - Electrical System - General Information
Group 20 - Electrical System - Theory of Operation
Group 30A - 30A - Electrical System - Schematics
Group 50AA - 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit
Group 50AC - 50AC - External Cold Start Aid
Group 50BA - 50BA - Lights
Group 50BB - 50BB - Worklights
Group 50BC - 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light
Group 50BD - 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Group 50CA - 50CA - Operator′s Seat
Group 50CB - 50CB - Acoustic Alarms
Group 50CC - 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
Group 50CD - 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System
Group 50CE - 50CE - Sockets
Group 50CF - 50CF - Radio
Group 50CH - 50CH - Accessories
Group 50EA - 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Group 50EB - 50EB - AutoTrac™
Group 50EC - 50EC - Radar
Group 50ED - 50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote
Group 50FA - 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
Group 50FB - 50FB - Immobilizer
Group 50FC - 50FC - Fuel System
Group 50GA - 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Group 50GD - 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Group 50GE - 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Group 50GH - 50GH - Differential Lock
Group 50GI - 50GI - Front-Wheel Drive
Group 50GJ - 50GJ - Rear PTO
Group 50GK - 50GK - Front PTO
Group 50GG - 50GL - Brakes
Group 50HA - 50HA - Rear Hitch
Group 50HB - 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves
Group 50HD - 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle
Group 50HH - 50HH - Front Loader
Group 50IA - 50IA - Display
Group 50ID - 50ID - LIN Bus Modules
Group 50JA - 50JA - Bus Systems
Group 50X - 50X - Ground Connections
Group 50ZZ - 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Section 245 - ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNITS
Group 05 - Electronic Control Units - General Information
Group 10B - Electronic Control Units - Interactive Tests and Calibrations
Group 10C - Electronic Control Units - Information on Programming

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Group 20 - Electronic Control Units - Theory of Operation


Group Immobilize - Immobilizer Control Unit
Group AIC - AIC Control Software
Group BLC - BLC Control Software
Group CCU - CCU Control Software
Group DOI - DOI Control Software
Group ECU_Level_ - ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Group EIC - EIC Control Software
Group FCC - FCC Control Software
Group GM1 - GM1 Control Software
Group GM2 - GM2 Control Software
Group HCC - HCC Control Software
Group ICA - ICA Control Software
Group JDL - JDL Control Software
Group OIC - OIC Control Software
Group PDU - PDU Control Software
Group PTF - PTF Control Software
Group PTQ - PTQ Control Software
Group PTR - PTR Control Software
Group RPT - RPT Control Software
Group SCO - SCO Control Software
Group SFA - SFA Control Software
Group SMB - SMB Control Software
Group TEC - TEC Control Software
Group TEI - TEI Control Software
Group TIH - TIH Control Software
Group TIQ - TIQ Control Software
Group VTV - VTV Control Software
Group XMC - XMC Control Software
Group XSC - XSC Control Software
Section 249 - ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS, WIRING HARNESSES, AND COMPONENTS
Group 05 - Electrical Connectors, Wiring Harnesses, and Components - General Information
Group 40 - Summary of Electrical Components and Harnesses
Group 40A - Electrical Components - Assemblies
Group 40B - Electrical Components - Sensors
Group 40E - Electrical Components - Various Devices and Equipment
Group 40F - Electrical Components - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes
Group 40G - Electrical Components - Power Supply and Alternator
Group 40H - Electrical Components - Control and Signal Devices
Group 40M - Electrical Components - Electrical Motors
Group 40R - Electrical Components - Resistors
Group 40S - Electrical Components - Switches
Group 40W - Wiring Harnesses
Group 40X - Connector
Group 40XGND - Ground Points
Group 40Y - Electrical Components - Solenoid Valves and Solenoids
Group 40Z - Electrical Components - Other
Section 250A - DRIVE TRAIN (WITHOUT TRANSMISSION)
Group 10 - Drive Train (without Transmission) - Operational Checks
Group 20 - Drive Train (without Transmission) - Theory of Operation
Group 50 - Drive Train (without Transmission) - Tests and Adjustments
Section 250C - POWRQUAD™ TRANSMISSION
Group 05 - PowrQuad™ Transmission - General Information

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Group 10 - PowrQuad™ Transmission - Operational Checks


Group 20 - PowrQuad™ Transmission - Theory of Operation
Group 30 - PowrQuad™ Transmission - Schematics
Group 50 - PowrQuad™ Transmission - Tests and Adjustments
Section 259 - DRIVE TRAIN - COMPONENT INFORMATION
Group 40A - Drive Train (without Transmission) - Component Information
Group 40C - PowrQuad™ Transmission - Component Information
Section 260A - STEERING
Group 05 - Steering - General Information
Group 10 - Steering - Operational Checks
Group 20 - Steering - Theory of Operation
Group 30 - Steering - Schematics
Group 50 - Steering - Tests and Adjustments
Section 260B - BRAKES
Group 05 - Brakes - General Information
Group 10 - Brakes - Operational Checks
Group 20 - Brakes - Theory of Operation
Group 30 - Brakes - Schematics
Group 50 - Brakes - Tests and Adjustments
Section 269 - STEERING AND BRAKES - COMPONENT INFORMATION
Group 40A - Steering - Component Information
Group 40B - Brakes - Component Information
Section 270 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05 - Hydraulic System - General Information
Group 10 - Hydraulic System - Operational Checks
Group 20 - Hydraulic System - Theory of Operation
Group 20A - Oil Filter, Additional Oil Reservoir, Charge Pump and Hydraulic Pump - Theory of
Operation
Group 20B - Rear Hitch - Theory of Operation
Group 20C - Front Hitch - Theory of Operation
Group 20D - Selective Control Valves (SCVs) - Theory of Operation
Group 20E - Independent Control Valves (ICVs) - Theory of Operation
Group 30 - Hydraulic System - Schematics
Group 50 - Hydraulic System — Tests and Adjustments
Section 279 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM - COMPONENT INFORMATION
Group 40 - Hydraulic System - Component Information
Section 280A - MACHINE-SPECIFIC SYSTEMS
Group 10 - Machine-Specific Systems - Operational Checks
Group 50 - Machine-Specific Systems - Tests and Adjustments
Section 280B - SUSPENSION SYSTEMS
Group 10 - Suspension Systems - Operational Checks
Group 20A - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle - Theory of Operation
Group 20B - Mechanical Cab Suspension - Theory of Operation
Group 30A - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle - Schematics
Group 50A - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle - Tests and Adjustments
Group 50B - Mechanical Cab Suspension - Tests and Adjustments
Section 289 - SUSPENSION SYSTEMS - COMPONENT INFORMATION
Group 40A - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle - Component Information
Group 40B - Mechanical Cab Suspension - Component Information
Section 290 - OPERATOR′S CAB
Group 10 - Operator′s Cab - Operational Checks
Group 20 - Operator′s Cab - Theory of Operation
Group 50 - Operator′s Cab - Tests and Adjustments

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Section 299 - OPERATOR′S CAB - COMPONENT INFORMATION


Group 40 - Air Conditioning System - Component Information
Section 300 - SPECIAL TOOLS
Group 05 - General Information

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
GENERAL (g) by Belgreen v2.0

Foreword
The diagnostic technical manual is written for an experienced technician. Essential tools required to perform certain type of
work are identified in Section 300, and are recommended for use.

Live with safety: Read the safety messages in the introduction of this manual and the cautions presented throughout the text.

CAUTION:

This is the safety-alert symbol. When the symbol is shown on the equipment or in a manual, be alert to the potential for
personal injury.

Diagnostic technical manuals are comprised of general information, checks, theory of operation, schematic and diagnostic
procedures. Sections in a diagnostic technical manual help quickly identify the likely cause of routine failures. Component
sections include images of the component or connector and location on the equipment.

The diagnostic technical manual references component manuals and repair technical manuals. Repair technical manuals are
organized for various components requiring service instruction.

Both diagnostic and repair technical manuals are concise guides for specific equipment. They are on-the-job instructions
containing vital information to diagnose, analyze, test, and repair the equipment.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 1 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Section 210 - GENERAL


Table of contents
Group 05 - Safety Measures ................................................................................................................... 1
General Information - Safety - Summary of References ....................................................................... 1
Recognize Safety Information ............................................................................................................... 1
Understand Signal Words ..................................................................................................................... 2
Follow Safety Instructions ..................................................................................................................... 2
Prevent Machine Runaway ................................................................................................................... 3
Operating the Tractor Safely ................................................................................................................ 4
Operating the Loader Tractor Safely .................................................................................................... 5
Passenger Seat ..................................................................................................................................... 6
Use Safety Lights and Devices ............................................................................................................. 6
Towing Trailers/Implements Safely (Mass) ........................................................................................... 8
Use Caution On Slopes and Uneven Terrain ......................................................................................... 8
Freeing a Mired Machine ...................................................................................................................... 9
Avoid Backover Accidents .................................................................................................................. 10
Handle Fluids Safely—Avoid Fires ....................................................................................................... 10
Handling Batteries Safely ................................................................................................................... 12
Prepare for Emergencies .................................................................................................................... 13
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids ................................................................................................................. 13
Service Cooling System Safely ........................................................................................................... 14
Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating ........................................................................................... 14
Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines ........................................................................................ 16
Work In Ventilated Area ...................................................................................................................... 16
Avoid Contact with Agricultural Chemicals ......................................................................................... 16
Handle Agricultural Chemicals Safely ................................................................................................. 18
Stay Clear of Rotating Drivelines ........................................................................................................ 19
Wear Protective Clothing .................................................................................................................... 21
Protect Against Noise ......................................................................................................................... 21
Practice Safe Maintenance ................................................................................................................. 23
Avoid Hot Exhaust .............................................................................................................................. 23
Exhaust Filter Cleaning ....................................................................................................................... 24
Clean Exhaust Filter Safely ................................................................................................................. 25
Read Operator Manuals for ISOBUS Implements ................................................................................ 26
Use Steps and Handholds Correctly ................................................................................................... 27
Use Seat Belt Properly ........................................................................................................................ 27
Park Machine Safely ........................................................................................................................... 27
Use Proper Lifting Equipment ............................................................................................................. 28
Construct Dealer-Made Tools Safely ................................................................................................... 28
Support Machine Properly .................................................................................................................. 29
Work in Clean Area ............................................................................................................................. 29
Illuminate Work Area Safely ............................................................................................................... 30
Service Machines Safely ..................................................................................................................... 30
Service Accumulator Systems Safely .................................................................................................. 31
Service Tires Safely ............................................................................................................................ 31
Use Proper Tools ................................................................................................................................. 32
Service Front-Wheel Drive Tractor Safely ........................................................................................... 33
Avoid Eye Contact With Radar ............................................................................................................ 33
Keep ROPS Installed Properly ............................................................................................................. 33
Replace Safety Signs .......................................................................................................................... 34
Replace Safety Signs .......................................................................................................................... 34
Dispose of Waste Properly .................................................................................................................. 35

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Live With Safety ................................................................................................................................. 35


Safety Measures on Electronic Control Units ...................................................................................... 36
Servicing Electronic Control Units ....................................................................................................... 36
Welding Near Electronic Control Units ................................................................................................ 38
Keep Electronic Control Unit Connectors Clean .................................................................................. 38
Safety Instructions for Replacing a Halogen Bulb ............................................................................... 39
Safety Instructions for Replacing Xenon (HID) Bulbs and Ballast Units .............................................. 41
Group 10 - General References ............................................................................................................ 43
General Information - General References, Summary of References ................................................. 43
Trademarks ........................................................................................................................................ 44
Hydraulic Designators ........................................................................................................................ 45
Electrical Designators ......................................................................................................................... 45
General Information - Inch Bolt and Cap Screws, Torque Values ........................................................ 46
General Information - Metric Bolt and Cap Screws, Torque Values ..................................................... 47
General Information - Hydraulic System Inch Fittings, Torque Values ................................................ 48
General Information - Hydraulic System Metric Fittings, Torque Values ............................................. 49
General Information - Electrical System, Component Identification Table .......................................... 50
General Information - Electrical System, How to Read a Diagnostic Schematic ................................. 51
General Information - Electrical System, Lead Numbers and Color Codes ......................................... 53
General Information - Electrical System, Symbols in Schematic, Wiring and Harness Diagrams ....... 54
General Information - Electrical System, Check the Connectors ........................................................ 56
General Information - Electrical System, Approach to Tabular Diagnostic Procedures ....................... 58
General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems .................................. 59
General Information - Electrical System, Worksheet for Circuit/Harness Test .................................... 60
General Information - Electrical System, Visual Check ....................................................................... 62
Types of fault ...................................................................................................................................... 63
General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load ........................................................... 67
General Information - Electrical System, Seven-Step Test Procedure ................................................ 72
General Information - Hydraulic System, Symbols in Circuit Diagrams .............................................. 73
General - Regions and Country Versions ............................................................................................ 78

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Group 05 - Safety Measures


General Information - Safety - Summary of References
General Information - Safety - Summary of References
Recognize Safety Information
Understand Signal Words
Follow Safety Instructions
Prevent Machine Runaway
Operating the Tractor Safely
Operating the Loader Tractor Safely
Passenger Seat
Use Safety Lights And Devices
Towing Trailers/Implements Safely (Mass)
Use Caution on Slopes and Uneven Terrain
Freeing a Mired Machine
Avoid Backover Accidents
Handle Fuel Safely—Avoid Fires
Handling Batteries Safely
Prepare for Emergencies
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids
Service Cooling System Safely
Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating
Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines
Work In Ventilated Area
Avoid Contact with Agricultural Chemicals
Handle Agricultural Chemicals Safely
Stay Clear of Rotating Drivelines
Wear Protective Clothing
Protect Against Noise
Practice Safe Maintenance
Stay Away from the Hot Exhaust System
Exhaust Filter Cleaning
Clean Exhaust Filter Safely
Read Operator Manuals for ISOBUS Devices
Use Seat Belt Properly
Park Machine Safely
Use Proper Lifting Equipment
Construct Dealer-Made Tools Safely
Support Machine Properly
Work in Clean Area
Illuminate Work Area Safely
Service Machines Safely
Service Accumulator Systems Safely
Servicing Tires Safely
Use Proper Tools
Service Front-Wheel Drive Tractor Safely
Avoid Eye Contact with Radar
Keep ROPS Installed Properly
Replace Safety Signs
Replace Safety Decals
Dispose of Waste Properly
Live With Safety
Safety Measures on Electronic Control Units
Servicing Electronic Control Units
Welding Near Electronic Control Units
Keep Electronic Control Unit Connectors Clean.
Safety Instructions for Replacing a Halogen Bulb
Safety Instructions for Replacing Xenon (HID) Bulbs and Ballast Units

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 1 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Recognize Safety Information

Safety-alert symbol

This is a safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol on your machine or in this manual, be alert to the potential for personal
injury.

Follow recommended precautions and safe operating practices.

Understand Signal Words

Signal Words

A signal word—DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION—is used with the safety-alert symbol. DANGER identifies the most serious
hazards.

DANGER or WARNING safety signs are located near specific hazards. General precautions are listed on CAUTION safety signs.
CAUTION also calls attention to safety messages in this manual.

Follow Safety Instructions

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 2 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Safety Messages

Carefully read all safety messages in this manual and on your machine safety signs. Keep safety signs in good condition.
Replace missing or damaged safety signs. Be sure new equipment components and repair parts include the current safety
signs. Replacement safety signs are available from your John Deere dealer.

There can be additional safety information contained on parts and components sourced from suppliers that is not reproduced in
this operator′s manual.

Learn how to operate the machine and how to use controls properly. Do not let anyone operate without instruction.

Keep your machine in proper working condition. Unauthorized modifications to the machine may impair the function and/or
safety and affect machine life.

If you do not understand any part of this manual and need assistance, contact your John Deere dealer.

Prevent Machine Runaway

Machinery Runaway

Avoid possible injury or death from machinery runaway.

Do not start engine by shorting across starter terminals. Machine will start in gear if normal circuitry is bypassed.

NEVER start engine while standing on ground. Start engine only from operator’s seat, with transmission in neutral or park.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 3 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Operating the Tractor Safely

Safety—Fall Off Tractor

Safety—PTO

You can reduce the risk of accidents by following these simple precautions:

Use your tractor only for jobs it was designed to perform, for example, pushing, pulling, towing, actuating, and carrying a
variety of interchangeable equipment designed to conduct agricultural work.
This tractor is not intended to be used as a recreational vehicle.
Read this operator’s manual before operating the tractor and follow operating and safety instructions in the manual and
on the tractor.
Follow operation and ballasting instructions found in the operator’s manual for your implements/attachments, such as
front loaders
Make sure that everyone is clear of machine, attached equipment, and work area before starting engine or operation.
Keep hands, feet, and clothing away from power-driven parts

Driving Concerns

Never get on or off a moving tractor.


Keep all children and nonessential personnel off tractors and all equipment.
Never ride on a tractor unless seated on a John Deere approved seat with seat belt.
Keep all shields/guards in place.
Use appropriate visual and audible signals when operating on public roads.
Move to side of road before stopping.
Reduce speed when turning, applying individual brakes, or operating around hazards on rough ground or steep slopes.
Couple brake pedals together for road travel.
Pump brakes when stopping on slippery surfaces.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 4 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Towing Loads

Be careful when towing and stopping heavy loads. Stopping distance increases with speed and weight of towed loads, and
on slopes. Towed loads with or without brakes that are too heavy for the tractor or are towed too fast can cause loss of
control.
Consider the total weight of the equipment and its load.
Hitch towed loads only to approved couplings to avoid rearward upset.

Parking and Leaving the Tractor

Before dismounting, shut off SCVs, disengage PTO, stop engine, lower implements/attachments to ground and securely
engage park mechanism, including the park pawl and park brake. In addition, if tractor is left unattended, remove key.
Leaving transmission in gear with engine off will NOT prevent the tractor from moving.
Never go near an operating PTO or an operating implement.
Wait for all movement to stop before servicing machinery.

Common Accidents

Unsafe operation or misuse of the tractor can result in accidents. Be alert to hazards of tractor operation.

The most common accidents involving tractors:

Tractor rollover
Collisions with motor vehicles
Improper starting procedures
Entanglement in PTO shafts
Falling from tractor
Crushing and pinching during hitching

Operating the Loader Tractor Safely

Loader Tractor

When operating a machine with a loader application, reduce speed as required to ensure good tractor and loader stability.

To avoid tractor rollover and damage to front tires and tractor, do not carry load with your loader at a speed over 10 km/h (6
mph).

To avoid tractor damage do not use a front loader or a sprayer tank if the tractor is equipped with a 3 Meter Front Axle.

Never allow anyone to walk or work under a raised loader.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 5 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Do not use loader as a work platform.

Do not lift or carry anyone on loader, in bucket, or on implement or attachment.

Lower loader to ground before leaving operators station.

The Rollover Protective Structure (ROPS) or cab roof, if equipped, may not provide sufficient protection from load falling onto
the operators station. To prevent loads from falling onto the operators station, always use appropriate implements for specific
applications (that is, manure forks, round bale forks, round bale grippers, and clampers).

Ballast tractor in accordance to Ballast Recommendations in PREPARE TRACTOR section.

Passenger Seat

Use Seat Belt

The passenger seat is intended only for transport of a passenger in on-road operations (i.e. transport from farm to field).

If it is necessary to transport a passenger, the passenger seat is the only means of transport of a passenger condoned by John
Deere.

Use Safety Lights and Devices

Prevent Collisions

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 6 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Prevent collisions between other road users, slow moving tractors with attachments or towed equipment, and self-propelled
machines on public roads. Frequently check for traffic from the rear, especially in turns, and use turn signal lights.

Use headlights, flashing warning lights, and turn signals day and night. Follow local regulations for equipment lighting and
marking. Keep lighting and marking visible, clean, and in good working order. Replace or repair lighting and marking that has
been damaged or lost. An implement safety lighting kit is available from your John Deere dealer.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 7 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Towing Trailers/Implements Safely (Mass)

Towing trailers/implements safely (mass)

Stopping distance increases with speed and mass of trailer/implement, and when transporting on slopes. Towed mass with or
without brakes that is too heavy for the tractor or is towed too fast can cause loss of control. Consider the total weight of the
equipment and its load.

Tow Towed Mass Safely

Trailer/implement brake system Top speed

- unbraked .......... 25 km/h (15.5 mph)

- independent .......... 25 km/h (15.5 mph)

- overrun brake .......... 25 km/h (15.5 mph)

- hydraulic brake .......... 25 km/h (15.5 mph)

- single-line air brake .......... 25 km/h (15.5 mph)

- dual-line air brake .......... Maximum design speed

There may be legal limits in force that restrict travel speeds to figures lower than those quoted here.

Use additional caution when towing loads under adverse surface conditions, when turning, and on inclines.

Use Caution On Slopes and Uneven Terrain

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 8 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Slopes

Avoid holes, ditches, and obstructions which cause the tractor to tip, especially on slopes. Avoid sharp uphill turns.

Driving forward out of a ditch, mired condition, or up a steep slope could cause tractor to tip over rearward. Back out of these
situations if possible.

Danger of overturn increases greatly with narrow tread setting, at high speed.

Not all conditions that can cause a tractor to overturn are listed. Be alert for any situation in which stability may be
compromised.

Slopes are a major factor related to loss-of-control and tip-over accidents, which can result in severe injury or death. Operation
on all slopes requires extra caution

Never drive near the edge of a gully, drop-off, ditch, steep embankment, or a body of water. The machine could suddenly roll
over if a wheel goes over the edge or the ground caves in

Choose a low ground speed so you will not have to stop or shift while on a slope.

Avoid starting, stopping or turning on a slope. If the tires lose traction, disengage the PTO and proceed slowly, straight down
the slope.

Keep all movement on slopes slow and gradual. Do not make sudden changes in speed or direction, which could cause the
machine to roll over.

Freeing a Mired Machine

Tractor Tipping

Cable Recoiling

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 9 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Attempting to free a mired machine can involve safety hazards such as the mired tractor tipping rearward, the towing tractor
overturning, and the tow chain or tow bar (a cable is not recommended) failing and recoiling from its stretched condition.

Back your tractor out if it gets mired down in mud. Unhitch any towed implements. Dig mud from behind the rear wheels. Place
boards behind the wheels to provide a solid base and try to back out slowly. If necessary, dig mud from the front of all wheels
and drive slowly ahead.

If necessary to tow with another unit, use a tow bar or a long chain (a cable is not recommended). Inspect the chain for flaws.
Make sure all parts of towing devices are of adequate size and strong enough to handle the load.

Always hitch to the drawbar of the towing unit. Do not hitch to the front pushbar attachment point. Before moving, clear the
area of people. Apply power smoothly to take up the slack: a sudden pull could snap any towing device causing it to whip or
recoil dangerously.

Avoid Backover Accidents

Avoid Backover Accidents

Before moving machine, be sure that all persons are clear of machine path. Turn around and look directly for best visibility. Use
a signal person when backing if view is obstructed or when in close quarters.

Do not rely on a camera to determine if personnel or obstacles are behind the machine. The system can be limited by many
factors including maintenance practices, environmental conditions, and operating range.

Handle Fluids Safely—Avoid Fires

Avoid Fires

When you work around fuel, do not smoke or work near heaters or other fire hazards.

Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Do not incinerate or puncture pressurized containers.

Make sure machine is clean of trash, grease, and debris.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 10 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Do not store oily rags; they can ignite and burn spontaneously.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 11 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Handling Batteries Safely

Caution

Caution

Battery gas can explode. Keep sparks and flames away from batteries. Use a flashlight to check battery electrolyte level.

Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or hydrometer.

Always remove grounded (-) battery clamp first and replace grounded clamp last.

Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous and strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and cause blindness if
splashed into eyes.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 12 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Avoid hazards by:

Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area


Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves
Avoiding use of air pressure to clean batteries
Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added
Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte
Using correct battery booster or charger procedure.

If acid is spilled on skin or in eyes:

1. Flush skin with water.


2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the acid.
3. Flush eyes with water for 15—30 minutes. Get medical attention immediately.

If acid is swallowed:

1. Do not induce vomiting.


2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do not exceed 2 L (2 qt.).
3. Get medical attention immediately.

WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State
of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.

Prepare for Emergencies

First Aid Kit

Be prepared if a fire starts.

Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.

Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service, hospital, and fire department near your telephone.

Avoid High-Pressure Fluids

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 13 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

High Pressure

Inspect hydraulic hoses periodically – at least once per year – for leakage, kinking, cuts, cracks, abrasion, blisters, corrosion,
exposed wire braid or any other signs of wear or damage.

Replace worn or damaged hose assemblies immediately with John Deere approved replacement parts.

Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury.

Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying
pressure.

Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high-pressure fluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours
or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such
information is available in English from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling
1-800-822-8262 or +1 309-748-5636.

Service Cooling System Safely

Cooling System

Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns.

Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve
pressure before removing completely.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 14 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating

Toxic Fumes

Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.

Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated by welding, soldering, or using a torch.

Remove paint before heating:

Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from area to be affected by heating. If paint cannot be removed, wear an
approved respirator before heating or welding.
If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust. Wear an approved respirator.
If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or paint stripper
containers and other flammable material from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes before welding or
heating.

Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where welding will take place.

Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxic fumes and dust away.

Dispose of paint and solvent properly.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 15 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines

Flammable Spray

Flammable spray can be generated by heating near pressurized fluid lines, resulting in severe burns to yourself and
bystanders. Do not heat by welding, soldering, or using a torch near pressurized fluid lines or other flammable materials.
Pressurized lines can accidentally burst when heat goes beyond the immediate flame area.

Work In Ventilated Area

Engine exhaust fumes

Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If it is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, remove the exhaust
fumes from the area with an exhaust pipe extension.

If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, open the doors and get outside air into the area.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 16 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Avoid Contact with Agricultural Chemicals

Harmful Pesticides

Pesticide Use

This enclosed cab does not protect against inhaling vapor, aerosol or dust. If pesticide use instructions require respiratory
protection, wear an appropriate respirator inside the cab.

Before leaving the cab, wear personal protective equipment as required by the pesticide use instructions. When re-entering the
cab, remove protective equipment and store either outside the cab in a closed box or some other type of sealable container or
inside the cab in a pesticide resistant container, such as a plastic bag.

Clean your shoes or boots to remove soil or other contaminated particles prior to entering the cab.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 17 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Handle Agricultural Chemicals Safely

Safety

Safety

Chemicals used in agricultural applications such as fungicides, herbicides, insecticides, pesticides, rodenticides, and fertilizers
can be harmful to your health or the environment if not used carefully.

Always follow all label directions for effective, safe, and legal use of agricultural chemicals.

Reduce risk of exposure and injury:

Wear appropriate personal protective equipment as recommended by the manufacturer. In the absence of manufacturer′s
instructions, follow these general guidelines:
Chemicals labeled ′Danger′ : Most toxic. Generally require use of goggles, respirator, gloves, and skin protection.
Chemicals labeled ′Warning′ : Less toxic. Generally require use of goggles, gloves, and skin protections.
Chemicals labeled ′Caution′ : Least toxic. Generally require use of gloves and skin protection.
Avoid inhaling vapor, aerosol or dust.
Always have soap, water, and towel available when working with chemicals. If chemical contacts skin, hands, or face,
wash immediately with soap and water. If chemical gets into eyes, flush immediately with water.
Wash hands and face after using chemicals and before eating, drinking, smoking, or urination.
Do not smoke or eat while applying chemicals.
After handling chemicals, always bathe or shower and change clothes. Wash clothing before wearing again.
Seek medical attention immediately if illness occurs during or shortly after use of chemicals.
Keep chemicals in original containers. Do not transfer chemicals to unmarked containers or to containers used for food or
drink.
Store chemicals in a secure, locked area away from human or livestock food. Keep children away.
Always dispose of containers properly. Triple rinse empty containers and puncture or crush containers and dispose of
properly.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 18 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Stay Clear of Rotating Drivelines

Rotating Drivelines

Drivelines

Entanglement in rotating driveline can cause serious injury or death.

Keep tractor master shield and driveline shields in place at all times. Make sure rotating shields turn freely.

Wear close fitting clothing. Stop the engine and be sure that PTO driveline is stopped before making adjustments, connections,
or cleaning out PTO driven equipment.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 19 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Do not install any adapter device between the tractor and the primary implement PTO drive shaft that will allow a 1000 rpm
tractor shaft to power a 540 rpm implement at speeds higher than 540 rpm.

Do not install any adapter device that results in a portion of the rotating implement shaft, tractor shaft, or the adapter to be
unguarded. The tractor master shield shall overlap the end of the splined shaft and the added adaptor device as outlined in the
table.

Stay Clear of Rotating Drivelines

PTO Type Diameter Splines n ± 5 mm (0.20 in.)

1 35 mm (1.378 in.) 6 85 mm (3.35 in.)

2 35 mm (1.378 in.) 21 85 mm (3.35 in.)

3 45 mm (1.772 in.) 20 100 mm (4.00 in.)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 20 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Wear Protective Clothing

Protective Clothing

Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment appropriate to the job.

Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing.

Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or uncomfortable loud
noises.

Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones while operating
machine.

Protect Against Noise

Noise Exposure

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 21 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing.

Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or uncomfortable loud
noises.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 22 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Practice Safe Maintenance

Keep Area Clean

Understand service procedure before doing work. Keep area clean and dry.

Never lubricate, service, or adjust machine while it is moving. Keep hands, feet , and clothing from power-driven parts.
Disengage all power and operate controls to relieve pressure. Lower equipment to the ground. Stop the engine. Remove the
key. Allow machine to cool.

Securely support any machine elements that must be raised for service work.

Keep all parts in good condition and properly installed. Fix damage immediately. Replace worn or broken parts. Remove any
buildup of grease, oil, or debris.

On self-propelled equipment, disconnect battery ground cable (-) before making adjustments on electrical systems or welding
on machine.

On towed implements, disconnect wiring harnesses from tractor before servicing electrical system components or welding on
machine.

Avoid Hot Exhaust

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 23 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Safety—Hot Parts

Servicing machine or attachments with engine running can result in serious personal injury. Avoid exposure and skin contact
with hot exhaust gases and components.

Exhaust parts and streams become very hot during operation. Exhaust gases and components reach temperatures hot enough
to burn people, ignite, or melt common materials.

Exhaust Filter Cleaning

Safety—Hot Parts

Servicing machine or attachments during exhaust filter cleaning can result in serious personal injury. Avoid exposure and skin
contact with hot exhaust gases and components.

During auto or manual/stationary exhaust filter cleaning operations, the engine will run at elevated idle and hot temperatures
for an extended period of time. Exhaust gases and exhaust filter components reach temperatures hot enough to burn people,
or ignite, or melt common materials.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 24 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Clean Exhaust Filter Safely

Fire Safety

Hand Over Flame

Moving Parts

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 25 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Stop

During exhaust filter cleaning operations, the engine may run at elevated idle and hot temperatures for an extended period of
time. Exhaust gases and exhaust filter components reach temperatures hot enough to burn people, or ignite or melt common
materials.

Keep machine away from people, animals, or structures which may be susceptible to harm or damage from hot exhaust gases
or components. Avoid potential fire or explosion hazards from flammable materials and vapors near the exhaust. Keep exhaust
outlet away from people and anything that can melt, burn, or explode.

Closely monitor machine and surrounding area for smoldering debris during and after exhaust filter cleaning.

Adding fuel while an engine is running can create a fire or explosion hazard. Always stop engine before refueling machine and
clean up any spilled fuel.

Always make sure that engine is stopped while hauling machine on a truck or trailer.

Contact with exhaust components while still hot can result in serious personal injury.

Avoid contact with these components until cooled to safe temperatures.

If service procedure requires engine to be running:

Only engage power-driven parts required by service procedure


Ensure that other people are clear of operator station and machine

Keep hands, feet, and clothing away from power-driven parts.

Always disable movement (neutral), set the parking brake or mechanism and disconnect power to attachments or tools before
leaving the operator’s station.

Shut off engine and remove key (if equipped) before leaving the machine unattended.

Read Operator Manuals for ISOBUS Implements


In addition to GreenStar Applications, this display can be used as a display device for any implement that meets ISO 11783
standard. This includes capability to control ISOBUS implements. When used in this manner, information and implement control
functions placed on the display are provided by the implement and are the responsibility of the implement manufacturer. Some
of these implement functions could provide a hazard either to the Operator or a bystander. Read the operator manual provided
by the implement manufacturer and observe all safety messages in manual and on implement prior to use.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 26 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

→NOTE:

ISOBUS refers to the ISO Standard 11783

Use Steps and Handholds Correctly

Use Handholds and Steps

Prevent falls by facing the machine when getting on and off. Maintain 3-point contact with steps, handholds, and handrails.

Use extra care when mud, snow, or moisture present slippery conditions. Keep steps clean and free of grease or oil. Never
jump when exiting machine. Never mount or dismount a moving machine.

Use Seat Belt Properly

Use a Seat Belt

Use a seat belt when you operate with a roll-over protective structure (ROPS) or cab to minimize chance of injury from an
accident such as an overturn.

Do not use a seat belt if operating without a ROPS or cab.

Replace entire seat belt if mounting hardware, buckle, belt, or retractor show signs of damage.

Inspect seat belt and mounting hardware at least once a year. Look for signs of loose hardware or belt damage, such as cuts,
fraying, extreme or unusual wear, discoloration, or abrasion. Replace only with replacement parts approved for your machine.
See your John Deere dealer.

Park Machine Safely

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 27 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Remove the Key

Before working on the machine:

Lower all equipment to the ground.


Stop the engine and remove the key.
Disconnect the battery ground strap.
Hang a "DO NOT OPERATE" tag in operator station.

Use Proper Lifting Equipment

Proper Lifting Equipment

Lifting heavy components incorrectly can cause severe injury or machine damage.

Follow recommended procedure for removal and installation of components in the manual.

Construct Dealer-Made Tools Safely

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 28 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Construct Dealer-Made Tools Safely

Faulty or broken tools can result in serious injury. When constructing tools, use proper, quality materials, and good
workmanship.

Do not weld tools unless you have the proper equipment and experience to perform the job.

Support Machine Properly

Support Properly

Always lower the attachment or implement to the ground before you work on the machine. If the work requires that the
machine or attachment be lifted, provide secure support for them. If left in a raised position, hydraulically supported devices
can settle or leak down.

Do not support the machine on cinder blocks, hollow tiles, or props that may crumble under continuous load. Do not work
under a machine that is supported solely by a jack. Follow recommended procedures in this manual.

When implements or attachments are used with a machine, always follow safety precautions listed in the implement or
attachment operator′s manual.

Work in Clean Area

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 29 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Clean Work Area

Before starting a job:

Clean work area and machine.


Make sure you have all necessary tools to do your job.
Have the right parts on hand.
Read all instructions thoroughly; do not attempt shortcuts.

Illuminate Work Area Safely

Work Area Safely

Illuminate your work area adequately but safely. Use a portable safety light for working inside or under the machine. Make sure
the bulb is enclosed by a wire cage. The hot filament of an accidentally broken bulb can ignite spilled fuel or oil.

Service Machines Safely

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 30 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Moving Parts

Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie, scarf, loose clothing, or necklace when you work near machine tools or
moving parts. If these items were to get caught, severe injury could result.

Remove rings and other jewelry to prevent electrical shorts and entanglement in moving parts.

Service Accumulator Systems Safely

Hydraulic Accumulator

Escaping fluid or gas from systems with pressurized accumulators that are used in air conditioning, hydraulic, and air brake
systems can cause serious injury. Extreme heat can cause the accumulator to burst, and pressurized lines can be accidentally
cut. Do not weld or use a torch near a pressurized accumulator or pressurized line.

Relieve pressure from the pressurized system before removing accumulator.

Relieve pressure from the hydraulic system before removing accumulator. Never attempt to relieve hydraulic system or
accumulator pressure by loosening a fitting.

Accumulators cannot be repaired.

Service Tires Safely

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 31 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Explosive Tire and Rim Parts

Explosive separation of a tire and rim parts can cause serious injury or death.

Do not attempt to mount a tire unless you have the proper equipment and experience to perform the job.

Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflate the tires above the recommended pressure. Never weld or heat a
wheel and tire assembly. The heat can cause an increase in air pressure resulting in a tire explosion. Welding can structurally
weaken or deform the wheel.

When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and extension hose long enough to allow you to stand to one side and NOT in front of
or over the tire assembly. Use a safety cage if available.

Check wheels for low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damaged rims, or missing lug bolts and nuts.

Use Proper Tools

Proper Tools

Use tools appropriate to the work. Makeshift tools and procedures can create safety hazards.

Use power tools only to loosen threaded parts and fasteners.

For loosening and tightening hardware, use the correct size tools. DO NOT use U.S. measurement tools on metric fasteners.
Avoid bodily injury caused by slipping wrenches.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 32 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Use only service parts meeting John Deere specifications.

Service Front-Wheel Drive Tractor Safely

Support Front and Rear Wheels

When servicing front-wheel drive tractor with the rear wheels supported off the ground and rotating wheels by engine power,
always support front wheels in a similar manner. Loss of electrical power or transmission/ hydraulic system pressure will
engage the front driving wheels, pulling the rear wheels off the support if front wheels are not raised. Under these conditions,
front drive wheels can engage even with switch in disengaged position.

Avoid Eye Contact With Radar

Avoid Eye Contact With Radar

Radar ground speed sensor emits a very low intensity microwave signal. It will not cause any ill effects during normal use.
Although intensity is low, DO NOT look directly into face of sensor while in operation, to avoid any possible eye damage.

Keep ROPS Installed Properly

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 33 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Roll-Over Protective Structure

Make certain all parts are reinstalled correctly if the roll-over protective structure (ROPS) is loosened or removed for any
reason. Tighten mounting bolts to proper torque.

The protection offered by ROPS will be impaired if ROPS is subjected to structural damage, is involved in an overturn incident,
or is in any way altered by welding, bending, drilling, or cutting. A damaged ROPS should be replaced, not reused.

The seat is part of the ROPS safety zone. Replace only with John Deere seat approved for your tractor.

Any alteration of the ROPS must be approved by the manufacturer.

Replace Safety Signs

Safety Signs

Replace missing or damaged safety signs. See the machine operator’s manual for correct safety sign placement.

Replace Safety Signs

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 34 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Safety Signs

Replace missing or damaged safety signs. Use this operator’s manual for correct safety sign placement.

There can be additional safety information contained on parts and components sourced from suppliers that is not reproduced in
this operator′s manual.

Dispose of Waste Properly

Recycle Waste

Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the environment and ecology. Potentially harmful waste used with John Deere
equipment include such items as oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid, filters, and batteries.

Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not use food or beverage containers that may mislead someone into drinking
from them.

Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into any water source.

Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air can damage the Earth’s atmosphere. Government regulations may require a
certified air conditioning service center to recover and recycle used air conditioning refrigerants.

Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste from your local environmental or recycling center, or from your John
Deere dealer.

Live With Safety

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 35 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Safety Systems

Before returning machine to customer, make sure machine is functioning properly, especially the safety systems. Install all
guards and shields.

Safety Measures on Electronic Control Units

CAUTION:

Before installing test equipment on tractor, always shut off the engine and turn off key switch.

CAUTION:

Always engage the park lock when performing tests with the engine running.

CAUTION:

When testing is performed with the engine running, there is a risk of injury from rotating parts.

IMPORTANT:

Do not use a test lamp on any control unit. Only use a multimeter (JT05791A/JDG1478).

IMPORTANT:

To protect electronic circuits, disconnect the battery and alternator before performing any welding on
the tractor.

Servicing Electronic Control Units

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 36 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Electronic Control Unit

[1] -

IMPORTANT:

Do not open control unit and do not clean with a high pressure spray. Moisture, dirt and other
contaminants may cause permanent damage.

Control units are not repairable; replace only if indicated in the diagnostic procedure.

[2] - Since control units are the components LEAST likely to fail, isolate failure before replacing by completing the diagnostic
procedure.

[3] - The wiring harness terminals and connectors for electronic control units are repairable.

[4] -

IMPORTANT:

Misleading diagnostic messages and poor performance may occur if an electronic control unit is not
programmed identical to the original controller.

Before putting back into service, verify the control unit is programmed identical to the original controller.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 37 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Welding Near Electronic Control Units

Welding Graphic

[1] -

IMPORTANT:

Do not jump-start engines with arc welding equipment. Currents and voltages are too high and may
cause permanent damage.

Disconnect the negative (-) battery cable(s).

[2] - Disconnect the positive (+) battery cable(s).

[3] - Connect the positive and negative cables together. Do not attach to vehicle frame.

[4] - Clear or move any wiring harness sections away from welding area.

[5] - Connect welder ground close to welding point and away from control units.

[6] - After welding, reverse Steps 1—5.

Keep Electronic Control Unit Connectors Clean


[1] -

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 38 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

IMPORTANT:

Keep terminals clean and free of foreign debris. Moisture, dirt and other contaminants may cause the
terminals to erode over time and not make a good electrical connection.

If a connector is not in use, put on the proper dust cap or an appropriate seal to protect it from foreign debris and moisture.

[2] -

IMPORTANT:

Do not probe through the wire insulation or through the back of the connector. Do not insert items such
as paper clips or wires into connector terminals.

Make measurements on a connector terminal using JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit in SERVICEGARD.

Flex Probe Kit

JDG10466

Measure connector terminal.

[3] - Observe the locking mechanism of the connector when disconnecting and reconnecting.

[4] - Do not pull on wires to disconnect.

[5] - Before reconnecting:

Look for bent terminals; do not force connectors into each other.
Replace any terminal where corrosion exists.
Clean the connector of any foreign debris.
Dry the connector of any moisture.

[6] - When reconnecting, make sure seals around the connector pairs are functional.

Safety Instructions for Replacing a Halogen Bulb


When replacing a halogen bulb, always comply with the following safety instructions:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 39 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

CAUTION:

Always switch the lights off before you change a bulb.

CAUTION:

First allow the bulb to cool down (may cause burns).

CAUTION:

Wear safety goggles and gloves when changing the bulb.

CAUTION:

The bulb is made of glass and contains halogen gas; the bulb is under high pressure, so there is a risk of
it shattering.

CAUTION:

Do NOT use any bulbs that have fallen on the ground or have scratches on their surface, as there is a risk
of them shattering.

CAUTION:

Make sure that the bulb is seated correctly in its holder in the light.

CAUTION:

Check the light for signs of damage and make sure the seals are seated correctly.

IMPORTANT:

Use only bulbs that are of the same type, same voltage and same wattage as the bulb that is being
replaced.

IMPORTANT:

Never touch the glass surface of the halogen bulb, hold it only by its base.

IMPORTANT:

Use a clean cloth and alcohol to remove any fingerprints from the glass bulb.

IMPORTANT:

Old halogen bulbs that have been replaced must be disposed of properly (i.e. as hazardous waste).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 40 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures

Safety Instructions for Replacing Xenon (HID) Bulbs and Ballast Units
When replacing a xenon (HID) bulb or ballast unit, it is essential to comply with the following safety instructions:

CAUTION:

Switch the light off and disconnect it from the power supply before changing a bulb.

CAUTION:

Never insert foreign objects or fingers into the bulb holder (high-tension voltage - potential for FATAL
ACCIDENTS).

CAUTION:

The ballast unit must never be operated when the bulb is missing, as this may cause a dangerous flash-
over at the bulb sockets, resulting in serious damage (high-tension voltage - potential for FATAL
ACCIDENTS).

CAUTION:

First allow the bulb to cool down (may cause burns).

CAUTION:

Wear safety goggles and gloves when changing the bulb.

CAUTION:

The bulb is made of glass and contains xenon gas and metallic salts; the bulb is under high pressure, so
there is a risk of it shattering.

CAUTION:

Do NOT use any bulbs that have fallen on the ground or have scratches on their surface, as there is a risk
of them shattering.

CAUTION:

Make sure that the bulb is seated correctly in its holder in the light.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 41 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

CAUTION:

If a xenon (HID) bulb ever bursts inside a closed space (e.g. workshop), leave the area, making sure it is
well ventilated, and wait for 20 minutes before returning. This will eliminate the risk to health caused by
gases.

CAUTION:

Check the light for signs of damage and make sure the seals are seated correctly.

IMPORTANT:

Use only bulbs that are of the same type, same voltage and same wattage as the bulb that is being
replaced.

IMPORTANT:

Never touch the glass surface of the xenon bulb, hold it only by its base.

IMPORTANT:

Use a clean cloth and alcohol to remove any fingerprints from the glass bulb.

IMPORTANT:

Old xenon (HID) bulbs that have been replaced must be disposed of properly (i.e. as hazardous waste).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 42 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

Group 10 - General References


General Information - General References, Summary of References
The following list contains additional references which may be helpful when diagnosing the machine.

General Information - General References, Summary of References


Designations of Hydraulic Components
Designations of Electrical Components
General Information - Trademarks
General Information - Inch Bolt and Cap Screws, Torque Values
General Information - Metric Bolt and Cap Screws, Torque Values
General Information - Hydraulic System Inch Fittings, Torque Values
General Information - Hydraulic System Metric Fittings, Torque Values
General Information - Electrical System, Component Identification Table
General Information - Electrical System, How to Read a Diagnostic Schematic
General Information - Electrical System, Lead Numbers and Color Codes
General Information - Electrical System, Symbols in Schematic, Wiring and Harness Diagrams
General Information - Electrical System, Check the Connectors
General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
General Information - Electrical System, Approach to Tabular Diagnostic Procedures
General Information - Electrical System, Visual Inspection
General Information - Electrical System, Electrical Circuit Malfunctions
General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load
General Information - Electrical System, Seven-Step Test Procedure
General Information - Hydraulic System, Symbols in Schematics
General - Regions and Country Versions

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 43 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

Trademarks
Trademarks

Trademarks

AutoPowr™ Trademark of Deere and Company

AutoPowr™/IVT™ Trademark of Deere and Company

AutoQuad II™ Trademark of Deere and Company

AutoQuad PLUS™ Trademark of Deere and Company

AutoTrac™ Trademark of Deere and Company

Bio Hy-Guard™ Trademark of Deere and Company

ClimaTrak™ Trademark of Deere and Company

ComfortGard™ Trademark of Deere and Company

ComfortGard Deluxe™ Trademark of Deere and Company

CommandARM™ Trademark of Deere and Company

CommandCenter™ Trademark of Deere and Company

COOL-GARD™ Trademark of Deere and Company

COOL-GARD II™ Trademark of Deere and Company

CoolScan™ Trademark of Deere and Company

CoolScan PLUS™ Trademark of Deere and Company

Deere™ Trademark of Deere and Company

FieldCruise™ Trademark of Deere and Company

Field Doc™ Trademark of Deere and Company

Field Office™ Trademark of Deere and Company

GreenStar™ Trademark of Deere and Company

ILS™ Trademark of Deere and Company

Hy-Gard™ Trademark of Deere and Company

iTEC™ Trademark of Deere and Company

iTEC™ Basic Trademark of Deere and Company

iTEC Pro™ Trademark of Deere and Company

IVT™ Trademark of Deere and Company

IVT Selector™ Trademark of Deere and Company

JDLink™ Trademark of Deere and Company

JDOffice™ Trademark of Deere and Company

John Deere™ Trademark of Deere and Company

Oilscan™ Trademark of Deere and Company

Parallel Tracking™ Trademark of Deere and Company

Plus-50™ Trademark of Deere and Company

PowerTech™ Trademark of Deere and Company

PowerTech Plus™ Trademark of Deere and Company

PowerZero™ Trademark of Deere and Company

PowrQuad™ Trademark of Deere and Company

PowrQuad PLUS™ Trademark of Deere and Company

PowrReverser™ Trademark of Deere and Company

Service ADVISOR™ Trademark of Deere and Company

SERVICEGARD™ Trademark of Deere and Company

StarFire™ Trademark of Deere and Company

StarFire iTC™ Trademark of Deere and Company

StellarSupport™ Trademark of Deere and Company

SyncroPlus™ Trademark of Deere and Company

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 44 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

Trademarks

TLS™ Trademark of Deere and Company

TLS™ Plus Trademark of Deere and Company

TouchSet™ Trademark of Deere and Company

Tractor-Implement Automation™ Trademark of Deere and Company

Triple Link Suspension™ Trademark of Deere and Company

Hydraulic Designators
The hydraulic designators are used to identify components on hydraulic schematics in this manual. In the legend, the
designators are shown in alphanumeric order with a brief description. In the component identification group, designators are
used in conjunction with a description and photograph or image.

The hydraulic designators begin with a letter that describes the device:

DEFINITIONS:
A Accumulator
B Sensor or Gauge
C Cylinder, Actuator, or Piston
D Check Valve
F Filter
G Valve Block, Assembly, or Gearcase
H Cooler
J Miscellaneous Component
M Motor
O Orifice
P Pump
R Reservoir or Tank
S Switch
V Valve
W Mechanical Assembly
X Diagnostic Receptacle or Coupler
Y Solenoid Valve
Z Port with Plug
Electrical Designators
Each component has an identification letter assigned to it. A number is added to the letter to separate and indicate the total
components within the letter group.

DEFINITIONS:
A System, Subassembly, Control Unit, or Parts Group
B Transducer for Conversion of Non-Electrical Variables to Electrical Variables and converse
C Condenser or Capacitor
D Binary Device or Memory
E Lights, Heating, or Various Devices and Equipment
F Fuse, Circuit Breaker, or Protection Device
G Power Supply or Generator
H Monitor, Alarm, or Signaling Device
K Relay Contactor
L Inductor
M Motor
N Regulator or Amplifier
P Measuring Instrument
R Resistor or Potentiometer
S Switch
T Transformer
U Modulator or Converter
V Suppressor, Diode, Semiconductor, or Electron Tube
W Transmission Path, Harness, Conductor, or Antenna
X Terminal, Plug, or Plug and Socket Connection
Y Solenoid or other Electrically Actuated Mechanical Device
Z Electrical Filter

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 45 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

General Information - Inch Bolt and Cap Screws, Torque Values

Top, SAE Grade and Head Markings; Bottom, SAE Grade and Nut Markings

Unified Inch Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values, 1 of 2

Grade 1 (No Mark) Grade 2 a (No Mark) Grade 5, 5.1 or 5.2 Grade 8 or 8.2
b c b c b c
Lubricated N˙m Dry N˙m Lubricated N˙m Dry N˙m Lubricated N˙m Dry N˙m (lb- Lubricated b N˙m Dry c N˙m (lb-
Size
(lb-ft) (lb-ft) (lb-ft) (lb-ft) (lb-ft) ft) (lb-ft) ft)

1/4 3.8 (2.8) 4.7 (3.5) 6 (4.4) 7.5 (5.5) 9.5 (7) 12 (9) 13.5 (10) 17 (12.5)

5/16 7.7 (5.7) 9.8 (7.2) 12 (9) 15.5 (11.5) 19.5 (14.5) 25 (18.5) 28 (20.5) 35 (26)

3/8 13.5 (10) 17.5 (13) 22 (16) 27.5 (20) 35 (26) 44 (32.5) 49 (36) 63 (46)

7/16 22 (16) 28 (20.5) 35 (26) 44 (32.5) 56 (41) 70 (52) 80 (59) 100 (74)

1/2 34 (25) 42 (31) 53 (39) 67 (49) 85 (63) 110 (80) 120 (88) 155 (115)

9/16 48 (35.5) 60 (45) 76 (56) 95 (70) 125 (92) 155 (115) 175 (130) 220 (165)

5/8 67 (49) 85 (63) 105 (77) 135 (100) 170 (125) 215 (160) 240 (175) 305 (225)

3/4 120 (88) 150 (110) 190 (140) 240 (175) 300 (220) 380 (280) 425 (315) 540 (400)

7/8 190 (140) 240 (175) 190 (140) 240 (175) 490 (360) 615 (455) 690 (510) 870 (640)

1 285 (210) 360 (265) 285 (210) 360 (265) 730 (540) 920 (680) 1030 (760) 1300 (960)

1-1/8 400 (300) 510 (375) 400 (300) 510 (375) 910 (670) 1150 (850) 1450 (1075) 1850 (1350)

1-1/4 570 (420) 725 (535) 570 (420) 725 (535) 1280 (945) 1630 (1200) 2050 (1500) 2600 (1920)

1-3/8 750 (550) 950 (700) 750 (550) 950 (700) 1700 (1250) 2140 (1580) 2700 (2000) 3400 (2500)

1-1/2 990 (730) 1250 (930) 990 (730) 1250 (930) 2250 (1650) 2850 (2100) 3600 (2650) 4550 (3350)
a
Grade 2 applies for hex cap screws up to 6 in. (152 mm) long. Grade 1 applies for hex cap screws over 6 in. (152 mm) long, and for all other types of bolts and
screws of any length.
b
"Lubricated" means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, or fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings.
c
"Dry" means plain or zinc-plated without any lubrication.

Unified Inch Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values, 2 of 2

DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is given for a
Make sure fastener threads are clean and you properly start thread
specific application. Torque values listed are for general use only. Torque values listed are
engagement. This will prevent them from failing when tightening.
for general use only.

Tighten plastic insert or crimped steel-type lock nuts to approximately 50


Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always replace shear bolts with percent of the dry torque shown in the chart, applied to the nut, not to
identical grade. the bolt head. Tighten toothed or serrated-type lock nuts to the full torque
value.

Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher grade. If higher grade fasteners are
used, these should only be tightened to the strength of the original.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 46 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

General Information - Metric Bolt and Cap Screws, Torque Values

Top, Property Class and Head Markings; Bottom, Property Class and Nut Markings

Metric Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values, 1 of 2

Grade 4.8 Grade 8.8 or 9.8 Grade 10.9 Grade 12.9


a b a b a b
Lubricated N˙m Dry N˙m Lubricated N˙m Dry N˙m (lb- Lubricated N˙m Dry N˙m (lb- Lubricated a N˙m Dry b N˙m (lb-
Size
(lb-ft) (lb-ft) (lb-ft) ft) (lb-ft) ft) (lb-ft) ft)

M6 4.7 (3.5) 6 (4.4) 9 (6.6) 11.5 (8.5) 13 (9.5) 16.5 (12.2) 15.5 (11.5) 19.5 (14.5)

M8 11.5 (8.5) 14.5 (10.7) 22 (16) 28 (20.5) 32 (23.5) 40 (29.5) 37 (27.5) 47 (35)

M10 23 (17) 29 (21) 43 (32) 55 (40) 63 (46) 80 (59) 75 (55) 95 (70)

M12 40 (29.5) 50 (37) 75 (55) 95 (70) 110 (80) 140 (105) 130 (95) 165 (120)

M14 63 (46) 80 (59) 120 (88) 150 (110) 175 (130) 220 (165) 205 (150) 260 (190)

M16 100 (74) 125 (92) 190 (140) 240 (175) 275 (200) 350 (255) 320 (235) 400 (300)

M18 135 (100) 170 (125) 265 (195) 330 (245) 375 (275) 475 (350) 440 (325) 560 (410)

M20 190 (140) 245 (180) 375 (275) 475 (350) 530 (390) 675 (500) 625 (460) 790 (580)

M22 265 (195) 330 (245) 510 (375) 650 (480) 725 (535) 920 (680) 850 (625) 1080 (800)

M24 330 (245) 425 (315) 650 (480) 820 (600) 920 (680) 1150 (850) 1080 (800) 1350 (1000)

M27 490 (360) 625 (460) 950 (700) 1200 (885) 1350 (1000) 1700 (1250) 1580 (1160) 2000 (1475)

M30 660 (490) 850 (625) 1290 (950) 1630 (1200) 1850 (1350) 2300 (1700) 2140 (1580) 2700 (2000)

M33 900 (665) 1150 (850) 1750 (1300) 2200 (1625) 2500 (1850) 3150 (2325) 2900 (2150) 3700 (2730)

M36 1150 (850) 1450 (1075) 2250 (1650) 2850 (2100) 3200 (2350) 4050 (3000) 3750 (2770) 4750 (3500)
a
"Lubricated" means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, or fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings.
b
"Dry" means plain or zinc-plated without any lubrication.

Metric Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values, 2 of 2

DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is given for a
Make sure fastener threads are clean and you properly start thread
specific application. Torque values listed are for general use only. Torque values listed are
engagement. This will prevent them from failing when tightening.
for general use only.

Tighten plastic insert or crimped steel-type lock nuts to approximately 50


Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always replace shear bolts with percent of the dry torque shown in the chart, applied to the nut, not to
identical grade. the bolt head. Tighten toothed or serrated-type lock nuts to the full torque
value.

Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher grade. If higher grade fasteners are
used, these should only be tightened to the strength of the original.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 47 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

General Information - Hydraulic System Inch Fittings, Torque Values

Torque values; hydraulic system

LEGEND:
A Bulkhead fitting
B Lock nut
C Union nut
D Union nut

Torque values; hydraulic system

Fittings with flat-faced ring seal

Union nut Lock nut for bulkhead fitting

Thread size N˙m lb-ft N˙m lb-ft

9/16—18 16 12 5 3.5

11/16—16 24 18 9 6.5

13/16—16 50 37 17 12.5

1—14 69 51 17 12.5

1-3/16—12 102 75 17 12.5

1-7/16—12 142 105 17 12.5

1-11/16—12 190 140 17 12.5

2—12 217 160 17 12.5

The torques in the table above are intended only as approximate values and do NOT apply if a different torque value is listed
for specific fittings at other points in this manual. Check fittings regularly to make sure they are seated properly.

When replacing fittings, be sure to use parts with an equal or higher grade to the parts you are replacing. Items of hardware
(e.g. union nuts) that are of a higher grade should be tightened to the same torque value as the parts they replace.

It is vitally important to make sure that the sealing faces are clean and that the O-rings have been inserted properly.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 48 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

General Information - Hydraulic System Metric Fittings, Torque Values

Torque values; hydraulic system

LEGEND:
A Stud-end fitting
B Groove for metric thread
C Lock nut
D Adjustable stud-end fitting

Torque values; hydraulic system

Straight stud-end fitting and lock nut for adjustable stud-end fitting

Steel or grey-cast iron Aluminium

Thread size N˙m lb–ft N˙m lb–ft

M12x1.5 21 15.5 9 6.6

M14x1.5 33 24 15 11

M16x1.5 41 30 18 13

M18x1.5 50 37 21 15

M22x1.5 69 51 28 21

M27x2 102 75 46 34

M33x2 158 116 71 52

M38x2 176 130 79 58

M42x2 190 140 85 63

M48x2 217 160 98 72

The torques in the table above are intended only as approximate values and do NOT apply if a different torque value is listed
for specific fittings at other points in this manual. Check fittings regularly to make sure they are seated properly.

When replacing fittings, be sure to use parts with an equal or higher grade to the parts you are replacing. Items of hardware
(e.g. union nuts) that are of a higher grade should be tightened to the same torque value as the parts they replace.

It is vitally important to make sure that the sealing faces are clean and that the O-rings have been inserted properly.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 49 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

General Information - Electrical System, Component Identification Table


Each component (electrical device) and each main connector will have an identification letter assigned to it. A number is added
to the letter to separate and indicate the total components within that letter group.

Component identification table

Identification
Type of Device Examples
Letter

A Assemblies Electronic control units, power modules, radios, loudspeakers

Speed sensors, pressure sensors, temperature sensors, Hall sensors, inductive sensors, limit-value
Conversion of non-electrical to electrical
B sensors, impulse sensors, measured-value sensors, load sensors, air flow meters, pressure switches,
variables or vice versa
temperature switches

C Condenser Condensers in general

D Memory, timer Digital devices, integrated circuits, pulse counters, magnetic tape recorders

E Various devices and equipment Lamps, headlights, heating devices, air-conditioning systems

F Protection devices Fuses, release mechanisms (bimetallic), polarity protection devices, current protection circuits

G Power supply, generator Batteries, generators, alternators, charging units

Monitoring devices, reporting devices,


H Audible reporting devices, indicator lights, turn-signal lights, brake lights, alarms
signalling devices

K Relays Relays in general

L Inductor Choke coils, coils, windings

M Motor Blower motors, starter motors

N Regulator, amplifier Regulators (electronic or electromechanical), voltage stabilizers

P Measuring device Speedometer, rev counter, pressure gauge, ammeter, display units

Glow plugs, heating resistors, potentiometers, NTC resistors, PTC resistors, regulating resistors,
R Resistor
multipliers

S Switch Switches and buttons in general

T Transformer Ignition coil, ignition transformer

U Transducer, converter Frequency converter, DC converter

Diodes, electron ray tubes, rectifiers, semiconductors, transistors, capacitance diodes, thyristors,
V Semiconductor, electron ray tubes
zener diodes

W Transmission paths Antennas, lines

X Connections Plugs, outlets, connectors, connection points, terminals, electrical connections in general

Y Electrically actuated mechanical device Solenoid valves, proportional valves, fuel pumps, electromagnetic clutches and brakes

Z Electrical filter Suppressor element, noise filter, band-pass filter

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 50 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

General Information - Electrical System, How to Read a Diagnostic


Schematic

Diagnostic schematic

LEGEND:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 51 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

A Main power supply leads:


Lead 0012 (terminal 30), battery
Lead 0022 (terminal 15), ignition
Lead 0072 (ELX), power supply for electronics
Lead 0202 (ACC), power supply for accessories
Lead 0312 (terminal 54), not supplied with power during engine starting
B Part designation
C Lead number
D Splice point (SP)
E Plug designation (X)
F Symbol (connector)
G Section to which lead is routed
H Section designation
I Lead 0310 (terminal 31), ground

The diagnostic schematic is divided into functional sections. It contains information about plugs (X) and connectors. Each lead
is identified by a number that also indicates the cable color and the relevant circuit. The letter at the end of a lead number
indicates that there are several leads with the same number but different letters. Switches and relays are shown in “OFF”
position.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 52 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

General Information - Electrical System, Lead Numbers and Color Codes


Lead number

Schematic lead numbers

Lead no. Circuit

0000—0999 Power supply

1000—1999 Lighting system

2000—2999 Accessories

3000—3999 High voltage

4000—4999 GreenStar

5000—5999 Motor

6000—6999 Transmission

7000—7999 Hydraulics and hitch

8000—8999 Not used

9000—9999 Miscellaneous

Color code

→NOTE:

The last digit of the wire number indicates the color.

Schematic wire color code

Lead no. Color Use

xx50 Black Battery ground

xxx0 Black Ground

xxx1 Brown Not used

xxx2 Red Power supply

xxx3 Orange Not used

xxx4 Yellow Not used

xxx5 Dark green Not used

xxx6 Light blue Not used

xxx7 Purple Not used

xxx8 Grey Not used

xxx9 White Not used

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 53 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

General Information - Electrical System, Symbols in Schematic, Wiring


and Harness Diagrams

Symbols in functional schematic, wiring and harness diagrams

LEGEND:
A Alternator with rectifier and regulator
B Starting motor with solenoid
C Fuel transfer pump
D Compressor
E Battery
F Fuse
G Bulb with one luminous element
H Bulb with two luminous elements
I Radio
K Loudspeaker
L Horn
M Valve, operated electro-mechanically
N Switch, actuated by pressure
O Switch, actuated by temperature
P Potentiometer (variable resistor)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 54 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

Symbols in functional schematic, wiring and harness diagrams

LEGEND:
A Electrical clutch
B Wiper motor
C Buzzer
D Mechanical switch
E Relay with change-over contact
F Mechanical switch (microswitch)
G Diode
H Sensor
I Hall sending unit
K Resistor
L Tachometer
M Speedometer
N Display unit
O Battery ground
P Ground
Q Vehicle ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 55 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

General Information - Electrical System, Check the Connectors

→NOTE:

This reference is a guideline for troubleshooting problems that still exist after standard diagnostics have
been performed. These problems are typically due to specific operating conditions or intermittent
failures. Depending on the situation, some or all of the following may be important.

General Information

Terminals are typically made from a base metal that is plated with tin, gold, or an alloy. The plating material helps protect the
base metal of the terminal from corroding. There are two main varieties of terminals; pins (male) and sockets (female). Pins are
inserted into sockets and in this way create an electrical connection between cables or electrical devices. Sockets typically
contain one or more contact springs which provide firm contact points with the pin. Scraping the layer of corrosion from the
terminal also removes any remaining plating material, resulting in a rapid reappearance of the corrosion.

Connector Problems

Possible causes and effects

Possible causes and effects

Cause Effect

Series resistance
Corrosion, foreign material between pin and socket
Reduced voltage

Parallel resistance
Fluid, corrosion between several pins or several sockets Short between several terminals
Increased or reduced voltage

Terminals seated loosely

Deformed or expanded terminals


Contact is intermittent
Intermittent interruption of circuit
Pushed out terminals

Poor crimp

Illustrations (examples)

Worn or Corroded Terminals

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 56 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

Burnt Terminals

Corroded Terminals

Corroded Terminals

Poorly Crimped Connection

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 57 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

General Information - Electrical System, Approach to Tabular Diagnostic


Procedures

IMPORTANT:

Each line of the table contains a separate diagnostic step. This can be a brief description of a test or a
reference to a test. The diagnostic steps should be completed in numerical order.

The tabular diagnostic procedure can consist of the following:

1. Verification of diagnostic trouble codes :


First diagnostic step to ensure that always only relevant diagnostic trouble codes are dealt with.
2. One or more preliminary checks :
Visual inspections that can be done quickly or checks of components that are easily accessible (fuses, relays,
diodes, etc.).
3. All available diagnostic procedures (tests) for the system in question (component, electrical circuit, system).
IMPORTANT: If a diagnostic step (test) does not reveal any problems, the next diagnostic step in the
table should be performed.

4. Additional information for the diagnosis of the affected system.

Tabular diagnostic procedure (example)

Tabular diagnostic procedure (example)

Diagnostic steps Description

1. Verify diagnostic trouble code First diagnostic step to ensure that always only relevant diagnostic trouble codes are dealt with.

Visual inspections that can be done quickly or checks of components that are easily accessible
2. Preliminary test
(fuses, relays, diodes, etc.).

3a - Operational check:
• Information about the test of a component/system when
installed.
• If available, diagnostic addresses are offered for the test.
3b - Component check:
• Information about the test of a component when
All available diagnostic procedures (tests) for the system in question (component, electrical
removed.
circuit, system).
• Information on the location of the component and
3 IMPORTANT:
additional information.
If a diagnostic step (test) does not reveal any problems, the next diagnostic step in
3c - Circuit check:
the table should be performed.
• Information about the circuit test of a component/system.
3d - CAN BUS check:
• System test.
3e - Hydraulic system check:
• System test.
3f - etc.

Reference to the diagnostic schematic of the affected system:


• System overview
4 a. Diagnostic schematic
• Connection points
• Ground connections

Checks for intermittent faults


4 b. • Additional information for the check for intermittent Test instructions and references to information that assist in diagnosing intermittent problems.
faults.

4 c. Additional information: Reference to general additional tests.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 58 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved


Problems

→NOTE:

This reference is a guideline for troubleshooting problems that still exist after standard diagnostics have
been performed. These problems are usually caused by certain operating conditions, by intermittent
malfunctions, or, in rare cases by a failed control unit. Depending on the situation, some or all of the
following information may be of importance.

Problems caused by certain operating conditions

Review all recorded codes and consult with operator to determine operating and vehicle conditions when the problem occurs.
Write down details.

1. Does code/problem occur at the same time as other problems?


2. Does code/problem occur when vehicle is warm or cold?
3. Does code/problem occur during field or transport operation?
4. Does code/problem occur while performing a specific action such as shifting, turning, braking, operating certain
hydraulics?
5. When did code/problem first appear? Has service work been carried out recently? (If yes, inspect areas of maintenance
for inadvertent damage or improper installations.)

Attempt to recreate code/problem based on conditions. If possible, repeat operational or system checks, electrical, hydraulic or
mechanical checks under these conditions.

Problems caused by intermittent electrical failure

→NOTE:

Intermittent electrical failures are caused by wiring harness, terminal or connector problems.

1. Inspect all connectors and terminals of related circuits.


2. Check if harnesses or connectors are obstructed by mechanical parts.
3. Inspect harnesses for missing or improperly installed clamps or bands. Wiring harnesses that are too loose or too tight
can cause worn or damaged cables.
4. Inspect mechanical linkages for proper operating condition.

Problems caused by failed control units

→NOTE:

Before replacing control unit, review all tests. Control units are the least likely cause of failure!

1. If all checks have been performed and no problems have been identified, check the power supply circuit and ground
circuit. Power supply inputs must not deviate from battery voltage by more than 1 volt, and ground circuits must have a
resistance of less than 1.0 ohm in relation to the ground point of the vehicle.
2. Inspect all connectors and terminals of associated control units.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 59 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

General Information - Electrical System, Worksheet for Circuit/Harness


Test

Circuit tests must be carried out if component testing on an electrical component in the circuit fails to identify a problem
and:

active diagnostic trouble codes indicate there is a problem in the relevant circuit.
saved diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem in the relevant circuit keep re-appearing.
problems occur with a function associated with the relevant circuit.

→NOTE:

In the event of occasional circuit problems (loose contacts), it may be possible to use the beep mode of
the relevant control unit to identify the fault. All the circuits of components that are marked “BEEP” in
the Summary of Addresses for the relevant control unit can be checked using the beep mode of the
control unit. For more information on the beep mode, see “Test Procedure in the Event of Occasional
Problems” for the relevant control unit in the Group of the relevant circuit in Section 240.

The worksheet below allows circuits to be checked logically, with the technician naming all the relevant components and noting
the steps taken. The list can be used to prove what work has been done; if the problem cannot be solved, the worksheet may
be requested by the relevant after-sales service office.

Worksheet for circuit diagnosis

Worksheet for circuit/harness diagnosis

General Information

Dealer:
Postal address:

Thirteen-digit tractor serial number:

Operating hours:

Existing diagnostic trouble codes:

Description of diagnostic trouble code suggests problem is the following: Open circuit Shorted to ground? Short circuit?

Description of error:

Circuit Information/Summary

SE . . . .
Circuit (SE01, SE02 or ...) SE . . . .
SE . . . .

Specifications of components:
Electrical components (control unit, switches, solenoid valve, sensor etc.)
(if installed)

.... ....
.... ....
.... ....

Lead numbers Plug connections Wiring harnesses Ground connection

.... X.... W. . . . XGND . . . .

.... X.... W. . . . XGND . . . .

.... X.... W. . . . XGND . . . .

.... X.... W. . . .

.... X.... W. . . .

.... X.... W. . . .

Individual Checks

1.) Component check

Result of check Further comment

Have the components been checked? YES/NO

Have the electrical connections been checked for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts? YES/NO

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 60 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

2.) Check the leads and plug connections

Result of check Further comment

Harness can be checked in diagnostic mode: YES/NO

Connector no.:
Number:
Harness no.:

Have the electrical connections been checked for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts? YES/NO

Connector no.:
Number:
Harness no.:

Have the electrical connections been checked for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts? YES/NO

Connector no.:
Number:
Harness no.:

Have the electrical connections been checked for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts? YES/NO

Connector no.:
Number:
Harness no.:

Have the electrical connections been checked for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts? YES/NO

Other remarks:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 61 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

General Information - Electrical System, Visual Check


If a customer reports a problem, perform a visual check of the electrical system before starting the tractor.

[1] - Check for frayed leads.

[2] - Check for missing or worn insulation; this can point to a wiring problem.

[3] - Check for loose or broken connections and leads:

[4] - Check battery for:

Loose or corroded terminal connections


Loose cable clamps/ties or battery posts
Dirt
Moisture
Cracked case
Correct electrolyte level

[5] - Check the alternator belt tension.

[6] - Check for overheated components five minutes after the engine has been shut off. Often there will be the smell of burnt
insulation. Place your hand on the alternator. The presence of heat after the engine has been off for some time is a sure sign of
a charging circuit problem.

[7] - If the visual check does not isolate a possible problem, but the results do not indicate that the engine should not be
started, turn the ignition key to the IGN position. Check the accessory circuits, indicator lights, etc. Do these individual parts
work? Look for sparks or smoke as signs of shorts.

[8] - Start the engine. Check all indicators for proper operation; determine if the system is charging or discharging.

[9] - In short, check for any abnormal conditions.

Many electrical faults cannot be identified easily even when the engine is started. For this reason the electrical system should
be systematically and completely checked.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 62 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

General Information - Electrical System, Electrical Circuit Malfunctions

Electrical circuit malfunction areas

Other malfunctions

There are only four circuit malfunctions:

High-resistance circuit ( GO TO 1 ).
Open circuit ( GO TO 1 ).
Grounded circuit ( GO TO 2 ).
Shorted circuit ( GO TO 3 ).

There are only three sections in a simple circuit where these malfunctions occur: Before the controlling switch (A), between the
controlling switch (A) and the load (B), and after load (B).

Component malfunctions can easily be confused with circuit malfunctions. Therefore, care must be exercised when isolating
the cause of the problem.

Example: A component does not operate before disconnecting an electrical connection, but it operates after reconnecting the
connector. Cause: High resistance created a voltage drop at the connector terminals resulting in insufficient power supply to
the component.

Types of fault
( 1 ) High resistance or open circuit

Action:
LEGEND:
A Battery
B Fuse
C Switch
D Component terminal
E Circuit resistance
F Circuit connector
G Circuit connector
H Component terminal
I Lamp
J Ground

High resistance or open circuit

A high-resistance circuit can result in slow component operation or even component failure (e.g. loose, corroded, dirty or oily
<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 63 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

terminals, wire gauge too small or partially broken leads).

An open circuit results in no component operation because the circuit is incomplete (e.g. broken lead, terminals disconnected,
open protective device on switch).

To isolate the location of a "high resistance" or "open circuit":

[1] - Turn controlling switch (C) ON and connect load (I) to the circuit. Check the voltage at an easily accessible point between
(D) and (H).

If voltage is low, move toward voltage source (A) to locate point of voltage drop.

→NOTE:

The example shows high resistance between (D) and (F) and an open circuit between (F) and (G).

If voltage is correct, move toward load (I) and ground terminal (J) to locate voltage drop.

[2] - Repair as required.

Result:

NO:Repeat test procedure after repair.

YES:See procedure for grounded circuit: GO TO 2 . See procedure for shorted circuit: GO TO 3 .

( 2 ) Grounded circuit

Action:
LEGEND:
A Battery
B Fuse terminal
C Fuse terminal
D Switch
E Component terminal
F Grounded circuit
G Component terminal
H Lamp

Grounded circuit

A grounded circuit results in no component operation and opening of the fuse or circuit breaker (e.g. power lead contacting
ground).

To isolate the location of a grounded circuit:

[1] - With controlling switch (D) OFF, check for continuity to ground between (C) and (D).

If there is continuity, there is a grounded circuit between (C) and (D). Repair circuit.

If there is no continuity, go to step 2.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 64 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

[2] - Disconnect load (H) at (G).

[3] - With controlling switch (D) OFF, check continuity to ground between (D) and (F).

If there is continuity, there is a grounded circuit between (E) and (F). Repair circuit.

→NOTE:

In this example, the circuit is grounded between (E) and (F).

Result:

NO:Repeat test procedure after repair.

YES:See procedure for shorted circuit: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Shorted circuit

Action:
LEGEND:
A Switch
B Lamp
C Fuse
D Switch
E Component terminal
F Circuit connector
G Circuit connector
H Component terminal
I Lamp

Shorted circuit

A shorted circuit usually results in two components operating even though only one of two switches is turned on (e.g. improper
wire-to-wire contact). Components can also become shorted. However, shorted components will usually open the circuit
protection device.

To isolate the location of a shorted circuit:

[1] - Turn switch (A) ON for correct lamp (B) to operate.

[2] - Start at controlling switch (D) of lamp (I) that should not be operating and disconnect the wire at terminal (E).

[3] - Follow circuit and disconnect wire at connectors (F, G or H) until lamp (I) stops operating.

[4] - The short or improper connection must be between the last two locations where the wire was disconnected. In this
example, it is between (F) and (G).

[5] - Repair circuit as follows:

Wires not in an insulating tube: Wrap individual wire with electrical tape or replace the damaged wire and band as required.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 65 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

Wires in an insulating tube: If hot spots exist in shorted area of the insulating tube, replace harness. If hot spots are not
noticeable, install a new wire of proper gauge between the last two connections. Band wire to outside of harness.

Result:

NO:Repeat test procedure after repair.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 66 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load

→NOTE:

With the tester, the electrical line and the connector is tested for an open circuit and high resistance with
and without load.

Use JDG11668 to perform load tests on circuits. JDG11668 allows approximately 4.0 A of a 12 V MAX circuit to flow in the
circuit while the test is being performed.

CAUTION:

JDG11668 tool can get warm if the apply load switch is pressed for several minutes. The load should only
be on long enough to make voltage measurement.

Circuit test with the electric load tester

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. Digital Multimeter
2. JDG10466 – Flex Probe Kit
3. JDG11668—Electric Load Tester

For further information, see SERVICEGARD™ online catalog or contact your John Deere dealer.

Testing a good circuit:

Load Testing a Good Circuit

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 67 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

LEGEND:
A Control Unit
B Control Unit Connector
C Connection Point
D Solenoid Electrical Connectors
E Solenoid
F Battery
G Jumper Lead with 6A Fuse
H Flex Probe
I Multimeter
J Electric Load Tester
K Flex Probe

Testing a bad circuit:

Load-Testing a Bad Circuit

LEGEND:
A Control Unit
B Control Unit Connector
C Connection Point
D Solenoid Electrical Connectors
E Solenoid
F Battery
G Jumper Lead with 6A Fuse
H Flex Probe
I Multimeter
J Electric Load Tester
K Flex Probe
L Defect in Circuit

1. Disconnect connector (B) from component (A) and connector (D) from component (E).
2. Connect the lead (G) at the positive terminal of the battery and at the connector of the control unit (B).
3. Connect the measuring lines of the multimeter (I) with the tester (J).
4. Connect the black lead of the tester (J) to the negative terminal of the battery (F).
5. Connect the red lead of the tester (J) with the probe (K) at connector (D).
6. Note and record voltage at multimeter (I) before pressing the button for applying the load.
7. Press button on JDG11668 to apply load. Note and record voltage at multimeter (I) while the button is pressed.
8. METER READING (before applied load) - METER READING (with applied load) = RESULT . When the load is
applied, the result should not be more than 3.0 V. If the difference > 3.0 V, the circuit (or wire segment) is not OK.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 68 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

Test the supply voltage lead of a control unit with the electric load tester.

Test the supply voltage lead of a control unit with the electric load tester.

LEGEND:
A Control Unit
B Control Unit Connector
C Connection Point
D Fuse
E Flex Probe
F Battery
G Multimeter
H Electric Load Tester

1. Disconnect connector (B) from control unit (A).


2. Connect the measuring lines of the multimeter (G) with the tester (H).
3. Connect the black lead of the tester (H) to the negative terminal of the battery (F).
4. Connect the red lead of the tester (H) with the probe (E) at connector (B).
5. Note and record voltage at multimeter (G) before pressing the button for applying the load.
6. Press button on JDG11668 to apply load. Note and record voltage at multimeter (G) while the button is pressed.
7. METER READING (before applied load) - METER READING (with applied load) = RESULT . When the load is
applied, the result should not be more than 3.0 V. If the difference > 3.0 V, the circuit (or wire segment) is not OK.

Test the ground connection of a control unit with the electric load tester (vehicle ground or
ground point).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 69 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

Test the ground connection of a control unit with the electric load tester (vehicle ground or ground point).

LEGEND:
A Control Unit
B Control Unit Connector
C Connection Point
D Flex Probe
E Multimeter
F Battery
G Electric Load Tester

1. Disconnect connector (B) from control unit (A).


2. Connect the measuring lines of the multimeter (E) with the tester (G).
3. Connect the black lead of the tester (G) to the positive terminal of the battery (F).
4. Connect the red lead of the tester (G) with the probe (D) at connector (B).
IMPORTANT: Make sure that the flexible probe (D) is connected at the ground pin of the control unit
connector (B).

5. Note and record voltage at multimeter (E) before pressing the button for applying the load.
6. Press button on JDG11668 to apply load. Note and record voltage at multimeter (E) while the button is pressed.
7. METER READING (before applied load) - METER READING (with applied load) = RESULT . When the load is
applied, the result should not be more than 3.0 V. If the difference > 3.0 V, the circuit (or wire segment) is not OK.

Test the ground connection of a component with the electric load tester (vehicle ground or
ground point).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 70 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

Test the ground connection of a component with the electric load tester (vehicle ground or ground point).

LEGEND:
A Control Unit
B Control Unit Connector
C Connection Point
D Connector of the Component
E Component
F Battery
G Multimeter
H Flex Probe
I Electric Load Tester

IMPORTANT:

This measuring method is only for components that are connected directly to vehicle ground. Do not use
this measuring method to test components that are grounded by means of a control unit.

1. Disconnect connector (D) from component (E).


2. Connect the measuring lines of the multimeter (G) with the tester (I).
3. Connect the black lead of the tester (I) to the positive terminal of the battery (F).
4. Connect the red lead of the tester (I) with the probe (H) at connector (D).
IMPORTANT: Make sure that the flexible probe (H) is connected at the ground pin of the component
connector (D).

5. Note and record voltage at multimeter (G) before pressing the button for applying the load.
6. Press button on JDG11668 to apply load. Note and record voltage at multimeter (G) while the button is pressed.
7. METER READING (before applied load) - METER READING (with applied load) = RESULT . When the load is
applied, the result should not be more than 3.0 V. If the difference > 3.0 V, the circuit (or wire segment) is not OK.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 71 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

General Information - Electrical System, Seven-Step Test Procedure

Electrical test procedure

LEGEND:
A Battery side of circuit breaker
B Load side of circuit breaker/input of switch
C Output of switch/Input of load
D Output of load
E Lead

Electrical test procedure

Step 1—Switch OFF

Check battery side (A) of the circuit breaker for battery voltage .......... Battery voltage normal: Go to step 2.

Battery voltage too low: Check lines and connectors. Repeat step 1.

Step 2—Switch OFF

Check load side (B) of the circuit breaker for battery voltage .......... Battery voltage normal: Go to step 4.

Battery voltage too low: Check lines, connectors, and circuit breaker. Go to step 3.

No voltage: Repair or replace circuit breaker.

Step 3—Battery disconnected, switch OFF

Check load side (B) of the circuit breaker for continuity to ground .......... Resistance high: Go to step 4.

Resistance low: Check lines, connectors, and circuit breaker. Repeat step 3.

Step 4—Battery connected, load disconnected, switch ON

Check output (C) of the switch for battery voltage .......... Battery voltage normal: Go to step 6.

Battery voltage too low: Check lines, connectors, and switch. Go to step 5.

No voltage: Repair or replace switch.

Step 5—Battery disconnected, load disconnected, switch ON

Check output (C) of the switch for continuity to ground .......... Resistance high: Go to step 6.

Resistance low: Check lines, connectors, and switch. Go to step 5.

Step 6—Battery connected, load connected, switch ON

Check input (C) of the load for battery voltage .......... Battery voltage normal: Circuit OK.

Battery voltage too low: Check lines, connectors, and load. Go to step 7.

No voltage: Repair or replace load.

Step 7—Battery disconnected

Check output (D) of the load for continuity to ground .......... Resistance low: Circuit OK.

Resistance high: Check lines and connectors. Repeat step 7.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 72 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

General Information - Hydraulic System, Symbols in Circuit Diagrams


Lines
LEGEND:
A Oil line or passage
B Control line
C Sub-assembly enclosure
D Mechanical connections (e.g. shafts)

Hydraulic symbols—lines

Valves
LEGEND:
A With one operating position
B With two operating positions
C With three operating positions
D 3/2 directional control valve

Hydraulic symbols—valves

→NOTE:

When designating a valve such as the 3/2 directional control valve (D), the first figure indicates the
number of connections, and the second the number of operating positions.

Arrows

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 73 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

LEGEND:
A In valves (show the direction of throughflow)
B In lines (show the direction of flow)
C On components (show the direction of rotation)
D In components (means adjustable)

Hydraulic symbols—arrows

Valve actuation
LEGEND:
A By lever
B By pedal
C By push button
D By pressure spring
E By electro-magnet (with one coil)
F By electro-magnet (with two coils)
G By pressure

Hydraulic symbols—valve actuation

Detent valves
LEGEND:
A With one detent position
B With two detent positions

Hydraulic symbols—detent valves

Check valves
LEGEND:
A Check valve without spring
B Spring-loaded check valve
C With restricting effect in closed position

Hydraulic symbols—check valves

Pressure relief valves

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 74 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

LEGEND:
A Pilot pressure preset by a spring
B Pilot pressure controlled by pilot line

Hydraulic symbols—pressure relief valves

Proportional valves (with transition)

Hydraulic symbols—proportional valves (with transition)

Restrictors
LEGEND:
A Constant
B Adjustable

Hydraulic symbols—restrictors

Hydraulic cylinders
LEGEND:
A Single-acting
B Double-acting

Hydraulic symbols—hydraulic cylinders

Pumps
LEGEND:
A Constant
B Adjustable

Hydraulic symbols—pumps

Hydraulic motor

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 75 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

Hydraulic symbols—hydraulic motor

Filter or screen

Hydraulic symbols—filter or screen

Cooler

Hydraulic symbols—cooler

Line connections and junctions


LEGEND:
A Line connections
B Hose
C Line junctions

Hydraulic symbols—connections and junctions

Connections
LEGEND:
A Quick-coupler
B Test port

Hydraulic symbols—connections

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 76 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References

Reservoir
LEGEND:
A Open (sump)
B Under pressure

Hydraulic symbols—reservoir

Sensors
LEGEND:
A Pressure sensor
B Temperature sensor
C Pressure switches

Hydraulic symbols—sensors

Electrical leads

Hydraulic symbols—electrical leads

<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 77 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (g) by Belgreen v2.0

General - Regions and Country Versions

Regions

LEGEND:
Region 1 China, India, South and East Asia, Africa except for North Africa
Region 2 Europe, GUS States including Russia, North Africa, Near and Middle East
Region 3 South America, Central America
Region 4 North America, Australia, New Zealand

Tractors in Regions 1, 2 and 3 are equipped with ECE (ECONOMIC COMMISSION FOR EUROPE) electrical systems.

Tractors in Region 4 are equipped with SAE (SOCIETY OF AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERS) electrical systems.

→NOTE:

The main difference between ECE and SAE electrical systems is the turn-signal light. Tractors with SAE
electrics have the turn-signal lights mounted in the cab roof. The turn-signal lights operate in different
ways. With SAE electrics, the turn signal flashes on the side selected, while the light on the opposite side
comes on but does not flash. With ECE electrics, all that happens is that the turn signal flashes on the
side selected.

There is one more difference concerning the lighting system. Tractors with ECE electrics have parking
lights while those with SAE electrics do not.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 78 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES


Table of contents
Group AIC - AIC Control Software .......................................................................................................... 1
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................................... 1
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................................... 1
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................................... 2
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................................... 2
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................................... 3
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................................... 4
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................................... 5
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................................... 6
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................................... 7
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................................... 8
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................................... 9
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 10
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 11
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 12
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 13
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 14
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 15
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 16
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 17
Group BLC - BLC Control Software ...................................................................................................... 18
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 18
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 19
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 20
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 21
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 22
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 23
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 24
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 25
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 25
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 25
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 27
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 28
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 29
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 30
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 31
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 31
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 32
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 33
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 34
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 35
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 36
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 36
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 37
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 38
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 39
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 40
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 41
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 42
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 43

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 44
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 45
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 46
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 47
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 48
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 49
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 50
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 51
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 52
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 53
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 54
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 55
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 56
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 57
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 58
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 59
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 60
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 61
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 62
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 63
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 64
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 65
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 66
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 67
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 68
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 69
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 70
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 71
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 72
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 73
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 74
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 75
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 75
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 75
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 77
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 78
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 79
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 80
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 80
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 81
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 82
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 83
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 84
Group CCU - CCU Control Software ..................................................................................................... 85
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 85
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 86
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 87
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 88
CCU 000096.17 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Fuel Level Too Low ............................................... 88
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 89
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 90
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 91
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 92

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

CCU 000177.00 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Transmission Oil Temperature Very High ............. 92
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 93
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 94
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 94
CCU 000177.16 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Transmission Oil Temperature High ..................... 95
CCU 000177.19 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor Fault ........................................................... 95
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 96
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 97
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 98
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 99
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 99
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 101
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 102
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 103
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 104
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 105
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 106
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 107
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 108
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 109
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 110
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 111
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 112
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 113
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 113
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 113
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 115
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 116
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 117
CCU 001058.16 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Pressure Switch for Air-Brake System Is Not
Activated (Pressure Too High) ................................................................................................... 117
CCU 001069.02 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Tire Circumference Not or Incorrectly Calibrated
................................................................................................................................................... 117
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 117
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 118
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 119
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 120
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 121
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 121
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 123
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 124
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 125
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 126
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 127
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 128
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 129
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 130
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 131
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 132
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 133
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 134
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 135
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 136

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 137


Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 138
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 139
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 140
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 141
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 142
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 143
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 143
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 143
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 144
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 144
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 146
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 147
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 148
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 149
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 150
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 151
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 152
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 153
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 154
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 155
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 156
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 157
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 158
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 159
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 160
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 161
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 162
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 163
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 163
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 164
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 165
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 166
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 167
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 168
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 169
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 170
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 171
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 172
CCU 524191.02 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Air Brake System Fault ....................................... 172
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 173
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 174
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 175
CCU 524191.19 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Air Brake System Fault ....................................... 175
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 176
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 177
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 178
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 179
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 180
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 181
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 182
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 183
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 184

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 185


Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 186
Group CRU - CRU Control Software ................................................................................................... 187
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 187
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 188
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 189
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 189
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 189
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 191
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 192
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 193
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 194
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 195
Group DOI - Control software DOI ..................................................................................................... 196
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 196
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 197
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 198
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 199
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 200
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 201
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 202
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 203
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 203
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 205
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 206
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 207
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 208
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 208
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 210
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 211
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 211
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 213
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 214
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 215
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 216
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 217
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 218
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 219
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 220
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 221
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 222
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 223
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 224
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 225
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 226
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 227
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 228
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 229
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 230
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 231
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 232
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 233
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 234

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 235


Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 236
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 237
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 238
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 239
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 240
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 241
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 242
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 243
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 244
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 245
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 246
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 247
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 248
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 249
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 250
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 251
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 252
Group ECU_Level_ - ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4) ............................................................... 253
ECU 000027.03 - EGR Valve Position Signal Out of Range High ....................................................... 253
ECU 000027.04 - EGR Valve Position Signal Out of Range Low ........................................................ 253
ECU 000027.07 - EGR Valve Actuator Fault ...................................................................................... 253
ECU 000051.03 - Air Throttle Actuator Position Signal Out of Range High ....................................... 254
ECU 000051.04 - Air Throttle Actuator Position Signal Out of Range Low ........................................ 254
ECU 000051.07 - Air Throttle Actuator Fault .................................................................................... 255
ECU 000051.14 - Air Throttle Actuator and EGR Valve Connectors Swapped ................................... 256
ECU 000094.03 - Low-Pressure Fuel Signal Out of Range High ........................................................ 256
ECU 000094.04 - Low-Pressure Fuel Signal Out of Range Low ......................................................... 256
ECU 000094.16 - Low-Pressure Fuel Signal Moderately High ........................................................... 257
ECU 000094.17 - Low-Pressure Fuel Signal Slightly Low .................................................................. 258
ECU 000094.18 - Low-Pressure Fuel Signal Moderately Low ............................................................ 259
ECU 000097.03 - Water-In-Fuel Signal Voltage Out of Range High .................................................. 259
ECU 000097.04 - Water-In-Fuel Signal Voltage Out of Range Low ................................................... 259
ECU 000097.16 - Water-In-Fuel Level Moderately High .................................................................... 260
ECU 000100.01 - Engine Oil Pressure Signal Extremely Low ............................................................ 260
ECU 000100.02 - Engine Oil Pressure Faulty .................................................................................... 261
ECU 000100.03 - Engine Oil Pressure Signal Out of Range High ...................................................... 261
ECU 000100.04 - Engine Oil Pressure Signal Out of Range Low ....................................................... 262
ECU 000100.18 - Engine Oil Pressure Moderately Low ..................................................................... 262
ECU 000101.00 - Crankcase Pressure Signal Extremely High .......................................................... 263
ECU 000101.03 - Engine Crankcase Pressure Signal Out of Range High .......................................... 263
ECU 000101.04 - Engine Crankcase Pressure Signal Out of Range Low ........................................... 263
ECU 000101.16 - Crankcase Pressure Moderately High ................................................................... 264
ECU 000102.03 - Manifold Air Pressure Signal Out of Range High ................................................... 264
ECU 000102.04 - Intake Manifold Air Pressure Signal Out of Range Low .......................................... 265
ECU 000102.07 - Manifold Air Pressure Sensor Signal Fault ............................................................. 265
ECU 000103.00 - VGT Speed Signal Extremely High ........................................................................ 266
ECU 000103.02 - Turbocharger Speed Signal Invalid ....................................................................... 266
ECU 000103.05 - Turbocharger Speed Sensor Resistance Too High ................................................ 266
ECU 000105.00 - Manifold Air Temperature Extremely High ............................................................ 267
ECU 000105.03 - Manifold Air Temperature Sensor, Voltage Too High ............................................ 267
ECU 000105.04 - Manifold Air Temperature Sensor, Voltage Too Low ............................................. 268
ECU 000105.15 - Manifold Air Temperature Signal Slightly High ...................................................... 268

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

ECU 000105.16 - Manifold Air Temperature Signal Moderately High ................................................ 269
ECU 000107.00 - Air Filter Pressure Differential Extremely High ...................................................... 269
ECU 000107.15 - Air Filter Pressure Differential Slightly High .......................................................... 269
ECU 000107.16 - Air Filter Pressure Differential Moderately High .................................................... 270
ECU 000108.02 - Barometric Pressure Signal Invalid ....................................................................... 270
ECU 000108.07 - Barometric Pressure Signal Mismatch ................................................................... 271
ECU 000109.01 - Coolant Pressure Signal Extremely Low ................................................................ 271
ECU 000109.03 - Coolant Pressure Signal Out of Range High .......................................................... 271
ECU 000109.04 - Coolant Pressure Signal Out of Range Low ........................................................... 272
ECU 000109.17 - Coolant Pressure Signal Slightly Low .................................................................... 272
ECU 000109.18 - Coolant Pressure Signal Moderately Low .............................................................. 273
ECU 000109.31 - Coolant Pressure Signal Fault ............................................................................... 273
ECU 000110.00 - Coolant Temperature Signal Extremely High ........................................................ 274
ECU 000110.03 - Coolant Temperature Signal Too High .................................................................. 274
ECU 000110.04 - Coolant Temperature Signal Out of Range Low .................................................... 274
ECU 000110.15 - Coolant Temperature Signal Slightly High ............................................................ 275
ECU 000110.16 - Coolant Temperature Signal Moderately High ...................................................... 275
ECU 000110.17 - Coolant Temperature Signal Slightly Low ............................................................. 276
ECU 000111.01 - Coolant Level Switch Activated at High Coolant Temperature .............................. 276
ECU 000111.07 - Coolant Level Switch Fault .................................................................................... 277
ECU 000111.17 - Coolant Level Switch Activated ............................................................................. 277
ECU 000111.18 - Coolant Level Switch Activated at Moderate Coolant Temperature ...................... 277
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 279
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 280
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 281
ECU 000157.01 - Fuel Rail Pressure Signal Extremely Low .............................................................. 281
ECU 000157.02 - Fuel Rail Pressure Signal Invalid ........................................................................... 282
ECU 000157.03 - Fuel Rail Pressure Signal Out of Range High ......................................................... 282
ECU 000157.04 - Fuel Rail Pressure Signal Out of Range Low .......................................................... 282
ECU 000157.12 - Fuel Rail Pressure Faulty ....................................................................................... 283
ECU 000157.16 - Fuel Rail Pressure Signal Moderately High ............................................................ 283
ECU 000157.17 - Fuel Rail Pressure Signal Slightly Low ................................................................... 284
ECU 000157.18 - Fuel Rail Pressure Signal Moderately Low ............................................................. 284
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 286
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 287
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 288
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 289
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 290
ECU 000174.00 - Fuel Temperature Signal Extremely High ............................................................. 290
ECU 000174.03 - Fuel Temperature Signal Out of Range High ......................................................... 291
ECU 000174.04 - Fuel Temperature Signal Out of Range Low .......................................................... 291
ECU 000174.16 - Fuel Temperature Signal Moderately High ............................................................ 291
ECU 000189.31 - Engine Speed Derate Condition Exists .................................................................. 292
ECU 000190.00 - Engine Speed Extremely High ............................................................................... 292
ECU 000190.16 - Engine Speed Moderately High ............................................................................. 292
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 293
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 294
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 295
ECU 000412.00 - EGR Temperature Signal Extremely High ............................................................. 295
ECU 000412.03 - EGR Temperature Signal Out of Range High ......................................................... 296
ECU 000412.04 - EGR Temperature Signal Out of Range Low .......................................................... 296
ECU 000412.15 - EGR Temperature Signal Slightly High .................................................................. 296
ECU 000412.16 - EGR Temperature Signal Moderately High ............................................................ 297

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

ECU 000611.03 - Injection Valve Driver 1, Voltage Too High ............................................................ 297
ECU 000611.04 - Injection Valve Driver 1, Short To Ground ............................................................. 298
ECU 000612.03 - Injection Valve Driver 2, Voltage Too High ............................................................ 298
ECU 000612.04 - Injection Valve Driver 2, Short To Ground ............................................................. 299
ECU 000613.03 - Driver Of Fuel Pressure Control Valves, Voltage Too High .................................... 299
ECU 000613.04 - Driver Of Fuel Pressure Control Valves, Short To Ground ..................................... 299
ECU 000613.31 - Driver Of Fuel Pressure Control Valves Faulty ...................................................... 300
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 301
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 302
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 303
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 304
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 305
ECU 000636.02 - Camshaft Speed Signal Invalid ............................................................................. 305
ECU 000636.05 - Camshaft Speed Sensor, Resistance Too High ...................................................... 306
ECU 000636.06 - Camshaft Speed Sensor, Resistance Too Low ....................................................... 306
ECU 000636.08 - Camshaft Speed Missing ....................................................................................... 306
ECU 000636.10 - Camshaft Speed Signal Rate of Change Abnormal ............................................... 307
ECU 000637.02 - Crankshaft Speed Invalid ...................................................................................... 307
ECU 000637.05 - Crankshaft Speed Sensor, Resistance Too High .................................................... 308
ECU 000637.06 - Crankshaft Speed Sensor, Resistance Too Low ..................................................... 308
ECU 000637.07 - Camshaft Speed and Crankshaft Speed Signals Out of Sync ................................ 310
ECU 000637.08 - Crankshaft Speed Missing ..................................................................................... 310
ECU 000637.10 - Crankshaft Speed Signal Rate of Change Abnormal ............................................. 310
ECU 000641.00 - VGT Actuator Temperature Extremely High .......................................................... 311
ECU 000641.05 - Driver of VGT Actuator, Resistance Too High ........................................................ 311
ECU 000641.06 - Driver of VGT Actuator, Resistance Too Low ......................................................... 312
ECU 000641.07 - VGT Actuator Learned Value Error ........................................................................ 312
ECU 000641.09 - CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from VGT Actuator .............. 312
ECU 000641.12 - VGT Actuator Internal Fault .................................................................................. 313
ECU 000641.13 - VGT Actuator, Calibration Error ............................................................................. 313
ECU 000641.16 - VGT Actuator Temperature Slightly High .............................................................. 314
ECU 000641.31 - VGT Actuator Supply Voltage Fault ....................................................................... 314
ECU 000651.02 - Part Number of Injector 1 Invalid .......................................................................... 314
ECU 000651.05 - Injection Valve 1, Resistance Too High ................................................................. 315
ECU 000651.06 - Injection Valve 1, Resistance Too Low .................................................................. 315
ECU 000651.13 - Injection Valve 1, Calibration Error ....................................................................... 316
ECU 000651.18 - Injection Valve 1 Fault .......................................................................................... 316
ECU 000652.02 - Part Number of Injector 2 Invalid .......................................................................... 316
ECU 000652.05 - Injection Valve 2, Resistance Too High ................................................................. 317
ECU 000652.06 - Injection Valve 2, Resistance Too Low .................................................................. 317
ECU 000652.13 - Injection Valve 2, Calibration Error ....................................................................... 318
ECU 000652.18 - Injection Valve 2 Fault .......................................................................................... 318
ECU 000653.02 - Part Number of Injector 3 Invalid .......................................................................... 319
ECU 000653.05 - Injection Valve 3, Resistance Too High ................................................................. 319
ECU 000653.06 - Injection Valve 3, Resistance Too Low .................................................................. 319
ECU 000653.13 - Injection Valve 3, Calibration Error ....................................................................... 320
ECU 000653.18 - Injection Valve 3 Fault .......................................................................................... 320
ECU 000654.02 - Part Number of Injector 4 Invalid .......................................................................... 321
ECU 000654.05 - Injection Valve 4, Resistance Too High ................................................................. 321
ECU 000654.06 - Injection Valve 4, Resistance Too Low .................................................................. 322
ECU 000654.13 - Injection Valve 4, Calibration Error ....................................................................... 322
ECU 000654.18 - Injection Valve 4 Fault .......................................................................................... 323
ECU 000655.02 - Part Number of Injector 5 Invalid .......................................................................... 323

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

ECU 000655.05 - Injection Valve 5, Resistance Too High ................................................................. 323


ECU 000655.06 - Injection Valve 5, Resistance Too Low .................................................................. 324
ECU 000655.13 - Injection Valve 5, Calibration Error ....................................................................... 324
ECU 000655.18 - Injection Valve 5 Fault .......................................................................................... 325
ECU 000656.02 - Part Number of Injector 6 Invalid .......................................................................... 325
ECU 000656.05 - Injection Valve 6, Resistance Too High ................................................................. 326
ECU 000656.06 - Injection Valve 6, Resistance Too Low .................................................................. 326
ECU 000656.13 - Injection Valve 6, Calibration Error ....................................................................... 326
ECU 000656.18 - Injection Valve 6 Fault .......................................................................................... 327
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 328
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 329
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 330
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 331
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 332
ECU 001075.02 - Fuel Pump Fault .................................................................................................... 333
ECU 001075.04 - Fuel Pump, Voltage Too Low ................................................................................. 333
ECU 001075.05 - Fuel Pump, Resistance Too High ........................................................................... 333
ECU 001075.06 - Fuel Pump, Resistance Too Low ............................................................................ 333
ECU 001075.12 - Fuel Pump Fault .................................................................................................... 334
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 335
ECU 001136.00 - Engine Control Unit, Temperature Too High ......................................................... 335
ECU 001136.02 - Engine Control Unit, Temperature Invalid ............................................................. 336
ECU 001136.16 - Engine Control Unit, Temperature Moderately High ............................................. 336
ECU 001172.12 - Intake Air Temperature Fault ................................................................................ 336
ECU 001176.07 - Intake Air Pressure Mismatch ................................................................................ 337
ECU 001176.12 - Intake Air Pressure Fault ....................................................................................... 337
ECU 001180.00 - Calculated VGT Turbine Inlet Temperature Extremely High .................................. 338
ECU 001180.16 - Calculated VGT Turbine Inlet Temperature Moderately High ................................ 338
ECU 001209.03 - Exhaust Manifold Pressure Signal Out of Range High ........................................... 338
ECU 001209.04 - Exhaust Manifold Pressure Signal Out of Range Low ............................................ 338
ECU 001209.07 - Exhaust Manifold Pressure Mismatch .................................................................... 339
ECU 001321.05 - Engine Starter Solenoid Lockout Relay Circuit Has High Resistance ..................... 339
ECU 001321.06 - Engine Starter Solenoid Lockout Relay Circuit Has Low Resistance ...................... 339
ECU 001321.16 - ECU has Detected that the Starter has been Engaged Too Long .......................... 340
ECU 001322.31 - Engine Misfires Detected ...................................................................................... 340
ECU 001347.05 - Fuel Pressure Control Valve 1, Resistance Too High ............................................. 340
ECU 001347.06 - Fuel Pressure Control Valve 1, Resistance Too Low .............................................. 340
ECU 001347.07 - Control Valve 1 Fuel Pressure Deviation ............................................................... 341
ECU 001348.05 - Fuel Pressure Control Valve 2, Resistance Too High ............................................. 341
ECU 001348.06 - Fuel Pressure Control Valve 2, Resistance Too Low .............................................. 342
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 343
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 344
ECU 001569.31 - Engine in Derate Condition ................................................................................... 344
ECU 001761.01 - DEF Tank Empty ................................................................................................... 344
ECU 001761.03 - DEF Tank Fluid Level Sensor, Voltage Too High .................................................... 345
ECU 001761.04 - DEF Tank Fluid Level Sensor, Voltage Too Low ..................................................... 345
ECU 001761.17 - DEF Tank Fluid Level Moderately Low ................................................................... 345
ECU 001761.18 - DEF Tank Fluid Level Low ..................................................................................... 346
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 347
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 348
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 349
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 350
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 351

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 352


ECU 002630.03 - Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Signal Out Of Range High ........................ 352
ECU 002630.04 - Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Signal Out Of Range Low ......................... 353
ECU 002630.15 - Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Signal Slightly High .................................. 353
ECU 002630.16 - Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Signal Moderately High ............................ 354
ECU 002659.02 - EGR Flow Signal Invalid ......................................................................................... 354
ECU 002659.03 - EGR Flow Signal Out of Range High ...................................................................... 355
ECU 002659.04 - EGR Flow Signal Out of Range Low ....................................................................... 355
ECU 002659.14 - EGR Flow Signal Fault ........................................................................................... 355
ECU 002659.15 - EGR Flow Signal Moderately High ......................................................................... 356
ECU 002659.17 - EGR Flow Signal Moderately Low .......................................................................... 356
ECU 002791.05 - EGR Valve Actuator, Current Too Low ................................................................... 357
ECU 002791.06 - EGR Valve Actuator, Current Too High .................................................................. 357
ECU 002791.07 - EGR Valve Actuator Fault ...................................................................................... 358
ECU 002791.13 - EGR Valve Actuator, Calibration Error ................................................................... 358
ECU 002795.03 - VGT Actuator, Voltage Too High ........................................................................... 358
ECU 002795.04 - VGT Actuator, Voltage Too Low ............................................................................ 359
ECU 002795.07 - VGT Actuator Fault ................................................................................................ 359
ECU 002795.10 - Calculated Rate of Change of VGT Actuator Abnormal ......................................... 360
ECU 002795.13 - VGT Actuator, Calibration Error ............................................................................. 360
ECU 002795.31 - VGT Actuator Fault ................................................................................................ 360
ECU 002797.03 - Injection Valve Supply Voltage 1, Voltage Too High ............................................. 361
ECU 002797.05 - Injection Valve Supply Voltage 1, Resistance Too High ........................................ 361
ECU 002797.06 - Injection Valve Supply Voltage 1, Resistance Too Low ......................................... 362
ECU 002798.03 - Injection Valve Supply Voltage 2, Voltage Too High ............................................. 362
ECU 002798.05 - Injection Valve Supply Voltage 2, Resistance Too High ........................................ 363
ECU 002798.06 - Injection Valve Supply Voltage 2, Resistance Too Low ......................................... 363
ECU 003031.03 - DEF Tank Fluid Temperature Signal Out of Range High ........................................ 363
ECU 003031.04 - DEF Tank Fluid Temperature Sensor, Voltage Too Low ......................................... 364
ECU 003216.09 - CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from Aftertreatment Inlet NOx
Sensor ....................................................................................................................................... 364
ECU 003216.12 - Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor Faulty ................................................................ 365
ECU 003216.14 - Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor Faulty ................................................................ 365
ECU 003226.09 - CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from Aftertreatment Outlet NOx
Sensor ....................................................................................................................................... 366
ECU 003226.12 - Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor Faulty ............................................................. 366
ECU 003226.14 - Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor Faulty ............................................................. 366
ECU 003246.00 - DPF Outlet Temperature Extremely High .............................................................. 367
ECU 003246.12 - DPF Outlet Temperature Fault .............................................................................. 367
ECU 003251.00 - DPF Differential Pressure Sensor Fault .................................................................. 368
ECU 003251.02 - DPF Differential Pressure Signal Invalid ................................................................ 368
ECU 003251.03 - DPF Differential Pressure Signal Out of Range High .............................................. 369
ECU 003251.04 - DPF Differential Pressure Signal Out of Range Low ............................................... 369
ECU 003251.07 - DPF Differential Pressure Sensor Fault .................................................................. 369
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 371
ECU 003361.03 - DEF Dosing Injector Signal Out of Range High ...................................................... 371
ECU 003361.04 - DEF Dosing Injector Signal Out of Range Low ....................................................... 372
ECU 003361.05 - DEF Dosing Injector Circuit Has High Resistance .................................................. 372
ECU 003361.06 - DEF Dosing Injector Circuit Has Low Resistance ................................................... 372
ECU 003361.07 - DEF Dosing Injector Position Invalid ...................................................................... 373
ECU 003361.31 - DEF Dosing Injector Active without Injection ........................................................ 373
ECU 003464.05 - Air Throttle Actuator, Resistance Too High ........................................................... 374
ECU 003464.06 - Air Throttle Actuator, Resistance Too Low ............................................................ 374

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

ECU 003464.07 - Air Throttle Actuator Fault .................................................................................... 374


ECU 003464.13 - Air Throttle Actuator Calibration Error .................................................................. 375
ECU 003465.05 - Air Throttle Actuator, Resistance Too High ........................................................... 375
ECU 003465.06 - Air Throttle Actuator, Resistance Too Low ............................................................ 376
ECU 003465.07 - Air Throttle Actuator Fault .................................................................................... 376
ECU 003465.13 - Air Throttle Actuator Calibration Error .................................................................. 376
ECU 003473.03 - Actuator Signal Out of Range High ....................................................................... 377
ECU 003473.04 - Actuator Signal Out of Range Low ........................................................................ 377
ECU 003473.07 - Air Throttle Signal, Fault ....................................................................................... 378
ECU 003509.03 - Sensor Supply Voltage 1 Out of Range High ......................................................... 378
ECU 003509.04 - Sensor Supply Voltage 1 Out of Range Low .......................................................... 378
ECU 003510.03 - Sensor Supply Voltage 2 Out of Range High ......................................................... 379
ECU 003510.04 - Sensor Supply Voltage 2 Out of Range Low .......................................................... 379
ECU 003511.03 - Sensor Supply Voltage 3 Out of Range High ......................................................... 381
ECU 003511.04 - Sensor Supply Voltage 3 Out of Range Low .......................................................... 382
ECU 003512.03 - Sensor Supply Voltage 4 Out of Range High ......................................................... 382
ECU 003512.04 - Sensor Supply Voltage 4 Out of Range Low .......................................................... 382
ECU 003513.03 - Sensor Supply Voltage 5 Out of Range High ......................................................... 383
ECU 003513.04 - Sensor Supply Voltage 5 Out of Range Low .......................................................... 383
ECU 003514.03 - Sensor Supply Voltage 6 Out of Range High ......................................................... 384
ECU 003514.04 - Sensor Supply Voltage 6 Out of Range Low .......................................................... 385
ECU 003473.03 - Air Throttle Actuator, Voltage Too High ................................................................ 385
ECU 003473.04 - Air Throttle Actuator, Voltage Too Low ................................................................. 385
ECU 003473.07 - Air Throttle Actuator Fault .................................................................................... 386
ECU 003711.14 - Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Low Exhaust Gas
Temperature .............................................................................................................................. 386
ECU 003711.31 - Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Low Exhaust Gas
Temperature .............................................................................................................................. 386
ECU 003719.00 - Calculated Soot Level Extremely High .................................................................. 387
ECU 003719.10 - Calculated Soot Load Rate of Change Abnormal ................................................... 387
ECU 003719.13 - Excessive DPF Recovery Attempts ........................................................................ 387
ECU 003719.14 - Calculated Soot Level Extremely High .................................................................. 388
ECU 003719.15 - Calculated Soot Level Slightly High ...................................................................... 388
ECU 003719.16 - Calculated Soot Level Moderately High ................................................................ 388
ECU 003720.16 - Calculated Ash Level Moderately High .................................................................. 388
ECU 003936.00 - Calculated Unintended Combustibles in DPF Extremely High ............................... 388
ECU 003936.15 - Calculated Unintended Combustibles in DPF Slightly High ................................... 388
ECU 003936.16 - Calculated Unintended Combustible In DPF Moderately High ............................... 388
ECU 004334.00 - DEF Dosing Unit Pressure Extremely High ............................................................ 388
ECU 004334.01 - DEF Dosing Unit Pressure Extremely Low ............................................................. 389
ECU 004334.03 - DEF Dosing Unit Signal Out of Range High ........................................................... 389
ECU 004334.04 - DEF Dosing Unit Signal Out of Range Low ............................................................ 390
ECU 004334.11 - DEF Dosing Unit Pressure Signal Fault .................................................................. 390
ECU 004334.16 - DEF Dosing Unit Pressure Moderately High .......................................................... 391
ECU 004334.18 - DEF Dosing Unit Pressure Moderately Low ........................................................... 391
ECU 004334.31 - DEF Dosing Unit Pressure Fault ............................................................................. 391
ECU 004341.05 - DEF Dosing Unit Pressure Line Heater, Resistance Too High ................................ 392
ECU 004341.06 - DEF Dosing Unit Pressure Line Heater, Resistance Too Low ................................. 392
ECU 004343.05 - DEF Dosing Unit Return Line Heater, Resistance Too High ................................... 393
ECU 004343.06 - DEF Dosing Unit Return Line Heater, Resistance Too Low .................................... 393
ECU 004345.05 - DEF Dosing Unit Supply Line Heater, Resistance Too High ................................... 394
ECU 004345.06 - DEF Dosing Unit Supply Line Heater, Resistance Too Low .................................... 394
ECU 004360.07 - SCR Inlet Temperature Fault ................................................................................. 394

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

ECU 004360.12 - SCR Inlet Temperature Faulty ............................................................................... 396


ECU 004363.12 - SCR Outlet Temperature Faulty ............................................................................ 397
ECU 004364.01 - Catalytic Converter Efficiency of SCR System Extremely Low .............................. 398
ECU 004364.17 - Catalytic Converter Efficiency of SCR System Slightly Low ................................... 398
ECU 004364.18 - Catalytic Converter Efficiency of SCR System Moderately Low ............................. 398
ECU 004366.05 - DEF Tank Heater Coolant Valve, Resistance Too High .......................................... 398
ECU 004366.06 - DEF Tank Heater Coolant Valve, Resistance Too Low ........................................... 399
ECU 004366.16 - DEF Tank Heater Coolant Control Valve is Stuck Open ......................................... 399
ECU 004366.18 - DEF Tank Heater Coolant Control Valve is Stuck Closed ....................................... 399
ECU 004376.05 - DEF Dosing Unit Reversing Valve, Resistance Too High ....................................... 400
ECU 004376.06 - DEF Dosing Unit Reversing Valve, Resistance Too Low ........................................ 400
ECU 004376.14 - DEF Dosing System Powerdown Fault ................................................................... 401
ECU 004490.12 - Intake Air Humidity Fault ...................................................................................... 401
ECU 004765.00 - DOC Inlet Temperature Extremely High ................................................................ 401
ECU 004765.12 - DOC Inlet Temperature Fault ................................................................................ 402
ECU 004766.12 - DOC Outlet Temperature Fault ............................................................................. 402
ECU 004766.15 - DOC Outlet Temperature Slightly High ................................................................. 403
ECU 004766.16 - DOC Outlet Temperature Moderately High ........................................................... 403
ECU 004766.17 - DOC Outlet Temperature Slightly Low .................................................................. 404
ECU 004766.18 - DOC Outlet Temperature Moderately Low ............................................................ 404
ECU 004795.13 - Exhaust Filter Calibration Fault ............................................................................. 404
ECU 004795.31 - DPF Missing ........................................................................................................... 404
ECU 005018.00 - Calculated Unintended Combustibles in DOC Extremely High .............................. 405
ECU 005018.16 - Calculated Unintended Combustibles in DOC Moderately High ............................ 405
ECU 005125.03 - Sensor Supply Voltage 7 Out of Range High ......................................................... 406
ECU 005125.04 - Sensor Supply Voltage 7 Out of Range Low .......................................................... 407
ECU 005126.03 - Sensor Supply Voltage 8 Out of Range High ......................................................... 408
ECU 005126.04 - Sensor Supply Voltage 8 Out of Range Low .......................................................... 409
ECU 005127.03 - Sensor Supply Voltage 9 Out of Range High ......................................................... 410
ECU 005127.04 - Sensor Supply Voltage 9 Out of Range Low .......................................................... 411
ECU 005128.05 - Sensor Supply Voltage 10, Resistance Too High ................................................... 412
ECU 005128.06 - Sensor Supply Voltage 10, Resistance Too Low .................................................... 413
ECU 005298.01 - Output of Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Extremely Low .............................................. 413
ECU 005298.18 - Efficiency of Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Moderately Low ........................................ 413
ECU 005435.06 - Low Resistance in Pump Circuit of DEF Dosing Unit .............................................. 413
ECU 005435.09 - CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from DEF Dosing Unit ......... 414
ECU 005435.11 - Fault in the Circuit of DEF Dosing Unit Pump ........................................................ 414
ECU 005435.14 - DEF Dosing Unit Pump Motor Fault ....................................................................... 414
ECU 005435.31 - Fault in the DEF Dosing Unit Pump ....................................................................... 415
ECU 005571.05 - High Resistance in Circuit for Fuel Rail Pressure Surge Relief Valve ..................... 415
ECU 005571.06 - Low Resistance in Circuit for Fuel Rail Pressure Surge Relief Valve ...................... 416
ECU 005743.09 - CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from SCR Temperature Module
................................................................................................................................................... 416
ECU 005745.05 - DEF Dosing Unit Heater, Resistance Too High ...................................................... 417
ECU 005745.06 - DEF Dosing Unit Heater, Resistance Too Low ....................................................... 417
ECU 005745.18 - DEF Dosing Unit Heater, Temperature Moderately Low ........................................ 417
ECU 005745.31 - DEF Dosing Unit Heater, Temperature Faulty ....................................................... 418
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 419
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 420
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 420
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 422
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 423
ECU 522494.09 - CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from Intake Air Sensor ........ 424

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

ECU 522495.09 - CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from Exhaust Filter Temperature
Module ....................................................................................................................................... 424
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 425
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 426
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 427
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 428
Group EIC - EIC Control Software ...................................................................................................... 429
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 429
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 430
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 431
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 431
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 432
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 432
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 433
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 434
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 434
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 435
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 436
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 437
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 438
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 439
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 440
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 441
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 442
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 443
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 443
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 445
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 446
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 447
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 448
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 449
Group FCC - FCC Control Software .................................................................................................... 450
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 450
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 451
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 452
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 453
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 454
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 455
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 456
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 457
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 458
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 459
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 460
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 461
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 462
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 463
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 464
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 464
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 465
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 465
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 466
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 467
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 468

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 469


Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 470
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 471
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 472
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 473
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 474
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 475
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 476
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 477
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 478
FCC 002863.02 - Windshield Wiper Switch, Fault ............................................................................. 478
FCC 002865.02 - Rear Window Wiper Switch, Fault .......................................................................... 478
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 479
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 480
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 481
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 482
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 483
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 484
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 485
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 486
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 487
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 488
FCC 524020.31 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Forward/reverse lever not in neutral position during
start-up ...................................................................................................................................... 488
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 489
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 490
Group HCC - HCC Control Software ................................................................................................... 491
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 491
HCC 000190.02 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Engine speed too low during the calibration ...... 491
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 492
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 493
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 494
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 495
HCC 001638.02 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Transmission Oil Temperature Too Low During
Calibration ................................................................................................................................. 495
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 496
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 497
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 498
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 499
HCC 001873.13 - Hitch position sensor not or incorrectly calibrated ............................................... 499
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 500
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 501
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 502
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 503
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 504
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 505
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 506
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 507
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 507
HCC 002602.18 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Low transmission oil level ................................... 507
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 508
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 509
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 510

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 511


Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 512
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 513
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 514
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 515
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 516
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 517
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 518
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 519
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 519
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 521
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 522
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 523
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 523
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 523
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 525
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 526
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 527
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 528
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 529
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 529
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 529
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 531
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 532
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 532
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 533
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 533
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 533
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 534
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 534
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 534
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 535
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 535
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 535
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 536
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 536
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 537
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 537
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 537
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 538
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 538
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 538
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 539
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 539
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 540
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 540
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 540
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 541
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 542
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 543
HCC 523652.02 - Control Unit Connected to Wrong Wiring Harness Connector ............................... 543
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 544
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 545

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 546


Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 547
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 548
HCC 523714.31 - Solenoid Valve for Draft Link Stabilizer (No-Float Position), Fault ......................... 548
HCC 523715.31 - Solenoid Valve for Draft Link Stabilizer (Float Position), Fault .............................. 548
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 549
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 550
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 550
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 551
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 552
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 553
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 553
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 555
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 556
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 556
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 558
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 559
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 560
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 560
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 561
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 562
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 563
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 564
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 564
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 565
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 565
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 566
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 567
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 568
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 568
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 569
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 570
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 570
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 571
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 572
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 573
Group ICA - ICA Control Software ...................................................................................................... 574
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 574
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 574
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 576
Group JDL - JDL Control Software ...................................................................................................... 577
JDL 000237.11 - JDLink Not Registered ............................................................................................. 577
JDL 000639.09 - JDLink Not Detecting CAN Bus Messages ............................................................... 577
JDL 000841.05 - GPS Antenna Error - Open Circuit ........................................................................... 577
JDL 000841.06 - GPS Antenna Error - Grounded/Short Circuit .......................................................... 577
JDL 000964.13 - Real-Time Clock Failure .......................................................................................... 577
JDL 002850.02 - Cellular Antenna Error - Abnormal Signal ............................................................... 578
JDL 002852.11 - Unable to Detect SIM Card ..................................................................................... 578
JDL 516672.14 - Network Authorization Failed ................................................................................. 578
JDL 522976.11 - Unable to Load Custom Alerts ................................................................................ 578
JDL 522976.13 - Unable to Load Configuration ................................................................................. 578
JDL 523310.00 - Low Memory ........................................................................................................... 579
Group OIC - OIC Control Software ..................................................................................................... 580

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 580


Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 581
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 582
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 583
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 584
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 585
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 586
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 587
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 588
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 589
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 590
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 591
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 592
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 592
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 594
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 595
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 596
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 597
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 597
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 598
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 599
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 600
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 601
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 602
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 603
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 604
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 605
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 606
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 607
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 608
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 609
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 610
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 611
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 612
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 613
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 613
OIC 522011.08 - Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from DOI ................................................ 614
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 615
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 616
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 617
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 618
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 619
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 620
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 621
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 622
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 623
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 624
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 625
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 626
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 627
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 628
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 629
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 630

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 631


Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 632
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 633
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 634
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 635
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 636
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 637
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 638
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 639
Group PDU - PDU Control Software ................................................................................................... 640
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 640
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 641
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 642
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 643
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 644
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 644
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 645
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 646
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 647
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 648
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 649
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 650
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 651
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 652
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 653
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 654
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 655
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 656
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 657
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 658
Group PTF - PTF Control Software .................................................................................................... 659
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 659
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 660
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 661
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 662
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 663
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 664
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 665
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 665
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 666
PTF 000186.01 - Front PTO speed sensor, Overload protection activated ........................................ 666
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 667
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 668
PTF 000186.15 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Front PTO Speed Sensor, Speed Too High After
Shutting Off the Front PTO ........................................................................................................ 668
PTF 000186.17 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Front PTO Speed Sensor, Speed Too Low After
Switching On the Front PTO ....................................................................................................... 668
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 669
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 670
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 671
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 672
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 673
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 674

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 675


Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 676
PTF 001893.31 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Front PTO switch was on when engine was started
................................................................................................................................................... 676
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 677
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 678
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 679
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 680
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 681
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 682
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 683
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 684
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 685
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 686
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 687
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 688
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 689
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 690
PTF 522390.11 - Tractor-Implement Automation™, Fault ................................................................. 690
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 691
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 692
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 693
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 694
PTF 523904.31 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Operator presence switch not activated while front
PTO is engaged .......................................................................................................................... 694
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 695
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 696
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 697
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 698
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 699
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 700
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 701
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 702
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 703
Group PTQ - PTQ Control Software ................................................................................................... 704
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 704
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 705
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 706
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 707
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 708
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 709
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 709
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 710
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 711
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 712
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 713
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 714
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 715
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 716
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 717
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 719
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 720
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 721

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 722


Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 723
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 724
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 725
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 726
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 727
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 728
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 729
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 730
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 731
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 732
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 733
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 733
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 734
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 735
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 736
PTQ 002833.31 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Vehicle Rolls Despite Park Lock Being Engaged
................................................................................................................................................... 736
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 737
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 738
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 739
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 740
PTQ 004309.14 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Vehicle Direction Changes When Changing Ranges
................................................................................................................................................... 740
PTQ 516673.14 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Changing ranges not possible due to a mechanical or
electronic fault. ......................................................................................................................... 740
PTQ 516673.17 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Changing ranges not possible due to a fault. ...... 740
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 741
PTQ 521925.31 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: No Operator Was Present During a Shifting Procedure
................................................................................................................................................... 741
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 742
PTQ 522188.14 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Transmission speed too high for a range shift.
................................................................................................................................................... 742
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 743
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 744
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 745
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 746
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 747
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 748
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 749
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 750
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 751
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 752
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 753
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 754
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 755
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 756
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 757
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 758
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 759
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 760
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 761
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 762

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 763


PTQ 523108.13 - Transmission System Not Calibrated .................................................................... 763
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 764
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 765
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 766
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 767
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 768
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 769
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 770
PTQ 524226.08 - Direction of Travel, Out of Range .......................................................................... 770
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 771
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 772
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 773
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 774
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 775
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 776
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 777
PTQ 524242.14 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: System Pressure, Pressure Too Low .................... 777
PTQ 524250.31 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Park Lock, Fault ................................................... 777
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 778
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 779
Group PTR - PTR Control Software .................................................................................................... 780
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 780
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 781
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 782
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 783
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 784
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 785
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 786
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 787
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 788
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 789
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 790
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 791
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 792
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 793
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 794
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 795
PTR 523966.03 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Connector for Come-Home Function, Fault ......... 795
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 796
PTR 523966.19 - Come-home mode, incorrect signal from OIC control software ............................. 796
PTR 523966.31 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Come-home mode activated ............................... 796
PTR 524020.31 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Reverse drive lever not in neutral position during
start-up ...................................................................................................................................... 796
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 797
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 798
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 799
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 800
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 801
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 802
PTR 524194.03 - Switch for transmission neutral position, Voltage too high ................................... 802
PTR 524194.04 - Switch for Transmission Neutral Position, Voltage Too Low .................................. 802
PTR 524194.07 - Switch for transmission neutral position, Malfunction ........................................... 802

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 803


Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 804
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 805
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 806
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 807
Group RPT - RPT Control Software .................................................................................................... 808
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 808
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 809
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 810
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 811
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 812
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 813
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 814
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 815
RPT 000186.01 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Speed Too Low at the Rear PTO .......................... 815
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 816
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 817
RPT 000186.15 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Speed Too High After
Shutting Off the Rear PTO ......................................................................................................... 817
RPT 000186.17 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Speed Too Low After
Switching On the Rear PTO ........................................................................................................ 817
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 818
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 819
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 820
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 821
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 822
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 823
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 824
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 825
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 826
RPT 001890.03 - PTO Shaft Spline Identifier Switch, Voltage Too High ............................................ 826
RPT 001890.04 - PTO Shaft Spline Identifier Switch, Voltage Too Low ............................................. 826
RPT 001890.31 - PTO Shaft Spline Identifier Switch, Fault ............................................................... 826
RPT 001894.31 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Rear PTO switch was on when engine was started
................................................................................................................................................... 826
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 827
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 828
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 829
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 830
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 831
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 832
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 833
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 834
RPT 002818.31 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Operator presence switch not activated ............. 834
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 835
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 836
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 837
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 838
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 839
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 840
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 841
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 842
RPT 522390.11 - Tractor-Implement Automation™, Fault ................................................................ 842

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 843


Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 844
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 845
RPT 523908.14 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Remote control switch for rear PTO is activated
................................................................................................................................................... 845
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 846
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 847
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 848
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 849
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 850
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 851
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 852
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 853
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 854
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 855
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 856
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 857
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 858
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 859
Group SCO - SCO Control Software ................................................................................................... 860
SCO 000084.14 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Ground speed too fast ........................................ 860
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 861
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 862
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 863
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 864
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 865
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 866
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 867
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 868
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 869
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 870
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 871
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 872
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 873
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 874
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 875
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 876
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 877
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 877
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 877
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 879
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 879
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 880
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 881
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 881
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 881
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 882
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 883
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 884
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 885
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 886
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 887
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 888

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 889


Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 890
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 891
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 892
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 893
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 894
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 895
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 896
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 897
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 898
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 899
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 900
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 901
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 902
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 903
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 904
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 905
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 906
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 907
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 908
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 908
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 909
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 910
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 911
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 912
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 913
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 914
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 915
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 916
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 917
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 918
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 919
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 920
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 920
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 921
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 922
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 922
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 924
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 925
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 926
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 927
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 928
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 929
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 930
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 931
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 932
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 933
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 934
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 935
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 936
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 937
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 938
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 939

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Group SFA - SFA Control Software .................................................................................................... 940


Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 940
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 941
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 942
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 943
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 944
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 945
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 946
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 947
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 948
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 949
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 950
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 951
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 952
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 953
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 954
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 954
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 955
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 956
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 957
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 958
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 959
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 960
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 960
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 961
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 961
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 961
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 963
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 964
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 965
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 966
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 967
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 968
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 969
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 970
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 971
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 972
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 973
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 974
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 975
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 976
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 977
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 978
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 979
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 980
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 981
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 982
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 983
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 984
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 985
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 986
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 987
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 988

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 989


Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 990
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 991
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 992
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 993
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 994
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 995
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 996
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 997
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 998
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 999
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1000
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1001
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1002
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1003
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1004
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1005
Group SMB - SMB Control Software ................................................................................................ 1006
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1006
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1007
Group TEC - TEC Control Software .................................................................................................. 1008
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1008
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1009
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1010
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1011
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1011
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1012
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1012
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1012
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1014
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1014
Group TEI - TEI Control Software ..................................................................................................... 1016
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1016
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1017
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1018
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1019
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1019
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1020
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1020
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1020
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1021
Group TIH - TIH Control Software .................................................................................................... 1022
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1022
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1022
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1023
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1024
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1025
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1026
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1026
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1027
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1027
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1027
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1028

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1028


Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1028
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1029
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1029
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1030
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1030
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1030
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1031
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1031
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1032
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1032
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1033
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1034
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1035
TIH 520958.14 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Speed Change Due to Active Speed Limit Not Possible
................................................................................................................................................. 1035
TIH 520958.31 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Speed Change Due to Active Speed Limit Not Possible
................................................................................................................................................. 1035
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1036
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1037
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1038
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1038
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1039
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1040
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1041
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1042
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1043
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1044
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1045
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1046
TIH 524277.00 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Engine speed too high for downshifting ............. 1046
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1047
Group TIQ - TIQ Control Software .................................................................................................... 1048
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1048
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1049
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1050
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1051
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1052
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1053
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1054
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1055
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1056
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1057
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1058
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1059
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1060
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1061
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1062
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1063
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1064
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1065
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1066
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1067

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

TIQ 520958.14 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Speed Change Due to Active Speed Limit Not Possible
................................................................................................................................................. 1067
TIQ 520958.31 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Speed Change Due to Active Speed Limit Not Possible
................................................................................................................................................. 1067
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1068
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1069
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1070
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1070
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1072
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1073
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1074
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1075
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1076
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1077
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1078
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1079
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1080
TIQ 524277.00 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Engine speed too high for downshifting ............. 1080
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1081
Group VTV - VTV Control Software .................................................................................................. 1082
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1082
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1083
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1083
VTV 000916.14 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Service interval ................................................. 1084
Group XMC - XMC Control Software ................................................................................................ 1085
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1085
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1086
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1087
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1088
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1089
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1090
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1091
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1092
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1092
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1093
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1093
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1094
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1095
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1096
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1097
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1098
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1099
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1100
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1101
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1102
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1103
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1104
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1105
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1106
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1107
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1108
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1108
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1109

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1109


Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1109
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1110
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1110
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1111
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1112
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1113
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1114
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1115
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1116
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1117
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1118
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1119
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1120
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1121
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1122
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1123
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1124
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1125
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1126
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1127
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1128
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1129
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1130
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1131
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1132
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1133
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1134
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1135
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1136
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1137
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1138
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1139
Group XSC - XSC Control Software .................................................................................................. 1140
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1140
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1141
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1142
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1143
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1144
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1144
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1144
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1145
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1146
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1147
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1148
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1149
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1150
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1151
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1152
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1153
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1154
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1155
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1156

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1157


Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1158
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1159
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1160
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1161
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1162
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1163
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1164
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1165
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1166
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1167
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1168
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1168
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1169
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1169
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1169
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1170
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1170
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1170
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1171
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1172
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1173
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1174
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1175
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1176
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1177
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1178
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1179
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1180
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1181
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1182
XSC 522390.11 - Tractor-Implement Automation™, Fault .............................................................. 1182
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1183
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1184
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1185
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1186
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1187
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1188
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1189
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1190
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1191
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1192
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1193
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1194
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1195
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1196
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1197
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1198
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1199
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1200
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1201
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1202
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1203

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1204


Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1205
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1206
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1207
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1208
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1209
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1210
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1211
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1212
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1213
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1213
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1215
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1216

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group AIC: AIC Control Software

Group AIC - AIC Control Software


AIC 000628.02- Control Software, Internal Fault
303
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the configuration data of the control software is
incorrect.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Program Control Units ,
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. GO TO 1. • Problem
still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

AIC 520870.02- Configuration Data Fault, Internal Fault


303
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that an internal configuration data fault is present.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the AIC control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group AIC: AIC Control Software

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the control software.

AIC 520871.02- Configuration Data Fault, Internal Fault


303
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that an internal configuration data fault is present.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the AIC control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the control software.

AIC 520872.02- Configuration Data Fault, Internal Fault


303
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that an internal configuration data fault is present.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the AIC control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the control software.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 2 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group AIC: AIC Control Software

AIC 522077.11- iTEC™ Basic Switch Fault


303
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the iTEC™ Basic switch has been pressed for too
long. This may indicate a defective switch or a shorted circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the iTEC™ Basic switch

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform S043 - iTEC™ Basic Switch, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See S043 - iTEC™ Basic Switch, Component Information in
Section 249.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 3 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group AIC: AIC Control Software

AIC 523349.02- AutoTrac™ Resume Switch, Internal Error


303
Faulty switch conditions detected at the AutoTrac™ switch. This may indicate a faulty switch or circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the AutoTrac™ switch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform AutoTrac™ Resume Switch, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace switch for AutoTrac™ and perform operational check.

NO:• Problem still exists. See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 4 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group AIC: AIC Control Software

AIC 523908.02- Rear PTO Switch Faulty


303
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that an incorrect signal is received from the rear PTO
switch. The ON and OFF contacts provide the same signal. This may indicate a defective circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front PTO.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform S021 - Rear PTO Switch, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See S021 - Rear PTO Switch, Component Information in
Section 249.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 5 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group AIC: AIC Control Software

AIC 523971.03- Depth-Setting Potentiometer, Voltage Too High


303
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that a voltage of more than 4.75 V is present at the
input of the depth-setting potentiometer. This may indicate a defective potentiometer or circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch control operation unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See B027 - Position Feedback Unit, Component Information in
Section 249.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 6 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group AIC: AIC Control Software

AIC 523971.04- Depth-Setting Potentiometer, Voltage Too Low


303
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that a voltage of less than 0.25 V is present at the
input of the depth-setting potentiometer. This may indicate a defective potentiometer or circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch control operation unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See B027 - Position Feedback Unit, Component Information in
Section 249.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 7 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group AIC: AIC Control Software

AIC 523971.13- Depth-Setting Potentiometer Not Calibrated


303
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that an invalid value has been generated during the
hitch calibration. Hitch calibration must be repeated.

Reaction of the control software: Limited hitch function.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Calibrate depth-setting potentiometer

Action:

1. Clear stored diagnostic trouble codes.


2. AIC 028 - Depth-Setting Potentiometer, Calibration
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:GO TO 3.

( 3 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See B027 - Position Feedback Unit, Component Information .

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 8 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group AIC: AIC Control Software

AIC 524096.02- Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Voltages at Channel 1 and 2 Not in Correct Ratio
303
The output signals of the potentiometer on the speed control lever do not match. The voltage at channel 1 must be double the
voltage of channel 2.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

PowrQuad™ Transmission:

Perform B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B096-1 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Circuit Test , Section 240.

CommandQuad™ Transmission

Perform B096-3 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Circuit Test , Section 240.

PowrReverser™ - Transmission

Perform B096-1 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See B096 - Hand Throttle
Potentiometer, Component Information .

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 9 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group AIC: AIC Control Software

AIC 524096.03- Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Voltage Too High


303
Voltage at the signal input of channel 1 of the potentiometer above 4.5 volts. This indicates a problem at the signal lead or at
the ground connection of the potentiometer.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

PowrQuad™ Transmission:

Perform B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B096-1 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Circuit Test , Section 240.

CommandQuad™ Transmission

Perform B096-3 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Circuit Test , Section 240.

PowrReverser™ - Transmission

Perform B096-1 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See B096 - Hand Throttle
Potentiometer, Component Information .

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 10 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group AIC: AIC Control Software

AIC 524096.04- Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Voltage Too Low


303
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software measures a voltage of less than 0.5 V at the signal input from
channel 1 of the potentiometer. This indicates a problem on the signal lead or a problem with the potentiometer supply
voltage.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

PowrQuad™ Transmission:

Perform B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B096-1 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Circuit Test , Section 240.

CommandQuad™ Transmission

Perform B096-3 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Circuit Test , Section 240.

PowrReverser™ - Transmission

Perform B096-1 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See B096 - Hand Throttle
Potentiometer, Component Information .

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 11 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group AIC: AIC Control Software

AIC 524212.02- Position Feedback Unit Faulty


303
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that an incorrect signal has been received from the
depth-setting potentiometer of the hitch control.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch control operation unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See B027 - Position Feedback Unit, Component Information in
Section 249.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 12 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group AIC: AIC Control Software

AIC 524212.03- Position Feedback Unit Voltage Too High


303
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the potentiometer of the hitch
control lever is too high.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch control operation unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See B027 - Position Feedback Unit, Component Information in
Section 249.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 13 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group AIC: AIC Control Software

AIC 524212.04- Position Feedback Unit Voltage Too Low


303
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the potentiometer of the hitch
control lever is too low.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch control operation unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See B027 - Position Feedback Unit, Component Information in
Section 249.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 14 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group AIC: AIC Control Software

AIC 524212.11- Quick Raise/Lower Switch, Fault


303
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the quick raise/lower switch has been pressed for
too long. This may indicate that the switch is stuck or dirty.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the quick raise/lower switch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check voltage

Action:

Check the voltage, see AIC 053 - Quick Raise/Lower Switch, Voltage in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Voltage OK. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. Check that the switch moves easily and clean it. Perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 15 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group AIC: AIC Control Software

AIC 524216.02- Front PTO Switch Faulty


303
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that an incorrect signal is received at the front PTO
switch. The ON and OFF contacts provide the same signal. This may indicate a defective circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front PTO.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform S006 - Switch for Front PTO, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See S006 - Front PTO Switch, Component Information in
Section 249.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 16 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

AIC 524224.02- Rear PTO Switch Faulty


303
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that an incorrect signal is received from the rear PTO
switch. The ON and OFF contacts provide the same signal. This may indicate a defective circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front PTO.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform S021 - Rear PTO Switch, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See S021 - Rear PTO Switch, Component Information in
Section 249.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 17 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

Group BLC - BLC Control Software


BLC 000444.04- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT) Current Too High
406
The control software detects that the current at the control unit input is too high. This indicates a defective component or a
grounded circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Check whether there are any other diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a faulty circuit.

Result:

YES:Circuit identified, recondition as needed and perform operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace control software and perform operational check.• Problem still exists. Perform
General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 18 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 000628.02- Control Software, Internal Error


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there was an error reading the internal module
(EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 19 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 000629.12- Control Software, Internal Fault


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that a time limit (watchdog) has been exceeded.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 20 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 000630.02- Control Software, Internal Error


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is an incorrect entry in the internal memory.
Reprogram the control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 21 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 000630.13- Control Software, Internal Error


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an internal problem.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 22 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 000920.03- Acoustic Alarm Voltage Too High


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that voltage at the output to the acoustic alarm is too
high. This indicates that the circuit is open or shorted to a positive lead.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software : Limited or no function of the acoustic alarm.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform Acoustic Alarm, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits within specification. Replace acoustic alarm and perform an operational check.• Problem still exists. Perform
General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 23 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 000920.06- Acoustic Alarm Current Too High


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the acoustic alarm is
too high. This indicates a defective component or a grounded circuit.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the acoustic alarm.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform Acoustic Alarm, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits within specification. Replace acoustic alarm and perform an operational check.• Problem still exists. Perform
General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 24 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 001871.09- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Information from TEC Control Software
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the TEC control software and the BLC
control software. Reception of the "Implement Work State" CAN message transmitted by the TEC control software is
intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS Checks - Communication Faultsin Section 240.

BLC 001871.19- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Implement Sends Error Message
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that data from the implement CAN Bus are reporting an
error. This indicates a problem in the implement CAN Bus.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS Checks - Communication Faultsin Section 240.

BLC 001871.31- CAN BUS Message Cannot Be Received, Information from Implement
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that no valid data from the implement CAN Bus are
available.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 25 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.


2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 26 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 001877.06- Implement Switch, Current Too High


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the implement switch
is too high. This indicates a grounded circuit.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the implement switch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Perform circuit test. All circuits within specification. Replace defective component and perform an operational check.•
Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 27 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 001877.09- CAN BUS Message Cannot Be Received, Information from HCC Control Software
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the BLC control software and the HCC
control software. Reception of the "Rear Hitch Work State" CAN message transmitted by the HCC control software is
intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 28 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 001877.19- Hitch Control Fault


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that a faulty operating status of the rear hitch is
present. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the BLC control software. In its active state,
this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the HCC control software. The HCC diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the HCC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 29 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 001877.31- Hitch Control Fault


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that an invalid value for the operating status of the
rear hitch is transmitted. This value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the BLC control software. In its active state, this
fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the HCC control software. The HCC diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the HCC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 30 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002000.09- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Information from ECU Control Unit
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the ECU control software and the BLC
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the ECU control unit is intermittent or
non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

BLC 002007.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from RPT Control Software
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the BLC control software and the RPT
control software. Reception of messages sent on the CAN BUS by the RPT control software is intermittent or non-existent.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 31 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002035.09- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Information from HCC Control Software
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that a data transfer problem occurs between the HCC
control software and the BLC control software. Reception of one of the HCC messages is intermittent or non-existent
(intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the HCC control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 32 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002036.09- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Information from PTF Control Software
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the BLC control software and the PTF
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the PTF control software is intermittent
or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 33 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002049.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from OIC Control Software
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the OIC control software and the BLC
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the OIC control software is intermittent
or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 34 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002050.06- Control Software BLC, Current Too High


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the total current flow is too high. This indicates
that one of the circuits of the BLC control software is shorted to ground or overloaded. The BLC control software shuts down its
functions one after the other.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the BLC control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 35 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002071.09- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Information from CCU Control Software
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the CCU control software and the BLC
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the CCU control software is intermittent
or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus or in the
transmitting control software.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

BLC 002140.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from AIC Control Software
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the BLC control software and the AIC
control software. Reception of messages sent on the CAN BUS by the AIC control software is intermittent or non-existent.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 36 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002145.09- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Information from FCC Control Software
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the FCC control software and the BLC
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the FCC control software is intermittent
or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 37 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002240.09- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Information from TEC Control Software
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the TEC control software and the BLC
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the TEC control software is intermittent
or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus or in the
transmitting control software.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 38 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002348.03- High-Beam Headlights, External Voltage


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that voltage is present at the output to the high-beam
headlight, even though it is turned off. This indicates that the circuit is shorted to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the headlights.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E075-L - Left High-Beam Headlight, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E075-R - Right High-Beam Headlight, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace headlight, see E075-L - High-beam headlight (left) or E075-R High-beam
headlight (right), and perform an operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information,
Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 39 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002348.05- High-Beam Headlights, Current Too Low


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the high-beam
headlight is too low. This indicates a defective component.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the headlights.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E075-L - Left High-Beam Headlight, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E075-R - Right High-Beam Headlight, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace headlight, see E075-L - High-beam headlight (left) or E075-R High-beam
headlight (right), and perform an operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information,
Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 40 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002348.06- High-Beam Headlights, Current Too High


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the high-beam
headlight is too high. This indicates a defective component or a grounded circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the headlights.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E075-L - Left High-Beam Headlight, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E075-R - Right High-Beam Headlight, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace headlight, see E075-L - High-beam headlight (left) or E075-R High-beam
headlight (right), and perform an operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information,
Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 41 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002350.03- Low-Beam Headlights, External Voltage


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that voltage is present at the output to the low-beam
headlight, even though it is turned off. This indicates that the circuit is shorted to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the headlights.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E074-L - Left Low-Beam Headlight, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E074-R - Right Low-Beam Headlight, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace headlight, see E074-L - Low-beam headlight (left) or E074-R Low-beam
headlight (right), and perform an operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information,
Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 42 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002350.05- Low-Beam Headlights, Current Too Low


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the low-beam
headlight is too low. This indicates a defective component.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the headlights.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E074-L - Left Low-Beam Headlight, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E074-R - Right Low-Beam Headlight, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace headlight, see E074-L - Low-beam headlight (left) or E074-R Low-beam
headlight (right), and perform an operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information,
Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 43 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002350.06- Low-Beam Headlights, Current Too High


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the low-beam
headlight is too high. This indicates a defective component or a grounded circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the headlights.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E074-L - Left Low-Beam Headlight, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E074-R - Right Low-Beam Headlight, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace headlight, see E074-L - Low-beam headlight (left) or E074-R Low-beam
headlight (right), and perform an operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information,
Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 44 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002352.03- Low-Beam Headlights on Cab Frame, External Voltage


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that voltage is present at the output to the low-beam
headlights on cab frame, even though they are turned off. This indicates that the circuit is shorted to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the low-beam headlights on the cab frame.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E007 - Left Headlight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E008 - Right Headlight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace headlight, see E007 - Left headlight on cab frame or E008 - Right headlight
on cab frame, and perform an operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information,
Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 45 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002352.05- Low-Beam Headlights on Cab Frame, Current Too Low


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the low-beam
headlights on cab frame is too low. This indicates a defective component.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the low-beam headlights on the cab frame.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E007 - Left Headlight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E008 - Right Headlight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace headlight, see E007 - Left headlight on cab frame or E008 - Right headlight
on cab frame, and perform an operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information,
Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 46 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002352.06- Low-Beam Headlights on Cab Frame, Current Too High


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the low-beam
headlights on cab frame is too high. This indicates a defective component or a grounded circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the low-beam headlights on the cab frame.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E007 - Left Headlight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E008 - Right Headlight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace headlight, see E007 - Left headlight on cab frame or E008 - Right headlight
on cab frame, and perform an operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information,
Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 47 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002354.03- Front Corner Worklights, External Voltage


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that voltage is present at the output to the front corner
worklights, even though they are turned off. This indicates that the circuit is shorted to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front corner worklights.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E009-L - Left Front Corner Worklight, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E009-R - Right Front Corner Worklight, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace E009-L - Left Front Corner Worklight or E009-R - Right Front Corner Worklight
and perform an operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 48 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002354.05- Front Corner Worklights, Current Too Low


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the front corner
worklight is too low. This indicates a defective component.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front corner worklights.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E009-L - Left Front Corner Worklight, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E009-R - Right Front Corner Worklight, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace E009-L - Left Front Corner Worklight or E009-R - Right Front Corner Worklight
and perform an operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 49 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002354.06- Front Corner Worklights, Current Too High


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the front corner
worklight is too high. This indicates a defective component or a grounded circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front corner worklights.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E009-L - Left Front Corner Worklight, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E009-R - Right Front Corner Worklight, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace E009-L - Left Front Corner Worklight or E009-R - Right Front Corner Worklight
and perform an operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 50 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002358.03- Worklights on Cab Frame or High-Beam Headlights on Cab Frame, External Voltage
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that voltage is present at the output to the worklights
on cab frame or high-beam headlights on cab frame, even though they are turned off. This indicates that the circuit is shorted
to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the high-beam headlights on cab frame or worklights on cab
frame.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E007 - Left Headlight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E008 - Right Headlight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E020-L - Left Worklight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E020-R - Right Worklight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace headlights on cab frame or worklights on cab frame and perform an
operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 51 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002358.05- Worklights on Cab Frame or High-Beam Headlights on Cab Frame, Current Too Low
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the worklights on cab
frame or high-beam headlights on cab frame is too low. This indicates a defective component.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the high-beam headlights on cab frame or worklights on cab
frame.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E007 - Left Headlight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E008 - Right Headlight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E020-L - Left Worklight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E020-R - Right Worklight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace headlights on cab frame or worklights on cab frame and perform an
operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 52 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002358.06- Worklights on Cab Frame or High-Beam Headlights on Cab Frame, Current Too High
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the worklights on cab
frame or high-beam headlights on cab frame is too high. This indicates a defective component or a grounded circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the high-beam headlights on cab frame or worklights on cab
frame.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E007 - Left Headlight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E008 - Right Headlight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E020-L - Left Worklight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E020-R - Right Worklight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace headlights on cab frame or worklights on cab frame and perform an
operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 53 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002360.03- Worklight on Rear of Fender, External Voltage


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that voltage is present at the output to the worklights
on rear of fenders, even though they are turned off. This indicates that the circuit is shorted to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the worklights on rear of fenders.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E015 - Worklights on Rear of Fenders (Cab), Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E015-L - Worklight on Rear of Left Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E015-R - Worklight on Rear of Right Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace worklights on rear of fenders and perform an operational check.• Problem still
exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 54 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002360.05- Worklights on Rear of Fenders, Current Too Low


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the worklight on rear
of fender is too low. This indicates a defective component.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the worklights on rear of fenders.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E015 - Worklights on Rear of Fenders (Cab), Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E015-L - Worklight on Rear of Left Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E015-R - Worklight on Rear of Right Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace worklights on rear of fenders and perform an operational check.• Problem still
exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 55 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002360.06- Worklights on Rear of Fenders, Current Too High


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the worklight on rear
of fender is too high. This indicates a defective component or a grounded circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the worklights on rear of fenders.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E015 - Worklights on Rear of Fenders (Cab), Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E015-L - Worklight on Rear of Left Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E015-R - Worklight on Rear of Right Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace worklights on rear of fenders and perform an operational check.• Problem still
exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 56 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002362.03- Inner Worklights on Rear of Roof, External Voltage


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that voltage is present at the output to the inner
worklights on rear of roof, even though they are turned off. This indicates that the circuit is shorted to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the inner worklights on rear of roof or the Xenon (HID)
worklights on rear of roof.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E011-1L - Left Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E011-1R - Right Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace inner worklights on rear of roof and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 57 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002362.05- Inner Worklights on Rear of Roof, Current Too Low


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the inner worklights
on rear of roof is too low. This indicates a defective component.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the inner worklights on rear of roof or the Xenon (HID)
worklights on rear of roof.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E011-1L - Left Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E011-1R - Right Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace inner worklights on rear of roof and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 58 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002362.06- Inner Worklights on Rear of Roof, Current Too High


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the inner worklights
on rear of roof is too high. This indicates a defective component or a grounded circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the inner worklights on rear of roof or the Xenon (HID)
worklights on rear of roof.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E011-1L - Left Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E011-1R - Right Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace inner worklights on rear of roof and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 59 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002372.03- Brake lights, external voltage


406
There voltage at the output to the brake lights when switched off. This indicates that the circuit is shorted to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake lights.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform Brake Lights, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace brake lights and perform operational check.• Problem still exists. Perform
General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 60 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002372.05- Brake Lights, Current Too Low


406
Current at the output to the brake lights is too low. This indicates a defective component.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake lights.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform Brake Lights, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace brake lights and perform operational check.• Problem still exists. Perform
General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 61 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002372.06- Brake Lights, Current Too High


406
Current at the output to the brake lights is too high. This indicates a defective component or a grounded circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake lights.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform Brake Lights, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace brake lights and perform operational check.• Problem still exists. Perform
General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 62 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002382.03- Clearance Light, License Plate Light or Tail Light, External Voltage
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that voltage is present at the output to the clearance
light, license plate light or tail light, even though it is turned off. This indicates that the circuit is shorted to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the clearance lights on the cab frame.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform E003 - Left Clearance Light (ECE), Circuit Test in Section 240.

Perform E004 - Right Clearance Light (ECE), Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace clearance lights on cab frame and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 63 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002382.05- Clearance Light, License Plate Light or Tail Light, Current Too Low
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the clearance light,
license plate light or tail light is too low. This indicates a defective component.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the clearance lights on the cab frame.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform E003 - Left Clearance Light (ECE), Circuit Test in Section 240.

Perform E004 - Right Clearance Light (ECE), Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace clearance lights on cab frame and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 64 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002382.06- Clearance Light, License Plate Light or Tail Light, Current Too High
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the clearance light,
license plate light or tail light is too high. This indicates a defective component or a grounded circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the clearance lights on the cab frame.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform E003 - Left Clearance Light (ECE), Circuit Test in Section 240.

Perform E004 - Right Clearance Light (ECE), Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace clearance lights on cab frame and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 65 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002396.03- Inner Worklights on Front of Roof, External Voltage


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that voltage is present at the output to the inner
worklights on front of roof, even though they are turned off. This indicates that the circuit is shorted to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the inner worklights on front of roof.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E018-1L - Left Inner Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E018-1R - Right Inner Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace inner worklights on front of roof and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 66 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002396.05- Inner Worklights on Front of Roof, Current Too Low


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the inner worklights
on front of roof is too low. This indicates a defective component.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the inner worklights on front of roof.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E018-1L - Left Inner Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E018-1R - Right Inner Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace inner worklights on front of roof and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 67 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002396.06- Inner Worklights on Front of Roof, Current Too High


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the inner worklights
on front of roof is too high. This indicates a defective component or a grounded circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the inner worklights on front of roof.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E018-1L - Left Inner Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E018-1R - Right Inner Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace inner worklights on front of roof and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 68 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002398.03- Outer Worklights on Front of Roof, External Voltage


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that voltage is present at the output to the outer
worklights on front of roof, even though they are turned off. This indicates that the circuit is shorted to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the outer worklights on front of roof.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E018-2L - Left Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E018-2R - Right Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace outer worklights on front of roof and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 69 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002398.05- Outer Worklights on Front of Roof, Current Too Low


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the outer worklights
on front of roof is too low. This indicates a defective component.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the outer worklights on front of roof.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E018-2L - Left Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E018-2R - Right Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace outer worklights on front of roof and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 70 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002398.06- Outer Worklights on Front of Roof, Current Too High


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the outer worklights
on front of roof is too high. This indicates a defective component or a grounded circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the outer worklights on front of roof.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E018-2L - Left Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E018-2R - Right Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace outer worklights on front of roof and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 71 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002407.03- Outer Worklights on Rear of Roof, External Voltage


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that voltage is present at the output to the outer
worklights on rear of roof, even though they are turned off. This indicates that the circuit is shorted to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the outer worklights on rear of roof.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E011-2L - Left Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E011-2R - Right Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace outer worklights on rear of roof and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 72 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002407.05- Outer Worklights on Rear of Roof, Current Too Low


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the outer worklights
on rear of roof is too low. This indicates a defective component.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the outer worklights on rear of roof.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E011-2L - Left Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E011-2R - Right Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace outer worklights on rear of roof and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 73 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 002407.06- Outer Worklights on Rear of Roof, Current Too High


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the outer worklights
on rear of roof is too high. This indicates a defective component or a grounded circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the outer worklights on rear of roof.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform E011-2L - Left Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform E011-2R - Right Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace outer worklights on rear of roof and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 74 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 516676.09- CAN BUS Message Cannot be Received, Implement Sends Error Message
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the BLC
control software and the implement. Status of switch for implement is not being received regularly. Reception of one, several
or all of the CAN messages expected by BLC control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be
due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

BLC 516676.19- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Implement Sends Error Message
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that data from the implement CAN Bus are reporting an
error. This indicates a problem in the implement CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

BLC 516676.31- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from Implement
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that no valid data from the implement CAN Bus are
available.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 75 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 76 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 520490.03- Implement Supply Voltage, External Voltage


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that voltage is present at the output to the implement
supply voltage, even though it is turned off. This indicates that the circuit is shorted to a supply lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the implement.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform A090 - Rear Implement Socket, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform A091 - Front Implement Socket, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace A090 - Rear Implement Socket or A091 - Front Implement Socket and perform
operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 77 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 520490.06- Implement Supply Voltage, Current Too High


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the implement supply
voltage is too high. This indicates a grounded circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the implement.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform A090 - Rear Implement Socket, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform A091 - Front Implement Socket, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace A090 - Rear Implement Socket or A091 - Front Implement Socket and perform
operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 78 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 520491.03- Supply Voltage for a Control Unit on Implement, External Voltage
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that voltage is present at the output to the supply
voltage for a control unit on the implement, even though it is turned off. This indicates that the circuit is shorted to a supply
lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the implement.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform A090 - Rear Implement Socket, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform A091 - Front Implement Socket, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace A090 - Rear Implement Socket or A091 - Front Implement Socket and perform
operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 79 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 520491.06- Supply Voltage for a Control Unit on Implement, Current Too High
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the supply voltage for
a control unit on the implement is too high. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the implement.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform A090 - Rear Implement Socket, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform A091 - Front Implement Socket, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace A090 - Rear Implement Socket or A091 - Front Implement Socket and perform
operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

BLC 522876.19- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Implement Sends Error Message
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that data from the implement CAN Bus are reporting an
error. This indicates a problem in the implement CAN Bus.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 80 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

BLC 522876.31- CAN BUS Message Cannot Be Received, Information from Implement
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that no valid data from the implement CAN Bus are
available.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 81 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 524259.00- Main Control Unit Temperature Too High


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the temperature of the main control unit is above
115°C (239°F).

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Perform a visual inspection of the main control unit.Ensure that the cooling fins of the control unit are clean and free of
dust. Clean the cooling fins if necessary.
3. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
4. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
5. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Check whether there are any diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a defective circuit of the main control unit. These
diagnostic trouble codes take priority. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 82 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BLC: BLC Control Software

BLC 524259.15- Main Control Unit Temperature Too High


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the temperature of the main control unit is above
85°C (185°F).

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Perform a visual inspection of the main control unit.Ensure that the cooling fins of the control unit are clean and free of
dust. Clean the cooling fins if necessary.
3. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
4. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
5. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Check whether there are any diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a defective circuit of the main control unit. These
diagnostic trouble codes take priority. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 83 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

BLC 524259.16- Main Control Unit Temperature Too High


406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the temperature of the main control unit is above
100°C (212°F).

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Perform a visual inspection of the main control unit.Ensure that the cooling fins of the control unit are clean and free of
dust. Clean the cooling fins if necessary.
3. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
4. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
5. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Check whether there are any diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a defective circuit of the main control unit. These
diagnostic trouble codes take priority. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 84 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

Group CCU - CCU Control Software


CCU 000084.04- Wheel Speed Sensor Voltage Too Low
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the signal input of the wheel speed
sensor is too low. This indicates that the circuit is grounded or open.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the wheel speed display.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B09 - Wheel Speed Sensor for Tractors with Creeper, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Perform test, see B35 - Wheel Speed Sensor for Tractors without Creeper, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace wheel speed sensor and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 85 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 000084.05- Wheel Speed Sensor, Open Circuit


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the output of the wheel speed
sensor is too high. This indicates that the circuit is open.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the wheel speed display.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B09 - Wheel Speed Sensor for Tractors with Creeper, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Perform test, see B35 - Wheel Speed Sensor for Tractors without Creeper, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace wheel speed sensor and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 86 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 000096.03- Fuel Level Sensor Voltage Too High


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that voltage at the lead of the fuel level sensor is too
high. This indicates that the sensor circuit is open or shorted.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of fuel level gauge.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform B176 - Fuel Sensor Level, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace fuel level sensor and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 87 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 000096.04- Fuel Level Sensor Voltage Too Low


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that voltage at the lead of the fuel level sensor is too
low. This indicates a grounded circuit.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of fuel level gauge.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform B176 - Fuel Sensor Level, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace fuel level sensor and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

CCU 000096.17- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Fuel Level Too Low


11
The information for operator (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the control software detects that the fuel level is low.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 88 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 000126.16- Transmission Oil Filter Restricted


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the pressure switch on transmission oil filter was
closed for more than 3 seconds with transmission oil temperature above 28°C (82°F) and engine speed above 700 rpm. This
indicates that the transmission oil filter is restricted or a problem in the hydraulic system is present. Replace transmission oil
filter.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Check transmission oil pressures. The cause of the fault may be a defective solenoid valve.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 89 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 000158.03- Control Software, Supply Voltage (ELX) Too High


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the supply voltage (ELX) is above 16 volt.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit in Section
240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 90 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 000158.04- Control Software, Supply Voltage (ELX) Too Low


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the supply voltage (ELX) is under 9 volt.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit in Section
245.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 91 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 000168.04- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too Low


11
Supply voltage (BAT) below 9 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

CCU 000177.00- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Transmission Oil Temperature Very High
11
The information for operator (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the control software detects, that the transmission oil
temperature is above 106°C (223°F) and below 125°C (257°F) for more than 7 seconds with engine speed above 700 rpm.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 92 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 000177.03- Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor Voltage Too High


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the signal input of transmission oil
temperature sensor is too high. Temperature is below -34° C (-29° F). This indicates that the sensor circuit is open or shorted to
a positive lead.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform B60 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace transmission oil temperature sensor and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 93 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 000177.04- Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor Voltage Too Low


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the signal input of transmission oil
temperature sensor is too low. Temperature value is above 125°C (257°F). This indicates a short to ground in the sensor circuit.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform B60 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace transmission oil temperature sensor and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

CCU 000177.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, CAN Message from PTA Control Software
11
Data transfer problem between the CCU control software and PTA control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 94 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 000177.16- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Transmission Oil Temperature High


11
The information for operator (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the control software detects, that the transmission oil
temperature is above 101°C (214°F) and below 105°C (221°F) for more than 7 seconds with engine speed above 700 rpm.
CCU 000177.19- Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor Fault
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that a fault is present in the circuit of the transmission
oil temperature sensor. Diagnostic trouble codes CCU 00177.03 and CCU 00177.04 take priority.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 95 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 000177.31- Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor Fault


11
The PTA control software detects that the circuit of the transmission oil temperature sensor is open. A transmitted replacement
value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the CCU control software. In its active state, this fault can also generate a
diagnostic trouble code in the PTA control software. This diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software PTA or CCU must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 96 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 000190.09- CAN BUS Message Cannot Be Received, Information from ECU Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the CCU control software and the ECU
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages expected by the CCU control software is intermittent or
non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus or in the
transmitting control software. This diagnostic trouble code can also be caused due to stalling of the engine.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 97 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 000190.19- Engine Speed Sensor Fault


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the ECU control software cannot determine the engine speed and so cannot provide
the CAN Bus with any data. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the CCU control
software. In its active state, this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the ECU control software. The ECU diagnostic
trouble code takes priority.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the ECU or CCU control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 98 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 000190.31- Engine Speed Sensor Fault


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the ECU control software detects that the circuit of the engine speed sensor is open.
A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the CCU control software. In its active state, this
fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the ECU control software. The ECU diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the ECU or CCU control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.

CCU 000191.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, CAN Message from PTQ Control Software
11
Data transfer problem between the CCU control software and PTQ control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 99 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 100 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 000191.19- Transmission Output Speed Fault


11
Transmission output speed cannot be determined by the PTQ control software and cannot be provided for the CAN bus. A
transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code. In its active state, this fault can also generate a
diagnostic trouble code in the PTQ control software. These diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the CCU or PTQ control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 101 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 000191.31- Transmission Output Speed Fault


11
The PTQ control software detects that the circuit of the transmission output speed sensor is open. A transmitted replacement
value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the CCU control software. In its active state, this fault can also generate a
diagnostic trouble code in the PTQ control software. This diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the CCU or PTQ control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 102 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 000237.02- VIN Information, Mismatch


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the vehicle identification number from other
control units / control software is not the same.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 103 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 000237.14- VIN Information, System Disabled


11
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software has determined that the VIN security function was not enabled
due to an internal problem. This indicates an incorrect reprogramming of the control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 104 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 000237.31- VIN Information, Incorrect


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated when control software detects that the vehicle identification number is not being
received from other control units / control software, or received incorrectly. All active VIN participants have to send the
programmed vehicle identification number to the control software at regular intervals.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 105 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 000247.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, CAN Message from ECU Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the ECU control software and the CCU
control software. The value for operating hours is not being received regularly. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN
messages expected by the CCU control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose
wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus or in the transmitting control software.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 106 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 000247.19- Operating Hours Fault


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the ECU control software cannot determine the operating hours and so cannot
provide the CAN Bus with any data. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the CCU control
software. ECU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the CCU or ECU control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 107 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 000247.31- Operating Hours Fault


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the ECU control software detects one or more circuits to the sensors used to
calculate operating hours are open. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the CCU control
software. In its active state, this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the ECU control software. The ECU diagnostic
trouble code takes priority.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the CCU or ECU control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 108 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 000569.03- Differential Lock Solenoid Valve, Voltage Too High


11
Circuit open or shorted to 12 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform Y005 - Solenoid Valve for Differential Lock, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace the solenoid valve for differential lock and perform an operational checkout.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 109 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 000569.06- Differential Lock Solenoid Valve, Current Too High


11
Circuit current too high. This indicates a short to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform Y005 - Solenoid Valve for Differential Lock, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace the solenoid valve for differential lock and perform an operational checkout.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 110 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 000628.02- Control Software, Internal Error


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there was an error reading the internal module
(EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 111 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 000629.12- Control Software, Internal Fault


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that a time limit (watchdog) has been exceeded.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 112 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 000630.14- Control Software, Internal Error


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an internal problem.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program rear chassis control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

CCU 000639.12- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), High Error Rate
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that too many incorrect CAN Bus messages are
received or that there is a general problem in the connection to the vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd).

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

CCU 000639.14- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), Very High Error Rate
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 113 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that too many incorrect CAN Bus messages are
received or that there is a general problem in the connection to the vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd).

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 114 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 000746.31- Differential Lock Solenoid Valve Fault


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects a fault in the circuit to the differential lock solenoid
valve.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of differential lock.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform Y005 - Solenoid Valve for Differential Lock, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the solenoid valve for differential lock and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 115 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 001058.03- Pressure Switch for Air Brake System, Voltage Too High
11
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an open circuit or a short to 12 volts.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of air brake system.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B231 - Sensor for Air Brake Pressure, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor for air brake pressure and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 116 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 001058.04- Pressure Switch for Air Brake System, Voltage Too Low
11
This diagnostic trouble code is generated when the control software detects a short to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of air brake system.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B231 - Sensor for Air Brake Pressure, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor for air brake pressure and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

CCU 001058.16- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Pressure Switch for Air-Brake System Is Not Activated (Pressure
Too High)
11
This operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated when the pressure of the air-brake system is too high. Limited
or no function of air brakes.
CCU 001069.02- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Tire Circumference Not or Incorrectly Calibrated
11
Tire circumference not or incorrectly calibrated. Recalibrate tire circumference.
CCU 001231.12- Implement CAN Bus, High Error Rate
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control unit detects that data received from the implement CAN Bus are faulty
or incomplete. This indicates a problem in the implement CAN Bus.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 117 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

CCU 001231.14- Implement CAN Bus, Very High Error Rate


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control unit detects that data received from the implement CAN Bus are faulty
or incomplete. This indicates a problem in the implement CAN Bus.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 118 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 001713.02- Hydraulic Oil Filter Sensor, Fault


11
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if, with open filter alarm level one switch (350 kPa; 3.5 bar; 51 psi) at hydraulic oil
filter, the filter alarm level 2 switch (450 kPa; 4.5 bar; 65 psi) at hydraulic oil filter has been closed for more than 3 seconds at
a transmission oil temperature above 28°C (82°F) and an engine speed above 700 rpm. This indicates a sensor problem or a
contaminated hydraulic oil filter.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of air brake system.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B111 - Hydraulic Oil Filter Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace hydraulic oil filter sensor and perform operational checkout.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 119 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 001713.15- Hydraulic Oil Filter Dirty


11
This diagnostic trouble code is generated when the filter alarm level 1 switch at hydraulic oil filter was closed for more than
three seconds at a transmission oil temperature of above 28°C (82°F) and an engine speed of more than 700 rpm. The switch
closes at a differential filter pressure of 350 kPa (3.5 bar; 51 psi) +/- 20 kPa (0.2 bar; 2.9 psi). This indicates that the hydraulic
oil filter is contaminated. Replace hydraulic oil filter.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of air brake system.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B111 - Hydraulic Oil Filter Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace hydraulic oil filter sensor and perform operational checkout.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 120 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 001713.16- Hydraulic Oil Filter Blocked


11
This diagnostic trouble code is generated when the filter alarm level 2 switch at hydraulic oil filter was closed for more than
three seconds at a transmission oil temperature of above 28°C (82°F) and an engine speed of more than 700 rpm. The switch
closes at a differential filter pressure of 425 kPa (4.25 bar; 62 psi) +/- 25 kPa (0.25 bar; 3.6 psi). This indicates that the
hydraulic oil filter is contaminated. Replace hydraulic oil filter.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of air brake system.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B111 - Hydraulic Oil Filter Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace hydraulic oil filter sensor and perform operational checkout.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

CCU 001865.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from OIC Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the OIC control software and the CCU
control software. The CAN Bus message concerning ELX voltage at the OIC control software has not been transmitted by the
OIC control software.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 121 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 122 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 001865.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from OIC Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the OIC control software cannot determine the status of the ELX voltage and so
cannot provide the CAN Bus with any data. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the CCU
control software. OIC diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 123 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 002000.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from ECU Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the ECU control software and the CCU
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the ECU control software is intermittent
or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 124 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 002003.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from PTQ Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the PTQ control software and the CCU
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the PTQ control software is intermittent
or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 125 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 002005.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from TIQ Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the TIQ control software and the CCU
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the TIQ control software is intermittent or
non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 126 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 002019.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from XCS Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the XCS
control software and the CCU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the XCS
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN bus.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 127 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 002049.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from OIC Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the OIC control software and the CCU
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the OIC control software is intermittent
or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 128 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 002139.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from CSM Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the CSM control software and the CCU
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the CSM control software is intermittent
or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 129 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 002145.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from FCC Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the FCC control software and the CCU
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the FCC control software is intermittent
or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 130 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 002221.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from PLC Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the PLC control software and the CCU
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the PLC control software is intermittent
or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 131 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 003353.07- Alternator Fault


11
Mechanical defect on alternator, drive belt too loose or broken.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check component

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of the component and the associated connectors:

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts; also check the leads.For details
of location and information on components, see G004 - Alternator, Component Information in Section 249.

Result:

YES:No visible signs of damage, GO TO 3 .

NO:If necessary, repair the component or contacts and perform an operational check.

( 3 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

G004 - Alternator, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 132 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 003353.09- Alternator, Fault


11
Data transfer problem between the AIC control software and the alternator. This indicates a problem in the LIN bus or in the
transmitting component.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

G004 - Alternator, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 133 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 003353.14- Alternator, Fault


11
Difference between supply voltage and alternator excitation voltage too high. Alternator not charging.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform G004 - Alternator, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 134 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 003353.15- Alternator, Temperature Too High


11
Alternator temperature too high; turn off electrical consumers and reduce engine speed.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform G004 - Alternator, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 135 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 003510.03- 5-Volt Supply Voltage, Voltage Too High


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the positive lead of the voltage
supply for 5-volt components is above 5.2 V. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control software or components that are supplied by the 5-volt
supply voltage.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit , Section 240.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 136 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 003510.04- 5-Volt Supply Voltage, Voltage Too Low


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the positive lead of the voltage
supply for 5-volt components is below 4.8 V. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control software or components that are supplied by the 5-volt
supply voltage.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit , Section 240.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 137 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 003510.06- 5 V Supply Voltage, Current Too High


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the connecting leads for the 5-volt
supply voltage is too high. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control software or components that are supplied by the 5-volt
supply voltage.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit , Section 240.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 138 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 003597.06- 12 V Supply Voltage, Current Too High


11
Circuit current too high. This indicates a short to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control software or components that are supplied by the 12-volt
supply voltage.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

1. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit , Section 240.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 139 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 005016.06- 12 V Supply Voltage, Current Too High


11
Circuit current too high. This indicates a short to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control software or components that are supplied by the 12-volt
supply voltage.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

1. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit , Section 240.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 140 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 516123.09- Incorrect LIN Bus Message, LIN Message from Battery Cut-Off Relay
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the battery cut-off relay and the CCU
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the LIN messages expected by the CCU control software is intermittent or
non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the LIN bus or battery cut-off
relay.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform Electrical System - LIN Bus Systems, Summary of References, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 141 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 516123.14- Battery Cut-Off Relay Mismatch


11
Battery cut-off relay transmits the signal that battery is disconnected even though the control software transmits the keep-
alive signal.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of battery cut-off relay.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 142 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 516123.31- Battery Cut-Off Relay Fault


11
Battery cut-off relay transmits the signal that battery is disconnected even though the engine is running.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of battery cut-off relay.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

CCU 520425.07- Received CAN Bus Messages, High Error Rate


11
Error rate at received CAN Bus messages too high.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

CCU 520426.07- Transmitted CAN Bus Messages, High Error Rate


11

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 143 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

Error rate at transmitted CAN Bus messages too high.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

CCU 520542.03- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), Voltage Too High
11
Voltage of CAN+ too high. This indicates a short to 12 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

CCU 520543.04- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), Voltage Too Low
11
Voltage of CAN- too low. This indicates a short to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 144 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 145 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 520870.02- Control Software, Internal Error


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there was an error reading the internal module
(EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 146 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 521979.06- Keep-Alive Signal, Current Too High


11
Circuit current too high. This indicates a short to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of battery cut-off relay.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 147 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 522451.02- Wheel Angle Sensor, Voltages in Channel 1 and Channel 2 Not in Correct Ratio
11
The wheel angle sensor (WAS) consists of two separate sensors. The signal voltage of sensor 2 is 1/2 of the signal voltage of
sensor 1. The difference is 0.4 volts or more.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Calibrate CCU control software

Action:

1. Before calibrating, it is essential to delete all CCU diagnostic trouble codes.


2. Access the calibration address and perform the calibration, see Section 245.
CCU 145 - Steering Angle Sensor, Calibration

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 148 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 522451.03- Steering Angle Sensor Channel 2, Voltage Too High


11
Voltage on channel 2 of the wheel angle sensor above 2.25 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Calibrate CCU control software

Action:

1. Before calibrating, it is essential to delete all CCU diagnostic trouble codes.


2. Access the calibration address and perform the calibration, see Section 245.
CCU 145 - Steering Angle Sensor, Calibration

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 149 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 522451.04- Steering Angle Sensor Channel 2, Voltage Too Low


11
Voltage on channel 2 of the wheel angle sensor is below 0.25 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Calibrate CCU control software

Action:

1. Before calibrating, it is essential to delete all CCU diagnostic trouble codes.


2. Access the calibration address and perform the calibration, see Section 245.
CCU 145 - Steering Angle Sensor, Calibration

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 150 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 522580.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from OIC Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the OIC control software and the CCU
control software. Status of switch for automatic mode of front-wheel drive is not being received regularly. Reception of one,
several or all of the CAN messages expected by the CCU control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception
could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus or in the transmitting control software.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 151 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 522580.19- Front-Wheel Drive Switch, Fault


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the OIC control software cannot determine the status of the front-wheel drive switch
and so cannot provide the CAN Bus with any data. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in
the CCU control software. OIC diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 152 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 522580.31- Front-Wheel Drive Switch, Fault


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the OIC control software detects that the circuit of the front-wheel drive switch is
open. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the CCU control software. In its active state,
this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the OIC control software. The OIC diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 153 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 522763.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from FCC Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the FCC control software and the CCU
control software. Status of reverse drive lever is not being received regularly. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN
messages expected by the CCU control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose
wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus or in the transmitting control software.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 154 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 522763.19- Reverse Drive Lever Fault


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the FCC control software cannot determine the status of the reverse drive lever and
so cannot provide the CAN Bus with any data. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the
CCU control software. FCC diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the FCC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 155 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 522763.31- Reverse Drive Lever Fault


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the FCC control software detects that the circuit of the reverse drive lever is open. A
transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the CCU control software. In its active state, this fault
also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the FCC control software. FCC diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software : Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the FCC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 156 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 523652.02- Main Control Unit Connected to Wrong Wiring Harness Connector
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that an erroneous signal is present in the circuit of the
control unit identification during power-up after ignition ON.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the CCU control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit ,
Section 240. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 157 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 523666.03- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too High


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the supply voltage (BAT) is above 16 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit in Section
240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 158 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 523666.04- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too Low


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the supply voltage (BAT) is below 9 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit in Section
240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 159 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 523689.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, CAN Message from OIC Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the message from the OIC control software
regarding the value of the differential lock switch is not being updated regularly via the CAN Bus. Diagnostic trouble codes from
the OIC control software must be processed first.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 160 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 523689.11- Differential Lock Switch Fault


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the OIC control software transmits the engage signal of the differential lock switch
for more than 15 seconds.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software : Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 161 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 523689.19- Differential Lock Switch Fault


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the OIC control software cannot determine the value of the differential lock switch
and so cannot provide the CAN Bus with any data. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in
the CCU control software. OIC diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software : Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 162 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 523689.31- Differential Lock Switch Fault


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the OIC control software detects that the circuit of the differential lock drive switch
is open. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the CCU control software. In its active state,
this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the OIC control software. The OIC diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software : Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.

CCU 523769.31- Front-Wheel Drive Switch, Fault


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the OIC control software detects that the circuit of the front-wheel drive switch is
open. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the CCU control software. In its active state,
this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the OIC control software. The OIC diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software : Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 163 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 523789.13- Wheel Angle Sensor Not Calibrated


11
Steering angle sensor not calibrated or calibrated incorrectly.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Calibrate CCU control software

Action:

1. Before calibrating, it is essential to delete all CCU diagnostic trouble codes.


2. Access the calibration address and perform the calibration, see Section 245.
CCU 145 - Steering Angle Sensor, Calibration

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 164 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 523826.03- Steering Angle Sensor Channel 1, Voltage Too High


11
Voltage on channel 1 of the wheel angle sensor above 4.5 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Calibrate CCU control software

Action:

1. Before calibrating, it is essential to delete all CCU diagnostic trouble codes.


2. Access the calibration address and perform the calibration, see Section 245.
CCU 145 - Steering Angle Sensor, Calibration

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 165 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 523826.04- Steering Angle Sensor Channel 1, Voltage Too Low


11
Voltage on channel 1 of the wheel angle sensor is below 0.5 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Calibrate CCU control software

Action:

1. Before calibrating, it is essential to delete all CCU diagnostic trouble codes.


2. Access the calibration address and perform the calibration, see Section 245.
CCU 145 - Steering Angle Sensor, Calibration

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 166 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 524157.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, CAN Message from OIC Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the message from the OIC control software regarding the value of the signal of the
right brake pedal is not being updated regularly via the CAN BUS. Diagnostic trouble codes from the OIC control software must
be processed first.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 167 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 524157.19- Right Brake Pedal Signal Fault


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the OIC control software cannot determine the value of the signal of the right brake
pedal and so cannot provide the CAN Bus with any data. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble
code in the CCU control software. OIC diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software : Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 168 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 524157.31- Right Brake Pedal Signal Fault


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the OIC control software detects that the circuit for the right brake pedal sensor is
open. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the CCU control software. In its active state,
this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the OIC control software. The OIC diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software : Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 169 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 524162.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, CAN Message from OIC Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the message from the OIC control software
regarding the value of the signal of the left brake pedal is not being updated regularly via the CAN BUS. Diagnostic trouble
codes from the OIC control software must be processed first.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 170 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 524162.19- Left Brake Pedal Signal Fault


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the OIC control software cannot determine the value of the signal of the left brake
pedal and so cannot provide the CAN Bus with any data. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble
code in the CCU control software. OIC diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software : Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 171 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 524162.31- Left Brake Pedal Signal Fault


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the OIC control software detects that the circuit for the left brake pedal sensor is
open. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the CCU control software. In its active state,
this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the OIC control software. The OIC diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software : Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.

CCU 524191.02- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Air Brake System Fault


11
The information for operator (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the control software detects that no wheel speed
message is received. The air brake system does not change its current status; no function of the air brake system.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 172 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 524191.03- Air Brake System Solenoid Valve Voltage Too High
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the output to the air brake system
solenoid valve is too high. This indicates that the circuit of the solenoid valve is open or shorted to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of air brakes.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform Y117 - Solenoid Valve for Trailer Air Brakes, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the solenoid valve for trailer air brakes and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 173 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 524191.05- Air Brake System Solenoid Valve Voltage Too Low
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the output to the air brake system
solenoid valve is too low. This indicates a short to ground in the solenoid valve circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of air brakes.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform Y117 - Solenoid Valve for Trailer Air Brakes, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the solenoid valve for trailer air brakes and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 174 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 524191.06- Air Brake System Solenoid Valve Current Too High
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the air brake system
solenoid valve is too high. This indicates a defective solenoid valve or a short to ground in the solenoid valve circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of air brakes.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform Y117 - Solenoid Valve for Trailer Air Brakes, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the solenoid valve for trailer air brakes and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

CCU 524191.19- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Air Brake System Fault


11
The information for operator (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the control software detects that no park lock status
message is received. The air brake system does not change its current status; no function of the air brake system.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 175 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 524194.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, CAN Message from PTQ Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the message from the PTQ control software
regarding the value of actual direction of travel is not being updated regularly via the CAN Bus. Diagnostic trouble codes from
the PTQ control software must be processed first.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 176 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 524194.19- CAN Bus Message Regarding Direction of Travel, Fault


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the PTQ control software cannot determine the status of the actual direction of
travel and so cannot provide the CAN BUS with any data. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble
code in the CCU control software. PTQ diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software : Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the PTQ control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 177 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 524194.31- CAN Bus Message Regarding Direction of Travel, Fault


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the PTQ control software transmits a replacement value (error message). The
transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the CCU control software. In its active state, this fault
also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the PTQ control software. PTQ diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software : Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the PTQ control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 178 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 524198.02- Control Software, Internal Error


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there was an error reading the internal module
(EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 179 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 524218.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, CAN Message from OIC Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the message from the OIC control software
regarding the park lock signal is not being updated regularly via the CAN Bus. Diagnostic trouble codes from the OIC control
software must be processed first.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 180 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 524218.19- Park Lock Fault


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the OIC control software cannot determine the park lock status and so cannot
provide the CAN Bus with any data. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the CCU control
software. OIC diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software : Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 181 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 524218.31- Park Lock Fault


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the OIC control software detects that the circuit of the park lock switch is open. A
transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the CCU control software. In its active state, this fault
also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the OIC control software. The OIC diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software : Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 182 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 524235.02- Front-Wheel Drive Fault


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that an incorrect signal from the air brake system
solenoid valve is received or reception is intermittent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front-wheel drive.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform Y03 - Solenoid Valve for Front-Wheel Drive, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace the solenoid valve for the front-wheel drive and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 183 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 524235.05- Front-Wheel Drive Solenoid Valve, Voltage Too Low


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the output to the front-wheel drive
solenoid valve is too low. This indicates a short to ground in the solenoid valve circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front-wheel drive.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform Y03 - Front-Wheel Drive Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the front-wheel drive solenoid valve and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 184 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software

CCU 524235.06- Front-Wheel Drive Solenoid Valve, Current Too High


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the front-wheel drive
solenoid valve is too high. This indicates a defective solenoid valve or a short to ground in the solenoid valve circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front-wheel drive.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform Y03 - Front-Wheel Drive Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the front-wheel drive solenoid valve and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 185 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CRU: CRU Control Software

CCU 524235.31- Front-Wheel Drive Solenoid Valve Fault


11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the circuit to the front-wheel drive solenoid valve
is open.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front-wheel drive.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform Y003 - Solenoid Valve for Front-Wheel Drive, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the solenoid valve for the front-wheel drive and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 186 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CRU: CRU Control Software

Group CRU - CRU Control Software


CRU 000168.03- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too High
382
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers a supply voltage (BAT) in excess of 16 volts.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Radio, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit, Section 245.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 187 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CRU: CRU Control Software

CRU 000168.04- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too Low


382
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers a supply voltage (BAT) of less than 7 volts.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Radio, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit, Section 245.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 188 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CRU: CRU Control Software

CRU 000237.02- VIN Information, Mismatch


382
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) from other control units / control software
applications is not the same.

Diagnosis
Control software response: Limited function of vehicle.

( 1 ) Check diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Turn the key switch off, wait for one minute and then turn it on again.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a CAN Bus problem take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

CRU 000639.12- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), High Error Rate
382
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the data received by the CRU control software from the 500 kBd vehicle CAN bus
are faulty or incomplete. This indicates a problem in the vehicle CAN bus (500 kBd).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

CRU 520194.02- VIN Information, Mismatch


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 189 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CRU: CRU Control Software
382
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the vehicle identification number of the CRU control software is not received from
other control units / control software. This indicates a problem in the vehicle CAN bus (500 kBd).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 190 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CRU: CRU Control Software

CRU 520772.12- Control Software, Internal Error


382
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if communication between the CD drive and the MP3 management chip is interrupted.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program radio control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245.

NO:Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Radio, Test , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Replace and program radio control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 191 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CRU: CRU Control Software

CRU 521780.06- USB port, current too high


382
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the USB port is too high. This
indicates that there is a shorted circuit at the USB port or at the connected USB data carrier.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Disconnect the devices connected to the USB port.
3. Start the engine and wait one minute.
4. Check to see if DTC reappears.
5. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program radio control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245.

NO:Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Radio, Test , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Replace and program radio control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 192 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CRU: CRU Control Software

CRU 522453.12- Control Software, Internal Error


382
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a fault occurred at the Bluetooth® unit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program radio control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245.

NO:Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Radio, Test , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Replace and program radio control unit. GO TO 1 .

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 193 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CRU: CRU Control Software

CRU 524259.00- CD Drive, Temperature Too High


382
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the temperature of the CD drive is too high. Wait
for the radio to cool down before turning it on again.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program radio control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245.

NO:Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Radio, Test , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Replace and program radio control unit. GO TO 1 .

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 194 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

CRU 524259.31- Radio, Temperature Too High


382
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the temperature of the radio is too high. Wait for
the radio to cool down before turning it on again.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program radio control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245.

NO:Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Radio, Test , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Replace and program radio control unit. GO TO 1 .

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 195 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

Group DOI - Control software DOI


DOI 000628.02- Control Software, Internal Error
498
An internal problem is detected when the control software is started.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program cab control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245.

NO:Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Program and replace rear chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 196 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 000629.02- Control Software, Internal Error


498
A fault occurred when the software was launched.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 197 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 000630.13- Control Software Not Calibrated


498
The calibration memory is faulty. The control software needs to be reprogrammed.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program rear chassis control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 198 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 002050.06- Control Software DOI, Current Too High


498
The measured total current of the control unit is too high. This indicates that circuit is shorted to ground or overcurrent in one
of the circuits of the DOI control software. The DOI control software shuts down its functions one after the other.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the DOI control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 199 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 003032.02- Position of Right Brake Pedal, Out of Valid Range


498
The right brake pedal sensor unit indicates over 2 volts although the brake pedal switch is closed, or the brake pedal sensor
unit indicates less than 1.1 volts although the brake pedal switch is open.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 200 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 003032.03- Sensor Unit for Right Brake Pedal, Voltage Too High
498
More than 4.5 volts at signal input of right brake pedal potentiometers. This indicates a short in or a problem with the ground
connection in the potentiometer circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 201 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 003032.04- Sensor Unit for Right Brake Pedal, Voltage Too Low
498
Less than 0.25 volts at signal input of right brake pedal potentiometer. This indicates a problem on the signal lead or a problem
with the potentiometer supply voltage.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 202 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 003032.08- Mismatch between Right and Left Brake Pedals, Time-out
498
The right brake pedal has been actuated for a long time and the left pedal has not been actuated at all.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor units.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

DOI 003032.13- Sensor of Right Brake Pedal, Not Calibrated


498
The right brake pedal sensor is not calibrated. This diagnostic trouble code may occur after the control software has been
reprogrammed, as well as at other times.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the right brake pedal sensor unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Calibrate brakes with the address OIC 068.


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 203 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 204 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 003033.02- Position of Left Brake Pedal, Out of Valid Range


498
The left brake pedal sensor unit indicates over 2 volts although the brake pedal switch is closed, or the brake pedal sensor unit
indicates less than 1.1 volts although the brake pedal switch is open.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 205 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 003033.03- Sensor Unit for Left Brake Pedal, Voltage Too High
498
More than 4.5 volts at signal input of left brake pedal potentiometers. This indicates a short in or a problem with the ground
connection in the potentiometer circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 206 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 003033.04- Sensor Unit for Left Brake Pedal, Voltage Too Low
498
Less than 0.25 volts at signal input of left brake pedal potentiometer. This indicates a problem on the signal lead or a problem
with the potentiometer supply voltage.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 207 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 003033.08- Mismatch between Left and Right Brake Pedals, Time-out
498
The left brake pedal has been actuated for a long time and the right pedal has not been actuated at all.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor units.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

DOI 003033.13- Sensor of Left Brake Pedal, Not Calibrated


498
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the sensor for the left brake pedal has not been
calibrated. This diagnostic trouble code may occur after the control software has been reprogrammed, as well as at other
times.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the left brake pedal sensor unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 208 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

NO:Calibrate brake with the address OIC068.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 209 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 003599.03- Supply Voltage 3 of the Cab Control Unit, Voltage Too High
498
Supply voltage No. 3 at cab control unit too high. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
3. 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 210 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 003599.06- Supply Voltage 3 of the Cab Control Unit, Current Too High
498
Current at cab control unit too high. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
3. 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

DOI 516315.09- Incorrect LIN Bus Message, Information from LIN Bus Module (Position H)
498
Data transfer problem between the DOI control software and the LIN bus module (position H). This indicates a problem in the
LIN bus or in the transmitting LIN bus module.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. See Electrical System - LIN Bus Systems, Summary of Referencesin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 211 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 212 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 516446.09- LIN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from LIN Bus Module (Positions F and G)
498
Data transfer problem between the DOI control software and the LIN bus module (position F and G). This indicates a problem in
the LIN bus or in the transmitting LIN bus module.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO: Electrical System - LIN Bus Systems, Summary of References, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 213 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 520870.02- Control Software, Internal Error


498
Error when reading the internal module (EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245.

NO:Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Replace and program control unit. Recalibrate the included control software.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 214 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 520871.02- Control Software, Internal Error


498
Error when reading the internal module (EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245.

NO:Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Replace and program control unit. Recalibrate the included control software.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 215 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 520872.02- Control Software, Internal Error


498
Error when reading the internal module (EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245.

NO:Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Replace and program control unit. Recalibrate the included control software.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 216 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 521128.02- Group Switch of the Switch Module (B-F), Signal Out of Range
498
The B-F button on the switch module for CommandQuad™ transmission creates an invalid signal.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the shift unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace Shift Unit, see S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 217 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 521128.08- Group Switch of the Switch Module (B-F), Fault


498
The B-F button on the switch module for CommandQuad™ transmission creates a disrupted signal. This can be caused by dirt
or a loose contact.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor units.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace Shift Unit, see S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 218 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 521132.02- Group Switch of the Switch Module (C), Signal Out of Range
498
The C button on the switch module for CommandQuad™ transmission creates an invalid signal.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the shift unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace Shift Unit, see S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 219 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 521132.08- Group Switch of the Switch Module (C), Fault


498
The B-F button on the switch module for CommandQuad™ transmission creates a disrupted signal. This can be caused by dirt
or a loose contact.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor units.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace Shift Unit, see S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 220 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 521133.02- Group Switch of the Switch Module (B), Signal Out of Range
498
The B button on the switch module for CommandQuad™ transmission creates an invalid signal.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the shift unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace Shift Unit, see S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 221 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 521133.08- Group Switch of the Switch Module (B), Fault


498
The B button on the switch module for CommandQuad™ transmission creates a disrupted signal. This can be caused by dirt or
a loose contact.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor units.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace Shift Unit, see S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 222 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 521136.02- Group Switch of the Switch Module (A), Signal Out of Range
498
The A button on the switch module for CommandQuad™ transmission creates an invalid signal.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the shift unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace Shift Unit, see S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 223 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 521136.08- Group Switch of the Switch Module (A), Fault


498
The A button on the switch module for CommandQuad™ transmission creates a disrupted signal. This can be caused by dirt or
a loose contact.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor units.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace Shift Unit, see S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 224 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 521143.02- Group Switch of the Switch Module (D), Signal Out of Range
498
The D button on the switch module for CommandQuad™ transmission creates an invalid signal.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the shift unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace Shift Unit, see S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 225 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 521143.08- Group Switch of the Switch Module (D), Fault


498
The D button on the switch module for CommandQuad™ transmission creates a disrupted signal. This can be caused by dirt or
a loose contact.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor units.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace Shift Unit, see S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 226 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 521274.09- Incorrect LIN Bus - 1 Message, Information from LIN Bus Module (Position H)
498
Data transfer problem between the DOI control software and the LIN bus - 1. This indicates a problem in the LIN bus or in the
transmitting LIN bus module.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the LIN Bus module.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 227 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 521409.02- Multi-Function Lever, Switch 1 (Front Left) Out of Range


498
Error when reading the signal of the front left switch of the multi-function lever.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the multi-function lever.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Actuate the switch several times to remove any dirt.
3. Perform a restart.
4. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
5. Check to see if DTC reappears.
6. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. See Electrical System - LIN Bus Systems, Summary of Referencesin Section 240 or perform General
Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 228 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 521410.02- Multi-Function Lever, Switch 2 (Front Right) Out of Range


498
Error when reading the signal of the front right switch of the multi-function lever.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the multi-function lever.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Actuate the switch several times to remove any dirt.
3. Perform a restart.
4. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
5. Check to see if DTC reappears.
6. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. See Electrical System - LIN Bus Systems, Summary of Referencesin Section 240 or perform General
Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 229 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 521411.02- Multi-Function Lever, Switch 3 (Rear Left) Out of Range


498
Error when reading the signal of the rear left switch of the multi-function lever.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the multi-function lever.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Actuate the switch several times to remove any dirt.
3. Perform a restart.
4. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
5. Check to see if DTC reappears.
6. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. See Electrical System - LIN Bus Systems, Summary of Referencesin Section 240 or perform General
Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 230 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 521412.02- Multi-Function Lever, Switch 4 (Rear Right) Out of Range


498
Error when reading the signal of the rear right switch of the multi-function lever.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the multi-function lever.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Actuate the switch several times to remove any dirt.
3. Perform a restart.
4. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
5. Check to see if DTC reappears.
6. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. See Electrical System - LIN Bus Systems, Summary of Referencesin Section 240 or perform General
Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 231 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 521413.02- Multi-Function Lever, Switch 5 (Side Left) Out of Range


498
Error when reading the signal of the side left switch of the multi-function lever.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the multi-function lever.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Actuate the switch several times to remove any dirt.
3. Perform a restart.
4. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
5. Check to see if DTC reappears.
6. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. See Electrical System - LIN Bus Systems, Summary of Referencesin Section 240 or perform General
Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 232 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 521937.03- Cruise Control Potentiometer, Voltage too High


498
A voltage that was too high was measured at the potentiometer for cruise control. This indicates a short in or a problem with
the ground connection in the potentiometer circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform A019 - Cruise Control Potentiometer, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace potentiometer, see B019 - Cruise Control Potentiometer, Component
Information , and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 233 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 521937.04- Cruise Control Potentiometer, Voltage too Low


498
Voltage less than 0.25 V at Signal Input of the Cruise Control Potentiometer. This indicates a problem on the signal lead or a
problem with the potentiometer supply voltage.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform A019 - Cruise Control Potentiometer, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace potentiometer, see B019 - Cruise Control Potentiometer, Component
Information , and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 234 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 521992.03- Potentiometer for Auto Mode, Voltage too High


498
A voltage that was too high was measured at the potentiometer for auto mode. This indicates a short in or a problem with the
ground connection in the potentiometer circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B144 - Auto Mode Potentiometer, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace potentiometer, see B144 - Auto Modus Potentiometer, Component Information
and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 235 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 521992.04- Potentiometer for Auto Mode, Voltage too Low


498
Voltage less than 0.25 V at Signal Input of the Auto Mode Potentiometer. This indicates a problem on the signal lead or a
problem with the potentiometer supply voltage.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B144 - Auto Mode Potentiometer, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace potentiometer, see B144 - Auto Modus Potentiometer, Component Information
and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 236 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 523343.02- Switch on Multi-Function Lever, Fault


498
Incorrect signal from multi-function lever. This may indicate a defective switch or defective circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the additional switch on the multi-function lever

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace LIN bus module (multi-function lever) and perform operational check.

NO:• Problem still exists. See Electrical System - LIN Bus Systems, Summary of Referencesin Section 240. • See General
Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 237 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 523670.02- Speed Control Lever Voltage Out of Range


498
There is a mismatch between the signals of the switch for speed range 2 and of the potentiometer of the speed control lever.
The signal of the activated switch for speed range 2 is being received, even though the speed control lever is in speed range 1.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor cannot be moved. After rectifying the
error, the tractor may be moved again after the reverse drive lever has been shifted over the corner park position.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:• All circuits are within specification. Replace the sensor unit for speed control lever and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 238 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 523671.11- Shift Unit, Fault


498
The shift lever position cannot be determined.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the transmission.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:• All circuits are within specification. Replace the sensor unit for speed control lever and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 239 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 523677.02- Declutch Switch on Range-Shift Lever, Internal Fault


498
The voltage value of the declutch switch on the range-shift lever is compared to the tractor system voltage. This diagnostic
trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage difference is too high when the clutch switch on the
range-shift lever is actuated. This indicates a problem with the declutch switch on the range-shift lever (faulty, dirty or worn).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the declutch switch on the range-shift lever.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S037 - Switch for Gear Selector, Auto Mode and Clutch, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace switch, see S037 - Gear selector switch, Auto mode and clutch, Component
information , and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 240 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 523677.03- Declutch Switch on Range-Shift Lever, Voltage Too High


498
The voltage value of the declutch switch on the range-shift lever is compared to the tractor system voltage. This diagnostic
trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the signal voltage in the circuit of the clutch switch is too high
when the clutch switch on the range-shift lever is actuated. The reason for this may be: • Defective declutch switch on range-
shift lever. • Signal voltage of clutch switch on range-shift lever is short circuited to system voltage. • Open ground connection
to shift knob (broken lead, pin slid off, loose wire)

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: control software turns off the function of the clutch switch on range-shift lever. The
function has to be reactivated in address PTQ167.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S037 - Switch for Gear Selector, Auto Mode and Clutch, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace switch, see S037 - Gear selector switch, Auto mode and clutch, Component
information , and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 241 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 523677.04- Declutch Switch on Range-Shift Lever, Voltage Too Low


498
The voltage value of the declutch switch on the range-shift lever is compared to the tractor system voltage. This diagnostic
trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the signal voltage in the circuit of the clutch switch is too low
when the clutch switch on the range-shift lever is actuated. The reason for this may be: • Defective clutch switch on range-shift
lever. • Signal voltage of clutch switch on range-shift lever is shorted to ground or the circuit is open (broken lead, terminal slid
off, loose wire).

Alarm level: Caution.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: control software turns off the function of the clutch switch on range-shift lever. The
function has to be reactivated in address PTQ167.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S037 - Switch for Gear Selector, Auto Mode and Clutch, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace switch, see S037 - Gear selector switch, Auto mode and clutch, Component
information , and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 242 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 523677.07- Declutch Switch on Range-Shift Lever, Malfunction


498
This diagnostic trouble code is generated when the control software detects an activated declutch switch on range shift lever
during the starting procedure (with range shift lever not in park position). The reason for this may be: • Operator error (clutch
switch on range-shift lever has been actuated by the operator during start-up). • Defective declutch switch on range-shift lever.
• Signal voltage of clutch switch on range-shift lever is short circuited to system voltage.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: control software turns off the function of the clutch switch on range-shift lever. The
function has to be reactivated in address PTQ167.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S037 - Switch for Gear Selector, Auto Mode and Clutch, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace switch, see S037 - Gear selector switch, Auto mode and clutch, Component
information , and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 243 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 523775.02- Multi-Function Lever, Activation Switch, Signal Out of Range


498
The DOI control software detects that the circuit of the E-SCV activation switch is open. In its active state, this fault can also
generate a diagnostic trouble code at the AIC control software. This diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the multi-function lever.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the AIC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component. Go to 3.

( 3 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace LIN bus module, see S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Component
Informationand perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 244 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 523776.02- Transport Lock Button of Multi-Function Lever, Fault


498
Invalid signal from the transport lock switch of the multi-function lever received.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the multi-function lever.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check status

Action:

Check status, see SCO 032 - Activation Switch of Multi-Function Lever, Status , or DOI 076 - Lock Position of the Multi-Function
Lever, Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Status OK. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. Check that the switch moves easily and clean it. Perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 245 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 523804.02- Multi-Function Lever, Left-Right Axis, Signal Out of Range


498
The voltage received does not match the switch position of the multi-function lever.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the multi-function lever.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-
Function Lever), Component Information.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 246 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 523804.03- Multi-Function Lever, Left-Right Axis, Voltage Too High


498
Voltage too high or shorted circuit at the left-right axis of the multi-function lever.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the multi-function lever.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-
Function Lever), Component Information.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 247 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 523804.04- Multi-Function Lever, Left-Right Axis, Voltage Too Low


498
Voltage too low or shorted circuit at the left-right axis of the multi-function lever.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the multi-function lever.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-
Function Lever), Component Information.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 248 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 523805.02- Multi-Function Lever, Fore-Aft Axis, Signal Out of Range


498
The voltage received does not match the switch position of the multi-function lever.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the multi-function lever.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-
Function Lever), Component Information.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 249 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 523805.03- Multi-Function Lever, Fore-Aft Axis, Voltage Too High


498
Voltage too high or shorted circuit at the fore-aft axis of the multi-function lever.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the multi-function lever.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-
Function Lever), Component Information.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 250 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI

DOI 523805.04- Multi-Function Lever, Fore-Aft Axis, Voltage Too Low


498
Voltage too low or shorted circuit at the fore-aft axis of the multi-function lever.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the multi-function lever.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-
Function Lever), Component Information.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 251 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

DOI 523954.11- Sensor Unit for Speed Control Lever (Speed Wheel), Output Signals do Not Match
498
Incorrect combination of signals at the output channels (channel 1 and channel 2) of the speed wheel on the sensor unit for the
speed control lever detected.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the sensor unit for the speed control lever.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See S007 - Shift Unit
(CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information .

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 252 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

Group ECU_Level_ - ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)


ECU 000027.03- EGR Valve Position Signal Out of Range High
17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For test steps, see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000027.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5400 - EGR Valve Actuator, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000027.04- EGR Valve Position Signal Out of Range Low


17
This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000027.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5400 - EGR Valve Actuator, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000027.07- EGR Valve Actuator Fault


17
EGR valve actuator desired and actual position mismatch.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 253 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure, see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000027.07

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5400 - EGR Valve Actuator, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000051.03- Air Throttle Actuator Position Signal Out of Range High
17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000051.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5401 - Air Throttle Actuator, Component Informationin
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000051.04- Air Throttle Actuator Position Signal Out of Range Low
17
This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 254 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000051.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5401 - Air Throttle Actuator, Component Informationin
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000051.07- Air Throttle Actuator Fault


17
Air throttle actuator desired and actual position mismatch.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000051.07

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5401 - Air Throttle Actuator, Component Informationin
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 255 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 000051.14- Air Throttle Actuator and EGR Valve Connectors Swapped
17
The ECU detects that the air throttle actuator connector and the EGR valve connector are swapped.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000051.14

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5401 - Air Throttle Actuator, Component Informationin
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5400 - EGR Valve Actuator, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000094.03- Low-Pressure Fuel Signal Out of Range High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000094.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5107 - Low-Pressure Fuel Pressure Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000094.04- Low-Pressure Fuel Signal Out of Range Low

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 256 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
17
This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000094.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5107 - Low-Pressure Fuel Pressure Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000094.16- Low-Pressure Fuel Signal Moderately High


17
Voltage is higher than expected.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000094.16

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5107 - Low-Pressure Fuel Pressure Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 257 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 000094.17- Low-Pressure Fuel Signal Slightly Low


17
Voltage is slightly lower than expected. This diagnostic trouble code can also occur as a subsequent fault if the fuel pump does
not function properly.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000094.17

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5107 - Low-Pressure Fuel Pressure Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

Vehicle-related information of the fuel pump in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see M031 - Fuel Pump, Circuit Test , Section 240.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FC - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FC - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 258 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 000094.18- Low-Pressure Fuel Signal Moderately Low


17
Voltage is slightly lower than expected. This diagnostic trouble code can also occur as a subsequent fault if the fuel pump does
not function properly.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000094.18

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5107 - Low-Pressure Fuel Pressure Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

Vehicle-related information of the fuel pump in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see M031 - Fuel Pump, Circuit Test , Section 240.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FC - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FC - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000097.03- Water-In-Fuel Signal Voltage Out of Range High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000097.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5600 - Water-In-Fuel Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000097.04- Water-In-Fuel Signal Voltage Out of Range Low

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 259 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
17
This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000097.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5600 - Water-In-Fuel Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000097.16- Water-In-Fuel Level Moderately High


17
The water-in-fuel sensor has detected a moderately high amount of water in the fuel.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000097.16

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5600 - Water-In-Fuel Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000100.01- Engine Oil Pressure Signal Extremely Low


17
The signal is much lower than expected.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 260 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000100.01

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5101 - Engine Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000100.02- Engine Oil Pressure Faulty


17
Engine oil pressure is not zero with engine OFF.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000100.02

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5101 - Engine Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000100.03- Engine Oil Pressure Signal Out of Range High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 261 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000100.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5101 - Engine Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000100.04- Engine Oil Pressure Signal Out of Range Low


17
This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000100.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5101 - Engine Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000100.18- Engine Oil Pressure Moderately Low


17
Engine oil pressure is moderately lower than expected.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000100.18

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5101 - Engine Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 262 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.


50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000101.00- Crankcase Pressure Signal Extremely High


17
Crankcase pressure is extremely high.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000101.00

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5101 - Engine Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000101.03- Engine Crankcase Pressure Signal Out of Range High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000101.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5105 - Crankcase Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000101.04- Engine Crankcase Pressure Signal Out of Range Low


17
This indicates a short to ground.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 263 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000101.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5105 - Crankcase Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000101.16- Crankcase Pressure Moderately High


17
Crankcase pressure is moderately high.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000101.16

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5105 - Crankcase Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000102.03- Manifold Air Pressure Signal Out of Range High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 264 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000102.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5104 - Manifold Air Pressure Sensor, Component
Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000102.04- Intake Manifold Air Pressure Signal Out of Range Low
17
This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000102.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5104 - Manifold Air Pressure Sensor, Component
Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000102.07- Manifold Air Pressure Sensor Signal Fault


17
Manifold air pressure sensor signal is invalid.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000102.07

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5104 - Manifold Air Pressure Sensor, Component
Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 265 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.


50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000103.00- VGT Speed Signal Extremely High


17
Turbocharger speed signal is extremely high.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000103.00

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5300 - Turbocharger Speed Sensor, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000103.02- Turbocharger Speed Signal Invalid


17
Turbocharger speed is invalid.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000103.02

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5300 - Turbocharger Speed Sensor, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000103.05- Turbocharger Speed Sensor Resistance Too High


17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 266 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000103.05

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5300 - Turbocharger Speed Sensor, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000105.00- Manifold Air Temperature Extremely High


17
Manifold air temperature is much higher than expected.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000105.00

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5206 - Manifold Air Temperature Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000105.03- Manifold Air Temperature Sensor, Voltage Too High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 267 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000105.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5206 - Manifold Air Temperature Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000105.04- Manifold Air Temperature Sensor, Voltage Too Low


17
This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000105.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5206 - Manifold Air Temperature Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000105.15- Manifold Air Temperature Signal Slightly High


17
Manifold air temperature signal is higher than expected.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000105.15

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5206 - Manifold Air Temperature Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 268 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.


50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000105.16- Manifold Air Temperature Signal Moderately High


17
Manifold air temperature signal is higher than expected.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000105.16

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5206 - Manifold Air Temperature Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000107.00- Air Filter Pressure Differential Extremely High


17
Air filter excessively dirty.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000107.00

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000107.15- Air Filter Pressure Differential Slightly High


17
Air filter very dirty.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 269 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000107.15

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000107.16- Air Filter Pressure Differential Moderately High


17
Air filter very dirty.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000107.16

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000108.02- Barometric Pressure Signal Invalid


17
Barometric air pressure sensor in engine control unit is faulty.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000108.02

→NOTE:

Component lead numbers and connector layout in this manual are different from the information given in
the CTM. For diagnostics, use the component and circuit information provided under tractor-related
information.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 270 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50ZZ - ECU (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50ZZ - ECU (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section
240.

ECU 000108.07- Barometric Pressure Signal Mismatch


17
Barometric air pressure sensor in engine control unit is faulty.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000108.07

→NOTE:

Component lead numbers and connector layout in this manual are different from the information given in
the CTM. For diagnostics, use the component and circuit information provided under tractor-related
information.

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50ZZ - ECU (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50ZZ - ECU (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section
240.

ECU 000109.01- Coolant Pressure Signal Extremely Low


17
The coolant pressure is much lower than a defined threshold in the ECU.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000109.01

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5108 - Coolant Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000109.03- Coolant Pressure Signal Out of Range High


17

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 271 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000109.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5108 - Coolant Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000109.04- Coolant Pressure Signal Out of Range Low


17
This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000109.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5108 - Coolant Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000109.17- Coolant Pressure Signal Slightly Low


17
The coolant pressure is slightly lower than a defined threshold in the ECU.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 272 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000109.17

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5108 - Coolant Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000109.18- Coolant Pressure Signal Moderately Low


17
The coolant pressure is moderately lower than a defined threshold in the ECU.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000109.18

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5108 - Coolant Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000109.31- Coolant Pressure Signal Fault


17
The coolant pressure signal was determined to be slightly low during the previous operation cycle.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000109.31

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5108 - Coolant Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 273 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.


50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000110.00- Coolant Temperature Signal Extremely High


17
Coolant temperature is much higher than expected.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000110.00

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5208 - Coolant Temperature Sensor, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000110.03- Coolant Temperature Signal Too High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000110.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5208 - Coolant Temperature Sensor, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000110.04- Coolant Temperature Signal Out of Range Low


17
This indicates a short to ground.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 274 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000110.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5208 - Coolant Temperature Sensor, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000110.15- Coolant Temperature Signal Slightly High


17
Coolant temperature is slightly higher than expected.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000110.15

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5208 - Coolant Temperature Sensor, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000110.16- Coolant Temperature Signal Moderately High


17
Coolant temperature moderately higher than expected.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 275 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000110.16

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5208 - Coolant Temperature Sensor, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000110.17- Coolant Temperature Signal Slightly Low


17
Coolant temperature is slightly lower than expected.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000110.17

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5208 - Coolant Temperature Sensor, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000111.01- Coolant Level Switch Activated at High Coolant Temperature


17
Low coolant level at high coolant temperature.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000111.01

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5009 - Coolant Level Switch, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 276 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.


50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000111.07- Coolant Level Switch Fault


17
The switch indicates a lower coolant level than expected.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000111.07

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5009 - Coolant Level Switch, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000111.17- Coolant Level Switch Activated


17
Coolant level is low.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000111.17

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5009 - Coolant Level Switch, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000111.18- Coolant Level Switch Activated at Moderate Coolant Temperature


17
Low coolant level at moderate coolant temperature.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 277 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000111.18

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5009 - Coolant Level Switch, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 278 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 000152.12- Control Software, Internal Fault


17
ECU internal fault.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check control unit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 279 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 000152.14- Control Software, Internal Fault


17
ECU internal fault.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check control unit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 280 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 000152.16- Control Software, Internal Fault


17
ECU internal fault.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check control unit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

ECU 000157.01- Fuel Rail Pressure Signal Extremely Low


17
The fuel rail pressure is extremely low.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000157.01

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5113 - Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 281 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 000157.02- Fuel Rail Pressure Signal Invalid


17
The ECU receives invalid pressure information from the fuel rail pressure sensor.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000157.02

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5113 - Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000157.03- Fuel Rail Pressure Signal Out of Range High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000157.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5113 - Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000157.04- Fuel Rail Pressure Signal Out of Range Low


17
This indicates a short to ground.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 282 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000157.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5113 - Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000157.12- Fuel Rail Pressure Faulty


17
The fuel rail pressure sensor detected a problem when measuring the fuel pressure.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000157.12

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5113 - Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000157.16- Fuel Rail Pressure Signal Moderately High


17
Fuel Rail pressure is moderately high.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 283 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000157.16

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5113 - Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000157.17- Fuel Rail Pressure Signal Slightly Low


17
The fuel rail pressure signal is slightly lower than expected.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000157.17

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5113 - Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000157.18- Fuel Rail Pressure Signal Moderately Low


17
The fuel rail pressure signal is slightly lower than desired.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000157.18

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5113 - Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 284 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.


50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 285 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 000158.12- Control Software, Internal Fault


17
A fault occurred when the software was powered down.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000158.12

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 286 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 000168.01- Engine Control Unit, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too Low
17
Supply voltage (BAT) below 9 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 287 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 000168.16- Engine Control Unit, Supply Voltage (BAT) Moderately High
17
Supply voltage (BAT) moderately high.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 288 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 000168.17- Engine Control Unit, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too Low
17
Supply voltage (BAT) is below 12.5 V with engine speed above 1500 rpm.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 289 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 000168.18- Engine Control Unit, Supply Voltage (BAT) Moderately Low
17
Supply voltage (BAT) moderately low.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

ECU 000174.00- Fuel Temperature Signal Extremely High


17
The fuel temperature is out of range high.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000174.00

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5209 - Fuel Temperature Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 290 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000174.03- Fuel Temperature Signal Out of Range High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000174.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5209 - Fuel Temperature Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000174.04- Fuel Temperature Signal Out of Range Low


17
This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000174.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5209 - Fuel Temperature Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000174.16- Fuel Temperature Signal Moderately High


17
The fuel temperature is moderately higher than expected.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 291 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000174.16

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5209 - Fuel Temperature Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000189.31- Engine Speed Derate Condition Exists


17
The ECU detects a condition that requires an engine speed derate.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000189.31

ECU 000190.00- Engine Speed Extremely High


17
The ECU detects that the engine exceeds the maximum speed.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000190.00

ECU 000190.16- Engine Speed Moderately High


17
The Engine speed is moderately higher than expected.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000190.16

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 292 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 000237.02- VIN Information, Mismatch


17
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) from other control software is not the same.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN Bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 212.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 293 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 000237.13- VIN Information, Option Code Invalid


17
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) from other control software is not the same.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of vehicle

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN Bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 212.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 294 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 000237.31- VIN Information, Incorrect


17
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the vehicle identification number from other control software is not received or is
incorrectly received. All active VIN participants have to send the programmed vehicle identification number to the ECU control
software at regular intervals.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN Bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 212.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

ECU 000412.00- EGR Temperature Signal Extremely High


17
The EGR temperature is much higher than expected.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000412.00

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5207 - EGR Temperature Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 295 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:


50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000412.03- EGR Temperature Signal Out of Range High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000412.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5207 - EGR Temperature Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000412.04- EGR Temperature Signal Out of Range Low


17
This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000412.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5207 - EGR Temperature Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000412.15- EGR Temperature Signal Slightly High


17
EGR temperature sensor voltage is slightly higher than expected.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 296 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000412.15

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5207 - EGR Temperature Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000412.16- EGR Temperature Signal Moderately High


17
EGR temperature is moderately higher than expected.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000412.16

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5207 - EGR Temperature Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000611.03- Injection Valve Driver 1, Voltage Too High


17
Circuit of injection valves 1 to 3 open or shorted to 12 volts.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 297 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000611.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000611.04- Injection Valve Driver 1, Short To Ground


17
Circuit of injection valves 1 to 3 shorted to ground.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000611.04

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000612.03- Injection Valve Driver 2, Voltage Too High


17
Circuit of injection valves 4 to 6 open or shorted to 12 volts.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000612.03

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 298 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000612.04- Injection Valve Driver 2, Short To Ground


17
Circuit of injection valves 4 to 6 shorted to ground.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000612.04

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000613.03- Driver Of Fuel Pressure Control Valves, Voltage Too High
17
Circuit of fuel pressure control valves open or shorted to 12 volts.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000613.03

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5022-2 - Fuel Pressure Control Valve 1, Component
Information or Y5023-2 - Fuel Pressure Control Valve 2, Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000613.04- Driver Of Fuel Pressure Control Valves, Short To Ground


17
Circuit of fuel pressure control valves shorted to ground.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 299 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000613.04

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5022-2 - Fuel Pressure Control Valve 1, Component
Information or Y5023-2 - Fuel Pressure Control Valve 2, Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000613.31- Driver Of Fuel Pressure Control Valves Faulty


17
The ECU detected a fault in the circuit of the control valves.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000613.31

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5022-2 - Fuel Pressure Control Valve 1, Component
Information or Y5023-2 - Fuel Pressure Control Valve 2, Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 300 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 000629.02- Control Software, Internal Error


17
Error when reading the internal module (EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check control unit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Replace and program control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 301 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 000629.12- Control Software, Internal Fault


17
A fault occurred when the software was launched.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check control unit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Replace and program control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 302 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 000629.13- Control Software, Internal Fault


17
A fault occurred when the software was launched.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check control unit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Replace and program control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 303 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 000629.14- Control Software, Internal Fault


17
A fault occurred when the software was powered down.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check control unit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Replace and program control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 304 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 000629.31- Control Software, Internal Fault


17
A fault in the software occurred.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check control unit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Replace and program control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

ECU 000636.02- Camshaft Speed Signal Invalid


17
The ECU detects excessive noise (extra pulses) in the camshaft speed signal.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000636.02

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5302 - Camshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 305 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.


50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000636.05- Camshaft Speed Sensor, Resistance Too High


17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000636.05

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5302 - Camshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000636.06- Camshaft Speed Sensor, Resistance Too Low


17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000636.06

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5302 - Camshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000636.08- Camshaft Speed Missing


17
The ECU does not register a camshaft speed signal.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 306 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000636.08

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5302 - Camshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000636.10- Camshaft Speed Signal Rate of Change Abnormal


17
The ECU detects an improper pattern or noise in the camshaft speed signal.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000636.10

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5302 - Camshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000637.02- Crankshaft Speed Invalid


17
The ECU detects excessive noise (extra pulses) in the crankshaft speed signal.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 307 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000637.02

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5301 - Crankshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000637.05- Crankshaft Speed Sensor, Resistance Too High


17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000637.05

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5301 - Crankshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000637.06- Crankshaft Speed Sensor, Resistance Too Low


17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000637.06

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5301 - Crankshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 308 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.


50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 309 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 000637.07- Camshaft Speed and Crankshaft Speed Signals Out of Sync
17
The ECU detects that the camshaft speed sensor and the crankshaft speed sensor are not in sync with each other.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000637.07

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5301 - Crankshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For details of location and information on components, see B5302 - Camshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000637.08- Crankshaft Speed Missing


17
The ECU does not register a crankshaft speed signal.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000637.08

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5301 - Crankshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000637.10- Crankshaft Speed Signal Rate of Change Abnormal


17
The ECU detects an improper pattern or noise in the crankshaft speed signal.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 310 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000637.10

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5301 - Crankshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000641.00- VGT Actuator Temperature Extremely High


17
The VGT actuator temperature is much higher than expected.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000641.00

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000641.05- Driver of VGT Actuator, Resistance Too High


17
This indicates an open circuit.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 311 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

000641.05

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000641.06- Driver of VGT Actuator, Resistance Too Low


17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000641.06

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000641.07- VGT Actuator Learned Value Error


17
The VGT actuator has failed the learn cycle on initialization.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000641.07

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000641.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from VGT Actuator
17
Data transfer problem between the ECU and the VGT actuator.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 312 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000641.09

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000641.12- VGT Actuator Internal Fault


17
The VGT actuator has detected an internal fault.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000641.12

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000641.13- VGT Actuator, Calibration Error


17
Calibration of the VGT actuator has failed.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 313 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

000641.13

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000641.16- VGT Actuator Temperature Slightly High


17
The VGT actuator temperature is slightly higher than a defined threshold in the ECU. This Code is set when the VGT actuator
detects that its internal temperature is slightly high. The VGT actuator sends a message via the CAN communication system to
the ECU stating that its internal temperature is slightly high. The ECU sets the fault.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000641.16

ECU 000641.31- VGT Actuator Supply Voltage Fault


17
The VGT actuator has detected that its supply voltage is out of range high.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000641.31

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000651.02- Part Number of Injector 1 Invalid


17
Incorrect part number entered in ECU.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000651.02

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 314 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000651.05- Injection Valve 1, Resistance Too High


17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000651.05

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000651.06- Injection Valve 1, Resistance Too Low


17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000651.06

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 315 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 000651.13- Injection Valve 1, Calibration Error


17
Incorrect calibration code in ECU.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000651.13

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000651.18- Injection Valve 1 Fault


17
Fuel flow of injection valve is lower than expected.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000651.18

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000652.02- Part Number of Injector 2 Invalid


17
Incorrect part number entered in ECU.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 316 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000652.02

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000652.05- Injection Valve 2, Resistance Too High


17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000652.05

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000652.06- Injection Valve 2, Resistance Too Low


17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 317 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000652.06

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000652.13- Injection Valve 2, Calibration Error


17
Incorrect calibration code in ECU.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000652.13

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000652.18- Injection Valve 2 Fault


17
Fuel flow of injection valve is lower than expected.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000652.18

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 318 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000653.02- Part Number of Injector 3 Invalid


17
Incorrect part number entered in ECU.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000653.02

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000653.05- Injection Valve 3, Resistance Too High


17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000653.05

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000653.06- Injection Valve 3, Resistance Too Low


17

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 319 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000653.06

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000653.13- Injection Valve 3, Calibration Error


17
Incorrect calibration code in ECU.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000653.13

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000653.18- Injection Valve 3 Fault


17
Fuel flow of injection valve is lower than expected.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 320 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000653.18

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000654.02- Part Number of Injector 4 Invalid


17
Incorrect part number entered in ECU.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000654.02

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000654.05- Injection Valve 4, Resistance Too High


17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 321 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000654.05

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000654.06- Injection Valve 4, Resistance Too Low


17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000654.06

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000654.13- Injection Valve 4, Calibration Error


17
Incorrect calibration code in ECU.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000654.13

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 322 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000654.18- Injection Valve 4 Fault


17
Fuel flow of injection valve is lower than expected.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000654.18

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000655.02- Part Number of Injector 5 Invalid


17
Incorrect part number entered in ECU.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000655.02

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087,
Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000655.05- Injection Valve 5, Resistance Too High


17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 323 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000655.05

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087,
Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000655.06- Injection Valve 5, Resistance Too Low


17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000655.06

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087,
Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000655.13- Injection Valve 5, Calibration Error


17
Incorrect calibration code in ECU.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 324 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000655.13

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087,
Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000655.18- Injection Valve 5 Fault


17
Fuel flow of injection valve is lower than expected.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000655.18

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087,
Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000656.02- Part Number of Injector 6 Invalid


17
Incorrect part number entered in ECU.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000656.02

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087,
Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 325 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.


50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000656.05- Injection Valve 6, Resistance Too High


17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000656.05

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087,
Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000656.06- Injection Valve 6, Resistance Too Low


17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000656.06

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087,
Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000656.13- Injection Valve 6, Calibration Error


17
Incorrect calibration code in ECU.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 326 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000656.13

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087,
Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 000656.18- Injection Valve 6 Fault


17
Fuel flow of injection valve is lower than expected.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

000656.18

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087,
Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 327 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 000676.05- Relay for Electric Starting Aid, Current Too Low
17
Circuit current too low. This indicates an open circuit.

→NOTE:

The ECU uses the measured manifold air temperature to determine how long the glow plugs are supplied
with power. As soon as the determined time has elapsed, the ECU switches off the relay for the electrical
starting aid.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the starting aid.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform K046 - Relay for Electrical Starting Aid, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 328 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 000676.06- Relay for Electric Starting Aid, Current Too High
17
Circuit current too high. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

→NOTE:

The ECU uses the measured manifold air temperature to determine how long the glow plugs are supplied
with power. As soon as the determined time has elapsed, the ECU switches off the relay for the electrical
starting aid.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the starting aid.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform K046 - Relay for Electrical Starting Aid, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 329 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 000676.14- Cold Start Aid Signal Received When Not Expected
17
The ECU detects that the cold start aid relay output voltage is high when the ECU is not energizing the relay.

→NOTE:

The ECU uses the measured manifold air temperature to determine how long the glow plugs are supplied
with power. As soon as the determined time has elapsed, the ECU switches off the relay for the electrical
starting aid.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the starting aid.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform K046 - Relay for Electrical Starting Aid, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 330 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 000676.31- Cold Start Aid Relay Signal Not Received When Expected
17
The ECU detects that the cold start aid relay output voltage is low when the ECU is energizing the relay.

→NOTE:

The ECU uses the measured manifold air temperature to determine how long the glow plugs are supplied
with power. As soon as the determined time has elapsed, the ECU switches off the relay for the electrical
starting aid.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the starting aid.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform K046 - Relay for Electrical Starting Aid, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 331 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 000970.31- Immobilizer, Fault


17
Enable signal from the EIC to the ECU is missing. The engine starts but does not run. When this code is active, the engine can
be started only 7 times in succession. Once the fault has been remedied, use the immobilizer key to switch on the ignition and
wait at least 1 second, then start the engine.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Whenever processing of a diagnostic trouble code is completed, refresh the codes to determine which of the other codes are
still active.

1. ICA 000628.02
2. EIC 002000.09
3. ICA 002006.09
4. EIC 002029.09
5. ECU 002006.09
6. ECU 521192.11
7. ICA 521192.11
8. ECU 521214.09
9. EIC 002029.12
10. EIC 521192.12
11. EIC 521192.13
12. EIC 521321.12
13. EIC 521322.31
14. EIC 521321.09
15. EIC 521214.11
16. EIC 521214.31

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the control units

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240.


Perform 50ZZ - Immobilizer Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 332 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

On tractors with PowrReverser™ transmission, perform 50ZZ -Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Control unit checked and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

ECU 001075.02- Fuel Pump Fault


17
Data transfer problem between the fuel pump and the ECU.

For diagnostic procedure of the fuel pump, see:

M031 - Fuel Pump, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Vehicle-related information of the fuel pump in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see M031 - Fuel Pump, Circuit Test , Section 240.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FC - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FC - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 001075.04- Fuel Pump, Voltage Too Low


17
Supply voltage (BAT) below 9 V.

For diagnostic procedure of the fuel pump, see:

M031 - Fuel Pump, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Vehicle-related information of the fuel pump in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see M031 - Fuel Pump, Circuit Test , Section 240.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FC - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FC - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 001075.05- Fuel Pump, Resistance Too High


17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.

For diagnostic procedure of the fuel pump, see:

M031 - Fuel Pump, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Vehicle-related information of the fuel pump in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see M031 - Fuel Pump, Circuit Test , Section 240.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FC - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FC - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 001075.06- Fuel Pump, Resistance Too Low


17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.

For diagnostic procedure of the fuel pump, see:

M031 - Fuel Pump, Circuit Test , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 333 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

Vehicle-related information of the fuel pump in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see M031 - Fuel Pump, Circuit Test , Section 240.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FC - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FC - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 001075.12- Fuel Pump Fault


17
Fault in the fuel circuit of the low-pressure fuel pump (dirty pump or failed pump).

For diagnostic procedure of the fuel pump, see:

M031 - Fuel Pump, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Vehicle-related information of the fuel pump in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see M031 - Fuel Pump, Circuit Test , Section 240.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FC - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FC - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Check fuel system, see Fuel System - Check the Fuel Transfer Pump in Section 230.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 334 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 001110.31- Engine Protection Shutdown


17
If a diagnostic trouble code that requires the engine to be shut down is generated and no operator presence signal is present,
the PDU control software sends a CAN Bus message to the ECU control software and the engine is shut down.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Check the following control software for active diagnostic trouble codes:

1. ECU
2. PDU
3. PTQ
4. SCO
5. CCU

Whenever processing of a diagnostic trouble code is completed, refresh the codes to determine which of the other codes are
still active.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. See Engine Protection Derate and Shutdown in the relevant CTM for
diesel engines.

ECU 001136.00- Engine Control Unit, Temperature Too High


17
Engine control unit internal temperature above specification.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 335 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

001136.00

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.

ECU 001136.02- Engine Control Unit, Temperature Invalid


17
The ECU detects that its internal temperature sensor signal is invalid.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

001136.02

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.

ECU 001136.16- Engine Control Unit, Temperature Moderately High


17
Engine control unit internal temperature moderately above specification.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

001136.16

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.

ECU 001172.12- Intake Air Temperature Fault


17
Problem with measuring the intake air temperature.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 336 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

001172.12

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 001176.07- Intake Air Pressure Mismatch


17
Problem with measuring the intake air pressure.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

001176.07

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 001176.12- Intake Air Pressure Fault


17
Problem with measuring the intake air pressure.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 337 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

001176.12

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 001180.00- Calculated VGT Turbine Inlet Temperature Extremely High


17
The calculated VGT turbine inlet temperature is extremely high.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

001180.00

ECU 001180.16- Calculated VGT Turbine Inlet Temperature Moderately High


17
The calculated VGT turbine inlet temperature is moderately higher than expected.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

001180.16

ECU 001209.03- Exhaust Manifold Pressure Signal Out of Range High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

001209.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5102 - Exhaust Manifold Pressure Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 001209.04- Exhaust Manifold Pressure Signal Out of Range Low


17
This indicates a short to ground.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 338 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

001209.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5102 - Exhaust Manifold Pressure Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 001209.07- Exhaust Manifold Pressure Mismatch


17
The ECU has detected an exhaust manifold pressure mismatch.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

001209.07

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5102 - Exhaust Manifold Pressure Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 001321.05- Engine Starter Solenoid Lockout Relay Circuit Has High Resistance
17
The ECU has detected a fault on the starter solenoid lockout relay circuit.

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

Perform M001 - Starting Motor, Circuit Test , Section 240.


For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50AA - Starting Motor (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50AA - Starting Motor (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.

ECU 001321.06- Engine Starter Solenoid Lockout Relay Circuit Has Low Resistance
17
The ECU has detected low resistance on the starter solenoid lockout relay drive circuit.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 339 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

Perform M001 - Starting Motor, Circuit Test , Section 240.


For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50AA - Starting Motor (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50AA - Starting Motor (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.

ECU 001321.16- ECU has Detected that the Starter has been Engaged Too Long
17
The ECU has detected low resistance on the starter solenoid lockout relay drive circuit.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

001321.06

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

Perform M001 - Starting Motor, Circuit Test , Section 240.


For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50AA - Starting Motor (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50AA - Starting Motor (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.

ECU 001322.31- Engine Misfires Detected


17
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the ECU detects misfires in one or more cylinders.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

001322.31

ECU 001347.05- Fuel Pressure Control Valve 1, Resistance Too High


17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

001347.05

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5022-2 - Fuel Pressure Control Valve 1, Component
Information or Y5002 - Suction Control Valve, Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 001347.06- Fuel Pressure Control Valve 1, Resistance Too Low


17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 340 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

001347.06

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5022-2 - Fuel Pressure Control Valve 1, Component
Information or Y5002 - Suction Control Valve, Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 001347.07- Control Valve 1 Fuel Pressure Deviation


17
The ECU detects a fuel pressure deviation at control valve 1.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

001347.07

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5022-2 - Fuel Pressure Control Valve 1, Component
Information or Y5002 - Suction Control Valve, Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 001348.05- Fuel Pressure Control Valve 2, Resistance Too High


17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 341 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

001348.05

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5023-2 - Fuel Pressure Control Valve 2, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 001348.06- Fuel Pressure Control Valve 2, Resistance Too Low


17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5023-2 - Fuel Pressure Control Valve 2, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 342 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 001550.05- A/C Compressor Clutch, Current Too Low


17
Circuit current too low. This indicates an open circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the air conditioning.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform M002 - A/C Compressor Clutch, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 343 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 001550.06- A/C Compressor Clutch, Current Too High


17
Circuit current too high. This indicates a short to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the air conditioning.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform M002 - A/C Compressor Clutch, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

ECU 001569.31- Engine in Derate Condition


17
The engine is in derate condition.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

0001569.31

ECU 001761.01- DEF Tank Empty


17
DEF tank fluid level extremely low.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

0001761.01

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 344 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 001761.03- DEF Tank Fluid Level Sensor, Voltage Too High
17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

0001761.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 001761.04- DEF Tank Fluid Level Sensor, Voltage Too Low
17
This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

0001761.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 001761.17- DEF Tank Fluid Level Moderately Low


17

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 345 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

DEF tank fluid level below 10 percent.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

0001761.17

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 001761.18- DEF Tank Fluid Level Low


17
DEF tank fluid level below 0 percent.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

0001761.18

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 346 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 002006.09- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Information from EIC Control Software
17
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the EIC control software and the ECU
control software. Reception of messages sent on the CAN Bus by the control software is intermittent or non-existent. This
indicates an open circuit in the CAN BUS line, a short circuit or faulty CAN BUS terminating resistors.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 347 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 002006.13- VIN Information, Mismatch


17
The vehicle identification number between the EIC control software and the ECU control software does not match. This
diagnostic trouble code is only generated for vehicles with immobilizer.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN Bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 212.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • On tractors with PowrReverser™ transmission,
perform 50ZZ -Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform
General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 348 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 002006.14- VIN Information, Mismatch


17
The vehicle identification number between the EIC control software and the ECU control software does not match. This
diagnostic trouble code is only generated for vehicles with immobilizer.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN Bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 212.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • On tractors with PowrReverser™ transmission,
perform 50ZZ -Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform
General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 349 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 002006.19- VIN Information, Mismatch


17
The vehicle identification number between the EIC control software and the ECU control software does not match. This
diagnostic trouble code is only generated for vehicles with immobilizer.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN Bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 212.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • On tractors with PowrReverser™ transmission,
perform 50ZZ -Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform
General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 350 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 002071.09- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Information from CCU Control Software
17
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the CCU control software and the ECU
control software. Reception of messages sent on the CAN Bus by the control software is intermittent or non-existent. This
indicates an open circuit in the CAN BUS line, a short circuit or faulty CAN BUS terminating resistors.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 351 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 002630.00- Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Signal Extremely High
17
Charge air cooler outlet temperature extremely high.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the engine.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Shut off the engine and wait one minute.
3. Start the engine and wait one minute.
4. Check to see if DTC reappears.
5. If the problem is intermittent, perform a test drive and check under which conditions the diagnostic trouble code is
generated.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2.

( 2 ) Carry out diagnostic procedure in the relevant CTM

Action:

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

002630.00

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5205 - Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Sensor,
Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Fault could not be identified using the diagnostic procedure in relevant CTM. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the charge air circuit

Action:

Perform Charge Air Circuit - Checking the Fanin Section 230.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

ECU 002630.03- Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Signal Out Of Range High
17

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 352 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

0026230.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5205 - Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Sensor,
Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 002630.04- Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Signal Out Of Range Low
17
This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

0026230.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5205 - Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Sensor,
Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 002630.15- Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Signal Slightly High
17
The charge air cooler outlet temperature is slightly higher than expected.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 353 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

0026230.15

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5205 - Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Sensor,
Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 002630.16- Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Signal Moderately High
17
The charge air cooler outlet temperature is slightly higher than expected.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

0026230.16

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5205 - Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Sensor,
Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 002659.02- EGR Flow Signal Invalid


17
The temperature and pressure values used to measure EGR flow do not match.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

002659.02

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5103 - EGR Flow Sensor, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 354 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.


50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 002659.03- EGR Flow Signal Out of Range High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

002659.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5103 - EGR Flow Sensor, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 002659.04- EGR Flow Signal Out of Range Low


17
This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

002659.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5103 - EGR Flow Sensor, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 002659.14- EGR Flow Signal Fault


17
The EGR flow signal is significantly different than the calculated flow based on temperature sensors.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 355 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

002659.14

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5103 - EGR Flow Sensor, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 002659.15- EGR Flow Signal Moderately High


17
EGR flow has been detected with the EGR valve closed.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

002659.15

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5103 - EGR Flow Sensor, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 002659.17- EGR Flow Signal Moderately Low


17
EGR flow has not been detected with the EGR valve open.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 356 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

002659.17

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5103 - EGR Flow Sensor, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 002791.05- EGR Valve Actuator, Current Too Low


17
Circuit current too low. This indicates an open circuit.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

002791.05

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5400 - EGR Valve Actuator, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 002791.06- EGR Valve Actuator, Current Too High


17
Circuit current too high. This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

002791.06

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5400 - EGR Valve Actuator, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 357 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.


50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 002791.07- EGR Valve Actuator Fault


17
EGR valve actuator desired and actual position mismatch during a recording.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

002791.07

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5400 - EGR Valve Actuator, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 002791.13- EGR Valve Actuator, Calibration Error


17
EGR valve actuator does not reach expected position.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

002791.13

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5400 - EGR Valve Actuator, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 002795.03- VGT Actuator, Voltage Too High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 358 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

002795.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 002795.04- VGT Actuator, Voltage Too Low


17
This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

002795.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 002795.07- VGT Actuator Fault


17
VGT vane setpoint and actual position do not match.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 359 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

002795.07

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 002795.10- Calculated Rate of Change of VGT Actuator Abnormal


17
The calculated rate of change is higher than expected.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

002795.10

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 002795.13- VGT Actuator, Calibration Error


17
Calibration of the VGT actuator has failed.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

002795.13

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 002795.31- VGT Actuator Fault


17
VGT actuator is not in the desired position.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 360 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

002795.31

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 002797.03- Injection Valve Supply Voltage 1, Voltage Too High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

002797.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 002797.05- Injection Valve Supply Voltage 1, Resistance Too High


17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 361 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

002797.05

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 002797.06- Injection Valve Supply Voltage 1, Resistance Too Low


17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

002797.06

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 002798.03- Injection Valve Supply Voltage 2, Voltage Too High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

002798.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 362 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 002798.05- Injection Valve Supply Voltage 2, Resistance Too High


17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

002798.05

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 002798.06- Injection Valve Supply Voltage 2, Resistance Too Low


17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

002798.06

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 003031.03- DEF Tank Fluid Temperature Signal Out of Range High
17

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 363 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003031.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 003031.04- DEF Tank Fluid Temperature Sensor, Voltage Too Low
17
This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003031.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 003216.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor
17
Data transfer problem between the ECU and the aftertreatment inlet NOx sensor.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 364 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003216.09

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5502 - Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 003216.12- Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor Faulty


17
The aftertreatment inlet NOx sensor has detected a problem with the measurement.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003216.12

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5502 - Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
Sectional Schematics - Diagnostic Schematics, Summary of References, 50FA - Aftertreatment System, Section 240.
For a summary of wiring harnesses, see Summary of Wiring Harnesses, Summary of References in Section 249.

ECU 003216.14- Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor Faulty


17
The aftertreatment inlet NOx sensor has detected a problem with the measurement.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003216.14

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5502 - Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 365 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.


50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 003226.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor
17
Data transfer problem between the ECU and the aftertreatment outlet NOx sensor.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003226.09

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5503 - Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 003226.12- Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor Faulty


17
The aftertreatment outlet NOx sensor has detected a problem with the measurement.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003226.12

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5503 - Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 003226.14- Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor Faulty


17
The aftertreatment outlet NOx sensor has detected a problem with the measurement.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 366 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003226.14

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5503 - Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 003246.00- DPF Outlet Temperature Extremely High


17
The exhaust filter temperature module has detected an extremely high DPF outlet temperature.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003246.00

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 003246.12- DPF Outlet Temperature Fault


17
The exhaust filter temperature module has detected a problem with measuring DPF outlet temperature.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 367 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003246.12

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 003251.00- DPF Differential Pressure Sensor Fault


17
The DPF differential pressure sensor is not responding or the ECU has detected an exhaust flow and DPF differential pressure
correlation problem.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003251.00

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5109 - DPF Differential Pressure Sensor, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 003251.02- DPF Differential Pressure Signal Invalid


17
The ECU has detected an exhaust flow and DPF differential pressure relationship problem.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003251.02

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5109 - DPF Differential Pressure Sensor, Component
Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 368 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:


50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 003251.03- DPF Differential Pressure Signal Out of Range High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003251.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5109 - DPF Differential Pressure Sensor, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 003251.04- DPF Differential Pressure Signal Out of Range Low


17
This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003251.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5109 - DPF Differential Pressure Sensor, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 003251.07- DPF Differential Pressure Sensor Fault


17
DPF differential pressure too high with engine off.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 369 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003251.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5109 - DPF Differential Pressure Sensor, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 370 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 003353.31- Alternator, Fault


17
The ECU control software detects that the alternator is not driven. This may be caused by a defective alternator, worn or
defective belt or other components that are driven by the belt.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

• On tractors with cab, perform G004 - Alternator (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

• On tractors with cab, perform G004 - Alternator (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace the alternator and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 212.

ECU 003361.03- DEF Dosing Injector Signal Out of Range High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003361.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 371 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

For details of location and information on components, see B5020-2 - DEF Dosing Injector, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 003361.04- DEF Dosing Injector Signal Out of Range Low


17
This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003361.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5020-2 - DEF Dosing Injector, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 003361.05- DEF Dosing Injector Circuit Has High Resistance


17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003361.05

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5020-2 - DEF Dosing Injector, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 003361.06- DEF Dosing Injector Circuit Has Low Resistance


17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 372 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003361.06

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5020-2 - DEF Dosing Injector, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 003361.07- DEF Dosing Injector Position Invalid


17
DEF dosing injector does not reach position commanded by ECU.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003361.07

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5020-2 - DEF Dosing Injector, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 003361.31- DEF Dosing Injector Active without Injection


17
The ECU has detected no DEF pressure drop even though the dosing injector was commanded to open.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 373 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

003361.31

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5020-2 - DEF Dosing Injector, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 003464.05- Air Throttle Actuator, Resistance Too High


17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003464.05

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5401 - Air Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 003464.06- Air Throttle Actuator, Resistance Too Low


17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003464.06

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5401 - Air Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 003464.07- Air Throttle Actuator Fault


17
Air throttle actuator desired and actual position mismatch.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 374 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003464.07

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5401 - Air Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 003464.13- Air Throttle Actuator Calibration Error


17
Air throttle actuator not calibrated.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003464.13

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5401 - Air Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 003465.05- Air Throttle Actuator, Resistance Too High


17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 375 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

003465.05

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

ECU 003465.06- Air Throttle Actuator, Resistance Too Low


17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003465.06

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

ECU 003465.07- Air Throttle Actuator Fault


17
Air throttle actuator desired and actual position mismatch.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003465.07

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

ECU 003465.13- Air Throttle Actuator Calibration Error


17
Air throttle actuator not calibrated.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 376 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003465.13

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

ECU 003473.03- Actuator Signal Out of Range High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003473.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

ECU 003473.04- Actuator Signal Out of Range Low


17
This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 377 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

003473.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

ECU 003473.07- Air Throttle Signal, Fault


17
Air throttle actuator desired and actual position mismatch.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003473.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

ECU 003509.03- Sensor Supply Voltage 1 Out of Range High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003509.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5113 - Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

ECU 003509.04- Sensor Supply Voltage 1 Out of Range Low


17
This indicates a short to ground.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 378 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003509.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5113 - Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

ECU 003510.03- Sensor Supply Voltage 2 Out of Range High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003510.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5105 - Crankcase Pressure Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

ECU 003510.04- Sensor Supply Voltage 2 Out of Range Low


17
This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 379 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

003510.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5105 - Crankcase Pressure Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 380 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 003511.03- Sensor Supply Voltage 3 Out of Range High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003511.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5101 - Engine Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5107 - Low-Pressure Fuel Pressure Sensor, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5401 - Air Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 381 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 003511.04- Sensor Supply Voltage 3 Out of Range Low


17
This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003511.04

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003511.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5101 - Engine Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5107 - Low-Pressure Fuel Pressure Sensor, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5401 - Air Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

ECU 003512.03- Sensor Supply Voltage 4 Out of Range High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003512.03

ECU 003512.04- Sensor Supply Voltage 4 Out of Range Low

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 382 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
17
This indicates a short to ground.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003512.04

ECU 003513.03- Sensor Supply Voltage 5 Out of Range High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003513.03

ECU 003513.04- Sensor Supply Voltage 5 Out of Range Low


17
This indicates a short to ground.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003513.04

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 383 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 003514.03- Sensor Supply Voltage 6 Out of Range High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003514.03

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003511.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5101 - Engine Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5108 - Coolant Pressure Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5102 - Exhaust Manifold Pressure Sensor, Component
Information
For details of location and information on components, see Y5400 - EGR Valve Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 384 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 003514.04- Sensor Supply Voltage 6 Out of Range Low


17
This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003514.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5101 - Engine Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5108 - Coolant Pressure Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5102 - Exhaust Manifold Pressure Sensor, Component
Information
For details of location and information on components, see Y5400 - EGR Valve Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

ECU 003473.03- Air Throttle Actuator, Voltage Too High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003473.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

ECU 003473.04- Air Throttle Actuator, Voltage Too Low

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 385 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
17
This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003473.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

ECU 003473.07- Air Throttle Actuator Fault


17
Air throttle actuator desired and actual position mismatch.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003473.07

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

ECU 003711.14- Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Low Exhaust Gas Temperature
17
DOC inlet temperature setpoint not reached during exhaust temperature management.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003711.14

ECU 003711.31- Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Low Exhaust Gas Temperature
17
DOC inlet temperature setpoint not reached during exhaust temperature management.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 386 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003711.31

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

ECU 003719.00- Calculated Soot Level Extremely High


17
The calculated diesel particulate filter soot level indicates that the soot level in the diesel particulate filter is extremely high.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003719.00

ECU 003719.10- Calculated Soot Load Rate of Change Abnormal


17
The calculated DPF soot load rate is higher than expected.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003719.10

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5109 - DPF Differential Pressure Sensor, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

ECU 003719.13- Excessive DPF Recovery Attempts


17
The ECU has detected that the number of DPF recovery attempts without an active regeneration has exceeded the ECU limit.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003719.13

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 387 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 003719.14- Calculated Soot Level Extremely High


17
The calculated diesel particulate filter soot level indicates that the soot level in the diesel particulate filter is extremely high.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003719.14

ECU 003719.15- Calculated Soot Level Slightly High


17
The calculated DPF soot level is slightly higher than expected.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003719.15

ECU 003719.16- Calculated Soot Level Moderately High


17
The calculated DPF soot level is moderately higher than expected.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003719.16

ECU 003720.16- Calculated Ash Level Moderately High


17
The calculated ash level is moderately higher than expected.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003720.16

ECU 003936.00- Calculated Unintended Combustibles in DPF Extremely High


17
The ECU has detected multiple times that the temperature differential between DOC outlet and DPF outlet indicates
unintended combustibles within the DPF.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003936.00

ECU 003936.15- Calculated Unintended Combustibles in DPF Slightly High


17
The calculated unintended combustible level is slightly higher than expected.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003936.15

ECU 003936.16- Calculated Unintended Combustible In DPF Moderately High


17
The calculated unintended combustible level is moderately higher than expected.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

003936.16

ECU 004334.00- DEF Dosing Unit Pressure Extremely High


17
The DEF dosing unit pressure is extremely high.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 388 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004334.00

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Informationin Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004334.01- DEF Dosing Unit Pressure Extremely Low


17
The DEF dosing unit pressure is extremely low.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004334.01

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Informationin Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004334.03- DEF Dosing Unit Signal Out of Range High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 389 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004334.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Informationin Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004334.04- DEF Dosing Unit Signal Out of Range Low


17
This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004334.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Informationin Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004334.11- DEF Dosing Unit Pressure Signal Fault


17
The DEF dosing unit failed to relieve system pressure during a shut-off sequence or a new suction sequence.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004334.11

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Informationin Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 390 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.


50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004334.16- DEF Dosing Unit Pressure Moderately High


17
The DEF dosing unit pressure is moderately high.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004334.16

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Informationin Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004334.18- DEF Dosing Unit Pressure Moderately Low


17
The DEF dosing unit pressure is moderately low.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004334.18

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Informationin Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004334.31- DEF Dosing Unit Pressure Fault


17
The DEF dosing unit pressure signal exceeds a threshold value during the suction process.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 391 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004334.31

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Informationin Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004341.05- DEF Dosing Unit Pressure Line Heater, Resistance Too High
17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004341.05

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see E5601 - DEF Dosing Unit Pressure Line Heater, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004341.06- DEF Dosing Unit Pressure Line Heater, Resistance Too Low
17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 392 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004341.06

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see E5601 - DEF Dosing Unit Pressure Line Heater, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004343.05- DEF Dosing Unit Return Line Heater, Resistance Too High
17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004343.05

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see E5602 - DEF Dosing Unit Return Line Heater, Component
Information , Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004343.06- DEF Dosing Unit Return Line Heater, Resistance Too Low
17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004343.06

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see E5602 - DEF Dosing Unit Return Line Heater, Component
Information , Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 393 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004345.05- DEF Dosing Unit Supply Line Heater, Resistance Too High
17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004345.05

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see E5603 - DEF Dosing Unit Supply Line Heater, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004345.06- DEF Dosing Unit Supply Line Heater, Resistance Too Low
17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004345.06

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see E5603 - DEF Dosing Unit Supply Line Heater, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004360.07- SCR Inlet Temperature Fault


17
The SCR temperature module has detected a problem with measuring the inlet temperature.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 394 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004360.07

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5212 - SCR Temperature Module, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 395 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 004360.12- SCR Inlet Temperature Faulty


17
The SCR temperature module has detected a problem with measuring the inlet temperature.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004360.12

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information in Section 249.
For details of location and information on components, see B5212 - SCR Temperature Module, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 396 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 004363.12- SCR Outlet Temperature Faulty


17
The SCR temperature module has detected a problem with measuring the outlet temperature.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004363.12

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information in Section 249.
For details of location and information on components, see B5212 - SCR Temperature Module, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 397 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 004364.01- Catalytic Converter Efficiency of SCR System Extremely Low


17
The NOx value at the outlet of the SCR system is too high.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004364.01

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5502 - Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For details of location and information on components, see B5503 - Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004364.17- Catalytic Converter Efficiency of SCR System Slightly Low


17
The NOx value at the outlet of the SCR system is too high to start regeneration.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004364.17

ECU 004364.18- Catalytic Converter Efficiency of SCR System Moderately Low


17
The NOx value at the outlet of the SCR system is too high to start regeneration.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004364.18

ECU 004366.05- DEF Tank Heater Coolant Valve, Resistance Too High
17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

0004366.05

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 398 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004366.06- DEF Tank Heater Coolant Valve, Resistance Too Low
17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

0004366.06

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004366.16- DEF Tank Heater Coolant Control Valve is Stuck Open
17
DEF tank temperature higher than expected.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

0004366.16

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004366.18- DEF Tank Heater Coolant Control Valve is Stuck Closed
17
Thawing of DEF tank takes too long.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 399 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

0004366.18

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004376.05- DEF Dosing Unit Reversing Valve, Resistance Too High
17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004376.05

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004376.06- DEF Dosing Unit Reversing Valve, Resistance Too Low
17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 400 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

004376.06

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004376.14- DEF Dosing System Powerdown Fault


17
The DEF dosing system could not be powered down properly.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004376.14

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004490.12- Intake Air Humidity Fault


17
The intake air sensor has detected a problem with measuring intake air humidity.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004490.12

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004765.00- DOC Inlet Temperature Extremely High


17
DOC inlet temperature higher than expected.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 401 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004765.00

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004765.12- DOC Inlet Temperature Fault


17
The exhaust filter temperature module has detected a problem with measuring DOC inlet temperature.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004765.12

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004766.12- DOC Outlet Temperature Fault


17
The exhaust filter temperature module has detected a problem with the DOC outlet temperature.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 402 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004766.12

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004766.15- DOC Outlet Temperature Slightly High


17
The DOC outlet temperature is slightly high.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004766.15

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004766.16- DOC Outlet Temperature Moderately High


17
The DOC outlet temperature is moderately high.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004766.16

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 403 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.


50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004766.17- DOC Outlet Temperature Slightly Low


17
The DOC outlet temperature is slightly low.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004766.17

ECU 004766.18- DOC Outlet Temperature Moderately Low


17
The DOC outlet temperature is moderately low.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004766.18

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 004795.13- Exhaust Filter Calibration Fault


17
Incorrect calibration code in ECU.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004795.13

ECU 004795.31- DPF Missing


17
Diesel particulate filter is missing.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

004795.31

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 404 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5109 - DPF Differential Pressure Sensor, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 005018.00- Calculated Unintended Combustibles in DOC Extremely High


17
The ECU has detected multiple times that the temperature differential between DOC inlet and DOC outlet indicates unintended
combustibles within the DOC.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

005018.00

ECU 005018.16- Calculated Unintended Combustibles in DOC Moderately High


17
The calculated unintended combustible level is moderately higher than expected.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

005018.16

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 405 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 005125.03- Sensor Supply Voltage 7 Out of Range High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

005125.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5103 - EGR Flow Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5104 - Manifold Air Pressure Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5105 - Crankcase Pressure Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 406 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 005125.04- Sensor Supply Voltage 7 Out of Range Low


17
This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

005125.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5103 - EGR Flow Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5104 - Manifold Air Pressure Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5105 - Crankcase Pressure Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 407 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 005126.03- Sensor Supply Voltage 8 Out of Range High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

005126.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5109 - DPF Differential Pressure Sensor, Component
Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5502 - Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5502 - Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5212 - SCR Temperature Module, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 408 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 005126.04- Sensor Supply Voltage 8 Out of Range Low


17
This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

005126.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5109 - DPF Differential Pressure Sensor, Component
Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5502 - Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5502 - Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5212 - SCR Temperature Module, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 409 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 005127.03- Sensor Supply Voltage 9 Out of Range High


17
This indicates a short to 12 V.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

005127.03

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5212 - SCR Temperature Module, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 410 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 005127.04- Sensor Supply Voltage 9 Out of Range Low


17
This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

005127.04

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5212 - SCR Temperature Module, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 411 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 005128.05- Sensor Supply Voltage 10, Resistance Too High


17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

005128.05

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5502 - Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5503 - Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 412 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 005128.06- Sensor Supply Voltage 10, Resistance Too Low


17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

005128.06

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5502 - Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5503 - Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 005298.01- Output of Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Extremely Low


17
The ECU has detected that the DOC efficiency is extremely low.

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

005298.01

ECU 005298.18- Efficiency of Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Moderately Low


17
This code is currently being used for engineering purposes only.
ECU 005435.06- Low Resistance in Pump Circuit of DEF Dosing Unit
17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

005435.06

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 413 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 005435.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from DEF Dosing Unit
17
Data transfer problem between the ECU and the DEF dosing unit.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

005435.09

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 005435.11- Fault in the Circuit of DEF Dosing Unit Pump


17
The DEF dosing unit pump motor is unable to build pressure when priming.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

005435.11

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 005435.14- DEF Dosing Unit Pump Motor Fault


17
The DEF dosing unit pump motor sends an incorrect signal.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 414 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

005435.14

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 005435.31- Fault in the DEF Dosing Unit Pump


17
Supply pressure of DEF dosing unit pump is unstable.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

005435.31

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 005571.05- High Resistance in Circuit for Fuel Rail Pressure Surge Relief Valve
17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 415 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

005571.05

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5024 - Fuel Rail Pressure Surge Relief Valve, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 005571.06- Low Resistance in Circuit for Fuel Rail Pressure Surge Relief Valve
17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

005571.06

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see Y5024 - Fuel Rail Pressure Surge Relief Valve, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 005743.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from SCR Temperature Module
17
Data transfer problem between the ECU and the SCR temperature module.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

005743.09

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5212 - SCR Temperature Module, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 416 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 005745.05- DEF Dosing Unit Heater, Resistance Too High


17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

005745.05

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 005745.06- DEF Dosing Unit Heater, Resistance Too Low


17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

005745.06

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 005745.18- DEF Dosing Unit Heater, Temperature Moderately Low


17
The DEF dosing unit heater outlet temperature is moderately low.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 417 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

005745.18

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 005745.31- DEF Dosing Unit Heater, Temperature Faulty


17
The DEF dosing unit heater on-time is faulty.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

005745.31

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 418 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 520629.31- Control Software, Internal Fault


17
ECU internal fault.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check control unit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 419 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 521192.11- Engine Shutdown, Time-Out


17
This diagnostic trouble code is generated when:
- the key is held in the ELX position for more than 2 seconds with the engine running.
- the voltage supply (ELX) is not present at the engine control unit, cab control unit or immobilizer control unit with the engine
running.
- the engine is started 7 times with the wrong key.
- communication via the CAN Bus is not possible.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the EIC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 3.

( 3 ) Check control unit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Perform 50ZZ - Immobilizer Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
On tractors with PowrReverser™ transmission, perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground
Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Control unit checked and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

ECU 521214.09- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Information from EIC Control Software
17
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the EIC control software and the ECU
control software. CAN Bus message (enable signal from immobilizer) sent by the EIC control software cannot be received.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 420 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 421 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 521214.14- VIN Information, Mismatch


17
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the vehicle identification number between the ECU control software and the EIC
control software does not match.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN Bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 212.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 422 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 521225.31- Crankshaft Speed Signal Invalid


17
The ECU detects an improper pattern or noise in the crankshaft speed signal with ignition ON (engine OFF).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Whenever processing of a diagnostic trouble code is completed, refresh the codes to determine which of the other codes are
still active.

1. ECU 000637.02
2. ECU 000637.05
3. ECU 000637.06
4. ECU 000637.07
5. ECU 000637.08
6. ECU 000637.10

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Read data point in Service ADVISOR

Action:

Connect Service ADVISOR and make connection.


Select data point for crankshaft speed.
With ignition ON (engine OFF), observe the data point and check whether rotational speed is displayed.

Result:

YES:No rotational speed available. GO TO 4 .

NO:Rotational speed available with ignition ON (engine OFF). An improper pattern or noise in the crankshaft speed signal is
possibly being transmitted by the wiring harness.

( 4 ) Check the control units

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 423 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Control unit checked and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

ECU 522494.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from Intake Air Sensor
17
Data transfer problem between the ECU and the intake air sensor.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

522494.09

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

ECU 522495.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from Exhaust Filter Temperature Module
17
Data transfer problem between the ECU and the exhaust filter temperature module.

IMPORTANT:

The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .

For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:

522495.09

Vehicle-related information in the diagnostics manual:

For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 424 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 523653.01- Supply Voltage (BAT) Too Low


17
Supply voltage (BAT) below 9 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the fuses and relays

Action:

1. F027 (BAT)
2. F028 (BAT)
3. F029 (BAT)
4. F03/11_LCS (ELX) (Cab)
5. F03/01_LCS (ELX) (Cab)
6. F03/06_LCS (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station)
7. F03/10_LCS (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station)
8. F07/2_LCS (ELX) (Cab)

Result:

YES:Fuses and relays are OK. GO TO 3

NO:Replace fuses and relays.

( 3 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 425 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 523653.14- Battery Disconnected


17
Control unit power-down circuit fault.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the tractor.

( 1 ) Battery Test

Action:

1. Make sure that the battery terminals are tightened, not corroded and not damaged. For details of location and
information on components, see G001 - Battery, Component Information in Section 249.
2. Check the voltage at the battery as follows:
Ignition switch OFF.
Using a multimeter, measure the voltage between the positive and the negative terminals.Check if the voltage
complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Battery
Terminals Voltage 11.5—12.5 V

Result:

YES:Battery is OK.• Perform A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Circuit Test in Section 240. • A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Wake-Up
and Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab),Theory of Operation , Section 240.

NO:Batter is not OK:• Charge or replace battery.• Perform G004 - Alternator (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240. • Perform G004 -
Alternator (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 426 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)

ECU 523665.01- Supply Voltage (BAT) Too Low


17
Supply voltage (BAT) below 9 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the fuses and relays

Action:

1. F027 (BAT)
2. F028 (BAT)
3. F029 (BAT)
4. F03/11_LCS (ELX) (Cab)
5. F03/01_LCS (ELX) (Cab)
6. F03/06_LCS (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station)
7. F03/10_LCS (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station)
8. F07/2_LCS (ELX) (Cab)

Result:

YES:Fuses and relays are OK. GO TO 3

NO:Replace fuses and relays.

( 3 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 427 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software

ECU 523666.01- Supply Voltage (BAT) Too Low


17
Supply voltage (BAT) below 9 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the fuses and relays

Action:

1. F027 (BAT)
2. F028 (BAT)
3. F029 (BAT)
4. F03/11_LCS (ELX) (Cab)
5. F03/01_LCS (ELX) (Cab)
6. F03/06_LCS (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station)
7. F03/10_LCS (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station)
8. F07/2_LCS (ELX) (Cab)

Result:

YES:Fuses and relays are OK. GO TO 3

NO:Replace fuses and relays.

( 3 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 428 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software

Group EIC - EIC Control Software


EIC 000166.14- Engine power, mismatch
304
The engine power information in the vehicle identification number is incorrect. This indicates an incorrect programming of the
EIC control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosis, Section 212.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• On tractors with cab, perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • On tractors with open
operator′s station, perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 429 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software

EIC 000628.02- Control Software, Internal Error


304
Error when reading the internal module (EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the transmission.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears.• On tractors with cab, program the cab control unit. See Program Control Units in
Section 245. • On tractors with open operator′s station, program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245.
• Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check control unit

Action:

On tractors with cab, perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
On tractors with open operator′s station, perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 430 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software

EIC 000630.13- Control Software, Internal Fault


304
One or more of the functions in the control software active, but not yet calibrated.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the transmission.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears.• On tractors with cab, program the cab control unit. See Program Control Units in
Section 245. • On tractors with open operator′s station, program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245.
• Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check control unit

Action:

On tractors with cab, perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
On tractors with open operator′s station, perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

EIC 002000.09- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Information from ECU Control Software
304
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the EIC control software and the ECU
control software. Reception of messages sent on the CAN BUS by the ECU control software is intermittent or non-existent.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 431 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software

EIC 002007.09- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Information from RPT Control Software
304
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the EIC control software and the RPT
control software. Reception of messages sent on the CAN bus by the RPT control software is intermittent or non-existent.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

EIC 002029.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from Immobilizer Control Unit
304
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the EIC control software and the
immobilizer control unit. Reception of messages sent on the CAN bus by the immobilizer control unit is intermittent or non-
existent.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 432 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software

EIC 002029.12- Incorrect Information from Immobilizer Control Unit


304
The immobilizer is not activated in the tractor configuration. This indicates that there is an incorrect or faulty programming of
the EIC control software or the key cannot be detected.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the immobilizer

Action:

Perform 50FB - Immobilizer, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Program the control unit

Action:

On tractors with cab, program the cab control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245.
On tractors with open operator′s station, program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check control unit

Action:

On tractors with cab, perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
On tractors with open operator′s station, perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 433 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software

EIC 002140.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from AIC Control Software
304
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the EIC control software and the AIC control
software. Reception of messages sent on the CAN bus by the AIC control software is intermittent or non-existent.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

EIC 002185.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from ICA Control Software
304
Data transfer problem between the EIC control software and ICA control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in
the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 434 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software

EIC 003695.14- Automatic Exhaust Filter Cleaning Deactivated


304
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the EIC control software detects an excessive soot level in the exhaust filter.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Activate automatic exhaust filter cleaning

Action:

1. Activate automatic exhaust filter cleaning.


→NOTE: The instructions for accessing the engine menu in the digital display are in the operator′s
manual of the corresponding model under exhaust filter cleaning system.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 435 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software

EIC 003719.15- Automatic Exhaust Filter Cleaning not Completed


304
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the EIC control software detects that the active exhaust filter cleaning is not
completed.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Increase engine speed

Action:

1. During exhaust filter cleaning, maintain an engine speed of at least 1000 rpm.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem exists. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Perform exhaust filter cleaning

Action:

1. Perform exhaust filter cleaning with tractor parked.


→NOTE: The instructions for accessing the engine menu in the digital display are in the operator′s
manual of the corresponding model under exhaust filter cleaning system.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 436 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software

EIC 521192.11- VIN Information, Mismatch


304
The vehicle identification number between the EIC control software and the ICA control software does not match. This
diagnostic trouble code is only generated for vehicles without immobilizer.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosis, Section 212.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• On tractors with cab, perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • On tractors with open
operator′s station, perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 437 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software

EIC 521192.12- VIN Information, Mismatch


304
The vehicle identification number between the EIC control software and the ECU control software does not match. This
diagnostic trouble code is only generated for vehicles without immobilizer.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosis, Section 212.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• On tractors with cab, perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • On tractors with open
operator′s station, perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 438 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software

EIC 521192.13- VIN Information, Mismatch


304
The vehicle identification number between the EIC control software and the ECU control software does not match. This
diagnostic trouble code is only generated for vehicles with immobilizer.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosis, Section 212.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• On tractors with cab, perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • On tractors with open
operator′s station, perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 439 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software

EIC 521214.02- Immobilizer, Fault


304
EIC receives invalid authentication message from ICA.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the immobilizer.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check immobilizer keys

Action:

Perform 50FB - Immobilizer, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check control unit for immobilizer

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Immobilizer Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 440 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software

EIC 521214.12- VIN Information, Mismatch


304
The vehicle identification number between the EIC control software and the ICA control software does not match. This
diagnostic trouble code is only generated for vehicles without immobilizer.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosis, Section 212.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• On tractors with cab, perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • On tractors with open
operator′s station, perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 441 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software

EIC 521214.11- Immobilizer, Fault


304
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the immobilizer control unit or the immobilizer key is unknown. This indicates an
incorrect programming of the immobilizer control unit or the immobilizer key.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the immobilizer.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check immobilizer keys

Action:

Perform 50FB - Immobilizer, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check control unit for immobilizer

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Immobilizer Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 442 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software

EIC 521214.31- Memory Information Invalid


304
The information in the memory for the immobilizer in the EIC control software is invalid. This indicates an incorrect
programming of the EIC control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the transmission.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears.• Program instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check control unit

Action:

On tractors with cab, perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
On tractors with open operator′s station, perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

EIC 521321.09- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Information from Immobilizer


304
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the EIC control software and the
immobilizer control unit. CAN BUS message (key ID) sent by the immobilizer control unit cannot be received.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 443 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 444 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software

EIC 521321.12- Immobilizer key unknown


304
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the immobilizer control unit detects that the immobilizer key is unknown. This
indicates an incorrectly programmed ID of the immobilizer key.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the immobilizer.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check immobilizer keys

Action:

Perform 50FB - Immobilizer, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 445 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software

EIC 521322.07- Faulty immobilizer antenna


304
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the immobilizer control unit detects that the immobilizer antenna is not present or
is faulty.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the immobilizer.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform W28 - Antenna for Immobilizer, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace antenna, see W28 - Antenna for Immobilizer, and perform an operational
checkout.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 446 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software

EIC 521322.31- Immobilizer key chip fault


304
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the immobilizer control unit detects that the chip of the immobilizer key is missing
or not programmed.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the immobilizer.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check immobilizer keys

Action:

Perform 50FB - Immobilizer, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 447 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software

EIC 523702.14- VIN Information, Mismatch


304
The engine power information in the vehicle identification number is incorrect. This indicates an incorrect programming of the
EIC control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosis, Section 212.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• On tractors with cab, perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • On tractors with open
operator′s station, perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 448 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

EIC 523702.31- Memory Information Invalid


304
The information in the memory of the EIC control software is invalid. This indicates an incorrect programming of the EIC control
software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears.• Program instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check control unit

Action:

On tractors with cab, perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
On tractors with open operator′s station, perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 449 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

Group FCC - FCC Control Software


FCC 000158.00- Instrument Unit, Supply Voltage (ELX) Too High
305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the supply voltage (ELX) is above 15.5 V with an
engine speed above 500 rpm.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit in Section
240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 450 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 000158.01- Instrument Unit, Supply Voltage (ELX) Too Low


305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the supply voltage (ELX) is below 12.5 V with an
engine speed above 1500 rpm.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit in Section
240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 451 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 000158.17- Instrument Unit, Supply Voltage (ELX) Too Low


305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the supply voltage (ELX) is below 11.2 V with an
engine speed under 500 rpm.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit in Section
240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 452 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 000158.18- Instrument Unit, Supply Voltage (ELX) Too Low


305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the supply voltage (ELX) is below 11.2 V with an
engine speed between 500 and 1500 rpm.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit in Section
240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 453 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 000168.18- Instrument Unit, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too Low


305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the supply voltage (BAT) is below 10 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit in Section
240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 454 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 000237.02- VIN Information, Mismatch


305
Vehicle identification number from at least one other control software not identical.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ -Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 455 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 000237.14- VIN Information, System Disabled


305
Unable to verify the vehicle identification number due to an internal problem. This indicates an incorrect reprogramming of the
control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ -Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 456 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 000237.31- VIN Information, Incorrect


305
Vehicle identification number from at least one other control software not received or received incorrectly.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ -Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 457 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 000444.03- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too High


305
Supply voltage (BAT) above 16 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 458 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 000444.04- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too Low


305
Supply voltage (BAT) below 9 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 459 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 000628.02- Control Software, Internal Error


305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there was an error reading the internal module
(EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program instrument unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 460 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 000629.12- Control Software, Internal Error


305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that too much time has elapsed internally (watchdog).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program instrument unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 461 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 000630.02- Control Software, Internal Error


305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is an incorrect entry in the internal memory.
Reprogram the control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program instrument unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 462 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 000630.12- Control Software, Internal Error


305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is an incorrect entry in the internal memory.
Reprogram the control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program instrument unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 463 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 000630.13- Control Software, Internal Error


305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is an incorrect entry in the internal memory.
Reprogram the control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program instrument unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.

FCC 000639.12- 500 kBd vehicle CAN BUS, high error rate
305
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software determines that too many incorrect CAN BUS messages are
received or if there is a general problem in the connection to the 500 kBd vehicle CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 464 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

FCC 000639.14- CAN BUS - vehicle (500 kBd), Very high error rate
305
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software determines that too many incorrect CAN BUS messages are
received or if there is a general problem in the connection to the 500 kBd vehicle CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

FCC 002003.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from PTQ Control Software
305
Data transfer problem between the FCC control software and PTQ control software (PowrQuad™ transmission). This indicates a
problem in the CAN bus or in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 465 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 002005.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from TIQ control software
305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the FCC control software. Reception of one, several, or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the TIQ
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 466 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 002145.06- Control Software FCC, Current Too High


305
Total current at control unit input is too high. This indicates a short to ground in one of the control unit circuits. The FCC control
software shuts down its functions one after the other.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the FCC control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program instrument unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 467 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 002368.03- Left Turn-Signal Light, Voltage Too High


305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the output to the turn-signal light
(left) is too high. This indicates that the sensor circuit is open or shorted to a positive lead in the sensor circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the turn-signal light.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform H034 - Left Front Turn-Signal Light, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform H035 - Left Rear Turn-Signal Light, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform X883F - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:• All circuits within specification. Check the implement and perform an operational check.• Problem still exists. Perform
General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 468 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 002368.05- Left Turn-Signal Light, Current Too Low


305
Defective bulb on the tractor, defective bulb on the implement, or open circuit

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the turn-signal light.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform H034 - Left Front Turn-Signal Light, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform H035 - Left Rear Turn-Signal Light, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform X883F - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Check the implement and perform an operational check.• Problem still exists. Perform
troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 469 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 002368.06- Left Turn-Signal Light, Current Too High


305
Circuit shorted to ground

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the turn-signal light.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform H034 - Left Front Turn-Signal Light, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform H035 - Left Rear Turn-Signal Light, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform X883F - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Check the implement and perform an operational check.• Problem still exists. Perform
troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 470 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 002370.03- Right Turn-Signal Light, Voltage Too High


305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the output to the turn-signal light
(right) is too high. This indicates that the sensor circuit is open or shorted to a positive lead in the sensor circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the turn-signal light.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform H042 - Right Front Turn-Signal Light, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform H043 - Right Rear Turn-Signal Light, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform X883F - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:• All circuits within specification. Check the implement and perform an operational check.• Problem still exists. Perform
General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 471 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 002370.05- Right Turn-Signal Light, Current Too Low


305
Defective bulb on the tractor, defective bulb on the implement, or open circuit

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the turn-signal light.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform H042 - Right Front Turn-Signal Light, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform H043 - Right Rear Turn-Signal Light, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform X883F - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Check the implement and perform an operational check.• Problem still exists. Perform
troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 472 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 002370.06- Right Turn-Signal Light, Current Too High


305
Circuit shorted to ground

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the turn-signal light.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform H042 - Right Front Turn-Signal Light, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform H043 - Right Rear Turn-Signal Light, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform X883F - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Check the implement and perform an operational check.• Problem still exists. Perform
troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 473 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 002825.13- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from PTQ control software
305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the PTQ
control software and the FCC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the PTQ
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 474 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 002825.31- Forward/reverse lever, Malfunction


305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there are incorrect values when the direction of
travel is in neutral or reverse travel position.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the forward/reverse lever.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform LHR - Reverse drive lever (PowrQuad™ transmission), Circuit testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace lever, see LHR - Reverse drive lever, and perform an operational check.•
Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General information, Electrical system, Troubleshooting unsolved problems in
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 475 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 002826.31- Forward/reverse lever, Malfunction


305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects two positions of the forward/reverse lever.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the forward/reverse lever.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform LHR - Reverse drive lever (PowrQuad™ transmission), Circuit testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace lever, see LHR - Reverse drive lever, and perform an operational check.•
Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General information, Electrical system, Troubleshooting unsolved problems in
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 476 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 002828.31- Reverse drive lever, power-zero switch, move switch and either the forward or reverse switch
are activated simultaneously for too long a period.
305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the control software receives a switch combination
from an undefined position of the forward/reverse lever (intermediate position) over a longer period of time. The signal of one
direction switch (forward travel or reverse travel) is received together with the signal of a tractor movement switch or of the
power zero switch for too long. This diagnostic trouble code can also be generated if the forward/reverse lever is held in an
intermediate position for too long. For this reason, diagnosis only needs to be performed if one or more related faults occur in
conjunction with this code.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the forward/reverse lever.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform LHR - Reverse drive lever (PowrQuad™ transmission), Circuit testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace lever, see LHR - Reverse drive lever, and perform an operational check.•
Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General information, Electrical system, Troubleshooting unsolved problems in
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 477 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 002829.31- Reverse drive lever, park lock switch, and neutral switch or power zero switch are activated
simultaneously for too long a period
305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the control software receives a switch combination
from an undefined position of the forward/reverse lever (intermediate position) over a longer period of time. The signal of one
park lock switch (corner park or center park) is received together with the signal of the neutral switch or of the power zero
switch for too long. This diagnostic trouble code can also be generated if the forward/reverse lever is held in an intermediate
position for too long. For this reason, diagnosis only needs to be performed if one or more related faults occur in conjunction
with this code.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the forward/reverse lever.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform LHR - Reverse drive lever (PowrQuad™ transmission), Circuit testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace lever, see LHR - Reverse drive lever, and perform an operational check.•
Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General information, Electrical system, Troubleshooting unsolved problems in
Section 210.

FCC 002863.02- Windshield Wiper Switch, Fault


305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a faulty configuration of the control software is detected. Check the settings and
reprogram the control unit, if necessary.
FCC 002865.02- Rear Window Wiper Switch, Fault
305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a faulty configuration of the control software is detected. Check the settings and
reprogram the control unit, if necessary.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 478 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 002872.02- Light Switch, Fault


305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that several implausible input signals are received from
the light switch at the same time. This indicates a defective light switch or a fault in the circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the lights.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform S009 - Light Switch, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check. See S009 - Light Switch,
Circuit Test in Section 240. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 479 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 002876.02- Turn-Signal Lever, Fault


305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers an unrealistic value (left and right turn signal at the
same time).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the turn signal.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform S008 - Switch for Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Perform S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace S127 - Turn-Signal Lever or S008 - Switch for Turn-Signal Lights (Open
Operator′s Station) and perform an operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information,
Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 480 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 003353.31- Alternator, Fault


305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the ECU control software detects that the alternator is not being driven. This may
be caused by a defective alternator, worn or defective belt or other components that are driven by the belt.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the alternator.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform G004 - Alternator (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.


Perform G004 - Alternator (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace G004 - Alternator and perform an operational check.• Problem still exists.
Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 481 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 003598.06- Wakeup Signal, Current Too High


305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the current at the output to the wakeup signal is
too high. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Circuit for Wake-Up Signal (Cab), Circuit Test, Section 240.

Perform 50ZZ - Circuit for Wake-Up Signal (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 482 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 516810.06- Neutral Indicator in the Reverse Drive Lever, Current too High
305
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the current at the output to the neutral indicator
in the reverse lever is too high. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 483 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 522122.31- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from PTA or PTQ control software
305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the PTA
or PTQ control software and the FCC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the
PTA or PTQ control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates
a problem in the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 484 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 522123.31- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from PTA or PTQ control software
305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the PTA
or PTQ control software and the FCC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the
PTA or PTQ control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates
a problem in the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 485 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 522124.31- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from PTA or PTQ control software
305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the PTA
or PTQ control software and the FCC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the
PTA or PTQ control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates
a problem in the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 486 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 522125.31- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from PTA or PTQ control software
305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the PTA
or PTQ control software and the FCC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the
PTA or PTQ control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates
a problem in the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 487 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 522358.31- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from PTA or PTQ control software
305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the PTA
or PTQ control software and the FCC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the
PTA or PTQ control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates
a problem in the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

FCC 524020.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Forward/reverse lever not in neutral position during start-up
305
The operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the control software detects that the forward, reverse, or not-
neutral switch is active during start-up. It may also be that an operator error has occurred: Forward/reverse lever not in neutral
position during start-up.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 488 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software

FCC 524022.31- Forward/reverse lever, Malfunction


305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is no position of the forward/reverse lever.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the forward/reverse lever.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform LHR - Reverse drive lever (PowrQuad™ transmission), Circuit testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace lever, see LHR - Reverse drive lever, and perform an operational check.•
Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General information, Electrical system, Troubleshooting unsolved problems in
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 489 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

FCC 524264.02- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from PTQ control software
305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the PTQ
control software and the FCC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the PTQ
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 490 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

Group HCC - HCC Control Software


HCC 000168.04- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too Low
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the supply voltage (BAT) is below 9 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

HCC 000190.02- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Engine speed too low during the calibration
241
This operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the control software detects that the engine speed is too low
during calibration.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 491 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 000444.03- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT on Pin J4) Too High
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers a supply voltage (BAT) of more than 18 V at pin J4.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 492 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 000444.04- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT on Pin J4) Too Low
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers a supply voltage (BAT) of less than 9 V at pin J4.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 493 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 000629.12- Control Software, Internal Error


241
A fault occurred when the software was launched.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program rear chassis control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245.

NO:Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Program and replace rear chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 494 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 000630.13- Control Software Not or Incorrectly Calibrated


241
Rear Hitch Not Calibrated or Calibration Faulty Recalibrate rear hitch.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

HCC 001638.02- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Transmission Oil Temperature Too Low During Calibration
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if an oil temperature below 50° C (122° F) is registered while the hitch control lever is
being calibrated. A low oil temperature may adversely affect the calibration process. During calibration, the transmission oil
temperature can drop below 50 °C (122 °F). For this reason, the transmission oil temperature ought to be heated to well over
50 °C (122 °F) so that this diagnostic trouble code is not triggered.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 495 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 001873.02- Sensor for Hitch Position Out of Valid Range


241
Sensor for hitch position was not calibrated or excessive voltage is being applied.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Calibrate sensor for hitch position

Action:

Calibrate the sensor for hitch position, see HCC 020 - Hitch, Calibration in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:GO TO 3

( 3 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace position sensor of rear hitch and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 496 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 001873.03- Hitch Position Sensor, Voltage Too High


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects a voltage above 4.75 V at the input of the hitch
position sensor. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace position sensor of rear hitch and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 497 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 001873.04- Hitch Position Sensor, Voltage Too Low


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects a voltage under 0.25 V at the input of the hitch position
sensor. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace position sensor of rear hitch and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 498 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 001873.11- Hitch position sensor, Metering range too small


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the metering range of the hitch position sensor is
too small.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace position sensor of rear hitch and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

HCC 001873.13- Hitch position sensor not or incorrectly calibrated


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the hitch position sensor is not or incorrectly
calibrated. Recalibrate hitch.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 499 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 001873.31- Hitch Position Sensor, Fault


241
Circuit of the sensor for hitch position is open.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace position sensor of rear hitch and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 500 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 001881.03- Draft Sensor, Voltage Too High


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the signal input of the draft sensor
is too high (above 4.75 V). This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Cab:

Perform B019 - Right Draft Sensor(Cab), Circuit Test in Section 240.

Perform B020 - Left Draft Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B041 - Draft Sensor (Cab) (6155M - 6195M), Circuit Test , Section 240.

OOS:

Perform B019 - Right Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B020 - Left Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B041 - Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station) (6155M), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace draft sensor of the rear hitch and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 501 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 001881.04- Draft Sensor, Voltage Too Low


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the signal input of the draft sensor
is too low (below 0.25 V). This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Cab:

Perform B019 - Right Draft Sensor(Cab), Circuit Test in Section 240.

Perform B020 - Left Draft Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B041 - Draft Sensor (Cab) (6155M - 6195M), Circuit Test , Section 240.

OOS:

Perform B019 - Right Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B020 - Left Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B041 - Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station) (6155M), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace draft sensor of the rear hitch and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 502 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 001881.13- Draft Sensor Out of Range


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage of the draft sensor is out of range.
The valid range with no load on hitch is between 1.90 and 2.40 volts. Recalibrate hitch.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Cab:

Perform B019 - Right Draft Sensor(Cab), Circuit Test in Section 240.

Perform B020 - Left Draft Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B041 - Draft Sensor (Cab) (6155M - 6195M), Circuit Test , Section 240.

OOS:

Perform B019 - Right Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B020 - Left Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B041 - Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station) (6155M), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition and recalibrate as needed and perform an operational
check.• All circuits are within specification. Replace the draft sensor of the rear hitch, recalibrate, and perform an operational
check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 503 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 002049.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from OIC Control Software
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the OIQ
control software and the HCC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the OIC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN bus.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 504 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 002071.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from CCU Control Software
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the CCU
control software and the HCC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the CCU
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN bus or in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 505 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 002139.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from CSM Control Software
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the CSM
control software and the HCC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the CSM
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN bus.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 506 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 002140.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from AIC Control Software
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the AIC
control software and the HCC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the AIC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN bus or in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

HCC 002152.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from HV1 Control Software
241
Data transfer problem between the HCC control software and HV1 control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

HCC 002602.18- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Low transmission oil level


241
This operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the control software detects that the transmission oil level is
too low.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 507 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 003509.03- 5-volt supply voltage, Voltage too high


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is more than 5.25 V measured at the
positive voltage supply lead for 5-volt components. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check
whether the system voltage is within specification, see 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit in
Section 240.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 508 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 003509.04- 5-volt supply voltage, Voltage too low


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is less than 4.65 V measured at the positive
voltage supply lead for 5-volt components. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check
whether the system voltage is within specification, see 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit in
Section 240.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 509 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 003509.06- 5-volt supply voltage, Current too high


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the current at the connecting leads for the 5-volt
supply voltage is too high. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check
whether the system voltage is within specification, see 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit in
Section 240.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 510 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 520285.02- Hitch Lock Switch, Error


241
No valid data received from the hitch lock switch on the LIN Bus.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Hitch lock function is deactivated.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the LIN Bus

Action:

1. Check all LIN Bus connections.


2. Check all the connections on the control unit and the hitch control module.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. See Electrical System - LIN Bus Systems, Summary of Referencesin Section 240.

NO:Problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 511 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 520285.09- Incorrect LIN Bus Message from Hitch Lock Switch
241
No valid data received from the hitch lock switch on the LIN Bus.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Hitch lock function is deactivated.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the LIN Bus

Action:

1. Check all LIN Bus connections.


2. Check all the connections on the control unit and the hitch control module.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. See Electrical System - LIN Bus Systems, Summary of Referencesin Section 240.

NO:Problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 512 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 520286.02- Quick Raise/Lower Switch for Lower End Point, Error
241
No valid data received from quick raise/lower switch for lower end point.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: The quick raise/lower switch function is deactivated.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the LIN Bus

Action:

1. Check all LIN Bus connections.


2. Check all the connections on the control unit and the hitch control module.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. See Electrical System - LIN Bus Systems, Summary of Referencesin Section 240.

NO:Problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 513 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 520286.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message from Quick Raise and Lower Switch for Lower Stop
241
No valid data received via the CAN bus from quick raise/lower switch for lower stop.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: The quick raise/lower switch function is deactivated.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the CAN bus

Action:

1. Check all CAN bus connections.


2. Check all the connections on the control unit and the hitch control module.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. See CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

NO:Problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 514 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 520870.02- Control Software, Internal Error


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there was an error reading the internal module
(EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 515 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 520871.02- Control Software, Internal Error


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there was an error reading the internal module
(EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 516 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 521000.02- Switch for Hitch Remote Control (Right/Left), Fault


241
An incorrect signal was received from the switch for hitch remote control (right/left).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the switch for hitch remote control (right/left).

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Cab:

Perform S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform S023 - Switch for Remote Control of Rear Hitch (Right), Circuit Test , Section 240.

OOS:

Perform S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace remote control switch of rear hitch and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 517 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 521000.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from Switch for Hitch Remote Control (Right/Left) from
OIC Control Software
241
Data transfer problem between the HCC control software and OIC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the switch for hitch remote control (right/left).

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Cab:

Perform S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform S023 - Switch for Remote Control of Rear Hitch (Right), Circuit Test , Section 240.

OOS:

Perform S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace remote control switch of rear hitch and perform an operational check.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 518 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 521000.31- Switch for Hitch Remote Control (Right/Left), Fault


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects a signal from the right and the left switch for remote
control of the hitch.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the remote control of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Cab:

Perform S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform S023 - Switch for Remote Control of Rear Hitch (Right), Circuit Test , Section 240.

OOS:

Perform S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace remote control switch of rear hitch and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

HCC 521001.02- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Raise Valve), Disrupted Signal during Calibration
241
During calibration, an excessive current increase was detected in the stepper motor for the hitch when raising. This may
indicate a defective circuit on the hitch′s stepper motor or a mechanical defect on the raise valve.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 519 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Recalibrate the hitch and perform an operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 520 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 521001.05- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Raise Valve), Current Too Low
241
Circuit current too low. This indicates an open circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the draft sensor (right) of the rear hitch and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 521 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 521001.06- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Raise Valve), Current Too High
241
Circuit current too high. This indicates a short to ground or a mechanical defect in the hitch stepper motor or the raise valve.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the draft sensor (right) of the rear hitch and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 522 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 521001.07- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Raise Valve), Fault


241
Current in circuit too high during valve reset. This may indicate a mechanical defect in the raise valve.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the draft sensor (right) of the rear hitch and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

HCC 521001.11- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Raise Valve), Fault


241
The valve travel set for the raise valve is greater than the calibrated valve travel.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Recalibrate the hitch and perform an operational check.

HCC 521001.13- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Raise Valve) Not Calibrated
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 523 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
241
The valve travel set for the raise valve is outside the calibrated range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Recalibrate the hitch and perform an operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 524 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 521002.03- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Lower Valve), Voltage Too High
241
Circuit open or shorted to 12 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the draft sensor (right) of the rear hitch and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 525 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 521002.04- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Lower Valve), Voltage Too Low
241
Voltage at the input of the stepper motor for hitch (raise valve) is too low. This indicates a short to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the draft sensor (right) of the rear hitch and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 526 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 521002.05- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Lower Valve), Current Too Low
241
Circuit current too low. This indicates an open circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the draft sensor (right) of the rear hitch and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 527 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 521002.06- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Lower Valve), Current Too High
241
Circuit current too high. This indicates a short to ground or a mechanical defect in the hitch stepper motor or the raise valve.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the draft sensor (right) of the rear hitch and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 528 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 521002.07- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Lower Valve), Fault


241
Current in circuit too high during valve reset. This may indicate a mechanical defect in the raise valve.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the draft sensor (right) of the rear hitch and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

HCC 521002.11- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Lower Valve), Fault


241
The valve travel set for the raise valve is greater than the calibrated valve travel.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Recalibrate the hitch and perform an operational check.

HCC 521002.13- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Lower Valve) Not Calibrated
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 529 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
241
The valve travel set for the raise valve is outside the calibrated range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Recalibrate the hitch and perform an operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 530 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 521408.02- Rear Hitch Lower Switch, Fault


241
CAN message from rear hitch lower switch is not valid.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace position sensor of rear hitch and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 531 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 521408.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message: Rear Hitch Lower Switch
241
CAN bus message from lower switch of rear hitch was not received.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace position sensor of rear hitch and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 210.

HCC 521421.09- Rear Hitch Encoder Lower Message Missing


241
The Hitch Encoder lower message missing for longer than 400 milliseconds

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 532 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 521421.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message: Encoder for Lowering Rear Hitch
241
Hitch encoder is reporting a CAN data error, check AIC for what specific error condition exists.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

HCC 521421.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Rear Hitch Encoder Lower Data Fault
241
Data for the control knob for lowering has not been received via the CAN bus.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

HCC 521422.09- Rear Hitch Encoder Raise Message Missing


241
The Hitch Encoder Raise message missing for longer than 400 milliseconds

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 533 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

HCC 521422.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message: Rear Hitch Encoder Raise
241
The rear hitch control knob signals a CAN bus error; check AIC for special fault conditions.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

HCC 521422.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Rear Hitch Encoder Raise Data Fault
241
Data for the control knob for raising has not been received via the CAN bus.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

HCC 521475.09- Rear Hitch Load Depth Encoder Increase Message Missing
241
The Hitch Load Depth Increase message missing for longer than 400 milliseconds

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 534 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

HCC 521475.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message: Rear Hitch Load Depth Encoder Increase
241
The rear hitch control knob for draft response / hitch control signals a CAN bus error; check AIC for special fault conditions.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

HCC 521475.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Rear Hitch Load Depth Encoder Increase Data Fault
241
Data for the control knob for draft response / hitch control has not been received via a CAN bus.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

HCC 521476.09- Rear Hitch Height Limit Increase Message Missing


241

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 535 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

The Hitch Height Limit Increase message missing for longer than 400 milliseconds.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

HCC 521476.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message: Rear Hitch Height Limit Encoder Increase
241
The rear hitch control knob for raise limit signals a CAN bus error; check AIC for special fault conditions.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

HCC 521476.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Rear Hitch Height Limit Encoder Increase Data Fault
241
Data for the control knob for raise limit has not been received via a CAN bus.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 536 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

HCC 521477.09- Rear Hitch Load Depth Encoder Decrease Message Missing
241
The Hitch Load Depth Decrease message missing for longer than 400 milliseconds

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

HCC 521477.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message: Rear Hitch Load Depth Encoder Decrease
241
The rear hitch control knob for draft response / hitch control signals a CAN bus error; check AIC for special fault conditions.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

HCC 521477.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Rear Hitch Load Depth Encoder Decrease Data Fault
241
Hitch Load Depth Encoder data has not been received via CAN message

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 537 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

HCC 521478.09- Rear Hitch Drop Rate Encoder Decrease Message Missing
241
The Hitch Drop Rate Decrease message missing for longer than 400 milliseconds.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

HCC 521478.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message: Rear Hitch Drop Rate Encoder, Decrease
241
The rear hitch control knob for rate of drop signals a CAN bus error; check AIC for special fault conditions.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

HCC 521478.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Reduce data error of the rear hitch control knob for rate of drop.
241

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 538 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

Data for the control knob of the rate of drop has not been received via the CAN bus.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

HCC 521479.09- Rear Hitch Height Limit Encoder Decrease Message Missing
241
The Hitch Height Limit Decrease message missing for longer than 400 milliseconds

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

HCC 521479.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message: Rear Hitch Height Limit Encoder Decrease
241
The rear hitch control knob for raise limit signals a CAN bus error; check AIC for special fault conditions.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 539 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

HCC 521479.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Reduce data error of the rear hitch control knob for raise limit.
241
Data for the control knob for raise limit has not been received via a CAN bus message.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

HCC 521480.09- Rear Hitch Drop Rate Encoder Increase Message Missing
241
The Hitch Drop Rate Increase message missing for longer than 400 milliseconds

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

HCC 521480.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message: Rear Hitch Drop Rate Encoder, Decrease
241
The rear hitch control knob for rate of drop signals a CAN bus error; check AIC for special fault conditions.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 540 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

HCC 521480.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Reduce data error of the rear hitch control knob for rate of drop.
241
Data for the control knob of the rate of drop has not been received via a CAN bus message.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 541 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 522390.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from Implement


241
The diagnostic trouble code is issued when the control software detects that no valid information is being received from the
implement via the implement CAN bus.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: All functions of the Tractor-Implement Automation™ are deactivated.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the implement

Action:

1. Check all CAN bus connections on the implement.


2. Check all connectors of the control units (ground and voltage supply) on the implement.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

NO:Problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 542 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 522390.11- Tractor-Implement Automation™, Fault


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the come-home mode is activated. This
deactivates all functions of the Tractor-Implement Automation™.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: All functions of the Tractor-Implement Automation™ are deactivated.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the implement

Action:

1. Check all CAN bus connections on the implement.


2. Check all connectors of the control units (ground and voltage supply) on the implement.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

NO:Problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

HCC 523652.02- Control Unit Connected to Wrong Wiring Harness Connector


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an erroneous signal in the circuit of the control unit
identification during initialization (the power-up after ignition ON).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 543 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 523701.05- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Coil 1), Open Circuit
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the current at the output to the stepper motor for
the hitch (coil 1) is too low. This indicates that there is an open circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace stepper motor of the hitch and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 544 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 523701.06- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Coil 1), Current Too High
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the current at the output to the stepper motor for
the hitch (coil 1) is too high. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace stepper motor of the hitch and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 545 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 523703.03- Draft Sensor (Right), Voltage Too High


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the signal input of the draft sensor
(right) is too high (above 4.75 V). This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Cab:

Perform B019 - Draft Sensor (Right), Circuit Test, Section 240.

Perform B020 - Left Draft Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

OOS:

Perform B019 - Right Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B020 - Left Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the draft sensor (right) of the rear hitch and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 546 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 523703.04- Draft Sensor (Right), Voltage Too Low


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the signal input of the draft sensor
(right) is too low (below 0.25 V). This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Cab:

Perform B019 - Draft Sensor (Right), Circuit Test, Section 240.

Perform B020 - Left Draft Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

OOS:

Perform B019 - Right Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B020 - Left Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the draft sensor (right) of the rear hitch and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 547 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 523703.13- Draft Sensor (Right) Out of Range


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the draft sensor (right) voltage is out of range.
The valid range with no load on hitch is between 1.90 and 2.40 volts. Recalibrate hitch.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Cab:

Perform B019 - Draft Sensor (Right), Circuit Test, Section 240.

Perform B020 - Left Draft Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

OOS:

Perform B019 - Right Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B020 - Left Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the draft sensor (right) of the rear hitch and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

HCC 523714.31- Solenoid Valve for Draft Link Stabilizer (No-Float Position), Fault
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a faulty configuration of the control software is detected. Check the settings and
reprogram the control unit, if necessary.
HCC 523715.31- Solenoid Valve for Draft Link Stabilizer (Float Position), Fault
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a faulty configuration of the control software is detected. Check the settings and
reprogram the control unit, if necessary.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 548 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 523751.05- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Coil 2), Open Circuit
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the current at the output to the stepper motor for
the hitch (coil 2) is too low. This indicates that there is an open circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace stepper motor of the hitch and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 549 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 523751.06- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Coil 2), Current Too High
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the current at the output to the stepper motor for
the hitch (coil 2) is too high. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace stepper motor of the hitch and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

HCC 523788.02- Configuration of the Hitch Options, Outside the Valid Range
241
PIN configuration for optional rear hitch functions has changed since the last start.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Check PIN configuration of rear hitch configuration.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 550 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 523788.14- Configuration of the Hitch Options, Fault


241
The configuration of the rear hitch has changed since the last start, and has not been reset.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reset PIN configuration of rear hitch configuration.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 551 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 523832.03- Rate-of-Drop Potentiometer, Voltage Too High


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the signal lead of the rate-of-drop
potentiometer is above 4.50 V. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace position feedback unit of the rear hitch, calibrate hitch, and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 552 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 523832.04- Rate-of-Drop Potentiometer, Voltage Too Low


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the signal lead of the rate-of-drop
potentiometer is below 0.50 V. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace position feedback unit of the rear hitch, calibrate hitch, and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

HCC 523832.13- Rate-of-Drop Potentiometer, Out of Range


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the range of the rate-of-drop potentiometer is too
small or too large. The hitch control lever needs to be recalibrated.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 553 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Recalibrate the hitch control and perform an operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 554 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 523833.03- Raise Limit Potentiometer, Voltage Too High


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects a voltage above 4.50 V at the signal lead of the raise
limit potentiometer. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace position feedback unit of the rear hitch, calibrate hitch, and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 555 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 523833.04- Raise Limit Potentiometer, Voltage Too Low


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects a voltage below 0.50 V at the signal lead of the raise
limit potentiometer. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace position feedback unit of the rear hitch, calibrate hitch, and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

HCC 523833.13- Raise Limit Potentiometer, Out of Range


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the range of the raise limit potentiometer is too
small or too large. The hitch control lever needs to be recalibrated.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 556 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Recalibrate the hitch control and perform an operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 557 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 523834.03- Depth-Setting Potentiometer Voltage Too High


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects a voltage above 4.50 V at the signal lead of the depth-
setting potentiometer. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace position feedback unit of the rear hitch, calibrate hitch, and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 558 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 523834.04- Depth-Setting Potentiometer Voltage Too Low


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects a voltage below 0.50 V at the signal lead of the depth-
setting potentiometer. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace position feedback unit of the rear hitch, calibrate hitch, and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 559 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 523834.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot be Received, Information from AIC Control Software
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the HCC control software and the AIC
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages expected by the HCC control software is intermittent or
non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in the
transmitting control unit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

HCC 523834.13- Depth-Setting Potentiometer Not Calibrated


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the range of the depth-setting potentiometer is
too small or too large. The hitch control lever needs to be recalibrated.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Recalibrate the hitch control and perform an operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 560 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 523834.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Signal from Depth-Setting Potentiometer of AIC Control Software
241
Signals for the hitch control operation unit cannot be identified by the AIC control software and cannot be provided to the CAN
bus. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code. In its active state, this fault can also generate a
diagnostic trouble code in the AIC and/or HCC control software. These diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch control operation unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the AIC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 561 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 523834.31- Depth-setting potentiometer, Malfunction


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the AIC control software detects an open circuit to
the depth-setting potentiometer. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the HCC control
software. In its active state, this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the AIC control software. AIC diagnostic
trouble code takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the AIC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 562 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 523842.03- Sensitivity Potentiometer of Rear Hitch, Voltage Too High


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects a voltage below 0.50 V at the signal lead of the
sensitivity potentiometer of the rear hitch. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform B026 - Rear Hitch Sensitivity Potentiometer (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B026 - Rear Hitch Sensitivity Potentiometer (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace sensitivity potentiometer of the rear hitch, calibrate hitch, and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 563 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 523842.04- Sensitivity Potentiometer of Rear Hitch, Voltage Too Low


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects a measured voltage below 0.50 V at the signal lead of
the sensitivity potentiometer of the rear hitch. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform B026 - Rear Hitch Sensitivity Potentiometer (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B026 - Rear Hitch Sensitivity Potentiometer (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace sensitivity potentiometer of the rear hitch, calibrate hitch, and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

HCC 523842.13- Sensitivity Potentiometer of Rear Hitch Out of Range


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the range of the sensitivity potentiometer of the
rear hitch is too small or too large. The hitch control lever needs to be recalibrated.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 564 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Recalibrate the hitch control and perform an operational check.

HCC 523843.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from Quick Raise/Lower Switch of Rear Hitch from AIC
Control Software
241
Data transfer problem between the HCC control software and AIC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

HCC 523843.15- Quick raise/lower switch is out of range


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is too little or too great a range of the switch
for the quick raise/lower. The hitch control lever needs to be recalibrated.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Recalibrate the hitch control and perform an operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 565 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 523843.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from Quick Raise/Lower Switch of Rear Hitch from AIC
Control Software
241
Signals from the rear hitch′s quick raise/lower switch cannot be identified by the AIC control software and cannot be provided
to the CAN bus. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code. In its active state, this fault can also
generate a diagnostic trouble code in the AIC and/or HCC control software. These diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch control operation unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the AIC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 566 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 523843.31- Quick Raise/Lower Switch Fault


241
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an open circuit in the circuit for the quick raise/lower
switch.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the switch for hitch remote control (left or right) or the quick raise/lower switch and perform an
operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 567 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 523910.02- Control Software, Internal Error


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an internal problem.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

HCC 523950.13- Sensor for the Hitch Position is Out of Valid Range
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the range of the hitch position sensor is too small
or too large. The hitch control lever needs to be recalibrated.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Recalibrate the hitch control and perform an operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 568 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 523952.31- Rear hitch control lever, Malfunction


241
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that a function of the rear hitch control lever is
requested but the rear hitch control lever is not activated or there is no rear hitch mounted on the tractor.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Preliminary test

Action:

Check address HCC 021 - Hitch, configuration , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 569 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 524212.02- Regulator of the depth control, Malfunction


241
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that an undefined voltage is defined at the input of the
regulator of the depth control.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, recalibrate hitch, and perform an operational
check.• All circuits are within specification. Replace position feedback unit of the rear hitch, recalibrate hitch, and perform an
operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

HCC 524212.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from Depth Control Regulator from AIC Control
Software
241
Data transfer problem between the HCC control software and AIC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 570 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

HCC 524212.15- Depth control regulator is outside of valid range.


241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is too little or too great a range of the
regulator of the depth control. The hitch control lever needs to be recalibrated.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Recalibrate the hitch control and perform an operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 571 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software

HCC 524212.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from Depth Control Regulator of Rear Hitch from AIC
Control Software
241
Information from the rear hitch′s depth control regulator cannot be identified by the AIC control software and cannot be
provided to the CAN bus. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code. In its active state, this fault
can also generate a diagnostic trouble code in the AIC and/or HCC control software. These diagnostic trouble codes take
priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch control operation unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the AIC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 572 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ICA: ICA Control Software

HCC 524212.31- Regulator of the depth control, Malfunction


241
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an open circuit in the circuit for the regulator of the
depth control.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, recalibrate hitch, and perform an operational
check.• All circuits are within specification. Replace position feedback unit of the rear hitch, recalibrate hitch, and perform an
operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 573 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ICA: ICA Control Software

Group ICA - ICA Control Software


ICA 000628.02- Control Software, Internal Error
304
A fault occurred when the software was launched.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245.

NO:Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check control unit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

ICA 002006.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from EIC Control Software
304
Data transfer problem between the ICA control software and EIC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in
the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 574 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ICA: ICA Control Software

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 575 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Control Software

ICA 521192.12- VIN Information, Mismatch


304
The vehicle identification number between the ICA control software and the EIC control software does not match.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosis, Section 212.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 576 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Control Software

Group JDL - JDL Control Software


JDL 000237.11- JDLink Not Registered
351
JDLink has not been registered properly.

For diagnostic procedure, see:

JDL 000237.11 - JDLink Not Registered in the relevant TM for the JDL control unit.

Tractor-related information:

For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:


50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

JDL 000639.09- JDLink Not Detecting CAN Bus Messages


351
No CAN messages with Ultimate Configuration and engine on.

For diagnostic procedure, see:

JDL 000639.09 - JDLink Not Detecting CAN Bus Messages in the relevant TM for the JDL control unit.

Tractor-related information:

For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:


50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

JDL 000841.05- GPS Antenna Error - Open Circuit


351
JDLink GPS antenna open circuit fault detected.

For diagnostic procedure, see:

JDL 000841.05 - GPS Antenna Error - Open Circuit in the relevant TM for the JDL control unit.

Tractor-related information:

For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:


50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

JDL 000841.06- GPS Antenna Error - Grounded/Short Circuit


351
JDLink GPS antenna grounded/short circuit detected.

For diagnostic procedure, see:

JDL 000841.06 - GPS Antenna Error - Grounded/Short Circuit in the relevant TM for the JDL control unit.

Tractor-related information:

For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:


50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

JDL 000964.13- Real-Time Clock Failure


351
Internal real-time clock failure.

For diagnostic procedure, see:

JDL 000964.13 - Real-Time Clock Failure in the relevant TM for the JDL control unit.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 577 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Control Software

Tractor-related information:

For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:


50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

JDL 002850.02- Cellular Antenna Error - Abnormal Signal


351
Cellular antenna is transmitting abnormal signal.

For diagnostic procedure, see:

JDL 002850.02 - Cellular Antenna Error - Abnormal Signal in the relevant TM for the JDL control unit.

Tractor-related information:

For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:


50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

JDL 002852.11- Unable to Detect SIM Card


351
JDLink is unable to detect SIM card.

For diagnostic procedure, see:

JDL 002852.11 - Unable to Detect SIM Card in the relevant TM for the JDL control unit.

Tractor-related information:

For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:


50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

JDL 516672.14- Network Authorization Failed


351
Use of External SIM Failed

For diagnostic procedure, see:

JDL 516672.14 - Network Authorization Failed in the relevant TM for the JDL control unit.

Tractor-related information:

For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:


50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

JDL 522976.11- Unable to Load Custom Alerts


351
Unable to load custom alerts.

For diagnostic procedure, see:

JDL 522976.11 - Unable to Load Custom Alerts in the relevant TM for the JDL control unit.

Tractor-related information:

For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:


50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

JDL 522976.13- Unable to Load Configuration


351
Unable to load configuration.

For diagnostic procedure, see:


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 578 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

JDL 522976.13 - Unable to Load Configuration in the relevant TM for the JDL control unit.

Tractor-related information:

For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:


50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

JDL 523310.00- Low Memory


278
JDLink data capacity exceeded.

For diagnostic procedure, see:

JDL 523310.00 - Low Memory in the relevant TM for the JDL control unit.

Tractor-related information:

For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:


50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 579 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

Group OIC - OIC Control Software


OIC 000091.02- Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Voltages at Channel 1 and Channel 2 Not in the Correct Ratio
306
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects a mismatch between the output signals of accelerator
pedal potentiometer. The voltage at channel 1 must be double the voltage of channel 2.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the accelerator pedal potentiometer.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace potentiometer, see B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information and perform
an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 580 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 000091.03- Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Voltage at Channel 1 Too High


306
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects a voltage of more than 4.5 V at the signal input from
channel 1 of the potentiometer. This indicates a problem at the signal lead or at the ground connection of the potentiometer.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the accelerator pedal potentiometer.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace potentiometer, see B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information and perform
an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 581 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 000091.04- Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Voltage at Channel 1 Too Low


306
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects a voltage of less than 0.5 V at the signal input from
channel 1 of the potentiometer. This indicates a problem on the signal lead or a problem with the potentiometer supply
voltage.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the accelerator pedal potentiometer.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace potentiometer, see B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information and perform
an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 582 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 000237.02- VIN Information, Mismatch


306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated when the control software detects that the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) from
other control units is not the same.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 583 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 000237.14- VIN Information, System Disabled


306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software has determined that the VIN security function was not enabled
due to an internal problem. This indicates an incorrect reprogramming of the control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 584 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 000237.31- VIN Information, Incorrect


306
The diagnostic trouble code is generated when control software detects that the vehicle identification number is not being
received from other control units, or received incorrectly. All active VIN participants have to send the programmed vehicle
identification number to the control unit at regular intervals.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 585 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 000628.02- Control Software, Internal Error


306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an internal problem during initializing (control unit
boot sequence after the ignition is switched ON).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program cab control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Program and replace rear chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 586 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 001504.08- Operator Presence Switch Active Too Long, Time-out


306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the operator presence switch has been active for
too long (over 25.6 hours).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the stepper motors.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform S040 - Operator presence switch, Circuit test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see S040 - Operator Presence Switch, Component Information , and perform an
operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 587 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 002141.09- Incorrect CAN bus Message, Information from DOI Control Software
306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between control software OIC and control software
DOI. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the DOI control software is intermittent or non-
existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 588 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 003032.02- Position of Right Brake Pedal, Out of Valid Range


306
The right brake pedal sensor unit indicates over 2 volts although the brake pedal switch is closed, or the brake pedal sensor
unit indicates less than 1.1 volts although the brake pedal switch is open.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test, Section 240.

, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component Information or B230 - Right
Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 589 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 003032.03- Sensor Unit for Right Brake Pedal, Voltage Too High
306
More than 4.5 volts at signal input of right brake pedal potentiometers. This indicates a short in or a problem with the ground
connection in the potentiometer circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component Information or B230 - Right
Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 590 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 003032.04- Sensor Unit for Right Brake Pedal, Voltage Too Low
306
Less than 0.25 volts at signal input of right brake pedal potentiometer. This indicates a problem on the signal lead or a problem
with the potentiometer supply voltage.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component Information or B230 - Right
Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 591 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 003032.08- Mismatch between Right and Left Brake Pedals, Time-out
306
The right brake pedal has been actuated for a long time and the left pedal has not been actuated at all.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor units.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component Information or B230 - Right
Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

OIC 003032.13- Sensor of Right Brake Pedal, Not Calibrated


306
The right brake pedal sensor is not calibrated. This diagnostic trouble code may occur after the control software has been
reprogrammed, as well as at other times.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the right brake pedal sensor unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 592 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

NO:Calibrate brakes with the address OIC 068.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 593 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 003033.02- Position of Left Brake Pedal, Out of Valid Range


306
The left brake pedal sensor unit indicates over 2 volts although the brake pedal switch is closed, or the brake pedal sensor unit
indicates less than 1.1 volts although the brake pedal switch is open.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the left brake pedal sensor unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component Information or B229 - Left
Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 594 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 003033.03- Sensor Unit for Left Brake Pedal, Voltage Too High
306
More than 4.5 volts at signal input of left brake pedal potentiometers. This indicates a short in or a problem with the ground
connection in the potentiometer circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the left brake pedal sensor unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 595 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 003033.04- Sensor Unit for Left Brake Pedal, Voltage Too Low
306
Less than 0.25 volts at signal input of left brake pedal potentiometer. This indicates a problem on the signal lead or a problem
with the potentiometer supply voltage.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the left brake pedal sensor unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 596 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 003033.08- Mismatch between Left and Right Brake Pedals, Time-out
306
The left brake pedal has been actuated for a long time and the right pedal has not been actuated at all.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor units.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component Information or B229 - Left
Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

OIC 003033.13- Sensor of Left Brake Pedal, Not Calibrated


306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the sensor for the left brake pedal has not been
calibrated. This diagnostic trouble code may occur after the control software has been reprogrammed, as well as at other
times.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the left brake pedal sensor unit.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 597 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Calibrate brake with the address OIC068.

OIC 003033.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Left brake pedal not actuated
306
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the OIC control software detects that the left brake pedal has not been actuated for
more than 2 hours even though the tractor is moving at a travel speed of 0.5 km/h or more.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Operator information

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Engage the brake.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Engage the brake.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 598 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 003597.03- Supply Voltage (ELX) for Control Unit, Voltage Too High
306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the supply voltage (ELX) to the control unit is too
high. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage complies with the specifications.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
3. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 599 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 003597.04- Supply Voltage (ELX) for Control Unit, Voltage Too Low
306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the supply voltage (ELX) to the control unit is too
low. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage complies with the specifications.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
3. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 600 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 003597.06- Supply Voltage (ELX) for Control Unit, Current Too High
306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that current on the control unit is too high. This
indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage complies with the specifications.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
3. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 601 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 003598.03- Supply Voltage #2 for Control Unit, Voltage Too High
306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the supply voltage #2 to the control unit is too
high. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage complies with the specifications.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
3. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 602 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 003598.04- Supply Voltage #2 for Control Unit, Voltage Too Low
306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the supply voltage #2 to the control unit is too
low. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage complies with the specifications.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
3. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 603 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 003598.06- Supply Voltage #2 for Control Unit, Current Too High
306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that current on the cab control unit is too high. This
indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage complies with the specifications.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
3. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 604 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 003599.03- Supply Voltage 3 of the Cab Control Unit, Voltage Too High
306
Supply voltage No. 3 at cab control unit too high. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
3. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 605 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 003599.06- Supply Voltage 3 of the Cab Control Unit, Current Too High
306
Current at cab control unit too high. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
3. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 606 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 516655.03- Switch for Park Lock Latch, Voltage Too High
306
The voltage is too high at the switch for the park lock latch. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

1. Perform X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 607 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 516655.04- Switch for Park Lock Latch, Voltage Too Low
306
The voltage is too low at the switch for the park lock latch. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

1. Perform X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 608 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 516655.08- Switch for Park Lock Latch, Fault


306
The switch for the park lock latch generates a faulty signal. This may indicate a defective component or a loose wire in the
circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

1. Perform X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 609 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 516665.03- Switch of the Park Lock Latch, Voltage Too High
306
The voltage is too high at both contacts of the switch for the park lock latch. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

1. Perform X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 610 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 516665.04- Switch of the Park Lock Latch, Voltage Too Low
306
The voltage is too low at both contacts of the switch for the park lock latch. This indicates that there is an open circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

1. Perform X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 611 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 520870.02- Control Software, Internal Error


306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects a checksum error in the configuration data.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no OIC control software function.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 612 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 520872.02- Control Software, Internal Error


306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects a checksum error in the configuration data.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no OIC control software function.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.

OIC 520965.03- CAN BUS Terminating Resistor, CAN BUS Voltage Too High
306
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage on the CAN bus is too high. This
indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 613 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Checks - Communication Faultsin Section 240.

OIC 522011.08- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from DOI


306
???????????????

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 614 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 522497.03- Differential Lock Circuit, Voltage Too High


306
The voltage is too high at the circuit for the differential lock. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Differential lock is switched off.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

1. Perform Y005 - Differential Lock Solenoid Valve, Component Information , Section 240.
2. S080 - Differential Lock Switch with Auto Function, Component Information

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 615 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 522497.05- Differential Lock Circuit, Current Too Low


306
The current is too low (< 0.2A) at the circuit for the differential lock. This indicates a loose wire in the circuit or that the circuit
is open.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Differential lock is switched off.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

1. Perform Y005 - Differential Lock Solenoid Valve, Component Information , Section 240.
2. S080 - Differential Lock Switch with Auto Function, Component Information

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 616 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 522497.06- Differential Lock Circuit, Current Too High


306
The current is too high (> 2.5A) at the circuit for the differential lock. This indicates that the circuit is shorted or a defective
component in the circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Differential lock is switched off.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

1. Perform Y005 - Differential Lock Solenoid Valve, Component Information , Section 240.
2. S080 - Differential Lock Switch with Auto Function, Component Information

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 617 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 522558.03- Differential Lock Switch, Voltage Too High


306
The differential lock switch (footwell) is in closed position for more than 5 minutes. This indicates a stuck switch.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Differential lock is switched off.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

1. Perform S022 - Differential Lock Switch, Component Information , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 618 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 522559.02- Differential Lock Switch in Automatic Mode, Voltage Too High
306
The differential lock switch (footwell) is in closed position for more than 2 seconds in automatic mode. This indicates a stuck
switch or operator error.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Differential lock is switched off.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

1. Perform S022 - Differential Lock Switch, Component Information , Section 240.


2. Perform S080 - Differential Lock Switch with Auto Function, Component Information , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 619 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 522559.03- Differential Lock Switch for Automatic Mode, Voltage Too High
306
The switch for automatic mode of the differential switch is in closed position for more than 5 minutes. This indicates a stuck
switch or operator error.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Differential lock is switched off.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

1. Perform S022 - Differential Lock Switch, Component Information , Section 240.


2. Perform S080 - Differential Lock Switch with Auto Function, Component Information , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 620 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 522578.03- Front-Wheel Drive Switch with Auto Function, Voltage Too High
306
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the OIC control software detects that there is excessive voltage on the front-wheel
drive switch with automatic function.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: The control software turns off the function of the switch for MFWD.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform S005 - Front-Wheel Drive Switch with Auto Function, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification.Replace S005 - Front-Wheel Drive Switch with Auto Function, Component Information and perform
operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 621 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 522916.03- Remote Control Switch for E-SCVs, Voltage Too High
306
Voltage at remote control switch for E-SCVs too high. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the remote control switch for E-SCVs.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S134 - Remote Control Switch of the E-SCVs (Left), Circuit Testor S152 - Remote Control Switch of the E-SCVs (Right),
Circuit Test, in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace switch, see S134 - Remote Control Switch of the E-SCVs (Left), Component
Informationor S152 - Remote Control Switch of the E-SCVs (Right), Component Informationand perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 622 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 522916.04- Remote Control Switch for E-SCVs, Voltage Too Low
306
Voltage at remote control switch for E-SCVs too low. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the remote control switch for E-SCVs.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform S134 - Remote Control Switch of the E-SCVs (Left), Circuit Testor S152 - Remote Control Switch of the E-SCVs (Right),
Circuit Test, in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace switch, see S134 - Remote Control Switch of the E-SCVs (Left), Component
Informationor S152 - Remote Control Switch of the E-SCVs (Right), Component Informationand perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 623 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 523677.02- Clutch switch on range-shift lever, Internal fault


306
The voltage value of the declutch switch on the range-shift lever is compared to the tractor system voltage. This diagnostic
trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage difference is too high when the clutch switch on the
range-shift lever is actuated. This indicates a problem with the declutch switch on the range-shift lever (faulty, dirty or worn).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the declutch switch on the range-shift lever.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform S037 - Switch for Gear Selector, Auto Mode and Clutch, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see S037 - Gear selector switch, Auto mode and clutch, Component information , and
perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 624 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 523677.03- Clutch switch on range-shift lever, Voltage too high


306
The voltage value of the declutch switch on the range-shift lever is compared to the tractor system voltage. This diagnostic
trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the signal voltage in the circuit of the clutch switch is too high
when the clutch switch on the range-shift lever is actuated. The reason for this may be: • Defective declutch switch on range-
shift lever. • Signal voltage of clutch switch on range-shift lever is short circuited to system voltage. • Open ground connection
to shift knob (broken lead, pin slid off, loose wire)

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: control software turns off the function of the clutch switch on range-shift lever. The
function has to be reactivated in address PTQ167.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform S037 - Switch for Gear Selector, Auto Mode and Clutch, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see S037 - Gear selector switch, Auto mode and clutch, Component information , and
perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 625 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 523677.04- Clutch switch on range-shift lever, Voltage too low


306
The voltage value of the declutch switch on the range-shift lever is compared to the tractor system voltage. This diagnostic
trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the signal voltage in the circuit of the clutch switch is too low
when the clutch switch on the range-shift lever is actuated. The reason for this may be: • Defective clutch switch on range-shift
lever. • Signal voltage of clutch switch on range-shift lever is shorted to ground or the circuit is open (broken lead, terminal slid
off, loose wire).

Alarm level: Caution.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: control software turns off the function of the clutch switch on range-shift lever. The
function has to be reactivated in address PTQ167.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform S037 - Switch for Gear Selector, Auto Mode and Clutch, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see S037 - Gear selector switch, Auto mode and clutch, Component information , and
perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 626 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 523677.07- Clutch switch on range-shift lever, Fault


306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated when the control software detects an activated clutch switch on range-shift lever
during the starting procedure (with range-shift lever not in parking position). The reason for this may be: • Operator error
(clutch switch on range-shift lever has been actuated by the operator during start-up). • Defective declutch switch on range-
shift lever. • Signal voltage of clutch switch on range-shift lever is short circuited to system voltage.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: control software turns off the function of the clutch switch on range-shift lever. The
function has to be reactivated in address PTQ167.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform S037 - Switch for Gear Selector, Auto Mode and Clutch, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see S037 - Gear selector switch, Auto mode and clutch, Component information , and
perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 627 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 523690.03- Switch for Remote Control of Rear Hitch (Right/Left), Voltage Too High
306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated when the control software detects that the voltage at the switch for remote control of
the hitch (right/left) is too high. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Remote control of hitch not operating. With diagnostic trouble code active, remote control
of hitch is de-activated by the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform test, see S023- Switch for remote control of rear hitch (right), Circuit test or S068 - Switch for remote control of rear
hitch (left), Circuit test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see S023 - Remote control switch of the rear hitch (right), Component information or S068
- Remote control switch of the rear hitch (left), Component information , and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 628 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 523690.04- Switch for Remote Control of Rear Hitch (Right/Left), Voltage Too Low
306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated when the control software detects that the voltage at the switch for remote control of
the hitch (right/left) is too low. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Remote control of hitch not operating. With diagnostic trouble code active, remote control
of hitch is de-activated by the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

• Perform test, see S023- Switch for remote control of rear hitch (right), Circuit test or S068 - Switch for remote control of rear
hitch (left), Circuit test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see S023 - Remote control switch of the rear hitch (right), Component information or S068
- Remote control switch of the rear hitch (left), Component information , and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 629 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 523758.03- Right switch for remote control of rear PTO, Voltage too high
306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the remote control switch of the
right rear PTO is too high. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Remote control of rear PTO not operating on right side. With diagnostic trouble code
active, remote control of rear PTO is de-activated by the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see S121 - Remote control switch for rear PTO (right), Circuit test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see S121 - Switch for remote control of rear PTO (right), Component information , and
perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 630 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 523758.04- Right switch for remote control of rear PTO, Voltage too low
306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the remote control switch of the
right rear PTO is too low. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Remote control of rear PTO not operating on right side. With diagnostic trouble code
active, remote control of rear PTO is de-activated by the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see S121 - Remote control switch for rear PTO (right), Circuit test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see S121 - Switch for remote control of rear PTO (right), Component information , and
perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 631 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 523759.03- Left switch for remote control of rear PTO, Voltage too high
306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the remote control switch of the left
rear PTO is too high. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Remote control of rear PTO not operating on left side. With diagnostic trouble code
active, remote control of rear PTO is de-activated by the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see S044 - Remote control switch for rear PTO (left), Circuit test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see S044 - Switch for remote control of rear PTO (left), Component information , and
perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 632 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 523759.04- Left switch for remote control of rear PTO, Voltage too low
306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the remote control switch of the left
rear PTO is too low. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Remote control of rear PTO not operating on left side. With diagnostic trouble code
active, remote control of rear PTO is de-activated by the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see S044 - Remote control switch for rear PTO (left), Circuit test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see S044 - Switch for remote control of rear PTO (left), Component information , and
perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 633 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 524157.02- Right Brake Pedal, Fault


306
The contacts of the brake pedal switch are both at switched or both unswitched. This may indicate a defective switch or a loose
connection in the circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 634 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 524173.02- Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Voltages at Channel 1 and Channel 2 Not Within Valid Range
306
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects a mismatch between the output signals of clutch pedal
potentiometer. The voltage at channel 1 must be double the voltage of channel 2.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace potentiometer, see B065 - Clutch pedal potentiometer, Component information , and perform an
operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 635 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 524173.03- Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Channel 1, Voltage Too High


306
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects a voltage of more than 4.8 V at the signal input from
channel 1 of the potentiometer. This indicates a problem at the signal lead or at the ground connection of the potentiometer.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace potentiometer, see B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information and perform an
operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 636 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 524173.04- Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Channel 1, Voltage Too Low


306
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects a voltage of less than 0.2 V at the signal input from
channel 1 of the potentiometer. This indicates a problem on the signal lead or a problem with the potentiometer supply
voltage.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace potentiometer, see B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information and perform an
operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 637 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software

OIC 524173.07- Clutch Pedal Depressed While There is a Malfunction at the Clutch Pedal Switch
306
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects the following condition: • If, with a faulty clutch pedal
potentiometer, the forward/reverse drive lever is in forward or reverse position and the clutch pedal is depressed. • If, with a
faulty clutch pedal potentiometer, the reverse drive lever is in forward or reverse position and the enable pressure sensor
detects a pressure lower than system pressure.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace potentiometer, see B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information and perform an
operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 638 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software

OIC 524223.03- Differential Lock Switch, Voltage Too High


306
More than 4.8 volts at the signal input of channel 1 of the potentiometer. This indicates a problem at the signal lead or at the
ground connection of the potentiometer.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Depending on equipment:

Perform S022 - Differential Lock Switch, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace switch, see S022 - Differential Lock Switch, Component Information and
perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 639 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software

Group PDU - PDU Control Software


PDU 000096.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, CAN Message from CCU Control Software
276
Data transfer problem between the CCU control software and PDU control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software. (CAN bus message on fuel level is not transferred)

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program instrument unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 640 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software

PDU 000110.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, CAN Message from ECU Control Software
276
Data transfer problem between the CCU control software and ECU control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software. (CAN bus message on engine coolant temperature is not transferred)

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program instrument unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 641 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software

PDU 000628.02- Control Software, Internal Error


276
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there was an error reading the internal module
(EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program instrument unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 642 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software

PDU 000630.02- Control Software, Internal Error


276
Control software detects an incorrect entry in the internal memory. Reprogram the control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program instrument unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 643 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software

PDU 000630.11- Control Software, Internal Error


276
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is an incorrect entry in the internal memory.
Reprogram the control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program instrument unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

PDU 000639.12- 500 kBd vehicle CAN BUS, high error rate
276
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software determines that too many incorrect CAN BUS messages are
received or if there is a general problem in the connection to the 500 kBd vehicle CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 644 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

PDU 000639.14- CAN BUS - vehicle (500 kBd), Very high error rate
276
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software determines that too many incorrect CAN BUS messages are
received or if there is a general problem in the connection to the 500 kBd vehicle CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 645 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software

PDU 002000.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from ECU control software
276
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the ECU
control software and the PDU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the ECU
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 646 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software

PDU 002005.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from TIQ control software
276
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the PDU control software. Reception of one, several, or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the TIQ
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 647 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software

PDU 002006.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from EIC control software
276
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the EIC
control software and the PDU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the EIC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 648 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software

PDU 002007.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from RPT control software
276
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the RPT
control software and the PDU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the RPT
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 649 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software

PDU 002020.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from SFA control software
276
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the SFA
control software and the PDU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the SFA
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 650 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software

PDU 002035.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from HCC control software
276
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the HCC
control software and the PDU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the HCC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 651 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software

PDU 002036.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from PTF control software
276
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the PTF
control software and the PDU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the PTF
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 652 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software

PDU 002049.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from OIC control software
276
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the OIC
control software and the PDU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the OIC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 653 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software

PDU 002050.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from BLC control software
276
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the BLC
control software and the PDU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the BLC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 654 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software

PDU 002071.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from CCU control software
276
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the CCU
control software and the PDU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the CCU
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 655 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software

PDU 002140.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from AIC control software
276
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the AIC
control software and the PDU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the AIC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 656 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software

PDU 002145.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from FCC control software
276
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the FCC
control software and the PDU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the FCC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 657 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PDU 516810.06- Neutral Display in Instrument, Current too High


276
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current for the neutral display in the
instrument is too high. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program instrument unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 658 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

Group PTF - PTF Control Software


PTF 000084.09- CAN BUS message cannot be received, information from CCU control software
33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the PTF
control software and the CCU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages expected by the PTF
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 659 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 000084.19- Wheel speed sensor, Malfunction


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the CCU control software cannot determine the
wheel speed and so cannot provide the CAN BUS with any data. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic
trouble code in the PTF control software. In its active state, this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the CCU
control software. The CCU diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the CCU control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 660 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 000084.31- Wheel speed sensor, Malfunction


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the CCU control software detects an open circuit to
the wheel speed sensor. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the PTF control software. In
its active state, this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the CCU control software. The CCU diagnostic trouble
code takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the CCU control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 661 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 000158.03- Control Software, Supply Voltage (ELX) Too High


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the supply voltage (ELX) is above 16 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 662 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 000158.04- Control Software, Supply Voltage (ELX) Too Low


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the supply voltage (ELX) is under 9 volt.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 663 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 000168.03- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too High


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the supply voltage (BAT) is above 16 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 664 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 000168.04- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too Low


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the supply voltage (BAT) is below 9 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

PTF 000177.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from PTA Control Software
33
Data transfer problem between the PTF control software and PTA control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 665 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 000177.19- Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor, Fault


33
Transmission oil temperature cannot be determined and provided on the CAN Bus by the PTA or CCU control software. A
transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code. In its active state, this fault also generates a diagnostic
trouble code at the PTA and/or CCU control software. These diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the PTA or CCU control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

PTF 000186.01- Front PTO speed sensor, Overload protection activated


33
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the front PTO does not start up properly after
being switched on. The front PTO is switched off and can only be switched back on again after 30 seconds. This indicates that
the front PTO is overloaded (implement blocked or sluggish or too much slip at the front PTO clutch).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 666 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 000186.04- Front PTO speed sensor, Voltage too low


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the signal input of front PTO speed
sensor is too low. This indicates a short to ground in the circuit of the front PTO speed sensor.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front PTO.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B058 - Front PTO speed sensor, Circuit test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace front PTO speed sensor and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General information, Electrical system, Troubleshooting unsolved
problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 667 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 000186.05- Front PTO speed sensor, Open circuit


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that voltage at the output of the front PTO speed
sensor is too high. This indicates that the circuit is open.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front PTO.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B058 - Front PTO speed sensor, Circuit test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace front PTO speed sensor and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General information, Electrical system, Troubleshooting unsolved
problems in Section 210.

PTF 000186.15- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Front PTO Speed Sensor, Speed Too High After Shutting Off the
Front PTO
33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the front PTO keeps on running too long after it
has been shut off. Possibly the implement is too big or its inertia is too high, or the front PTO brake is defective or worn.
PTF 000186.17- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Front PTO Speed Sensor, Speed Too Low After Switching On the
Front PTO
33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the front PTO speed is too low after switching on
the front PTO. Possibly the transmission oil of the front PTO is too cold, there is excessive restriction of the front PTO
transmission oil filter, the implement is too big or its inertia is too high, or the implement is blocked.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 668 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 000190.09- CAN BUS message cannot be received, Information from ECU control software
33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the PTF
control software and the ECU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages expected by the PTF
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software. This diagnostic trouble code can also be caused due to stalling of the
engine.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 669 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 000190.19- Engine speed sensor, Malfunction


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the ECU control software cannot determine the
engine speed and so cannot provide the CAN BUS with any data. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic
trouble code in the PTF control software. In its active state, this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the ECU
control software. The ECU diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the ECU control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 670 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 000190.31- Engine speed sensor, Malfunction


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the ECU control software detects an open circuit to
the engine speed sensor. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the PTF control software.
In its active state, this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the ECU control software. The ECU diagnostic trouble
code takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the ECU control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 671 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 000628.02- Control Software, Internal Error


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there was an error reading the internal module
(EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 672 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 000630.13- Control Software, Internal Error


33
A fault occurred when the software was launched.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 673 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 001504.09- CAN BUS message cannot be received, Information from OIC control software
33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the PTF
control software and the OIC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages expected by the PTF
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 674 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 001504.19- Operator presence switch, Malfunction


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the OIC control software cannot determine
operator presence and so cannot provide the CAN BUS with any data. A transmitted replacement value generates this
diagnostic trouble code in the PTF control software. In its active state, this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the
OIC control software. The OIC diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 675 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 001504.31- Operator presence switch, Malfunction


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is an open circuit to the operator presence
switch. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the PTF control software. In its active state,
this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the OIC control software. The OIC diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

PTF 001893.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Front PTO switch was on when engine was started
33
This operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated when the control software detects that the front PTO is
switched on when starting the engine or turning on the ignition. If the diagnostic trouble code is generated although the front
PTO was not on while starting the engine, then the switch′s circuit needs to be checked.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 676 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 002000.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from ECU control software
33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the ECU
control software and the PTF control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the ECU
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 677 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 002049.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from OIC control software
33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the OIC
control software and the PTF control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the OIC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 678 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 002071.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from CCU control software
33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the CCU
control software and the PTF control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the CCU
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 679 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 002139.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from CSM control software
33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the CSM
control software and the PTF control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the CSM
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 680 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 002140.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from AIC control software
33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the AIC
control software and the PFT control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the AIC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 681 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 002238.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from SMV control software
33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the SMV
control software and the PTF control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the SMV
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 682 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 520870.02- Control Software, Internal Error


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there was an error reading the internal module
(EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 683 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 520871.02- Control Software, Internal Error


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there was an error reading the internal module
(EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 684 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 520872.02- Control Software, Internal Error


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there was an error reading the internal module
(EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 685 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 522011.02- OIC control software, Malfunction


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an internal fault. In its active state, this fault also
generates a diagnostic trouble code at the PTF control software. The OIC diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 686 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 522011.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from OIC control software
33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the OIC
control software and the PTF control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the OIC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the PTF control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General information, Electrical system, Troubleshooting unsolved
problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 687 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 522011.19- OIC control software, Malfunction


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an internal fault. In its active state, this fault also
generates a diagnostic trouble code at the PTF control software. The OIC diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 688 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 522011.31- OIC control software, Malfunction


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an internal fault. In its active state, this fault also
generates a diagnostic trouble code at the PTF control software. The OIC diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 689 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 522390.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from Implement


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if no valid information from the implement is received via the implement CAN Bus.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: All functions of the Tractor-Implement Automation™ are deactivated.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the implement

Action:

1. Check all CAN BUS connection on the implement.


2. Check all connectors of the control units (ground and voltage supply) on the implement.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

NO:Problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

PTF 522390.11- Tractor-Implement Automation™, Fault


33
All functions of Tractor-Implement Automation™ are deactivated because the come-home mode is activated (only tractors with
AutoPowr™/IVT™ transmission or DirectDrive transmission).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 690 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 523665.03- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too High


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the supply voltage (BAT) is above 16 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 691 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 523665.04- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too Low


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the supply voltage (BAT) is below 9 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 692 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 523666.03- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too High


33
Supply voltage (BAT) above 16 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 693 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 523666.04- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too Low


33
Supply voltage (BAT) below 9 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

PTF 523904.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Operator presence switch not activated while front PTO is
engaged
33
This operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the control software detects that functions are selected that
require the operator presence switch to be activated but the operator has left the seat.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 694 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 523905.04- Front PTO Solenoid Valve, Voltage Too Low


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the positive lead of the front PTO
solenoid valve is too low. This indicates a short to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front PTO.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform Y001 - Solenoid Valve for Front PTO, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace proportional solenoid valve for front PTO and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 695 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 523905.05- Front PTO Solenoid Valve, Current Too Low


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the ground lead of the front PTO
solenoid valve is too low. This indicates that the circuit is open.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front PTO.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform Y001 - Solenoid Valve for Front PTO, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace proportional solenoid valve for front PTO and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 696 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 523905.14- Front PTO Solenoid Valve, Voltage Too High


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the positive lead of the front PTO
solenoid valve is above 16 V. This indicates a short to a higher voltage source.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front PTO.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform Y001 - Solenoid Valve for Front PTO, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace proportional solenoid valve for front PTO and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 697 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 523905.15- Front PTO Solenoid Valve, Current Too High


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the connecting leads of the front
PTO solenoid valve is too high. This indicates a short to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front PTO.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform Y001 - Solenoid Valve for Front PTO, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace proportional solenoid valve for front PTO and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 698 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 523905.17- Front PTO Solenoid Valve, Open Circuit


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the circuit of the front PTO solenoid valve is open.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front PTO.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform Y001 - Solenoid Valve for Front PTO, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace proportional solenoid valve for front PTO and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 699 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 524216.02- Front PTO switch, Malfunction


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if control software detects that the messages of the OIC control software about the
front PTO switch value are not plausible. OIC diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 700 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 524216.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from OIC Control Software
33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that messages of the OIC control software about the
front PTO switch value cannot be updated regularly via the CAN BUS. OIC diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the PTF control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 701 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software

PTF 524216.19- Front PTO switch, Malfunction


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the values of the front PTO switch cannot be
determines and so cannot provide the CAN BUS with any data. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic
trouble code in the PTF control software. OIC diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 702 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTF 524216.31- Front PTO switch, Malfunction


33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an open circuit to the front PTO switch. A transmitted
replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the PTF control software. In its active state, this fault also
generates a diagnostic trouble code at the OIC control software. The OIC diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 703 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

Group PTQ - PTQ Control Software


PTQ 000084.07- Wheel speed detected during transmission calibration, Malfunction
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that a wheel speed is being received via CAN bus
during calibration. The reason for this may be: Wheel speed sensor defective, wheel speed received via the CAN bus not
correct, or the tractor is not standing on a level surface during the calibration. Therefore, the tractor can move during the
calibration (wheel speed exists).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission calibration is canceled.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Drive the tractor a short way.
3. Perform transmission calibration again. During transmission calibration, you can also attempt to use group B instead of
switching group A.
4. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
5. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Drive the tractor a short way and then stop it on a level surface. Perform General Information - Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 704 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 000127.01- Transmission Oil Pressure Out of Range Low


35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects low transmission oil pressure (system pressure) at an
engine speed above 800 rpm.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: The control software shifts the transmission to neutral. You can only continue driving in
come-home mode.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch, Component Information , and perform an
operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform PowrQuad™ Transmission - System Check , Section 250.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 705 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 000127.03- Transmission Oil Pressure Switch, Voltage Too High


35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the transmission oil pressure
switch is too high (above 4.875 V). This may indicate a defective circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch, Component Information , and perform an
operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 706 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 000127.04- Transmission Oil Pressure Switch, Voltage Too Low


35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the transmission oil pressure
switch is too low (below 0.3 V). This may indicate a defective circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch, Component Information , and perform an
operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 707 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 000168.01- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too Low


35
Supply voltage (BAT) below 9 V. This may indicate a weak battery.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 708 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 000168.18- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too Low


35
Supply voltage (BAT) below 11 volts but above 9 volts.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

PTQ 000190.18- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Engine Speed Too Low


35
This drive information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the engine runs at a speed of less than 300 rpm for more than 3
seconds, e.g. when the engine is stalling.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: The control software shifts the transmission to neutral.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 709 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 000191.00- Transmission Speed Too High During Calibration


35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers a transmission speed during the calibration of the
transmission. The reason for this may be: Transmission speed sensor defective or the tractor is not standing on a level surface
during the calibration. The tractor can therefore move during the calibration (transmission speed present).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission calibration is canceled.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Place the tractor on a level surface.
3. Perform transmission calibration again. Use the hand throttle to set the engine speed to 2100 rpm.
4. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
5. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

B104 - Transmission Output Speed Sensor (PowrQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:All circuits are within specification. All circuits are within specification.Replace sensor, see B104 - Transmission Output
Speed Sensor (PowrQuad™ Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 710 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 000191.17- Transmission Speed Too Low


35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if control software detects that, with engine running, the control software commands
forward or reverse movement but registers no or too low transmission speed. Reasons are: Transmission speed sensor circuit
fault, forward or reverse solenoid valve circuit fault, transmission enable proportional solenoid valve circuit fault, forward or
reverse solenoid valve or transmission enable proportional solenoid valve stuck open.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

B104 - Transmission Output Speed Sensor (PowrQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test


Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test
Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test
Y038 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Circuit Test

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists.Perform check, see PowrQuad™ Transmission - Check Forward Clutch or PowrQuad™ Transmission -
Check Reverse Brake .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 711 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 000619.05- Park Lock Latch, Current Too Low


35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the signal input of the park lock
latch is too low. This may indicate an open circuit or a loose wire.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information and perform
operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 712 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 000619.06- Park Lock Latch, Current Too High


35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the signal input of the park lock
latch is too high. This may indicate a shorted circuit or a defective component.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information and perform
operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 713 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 000628.02- Control Software, Internal Error


35
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an internal problem with the memory during initializing
(control unit boot sequence after the ignition is switched ON).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Program Control Units , Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 714 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ000628.12- Control Software, Internal Fault


35
An error occurred when the software was launched.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 715 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 000630.02- Stored calibration values, Internal fault


35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects a check sum error in the internal memory.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Program Control Units , Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 716 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 000630.14- Stored calibration values out of valid range


35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that one or more calibration values (forward clutch fill
pressure, reverse brake fill pressure, forward clutch fill time, reverse brake fill time) are out of the valid range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission calibration is canceled.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Park tractor on level surface.
3. Perform transmission calibration again.
4. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
5. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check calibration values

Action:

Read the calibration values at the following addresses:

PTQ 040 - Forward clutch fill pressure in kPa


PTQ 041 - Reverse brake fill pressure in kPa
PTQ 042 - Forward clutch fill time in msec
PTQ 043 - Reverse brake fill time in msec

Valid range for filling pressures: from 51 to 600 kPa

Valid range for filling times: from 0 to 300 msec

Result:

YES:Calibration values in range: Turn the ignition off and on again and delete diagnostic trouble code. If diagnostic trouble
code appears as an active code, reprogram PTQ control software. GO TO 4 .

NO:Calibration values out of range: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Perform fine-tuning

Action:

To bring calibration values back in range, perform PTQ fine-tuning procedure, see PTQ control software - Fine-tuning in Section
245.

Result:

YES:Calibration values in range after fine-tuning: Delete diagnostic trouble code and GO TO 5 .

NO:Calibration values out of range after fine-tuning: Reprogram PTQ control software. GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Reprogramming the main control unit

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 717 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

Action:

Download the current PTQ reprogramming software from John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom Performance). Reprogram
the main control unit.

Result:

YES:The main control unit can be reprogrammed. GO TO 5 .

NO:Main control unit cannot be reprogrammed, see Problems When Programming Control Units in Section 212, Group 40.

( 5 ) Calibrate transmission

Action:

See PTQ 038 - Transmission Calibration in Section 245.

→NOTE:

Interactive calibration possible with Service ADVISOR.

Result:

YES:No errors during calibration: Diagnostics completed.

NO:If the values are out of range after calibration, a mechanical or hydraulic transmission problem exists. Perform PowrQuad™
Transmission - System Check .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 718 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 000734.05- Forward Solenoid Valve, Current Too Low


35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the signal input of forward solenoid
valve is too low. This may indicate an open circuit or a loose wire.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Component Information , and perform an operational
check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 719 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 000734.06- Forward Solenoid Valve, Current Too High


35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the signal input of forward solenoid
valve is too high. This may indicate a shorted circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Component Information , and perform an operational
check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 720 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 000735.05- Reverse Solenoid Valve, Current Too Low


35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the signal input of reverse solenoid
valve is too low. This may indicate an open circuit or a loose wire.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y036 - Reverse solenoid valve, Component information , and perform an operational
check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 721 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 000735.06- Reverse Solenoid Valve, Current Too High


35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the signal input of the reverse
solenoid valve is too high. This may indicate a shorted circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y036 - Reverse solenoid valve, Component information , and perform an operational
check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 722 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 000736.05- Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K1, Current Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that at the signal input of gear selector solenoid valve
K1 a circuit is open for more than 200 ms.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted. The 2nd
or 3rd gear is engaged automatically. Limited transmission function.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y040, Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K1, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y040 - Gear selector solenoid valve K1, Component information , and perform an
operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 723 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 000736.06- Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K1, Current Too High
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the signal input of gear selector
solenoid valve K1 is too high. This may indicate a shorted circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted. The 2nd
or 3rd gear is engaged automatically. Limited transmission function.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y040, Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K1, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y040 - Gear selector solenoid valve K1, Component information , and perform an
operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 724 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 000737.05- Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K2, Current Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that at the signal input of gear selector solenoid valve
K2 a circuit is open for more than 200 ms.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted. The 3rd
gear is engaged automatically. Limited transmission function.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y039, Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K2, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y039 - Gear selector solenoid valve K2, Component information , and perform an
operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 725 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 000737.06- Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K2, Current Too High
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the signal input of gear selector
solenoid valve K2 is too high. This may indicate a shorted circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted. The 3rd
gear is engaged automatically. Limited transmission function.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y039, Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K2, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y039 - Gear selector solenoid valve K2, Component information , and perform an
operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 726 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 000738.05- Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H1 (A-B), Current Too Low
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an open circuit for more than 200 ms at the signal
input of the solenoid valve for range shifting H1 (A-B).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y130 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H1 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace Y130 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H1 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information , and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 727 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 000738.06- Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H1 (A-B), Current Too High
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the signal input of the solenoid
valve for range shifting H1 (A-B) is too high. This may indicate a shorted circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y130 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H1 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace Y130 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H1 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information , and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 728 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 000739.05- Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H2 (C-D), Current Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an open circuit for more than 200 ms at the signal
input of the solenoid valve for range shifting H2 (C-D).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y131 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H2 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace Y131 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H2 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information , and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 729 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 000739.06- Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H2 (C-D), Current Too High
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the signal input of the solenoid
valve for range shifting H2 (C-D) is too high. This may indicate a shorted circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y131 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H2 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace Y131 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H2 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information , and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 730 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 002000.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from ECU Control Software
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the ECU
control software and the PDQ control software. Reception of the CAN message regarding coolant temperature is intermittent or
non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 731 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 002005.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from TIQ Control Software
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the PDQ control software. Reception of the CAN messages is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent
reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 732 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 002005.12- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from TIQ Control Software
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the PDQ control software. Reception of the CAN messages is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent
reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

PTQ 002019.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information on Wheel Speed


35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software receives an incorrect signal or no signal from the wheel
sensors.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 733 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 002049.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from OIC Control Software
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the OIC
control software and the PTQ control software. Reception of the CAN messages is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent
reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 734 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 002145.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from FCC Control Software
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the FCC
control software and the PDQ control software. Reception of the CAN messages is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent
reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 735 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 002824.02- Reverse Drive Lever, Not-Neutral Switch, Out of Range


35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an illogical switch position of the not-neutral switch and
the reverse drive lever position.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: If there is an operator error, the tractor may be moved again after shifting the reverse
drive lever and park lock into neutral position.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace lever, see A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Component Information , and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

PTQ 002833.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Vehicle Rolls Despite Park Lock Being Engaged
35
Vehicle continues to move at a speed over 1.75 km/h even although the park lock is engaged. Release the park brake or stop
the tractor.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 736 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 002905.05- Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H3 (D-E), Current Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an open circuit for more than 200 ms at the signal
input of the solenoid valve for range shifting H3 (D-E).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y132 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H3 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace Y132 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H3 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information , and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 737 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 002905.06- Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H3 (D-E), Current Too High
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the signal input of the solenoid
valve for range shifting H3 (D-E) is too high. This may indicate a shorted circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y132 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H3 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace Y132 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H3 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information , and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 738 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 002906.05- Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H4 (E-F), Current Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an open circuit for more than 200 ms at the signal
input of the solenoid valve for range shifting H4 (C-D).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y133 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H4 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace Y133 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H4 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information , and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 739 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 002906.06- Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H4 (E-F), Current Too High
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the signal input of the solenoid
valve for range shifting H4 (E-F) is too high. This may indicate a shorted circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y133 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H4 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace Y133 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H4 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information , and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

PTQ 004309.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Vehicle Direction Changes When Changing Ranges
35
Vehicle direction changes when changing ranges. This may occur when driving on a slope. Control unit responds when park
lock is engaged. Stop the tractor and restart.
PTQ 516673.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Changing ranges not possible due to a mechanical or electronic
fault.
35
A mechanical or electronic error has occurred when trying to change ranges. This may indicate a drop in oil pressure in the
system or a sensor error.
PTQ 516673.17- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Changing ranges not possible due to a fault.
35
An error has occurred when trying to change ranges. The last range was engaged again successfully. This may be attributable
to a time synchronization error or a mechanical error.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 740 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 520589.02- 2nd Wheel Speed Sensor, Out of Range


35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects there is an incorrect or non-existent signal at the 2nd
wheel speed sensor. This may indicate a defective circuit or a defective component.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform B009-4 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Testor B009-6 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test, in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace sensor, see B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information , and perform an operational
check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

PTQ 521925.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: No Operator Was Present During a Shifting Procedure
35
The diagnostic trouble code is caused during a shifting procedure at less than 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph) when there is no operator
presence signal present for more than 3 seconds. Occupy the operator′s seat.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 741 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 522150.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Engine overload protection


35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the engine speed is too high for the requested
gear or group. The requested gear or group shifting does not occur. Reduce engine speed.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: The control software prevents the requested gear or range shifting.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform the test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the ECU control software that may be associated with this diagnostic trouble code must take
priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.

PTQ 522188.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Transmission speed too high for a range shift.
35
Excessive transmission speed was detected during a shift in range. The previous speed range is engaged once more.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 742 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 522190.03- Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft, Voltage Too High
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage on the position sensor for the E/F
shifter shaft is too high. This may indicate a shorted circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B258 - Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B258 - Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 743 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 522190.04- Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft, Voltage Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage on the position sensor for the E/F
shifter shaft is too low (under 0.3 V). This may indicate a defective circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B258 - Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B258 - Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 744 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 522191.03- Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft, Voltage Too High
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage on the position sensor for the C/D
shifter shaft is too high. This may indicate a shorted circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 745 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 522191.04- Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft, Voltage Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage on the position sensor for the C/D
shifter shaft is too low (under 0.3 V). This may indicate a defective circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 746 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 522192.03- Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft, Voltage Too High
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage on the position sensor for the A/B
shifter shaft is too high. This may indicate a shorted circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 747 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 522192.04- Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft, Voltage Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage on the position sensor for the C/D
shifter shaft is too low (under 0.3 V). This may indicate a defective circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 748 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 522193.15- Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft, Neutral Position Not Detected
35
This diagnostic trouble code may occur if there is either a mechanical defect or a defective sensor, or the calibration
information does not tally.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B258 - Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B258 - Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 749 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 522194.15- Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft, Neutral Position Not Detected
35
This diagnostic trouble code may occur if there is either a mechanical defect or a defective sensor, or the calibration
information does not tally.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 750 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 522196.15- Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft, Neutral Position Not Detected
35
This diagnostic trouble code may occur if there is either a mechanical defect or a defective sensor, or the calibration
information does not tally.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 751 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 522197.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft, Shifting Procedure Aborted
35
This diagnostic trouble code may occur if there is either a mechanical defect or a defective sensor, and also if the oil pressure
has dropped. Restart the tractor.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B258 - Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B258 - Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 752 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 522197.17- Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft, Signal Voltage Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the signal voltage on the position sensor for the
E/F shifter shaft is too low. This may indicate a defective circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 753 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 522198.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft, Shifting Procedure Aborted
35
This diagnostic trouble code may occur if there is either a mechanical defect or a defective sensor, and also if the oil pressure
has dropped. Restart the tractor.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 754 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 522198.17- Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft, Signal Voltage Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the signal voltage on the position sensor for the
C/D shifter shaft is too low. This may indicate a defective circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 755 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 522199.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft, Shifting Procedure Aborted
35
This diagnostic trouble code may occur if there is either a mechanical defect or a defective sensor, and also if the oil pressure
has dropped. Restart the tractor.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 756 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 522199.17- Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft, Voltage Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the signal voltage on the position sensor for the
C/D shifter shaft is too low. This may indicate a defective circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 757 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 522200.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft, Shifting Procedure Aborted
35
This diagnostic trouble code may occur if there is either a mechanical defect or a defective sensor, and also if the oil pressure
has dropped. Restart the tractor.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 758 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 522200.17- Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft, Voltage Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the signal voltage on the position sensor for the
A/B shifter shaft is too low. This may indicate a defective circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 759 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 522201.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft, Shifting Procedure Aborted
35
This diagnostic trouble code may occur if there is either a mechanical defect or a defective sensor, and also if the oil pressure
has dropped. Restart the tractor.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 760 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 522201.17- Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft, Voltage Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the signal voltage on the position sensor for the
A/B shifter shaft is too low. This may indicate a defective circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 761 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 522847.05- Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Current Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the transmission enable
proportional solenoid valve is too low. This may indicate a defective wiring harness. There are two ways how this diagnostic
trouble code can be generated:
• In normal operating mode, this diagnostic trouble code is generated after 200 msec.
• In come-home mode, this diagnostic trouble code is generated after 400 msec.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test or
Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y011 - Proportional solenoid valve for transmission enable, Component information ,
and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 762 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 522847.06- Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Current Too High
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the transmission enable
proportional solenoid valve is too high. This may indicate a shorted circuit in the wiring harness. There are two ways how this
diagnostic trouble code can be generated:
• In normal operating mode, this diagnostic trouble code is generated after 200 msec.
• In come-home mode, this diagnostic trouble code is generated after 400 msec.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test or
Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y011 - Proportional solenoid valve for transmission enable, Component information ,
and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

PTQ 523108.13- Transmission System Not Calibrated


35
If one of the shifter shaft sensors assumes the factory settings, this diagnostic trouble code appears. Transmission must be
calibrated.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 763 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 523677.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Declutch Switch on Range-Shift Lever Deactivated, No Operator
Present
35
This operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the clutch switch on range-shift lever has been actuated but
there is no valid signal to indicate that the operator is present (operator on seat, clutch or brake pedals depressed). A valid
signal to indicate that the operator is present must be received at least 3 seconds prior to actuation. The diagnostic trouble
code may also be generated due to an operator error (operator not on seat shortly before/during the actuation of the clutch
switch).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: control software turns off the function of the clutch switch on range-shift lever. The
function will be reactivated when the reverse drive lever is moved through neutral position.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Set clutch switch on range-shift lever with address TIQ 167 to -1-.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 764 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 523711.02- 1st Wheel Speed Sensor, Out of Range


35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects there is an incorrect or non-existent signal at the 1st
wheel speed sensor. This may indicate a defective circuit or a defective component.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test


B009-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
B009-3 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test
Perform B009-4 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Perform B009-6 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.
B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test

For more information see: B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information .

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace sensor, see B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information or B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor,
Component Information, and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 765 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 523953.02- Reverse Drive Lever Out of Range


35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects a conflict between the switch position of the reverse
drive lever and the drive signal of the TIQ control software and FCC control software. The reverse drive lever has to be moved
to park position to reset this diagnostic trouble code.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor automation is turned off.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Move reverse drive lever to park position.
3. Start the engine.
4. Check to see if DTC reappears.
5. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIQ and FCC control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test and A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Circuit Test , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace lever, see A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Component Information , and perform
operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 766 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 523961.07- Reverse Drive Lever, Fault


35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the range shift lever is in park position but the
reverse drive lever is not in neutral position.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: The control software shifts the transmission to neutral.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Move reverse drive lever to park position.
3. Start the engine.
4. Check to see if DTC reappears.
5. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIQ and FCC control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Circuit Test , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Perform test, see 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test and A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Circuit Test , Section 245. • Problem still
exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 767 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 523966.31- Tractor in "come home" mode - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Reverse drive lever in position
for neutral or park
35
This operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the come-home mode is activated (plug for come-home
function in COME-HOME position). The operator is informed that he should move the forward/reverse drive lever to its neutral
or park position to gain access to the next stage of the come-home function.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: The control software shifts the transmission to neutral.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Move reverse drive lever to neutral or park position.
3. Start the engine.
4. Check to see if DTC reappears.
5. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 768 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 524173.03- Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Channel 1, Voltage Too High


35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software measures a voltage of more than 4.7 V at the signal input from
channel 1 of the potentiometer. This indicates a problem at the signal lead or at the ground connection of the potentiometer.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• All circuits are within specification. Replace potentiometer, see B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information
and perform an operational check.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 769 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 524173.04- Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Channel 1, Voltage Too Low


35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects a voltage of less than 0.3 V at the signal input from
channel 1 of the potentiometer. This indicates a problem on the signal lead or a problem with the potentiometer supply
voltage. This may also indicate a ground problem.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace potentiometer, see B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information and perform an
operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

PTQ 524226.08- Direction of Travel, Out of Range


35
??????????????

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 770 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 524230.03- Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Voltage Too High
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the transmission enable
proportional solenoid valve is too high. The diagnostic trouble code is also generated if enable pressure is registered even
though the transmission is in neutral. This diagnostic trouble code can indicate a defective circuit of the transmission enable
sensor.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test or
Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y011 - Proportional solenoid valve for transmission enable, Component information ,
and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 771 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 524230.04- Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Voltage Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the transmission enable
proportional solenoid valve is too low. The diagnostic trouble code is also generated if full enable pressure has been
commanded but less than half is measured. This may indicate a defective component or wiring harness. This diagnostic trouble
code can indicate a defective circuit of the transmission enable sensor.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test or
Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y011 - Proportional solenoid valve for transmission enable, Component information ,
and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 772 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 524230.05- Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Current Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the transmission enable
proportional solenoid valve is too low. This may indicate a defective wiring harness. There are two ways how this diagnostic
trouble code can be generated:
• In normal operating mode, this diagnostic trouble code is generated after 200 msec.
• In come-home mode, this diagnostic trouble code is generated after 400 msec.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test or
Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y011 - Proportional solenoid valve for transmission enable, Component information ,
and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 773 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 524230.06- Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Current Too High
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the transmission enable
proportional solenoid valve is too high. This may indicate a shorted circuit in the wiring harness. There are two ways how this
diagnostic trouble code can be generated:
• In normal operating mode, this diagnostic trouble code is generated after 200 msec.
• In come-home mode, this diagnostic trouble code is generated after 400 msec.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test or
Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y011 - Proportional solenoid valve for transmission enable, Component information ,
and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 774 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 524234.03- Transmission enable sensor, Voltage too high


35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects a voltage above 4.875 V for more than 960 msec. This
may indicate a defective wiring harness.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B105 - Enable Pressure Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace sensor, see B105 - Enable Pressure Sensor, Component Information , and perform an operational
check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 775 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 524234.04- Transmission enable sensor, Voltage too low


35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects a voltage below 0.3 V for more than 960 msec. This
may indicate a defective wiring harness.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B105 - Enable Pressure Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace sensor, see B105 - Enable Pressure Sensor, Component Information , and perform an operational
check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 776 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 524239.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Clutch, Fault


35
If the clutch is fully engaged, yet no ground speed can be detected in spite of this, this diagnostic trouble code is generated.
Tractor shifts to neutral. Restart the tractor. Amongst other things, this may indicate a defective wheel speed sensor.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test in Section 240.


Perform B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification.Replace sensor, see B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Informationor B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor,
Component Information , and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

PTQ 524242.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: System Pressure, Pressure Too Low
35
If system pressure falls below 1600 kPa for more than 200 seconds, this diagnostic trouble code is generated. This may point to
an insufficient oil level.
PTQ 524250.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Park Lock, Fault
35
This diagnostic trouble code is saved in the fault memory to remind a new operator during ignition ON that a problem occurred
with the park lock in the past.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 777 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software

PTQ 524254.02- Transmission enable signal, Internal fault


35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that a neutral signal was received via the CAN bus but
the transmission enable signal is active. The diagnostic trouble code is also generated if a direction of travel is selected with
the reverse drive lever and the park lock is not engaged but the transmission enable signal is inactive. The transmission is
malfunctioning. Engage park lock or neutral.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Move reverse drive lever to neutral or park position.
3. Start the engine.
4. Check to see if DTC reappears.
5. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Checks - Communication Faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 778 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software

PTQ 524267.16- Average engagement time of forward clutch, Out of range high
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the clutch force is above the stored threshold
value in the internal memory. The diagnostic trouble code may indicate that the clutch is overloaded.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Component Information , and perform an operational
check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 779 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software

Group PTR - PTR Control Software


PTR 000084.15- Wheel speed received during test routine
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that a wheel speed above 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph) is being
received via CAN bus during the test routine. The reason for this may be: Wheel speed sensor or transmission output speed
sensor defective, wheel speed/transmission output speed received via the CAN bus not correct, or the tractor is not standing on
a level surface during the calibration. Therefore, the tractor can move during the calibration (wheel speed exists).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Checks - Communication Faultsin Section 240.

NO:GO TO 2

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test or B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test , in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace sensor, see B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information or B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor,
Component Information, and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 780 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software

PTR 000084.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Wheel Speed from CCU Control Software
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the CAN Bus message of the CCU control software
is incorrect. This can indicated a defective wheel speed sensor.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the CCU control software that can be associated with an electrical error take priority.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

( 3 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test or B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test , in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace sensor, see B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information or B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor,
Component Information, and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 781 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software

PTR 000190.17- Engine speed too low during test routine


149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the engine speed (CAN message) is between 100
and 500 rpm during the test routine. This could happen if the engine speed drops considerably or if the ECU transmits an
incorrect engine speed.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no PTR control software function.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the PTR control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 782 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software

PTR 000190.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Engine Speed from ECU Control Software
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the engine speed (CAN message) is between 100
and 500 rpm for longer than 5 seconds (while stationary). This can happen while the tractor is stationary if engine speed drops
suddenly or if the ECU transmits an incorrect engine speed.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no PTR control software function.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the ECU control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see 50ZZ -Engine Control Unit, Test and 50ZZ -Main Control Unit, Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 783 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software

PTR 002000.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from ECU Control Software
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the ECU
control software and the PTR control software. Reception of one of the ECU messages is intermittent or non-existent
(intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no PTR control software function.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the ECU control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see 50ZZ -Engine Control Unit, Test and 50ZZ -Main Control Unit, Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program ECU engine control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 784 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software

PTR 002049.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from OIC Control Software
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the OIC
control software and the PTR control software. Reception of one of the OIC messages is intermittent or non-existent
(intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no PTR control software function.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 785 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software

PTR 002071.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from CCU Control Software
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the CCU
control software and the PTR control software. Reception of one of the CCU messages is intermittent or non-existent
(intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no PTR control software function.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the CCU control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 786 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software

PTR 002140.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from AIC Control Software
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the AIC
control software and the PTR control software. Reception of one of the AIC messages is intermittent or non-existent
(intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no PTR control software function.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the AIC control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 787 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software

PTR 002145.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from FCC Control Software
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the FCC
control software and the PTR control software. Reception of one of the FCC messages is intermittent or non-existent
(intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no PTR control software function.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an internal problem in control software FCC take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see 50ZZ -Main Control Unit, Test and 50ZZ -Instrument Unit, Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 788 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software

PTR 522506.03- Neutral Switch of Reverse Drive Lever, Voltage Too High
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that voltage at the neutral switch of the reverse drive
lever is too high.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the reverse drive lever.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification.Replace lever, see A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Component Information , and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 789 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software

PTR 522506.04- Neutral Switch of Reverse Drive Lever, Voltage Too Low
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that voltage at the neutral switch of the reverse drive
lever is too low.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the reverse drive lever.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification.Replace lever, see A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Component Information , and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 790 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software

PTR 522763.19- Signal of the reverse drive lever message, Incorrect information from FCC control software
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the PTR
control software and the reverse drive lever. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the FCC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 791 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software

PTR 523666.03- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too High


149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers a supply voltage (BAT) of more than 16 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 792 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software

PTR 523666.04- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too Low


149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers a supply voltage (BAT) of less than 9 volt.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 793 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software

PTR 523961.07- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Reverse drive lever not in neutral with park lock engaged
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the reverse drive lever is not in neutral position
even though the park lock has been engaged. Move the reverse drive lever to neutral.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the AIC or PTR control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 794 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software

PTR 523961.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Ground speed registered while park lock is engaged
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the tractor is moving even though the park lock is
engaged. Release park lock and engage again.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see S114 - Park lock switch, Circuit test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification.Replace switch, see S114 - Park Lock Switch, Component Information , and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

PTR 523966.03- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Connector for Come-Home Function, Fault
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the operator wants to deactivate the come-home
function, but that it still is activated.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 795 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software

PTR 523966.04- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too Low


149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers a supply voltage (BAT) of less than 9 volt.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

PTR 523966.19- Come-home mode, incorrect signal from OIC control software
149
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the PTR control software detects that the OIC control software has sent an incorrect
come-home mode signal via the CAN Bus. Restart the tractor to rectify the error.
PTR 523966.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Come-home mode activated
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the come-home mode is activated.
PTR 524020.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Reverse drive lever not in neutral position during start-up
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the reverse drive lever is not in neutral position
during the start-up. Move the reverse drive lever to neutral.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 796 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software

PTR 524069.03- Reverse Brake Solenoid Valve, Voltage Too High


149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the signal input of the reverse brake
solenoid valve is too high.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace solenoid valve and perform an operational check, see Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Component
Information .

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 797 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software

PTR 524069.05- Reverse Brake Solenoid Valve, Current Too Low


149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the signal input of reverse brake
solenoid valve is too low.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace solenoid valve and perform an operational check, see Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Component
Information .

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 798 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software

PTR 524069.06- Reverse Brake Solenoid Valve, Current Too High


149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the signal input of the reverse brake
solenoid valve is too high. This may indicate a short circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace solenoid valve and perform an operational check, see Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Component
Information .

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 799 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software

PTR 524071.03- Forward Clutch Solenoid Valve, Voltage Too High


149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the signal input of the forward
clutch solenoid valve is too high.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace solenoid valve and perform an operational check, see Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Component
Information .

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 800 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software

PTR 524071.05- Forward Clutch Solenoid Valve, Current Too Low


149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the signal input of forward clutch
solenoid valve is too low.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace solenoid valve and perform an operational check, see Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Component
Information .

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 801 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software

PTR 524071.06- Forward Clutch Solenoid Valve, Current Too High


149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the signal input of the forward
clutch solenoid valve is too high.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace solenoid valve and perform an operational check, see Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Component
Information .

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

PTR 524194.03- Switch for transmission neutral position, Voltage too high
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the transmission neutral switch is in the neutral
position even though the control software has sent either a forward or a reverse travel signal to the solenoid valves.

Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.

PTR 524194.04- Switch for Transmission Neutral Position, Voltage Too Low
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the transmission neutral switch is in the forward or
reverse position even though the control software has sent a neutral signal to the solenoid valves.

Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.

PTR 524194.07- Switch for transmission neutral position, Malfunction


149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the transmission does not react to a direction
change.

Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 802 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software

PTR 524230.03- Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Voltage Too High
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the transmission enable
proportional solenoid valve is too high. The diagnostic trouble code is also generated if enable pressure is registered even
though the transmission is in neutral.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y100 - Transmission Enable Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y100 - Transmission Enable Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Component
Information , and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 803 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software

PTR 524230.05- Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Current Too Low
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the transmission enable
proportional solenoid valve is too low. This may indicate a defective wiring harness. There are two ways how this diagnostic
trouble code can be generated:
• In normal operating mode, this diagnostic trouble code is generated after 200 msec.
• In come-home mode, this diagnostic trouble code is generated after 400 msec.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y100 - Transmission Enable Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y100 - Transmission Enable Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Component
Information , and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 804 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software

PTR 524230.06- Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Current Too High
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the transmission enable
proportional solenoid valve is too high. This may indicate a shorted circuit in the wiring harness. There are two ways how this
diagnostic trouble code can be generated:
• In normal operating mode, this diagnostic trouble code is generated after 200 msec.
• In come-home mode, this diagnostic trouble code is generated after 400 msec.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y100 - Transmission Enable Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y100 - Transmission Enable Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Component
Information , and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 805 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software

PTR 524234.03- Transmission Enable Pressure Switch, Voltage Too High


149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects a voltage above 4.875 V for more than 960 ms. This
may indicate a defective wiring harness.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform S150 - Enable Pressure Switch (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see S150 - Enable Pressure Switch (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Component Information
, and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 806 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

PTR 524234.04- Transmission enable pressure sensor, Voltage too low


149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects a voltage below 0.3 V for more than 960 msec. This
may indicate a defective wiring harness.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform S150 - Enable Pressure Switch (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see S150 - Enable Pressure Switch (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Component Information
, and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 807 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

Group RPT - RPT Control Software


RPT 000084.09- CAN BUS message cannot be received, information from CCU control software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the RPF
control software and the CCU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages expected by the RPT
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 808 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 000084.19- Wheel speed sensor, Malfunction


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the CCU control software cannot determine the
wheel speed and so cannot provide the CAN BUS with any data. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic
trouble code in the RPT control software. In its active state, this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the CCU
control software. The CCU diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

OK:

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the CCU control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 809 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 000084.31- Wheel speed sensor, Malfunction


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the CCU control software detects an open circuit to
the wheel speed sensor. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the RPT control software. In
its active state, this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the CCU control software. The CCU diagnostic trouble
code takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the CCU control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 810 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 000158.03- Control Software, Supply Voltage (ELX) Too High


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the supply voltage (ELX) is above 16 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 811 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 000158.04- Control Software, Supply Voltage (ELX) Too Low


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the supply voltage (ELX) is under 9 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 812 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 000177.09- CAN BUS message cannot be received, Information from PTA control software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the RPT
control software and the PTA control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages expected by the RPT
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 813 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 000177.19- Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor, Fault


332
Transmission oil temperature cannot be determined by the PTA control software and cannot be provided to the CAN bus. A
transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code. In its active state, this fault can also generate a
diagnostic trouble code in the PTA control software. These diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the PTA control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 814 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 000177.31- Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor, Fault


332
The PTA control software detects that the circuit of the transmission oil temperature sensor is open. A transmitted replacement
value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the RPT control software. In its active state, this fault can also generate a
diagnostic trouble code in the PTA control software. This diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the PTA control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

RPT 000186.01- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Speed Too Low at the Rear PTO
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the rear PTO speed at the rear PTO is too low.
Possibly the transmission oil pressure is too low, the implement is too big or its inertia is too high, or the implement is blocked.
The rear PTO is forcibly switched off and can be switched back on again after 20 seconds.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 815 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 000186.04- Rear PTO speed sensor, Voltage too low


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the signal input of rear PTO speed
sensor is too low. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B006 - Rear PTO speed sensor, Circuit test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace rear PTO speed sensor and perform an operational check.• Problem still
exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General information, Electrical system, Troubleshooting unsolved problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 816 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 000186.05- Rear PTO speed sensor, Open circuit


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that voltage at the output of the rear PTO speed
sensor is too high. This indicates that the circuit is open.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B006 - Rear PTO speed sensor, Circuit test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace rear PTO speed sensor and perform an operational check.• Problem still
exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General information, Electrical system, Troubleshooting unsolved problems in Section 210.

RPT 000186.15- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Speed Too High After Shutting Off the
Rear PTO
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the rear PTO keeps on running too long after it has
been shut off. Possibly the implement is too big or its inertia is too high, or the rear PTO brake is defective or worn.
RPT 000186.17- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Speed Too Low After Switching On the
Rear PTO
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the rear PTO speed is too low after switching on
the rear PTO. Possibly the transmission oil pressure is too low, the implement is too big or its inertia is too high, or the
implement is blocked.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 817 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 000190.09- CAN BUS message cannot be received, Information from ECU control software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the RPF
control software and the ECU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages expected by the RPT
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software. This diagnostic trouble code can also be caused due to stalling of the
engine.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 818 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 000190.19- Engine speed sensor, Malfunction


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the ECU control software cannot determine the
engine speed and so cannot provide the CAN BUS with any data. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic
trouble code in the RPT control software. In its active state, this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the ECU
control software. The ECU diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the ECU control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 819 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 000190.31- Engine speed sensor, Malfunction


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the ECU control software detects an open circuit to
the engine speed sensor. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the RPT control software.
In its active state, this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the ECU control software. The ECU diagnostic trouble
code takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the ECU control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 820 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 000628.02- Control Software, Internal Error


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if there was an error when reading the internal module (EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 821 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 000630.13- Control Software Not or Incorrectly Calibrated


332
Rear PTO not or incorrectly calibrated. Recalibrate rear PTO.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Recalibrate rear PTO.• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the main control unit. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 822 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 001504.09- CAN BUS message cannot be received, Information from OIC control software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the RPT
control software and the OIC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages expected by the RPT
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 823 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 001504.19- Operator presence switch, Malfunction


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the OIC control software cannot determine
operator presence and so cannot provide the CAN BUS with any data. A transmitted replacement value generates this
diagnostic trouble code in the RPT control software. In its active state, this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the
OIC control software. The OIC diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 824 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 001504.31- Operator presence switch, Malfunction


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the OIC control software detects an open circuit to
the operator presence switch. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the RPT control
software. In its active state, this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the OIC control software. The OIC diagnostic
trouble code takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 825 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 001883.31- Rear PTO speed too high


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the rear PTO speed is too high. If the diagnostic
trouble code is generated although it is certain that the rear PTO speed is not too high: Perform rear PTO speed, Operational
check.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B06 - Rear PTO speed sensor, Circuit test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace rear PTO speed sensor and perform an operational check.• Problem still
exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General information, Electrical system, Troubleshooting unsolved problems in Section 210.

RPT 001890.03- PTO Shaft Spline Identifier Switch, Voltage Too High
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the PTO shaft spline identifier function has been
activated. Check the settings and reprogram the main control unit, if necessary.
RPT 001890.04- PTO Shaft Spline Identifier Switch, Voltage Too Low
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the PTO shaft spline identifier function has been
activated. Check the settings and reprogram the main control unit, if necessary.
RPT 001890.31- PTO Shaft Spline Identifier Switch, Fault
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the PTO shaft spline identifier function has been
activated. Check the settings and reprogram the main control unit, if necessary.
RPT 001894.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Rear PTO switch was on when engine was started
332
This operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated when the rear PTO is switched on when starting the engine or
turning on the ignition. If the diagnostic trouble code is generated although the rear PTO was not on while starting the engine:
Perform rear PTO switch, Operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 826 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 002000.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from ECU control software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the ECU
control software and the RPT control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the ECU
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 827 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 002003.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from PTA/PTQ control software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the ECU
control software and the PTA/PTQ control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the
PTA/PTQ control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a
problem in the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 828 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 002049.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from OIC control software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the OIC
control software and the RPT control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the OIC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 829 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 002071.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from CCU control software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the CCU
control software and the RPT control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the CCU
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 830 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 002139.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from CSM control software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the CSM
control software and the RPT control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the CSM
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 831 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 002140.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from AIC control software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the AIC
control software and the RPT control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the AIC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 832 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 002238.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from SMV control software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the SMV
control software and the RPT control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the SMV
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 833 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 002240.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from TEC control software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TEC
control software and the RPT control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the TEC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

RPT 002818.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Operator presence switch not activated
332
This operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the control software detects that one or several functions
are selected that require the operator presence switch to be activated but the operator has left the seat. If the diagnostic
trouble code is generated even though the operator is seated on the operator′s seat: Perform an operational check of the
operator presence switch.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 834 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 520870.02- Control Software, Internal Error


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there was an error reading the internal module
(EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 835 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 520871.02- Control Software, Internal Error


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there was an error reading the internal module
(EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 836 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 520872.02- Control Software, Internal Error


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there was an error reading the internal module
(EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 837 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 522011.02- OIC control software, Malfunction


332
This diagnostic trouble code is generated when the control software detects that the OIC control software detects an internal
fault. In its active state, this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the RPT control software. The OIC diagnostic
trouble code takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 838 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 522011.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from OIC control software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the OIC
control software and the RPT control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the OIC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 839 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 522011.19- OIC control software, Malfunction


332
This diagnostic trouble code is generated when the control software detects that the OIC control software detects an internal
fault. In its active state, this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the RPT control software. The OIC diagnostic
trouble code takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 840 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 522011.31- OIC control software, Malfunction


332
This diagnostic trouble code is generated when the control software detects that the OIC control software detects an internal
fault. In its active state, this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the RPT control software. The OIC diagnostic
trouble code takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 841 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 522390.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from Implement


332
Data transfer problem between the RPT control software and the implement. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in the
transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: All functions of the Tractor-Implement Automation™ are deactivated.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the implement

Action:

1. Check all CAN BUS connection on the implement.


2. Check all connectors of the control units (ground and voltage supply) on the implement.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

NO:Problem identified. Repair as needed, and perform operational check.

RPT 522390.11- Tractor-Implement Automation™, Fault


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the come-home mode is activated. This
deactivates all functions of the Tractor-Implement Automation™.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 842 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 523666.03- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too High


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers a supply voltage (BAT) of more than 16 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 240.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 843 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 523666.04- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too Low


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers a supply voltage (BAT) of less than 9 volt.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 240.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 844 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 523908.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from OIC Control Software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the OIC control software does not update the value
regularly about the rear PTO external control switch value via the CAN BUS. OIC diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the RPT control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

RPT 523908.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Remote control switch for rear PTO is activated
332
This operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the control software detects that the switch for the remote
control for the rear PTO is switched on.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 845 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 523908.19- Remote control switch for rear PTO, Malfunction


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that OIC control software cannot determine the values
of the rear PTO external control switch and so cannot provide the CAN BUS with any data. A transmitted replacement value
generates this diagnostic trouble code in the RPT control software. OIC diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 846 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 523908.31- Remote control switch for rear PTO, Malfunction


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the OIC control software detects an open circuit in
the circuit for the remote control switch for the rear PTO. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble
code in the RPT control software. In its active state, this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the OIC control
software. The OIC diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 847 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 524218.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from PTQ control software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the ECU
control software and the RPT control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the PTQ
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 848 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 524218.19- Park position signal, Malfunction


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the PTQ control software cannot determine the
park position signal and so cannot provide the CAN BUS with any data. A transmitted replacement value generates this
diagnostic trouble code in the RPT control software. PTQ diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the PTQ control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 849 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 524218.31- Park position signal, Malfunction


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the PTQ control software detects an open circuit to
the front PTO switch. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the RPT control software. In its
active state, this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the PTQ control software. The PTQ diagnostic trouble code
takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the PTQ control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 850 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 524224.02- Rear PTO switch, Malfunction


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that messages of the OIC control software about the
rear PTO switch value are not plausible. OIC diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 851 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 524224.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from OIC Control Software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that messages of the OIC control software about the
rear PTO switch value cannot be updated regularly via the CAN BUS. OIC diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the RPT control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 852 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 524224.19- Rear PTO switch, Malfunction


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that OIC control software cannot determine the values
of the rear PTO switch and so cannot provide the CAN BUS with any data. A transmitted replacement value generates this
diagnostic trouble code in the RPT control software. OIC diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 853 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 524224.31- Rear PTO switch, Malfunction


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the OIC control software detects an open circuit in
the circuit for the switch for the rear PTO. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the RPT
control software. In its active state, this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the OIC control software. The OIC
diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 854 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 524252.04- Rear PTO Solenoid Valve, Voltage Too Low


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the positive lead of the rear PTO
solenoid valve is too low. This indicates a short to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform Y004 - Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace Y004 - Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 855 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 524252.05- Rear PTO Solenoid Valve, Current Too Low


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current on the ground lead of the rear PTO
solenoid valve is too low. This indicates that the circuit is open.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform Y004 - Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace Y004 - Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 856 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 524252.14- Rear PTO Solenoid Valve, Voltage Too High


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the positive lead of the rear PTO
solenoid valve is above 16 V. This indicates a short to a higher voltage source.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform Y004 - Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace Y004 - Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 857 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software

RPT 524252.15- Rear PTO Solenoid valve, Current Too High


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the connecting leads of the rear PTO
solenoid valve is too high. This indicates a short to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform Y004 - Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace Y004 - Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 858 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

RPT 524252.17- Rear PTO Solenoid Valve, Open Circuit


332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an open circuit to the rear PTO solenoid valve.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform Y004 - Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace Y004 - Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 859 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

Group SCO - SCO Control Software


SCO 000084.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Ground speed too fast
337
The operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the travel speed is too high while the return-to-position
function is activated.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 860 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 000084.19- Wheel Speed Sensor, Fault


337
Transmission output speed cannot be determined by the CCU control software and cannot be provided for the CAN bus. A
transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code. In its active state, this error can also generate a
diagnostic trouble code in the CCU control software. These diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the CCU control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 861 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 000158.04- Control Software, Supply Voltage (ELX) Too Low


337
Supply voltage (ELX) below 9 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 862 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 000168.03- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too High


337
Supply voltage (BAT) above 16 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 863 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 000168.04- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too Low


337
Supply voltage (BAT) below 9 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 864 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 000177.01- Hydraulic Oil Temperature Too Low


337
Hydraulic oil temperature below -25°C (-13°F). The function of the E-SCVs is temperature-dependent:
• Hydraulic oil temperature below -25 °C (-13 °F): No function of E-SCVs.
• Hydraulic oil between -15°C and -25°C (5°F und -13°F): E-SCVs not functioning, or functioning is impaired.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valves.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the transmission oil temperature

Action:

Access address CCU 028 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor and verify that the information displayed complies with
the specifications.

Result:

YES:Hydraulic oil between -15°C and -25°C (5°F and -13°F), warm up the hydraulic oil and perform an operational check.

NO:Hydraulic oil warmer than -15 °C. GO TO 3.

( 3 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 865 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 000190.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from ECU


337
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the ECU and SCO control software.
Reception of one, several, or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the ECU is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent
reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 866 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 000190.19- Engine Speed Sensor, Fault


337
Engine speed cannot be determined by the ECU control software and cannot be provided for the CAN bus. A transmitted
replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code. In its active state, this fault can also generate a diagnostic trouble
code at the ECU control software. These diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function is limited or not working.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the ECU control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 867 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 000628.02- Control Software, Internal Error


337
Error when reading the internal module (EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245.

NO:Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. GO TO 1.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 868 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 000629.12- Control Software, Internal Error


337
A fault occurred when the software was launched (watchdog).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. GO TO 1. • Problem still exists.
Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 869 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 000630.13- Control Software Not Calibrated


337
One or more of the functions in the control software active, but not yet calibrated.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valves.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Calibrate SCO control software

Action:

1. Before calibrating, it is essential to delete all SCO diagnostic trouble codes.


2. Access calibration address SCO 020 - E-SCVs, Calibration and perform calibration, see Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 3.

( 3 ) Check the activated functions

Action:

1. The calibration can only be completed successfully if the selective control valves have been activated correctly.
2. For activation, see diagnostic address SCO 010 - Activating Selective Control Valves, Configuration

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245.

NO:• Correct settings and GO TO 2 . • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 870 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 000924.03- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI, Supply Voltage Too High
337
Supply voltage (BAT) above 16 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valves.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform M012 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI, Circuit Test in Section 240.
3. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 871 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 000924.04- Stepper Motors for E-SCV X and E-SCV XI, Supply Voltage Too Low
337
Voltage at stepper motor input below 9 volts. This indicates a short to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valves.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform M015 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV X, Circuit Testand M012 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 872 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 000925.03- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII, Supply Voltage Too High
337
Supply voltage (BAT) above 16 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform M013 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII, Circuit Test in Section 240.
3. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 873 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 000925.04- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII, Supply Voltage Too Low
337
Voltage at stepper motor input below 9 volts. This indicates a short to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform M013 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 874 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 000926.03- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII, Supply Voltage Too High
337
Supply voltage (BAT) above 16 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform M014 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII, Circuit Test in Section 240.
3. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 875 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 000926.04- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII, Supply Voltage Too Low
337
Voltage at stepper motor input below 9 volts. This indicates a short to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform M014 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 876 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 002000.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from ECU


337
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the ECU and SCO control software.
Reception of one, several, or all of the CAN messages expected by the ECU is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent
reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

SCO 002003.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot be Received, Information from PTA/PTQ or PTD Control Software
337
Data transfer problem between the SCO control software and PTQ control software (PowrQuad™ transmission). This indicates a
problem in the CAN bus or in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

SCO 002006.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot be Received, Information from EIC Control Software
337
Data transfer problem between the SCO control software and EIC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 877 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.


2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 878 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 002049.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from OIC Control Software
337
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the OIC control software and SCO control
software. Reception of one, several, or all of the CAN messages expected by the OIC control software is intermittent or non-
existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in the transmitting
control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

SCO 002071.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from CCU Control Software
337
Data transfer problem between the CCU control software and SCO control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 879 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 002139.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from CSM Control Software
337
This diagnostic trouble code is generated when a data transfer problem occurs between the CSM control software and SCO
control software. Reception of one, several, or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the CSM control software is intermittent
or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in the
transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 880 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 002140.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from AIC Control Software
337
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the AIC control software and SCO control
software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages expected by the AIC control software is intermittent or non-
existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in the transmitting
control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

SCO 002171.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from E-SCV XI
337
Data transfer problem between the SCO control software and E-SCV XI. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in the
transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

SCO 002172.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from E-SCV XII
337
Data transfer problem between the SCO control software and E-SCV XII. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in the
transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 881 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

SCO 002173.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from E-SCV XIII
337
Data transfer problem between the SCO control software and E-SCV XIII. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in the
transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 882 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 516814.03- Diverter Valve / Memo Function, Voltage Too High


337
Circuit open or shorted to 12 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Diverter valve function / memo function limited.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2.

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform X1268F - Connection Point Between the W741/1 Harness and Front Loader Harness (Diverter Valve / Memo Function),
Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 883 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 516814.06- Diverter Valve / Memo Function, Current Too High


337
Circuit current too high. This indicates a short to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Diverter valve function / memo function limited.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform X1268F - Connection Point Between the W741/1 Harness and Front Loader Harness (Diverter Valve / Memo Function),
Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 884 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 516816.03- Valve for Hitch Dampening, Voltage Too High


337
Circuit open or shorted to 12 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Hitch dampening function limited.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform X1278F - Connection Point Between the W741/1 Harness and Front Loader Harness (Hitch Dampening), Circuit Test ,
Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 885 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 516816.05- Valve for Hitch Dampening, Current Too Low


337
Circuit current too low. This indicates an open circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Hitch dampening function limited.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform X1278F - Connection Point Between the W741/1 Harness and Front Loader Harness (Hitch Dampening), Circuit Test ,
Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 886 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 516816.06- Valve for Hitch Dampening, Current Too High


337
Circuit current too high. This indicates a short to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Hitch dampening function limited.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform X1278F - Connection Point Between the W741/1 Harness and Front Loader Harness (Hitch Dampening), Circuit Test ,
Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 887 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 520529.03- Loader Boom Position Sensor (Channel 1), Voltage Too High
337
Voltage at sensor input above 4.75 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function limited.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B218 - Loader Boom Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 888 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 520529.04- Loader Boom Position Sensor (Channel 1), Voltage Too Low
337
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a voltage below 0.25 V is registered at channel 1 of the loader boom position
sensor.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function limited.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B218 - Loader Boom Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace loader boom position sensor and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 889 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 520529.07- Loader Boom Position Sensor Fault


337
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the stored position of the loader boom cannot be reached. The diagnostic trouble
code may also be generated when the loader boom is blocked.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function limited.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B218 - Loader Boom Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace loader boom position sensor and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 890 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 520529.12- Loader Boom Position Sensor Fault


337
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the loader boom position sensor detects movement in the wrong direction.
Connection of the hydraulic hoses may be incorrect.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function limited.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B218 - Loader Boom Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace loader boom position sensor and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 891 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 520529.13- Control Software Not Calibrated


337
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if one or more of the functions are activated in the control software, but have not yet
been calibrated.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no return-to-position function.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Calibrate SCO control software

Action:

1. Before calibrating, it is essential to delete all SCO diagnostic trouble codes.


2. Access calibration address and perform calibration, see SCO 189 - Front Loader with Return-to-Position Function,
Calibrationin Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Calibrate stepper motors for return-to-position function

Action:

1. Before calibrating, it is essential to delete all SCO diagnostic trouble codes.


2. Access calibration address and perform calibration, see SCO 188 - Stepper Motors for Return-to-Position Function,
Calibrationin Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245.

NO:Correct settings and GO TO 2.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 892 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 520529.14- Return-to-Position Function Not Calibrated


337
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the SCO control software detects that the return-to-position function has not yet
been calibrated.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no return-to-position function.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Calibrate SCO control software

Action:

1. Before calibrating, it is essential to delete all SCO diagnostic trouble codes.


2. Access calibration address and perform calibration, see SCO 189 - Front Loader with Return-to-Position Function,
Calibrationin Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the front chassis control unit, see Reprogramming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 893 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 520529.16- Loader Boom Position Sensor, Value Too High


337
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the SCO control software measures a loader boom angle that is above the end stop.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function limited.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B218 - Loader Boom Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace loader boom position sensor and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 894 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 520529.18- Loader Boom Position Sensor, Value Too Low


337
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the SCO control software measures a loader boom angle that is below the end stop.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function limited.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B218 - Loader Boom Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace loader boom position sensor and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 895 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 520529.31- Loader Boom Position Sensor, Voltage Ratio Between Channel 1 and Channel 2 Not Correct
337
The loader boom position sensor consists of two separate sensors. The signal voltage of sensor 2 is 1/2 of the signal voltage of
sensor 1. The difference is 0.4 V or more.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function limited.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B218 - Loader Boom Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 896 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 520530.03- Loader Boom Position Sensor (Channel 2), Voltage Too High
337
Voltage at sensor input above 2.375 V. This indicates a short to 12 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function limited.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B218 - Loader Boom Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 897 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 520530.04- Loader Boom Position Sensor (Channel 2), Voltage Too Low
337
Voltage at sensor input below 0.125 volts. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function limited.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B218 - Loader Boom Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 898 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 520530.14- Settings for Front Loader Incorrect


337
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the settings for the front loader are incorrect.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no return-to-position function.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check front loader settings

Action:

Access input address and check the value, see SCO 187 - Front Loader Type, Configurationin Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the front chassis control unit, see Reprogramming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 899 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 520531.03- Loader Bucket Position Sensor, Voltage Too High


337
Voltage at sensor input above 4.75 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function limited.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform B219 - Loader Bucket Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 900 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 520531.04- Loader Bucket Position Sensor, Voltage Too Low


337
Voltage at sensor input below 0.25 volts. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function limited.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform B219 - Loader Bucket Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 901 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 520531.07- Loader Bucket Position Sensor Fault


337
Loader bucket does not reach saved position or is blocked.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function not available.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform B219 - Loader Bucket Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 902 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 520531.11- Loader Bucket Position Sensor, Fault


337
Difference between desired and actual position of the loader bucket too big. Return multi-function lever to neutral position.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function not available.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform B219 - Loader Bucket Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 903 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 520531.12- Loader Bucket Position Sensor, Fault


337
Loader bucket moves in the wrong direction. This indicates an error at the hydraulic connections.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function not available.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the hydraulic connections

Action:

Check if the hydraulic hoses for the front loader are properly connected at the multi-coupler.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B219 - Loader Bucket Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 904 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 520531.14- Return-to-Position Function, Fault


337
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if no front loader is connected or if no loader bucket or loader boom position sensor is
detected.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function not available.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B218 - Sensor for Position of Loader Boom, Circuit Testand B219 - Sensor for Position of Loader Bucket, Circuit Testin
Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace loader bucket position sensor and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 905 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 520531.16- Loader Bucket Position Sensor Angle Too High


337
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software receives a value for the loader bucket angle that is above the
value for the upper stop.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function not available.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform B219 - Loader Bucket Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace loader bucket position sensor and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 906 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 520531.17- Loader Bucket Position Sensor Value Too Low


337
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software receives a value for the loader bucket angle that is below the
value for the lower stop.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function not available.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform B219 - Loader Bucket Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace loader bucket position sensor and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 907 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 520531.18- Loader Bucket Position Sensor, Value Too High


337
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software receives a value for the loader bucket angle that is above the
value for the upper stop of the return-to-position function.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function not available.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check loader bucket position

Action:

When the return-to-position function is deactivated, the loader bucket can be rolled back manually. If the return-to-position
function is activated when the loader bucket is rolled back too far, the function is deactivated.

Move the loader bucket forward again and re-activate the return-to-position function.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 3 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform B219 - Loader Bucket Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace loader bucket position sensor and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

SCO 520542.03- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), Voltage Too High
337
Voltage of CAN+ too high. This indicates a short to 12 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 908 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

SCO 520543.04- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), Voltage Too Low
337
Voltage of CAN- too low. This indicates a short to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 909 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 520873.02- Control Software, Internal Error


337
Error when reading the internal module (EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 910 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 520874.02- Control Software, Internal Error


337
Error when reading the internal module (EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 911 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 520893.02- Control Software, Internal Error


337
Error when reading the internal module (EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 912 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 523216.03- E-SCV X and E-SCV XI, Voltage Too High


337
Circuit open or shorted to 12 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform M012 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI, Circuit Test in Section 240.
3. Perform M015 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV X, Circuit Testin Section 240.
4. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 913 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 523216.04- E-SCV X and E-SCV XI, Voltage Too Low


337
Voltage below 9 volts. This indicates a short to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform M012 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI, Circuit Test in Section 240.
3. Perform M015 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV X, Circuit Testin Section 240.
4. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 914 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 523343.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from AIC Control Software
337
Multi-function lever value (function 3) cannot be determined by the AIC control software and cannot be provided for the CAN
bus. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code. In its active state, this fault can also generate
diagnostic trouble codes at the AIC control software. These diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the selective control valve.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the AIC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 915 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 523775.19- Multi-Function Lever, E-SCV Activation Switch, Fault


337
Activation switch value cannot be determined by the AIC control software and cannot be provided for the CAN bus. A
transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code. In its active state, this fault can also generate a
diagnostic trouble code at the AIC control software. These diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valves.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the AIC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 916 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 523775.31- Multi-Function Lever, E-SCV Activation Switch, Fault


337
The AIC control software detects that the circuit of the E-SCV activation switch is open. A transmitted replacement value
generates this diagnostic trouble code in the SCO control software. In its active state, this fault can also generate a diagnostic
trouble code at the AIC control software. This diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valves.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the AIC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 917 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 523776.19- Multi-Function Lever, Shipping Bracket Switch, Fault


337
The AIC control software detects that the circuit of the shipping bracket switch is open. A transmitted replacement value
generates this diagnostic trouble code in the SCO control software. In its active state, this fault can also generate a diagnostic
trouble code at the AIC control software. This diagnostic trouble code takes priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valves.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the AIC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 918 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 523804.19- Multi-Function Lever (Potentiometer) Function 2, Fault


337
Multi-function lever value (function 2) cannot be determined by the AIC control software and cannot be provided for the CAN
bus. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code. In its active state, this fault can also generate
diagnostic trouble codes at the AIC control software. These diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the selective control valve.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the AIC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 919 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 523805.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from AIC Control Software
337
Multi-function lever value (function 1) cannot be determined by the AIC control software and cannot be provided for the CAN
bus. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code. In its active state, this fault can also generate
diagnostic trouble codes at the AIC control software. These diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the selective control valves.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the AIC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

SCO 523827.14- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from E-SCV XIII
337
Data transfer problem between the SCO control software and E-SCV XIII. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in the
transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the selective control valve.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 920 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 523828.14- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from E-SCV XII
337
Data transfer problem between the SCO control software and E-SCV XII. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in the
transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the selective control valve.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 921 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 523829.13- Return-to-Position Function Not Calibrated


337
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the SCO control software detects that the return-to-position function has not yet
been calibrated.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no return-to-position function.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Calibrate stepper motors for return-to-position function

Action:

1. Before calibrating, it is essential to delete all SCO diagnostic trouble codes.


2. Access calibration address and perform calibration, see SCO 188 - Stepper Motors for Return-to-Position Function,
Calibrationin Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the front chassis control unit, see Reprogramming Control Units in Section
245.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

SCO 523829.14- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from E-SCV XI
337
Data transfer problem between the SCO control software and E-SCV XI. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in the
transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the selective control valve.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 922 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 923 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 523869.00- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI, Temperature Too High
337
The temperature of the stepper motor is above 100 °C (212 °F). The stepper motor does not become operable again until the
temperature drops below 100°C (212°F).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the selective control valve.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the stepper motor

Action:

Replace stepper motor for E-SCV XI with stepper motor for E-SCV XII.
Recalibrate E-SCV.
Clear the diagnostic trouble code.
Perform an operational check.
→NOTE: During this check, the functions of the two selective control valves are interchanged!

Result:

YES:Even after a prolonged operational check, diagnostic trouble codes SCO 523869.00 and SCO 523870.00 are not
generated. Diagnostics completed. Re-install the stepper motors in their original positions.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code SCO 523869.00 is generated; replace stepper motor at position of E-SCV XI. Install the stepper
motors at their original location. • Diagnostic trouble code SCO 523870.00 is generated; replace stepper motor at position of
E-SCV XII. Re-install the stepper motors in their original positions.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 924 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 523869.01- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI, Temperature Too Low
337
The temperature of the stepper motor is below -45 °C (-49 °F).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the selective control valve.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the stepper motor temperature sensor

Action:

Diagnostic trouble code SCO 523869.01 is generated at temperatures below -45°C (-49°F). Check if the outside temperature is
below -45°C.

Result:

YES:Outside temperature is below -45 °C (-49 °F): Warm up the hydraulic oil and then perform an operational check.

NO:Outside temperature is above -45 °C (-49 °F): Stepper motor temperature sensor is defective. Replace component and
perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 925 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 523869.18- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI, Hydraulic Oil Temperature and Supply Voltage Too Low
337
Supply voltage (BAT) too low (9 - 11 V) and hydraulic oil temperature between -25 °C (-13 °F) and -15 °C (5 °F).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the transmission oil temperature

Action:

Access address CCU 028 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor and verify that the information displayed complies with
the specifications.

Result:

YES:Hydraulic oil between -15°C and -25°C (5°F and -13°F), warm up the hydraulic oil and perform an operational check.

NO:Hydraulic oil warmer than -15 °C. GO TO 3.

( 3 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform M012 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI, Circuit Test in Section 240.
3. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 926 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 523870.00- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII, Temperature Too High
337
The temperature of the stepper motor is above 100 °C (212 °F). The stepper motor does not become operable again until the
temperature drops below 100°C (212°F).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the selective control valve.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the stepper motor

Action:

Replace stepper motor for E-SCV XII with stepper motor for E-SCV XI.
Recalibrate E-SCV.
Clear the diagnostic trouble code.
Perform an operational check.
→NOTE: During this check, the functions of the two selective control valves are interchanged!

Result:

YES:Even after a prolonged operational check, diagnostic trouble codes SCO 523869.00 and SCO 523870.00 are not
generated. Diagnostics completed. Re-install the stepper motors in their original positions.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code SCO 523869.00 is generated; replace stepper motor at position of E-SCV XI. Re-install the
stepper motors in their original positions. • Diagnostic trouble code SCO 523870.00 is generated; replace stepper motor at
position of E-SCV XII. Re-install the stepper motors in their original positions.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 927 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 523870.01- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII, Temperature Too Low
337
The temperature of the stepper motor is below -45 °C (-49 °F).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the selective control valve.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the stepper motor temperature sensor

Action:

Diagnostic trouble code SCO 523870.01 is generated at temperatures below -45°C (-49°F). Check if the outside temperature is
below -45°C.

Result:

YES:Outside temperature is below -45 °C (-49 °F): Warm up the hydraulic oil and then perform an operational check.

NO:Outside temperature is above -45 °C (-49 °F): Stepper motor temperature sensor is defective. Replace component and
perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 928 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 523870.18- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII, Hydraulic Oil Temperature and Supply Voltage Too Low
337
Supply voltage (BAT) too low (9 - 11 V) and hydraulic oil temperature between -25 °C (-13 °F) and -15 °C (5 °F).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the transmission oil temperature

Action:

Access address CCU 028 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor and verify that the information displayed complies with
the specifications.

Result:

YES:Hydraulic oil between -15°C and -25°C (5°F and -13°F), warm up the hydraulic oil and perform an operational check.

NO:Hydraulic oil warmer than -15 °C. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform M013 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII, Circuit Test in Section 240.
3. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 929 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 523871.00- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII, Temperature Too High
337
The temperature of the stepper motor is above 100 °C (212 °F). The stepper motor does not become operable again until the
temperature drops below 100°C (212°F).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the selective control valve.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the stepper motor

Action:

Replace stepper motor for E-SCV XIII with stepper motor for E-SCV XI.
Recalibrate E-SCV.
Clear the diagnostic trouble code.
Perform an operational check.
→NOTE: During this check, the functions of the two selective control valves are interchanged!

Result:

YES:Even after a prolonged operational check, diagnostic trouble codes SCO 523869.00 and SCO 523871.00 are not
generated. Diagnostics completed. Re-install the stepper motors in their original positions.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code SCO 523869.00 is generated; replace stepper motor at position of E-SCV XI. Re-install the
stepper motors in their original positions. • Diagnostic trouble code SCO 523871.00 is generated; replace stepper motor at
position of E-SCV XIII. Re-install the stepper motors in their original positions.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 930 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 523871.01- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII, Temperature Too Low
337
The temperature of the stepper motor is below -45 °C (-49 °F).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the selective control valve.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the stepper motor temperature sensor

Action:

Diagnostic trouble code SCO 523871.01 is generated at temperatures below -45°C (-49°F). Check if the outside temperature is
below -45°C.

Result:

YES:Outside temperature is below -45 °C (-49 °F): Warm up the hydraulic oil and then perform an operational check.

NO:Outside temperature is above -45 °C (-49 °F): Stepper motor temperature sensor is defective. Replace component and
perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 931 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 523871.18- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII, Hydraulic Oil Temperature and Supply Voltage Too Low
337
Supply voltage (BAT) too low (9 - 11 V) and hydraulic oil temperature between -25 °C (-13 °F) and -15 °C (5 °F).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the transmission oil temperature

Action:

Access address CCU 028 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor and verify that the information displayed complies with
the specifications.

Result:

YES:Hydraulic oil between -15°C and -25°C (5°F and -13°F), warm up the hydraulic oil and perform an operational check.

NO:Hydraulic oil warmer than -15 °C. GO TO 3.

( 3 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform M014 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII, Circuit Test in Section 240.
3. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 932 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 523884.00- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI, Supply Voltage Too High
337
Supply voltage (BAT) above 16 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 933 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 523884.01- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI, Supply Voltage Too Low
337
Supply voltage (BAT) below 9 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 934 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 523885.00- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII, Supply Voltage Too High
337
Supply voltage (BAT) above 16 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 935 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 523885.01- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII, Supply Voltage Too Low
337
Supply voltage (BAT) below 9 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 936 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 523886.00- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII, Supply Voltage Too High
337
Supply voltage (BAT) above 16 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 937 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software

SCO 523886.01- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII, Supply Voltage Too Low
337
Supply voltage (BAT) below 9 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 938 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SCO 523910.02- Control Software, Internal Error


337
Error when reading the internal module (EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. GO TO 1 . • Problem still exists.
Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 939 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

Group SFA - SFA Control Software


SFA 000084.15- Wheel Speed Detected During Calibration
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that a wheel speed above 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph) is being
received via CAN Bus during the calibration. The reason for this may be: Wheel speed sensor or transmission output speed
sensor defective, wheel speed/transmission output speed received via the CAN bus not correct, or the tractor is not standing on
a level surface during the calibration. Therefore, the tractor can move during the calibration (wheel speed exists).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Checks - Communication Faultsin Section 240. • GO TO 2

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

CommandQuad™ Transmission:

Perform B009-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

B009-3 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test

B009-4 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test

B009-6 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test

PowrQuad™ Transmission:

B009-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test

B009-2 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test

B035-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test

B035-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test

B035-2 - Wheel Speed Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace sensor, see B009 - Wheel speed sensor for tractors with creeper, Component information or B035
- Wheel speed sensor for tractors without creeper, Component information, and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 940 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 000084.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Wheel Speed Signal is Incorrect
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the following sensor status is sent via the CAN
bus: Sensor not available (due to incorrect configuration of wheel speed sensor) or faulty sensor signal (circuit problem at
wheel speed sensor).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Checks - Communication Faultsin Section 240. • GO TO 2

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

CommandQuad™ Transmission:

Perform B009-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

B009-3 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test

B009-4 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test

B009-6 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test

PowrQuad™ Transmission:

B009-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test

B009-2 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test

B035-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test

B035-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test

B035-2 - Wheel Speed Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace sensor, see B009 - Wheel speed sensor for tractors with creeper, Component information or B035
- Wheel speed sensor for tractors without creeper, Component information, and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 941 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 000158.03- Front Chassis Control Unit, Supply Voltage (ELX) Too High
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the supply voltage (ELX) is above 16 volt.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage complies with the specifications.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 942 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 000158.04- Front Chassis Control Unit, Supply Voltage (ELX) Too Low
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the supply voltage (ELX) is under 9 volt.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage complies with the specifications.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 943 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 000168.03- Front Chassis Control Unit, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too High
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the supply voltage (BAT) is over 15.5 V for longer
than 5 seconds.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage complies with the specifications.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 944 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 000168.04- Front Chassis Control Unit, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too Low
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the supply voltage (BAT) is below 9 V for longer
than 5 seconds.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage complies with the specifications.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 945 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 000190.17- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Engine Speed Too Low
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if control software detects that the engine speed (CAN message) is between 100 and
500 rpm for longer than 5 seconds while bleeding, calibrating, or manually raising the cab. This could happen if the engine
speed drops considerably or if the ECU transmits an incorrect engine speed.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the SFA control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the SFA control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 946 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 000190.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Engine Speed Not Detected
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the engine speed (CAN message) is between 100
and 500 rpm for longer than 5 seconds (while stationary). This can happen while the tractor is stationary if engine speed drops
suddenly or if the ECU transmits an incorrect engine speed.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the SFA control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the SFA control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 947 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 000237.02- VIN Information, Mismatch


39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control unit detects that the vehicle identification number (VIN) from other
control software is not the same.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 212.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240. • Perform General
Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 948 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 000237.12- VIN Information, Internal Fault


39
An internal fault has occurred while transferring VIN information.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN Bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240. • Perform General
Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 949 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 000237.14- VIN Information, System Disabled


39
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software has determined that the VIN security function was not enabled
due to an internal problem. This indicates an incorrect reprogramming of the control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 212.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240. • Perform General
Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 950 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 000237.31- VIN Information, Incorrect


39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the vehicle identification number from other
control software is not received or is incorrectly received. All active VIN participants have to send the programmed vehicle
identification number to the control software at regular intervals.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 212.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists.• Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240. • Perform General
Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 951 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 000628.02- Control Software, Internal Fault


39
An error occurred when the software was launched. This error may also occur when the SFA control software is reprogrammed.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 952 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 000630.13- Control Software Not Calibrated


39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if calibration memory is faulty. The control software needs to be reprogrammed.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program rear chassis control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

• Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 953 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 000630.31- Control Software Not Calibrated


39
Internal control software fault. Control software must be recalibrated.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Check to see if DTC reappears.
3. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Perform SFA 020 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Position Sensor, Calibration in Section 245.

NO:Calibration not possible or problem persists after calibration. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Program the control software

Action:

Reprogram front chassis control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

SFA 000639.12- Vehicle CAN Bus, Internal Error


39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that too many incorrect CAN bus messages are being
received or if there is a general problem in the connection to the vehicle CAN bus (500 kBd).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 954 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 001865.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Key Switch Status Incorrect
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that an incorrect signal or no signal on the status of the
ignition switch was sent.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in other control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 955 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 001881.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Draft Sensor from HCC Control Software
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the HCC control software is transmitting the
following sensor status via the CAN bus: Sensor not available (due to incorrect configuration of draft sensor) or faulty sensor
signal (circuit problem at draft sensor).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the HCC control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 956 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 002049.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from OIC Control Software
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the OIC
control software and the SFA control software. Reception of one of the OIC messages is intermittent or non-existent
(intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the SFA control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

• Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test and 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 957 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 003509.03- 5-Volt Supply Voltage to Sensor for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Voltage Too High
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is more than 5.25 V measured at the
positive voltage supply lead for 5-volt components. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check
whether the system voltage complies with the specifications, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (5-V Supply
Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section
240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 958 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 003509.04- 5-volt Supply Voltage to Sensor for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Voltage Too Low
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is less than 4.8 V measured at the positive
voltage supply lead for 5-volt components. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check
whether the system voltage complies with the specifications, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (5-V Supply
Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section
240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 959 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 003509.06- 5-Volt Supply Voltage to Sensor for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Current Too High
39
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that current measured for the 5-volt components is
above 100 mA. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check
whether the system voltage complies with the specifications, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (5-V Supply
Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section
240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

SFA 520425.07- Reception of CAN Bus Message, Fault


39
Excessive error rate with received CAN bus messages.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 960 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 520426.07- Transmitting CAN Bus Message, Fault


39
Excessive error rate with sent CAN bus data.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

SFA 520542.03- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), Voltage Too High
39
Voltage of CAN+ too high. This indicates a short to 12 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform test, Voltage Check of Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), Section 240.

SFA 520543.04- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), Voltage Too Low
39
Voltage of CAN- too low. This indicates a short to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 961 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform test, Voltage Check of Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 962 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 520870.02- Control Software, Internal Error


39
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the internal memory of the control software has a
fault.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program rear chassis control unit. See Program Control Units , Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 963 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 520870.13- Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Error During Calibration


39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the calibration is invalid.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program rear chassis control unit. See Program Control Units , Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 964 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 520871.02- Control Software, Internal Error


39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is incorrect data in the internal memory.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program rear chassis control unit. See Program Control Units , Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 965 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 520871.13- Control Software, Internal Error


39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is incorrect data in the internal memory of
the user data.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program rear chassis control unit. See Program Control Units , Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 966 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 520892.02- Control Software, Internal Error


39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the check sum of the factory settings in the
memory is faulty.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program rear chassis control unit. See Program Control Units , Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 967 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523368.02- Control Software, Internal Error


39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the check sum of the configuration data in the
internal memory is faulty.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program rear chassis control unit. See Program Control Units , Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 968 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523666.03- Supply Voltage of Front Chassis Control Unit, Voltage Too High
39
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers a supply voltage of more than 16 V at the front
chassis control unit. This indicates that there is a shorted circuit in the wiring harness.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage complies with the specifications.
2. Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.
3. Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 969 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523666.04- Supply Voltage of Front Chassis Control Unit, Voltage Too Low
39
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers a supply voltage of less than 9 V at the front chassis
control unit. This indicates that there is a shorted circuit in the wiring harness.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage complies with the specifications.
2. Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.
3. Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 970 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523847.03- Solenoid Valve for Pressure Build-Up of Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Voltage Too High
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the input of the solenoid valve for
pressure build-up of the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too high. This indicates that there is a shorted circuit in the wiring
harness.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up,
Component Information , and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 971 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523847.05- Solenoid Valve for Pressure Build-Up of Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Current Too Low
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the input of the solenoid valve for
pressure build-up of the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too low. This indicates a loose wire or a defective circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up,
Component Information , and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 972 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523847.06- Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-up, Current Too High
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the input of the solenoid valve for
pressure build-up of the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too high. This indicates a short to a positive lead or an overload at
the solenoid valve for pressure build-up of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up,
Component Information , and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 973 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523948.03- Solenoid Valve for Lowering the Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Voltage Too High
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the input of the solenoid valve for
lowering the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too high. This indicates that there is a shorted circuit in the wiring harness.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y066 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Lower Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y066 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Lower Solenoid Valve, Component
Information , and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 974 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523948.05- Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Lower Solenoid Valve, Current Too Low
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the input of the solenoid valve for
lowering the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too low. This indicates a loose wire or a defective circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y066 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Lower Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y066 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Lower Solenoid Valve, Component
Information , and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 975 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523948.06- Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Lower Solenoid Valve, Current Too High
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the input of the solenoid valve for
lowering the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too high. This indicates a short to a positive lead or an overloaded solenoid
valve for lowering of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y066 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Lower Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y066 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Lower Solenoid Valve, Component
Information , and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 976 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523949.03- Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise Solenoid Valve, Voltage Too High
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the input of the solenoid valve for
raising the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too high. This indicates that there is a shorted circuit in the wiring harness.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y067 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y067 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise Solenoid Valve, Component Information
, and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 977 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523949.05- Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise Solenoid Valve, Current Too Low
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the input of the solenoid valve for
raising the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too low. This indicates a loose wire or a defective circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y067 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y067 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise Solenoid Valve, Component Information
, and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 978 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523949.06- Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise Solenoid Valve, Current Too High
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the input of the solenoid valve for
raising the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too high. This indicates a short to a positive lead or an overloaded solenoid
valve for raising of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see Y067 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y067 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise Solenoid Valve, Component Information
, and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 979 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523951.02- Calibration of the Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Front-Wheel Drive Axle Moves in Wrong
Direction
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if during calibration or bleeding and calibration the control software detects that the
front-wheel drive axle is moving in the wrong direction. This indicates that the plugs at the solenoid valves are swapped, that
there is a problem in the circuit of the solenoid valves for raising/lowering or pressure build-up/reduction of the suspended
front-wheel drive axle, or that there is a problem in the hydraulic circuit of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Calibration is aborted.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed. Perform the calibration again

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform circuit test for the following components:

Y066 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Lower Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test
Y067 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test
Y068 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Circuit Test
Perform test, see Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up, Circuit Test

, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform the calibration again.• All circuits within
specification. Perform operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 980 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523951.10- Calibration of Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Fault


39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the final position or the center position is not
reached during calibration within the specified time.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Calibration is aborted.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics complete; perform the calibration again.

NO:Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes that can be associated with an internal problem take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics complete; perform the calibration again.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B053 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics complete; perform the calibration again.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 981 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523951.13- Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Not Calibrated


39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the calibration data is out of range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR:

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics complete; perform the calibration again.

NO:Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes that can be associated with an internal problem take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics complete; perform the calibration again.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B053 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics complete; perform the calibration again.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 982 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523951.14- Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Not Calibrated


39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the suspended front-wheel drive axle has never
been calibrated.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR:

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Perform calibration of suspended front-wheel drive axle
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes that can be associated with an internal problem take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics complete; perform the calibration.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see B053 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics complete; perform the calibration again.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 983 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523951.15- Pressure Reduction During Calibration of Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Bottom Position
Not Reached
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if control software detects that the suspended front-wheel drive axle does not reach
the range for the bottom position within 60 seconds while in pressure reduction mode. This indicates that there is a problem in
the circuit of the suspended front-wheel drive axle position sensor, that there is a problem in the circuit of suspended front-
wheel drive axle pressure reduction solenoid valve, or that there is a problem in the hydraulic circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Calibration is aborted.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Perform calibration of suspended front-wheel drive axle again.
4. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
5. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform circuit test for the following components:

Y068 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Circuit Test
B053 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Position Sensor, Circuit Test

, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform the calibration again.• All circuits within
specification. Perform operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 984 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523964.03- Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Voltage Too High
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the signal input of the solenoid
valve for pressure reduction of the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too high. This indicates that there is a fault in the wiring
harness.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Suspended front-wheel drive axle is disabled.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform circuit test for the following components:

Y068 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Circuit Test

, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as required.• All circuits are within specification. Perform
operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 985 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523964.05- Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Current Too Low
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the signal input of the solenoid
valve for pressure reduction of the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too low. This indicates that the circuit is shorted to a
supply lead or is open.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Suspended front-wheel drive axle is disabled.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform circuit test for the following components:

Y068 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Circuit Test

, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as required.• All circuits are within specification. Perform
operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 986 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523964.06- Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Current Too High
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the signal input of the solenoid
valve for pressure reduction of the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too high. This indicates a short circuit to ground. This
may also indicate an overheated solenoid valve.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Suspended front-wheel drive axle is disabled.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform circuit test for the following components:

Y068 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Circuit Test

, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as required.• All circuits are within specification. Perform
operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 987 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523965.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Disabled
39
Due to a fault, the suspended front axle is switched off. You can continue driving without suspension.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Suspended front axle switched off.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes that can be associated with an internal problem take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Perform calibration of suspended front-wheel drive axle.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 988 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523965.31- Activation of Manual Mode Failed


39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that when the manual leveling of the suspended front-
wheel drive axle is activated, the necessary pressure (90 bar / 9000 kPa / 1305 psi) and the level position could not be reached
within 30 seconds. This indicates that there is a problem in the circuit of the suspended front-wheel drive axle position sensor,
that there is a problem in the circuit of suspended front-wheel drive axle oil pressure sensor, or that there is a problem in the
hydraulic circuit. Excessive ballasting can also cause this diagnostic trouble code to be generated.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Suspended front-wheel drive axle is disabled.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform circuit test for the following components:

B053 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Position Sensor, Circuit Test

, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as required.• All circuits are within specification. Perform
operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 989 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523974.02- Pressure Change in the Wrong Direction (While Testing Oil Pressure Sensor of Suspended Front-
Wheel Drive Axle)
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an incorrect pressure change during the suspended
front-wheel drive axle oil pressure sensor test. This is only checked during the oil pressure sensor test and during the
calibration of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Calibration is aborted.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed. Perform the calibration again

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform circuit test for the following components:

B167 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Oil Pressure Sensor, Circuit Test
Y068 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Circuit Test
Perform test, see Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up, Circuit Test

, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform the calibration again.• All circuits within
specification. Perform operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 990 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523974.03- Oil Pressure Sensor of Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Voltage Too High
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the signal output of the oil
pressure sensor of the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too high (above 4.75 V).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Suspended front-wheel drive axle is disabled.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform circuit test for the following components:

B167 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Oil Pressure Sensor, Circuit Test

, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as required.• All circuits are within specification. Perform
operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 991 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523974.04- Oil Pressure Sensor of Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Voltage Too Low
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the signal output of the oil
pressure sensor of the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too low (below 0.25 V).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Suspended front-wheel drive axle is disabled.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform circuit test for the following components:

B167 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Oil Pressure Sensor, Circuit Test

, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as required.• All circuits are within specification. Perform
operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 992 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523974.14- Required Standard Pressure Could Not Be Achieved


39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the required standard pressure (90 bar; 9000 kPa;
1305 psi) is not achieved during the test of the oil pressure sensor of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Calibration is aborted.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed. Perform the calibration again

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform circuit test for the following components:

B167 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Oil Pressure Sensor, Circuit Test
Y068 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Circuit Test
Perform test, see Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up, Circuit Test

, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform the calibration again.• All circuits within
specification. Perform operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 993 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523974.16- Target Minimum Pressure Could Not Be Achieved


39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects the following:
• The required minimum pressure between -2 bar (-200 kPa; -29 psi) and 5 bar (500 kPa; 72 psi) could not be achieved during
the oil pressure sensor test.
• During pressure reduction, the suspended front-wheel drive axle drops to its bottom position, but fails to achieve the required
minimum pressure (5 bar; 500 kPa; 72 psi). This may indicate leakage on the pressure lines or pressure cylinders.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Calibration is aborted.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed. Perform the calibration again

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform circuit test for the following components:

B167 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Oil Pressure Sensor, Circuit Test
Y068 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Circuit Test
Perform test, see Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up, Circuit Test

, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform the calibration again.• All circuits within
specification. Perform operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 994 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523974.18- Required Maximum Pressure Could Not be Achieved


39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the required maximum pressure (185 bar; 18500
kPa; 2683 psi) is not achieved during the oil pressure sensor test of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Calibration is aborted.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed. Perform the calibration again

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform circuit test for the following components:

B167 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Oil Pressure Sensor, Circuit Test
Y068 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Circuit Test
Perform test, see Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up, Circuit Test

, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform the calibration again.• All circuits within
specification. Perform operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 995 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523975.03- Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle All the Way Down, Voltage Too High (During Calibration)
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if during calibration or bleeding and calibration in the bottom position the control
software detects that the voltage at the signal output of the position sensor of the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too high
(above 1.5 V).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Calibration is aborted.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed. Perform the calibration again

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform circuit test for the following components:

B053 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Position Sensor, Circuit Test

, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform the calibration again.• All circuits within
specification. Perform operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 996 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523975.04- Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle All the Way Up, Voltage Too Low (During Calibration)
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if control software detects that during calibration or bleeding and calibration in the
top position the control software detects that the voltage at the signal output of the position sensor of the suspended front-
wheel drive axle is too low (below 3.5 V).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Calibration is aborted.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed. Perform the calibration again

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform circuit test for the following components:

B053 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Position Sensor, Circuit Test

, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform the calibration again.• All circuits within
specification. Perform operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 997 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523975.13- Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle in Level Position, Voltage Out of Tolerance (During
Calibration)
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if at the end of calibration or bleeding and calibration the control software detects
that the voltage for the level position (center position) is out of range (i.e. not between 2 and 3 volt) at the suspended front-
wheel drive axle position sensor.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Calibration is aborted.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed. Perform the calibration again

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform circuit test for the following components:

B053 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Position Sensor, Circuit Test

, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform the calibration again.• All circuits within
specification. Perform operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 998 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523976.03- Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Position Sensor, Voltage Too High
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the signal output of the position
sensor of the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too high (above 4.75 volt).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Calibration is aborted.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed. Perform the calibration again

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform circuit test for the following components:

B053 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Position Sensor, Circuit Test

, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform the calibration again.• All circuits within
specification. Perform operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 999 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523976.04- Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Position Sensor, Voltage Too Low
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the signal output of the position
sensor of the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too low (below 0.25 volt).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Calibration is aborted.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed. Perform the calibration again

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform circuit test for the following components:

B053 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Position Sensor, Circuit Test

, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform the calibration again.• All circuits within
specification. Perform operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1000 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 523976.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Does Not Reach Level
Position in Required Time
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the level position could not be reached within 60
seconds while traveling at speeds above 10 km/h (6 mph).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Calibration is aborted.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed. Perform the calibration again

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform circuit test for the following components:

B053 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Position Sensor, Circuit Test

, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform the calibration again.• All circuits within
specification. Perform operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform check, see Suspended front-wheel drive axle - System check , Section 280B.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1001 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 524055.02- Front chassis control unit - internal memory, Fault


39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is incorrect or no data in the internal
memory of the front chassis control unit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Program Control Units , Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1002 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 524157.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Status of Right Brake Pedal from OIC Control Software
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software receives an incorrect signal or no signal from the OIC control
software. This may indicate a loose wire.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that can be associated with an electrical error take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1003 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software

SFA 524162.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Status of Left Brake Pedal from OIC Control Software
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software receives an incorrect signal or no signal from the OIC control
software. This may indicate a loose wire.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that can be associated with an electrical error take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1004 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SMB: SMB Control Software

SFA 524198.02- Front Chassis Control Unit, Internal Error


39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an internal memory error in the configuration data.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Program Control Units , Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1005 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SMB: SMB Control Software

Group SMB - SMB Control Software


SMB 001873.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from HCC control software
408
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the CAN messages hitch position sensor is not or
only partially received (due to loose contact). In its active state, this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the HCC
control software. The HCC diagnostic trouble code takes priority. If there is no HCC diagnostic trouble code, then this indicates
a problem in the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the HCC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1006 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Control Software

SMB 520870.02- Control Software, Internal Error


408
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there was an error reading the internal module
(EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1007 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Control Software

Group TEC - TEC Control Software


TEC 000628.12- Control Software, Internal Error
45
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that it has been switched to an incorrect mode (boot
mode).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program roof control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform test TEC Control Unit (Implement CAN Bus (ISOBUS)), Test, Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program roof control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1008 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Control Software

TEC 000629.12- Control Software, Internal Error


45
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is an electronic malfunction in the control
software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program roof control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform test TEC Control Unit (Implement CAN Bus (ISOBUS)), Test, Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program roof control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1009 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Control Software

TEC 000630.02- Control Software, Internal Error


45
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is an incorrect entry in the internal memory.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program roof control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform test TEC Control Unit (Implement CAN Bus (ISOBUS)), Test, Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program roof control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1010 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Control Software

TEC 000630.14- Control Software, Internal Error


45
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that one or more calibration values are out of range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program roof control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform test TEC Control Unit (Implement CAN Bus (ISOBUS)), Test, Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program roof control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

TEC 000639.12- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), High Error Rate
45
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that data received from the vehicle CAN bus (500 kBd)
is incorrect or incomplete. This indicates a problem in the vehicle CAN bus (500 kBd).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1011 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Control Software

TEC 000639.14- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), Very High Error Rate
45
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that data received from the vehicle CAN bus (500 kBd)
is incorrect or incomplete. This indicates a problem in the vehicle CAN bus (500 kBd).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

TEC 001231.12- Implement CAN Bus, High Error Rate


45
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that data sent by the implement CAN bus is received
by the TEC control software incorrectly or incompletely. This indicates a problem in the vehicle CAN bus (500 kBd).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

TEC 001231.14- Implement CAN Bus, Very High Error Rate


45
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that data received from the implement CAN bus is
incorrect or incomplete. This indicates a problem in the implement CAN bus.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1012 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Control Software

2. Start the engine.


3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1013 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Control Software

TEC 003213.12- Additional Input Devices, Fault


45
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between additional input devices and the TEI control
software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the additional input devices is intermittent or
non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN bus.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the CAN bus

Action:

1. CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.


2. Voltage Check of Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd) , Section 240.
3. Voltage Check of Implement CAN Bus, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

TEC 522550.14- No ISO-compatible implement connected to CAN BUS attachment


45
This diagnostic trouble code is triggered if the control software detects that an implement is connected to the CAN BUS does
not conform to ISO standard.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until code returns.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code remains active, make sure that the implement conforms to ISO standard. If necessary,
contact the implement manufacturer.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1014 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEI: TEI Control Software

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is STORED:• Other active diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1015 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEI: TEI Control Software

Group TEI - TEI Control Software


TEI 000628.12- Control Software, Internal Error
210
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that it has been switched to an incorrect mode (boot
mode).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program roof control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform test TEC Control Unit (Implement CAN Bus (ISOBUS)), Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program roof control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1016 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEI: TEI Control Software

TEI 000629.12- Control Software, Internal Error


210
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is an electronic malfunction in the control
software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program roof control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform test TEC Control Unit (Implement CAN Bus (ISOBUS)), Test, Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program roof control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1017 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEI: TEI Control Software

TEI 000630.02- Control Software, Internal Error


210
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is an incorrect entry in the internal memory.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program roof control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform test TEC Control Unit (Implement CAN Bus (ISOBUS)), Test, Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program roof control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1018 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEI: TEI Control Software

TEI 000630.14- Control Software, Internal Error


210
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that one or more calibration values are out of range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program roof control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform test TEC Control Unit (Implement CAN Bus (ISOBUS)), Test, Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program roof control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.

TEI 000639.12- 500 kBd vehicle CAN BUS, high error rate
210
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that data received by the TEI control software from the
CAN BUS vehicle (500 kBd) are faulty or incomplete. This indicates a problem in the CAN BUS vehicle (500 kBd).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1019 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEI: TEI Control Software

TEI 000639.14- CAN BUS - vehicle (500 kBd), Very high error rate
210
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that data received by the TEI control software from the
CAN BUS vehicle (500 kBd) are faulty or incomplete. This indicates a problem in the CAN BUS vehicle (500 kBd).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

TEI 001231.12- CAN BUS - implement, High error rate


210
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that data received by the TEI control software from the
CAN BUS are faulty or incomplete. This indicates a problem in the CAN BUS vehicle (500 kBd).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

TEI 001231.14- CAN BUS - implement, Very high error rate


210
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that data received from the CAN BUS implement are
faulty or incomplete. This indicates a problem in the CAN BUS implement.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1020 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software

2. Start the engine.


3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.

TEI 522550.14- No ISO-compatible implement connected to CAN BUS attachment


210
This diagnostic trouble code is triggered if the control software detects that an implement is connected to the CAN BUS does
not conform to ISO standard.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until code returns.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code remains active, make sure that the implement conforms to ISO standard. If necessary,
contact the implement manufacturer.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is STORED:• Other active diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1021 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software

Group TIH - TIH Control Software


TIH 000177.17- Transmission Oil Temperature Too Low
499
Transmission oil temperature below -5 °C (23 °F). Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: The control software limits the engine speed to 1500 rpm.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Heat transmission oil.
4. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
5. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.

TIH 000190.01- Engine Speed Out of Valid Range Low


499
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the engine speed is too low. The transmission is
shifted into neutral to prevent the engine from stalling.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: The control software shifts the transmission to neutral.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1022 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software

TIH 000190.18- Engine Speed Too Low


499
Engine speed is too low for operating mode.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Engine speed is increased.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the ECU control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1023 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software

TIH 000525.07- Wheel Speed Sensor, Fault


499
Excessive error rate with received CAN bus data points.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Only a certain number of gears can be shifted.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240. • GO TO 2

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Depending on the selection:

Perform B009-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B009-3 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Perform B009-4 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Perform B009-6 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace wheel speed sensor and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1024 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software

TIH 000628.02- Control Software, Internal Error


499
Error when reading the internal module (EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1025 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software

TIH 000629.12- Control Software, Internal Error


499
A fault occurred when the software was launched.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:The problem still exists. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

TIH 000639.12- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), High Error Rate
499
Too many incorrect CAN bus messages are being received. This points to a general problem with the connection to the vehicle
CAN bus (500 kBd).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1026 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software

TIH 001745.14- CAN Bus Fault, Driving of Vehicle is Limited


499
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software has not performed all boot routines during initialization. Move
the shift lever to park position to re-initialize.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Move shift lever to the park position.


2. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
3. Start the engine.
4. Check to see if DTC reappears.
5. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

TIH 002000.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from ECU Control Software
499
Data transfer problem between the TIH control software and ECU control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

TIH 002003.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from PTQ Control Software
499
Data transfer problem between the TIH control software and PTQ control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1027 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software

Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.


2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

TIH 002006.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from EIC Control Software
499
Data transfer problem between the TIH control software and EIC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in
the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

TIH 002007.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from RPT Control Software
499
Data transfer problem between the TIH control software and RPT control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in
the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

TIH 002019.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from XSC Control Software
499
Data transfer problem between the TIH control software and XSC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1028 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software

in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

TIH 002020.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from SFA Control Software
499
Data transfer problem between the TIH control software and SFA control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in
the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

TIH 002035.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from HCC Control Software
499
Data transfer problem between the TIH control software and HCC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1029 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

TIH 002036.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from PTF Control Software
499
Data transfer problem between the TIH control software and PTF control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in
the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

TIH 002049.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from OIC Control Software
499
Data transfer problem between the TIH control software and OIC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in
the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

TIH 002071.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from CCU Control Software
499
Data transfer problem between the TIH control software and CCU control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1030 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

TIH 002139.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from CSM Control Software
499
Data transfer problem between the TIH control software and CSM control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

TIH 002140.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from AIC Control Software
499
Data transfer problem between the TIH control software and AIC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in
the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1031 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

TIH 002145.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from FCC Control Software
499
Data transfer problem between the TIH control software and AIC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in
the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

TIH 002161.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from SV1


499
Data transfer problem between the TIH control software and SV1 control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1032 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software

TIH 002820.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Operator Presence Switch Not Activated
499
This operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the reverse drive lever has been actuated but there is no
valid signal to indicate that the operator is present.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIH control software that can be associated with an electrical error take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1033 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software

TIH 520870.02- Control Software, Internal Error


499
Error when reading the internal module (EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program cab control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245.

NO:Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240, Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1034 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software

TIH 520871.02- Control Software, Internal Error


499
Error when reading the internal module (EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program cab control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245.

NO:Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

TIH 520958.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Speed Change Due to Active Speed Limit Not Possible
499
INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: The selected speed setting could not be reached because an active speed limit is preventing
this. Adjust the speed limit.
TIH 520958.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Speed Change Due to Active Speed Limit Not Possible
499
INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: The selected speed setting could not be reached because the selected speed is greater than
the maximum possible speed setting. Adjust the speed limit.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1035 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software

TIH 520959.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: No valid signal from operator presence switch during shifting
499
This information for the operator (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if there is no valid signal to indicate that the operator is
present during upshifting/downshifting. Either the operator′s seat is not occupied or the operator presence switch is defective.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIH control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1036 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software

TIH 522149.14- Reduced Ground Speed, Fault


499
An internal error has occurred.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1037 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software

TIH 522149.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Reduced Ground Speed


499
An error with the automated ground speed has occurred.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

TIH 522390.09- Incorrect Data Transmission, Information from Implement


499
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if there is a problem transferring data between the TEC control software and the
implement. This indicates a problem with the data transmission.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor-implement automation is deactivated.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform 50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References in Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1038 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software

TIH 522390.11- Tractor-Implement Automation Deactivated


499
Tractor-Implement Automation deactivated due to other active diagnostic trouble codes. These take priority.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor-Implement Automation is deactivated.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIH control software that can be associated with an internal problem take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1039 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software

TIH 523922.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Park brake engaged but vehicle is moving
499
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the tractor is moving even though the park brake
is engaged. Release park brake or engage park lock.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIH control software that can be associated with an electrical error take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1040 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software

TIH 523961.07- Park Lock, Fault


499
This diagnostic trouble code is generated under the following conditions:
• If the park lock does not engage, even though the TIH control software commands park position and the tractor′s ground
speed is such that engagement is possible.
• If a ground speed signal is present, even though the park position is commanded and the TIH control software has received
confirmation that the park lock is engaged.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: If there is an operator error, the tractor may be moved again after shifting the reverse
drive lever and park lock into neutral position.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform test, see X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1041 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software

TIH 523966.31- Tractor in "Come-Home" Mode - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Reverse drive lever in position for
neutral or park
499
This information for the operator (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the come-home mode is active (plug for come-home
connector in COME-HOME position). The operator is informed that he should move the forward/reverse drive lever to its neutral
or park position to gain access to the next stage of the come-home function.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIH or PTQ control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1042 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software

TIH 524020.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Reverse Drive Lever is in the Position for Forward or Reverse
Travel During Start-Up
499
This information for the operator (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the reverse drive lever is in the position for forward
or reverse travel while the tractor is being started or the ignition is being turned on. If the diagnostic trouble code is generated
although the reverse drive lever is not in a position for direction of travel, an operational check should be performed.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: The diagnostic trouble code is deactivated after moving the reverse drive lever to the
corner park lock position and turning the ignition switch off and on.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIH or PTQ control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1043 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software

TIH 524173.18- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Clutch Pedal Not Actuated Properly
499
The operator is attempting to switch to a gear above the 13th gear while the clutch is only partially actuated. Actuate the
clutch pedal completely.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: The transmission does not shift any further.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace the clutch pedal potentiometer and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1044 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software

TIH 524254.03- Transmission Enable Circuit, Voltage Too High


499
Circuit open or shorted to 12 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted. The 3rd
gear is engaged automatically. Limited transmission function.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform test, see Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test ,
Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See Y011 - Proportional Solenoid
Valve for Transmission Enable, Component Information .

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1045 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software

TIH 524254.04- Transmission Enable Circuit, Voltage Too Low


499
Voltage supply of 12-volt components too low. This indicates a short to ground or an internal error of the control unit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted. The 3rd
gear is engaged automatically. Limited transmission function.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform test, see Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test ,
Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See Y011 - Proportional Solenoid
Valve for Transmission Enable, Component Information .

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

TIH 524277.00- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Engine speed too high for downshifting
499
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the engine speed is too high to downshift the
transmission. This can be caused by an operator error (engine speed too high). The operator is requested to downshift again.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1046 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIH 524279.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Operator Presence Switch Not Activated While Transmission Is In
Neutral
499
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the operator presence switch is not activated while
the transmission is in neutral.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission in neutral. Operator must be on seat.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIH or PTQ control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1047 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

Group TIQ - TIQ Control Software


TIQ 000177.17- Transmission Oil Temperature Too Low
312
Transmission oil temperature below -5 °C (23 °F). Engine speed limited to 1500 rpm.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: The control software limits the engine speed to 1500 rpm.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Heat transmission oil.
4. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
5. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform test, see B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor, Circuit Test , Section
240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1048 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 000525.07- Commanded Transmission Shift, Fault


312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects no wheel speed even though the transmission sensors
indicate movement.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Only a certain number of gears can be shifted.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Checks - Communication Faultsin Section 240. • GO TO 2

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

CommandQuad™ Transmission:

Perform B009-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.

B009-3 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test

B009-4 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test

B009-6 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test

PowrQuad™ Transmission:

B009-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test

B009-2 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test

B035-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test

B035-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test

B035-2 - Wheel Speed Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace sensor, see B009 - Wheel speed sensor for tractors with creeper, Component information or B035
- Wheel speed sensor for tractors without creeper, Component information, and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1049 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 000628.02- Control Software, Internal Error


312
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an internal problem with the memory during initializing
(control unit boot sequence after the ignition is switched ON).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program cab control unit. See Program Control Units , Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1050 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 000628.12- Control Software, Internal Error


312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there has been a switch into an incorrect mode
(boot mode).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program cab control unit. See Program Control Units , Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1051 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 002000.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from ECU Control Software
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the ECU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the ECU
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1052 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 002003.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from PTQ Control Software
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the PDQ control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the PTQ
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1053 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 002006.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from EIC Control Software
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the EIC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the EIC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1054 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 002007.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from RPT Control Software
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the RPT control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the RPT
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1055 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 002019.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from XSC Control Software
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the XSC control software. Reception of one, several, or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the XSC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1056 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 002020.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from SFA Control Software
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the SFA control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the SFA
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1057 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 002035.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from HCC Control Software
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the HCC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the HCC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1058 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 002036.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from PTF Control Software
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the PTF control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the PTF
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1059 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 002049.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from OIC Control Software
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the OIC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the OIC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1060 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 002071.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from CCU Control Software
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the CCU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the CCU
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1061 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 002140.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from AIC Control Software
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the AIC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the AIC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1062 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 002145.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from FCC Control Software
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the FCC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the FCC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1063 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 002161.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from SV1 Control Software
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the SV1 control software. Reception of one, several, or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the SV1
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1064 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 002820.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Operator Presence Switch Not Activated
312
This operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the reverse drive lever has been actuated but there is no
valid signal to indicate that the operator is present.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIQ control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1065 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 520870.02- Control Software, Internal Error


312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects a check sum error in the configuration data.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program cab control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1066 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 520871.02- Control Software, Internal Error


312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an error in the user data for operator.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program cab control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

TIQ 520958.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Speed Change Due to Active Speed Limit Not Possible
312
INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: The selected speed setting could not be reached because an active speed limit is preventing
this. Adjust the speed limit.
TIQ 520958.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Speed Change Due to Active Speed Limit Not Possible
312
INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: The selected speed setting could not be reached because the selected speed is greater than
the maximum possible speed setting. Adjust the speed limit.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1067 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 520959.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: No valid signal from operator presence switch during shifting
312
This operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if there is no valid signal to indicate that the operator is
present during upshifting/downshifting.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIQ control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1068 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 522149.14- Reduced Ground Speed, Fault


312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that an internal error occurred.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program cab control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1069 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 522149.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Reduced Ground Speed


312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that an error occurred with automated ground speed.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program cab control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check electrical circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

TIQ 522390.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from Implement


312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TEC
control software and the mounted implement. This indicates a problem in the implement CAN bus.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor-implement automation is deactivated.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Checks - Communication Faultsin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1070 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1071 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 522390.11- Tractor-Implement Automation Deactivated


312

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor-Implement Automation is deactivated.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Process priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIQ control software that can be associated with an internal problem take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1072 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 523677.02- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Declutch Switch on Range-Shift Lever Fault
312
Declutch switch pressed for more than 2 seconds during startup.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the declutch switch on range-shift lever

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1073 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 523677.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Declutch Switch On Range-Shift Lever Activated/Not Activated
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the declutch switch on range-shift lever is
actuated even though it is disabled in the TIQ 167 address (yet activated in address TIQ 168). The clutch function is not carried
out.

→NOTE:

With older software versions, use PTQ 167 and PTQ 168.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the declutch switch on range-shift lever

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check addresses TIQ 167 and TIQ 168

Action:

1. Make sure that the switch is activated in address TIQ 167. See TIQ 167 - Declutch Switch on Range-Shift Lever
Present/Not Present, Configuration .
2. Make sure that the switch is activated in address TIQ 168. See TIQ 168 - Declutch Switch on Range-Shift Lever,
Configuration .

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1074 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 523922.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Park brake engaged but vehicle is moving
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the tractor is moving even though the park brake
is engaged. Release park brake or engage park lock.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIQ control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1075 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 523961.07- Park lock, Malfunction


312
This diagnostic trouble code is generated under the following conditions:
• If the park lock does not engage, even though the TIQ control software commands park position and the tractor′s ground
speed is such that engagement is possible.
• If a ground speed signal is present, even though the park position is commanded and the TIQ control software has received
confirmation that the park lock is engaged.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: If there is an operator error, the tractor may be moved again after shifting the reverse
drive lever and park lock into neutral position.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform test, see S114 - Park lock switch, Circuit test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see S114 - Park Lock Switch, Component Information , and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

Alarm level: Information. The diagnostic trouble code is not stored. It is intended only as information for the operator.

Reaction of the control software: If there is an operator error, the tractor may be moved again after shifting the reverse
drive lever and park lock into neutral position.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1076 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 523966.31- Tractor in "come home" mode - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Reverse drive lever in position for
neutral or park
312
This operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the come-home mode is activated (plug for come-home
function in COME-HOME position). The operator is informed that he should move the forward/reverse drive lever to its neutral
or park position to gain access to the next stage of the come-home function.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIQ or PTQ control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1077 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 524020.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Reverse Drive Lever is in the Position for Forward or Reverse
Travel During Start-Up
312
This information for the operator (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the reverse drive lever is in the position for forward
or reverse travel while the tractor is being started or the ignition is being turned on. If the diagnostic trouble code is generated
although the reverse drive lever is not in a position for direction of travel, an operational check should be performed.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: The diagnostic trouble code is deactivated after moving the reverse drive lever to the
corner park lock position and turning the ignition switch off and on.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIQ or PTQ control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1078 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 524254.03- Transmission Enable Circuit, Voltage Too High


312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage in the transmission enable circuit or
at the transmission enable proportional solenoid valve is too high.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted. The 3rd
gear is engaged automatically. Limited transmission function.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform Y038 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y038 - Proportional solenoid valve for transmission enable, Component information ,
and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1079 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software

TIQ 524254.04- Transmission Enable Circuit, Voltage Too Low


312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage in the transmission enable circuit or
at the transmission enable proportional solenoid valve is too low.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted. The 3rd
gear is engaged automatically. Limited transmission function.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

Perform Y038 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y038 - Proportional solenoid valve for transmission enable, Component information ,
and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

TIQ 524277.00- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Engine speed too high for downshifting
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the engine speed is too high to downshift the
transmission. This can be caused by an operator error (engine speed too high). The operator is requested to downshift again.

Alarm level: Information.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1080 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group VTV: VTV Control Software

TIQ 524279.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Operator Presence Switch Not Activated While Transmission Is In
Neutral
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the operator presence switch is inactive for longer
than 1 second while the transmission is shifted into neutral.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission in neutral. Operator must be on seat.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIQ or PTQ control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1081 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group VTV: VTV Control Software

Group VTV - VTV Control Software


VTV 000630.02- Control software internal fault
407
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is an incorrect entry in the internal memory.
Reprogram the control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until code returns.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code returns. Program instrument unit. See Programming control units in Section 245. • Problem still
exists. Replace and program instrument unit. See Programming control units in Section 245.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1082 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group VTV: VTV Control Software

VTV 000630.11- Control Software, Internal Error


407
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an internal problem.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check circuit

Action:

Perform test, see 50ZZ -Instrument Unit, Test , in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program instrument unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.

VTV 000639.12- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), High Error Rate
407
The CAN bus messages received cannot all be processed. This is possibly caused by a CAN bus overload or an internal control
software fault.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1083 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

VTV 000916.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Service interval


407
This information for the operator (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the control software detects that the set service
interval has expired (triggered 20 hours in advance).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1084 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

Group XMC - XMC Control Software


XMC 000110.00- Coolant temperature very high
321
Coolant temperature very high

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Diagnostic trouble codes that have priority must be processed first

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the ECU control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.

Result:

YES:Priority diagnostic trouble code present. Process priority diagnostic trouble code.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1085 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 000110.03- Coolant Temperature Sensor, Voltage Too High


321
Circuit open or shorted to 12 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Diagnostic trouble codes that have priority must be processed first

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the ECU control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.

Result:

YES:Priority diagnostic trouble code present. Process priority diagnostic trouble code.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1086 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 000110.04- Coolant Temperature Sensor, Voltage Too Low


321
Voltage at sensor input below 0.25 volts. This indicates a short circuit to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Diagnostic trouble codes that have priority must be processed first

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the ECU control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.

Result:

YES:Priority diagnostic trouble code present. Process priority diagnostic trouble code.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1087 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 000168.01- Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Supply Voltage (BAT) Too Low
321
Supply voltage (BAT) below 11 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform test, see 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1088 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 000609.12- Control Software, Internal Fault


321
XMC control software is programmed with older software than the XSC control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1089 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 000628.12- Control Software, Internal Fault


321
The control software is being programmed. Wait until programming has been completed before dealing with this diagnostic
trouble code.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1090 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 000629.02- Control Software, Internal Fault


321
A fault occurred when the software was launched.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1091 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 000629.12- Control Software, Internal Fault


321
A fault occurred when the software was launched (watchdog).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

XMC 000639.08- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), Time-Out


321
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if too many CAN messages are received via the vehicle CAN bus (500 kBd). This may
indicate a defective terminating resistor.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1092 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 000639.12- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), High Error Rate
321
The CAN bus messages received cannot all be processed. This is possibly caused by a CAN bus overload or an internal control
software error.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

XMC 000639.14- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), Very High Error Rate
321
Too many incorrect CAN bus messages are being received. This points to a general problem with the connection to the vehicle
CAN bus (500 kBd).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1093 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 000701.02- Incompatible Harness on Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™)


321
Control unit connected to wrong harness.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1094 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 000704.09- Control Software, Internal Fault


321
Control software fails to perform the self-test.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1095 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 000708.10- Steering Wheel Position Sensor Channel 1, Fault


321
A speed of over 400 rpm is registered on channel 1 of the steering wheel position sensor. The value measured by the XSC
control software is within the acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1096 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 000708.16- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Frequency at Channel 1 Too High
321
The frequency on channel 1 of the steering wheel position sensor is over 300 Hz. The value measured by the XSC control
software is within the acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3.

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1097 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 000708.18- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Frequency on Channel 1 Too Low
321
A frequency below 150 Hz is registered on channel 1 of the steering wheel position sensor. The value measured by the XSC
control software is within the acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3.

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1098 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 000708.20- Steering Wheel Position Sensor Channel 1, Fault


321
The duty cycle on channel 1 of the steering wheel position sensor is greater than 99%. The value measured by the XSC control
software is within the acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3.

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1099 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 000708.21- Steering Wheel Position Sensor Channel 1, Fault


321
The duty cycle on channel 1 of the steering wheel position sensor is less than 1%. The value measured by the XSC control
software is within the acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3.

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1100 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 000709.10- Steering Wheel Position Sensor Channel 2, Fault


321
A speed of over 400 rpm is registered on channel 2 of the steering wheel position sensor. The value measured by the XSC
control software is within the acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1101 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 000709.16- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Frequency on Channel 2 Too High
321
A frequency of over 300 Hz is registered on channel 2 of the steering wheel position sensor. The value measured by the XSC
control software is within the acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3.

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1102 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 000709.18- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Frequency on Channel 2 Too Low
321
A frequency below 150 Hz is registered on channel 2 of the steering wheel position sensor. The value measured by the XSC
control software is within the acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1103 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 000709.20- Steering Wheel Position Sensor Channel 2, Fault


321
The duty cycle on channel 2 of the steering wheel position sensor is greater than 99%. The value measured by the XSC control
software is within the acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1104 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 000709.21- Steering Wheel Position Sensor Channel 2, Fault


321
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the duty cycle on channel 2 of the steering wheel position sensor is less than 1%.
The value measured by the XSC control software is within the acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1105 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 001231.08- Control Software, Internal Fault


321
Communication problem between the XMC control software and the XSC control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1106 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 001231.12- Control Software, Internal Fault


321
Communication problem between the XMC control software and the XSC control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1107 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 001231.14- Control Software, Internal Fault


321
Communication problem between the XMC control software and the XSC control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

XMC 002000.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot be Received, Information from ECU Control Software
321
There is a data transfer problem between the XMC control software and ECU control software. This indicates a problem in the
CAN bus or in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1108 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 002003.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot be Received, Information from PTQ Control Software
321
Data transfer problem between the XMC control software and PTQ control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

XMC 002005.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from TIQ Control Software
321
Data transfer problem between the XMC control software and TIQ control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

XMC 002019.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from XSC Control Software
321
Data transfer problem between the XMC control software and XSC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1109 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

2. Start the engine.


3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

XMC 002049.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot be Received, Information from OIC Control Software
321
There is a data transfer problem between the XMC control software and OIC control software. This indicates a problem in the
CAN bus or in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

XMC 002071.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot be Received, Information from CCU Control Software
321
There is a data transfer problem between the XMC control software and CCU control software. This indicates a problem in the
CAN bus or in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1110 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 003841.00- Wheel Angle Sensor Channel 1, Voltage Too High


321
A voltage over 4.5 V is registered on channel 1 of the wheel angle sensor. The value measured by the XSC control software is
within the acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1111 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 003841.01- Wheel Angle Sensor Channel 1, Voltage Too Low


321
A voltage below 0.5 V is registered on channel 1 of the wheel angle sensor. The value measured by the XSC control software is
within the acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1112 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 003841.02- Wheel Angle Sensor, Voltages in Channel 1 and Channel 2 Not in Correct Ratio
321
The wheel angle sensor (WAS) consists of two separate sensors. The signal voltage of sensor 2 is 1/2 of the signal voltage of
sensor 1. The difference is 0.4 V or more. The value measured by the XSC control software is within the acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1113 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 003842.00- Wheel Angle Sensor Channel 2, Voltage Too High


321
Voltage on channel 2 of the wheel angle sensor above 2.25 V. The value measured by the XSC control software is within the
acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1114 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 003842.01- Wheel Angle Sensor Channel 2, Voltage Too Low


321
A voltage below 0.25 V is registered on channel 2 of the wheel angle sensor. The value measured by the XSC control software
is within the acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1115 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 522269.07- Steering Control Valve, Malfunction


321
The steering control valve (right turn) sticks in its open position.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform test, see Y114-3 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Right Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1116 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 522270.07- Steering Control Valve, Malfunction


321
The steering control valve (left turn) sticks in its open position.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform test, see Y114-2 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Left Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1117 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 522777.02- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Values in Channel 1 and Channel 2 Not in Correct Ratio
321
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the values of the steering wheel position sensor channels 1 and 2 differ by more
than 5 percent. This indicates a problem in the steering wheel position sensor.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1118 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 522845.16- Steering Control Valve, Current Too High


321
The current of the return line of the steering control valve (right turn) is too high. This indicates a short to 12 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform test, see Y114-3 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Right Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace valve, see Y114-3 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Right Turn)
(AutoTrac™), and perform an operational checkout.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1119 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 522845.18- Steering Control Valve, Current Too Low


321
The current of the return line of the steering control valve (right turn) is too low. This indicates a short to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform test, see Y114-3 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Right Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1120 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 522846.03- Steering Control Valve, Voltage Too High


321
Voltage on steering control valve (right turn) is too high. This indicates a short to 12 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform test, see Y114-3 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Right Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace valve, see Y114-3 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Right Turn)
(AutoTrac™), and perform an operational checkout.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1121 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 522846.05- Steering Control Valve, Open Circuit


321
Current on steering control valve (right turn) is too low. This indicates an open circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform test, see Y114-3 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Right Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace valve, see Y114-3 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Right Turn)
(AutoTrac™), and perform an operational checkout.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1122 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 522846.06- Steering Control Valve, Current Too High


321
The control software registers that the current at the steering control valve (right turn) is too high. This indicates a short to
ground on the supply or return line of the steering control valve (right turn).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform test, see Y114-3 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Right Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1123 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 522846.16- Steering Control Valve, Current Too High


321
The current on the supply line of the steering control valve (right turn) is too high. This indicates a short to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform test, see Y114-3 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Right Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1124 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 522846.18- Steering Control Valve, Current Too Low


321
The current on the supply line of the steering control valve (right turn) is too low. This indicates an open circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform test, see Y114-3 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Right Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace valve, see Y114-3 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Right Turn)
(AutoTrac™), and perform an operational checkout.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1125 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 522847.16- Steering Control Valve, Current Too High


321
The current on the return line of the steering control valve (left turn) is too high. This indicates a short to 12 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform test, see Y114-2 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Left Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace valve, see Y114-2 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Left Turn)
(AutoTrac™), and perform an operational checkout.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1126 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 522847.18- Steering Control Valve, Current Too Low


321
The current on the return line of the steering control valve (left turn) is too low. This indicates a short to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform test, see Y114-2 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Left Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1127 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 522848.03- Steering Control Valve, Voltage Too High


321
Voltage on steering control valve (left turn) is too high. This indicates a short to 12 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform test, see Y114-2 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Left Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace valve, see Y114-2 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Left Turn)
(AutoTrac™), and perform an operational checkout.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1128 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 522848.05- Steering Control Valve, Open Circuit


321
Current on steering control valve (left turn) is too low. This indicates an open circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform test, see Y114-2 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Left Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace valve, see Y114-2 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Left Turn)
(AutoTrac™), and perform an operational checkout.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1129 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 522848.06- Steering Control Valve, Current Too High


321
The control software registers that the current at the steering control valve (left turn) is too high. This indicates a short to
ground on the supply or return line of the steering control valve (left turn).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform test, see Y114-2 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Left Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1130 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 522848.16- Steering Control Valve, Current Too High


321
The current on the supply line of the steering control valve (left turn) is too high. This indicates a short to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform test, see Y114-2 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Left Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1131 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 522848.18- Steering Control Valve, Current Too Low


321
The current on the supply line of the steering control valve (left turn) is too low. This indicates an open circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform test, see Y114-2 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Left Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace valve, see Y114-2 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Left Turn)
(AutoTrac™), and perform an operational checkout.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1132 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 522920.09- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Information from XSC Control Software
321
Data transfer problem between the XSC control software and XMC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1133 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 522976.12- Control Software, Internal Fault


321
An identification problem has occurred. The control software may be connected to the wrong wiring harness or it may be
programmed incorrectly.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1134 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 523137.14- Control Software, Internal Fault


321
Fault in the steering system. Other diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2

( 2 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1135 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 523789.13- Wheel Angle Sensor Not Calibrated


321
Wheel angle sensor not or incorrectly calibrated.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Calibrate XMC control software

Action:

1. It is essential that all XMC diagnostic trouble codes are deleted prior to the calibration.
2. Access calibration address and perform calibration, see Section 245.
XSC 022 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Calibration
XSC 023 - Steering Control Valve, Calibration

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test and B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component as needed and perform an operational check. See B138 - Steering
Wheel Position Sensor, Component Information and/or B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Component Information in Section 249.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1136 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 523795.13- Steering Control Valve Not Calibrated


321
Steering control valve not or incorrectly calibrated.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Calibrate XMC control software

Action:

1. Before calibrating, it is essential to delete all the XMC diagnostic trouble codes.
2. Access calibration address and perform calibration, see Section 245.
XSC 022 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Calibration
XSC 023 - Steering Control Valve, Calibration

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test and B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace B138 Steering Wheel Position Sensor and/or B139 - Steering Wheel Angle
Sensor, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1137 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software

XMC 524055.02- Control Software, Internal Fault


321
Error when reading the internal module (EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1138 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XMC 524055.12- Control Software, Internal Fault


321
A fault occurred when the software was launched.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1139 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

Group XSC - XSC Control Software


XSC 000609.12- Control Software, Internal Fault
322
XSC control software is programmed with older software than the XMC control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1140 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 000611.09- Control Software, Internal Fault


322
Steering system start-up checks timed out before they were completed.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1141 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 000628.12- Control Software, Internal Fault


322
The control software is being programmed. Wait until programming has been completed before dealing with this diagnostic
trouble code.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1142 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 000629.02- Control Software, Internal Fault


322
A fault occurred when the software was launched (watchdog).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1143 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 000629.12- Control Software, Internal Fault


322
A fault occurred when the software was launched (watchdog).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

XSC 000639.08- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), Time-Out


322
Too many messages are being received via the vehicle CAN bus (500 kBd). This indicates a defective terminating resistor.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

XSC 000639.12- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), High Error Rate
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1144 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
322
The CAN bus messages received cannot all be processed. This is possibly caused by a CAN bus overload or an internal control
software error.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

XSC 000639.14- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), Very High Error Rate
322
Too many incorrect CAN bus messages are being received. This points to a general problem with the connection to the vehicle
CAN bus (500 kBd).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1145 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 000701.02- Incompatible Harness on Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™)


322
Control unit connected to wrong harness.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1146 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 000704.09- Control Software, Internal Fault


322
A fault occurred when the software was launched.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2

( 2 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1147 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 000708.10- Steering Wheel Position Sensor Channel 1, Fault


322
A speed of over 400 rpm is registered on channel 1 of the steering wheel position sensor. The value measured by the XMC
control software is within the acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1148 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 000708.16- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Frequency on Channel 1 Too High
322
A frequency of over 300 Hz is registered on channel 1 of the steering wheel position sensor. The value measured by the XMC
control software is within the acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1149 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 000708.18- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Frequency on Channel 1 Too Low
322
A frequency below 150 Hz is registered on channel 1 of the steering wheel position sensor. The value measured by the XMC
control software is within the acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1150 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 000708.20- Steering Wheel Position Sensor Channel 1, Fault


322
The duty cycle on channel 1 of the steering wheel position sensor is greater than 99%. The value measured by the XMC control
software is within the acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1151 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 000708.21- Steering Wheel Position Sensor Channel 1, Fault


322
The duty cycle on channel 1 of the steering wheel position sensor is less than 1%. The value measured by the XMC control
software is within the acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1152 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 000709.10- Steering Wheel Position Sensor Channel 2, Fault


322
A speed of over 400 rpm is registered on channel 2 of the steering wheel position sensor. The value measured by the XMC
control software is within the acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1153 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 000709.16- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Frequency on Channel 2 Too High
322
A frequency of over 300 Hz is registered on channel 2 of the steering wheel position sensor. The value measured by the XMC
control software is within the acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1154 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 000709.18- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Frequency on Channel 2 Too Low
322
A frequency below 150 Hz is registered on channel 2 of the steering wheel position sensor. The value measured by the XMC
control software is within the acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1155 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 000709.20- Steering Wheel Position Sensor Channel 2, Fault


322
The duty cycle on channel 2 of the steering wheel position sensor is greater than 99%. The value measured by the XMC control
software is within the acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1156 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 000709.21- Steering Wheel Position Sensor Channel 2, Fault


322
The duty cycle on channel 2 of the steering wheel position sensor is less than 1%. The value measured by the XMC control
software is within the acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1157 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 001231.08- Control Software, Internal Fault


322
Communication problem between the XSC control software and the XMC control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1158 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 001231.12- Control Software, Internal Fault


322
Communication problem between the XSC control software and the XMC control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1159 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 001231.14- Control Software, Internal Fault


322
Communication problem between the XSC control software and the XMC control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1160 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 001504.14- Operator Presence Switch, No-one on Operator′s Seat While AutoTrac is Running
322
No operator on seat for more than 7 seconds with AutoTrac function activated.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the RPT control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1161 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 001504.31- Operator Presence Switch, No-one on Operator′s Seat While AutoTrac is Running
322
No operator on seat for more than 2 seconds with AutoTrac function activated.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Process any priority diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

Diagnostic trouble codes in the RPT control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1162 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 001807.10- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Incorrect Signal


322
A speed of over 400 rpm is registered on channel 1 of the steering wheel position sensor.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1163 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 001807.16- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Frequency on Channel 1 Too High
322
A frequency of over 300 Hz is registered on channel 1 of the steering wheel position sensor.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1164 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 001807.18- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Frequency on Channel 1 Too Low
322
A frequency below 150 Hz is registered on channel 1 of the steering wheel position sensor.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1165 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 001807.20- Steering Wheel Position Sensor Channel 1, Fault


322
The duty cycle on channel 1 of the steering wheel position sensor is greater than 99%.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1166 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 001807.21- Steering Wheel Position Sensor Channel 1, Fault


322
The duty cycle on channel 1 of the steering wheel position sensor is less than 1%.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1167 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 001807.31- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Fault


322
Steering movement was detected on the front wheels without a command being transmitted to the steering control valves.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

XSC 002000.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot be Received, Information from ECU Control Software
322
Data transfer problem between the XSC control software and ECU control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1168 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 002003.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from PTQ Control Software
322
Data transfer problem between the XSC control software and PTQ control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

XSC 002005.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from TIQ Control Software
322
Data transfer problem between the XSC control software and TIQ control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

XSC 002028.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from ITC Control Software
322
Data transfer problem between the XSC control software and ITC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1169 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

2. Start the engine.


3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

XSC 002042.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from VTI Control Software
322
Data transfer problem between the XSC control software and VTI control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in
the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

XSC 002049.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot be Received, Information from OIC Control Software
322
Data transfer problem between the XSC control software and OIC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

XSC 002071.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot be Received, Information from CCU Control Software
322
Data transfer problem between the XSC control software and CCU control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1170 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

XSC 002198.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from XMC Control Software
322
Data transfer problem between the XSC control software and XMC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1171 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 003511.03- 5 V Supply Voltage 1 Too High


322
Voltage supply of 5 V components is above 5.25 V. This indicates a short to 12 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform test, see 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1172 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 003511.04- 5 V Supply Voltage 1 Too Low


322
Voltage supply of 5 V components is below 4.75 V. This indicates a short to ground or an internal fault of the control unit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform test, see 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1173 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 003512.03- 5 V Supply Voltage 2 Too High


322
Voltage supply of 5 V components is above 5.25 V. This indicates a short to 12 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform test, see 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1174 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 003512.04- 5 V Supply Voltage 2 Too Low


322
Voltage supply of 5 V components is below 4.75 V. This indicates a short to ground or an internal fault of the control unit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform test, see 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1175 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 003841.00- Wheel Angle Sensor Channel 1, Voltage Too High


322
A voltage over 4.5 V is registered on channel 1 of the wheel angle sensor. The value measured by the XMC control software is
within the acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1176 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 003841.01- Wheel Angle Sensor Channel 1, Voltage Too Low


322
A voltage below 0.5 V is registered on channel 1 of the wheel angle sensor. The value measured by the XMC control software is
within the acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1177 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 003841.02- Wheel Angle Sensor, Voltages in Channel 1 and Channel 2 Not in Correct Ratio
322
The wheel angle sensor (WAS) consists of two separate sensors. The signal voltage of sensor 2 is 1/2 of the signal voltage of
sensor 1. The difference is 0.4 V or more. The value measured by the XMC control software is within the acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1178 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 003842.00- Wheel Angle Sensor Channel 2, Voltage Too High


322
Voltage on channel 2 of the wheel angle sensor above 2.25 V. The value measured by the XMC control software is within the
acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1179 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 003842.01- Wheel Angle Sensor Channel 2, Voltage Too Low


322
Voltage on channel 2 of the wheel angle sensor is below 0.25 V. The value measured by the XMC control software is within the
acceptable range.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Electrical circuit check

Action:

Perform B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1180 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 522387.07- Expected Steering Movement of Front Wheels is Not Detected


322
Despite a steering movement being commanded, the XSC control software fails to detect a signal from the wheel angle sensor
(WAS), or the signal it receives is too low.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears even though . GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Calibrate XSC control software

Action:

1. Before calibrating, it is essential to delete all the XSC diagnostic trouble codes.
2. Access calibration address and perform calibration, see Section 245.
XSC 022 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Calibration
XSC 023 - Steering Control Valve, Calibration

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Circuit testing

Action:

1. Perform test, see B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
2. Perform test, see B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.
3. Perform test, see Y114-1 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Enable Valve) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section
240.
4. Perform test, see Y114-2 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Left Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.
5. Perform test, see Y114-3 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Right Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.

NO:Circuit test completed and no problem found. Replace B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1181 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 522390.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from Implement


322
No valid information is being received from the implement via the implement CAN bus.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: All functions of Tractor-Implement Automation™ are deactivated.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the implement

Action:

1. Check all CAN BUS connection on the implement.


2. Check all connectors of the control units (ground and voltage supply) on the implement.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

NO:Problem identified. Repair as needed, and perform operational check.

XSC 522390.11- Tractor-Implement Automation™, Fault


322
Come home mode is active. This deactivates all functions of Tractor-Implement Automation™.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1182 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 522390.12- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from Implement


322
No valid information is being received from the implement via the implement CAN bus.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: All functions of Tractor-Implement Automation™ are deactivated.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the implement

Action:

1. Check all CAN bus connections on the implement.


2. Check all connectors of the control units (ground and voltage supply) on the implement.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

NO:Problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1183 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 522390.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from Implement


322
No valid information is being received from the implement via the implement CAN bus.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: All functions of Tractor-Implement Automation™ are deactivated.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the implement

Action:

1. Check all CAN bus connections on the implement.


2. Check all connectors of the control units (ground and voltage supply) on the implement.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.

NO:Problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1184 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 522451.00- Wheel Angle Sensor Channel 2, Voltage Too High


322
Voltage on channel 2 of the wheel angle sensor above 2.25 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1185 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 522451.01- Wheel Angle Sensor Channel 2, Voltage Too Low


322
Voltage on channel 2 of the wheel angle sensor is below 0.25 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1186 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 522451.02- Wheel Angle Sensor, Voltages in Channel 1 and Channel 2 Not in Correct Ratio
322
The wheel angle sensor (WAS) consists of two separate sensors. The signal voltage of sensor 2 is 1/2 of the signal voltage of
sensor 1. The difference is 0.4 V or more.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1187 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 522767.05- Control Software XSC, Ground Contact Fault


322
The XSC control software detects an open ground circuit (pin J2L4).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform test, see 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1188 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 522768.05- Control Software XSC, Ground Contact Fault


322
The XSC control software detects an open ground circuit (pin J2L3).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform test, see 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1189 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 522777.02- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Values in Channel 1 and Channel 2 Not in Correct Ratio
322
The values of the steering wheel position sensor channels 1 and 2 differ by more than 5 percent. This indicates a problem in
the steering wheel position sensor.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1190 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 522777.05- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Open Circuit


322
Voltage at the output to the steering wheel position sensor is too high. This indicates that the circuit is open.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1191 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 522920.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from XMC Control Software
322
Data transfer problem between the XMC control software and XSC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1192 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 522976.12- Control Software, Internal Fault


322
An identification problem has occurred. The control software may be connected to the wrong wiring harness or it may be
programmed incorrectly.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1193 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 523137.14- Control Software, Internal Fault


322
Fault in the steering system. Other diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2

( 2 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1194 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 523218.04- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too Low


322
Supply voltage (BAT) below 9 V (pin J2M4).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform test, see 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1195 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 523219.04- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too Low


322
Supply voltage (BAT) below 9 V (pin J2M3).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform test, see 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1196 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 523789.05- Wheel Angle Sensor, Open Circuit


322
Voltage at the output to the wheel angle sensor is too high. This indicates an open circuit.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1197 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 523789.13- Wheel Angle Sensor Not Calibrated


322
Wheel angle sensor not or incorrectly calibrated. Recalibrate wheel angle sensor.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Calibrate XSC control software

Action:

1. Before calibrating, it is essential to delete all the XSC diagnostic trouble codes.
2. Access calibration address and perform calibration, see Section 245.
XSC 022 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Calibration
XSC 023 - Steering Control Valve, Calibration

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test and B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace B138 Steering Wheel Position Sensor and/or B139 - Steering Wheel Angle
Sensor, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1198 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 523795.07- Steering Control Valve, Fault


322
The steering control valve (enable valve) sticks in its open position.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform test, see Y114-1 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Enable Valve) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace valve, see Y114-1 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Enable Valve)
(AutoTrac™), and perform an operational checkout.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1199 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 523795.13- Steering Control Valve Not Calibrated


322
Steering control valve not or incorrectly calibrated. Recalibrate steering control valve.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Calibrate XSC control software

Action:

1. Before calibrating, it is essential to delete all the XSC diagnostic trouble codes.
2. Access calibration address and perform calibration, see Section 245.
XSC 022 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Calibration
XSC 023 - Steering Control Valve, Calibration

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 3.

( 3 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test and B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.

YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace B138 Steering Wheel Position Sensor and/or B139 - Steering Wheel Angle
Sensor, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1200 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 523815.03- Steering Control Valve, Voltage Too High


322
The voltage for the steering control valve (enable valve) is too high. This indicates a short to 12 V.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform test, see Y114-1 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Enable Valve) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace Y114-1 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Enable Valve) (AutoTrac™), and perform
operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1201 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 523815.04- Steering Control Valve, Voltage Too Low


322
The voltage for the steering control valve (enable valve) is too low. This indicates a short to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform test, see Y114-1 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Enable Valve) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1202 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 523815.05- Steering Control Valve, Current Too Low


322
The current for the steering control valve (enable valve) is too low. This indicates that the circuit is open.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform test, see Y114-1 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Enable Valve) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace Y114-1 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Enable Valve) (AutoTrac™), and perform
operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1203 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 523815.06- Steering Control Valve, Current Too High


322
The current for the steering control valve (enable valve) is too high. This indicates a short to ground.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform test, see Y114-1 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Enable Valve) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1204 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 523821.02- Incompatible Harness on Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™)


322
Control unit connected to wrong harness.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1205 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 523824.10- Steering Wheel Position Sensor Channel 2, Fault


322
A speed of over 400 rpm is registered on channel 2 of the steering wheel position sensor.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1206 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 523824.16- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Frequency on Channel 2 Too High
322
A frequency of over 300 Hz is registered on channel 2 of the steering wheel position sensor.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1207 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 523824.18- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Frequency on Channel 2 Too Low
322
A frequency below 150 Hz is registered on channel 2 of the steering wheel position sensor.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1208 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 523824.20- Steering Wheel Position Sensor Channel 2, Fault


322
The duty cycle on channel 2 of the steering wheel position sensor is greater than 99%.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1209 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 523824.21- Steering Wheel Position Sensor Channel 2, Fault


322
The duty cycle on channel 2 of the steering wheel position sensor is less than 1%.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1210 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 523826.00- Wheel Angle Sensor Channel 1, Voltage Too High


322
A voltage over 4.5 V is registered on channel 1 of the wheel angle sensor.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1211 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 523826.01- Wheel Angle Sensor Channel 1, Voltage Too Low


322
A voltage below 0.5 V is registered on channel 1 of the wheel angle sensor.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1212 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 523826.14- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Fault


322
No steering movement is detected on the front wheels despite a command being transmitted to the steering control valves.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test

Action:

Perform B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.

Result:

YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, and perform operational check.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

XSC 523925.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from XMC Control Software
322
Data transfer problem between the XSC control software and XMC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not return. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1213 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1214 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software

XSC 524055.02- Control Software, Internal Fault


322
Error when reading the internal module (EEPROM).

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1215 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS (g) by Belgreen v2.0

XSC 524055.12- Control Software, Internal Fault


322
A fault occurred when the software was launched.

Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.

( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the steering control unit (AutoTrac™)

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test , Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed.

NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 1216 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS


Table of contents
Group 20 - Engine .................................................................................................................................... 1
Engine Does not Crank ......................................................................................................................... 1
Engine Cranks But Will Not Start .......................................................................................................... 2
Group 30 - Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems .............................................................................. 3
Problems with the Fuel System ............................................................................................................ 3
Problems with the Air Intake System .................................................................................................... 4
Problems with the Cooling System ....................................................................................................... 5
Group 40 - Electrical System .................................................................................................................. 6
Check System Voltage .......................................................................................................................... 6
Problems with the Charging Circuit ...................................................................................................... 7
Problems with the Cigarette Lighter ..................................................................................................... 8
Problems with the Operator′s Seat ....................................................................................................... 9
Problems with the Horn ...................................................................................................................... 10
Problem with Backup Alarm ................................................................................................................ 11
Problems with Dome Light or Access Step Light ................................................................................. 12
Problems with the Beacon Light ......................................................................................................... 13
Problems with the Windshield Wiper .................................................................................................. 14
Problems with the Rear Window Wiper ............................................................................................... 15
Problems with the Radio (Blocked) ..................................................................................................... 16
Problems with the Radio (DIM Function) ............................................................................................. 17
Group 45 - Electronic Control Units .................................................................................................... 18
Diagnostics of Observable Symptoms ................................................................................................ 18
Diagnostics of Observable Symptoms ................................................................................................ 21
Problems When Programming Control Units ....................................................................................... 22
Security Fault Diagnosis ..................................................................................................................... 23
Problems with Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd) ......................................................................................... 25
Problems with Implement CAN BUS .................................................................................................... 25
Problems with Hitch CAN Bus ............................................................................................................. 25
Problems with E-SCV CAN BUS ........................................................................................................... 25
Problems with Engine CAN Bus ........................................................................................................... 25
Group 50A - Drive Train (without Transmission) .............................................................................. 26
Problem with Rear PTO ....................................................................................................................... 26
Problem with Front PTO ...................................................................................................................... 27
Group 50C - PowrReverser™ Transmission ........................................................................................ 28
Problems with the PowrReverser™ Transmission (Electrical Reverser Control) .................................. 28
Problems with the PowrReverser™ Transmission (Mechanical Reverser Control) .............................. 29
Group 50D - PowrQuad™ Transmission .............................................................................................. 30
Problems with the PowrQuad Plus Transmission ................................................................................ 30
Problems with the Mechanically Actuated PowrQuad™ Transmission ................................................ 31
Group 60A - Steering ............................................................................................................................. 32
Problems with Front-Wheel Drive Switching On and Off Automatically .............................................. 32
Problems with Differential Lock Switching On and Off Automatically ................................................. 32
Problems with Steering ....................................................................................................................... 33
Problems with Steering (AutoTrac™) .................................................................................................. 34
Group 60B - Brakes ................................................................................................................................ 35
Problems with Brakes ......................................................................................................................... 35
Problems with Hydraulic Trailer Brake ................................................................................................ 36
Problems with Air Brake System ......................................................................................................... 37
Group 70 - Hydraulic System ............................................................................................................... 38
Problem with Hitch ............................................................................................................................. 38

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Problem with PFC Hydraulic System (M-SCV) ..................................................................................... 39


Group 80B - Suspension Systems ........................................................................................................ 40
Problems with Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle ............................................................................. 40
Group 90 - Operator′s Cab .................................................................................................................... 41
Problems with the Fan ........................................................................................................................ 41
Problems with Air-Conditioning System .............................................................................................. 42

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 20: Engine

Group 20 - Engine
Engine Does not Crank
17
Instructions for diagnosing general problems with the engine.

Check the battery connections for corrosion and damage. Are the battery connections tight?
Key switch OFF.
Check the battery Check the voltage at the battery connections (+/-). The battery voltage must be higher than 12 volts.
Turn ignition switch to Start position and check the voltage at the battery connections (+/-) at the same time. The battery
voltage has to be higher than 11.5 volts.

Check fuses (cab):


1. F01/03_PLB, see PLB - Fuses, Component Information in Section 249.
2. F03/05_LCS, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
3. F01/01_PLB, see PLB - Fuses, Component Information in Section 249.
4. F037_PLB, see PLB - Fuses, Component Information in Section 249.
Check fuses (open operator’s station):
Preliminary check 1. F03/02_LCS, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information Section 249.
2. F01/01_PLB, see PLB - Fuses, Component Information in Section 249.
3. F01/03_PLB, see PLB - Fuses, Component Information in Section 249.
4. F037PLB, see PLB - Fuses, Component Information in Section 249.
Check the relays:
1. K002, see K002 - Starter Relay 1, Component Information in Section 249.
2. K003, see K002 - Starter Relay 1, Component Information in Section 249.

See:
1. G001 - Battery, Circuit Test , Section 240.
2. S012 - Key Switch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
3. S012 - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
4. K002 - Starter Relay 1 (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Check the circuit 5. K002 - Starter Relay 1 (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
6. K003 - Starter Relay 2 (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
7. K003 - Starter Relay 2 (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test, Section 240.
8. M001 - Starting Motor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
For vehicles with battery cut-off switch, see:
1. A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location of components, see:
• G001 - Battery, Component Information , Section 249.
• S012 - Key Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
Check components and wiring • A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Component Information, Section 249.
harness • M001 - Starter Motor, Component Information , Section 249.
For details of location of harnesses, see:
• For 6-cylinder engines, see Summary of Wiring Harnesses, Summary of References , Section 249.
• For 4-cylinder engines, see Summary of Wiring Harnesses, Summary of References , Section 249.
For details of location of connections, see:
• Summary of Connectors and Contacts, Summary of References, Section 249.
For details of location of ground points, see:
• Summary of Ground Points, Summary of References , Section 249.

Diagnostic Schematic (Cab):


• 50AA - Battery Cut-Off Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• 50AA - Starting Motor (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
• 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC2) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
• 50AA - Alternator (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
• 50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Diagnostic schematics • 50AA - Key Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0052) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Diagnostic Schematic (Open Operator′s Station):
• 50AA - Starting Motor (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
• 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
• 50AA - Alternator (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
• 50AA - Central Power Supply (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
• 50AA - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.

See:
• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.
Additional information:
See under Observable Diagnostics and Tests
• Engine Does Not Crank
in the relevant Component Technical Manual (CTM), PowerTech™ OEM Diesel Engines (Final Tier 4 Platform) .

Check mechanical causes Turn the engine using JDG820 flywheel turning tool.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 1 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 30: Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems

Engine Cranks But Will Not Start


17
Instructions for diagnosing general problems with the engine.

1. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble
codes. For procedure and additional information, see Procedure for Dealing with Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
Access diagnostic trouble codes 2. Diagnosing the diagnostic trouble codes associated with this observable symptom may resolve this observable symptom
and must be performed first. If there are diagnostic trouble codes related to the ECU , EIC and ICA control software, these
codes must be processed first.

1. Check the fuel level in the fuel tank.


2. Check the air filter for restriction.
3. Check the exhaust for clogging.
Check fuses (cab):
1. F03/01_LCS, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
2. F03/11_LCS, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
3. F027, see F027, F028 and F029 - Fuses for Engine Control Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
4. F028, see F028, F027 and F029 - Fuses for Engine Control Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
5. F029, see F029, F027 and F028 - Fuses for Engine Control Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
6. F06/B_LCS, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information , Section 249.
7. F03/12_LCS, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
8. F03/08_LCS, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
9. F03/09_LCS, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Check fuses (open operator’s station):
Preliminary test
1. F03/06_LCS, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information Section 249.
2. F03/10_LCS, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information Section 249.
3. F027, see F027, F028 and F029 - Fuses for Engine Control Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
4. F028, see F028, F027 and F029 - Fuses for Engine Control Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
5. F029, see F029, F027 and F028 - Fuses for Engine Control Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
6. F03/16_LCS, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information Section 249.
7. F03/17_LCS, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information Section 249.
8. F03/03_LCS, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information Section 249.
9. F03/04_LCS, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information Section 249.
10. F03/12_LCS, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information Section 249.
Check relays (cab):
1. K07/02_LCS, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Check relays (open operator’s station):
1. K02/F_LCS, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information Section 249.

1. Turn ignition switch to Start position and check the voltage at the battery connections (+/-) at the same time. The battery
Check the battery
voltage has to be higher than 11 volts.

1. M031 - Fuel Pump, Circuit Test , Section 240.


1. 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
2. 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
Check circuit For vehicles with immobilizer, see:
1. 50FB - Immobilizer, Test , Section 240.
2. W28 - Immobilizer Antenna, Circuit Test , Section 240.
3. 50ZZ - Immobilizer Control Unit, Test , Section 240.

Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
• G001 - Battery, Component Information , Section 249.
Check components and wiring
• S012 - Key Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
harness
• M031 - Fuel Pump, Component Information , Section 249.
• A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
• A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
For vehicles with immobilizer, see:
1. A133 - Immobilizer Control Unit, Component Information , Section 249.

Refer to:
• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.
Additional information:
See under Observable Diagnostics and Tests
• Engine Cranks But Will Not Start
in the relevant Component Technical Manual (CTM), PowerTech™ OEM Diesel Engines (Final Tier 4) .

See:
1. Problems with the Fuel System Section 212.
Check mechanical causes
2. Problems with the Air Intake System , Section 212.
3. Problems with the Cooling System , Section 212.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 2 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 30: Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems

Group 30 - Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems


Problems with the Fuel System
17
Instructions for diagnosing general problems with the fuel system.

Check circuit M031 - Fuel Pump, Circuit Test , Section 240.

Fuel System Check Fuel System - Check Fuel Transfer Pump , Section 230.

• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 3 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 30: Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems

Problems with the Air Intake System


17
Instructions for diagnosing general problems with the air intake system.

1. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble
Access diagnostic trouble codes. For procedure and additional information, see Procedure for Dealing with Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
codes 2. Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose
these codes first. If there are diagnostic trouble codes related to the ECU control software, these codes must be processed first.

See:
1. Air Intake System - System Check in Section 230.
For additional tests, see under Air Intake and Exhaust System Repair and Adjustment :
System check
• Turbocharger - Inspection
• Turbocharger Failure Analysis
in the relevant Component Technical Manual (CTM), PowerTech™ OEM Diesel Engines (Final Tier 4) .

• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 4 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 40: Electrical System

Problems with the Cooling System


17
Instructions for diagnosing general problems with the cooling system.

1. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble
Access diagnostic trouble codes. For procedure and additional information, see Procedure for Dealing with Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
codes 2. Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose
these codes first. If there are diagnostic trouble codes related to the ECU control software, these codes must be processed first.

1. Cooling System - Leak Test in Section 230.


For additional tests, see under Observable Diagnostics and Tests :
• Engine Coolant Temperature Below Normal
System check
• Fuel in Coolant
• Coolant In Oil or Oil In Coolant
in the relevant Component Technical Manual (CTM), PowerTech™ OEM Diesel Engines (Final Tier 4) .

• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 5 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 40: Electrical System

Group 40 - Electrical System


Check System Voltage
65
System voltage check

Check System Voltage

Diagnostic schematics:

50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit, Summary of References

Component information:

A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Component Information


G001 - Battery, Component Information
G004 - Alternator, Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 6 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 40: Electrical System

Problems with the Charging Circuit


65
Battery is not charged or is defective.

Problems with the Charging Circuit

Perform a visual inspection of alternator and battery and of the connectors associated with them:
Preliminary test 1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.
2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

50AA - Starting Motor and Charging Circuit


For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50AA - Starting Motor and Charging Circuit, Summary of References in
Section 240.
Diagnostic schematics
50FA - Electronic Engine Control
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50FA - Electronic Engine Control, Summary of References in Section
240.

1. G001 - Battery, Circuit Test in Section 240.


Check circuit 2. G004 - Alternator (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
3. G004 - Alternator (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test in Section 240.

Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location and information on components, see Section 249:
Check components and wiring • A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
harness • A086 - Engine Control Unit (Level 16 ECU), Component Information
• G001 - Battery, Component Information
• G004 - Alternator, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see Section 249:
• 50AA - Starting Motor and Charging Circuit, Summary of References in Section 240.
• 50FA - Electronic Engine Control, Summary of References in Section 240.

• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 7 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 40: Electrical System

Problems with the Cigarette Lighter


65
Cigarette lighter is not functioning properly for at least some of the time.

Problems with the Cigarette Lighter

Perform a visual inspection of cigarette lighter (E005) and of the connectors associated with it:
→NOTE:
The cigarette lighter and signal socket (X132) use the same fuse and together must not exceed an output
of 120 W.
1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.
Preliminary check
2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.
Check the fuse:
1. Check fuse F03/19_LCS.
For details of location of the fuse, see:
• LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.

50CH - Accessories (General Information)


Diagnostic schematics
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50CH - Cigarette Lighter, Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.

Check the circuit E005 - Cigarette Lighter, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
Check components and wiring harness
For details of location of components, see Section 249:
• E005 - Cigarette Lighter, Component Information .
For details of location of harnesses, see Section 249:
• Summary of Wiring Harnesses, Summary of References .

• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 8 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 40: Electrical System

Problems with the Operator′s Seat


65
Compressor or seat heater is not functioning properly for at least some of the time.

Problems with the Operator′s Seat

Perform a visual inspection of operator′s seat (A029) and of the connectors associated with it:
1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.
2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.
Check the fuse:
Preliminary test
1. Check fuse F03/20_LCS.
For details of location of the fuse, see:
• LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
• LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.

50CA - Operator′s Seat


For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
• 50CA - Operator′s Seat (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Diagnostic schematics
• 50CA - Operator Presence Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• 50CA - Operator′s Seat (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• 50CA - Operator Presence Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.

Check the circuit A029 - Seat with Compressor and Heater, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location of components, see Section 249:
Check components and wiring harness • A029 - Seat with Compressor and Heater, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see:
• 50CA - Operator′s Seat (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• 50CA - Operator Presence Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• 50CA - Operator′s Seat (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• 50CA - Operator Presence Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.

• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 9 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 40: Electrical System

Problems with the Horn


65
Horn is not functioning properly at least some of the time.

Problems with the Horn

Perform a visual inspection of the horn (H001) and of the connectors associated with it:
1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.
2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.
Check the fuse:
Preliminary test
1. Fuse on tractors with cab: F03/17_LCSSee: LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information Fuse
F03/17.
2. Fuse on tractors without cab: F03/18_LCSSee: LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station),
Component Information , Fuse F03/18.

50CB - Acoustic Alarms


For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
Diagnostic schematics
• 50CB - Horn (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• 50CB - Horn (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.

Check the circuit H001 - Horn, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location and information on components, see Section 249:
Check components and wiring harness • S004 - Horn Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
• S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information
• H001 - Horn, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see:
• 50CB - Horn (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• 50CB - Horn (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.

• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 10 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 40: Electrical System

Problem with Backup Alarm


65
Backup alarm is not functioning properly at least some of the time.

Problem with Backup Alarm

Perform a visual inspection of the backup alarm and the connectors associated with it:
1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.
2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.
Check the fuse:
Preliminary check
1. Fuse on tractors with cab: F04/03_LCSSee: LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information , Fuse
F04/04.
2. Fuse on tractors without cab: F03/19_LCSSee: LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station),
Component Information , Fuse F03/19.

50CB - Acoustic Alarms


For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
Diagnostic schematics
• 50CB - Backup Alarm (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• 50CB - Back-Up Alarm (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.

Check the circuit H067 - Backup Alarm, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location and information on components, see Section 249:
• B049 - Backup Alarm Pressure Switch, Component Information
Check components and wiring harness • B185 - Backup Alarm Switch, Component Information
• H067 - Backup Alarm, Component Information
• K028 - Backup Alarm Relay, Component Information
• S172 - Backup Alarm Switch, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see Section 240:
• 50CB - Backup Alarm (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• 50CB - Back-Up Alarm (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.

• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 11 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 40: Electrical System

Problems with Dome Light or Access Step Light


65
Dome light or access step light is not functioning properly at least some of the time.

Problems with Dome Light or Access Step Light

Perform a visual inspection of the dome light or access step light and their respective connectors:
1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.
2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.
Preliminary check
Check the fuse:
F03/02_LCS
1. See: LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information Fuse F03/02.

50BA - Lights/Turn-Signal Lights


Diagnostic schematics For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50BA - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.

1. B028-1 - Right Dome Light Switch, Circuit Test in Section 240.


2. B028-2 - Left Dome Light Switch, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Check electrical circuits 3. E012 - Dome Light, Circuit Testin Section 240.
4. H087-1 - Right Access Step Light, Circuit Testin Section 240.
5. H087-2 - Left Access Step Light, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location and information on components, see Section 249:
• B028-1 - Right Dome Light Switch, Component Information
Check components and wiring harness
• B028-2 - Left Dome Light Switch, Component Information
• E012 - Dome Light, Component Information
• H087-1 - Right Access Step Light, Component Information
• H087-2 - Left Access Step Light, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see Section 240:
• 50BA - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Diagnostic Schematic

• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 12 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 40: Electrical System

Problems with the Beacon Light


65
Beacon light not functioning properly at least some of the time.

Problems with the Beacon Light

Perform a visual inspection of beacon light and of the connectors associated with it:
1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.
2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.
Preliminary check
Check the fuse:
F03/14_LCS
1. See: LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information Fuse F03/14.

50BA - Lights/Turn-Signal Lights


Diagnostic schematics
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50BA - Beacon Light, Diagnostic Schematicin Section 240.

1. E027-1 - Left Beacon Light, Circuit Testin Section 240.


Check electrical circuits 2. E027-2 - Right Beacon Light, Circuit Testin Section 240.
3. S036 - Beacon Light Switch, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location and information on components, see Section 249:
Check components and wiring harness
• E027-1 - Left Beacon Light, Component Information
• E027-2 - Right Beacon Light, Component Information
• S036 - Beacon Light Switch, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see Section 240:
• 50BA - Beacon Light, Diagnostic Schematic

• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 13 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 40: Electrical System

Problems with the Windshield Wiper


65
Windshield wiper is not functioning properly at least some of the time.

Problems with the Windshield Wiper

Perform a visual inspection of windshield wiper motor and windshield wiper shut-off switch and the associated
connectors:
1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.
Preliminary check 2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.
Check the fuse:
F04/01_LCS
1. See: LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information Fuse F04/01.

50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers


Diagnostic schematics
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50BA - Windshield Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.

1. K026 - Intermittent Wipe Relay for Windshield Wiper, Circuit Test in Section 240.
2. M003 - Windshield Wiper Motor, Circuit Test in Section 240.
3. M005 - Windshield Washer Pump, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Check electrical circuits
4. S015 - Windshield Wiper Switch, Circuit Test in Section 240.
5. S016 - Windshield Washer Switch, Circuit Test in Section 240.
6. S017 - Windshield Wiper Shut-Off Switch, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location and information on components, see Section 249:
• K026 - Intermittent Wipe Relay for Windshield Wiper, Component Information
Check components and wiring harness
• M003 - Windshield Wiper Motor, Component Information
• M005 - Windshield Washer Pump, Component Information
• S016 - Windshield Washer Switch, Component Information
• S017 - Windshield Wiper Shut-Off Switch, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see Section 240:
• 50CC - Windshield Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 14 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 40: Electrical System

Problems with the Rear Window Wiper


65
Rear window wiper is not functioning properly at least some of the time.

Problems with the Rear Window Wiper

Perform a visual inspection of rear window wiper motor and window wiper shut-off switch and the associated
connectors:
1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.
Preliminary check 2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.
Check the fuse:
F04/02_LCS
1. See: LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information Fuse F04/02.

50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers


Diagnostic schematics For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50BA - Rear Window Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section
240.

1. M004 - Rear Window Wiper Motor, Circuit Test in Section 240.


2. M006 - Rear Window Washer Pump, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Check electrical circuits
3. S018 - Rear Window Wiper Switch, Circuit Test in Section 240.
4. S020 - Rear Window Wiper Shut-Off Switch, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location and information on components, see Section 249:
Check components and wiring harness • M004 - Rear Wiper Motor, Component Information
• M006 - Rear Window Washer Pump, Component Information
• S018 - Rear Wiper Switch, Component Information
• S020 - Rear Window Wiper Shut-Off Switch, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see Section 240:
• 50CC - Rear Window Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 15 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 40: Electrical System

Problems with the Radio (Blocked)


382
The radio does not work, “Blocked” appears on the display.

Problems with the Radio (Blocked)

Perform a visual inspection of the radio and of the connectors associated with it:
1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.
2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.
Check the fuses and relays:
On tractors with battery cut-off switch
1. Check fuse F03/18_LCS.
Preliminary check
2. Check fuse F031.
On tractors without battery cut-off switch
1. Check fuse F03/18_LCS.
For details on the location of the fuses and relays, see Section 249:
• LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
• F031_BBO - Fuse, Component Information

• 50CF - Radio, Diagnostic Schematic


Diagnostic schematics
• 50CF - Radio (Retrofit ECE), Diagnostic Schematic

Check circuit Radio Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuitin Section 245.

If the radio of one tractor is installed into another tractor, the theft protection activates. It has to be disabled at the radio manually.
1. Press “MENU” button and hold it for 10 seconds.
2. Display: 0000
3. With buttons 1 - 4, digits 1 - 4 on the display can be changed.
4. With buttons 1 - 4, enter the last 4 numbers of the tractor serial number.
Unlock radio
5. Press the “5” button and hold it for 10 seconds.
6. Display: CODE OK
⚬ Radio unlocked.
7. Display: CODE ERR
⚬ Radio has not been unblocked; enter the last 4 numbers of the tractor serial number again.

• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 16 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronic Control Units

Problems with the Radio (DIM Function)


382
The DIM function of the radio is deactivated.

Problems with the Radio (DIM Function)

1. Ignition switch ON (engine OFF)


2. Radio OFF
3. Press station buttons “1” and “3” and “On/Off” button simultaneously.
4. Display: SETUP
Activate the DIM function
5. Press "MENU" button until DISPLAY: “DIM OFF” appears.
6. Use the volume button to toggle to “DIM ON”.
7. Switch the radio off
8. Ignition switch OFF

• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 17 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronic Control Units

Group 45 - Electronic Control Units


Diagnostic Mode Cannot be Entered or Connection Problems with Service ADVISOR™
65
This symptom indicates that entering the diagnostic mode (accessing diagnostic trouble codes or control software information)
via the instrument unit is not possible and/or a connection with Service ADVISOR™ to the tractor cannot be established.

Diagnostics of Observable Symptoms


( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

Is it generally not possible to enter diagnostic mode?

1. Is it possible to enter the diagnostic mode with the instrument unit?


See Operation and Entering the Diagnostic Addresses with Digital Display (Service Level) in Section 245.
2. Is it possible to establish a connection to the tractor with Service ADVISOR™?

Result:

YES:Entering the diagnostic mode via the instrument unit is not possible and a connection to the tractor cannot be established
with Service ADVISOR™: GO TO 1.2

NO:Diagnostic mode can only not be accessed via the instrument unit: GO TO 2 .

NO:A connection to the tractor cannot be established only with Service ADVISOR™: GO TO 3 .

Action:

1.2 - Vehicle CAN bus check (500 kBd):

Check battery voltage, see G001 - Battery, Component Information in Section 249.

Result:

NO:Repair as needed and enter the diagnostic mode.

YES:Perform CAN Bus Check - Vehicle (500 kBd) , see Section 240.

( 2 ) Diagnostic mode cannot be accessed via the instrument unit

Action:

2.1 - Preliminary check:

Check F03/08_LCS (BAT) fuses.


Check F03/09_LCS (BAT) fuses.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2.2

NO:Replace the fuse and perform an operational test.

Action:

2.2 - Check control unit connection for instrument unit:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 18 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronic Control Units

→NOTE:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid back) and/or
bad ground connections.

The checks are to be performed on connector X001F with ignition ON (engine off).
For details of location and information on components, see A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information , in
Section 249.
For a summary of the layout of leads, see 50IA - Display, Summary of References in Section 240.
Check the supply voltage.
Item Measurement Specification

Instrument Unit, Supply Voltage Voltage between Pin 4 (lead 0432, ELX) and Pin 5 (Lead G0050, GND) Between 11.2 and 12.7 V

Voltage between Pin 8 (lead 0172, BAT) and Pin 5 (Lead G0050, GND) Between 11.2 and 12.7 V

Voltage between Pin 9 (Lead 0172, BAT) and Pin 3 (Lead G0050, GND) Between 11.2 and 12.7 V

Voltage between Pin 27 (Lead 0152, BAT) and Pin 3 (Lead G0050, GND) Between 11.2 and 12.7 V

Voltage between Pin 28 (Lead 0152, BAT) and Pin 3 (Lead G0050, GND) Between 11.2 and 12.7 V

Check communication lines 9034 and 9035 of the vehicle CAN Bus.
Item Measurement Specification

Instrument Unit, Communication Lines 9034 and 9035 Voltage between Pin 7 (Lead 9034, CAN+) and Pin 5 (Lead 0050, GND) Between 2.50 - 2.70 V

Voltage between Pin 6 (Lead 9035, CAN-) and Pin 5 (Lead 0050, GND) Between 2.30 - 2.49 V

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational check.

( 3 ) Connection cannot be established with Service ADVISOR™

Action:

3.1 - Check voltage supply to X571M service socket (CAN bus):

The check is to be performed on connector X571M with ignition ON (engine OFF).


For details of location and information on components, see X571M - Service Socket (CAN Bus)in Section 240.
For a summary of the layout of leads, see 50CE - Sockets, Summary of References in Section 240.
Check the supply voltage:
Item Measurement Specification

X571M - Service Socket (CAN Bus), Supply Voltage Voltage between Pin B (Lead 0382) and Pin A (Lead G0050) Between 11.2 and 12.7 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 3.2

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational check.

Action:

3.2 - Check CAN bus connection to X571M service socket (CAN bus):

The check is to be performed on connector X571M with ignition ON (engine OFF).


For details of location and information on components, see X571M - Service Socket (CAN Bus)in Section 240.
For a summary of the layout of leads, see 50CE - Sockets, Summary of References in Section 240.
Check communication lines 9034 and 9035 of vehicle CAN bus (500 kBd).
Item Measurement Specification

X571M - Connector of Service Socket (CAN Bus),


Voltage between Pin C (Lead 9034, CAN+) and Pin A (Lead G0050, GND) Between 2.50 - 2.70 V
Communication Lines 9034 and 9035

Voltage between Pin D (Lead 9035, CAN-) and Pin A (Lead G0050, GND) Between 2.30 - 2.49 V

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 19 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronic Control Units

Result:

YES:GO TO 4

NO:Check CAN bus connection to connector X571M. For an overview of the layout of the CAN bus leads, see 50JA - CAN Bus
Systems, Summary of References .

( 4 ) Check Service ADVISOR™ connection data

Action:

Check correct installation of the monthly Service ADVISOR™ connection data, see DTAC-case Check Service ADVISOR™
connection data .

Result:

YES:No problem can be found:• Check Service ADVISOR™ website for additional information.• Notify the Service ADVISOR™
helpdesk.

NO:Put the solutions suggested by DTAC into practice.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 20 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronic Control Units

Control Unit(s) not Displayed


65
Symptom indicates that one or more control units are not displayed. If, after entering the diagnostic mode, no control unit is
displayed, or if entering the diagnostic mode is generally not possible, the procedure for the symptom “Diagnostic Mode
Cannot Be Entered” must be performed.

Diagnostics of Observable Symptoms


( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 - Status of active diagnostic trouble codes

→NOTE:

No relevant codes must be active before proceeding. Access the codes.

Result:

NO:No relevant diagnostic trouble codes are stored: GO TO 1.2.

YES:Repair as needed, then access control unit.

Action:

1.2 - Status of reprogramming

If a reprogramming procedure is interrupted, the result is that the relevant control unit can no longer be displayed. See
Problems While Reprogramming Control Units in Section 212.

Result:

YES:No reprogramming was performed: GO TO 2 .

NO:Reprogramming was started and interrupted, GO TO: Problems While Reprogramming Control Units in Section 212.

( 2 ) Check voltage supply and control unit connection

Action:

2.1 - Check control unit fuse:

Control units, test of power supply circuit and ground circuit:

50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit Control software:
AIC
BLC
CCU
EIC
HCC
OIC
PTR
PTQ
RPT
SMB
TEC
TEI
50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit Control software:
DOI

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 21 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronic Control Units

GM1
TIH
TIQ
50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit Control software:
PTF
SCO
SFA
50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit Control software:
ECU
50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit Control software:
FCC
ICA
PDU
VTV
50ZZ - Immobilizer Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit Control software:
ICD
50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit Control software:
XMC
XSC

Result:

YES:Fuse is OK: GO TO 2.2

NO:Replace relevant fuse with a new one and then access the control software.

Action:

2.2 - Check connection of relevant control unit:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground
connections.

Check voltage supply.See 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units - Summary of References


Check CAN bus connection (communication lines) at the connector of the corresponding control unit.See 50JA - CAN Bus
Systems, Summary of References
Check the connections at connectors and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:Check all connections at connectors and control units for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Recondition as needed, then access the control unit.

Problems When Programming Control Units


65
Programming is interrupted. It is possible that the control software of the programmed control unit is no longer displayed via
Service ADVISOR™ after the programming process was interrupted. However, the control units can still be programmed.

For programming procedure, see Reprogramming Control Units in Section 245.

For diagnostic procedure, see in Section 245:

Procedure in the Event of a Programming Problem .


Procedure in the Event of a Problem Programming VIN Control Units .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 22 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronic Control Units

VIN Security Fault Diagnosis


65
The VIN security function ensures that incompatible control units installed in a vehicle cannot function. The VIN network
consists of certain control units that are defined by the vehicle and the configuration of the vehicle. If one or more of the
following control units from another vehicle is installed, a VIN security fault will occur and the relevant control unit must be
reprogrammed.

Security Fault Diagnosis


( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN Bus take priority.
2. Does problem occur directly after reprogramming of a VIN control unit?Summary of VIN control units (active VIN
participants):
Engine control unit (ECU control software).
Central control unit (CCU control software).
Instrument unit (FCC control software).

Result:

YES:Problem occurs directly after reprogramming of a VIN control unit: GO TO: Procedure in the Event of a Problem
Programming VIN Control Units

NO:No programming was performed: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the Vehicle Identification Number

Action:

Check the following VIN participants for correct VIN.

Active VIN participants

Active VIN participants

John Deere Product Identification Number (PIN) of Current Vehicle

ECU ECU 251 - John Deere Product Identification Number (PIN) of Current Vehicle

CCU 251 CCU 251 - John Deere Product Identification Number (PIN) of Current Vehicle

FCC 251 FCC 251 - John Deere Product Identification Number (PIN) of Current Vehicle

Passive VIN participants

Passive VIN participants

John Deere Product Identification Number (PIN) of Current Vehicle

EIC 251 EIC 251 - John Deere Product Identification Number (PIN) of Current Vehicle

SFA 251 SFA 251 - John Deere Product Identification Number (PIN) of Current Vehicle

RPT 251 RPT 251 - John Deere Product Identification Number (PIN) of Current Vehicle

TIQ 251 TIQ 251 - John Deere Product Identification Number (PIN) of Current Vehicle

The VIN must be identical in each control software.

Record each control software where this is not the case.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4

NO:17-digit serial numbers in the addresses are not identical: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Program the control unit

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 23 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronic Control Units

Action:

Program the control unit containing the control software that displays a different serial number in address 251 with correct
software:

1. Download the software data file.


2. Program the relevant control unit with the current software file.
3. Turn ignition switch off, wait for at least 5 seconds, and then turn it on again.
IMPORTANT: The key switch must remain on for 5 minutes. During these 5 minutes the VIN
information is merged, so nothing must be actuated until this time has elapsed (e.g. do not start the
engine).
→NOTE: Failure to comply may generate VIN diagnostic trouble codes. Impaired tractor function
results.

4. Delete diagnostic trouble codes and perform an operational check.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:GO TO 4

( 4 ) Check whether there is a general CAN bus communication problem

Action:

Check whether the exchange of VIN information is interrupted by a CAN Bus communication problem.

Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN Bus take priority.

1. Check whether there are additional diagnostic trouble codes from other control software applications that indicate a
general CAN bus problem:
Drive train CAN bus, high or very high error rate reported from several other control software applications.
CAN bus communication errors reported from several other control software applications.
2. If a CAN Bus problem (high/very high CAN Bus error rate, errors when transmitting messages or VIN information) is
reported only from one control software, a general (complete) CAN Bus failure can be ruled out. In this case, it can be
assumed that the fault is restricted to just one section of the CAN bus (partial CAN bus fault).

For more information and diagnosis of the various CAN bus problems, see CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:No additional diagnostic trouble codes present that indicate a CAN bus problem: GO TO 5 .

( 5 ) Reprogram the control unit that reports the VIN fault

Action:

Reprogram the control unit containing the control software that is producing the VIN error with the current software data file
from the software server:

1. Download the software data file.


2. Program the relevant control unit with the current software file.
3. Turn ignition switch off, wait for at least 5 seconds, and then turn it on again.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 24 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 50A: Drive Train (without Transmission)

IMPORTANT: The key switch must remain on for 5 minutes. During these 5 minutes the VIN
information is merged, so nothing must be actuated until this time has elapsed (e.g. do not start the
engine).
→NOTE: Failure to comply may generate VIN diagnostic trouble codes. Impaired tractor function
results.

4. Delete diagnostic trouble codes and perform an operational check.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:The problem still exists. Return to diagnostic procedure.

Problems with Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd)


65
Symptom indicates that there is a problem with the vehicle CAN bus (500 kBd).

50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References


CAN Communication Fault Checks
CAN Bus Check - Vehicle (500 kBd)

Problems with Implement CAN BUS


65
Symptom indicates that there is a problem with the implement CAN bus.

50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References


CAN Communication Fault Checks
Voltage Check of Implement CAN Bus

Problems with Hitch CAN Bus


65
Symptom indicates that there is a problem with the hitch CAN bus.

50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References


CAN Communication Fault Checks
CAN Bus Check - Hitch

Problems with E-SCV CAN BUS


65
Symptom indicates that there is a problem with the E-SCV CAN bus.

50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References


CAN Communication Fault Checks
CAN Bus Check - E-SCV

Problems with Engine CAN Bus


65
Symptom indicates that there is a problem with the engine CAN bus.

50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References


CAN Communication Fault Checks
CAN Bus Check - Engine

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 25 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 50A: Drive Train (without Transmission)

Group 50A - Drive Train (without Transmission)


Problem with Rear PTO
63
Instructions for diagnosing general problems with the rear PTO

Problems with Rear PTO

1. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic
trouble codes. For procedure and additional information, see Procedure for Dealing with Diagnostic Trouble Codes in
Section 245.
Access diagnostic trouble codes
2. Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom may allow it to be rectified; for this reason,
diagnose these codes first. If there are diagnostic trouble codes related to the AIC and RPT control software, these codes
must be processed first.

Preliminary check Drive Train (without Transmission) - Operational Checks, Summary of References in Section 250A.

50GJ - Front and Rear PTOs


For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
Diagnostic schematics
• 50GJ - Rear PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• 50GJ - Rear PTO (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.

1. B006 - Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Circuit Test in Section 240.


2. S021 - Rear PTO Switch, Circuit Test in Section 240.
3. S044 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear PTO, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Check electrical circuits
4. S045 - Rear PTO Preselector Switch, Circuit Test in Section 240.
5. S121 - Right Remote Control Switch for Rear PTO, Circuit Test in Section 240.
6. Y081 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO, Circuit Testin Section 240.

Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location of components, see Section 249:
• B006 - Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Component Information
Check components and wiring • S021 - Rear PTO Switch, Component Information
harness • S044 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear PTO, Component Information
• S045 - Rear PTO Preselector Switch, Component Information
• S121 - Right Remote Control Switch for Rear PTO, Component Information
• Y081 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see:
• 50GJ - Rear PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• 50GJ - Rear PTO (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.

• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 26 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 50C: PowrReverser™ Transmission

Problem with Front PTO


63
Instructions for diagnosing general problems with the front PTO

Problems with Front PTO

1. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic
trouble codes. For procedure and additional information, see Procedure for Dealing with Diagnostic Trouble Codes in
Section 245.
Access diagnostic trouble codes
2. Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom may allow it to be rectified; for this reason,
diagnose these codes first. If there are diagnostic trouble codes related to the AIC and PTF control software, these codes
must be processed first.

Preliminary check Drive Train (without Transmission) - Operational Checks, Summary of References in Section 250A.

Perform fine-tuning See address PTF 021 - Fill Pulse Time for Front PTO, Configuration in Section 245.

50GK Front PTO


Diagnostic schematics
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50GK - Front PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.

1. B058 - Front PTO Speed Sensor, Circuit Test in Section 240.


Check electrical circuits 2. S006 - Front PTO Switch, Circuit Test in Section 240.
3. Y001 - Solenoid Valve for Front PTO, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
Check components and wiring For details of location of components, see Section 249:
harness • B058 - Front PTO Speed Sensor, Component Information
• S006 - Front PTO Switch, Component Information
• Y001 - Front PTO Solenoid Valve, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see Section 240:
• 50GK - Front PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .

• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 27 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 50C: PowrReverser™ Transmission

Group 50C - PowrReverser™ Transmission


Problems with the PowrReverser™ Transmission (Electrical Reverser Control)
78
Instructions for diagnosing general problems with the PowrReverser™ transmission (electrical reverser control).
- Clutch problem.
- Problem with gear and/or range shift.
- Park lock does not shift.

Problems with PowrReverser™ transmission

1. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble
codes. For procedure and additional information, see:
Access diagnostic trouble codes ⚬ Procedure for dealing with diagnostic trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Diagnosing the diagnostic trouble codes associated with this observable symptom may allow it to be rectified; for
this reason, diagnose these codes first.. PTR diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Perform interactive test routine for components of the PowrReverser™ transmission, see:
1. Delete diagnostic trouble codes.
2. Perform interactive test routine; for a description, see:
Check the components
⚬ Main Control Unit, Testin Section 245.
3. After the test, access the diagnostic trouble codes once again. Process any existing diagnostic trouble codes that
are related to this problem. PTR diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Perform operational check 1. PowrReverser™ Transmission - Operational Checksin Section 251.

1. PowrReverser™ Transmission - System Checkin Section 250E.


For additional checks and adjustments, see in Section 251:
Perform system check • PowrReverser™ Transmission - Check and Adjust Shift Unitsin Section 250E
• PowrReverser™ Transmission - Adjust the Park Lockin Section 250E
• PowrReverser™ Transmission - Adjust the Clutch Pedalin Section 250E

1. Check the relevant component and circuit, if the existing problem is related to this component.
For details of location and information on components, see in Section 240:
• B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
Electrical components
• B060 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Temperature, Component Information in Section 249.
• B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
• B036 - Neutral Start Switch, Component Information

Check control unit 1. Main Control Unit, Testin Section 212.

Diagnostic schematic (functional schematic


• See: 50GA - Transmission, Summary of Referencesin Section 240.
for electrical components)

Additional information: Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this problem.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 28 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 50D: PowrQuad™ Transmission

Problems with the PowrReverser™ Transmission (Mechanical Reverser Control)


78
Instructions for diagnosing general problems with the PowrReverser™ transmission (mechanical reverser control)..
- Clutch problem.
- Problem with gear and/or range shift.
- Park lock does not shift.

Problems with PowrReverser Transmission

Perform operational check 1. PowrReverser™ Transmission - Operational Checksin Section 251.

Perform system check 1. PowrReverser™ Transmission - System Checkin Section 250E.

PowrReverser™ Transmission - Tests and Adjustments, Summary of Referencesin Section 250E.


For additional checks and adjustments, see in Section 250E:
• PowrReverser™ Transmission - Check and Adjust Transmission Shift Controls.
• PowrReverser™ Transmission - Adjust the Park Lock.
• PowrReverser Transmission - Adjust the Reverse Drive Linkage with Mechanically Actuated PowrReverser
Tests and adjustments Module.
• PowrReverser™ Transmission - Adjust the Reverse Drive Linkage when Using Mechanically Actuated
PowrReverser™ Module.
• PowrReverser™ Transmission - Adjusting the Reverse Drive Lever when Using Mechanically Actuated
PowrReverser™ Module
• PowrReverser™ Transmission - Adjust the Clutch Pedal.

1. Check the relevant component and circuit, if the existing problem is related to this component.
For details of location and information on components, see in Section 240:
• B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch, Component Information
Electrical components
• B060 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Temperature, Component Information
• B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch, Component Information .
• B036 - Neutral Start Switch, Component Information .

Diagnostic schematic (functional schematic for


• See: 50GA - Transmission, Summary of Referencesin Section 240.
electrical components)

Additional information: Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this problem.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 29 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 50D: PowrQuad™ Transmission

Group 50D - PowrQuad™ Transmission


Problems with the PowrQuad Plus Transmission
35
Instructions for diagnosing general problems with the PowrQuad™ transmission.
- Problem with automatic speed matching or general shifting problem.
- Problem with clutch modulation.
The symptoms indicate an electrical, hydraulic or mechanical fault in the transmission.

Problem with Automatic Speed-Matching or a General Shifting Problem

1. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble
codes. For procedure and additional information, see Procedure for Dealing with Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section
Access diagnostic trouble codes 245.
2. Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom may allow it to be rectified; for this reason,
diagnose these codes first.

Have settings for the PowrQuad™ transmission been changed in PTQ input addresses?
Preliminary test To check the settings, see:
PTQ Control Software - Summary of Calibration and Input Addresses in Section 245.

Check whether the problem can be solved or reproduced by calibrating the relevant system.
1. Delete diagnostic trouble codes.
2. Calibrate PowrQuad™ transmission, see: PTQ 038 - Transmission Calibration in Section 245.
Perform calibration
3. After calibration has been completed, access the diagnostic trouble codes once again. Process any existing diagnostic
trouble codes that are related to this problem. PTQ diagnostic trouble codes take priority .
4. Check whether the problem has been solved.

Perform the preliminary test for 1. PTQ 015 - Enable Pressure Sensor, Voltage in Section 245.
enable pressure 2. PTQ 022 - Enable Pressure Sensor, Pressure in Section 245.

See:
Operational checks and system check • PowrQuad™ Transmission - Operational Check in Section 250C.
• PowrQuad™ Transmission - System Check in Section 250C.

See:
Tests and adjustments PowrQuad™ Transmission - Tests and Adjustments, Summary of References in Section 250C.
Main Control Unit, Testin Section 245.

Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location of components, see Section 249:
• B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor on Tractors with Creeper, Component Information
• B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor on Tractors without Creeper, Component Information
• B104 - Transmission Output Speed Sensor (PowrQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
• Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Component Information
Check components and wiring harness • Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Component Information
• Y038 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Component Information
• Y039 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K2, Component Information
• Y040 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K1, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see Section 249:
• Summary of Wiring Harnesses, Summary of References .
For details of location of connections, see Section 249:
• Summary of Connectors and Contacts, Summary of References.
For details of location of ground points, see Section 249:
• Summary of Connectors and Contacts, Summary of References

• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Additional information
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 30 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 60A: Steering

Problems with the Mechanically Actuated PowrQuad™ Transmission


80
Instructions for diagnosing general problems with the PowrQuad™ transmission.
- General shifting problem.
- Problem with clutch modulation.
The symptoms indicate an electrical, hydraulic or mechanical fault in the transmission.

Problems with PowrQuad Transmission

Perform operational check 1. PowrQuad™ Transmission - Operational Check in Section 250C.

1. PowrQuad™ Transmission - System Check in Section 250C.


For additional checks and adjustments, see in Section 255:
• PowrQuad™ Transmission - Adjusting the Reverse Drive Linkage when Using Mechanically Actuated
Perform system check PowrQuad™ Module
• PowrQuad™ Transmission - Adjusting the Reverse Drive Linkage when Using Mechanically Actuated
PowrQuad™ Module
• PowrQuad™ Transmission - Check and Adjust the Shift Mechanism/Linkage and the Park Lock

1. Check the relevant component and circuit, if the existing problem is related to this component.
For details of location and information on components, see in Section 240:
• B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch, Component Information
Electrical components
• B060 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Temperature, Component Information .
• B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch, Component Information .
• B036 - Neutral Start Switch, Component Information .

Diagnostic schematic (functional schematic for


• 50GA - Transmission, Summary of References
electrical components)

Additional information: Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this problem.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 31 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 60A: Steering

Group 60A - Steering


Problems with Front-Wheel Drive Switching On and Off Automatically
84
Instructions for diagnosing general problems with front-wheel drive switching on and off automatically in relation to steering
angle

Problems with front-wheel drive switching on and off automatically

Check that front wheels can move freely.


Preliminary check
Turn the steering to full lock in both directions and oscillate the axle to the stops.

Steering angle, calibration Perform CCU 145 - Steering Angle Sensor, Calibration in Section 245.

1. Activate Auto mode of front-wheel drive.


2. Select the desired steering angle of 15°.
3. Check the front-wheel drive indicator light on the instrument display to make sure that front-wheel drive
switches off when steering is turned to left and right.
4. Repeat with the other possible steering angle options (20° and 25°).In this way, determine the maximum
possible shut-off angle for switching the front-wheel drive on and off automatically.
Ascertain maximum possible shut-off angle →NOTE: The maximum possible shut-off angle for switching front-wheel drive on and off is the
for switching front-wheel drive on and off highest angle at which front-wheel drive switches off in both directions.
IMPORTANT: If front-wheel drive switches off on only one side at the next highest steering angle, the
steering angle stop on the side where front-wheel drive switches off must be reduced so that switch-
off occurs on both sides. (See Notes on Adjusting the Steering Stop in the relevant Operator′s
Manual).
Depending on the tire and wheel size combinations, there may be differences in the maximum
possible shut-off angle for switching front-wheel drive on and off.

Additional information:

Problems with Differential Lock Switching On and Off Automatically


84
Instructions for diagnosing general problems with the differential lock switching on and off automatically in relation to steering
angle

Problems with Differential Lock Switching On and Off Automatically

Check that front wheels can move freely


Preliminary check
Turn the steering to full lock in both directions and oscillate the axle to the stops.

Steering angle, calibration Perform CCU 145 - Steering Angle Sensor, Calibration in Section 245.

Additional information:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 32 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 60A: Steering

Problems with Steering


84
Instructions for diagnosing general problems with the steering system

Problems with Steering

Preliminary test Steering, Preliminary Checks in Section 260A

• Steering, Operational Checks in Section 260A.


Operational checks and system check • Steering - Check the Steering Unit in Section 260A.
• Steering - System Check in Section 260A.

Check whether the problem can be solved by checking the relevant priority circuit.
PFC Hydraulic System - Priority Circuit 1, Check and Adjust the LS Oil Pressure for Steering or PC Hydraulic System -
Priority Circuit 1, Check the LS Oil Pressure for Steering
Hydraulic system check
Perform a full inspection of the PFC hydraulic system only if the problem cannot be isolated or solved by checking the
relevant priority circuit.
See PFC-Hydraulic System - System Check or PC Hydraulic System - System Check in Section 270.

• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 33 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 60B: Brakes

Problems with Steering (AutoTrac™)


84
Instructions for diagnosing general problems with AutoTrac™

Problems with Steering

Preliminary test Steering, Preliminary Checks in Section 260A

• Steering, Operational Check of AutoTrac™ System in Section 260A.


Operational checks and system check • Steering - Check the Steering Unit in Section 260A.
• Steering - System Check on AutoTrac™ in Section 260A.

Check whether the problem can be solved by checking the relevant priority circuit.
PFC Hydraulic System - Priority Circuit 1, Check and Adjust the LS Oil Pressure for Steering or PC Hydraulic System -
Priority Circuit 1, Check the LS Oil Pressure for Steering
Hydraulic system check
Perform a full inspection of the PFC hydraulic system only if the problem cannot be isolated or solved by checking the
relevant priority circuit.
See PFC-Hydraulic System - System Check or PC Hydraulic System - System Check in Section 270.

• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 34 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 60B: Brakes

Group 60B - Brakes


Problems with Brakes
62
Instructions for diagnosing general problems with the brakes

Problems with Brakes

1. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic
trouble codes. For procedure and additional information, see Procedure for Dealing with Diagnostic Trouble Codes in
Access diagnostic trouble codes Section 245.
2. Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom may allow it to be rectified; for this reason,
diagnose these codes first.

Preliminary test Preliminary Checks - Brakes in Section 260B.

• Brakes, Operational Checks in Section 260B.


• Check the Brake System in Section 260B.
Operational checks and system check
• Bleed the Brakes in Section 260B.
• Adjust Brake Pedals and Brake Switch in Section 260B.

Check whether the problem can be solved by checking the relevant priority circuit.
Check priority circuit 1 for problems concerning the steering, brakes, and trailer brake.
See PFC Hydraulic System - Priority Circuit 1, Check LS Oil Pressure for Foot Brakes or PC Hydraulic System - Priority
Hydraulic system check Circuit 1, Check LS Oil Pressure for Foot Brakes in Section 270.
Perform a full inspection of the PFC hydraulic system only if the problem cannot be isolated or solved by checking the
relevant priority circuit.
See PFC-Hydraulic System - System Check or PC Hydraulic System - System Check in Section 270.

Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location of components, see Section 249:
Check components and wiring • B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit, Component Information
harness For details of location of harnesses, see Section 249:
• Summary of Wiring Harnesses, Summary of References .
For details of location of connections, see Section 249:
• Summary of Connectors, Summary of References .
For details of location of ground points, see Section 249:
• Summary of Ground Points, Summary of References

• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 35 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 60B: Brakes

Problems with Hydraulic Trailer Brake


62
Instructions for diagnosing general problems with the hydraulic trailer brake

Problems with Hydraulic Trailer Brake

1. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic
trouble codes. For procedure and additional information, see Procedure for Dealing with Diagnostic Trouble Codes in
Access diagnostic trouble codes Section 245.
2. Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom may allow it to be rectified; for this reason,
diagnose these codes first.

Preliminary test Preliminary Checks - Brakes in Section 260B.

• Check the Trailer Brake Valve in Section 260B.


• Brakes - System Check in Section 260B.
Operational checks and system check
• Bleed the Brakes in Section 260B.
• Brakes, Operational Checks in Section 260B.

Check whether the problem can be solved by checking the relevant priority circuit.
Check priority circuit 1 for problems concerning the steering, brakes, and trailer brake.
See PFC Hydraulic System - Priority Circuit 1, Check LS Oil Pressure for Foot Brakes or PC Hydraulic System - Priority
Hydraulic system check Circuit 1, Check LS Oil Pressure for Foot Brakes in Section 270.
Perform a full inspection of the PFC hydraulic system only if the problem cannot be isolated or solved by checking the
relevant priority circuit.
See PFC-Hydraulic System - System Check or PC Hydraulic System - System Check in Section 270.

Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location of components, see Section 249:
Check components and wiring • B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit, Component Information
harness For details of location of harnesses, see Section 249:
• Summary of Wiring Harnesses, Summary of References .
For details of location of connections, see Section 249:
• Summary of Connectors, Summary of References .
For details of location of ground points, see Section 249:
• Summary of Ground Points, Summary of References

• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 36 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 70: Hydraulic System

Problems with Air Brake System


62
Instructions for diagnosing general problems with the air brake system

Problems with Air Brake System

1. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic
trouble codes. For procedure and additional information, see Procedure for Dealing with Diagnostic Trouble Codes in
Access diagnostic trouble codes Section 245.
2. Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom may allow it to be rectified; for this reason,
diagnose these codes first.

• Preliminary Checks - Brakes in Section 260B.


Preliminary test
• Brakes - System Check in Section 260B.

• Brakes, Operational Checks in Section 260B.


• Check Air Brake System for Leaks in Section 260B.
Operational checks and system check • Check Coupling End (Supply) in Section 260B.
• Check Single-Line Brake in Section 260B.
• Check Dual-Line Brake in Section 260B.

Check whether the problem can be solved by checking the relevant priority circuit.
Check priority circuit 1 for problems concerning the steering, brakes, and trailer brake.
See PFC Hydraulic System - Priority Circuit 1, Check LS Oil Pressure for Foot Brakes or PC Hydraulic System - Priority
Hydraulic system check Circuit 1, Check LS Oil Pressure for Foot Brakes in Section 270.
Perform a full inspection of the PFC hydraulic system only if the problem cannot be isolated or solved by checking the
relevant priority circuit.
See PFC-Hydraulic System - System Check or PC Hydraulic System - System Check in Section 270.

Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location of components, see Section 249:
Check components and wiring • B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit, Component Information
harness For details of location of harnesses, see Section 249:
• Summary of Wiring Harnesses, Summary of References .
For details of location of connections, see Section 249:
• Summary of Connectors, Summary of References .
For details of location of ground points, see Section 249:
• Summary of Ground Points, Summary of References

• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 37 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 70: Hydraulic System

Group 70 - Hydraulic System


Problem with Hitch
73
Instructions for diagnosing general problems with the hitch

Problem with Hitch

1. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic
trouble codes. For procedure and additional information, see Procedure for Dealing with Diagnostic Trouble Codes in
Section 245.
Access diagnostic trouble codes
2. Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom may allow it to be rectified; for this reason,
diagnose these codes first. If there are diagnostic trouble codes related to the AIC and HCC control software, these codes
must be processed first.

Preliminary check Rear Hitch - Remote Control, Operational Check in Section 270.

• HCC 020 - Hitch, Calibration in Section 245


Perform calibration
• AIC 028 - Depth-Setting Potentiometer, Calibration

• Hydraulic System - Check Hitch Valve and Stepper Motor in Section 270.
• Hydraulic System - Hitch Valve, Check for Leaks in Section 270.
• Hydraulic System - Hitch, Check the Position Sensor in Section 270.
• Hydraulic System - Hitch, Check and Adjust the Draft Potentiometer (6140M—6150M) in Section 270.
Operational checks and system check
• Hydraulic System - Hitch, Checking and Adjusting the Draft Potentiometer (6170M)
• Hydraulic System - Hitch Valve, Center the Stepper Motorin Section 270.
• PFC Hydraulic System - System Check in Section 270.
• PC Hydraulic System - System Check

Perform operational and circuit tests of the electrical components, see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Summary of References in
Electrical circuit check
Section 240.

Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location of components, see Section 249:
• B019 - Right Draft Sensor, Component Information
• B020 - Left Draft Sensor, Component Information
• B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor, Component Information
• B026 - Sensitivity Potentiometer for Rear Hitch, Component Information
Check components and wiring • B027 - Position Feedback Unit for Rear Hitch, Component Information
harness • B041 - Draft Sensor, Component Information
• M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch, Component Information
• S023 - Right Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch, Component Information
• S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see Section 249:
• Summary of Wiring Harnesses, Summary of References .
For details of location of connections, see Section 249:
• Summary of Connectors, Summary of References .
For details of location of ground points, see Section 249:
• Summary of Ground Points, Summary of References

Additional information: See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 38 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 80B: Suspension Systems

Problem with PFC Hydraulic System (M-SCV)


73
Instructions for diagnosing general problems with the PFC hydraulic system (M-SCV)

Problem with PFC Hydraulic System (M-SCV)

1. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
For procedure and additional information, see Procedure for Dealing with Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
Access diagnostic trouble codes
2. Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom may allow it to be rectified; for this reason,
diagnose these codes first.

• Selective Control Valves (M-SCV) - Operational Checks in Section 270.


Preliminary test
• Hydraulic System - Selective Control Valves (M-SCV 450), Adjusting the Automatic Release of Detent

• Hydraulic System - Load Check in Section 270.


See PC Hydraulic System - Priority Circuit 3, Check the Oil Pressure in Section 270.
Operational checks and system
Perform a full inspection of the PFC hydraulic system only if the problem cannot be isolated or solved by checking the relevant
check
priority circuit.
See PFC Hydraulic System - System Check or PFC Hydraulic System - Priority Circuit 3, Check Oil Pressure in Section 270

See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Additional information:
Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this problem.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 39 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 90: Operator′s Cab

Group 80B - Suspension Systems


Problems with Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle
96
Instructions for diagnosing general problems with the suspended front-wheel drive axle

Problems with Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle

1. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic
trouble codes. For procedure and additional information, see Procedure for Dealing with Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section
Access diagnostic trouble codes 245.
2. Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom may allow it to be rectified; for this reason,
diagnose these codes first.

Perform a visual inspection. Recondition or replace components as necessary.


Check the following areas for oil leaks:
• At vertical hydraulic cylinders at front of tractor.
• At the pressure accumulators.
• Under transmission.
• At control valve housing for suspended front-wheel drive axle.
Preliminary test • At main block and connections to components of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.
• Check transmission oil level.
• Check the SFA fuses.
• Check components of the suspended front-wheel drive axle for visible damage.
→NOTE:
If a brake signal is present at the SFA control software, level control is not activated.
A problem with the level control may also indicate a defective brake pedal sensor unit.

Check whether the problem can be solved by calibrating the relevant system.
Perform calibration
See SFA 021 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Calibration in Section 245.

See:
Operational checks and system • Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle - System Check in Section 280B.
check • Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle - Check and Adjust the Nitrogen Precharge in Section 280B.
• Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle - Test Result Table in Section 280B.

• Hydraulic System - Load Check in Section 270.


Check whether the problem can be solved by checking the relevant priority circuit.
Check priority circuit 2 for problems with hydraulically suspended front-wheel drive axle, hydraulic cab suspension,
hydraulic draft link stabilizer bars and electro-hydraulic pick-up hitch (E-PUH).
Hydraulic system check
See PFC Hydraulic System - Priority Circuit 2, Check the Oil Pressure in Section 270.
Perform a full inspection of the PFC hydraulic system only if the problem cannot be isolated or solved by checking the
relevant priority circuit.
See PFC Hydraulic System - System Check in Section 270.

Check for mechanical defects on the valves in the control block


Check control block See Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle - Control Block (PFC Hydraulic System), Component Information or Suspended Front-
Wheel Drive Axle - Control Block (PC Hydraulic System), Component Information in Section 289.

Check front chassis control unit See 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.

Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location of components, see Section 249:
• B053 - Sensor for Position of Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Component Information
• Y066 - Solenoid Valve for Lowering the Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Component Information
Check components and wiring
• Y067 - Solenoid Valve for Raising the Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Component Information
harness
• Y068 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see Section 249:
• Summary of Wiring Harnesses, Summary of References .
For details of location of connections, see Section 249:
• Summary of Connectors, Summary of References .
For details of location of ground points, see Section 249:
• Summary of Ground Points, Summary of References

See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional Information
Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 40 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 90: Operator′s Cab

Group 90 - Operator′s Cab


Problems with the Fan
65
Fan is not functioning properly at least some of the time.

Problems with the Fan

Perform a visual inspection of fan motor, fan resistor, fan switch and of the connectors associated with them:
1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.
2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.
Check fuses and relays, see Section 249:
1. Fuse F01/01
Preliminary test 2. Fuse F04/09
3. Fuse F04/10
4. Relay K04/1
F01PLB - Fuses (PLB), Component Information
F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS), Component Information.
K01LCS to K05LCS - Relays (LCS), Component Information

50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System


Diagnostic schematics For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System, Summary of
References in Section 240.

1. Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System, Circuit Testin Section 240.


2. M007 - Fan Motor, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Check electrical circuits 3. M010 - Fan Motor, Circuit Test in Section 240.
4. R003 - Fan Resistor, Component Information in Section 240.
5. S014 - Fan Switch, Circuit Test

Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location and information on components, see Section 249:
Check components and wiring • K01LCS to K05LCS - Relays (LCS), Component Information
harness • M007 - Fan Motor, Component Information
• M010 - Fan Motor, Component Information
• R003 - Fan Resistor, Component Information
• S014 - Fan Switch, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see Section 240:
• 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System, Summary of References .

• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 41 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


ENGINE (g) by Belgreen v2.0

Problems with Air-Conditioning System


65
Air-conditioning system is not functioning properly for at least some of the time.

Problems with Air-Conditioning System

Perform a visual inspection of the air-conditioning compressor and the switch for the air-conditioning compressor clutch, and of
the connectors associated with them:
1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.
2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.
Check fuses and relays, see Section 249:
Preliminary check 1. Fuse F04/05
2. Fuse F04/09
3. Fuse F04/10
4. Relay K04/1
5. Relay K05/2
LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information

50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System


Diagnostic schematics For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System, Summary of References
in Section 240.

Check electrical circuits 1. 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System, Summary of References, in Section 240.

Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location and information on components, see Section 249:
• B014 - Air-Conditioning Thermostat Switch, Component Information
• B015 - Pressure Switch for Refrigerant Pressure, Component Information
Check components and wiring • B095 - De-Icing Switch, Component Information
harness • M002 - A/C Compressor Clutch System, Component Information
• M007 - Fan Motor, Component Information
• M010 - Fan Motor, Component Information
• R003 - Fan Resistor, Component Information
• S014 - Fan Switch, Component Information
• S093 - Switch for Air-Conditioning Compressor Clutch, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see Section 240:
• 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System, Summary of References .

• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 220 page 42 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Section 220 - ENGINE


Table of contents
Group 20 - Exhaust Aftertreatment System, Theory of Operation .................................................. 1
Aftertreatment, Theory of Operation - Summary of References ........................................................... 1
Aftertreatment, Theory of Operation .................................................................................................... 1
Exhaust filter, Theory of Operation ....................................................................................................... 2
Group 50 - Tests and Adjustments ........................................................................................................ 6
Engine - Tests and Adjustments, Summary of References ................................................................... 6
Engine - Special Tools, Summary of References ................................................................................... 6
Engine - Measure PTO Power Output .................................................................................................... 7

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 220 - ENGINE Group 20: Exhaust Aftertreatment System, Theory of Operation

Group 20 - Exhaust Aftertreatment System, Theory of Operation


Aftertreatment, Theory of Operation - Summary of References
Aftertreatment, Theory of Operation
Exhaust filter, Theory of Operation

Aftertreatment, Theory of Operation


4-Cylinder Tractors

To comply with emission standards, the FT4 4045 engine must attain a NOx reduction of 80 percent, and simultaneously
reduce particle emissions by the same percentage as IT4 engines. The requirements are fulfilled by returning the exhaust
gases by means of a turbocharger with wastegate, and an exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) radiator. However, lower combustion
temperatures might result in more particulates. Therefore (according to application), a diesel particulate filter (DPF) is used in
order to keep particulates under control. The additional Selective Catalytic Reduction system (SCR) further reduces nitrogen
oxide (NOx) levels, and the service interval of the diesel particulate filter (DPF) is increased at the same time.

For more information, refer to the corresponding Technical Manual for engines.

6-Cylinder Tractors

To comply with EU emission standards, nitrogen oxide emissions have to be reduced by 50% in the new 6068 engines, and fine
dust emissions by 90%. To reduce the NOx emissions, the combustion temperature in the engine has to be reduced. To
accomplish this, a larger and cooler exhaust volume is returned by means of a turbocharger (VGT) and an EGR cooler.
However, lower combustion temperatures result in more fine dust. Therefore a diesel particulate filter is used to reduce the fine
dust.

For more information, refer to the corresponding Technical Manual for engines.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 220 page 1 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 220 - ENGINE Group 20: Exhaust Aftertreatment System, Theory of Operation

Exhaust filter, Theory of Operation

Exhaust filter, Theory of Operation

Substrate of Diesel Particulate Filter, Sectional View

LEGEND:
A Exhaust gases from engine
B Exhaust filter temperature measurements
C Ports for differential pressure sensor at diesel particulate filter
D Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC)
E Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
F Exhaust Gas Outlet

→NOTE:

Some applications are not equipped with a diesel particulate filter (DPF).

The exhaust filter includes the diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC) and the diesel particulate filter (DPF, if equipped). Exhaust gases
pass through the radial filter inlet (A), diesel oxidation catalyst (D) and diesel particulate filter (E), and leave the filter,
according to application, by an axial or radial outlet (F).

Inside the diesel oxidation catalyst, with the engine under load, nitrogen monoxide (NO) oxidizes into nitrogen dioxide, which
facilitates the oxidation of particles in the diesel particulate filter. During active regeneration, additional fuel is injected into the
exhaust gases, and is oxidized in the diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC). The engine control unit monitors the outlet temperature
of the diesel oxidation catalyst, in order to determine the temperature increase inside the diesel oxidation catalyst.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 220 page 2 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 220 - ENGINE Group 20: Exhaust Aftertreatment System, Theory of Operation

The diesel particulate filter collects particles or soot. The exhaust gases pass through ducts in the ceramic core of the filter.
The outlet of every second duct is blocked. The exhaust gases pass through the porous walls of the ducts until they exit the
filter by an open outlet. While the exhaust gases circulate inside the filter, particles are caught by the walls of the ducts. The
walls of the ducts are coated with precious metals, which contribute to the oxidation of particles to make the exhaust gases
less harmful.

During regeneration, exhaust gas temperatures increase, and particles collected by the diesel particulate filter are burned and
oxidized.

Passive regeneration

DPF regeneration takes place during normal engine operation under medium to high load, when exhaust gas temperatures are
high. Under such ideal conditions, no fuel is injected and no input is required on the part of the operator.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 220 page 3 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 220 - ENGINE Group 20: Exhaust Aftertreatment System, Theory of Operation

LEGEND:
A Inlet Air
B Fixed Turbocharger
C Wastegate Turbo Charger
D Compressed air from Wastegate Turbo Charger
E EGR Cooler
F Charge Air Cooler
G EGR Valve
H DOC
I Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF, if equipped)
J DOC Temperatures
K SCR Inlet Temperature
L Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (if equipped)
M Exhaust Gas Outlet

Active Regeneration

Indicator light for exhaust filter cleaning

During some applications, no consistently high exhaust gas temperatures are attained, so that an ECU-controlled regeneration
is required. A regeneration is initiated when higher exhaust gas temperatures are required. The air throttle actuator receives a
signal to close, and exhaust gas temperatures increase. Regeneration takes place when temperatures of the diesel oxidation
catalyst (H) surpass 300 °C (572 °F). The ECU initiates injection of fuel into the exhaust gases by dispensing fuel into the
cylinders. The additional fuel reacts with the diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC) to generate heat. The indicator light for exhaust
filter cleaning comes on when the exhaust gas temperature inside the diesel particulate filter is in the range of 500 °C - 650 °C
(932 °F - 1202 °F). The ECU monitors sensor inputs to determine when regeneration is no longer required. Active regeneration
is interrupted when the ECU determines one of the following conditions:

Inlet or outlet temperature of diesel oxidation catalyst too low


Outlet temperature of diesel oxidation catalyst or SCR inlet temperature too high
Lockout switch actuated
Component Failure

Manual regeneration in parked state

When the ECU switches on the exhaust filter indicator light, the operator must initiate manual regeneration. For manual
regeneration, the machine must be at a standstill. Engine idle speed is increased to 1800 rpm. The ECU closes the air throttle
by means of the actuator, and initiates injection of fuel into the exhaust gases.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 220 page 4 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 220 - ENGINE Group 50: Tests and Adjustments

Indicator light for exhaust filter

Accumulation of ash

Ash is an incombustible residue from normal oil consumption. An accumulation of ash in the diesel particulate filter (DPF) is not
burned during regeneration. This might result in the exhaust stream being derated. By using recommended John Deere liquids,
the service life of the aftertreatment system and the service intervals of the diesel particulate filter (DPF) are increased. If the
exhaust filter requires maintenance, the engine control unit will alert the operator by a diagnostic trouble code. For more
information on diesel particulate filter service intervals and recommended John Deere liquids, see Operator′s Manual.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 220 page 5 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 220 - ENGINE Group 50: Tests and Adjustments

Group 50 - Tests and Adjustments


Engine - Tests and Adjustments, Summary of References
Engine - Measure PTO Power Output
Engine - Special Tools, Summary of References

Engine - Special Tools, Summary of References


b*Engine - Special Tools, Summary of References

JT05719 - Hand-Held Digital Tachometer


JT05719 - Hand-Held Digital Tachometer
Hand-Held Digital Tachometer
JT05719
Section 220 - Engine

<- Go to Section TOC Section 220 page 6 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 220 - ENGINE Group 50: Tests and Adjustments

Engine - Measure PTO Power Output


Before providing details of how to measure PTO power output, some information regarding important preliminary checks is
required.

Always check the following points before starting a PTO power test:

IMPORTANT:

Always check the following points one at a time and in the order given before starting a PTO power test:

1. Preliminary checks
2. Run the tractor until it reaches operating temperature
3. Check engine speed
4. Enter tractor data in test sheet
5. Test procedure

Preliminary checks

[1] - Check battery charge


LEGEND:
A Plate/Battery

Check battery charge

Check specific gravity and electrolyte level.

The battery must be charged and in good condition; see also the relevant Technical Manual.

Charging battery during power test can create power losses above 1.5 kW.

[2] - Inspect air intake system

Clean the air cleaner and replace if necessary.

[3] - Check radiator/cooler

Check coolant level of cooling system.

Check that the following radiators/coolers are clean:

Radiator
Charge Air Cooler

Top up coolant, and clean radiator/cooler as required.

[4] - Check fuel filter

<- Go to Section TOC Section 220 page 7 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 220 - ENGINE Group 50: Tests and Adjustments

The filter must be free of water and sediment. See Clean the Water Trap in Section 10 of the relevant Repair Manual.

If necessary, replace the fuel filter and bleed the fuel system.

See Bleed the Fuel System and Check the Fuel Filter in Section 10 of the relevant Repair Manual.

[5] - Check engine oil level

See Operator′s Manual.

[6] - Check transmission oil level

IMPORTANT:

Check oil level when oil is cold. If possible, check in the morning after the tractor has been standing
overnight.

LEGEND:
A Max. Mark
B Min. Mark

Sight glass

Oil level must be between marks (A) and (B) on the sight glass. Top up or drain transmission oil as necessary.

Adding more oil when the level is already at its maximum will result in power loss. Overfilling with oil has a negative effect
particularly when driving at high speeds on roads.

[7] - Switch off the air conditioning and fan

Ensure that the air-conditioning system and fan are switched off during the engine power test; all other electrical consumers
must also be switched off.

[8] - Disengage the front PTO (if equipped)

Front PTO disengaged

<- Go to Section TOC Section 220 page 8 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 220 - ENGINE Group 50: Tests and Adjustments

Make sure the front PTO is disengaged.

[9] - Check the viscous fan drive

See Cooling System - Check the Viscous Fan Drive in Section 230 of the Technical Manual.

[10] - Check the exhaust cleaning system

Parked Exhaust Filter Cleaning

If the following information for the operator appears, perform the exhaust filter cleaning with the tractor parked, refer to the
“Parked Filter Cleaning” section in the relevant operator′s manual.

IMPORTANT:

Select a suitable space to park the tractor and lower any implements all the way down to the ground.

No other tractor functions may be used while Parked Filter Cleaning is taking place. Excluded from this
are functions that may be required for an emergency shut-down of the tractor.

Do not start exhaust filter cleaning if the fuel gauge has been showing a low fuel level for a long time.

→NOTE:

Parked Filter Cleaning cannot be initiated if automatic exhaust filter cleaning is already active.

During exhaust filter cleaning, the engine control unit assumes control of the engine functions. It is
normal for engine speed to change during the cleaning process.

→NOTE:

Parked Filter Cleaning may take up to 40 minutes.

[11] -

First Page in Engine Menu

<- Go to Section TOC Section 220 page 9 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 220 - ENGINE Group 50: Tests and Adjustments

Activate Automatic Filter Cleaning

Deactivate automatic exhaust filter cleaning

Select the check box to deactivate automatic exhaust filter cleaning.

Press the arrow button and activate the check box with a tick.

Press Enter to save entry.

IMPORTANT:

Comply with safety instructions; see Clean Exhaust Filter Safely in Section 210.

IMPORTANT:

During exhaust filter cleaning, exhaust temperature and engine idle speed might increase.

Run the tractor until it reaches operating temperature

[1] - Warm up the engine


LEGEND:
A Cardboard

Cover radiator with a sheet of cardboard

Cover radiator with a sheet of cardboard (A) and run the engine at 1500 rpm until operating temperature is reached.

[2] - Check temperature of engine coolant

The value can be accessed at the following address:

Address ECU 020 - Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

During the check, engine temperature must be above 82 °C (180 °F).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 220 page 10 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 220 - ENGINE Group 50: Tests and Adjustments

[3] - Check the fuel temperature

The value can be accessed at the following address:

Address ECU 029 - Fuel Temperature Sensor

During the check, fuel temperature must be above 30 °C (86 °F).

[4] - Warm up the transmission oil


LEGEND:
A Orifice

Warm up the transmission oil

To make the transmission oil warm up quickly, use an adjustable restrictor in conjunction with the engaged SCV.

→NOTE:

The restrictor should be almost (but not quite) closed. There must be a small amount of oil flowing
through.

[5] - Check the temperature of the transmission oil

The value can be accessed at the following addresses:

Address PTQ 036 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor

Prior to the check, the transmission oil has to be heated to 60—65 °C (140—149 °F).

Cold transmission oil has a high viscosity and increases power losses.

Make sure the oil is at this temperature for at least 20 minutes to ensure transmission housing is also warmed up.

[6] - Check the stand-by pressure in the hydraulic system

Check if the stand-by pressure is within specification, see PFC Hydraulic System - Check and Adjust the System Oil Pressure in
Section 270 of the Technical Manual.

Make sure that no hydraulic function is activated during an engine power test (e.g. SCV still engaged from transmission oil pre-
heating).

If the stand-by pressure is not within specification, the PTO power test results will be adversely affected.

Check engine speed

Run the engine for approx. 2 to 3 minutes at various engine speeds and check the speed.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 220 page 11 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 220 - ENGINE Group 50: Tests and Adjustments

Refer also to the relevant Operator′s Manual.

Speed ranges

Low idle: .......... rpm

Operating speed range: .......... rpm

High idle engine speed for engine power measurement: .......... rpm

Rated engine speed for engine power measurement: .......... rpm

Enter tractor data in test sheet

Enter the following tractor data in the test sheet (example see illustration):

Test specifications

Tractor model: ..........

Tractor serial number: ..........

Operating hours: ..........

Engine serial number: ..........

Transmission Version: ..........

Coolant temperature: ..........

Transmission oil temperature: ..........

Charge air temperature ..........

Fuel temperature: ..........

Ambient temperature: ..........

Test sequence

[1] - Connect the dynamometer to the tractor.

Dynamometer connected to the tractor

[2] - Check transmission oil temperature.

The value can be accessed at the following addresses:

Address PTQ 036 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor

Oil temperature must be between 60 and 65 °C (140 and 149 °F).

[3] - Check the temperature of the engine coolant.

The value can be accessed at the following addresses:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 220 page 12 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 220 - ENGINE Group 50: Tests and Adjustments

Address ECU 020 - Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

The best measuring results are achieved at a coolant temperature above 82 °C (180 °F).

[4] - Check the fuel temperature.

The value can be accessed at the following address:

Address ECU 029 - Fuel Temperature Sensor

The best measuring results are achieved at a fuel temperature of 30 °C (86 °F).

[5] -

→NOTE:

Coolant temperature starts to drop as soon as the cardboard is removed.

Remove the sheet of cardboard once correct transmission and engine oil temperatures have been reached.
LEGEND:
A Cardboard

Cover radiator with a sheet of cardboard

[6] - Wait until the speed of the fan drive has stabilized, then measure and note the speed of the fan drive at different engine
speeds.

LEGEND:
A Reflective Tape
B JT05719 Hand-Held Digital Tachometer

Fan drive, measuring the speed

→NOTE:

A lower speed causes higher power losses, which must be taken into account when interpreting the final
result.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 220 page 13 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 220 - ENGINE Group 50: Tests and Adjustments

[7] - Move actuated SCV lever back to neutral position (off).

[8] -

View: PowrQuad™ PLUS or AutoQuad™ PLUS

View: CommandQuad

Engage park lock (apply the park brake).

[9] - Adjust the transmission setting:

→NOTE:

Before engine power output is checked, the transmission must be set as described below. This provides
the highest transmission efficiency.

Settings in CommandCenter™

Deactivate cruise control.

Deactivate PTO speed limit

PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Plus transmissions:Move reverse drive lever to P.Select third gear either with the gearshift
lever or with the gearshift button.

[10] - Activate the appropriate torque curve by means of Service ADVISOR™.

See EIC - Interactive Test, Engine Power Test , Section 245.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 220 page 14 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 220 - ENGINE Group 50: Tests and Adjustments

IMPORTANT:

Activating the appropriate torque curve by means of Service ADVISOR™ deactivates the slip control.

[11] - Select 1000 rpm PTO and engage PTO.

[12] - Increase the engine speed until high idle speed has been reached, then start the power measurement.

IMPORTANT:

Measure output as described in the test sheet, refer to Pathways.

[13] - After the power test, again check the engine coolant temperature, transmission oil temperature and fuel temperature.

The values can be accessed at the following addresses:

Temperature of engine coolant:

Address ECU 020 - Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

Transmission oil temperature:

Address PTQ 036 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor

Fuel temperature:

Address ECU 029 - Fuel Temperature Sensor

[14] - After the power test, run the engine at low rpm for 5 minutes.

[15] - The illustrations show examples of a completed test sheet and a PTO power curve.

Test sheet

<- Go to Section TOC Section 220 page 15 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS (g) by Belgreen v2.0

Test sheet

The original test sheet can be found in DTAC solution no. 89408.

[16] - Activating automatic exhaust filter cleaning

First Page in Engine Menu

Activate Automatic Filter Cleaning

Access the first page of the engine menu. Press the confirm button and the page shown opposite will be displayed. Select the
check box for automatic exhaust filter cleaning (AUTO). Activate the check box with a tick. Press Enter to save entry. An
indicator light comes on to show that the exhaust filter is currently being cleaned (see illustration at the bottom).

→NOTE:

Depending on the conditions under which the tractor is operating, engine control may raise the low idle
speed. In some cases, the digital display shows a message instructing the operator to change operational
conditions. Comply with these instructions if the situation allows.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 16 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS


Table of contents
Group 05 - General Information ............................................................................................................. 1
Fuel, Air Intake and Cooling Systems - General Information, Summary of References ......................... 1
Fuel, Air Intake and Cooling Systems - General Information ................................................................ 1
Fuel, Air Intake and Cooling Systems - Explanation of Checks ............................................................. 1
Fuel, Air Intake and Cooling Systems - Safety Measures ...................................................................... 1
Group 20A - Fuel System, Theory of Operation .................................................................................. 3
Fuel System - Summary of References ................................................................................................. 3
Fuel System, Theory of Operation ........................................................................................................ 4
Group 20B - Air Intake System, Theory of Operation ........................................................................ 7
Air Intake System - Theory of Operation, Summary of References ....................................................... 7
Air intake system, Operation ................................................................................................................ 8
Group 20C - Cooling System, Theory of Operation ............................................................................. 9
Cooling System - Summary of References ............................................................................................ 9
Cooling System - Coolant Circuit, Theory of Operation ....................................................................... 10
Group 20E - Cold-Weather Starting System, Theory of Operation ................................................ 12
Cold-weather starting system - Operation, Summary of references ................................................... 12
Cold-Weather Starting System - Coolant Preheater, Theory of Operation .......................................... 13
Cold-Weather Starting System - Transmission Oil Preheater, Theory of Operation ............................ 14
Group 50 - Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems - Tests and Adjustments ............................... 15
Fuel, Air Intake and Cooling Systems - Tests and Adjustments, Summary of References .................. 15
Fuel, Air Intake and Cooling Systems — Special Tools, Summary of References ................................ 16
Specifications ..................................................................................................................................... 19
Fuel system - Check fuel transfer pump ............................................................................................. 20
Air intake system - System check ....................................................................................................... 21
Cooling system - Fill/Bleed the system ............................................................................................... 23
Cooling System - Leak Test ................................................................................................................ 25
Cooling System - Checking the Viscous Fan Drive .............................................................................. 27

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS Group 05: General Information

Group 05 - General Information


Fuel, Air Intake and Cooling Systems - General Information, Summary of
References
Fuel, Air Intake and Cooling Systems - General Information
Fuel, Air Intake and Cooling Systems - Explanation of Checks
Fuel, Air Intake and Cooling Systems - Safety Measures

Fuel, Air Intake and Cooling Systems - General Information

CAUTION:

Do not smoke or permit live sparks or fire of any nature in the vicinity while testing the fuel system.

→NOTE:

The fuel injection pump, fuel injection nozzles and fuel filter are dealt with in the technical manual that
covers engines.

Fuel, Air Intake and Cooling Systems - Explanation of Checks

CAUTION:

Always follow the safety measures outlined in this group when performing tests on the fuel, air intake
and cooling systems.

The following tests are used to examine and adjust individual engine components.

The applicable test should be performed if a component does not operate or operates poorly, or if a component has been
repaired.

Always comply exactly with the test sequence and specifications.

Fuel, Air Intake and Cooling Systems - Safety Measures

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 1 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS Group 20A: Fuel System, Theory of Operation

CAUTION:

Shut off the engine before checking any components located near moving parts.

CAUTION:

Always shut off the engine before connecting test equipment to the tractor.

CAUTION:

Always engage the park lock when performing tests with the engine running.

CAUTION:

Escaping fuel under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving
pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Before restoring system pressure, make sure that
all connections are tight and all lines are secure.

CAUTION:

To avoid the possibility of severe infection, seek medical assistance immediately if injured by exposure
to fuel under pressure.

CAUTION:

When performing tests with the engine running, there is a risk of injury from moving parts.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 2 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS Group 20A: Fuel System, Theory of Operation

Group 20A - Fuel System, Theory of Operation


Fuel System - Summary of References
Fuel System, Theory of Operation

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 3 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS Group 20A: Fuel System, Theory of Operation

Fuel System, Theory of Operation

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 4 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS Group 20A: Fuel System, Theory of Operation

On 6110M—6145M tractors:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 5 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS Group 20B: Air Intake System, Theory of Operation

LEGEND:
A Fuel cooler
B Primary fuel filter
C Fuel filter
D Fuel transfer pump
E Fuel tank
F Fuel level sensor (B176)

Fuel is drawn from the fuel tank (E) by the fuel transfer pump (D) via the primary fuel filter (B) and fed via the fuel filter to the
injection pump.

Excess fuel passes via fuel cooler (A) directly back to the fuel tank (E) through the return line.

For more component information, refer to the corresponding manual for engines.

On 6155M—6195M tractors

LEGEND:
A Fuel cooler
B Fuel filter
C Fuel transfer pump
D Fuel level sensor (B176)
E Fuel tank

Fuel is drawn from fuel tank (E) by fuel transfer pump (C) via fuel filter (B) and fed via the fuel filter to the injection pump.

Excess fuel passes via fuel cooler (A) directly back to the fuel tank (E) through the return line.

For more component information, refer to the corresponding manual for engines.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 6 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS Group 20B: Air Intake System, Theory of Operation

Group 20B - Air Intake System, Theory of Operation


Air Intake System - Theory of Operation, Summary of References
Air Intake System - Theory of Operation, Summary of References
Air Intake System, Theory of Operation

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 7 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS Group 20C: Cooling System, Theory of Operation

Air intake system, Operation

Air intake system, Operation

LEGEND:
A Air intake openings
B Primary filter element (hidden)
C Secondary filter element (hidden)
D Low-pressure switch (hidden)
E Exhaust
The intake openings (A) cause the contaminated air drawn in by the engine to rotate, so that it enters the air cleaner housing.

The low pressure created by the fan blades separates most of the dirt and dust particles from the air and expels them via the
exhaust (E). The remaining dirt is removed as the air flows through primary filter element (B) and secondary (safety) filter (C)
before being drawn into the engine at outlet tube.

The secondary (safety) filter (C) prevents dirt from entering the engine when the primary filter is being serviced, and also
ensures that should primary element fail no unfiltered air is drawn into the engine.

A low-pressure switch (D) located in the air outlet in conjunction with a warning light indicates the current service status (see
Operator′s Manual).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 8 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS Group 20C: Cooling System, Theory of Operation

Group 20C - Cooling System, Theory of Operation


Cooling System - Summary of References
Cooling System - Summary of references
Cooling system - Coolant circuit, Operation

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 9 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS Group 20C: Cooling System, Theory of Operation

Cooling System - Coolant Circuit, Theory of Operation

Coolant circuit, description

LEGEND:
A Expansion Tank
B Radiator
C Coolant Pump, Engine
D Thermostat, Engine
E Engine
F Radiator (Heating)
G Transmission Unit
H Differential

→NOTE:

Thermostats and coolant pump are dealt with in the technical manual that covers engines.

The coolant circuit is responsible for bringing down the temperature of coolant that is heated up by the engine.

The cooling system consists of the following components:

Radiator
Two Engine Thermostats
Coolant Pump
Expansion Tank
Radiator (Heating)

Coolant circuit, description

Coolant flows through coolant pump (C) and into the interior of the engine.

The heated coolant passes through a branch line into heating radiator (F), where it can be used to heat the cab. The return
from the radiator is fed back into the system before coolant pump (C).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 10 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS Group 20E: Cold-Weather Starting System, Theory of Operation

In the return are thermostats (opening at 94 °C; 202 °F); coolant passes through these thermostats on its way to the radiator.

If the thermostats are closed (during the warm-up period), coolant is directed via a line into the coolant pump (C) for
recirculation. This provides a faster, uniform warm-up.

The amount of coolant used is regulated by expansion tank (A).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 11 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS Group 20E: Cold-Weather Starting System, Theory of Operation

Group 20E - Cold-Weather Starting System, Theory of Operation


Cold-weather starting system - Operation, Summary of references
Cold-weather starting system - Operation, Summary of references
Cold-weather starting system - Coolant heater, Operation
Cold-weather starting system - Gear lubricant heater, Operation

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 12 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS Group 20E: Cold-Weather Starting System, Theory of Operation

Cold-Weather Starting System - Coolant Preheater, Theory of Operation

Coolant Preheater

LEGEND:
A Coolant Preheater
B Socket

Coolant Preheater

Designation Coolant Preheater

Location On the right side of the engine (viewed in direction of travel).

Coolant preheater (electric):


Specifications • 230 volts
• 750 watts

The electrical heating element (A) heats the engine coolant, resulting in better starting performance. Furthermore, the engine reaches its
Theory of operation operating temperature more quickly.
The temperature of the coolant increases to approx. 50 °C (120 °F) above ambient temperature.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 13 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS Group 50: Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems - Tests and Adjustments

Cold-Weather Starting System - Transmission Oil Preheater, Theory of


Operation
LEGEND:
A Transmission Oil Preheater
B Y-Junction
C Wiring Harness
D Wiring Harness

Transmission oil preheater on tractors without


AutoPowr/IVT transmission

Transmission Oil Preheater

Designation Transmission Oil Preheater

Location On clutch housing cover

Transmission oil preheater (electric):


Specifications • 230 volts
• 150 watts

Transmission oil preheater (A) is used to warm up the lube oil and pilot oil in the clutch housing.
Theory of operation
As a result, transmission oil has a better viscosity when the tractor is started.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 14 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS Group 50: Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems - Tests and Adjustments

Group 50 - Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems - Tests and


Adjustments
Fuel, Air Intake and Cooling Systems - Tests and Adjustments, Summary
of References
Fuel, Air Intake and Cooling Systems - Tests and Adjustments, Summary of References
Fuel, Air Intake and Cooling Systems — Special Tools, Summary of References
Fuel System - Check Fuel Transfer Pump
Air intake system - System check
Cooling System - Fill/Bleed the System
Cooling System - Leak Test
Cooling System - Check Viscous Fan Drive

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 15 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS Group 50: Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems - Tests and Adjustments

Fuel, Air Intake and Cooling Systems — Special Tools, Summary of


References
Fuel, Air Intake and Cooling Systems — Special Tools, Summary of References

D05104ST—Pressure Pump

D05104ST—Pressure Pump

Pressure Pump

D05104ST

Section 230—Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems

FKM10002 / JT05470—Universal Pressure Test Kit

FKM10002 / JT05470—Universal Pressure Test Kit

Universal Pressure Test Kit

FKM10002 / JT05470

Section 230—Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems

FKM10242—Pressure Gauge

FFKM10242—Pressure Gauge

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 16 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS Group 50: Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems - Tests and Adjustments

Pressure Gauge

FKM10242

Section 230—Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems

JDG839—Adapter

JDG839—Adapter

Adapter

JDG839

Section 230—Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems

JT05719 - Hand-Held Digital Tachometer

JT05719 - Hand-Held Digital Tachometer

Hand Held Digital Tachometer

JT05719

Section 230—Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 17 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS Group 50: Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems - Tests and Adjustments

JT05791A or JDG1478 — Multimeter

JT05791A or JDG1478 — Multimeter

Multimeter

JT05791A or JDG1478

Section 230—Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 18 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS Group 50: Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems - Tests and Adjustments

Specifications
Item Measurement Specification

Cooling System
Pressure test - cooling system Pressure 50—60 kPa

0.5—0.6 bar

7—8.7 psi

Expansion Tank Cap


Opening Pressure of Pressure-Relief Valve High pressure 70—90 kPa

0.7—0.9 bar

10—13 psi

Opening pressure of low-pressure valve Low pressure 10 kPa

0.1 bar

1.5 psi

Air Intake System


Low-pressure switch in air intake system Low pressure 5.9—6.9 kPa

59—69 mbar

0.86—1 psi

Fuel System
Fuel system pressure Pressure 60 kPa

0.6 bar

8.7 psi

Delivery rate of fuel transfer pump Rate of flow 135—175 liters per hour

35.6— 46.2 US gal. per hour

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 19 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS Group 50: Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems - Tests and Adjustments

Fuel system - Check fuel transfer pump


[1] -
LEGEND:
A Fuel transfer pump
B Primary fuel filter
C Hose to fuel filter

Fuel transfer pump

Turn the key switch one position to the right (to ON). With the key in this position, it should be possible to hear and to feel
(touch it) the fuel transfer pump running.

If you cannot hear the pump running:

Check addresses, see ECU control software, Summary of addresses in ECU Control Software - Summary of References ,
Section 245.
Check circuit, see SE23D_2 in Section charts - Diagnostic schematics, Summary of referencesSection 240.
Check ground connections, see XGND9 in Ground connections (Summary of components), Summary of referencesSection
240.
Replace the fuel transfer pump (motor is defective).

[2] - Remove hose to the fuel filter (C) and repeat the check.

If the pump is running but no fuel emerges:

Is the primary filter clogged?


Check if lines are crossed, pinched, or blocked. See Fuel system, Operation Section 230.
Is the fuel transfer pump (pump mechanism) OK?

If the fuel pumping is not OK:

Check if the tank is venting properly (filler cap).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 20 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS Group 50: Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems - Tests and Adjustments

Air intake system - System check

→NOTE:

After every engine timing or engine reconditioning, check the air filter restriction switch.

B02 - Check the air filter restriction switch


LEGEND:
A Cover
B Intake opening
C Cardboard
D B02 - Sensor for air cleaner restriction

Testing sensors

B02 - Sensor for air cleaner restriction

[1] - Run engine at fast idle. See motor data in the corresponding Section 10 of the repair manual.

[2] - Open cover (A).

[3] - Partly cover air filter intake (B) with a piece of cardboard (C). Gradually increase the restriction.

[4] - If the error message appears in the display, check the low pressure.

→NOTE:

The pressure specifications are valid at an ambient temperature of 23 °C (73.4 °F).

The pressure of the air filter restriction switch (D) has to be between the following values.

Item Measurement Specification

B02 - Air filter restriction switch—lower value Pressure 5.9 kPa

59 mbar

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 21 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS Group 50: Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems - Tests and Adjustments

Item Measurement Specification

0.86 psi

Item Measurement Specification

B02 - Air filter restriction switch—upper value Pressure 6.9 kPa

69 mbar

1 psi

The air filter restriction switch has to trigger between both values, otherwise it needs to be replaced.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 22 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS Group 50: Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems - Tests and Adjustments

Cooling system - Fill/Bleed the system


LEGEND:
A Drain plug
B Cap of the expansion tank

Coolant drain plug

Filler cap / relief valve

CAUTION:

Do not open cap (B) of expansion tank before coolant temperature is below boiling point. First loosen the
cap to relieve pressure, then remove cap completely.

IMPORTANT:

Radiator repairs may be carried out only by experienced mechanics or in specialist workshops.

IMPORTANT:

The engine has to be off.

[1] - Check whether the coolant drain plug (A) has been tightened with the following torque:

Item Measurement Specification

Coolant drain plug Torque 4—5 N·m

3—3.7 lb.-ft.

[2] - On tractors with cab, turn the heater control as far as it will go to the right.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 23 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS Group 50: Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems - Tests and Adjustments

[3] - Remove expansion tank filler cap (B).

[4] - Fill with coolant up to the "max." level.

[5] - Start the engine and bring it up to operating temperature.

[6] - Shut down the engine and add coolant up to the "max." mark.

[7] - Re-install and close the expansion tank′s cap (B).

Check the cooling system for leaks, see Cooling system - Leak test in Section 230 of the relevant Technical Manual.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 24 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS Group 50: Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems - Tests and Adjustments

Cooling System - Leak Test


LEGEND:
A Pressure Pump
B Adapter
C Expansion tank

Expansion Tank Cap and Pressure Tester

[1] - Check radiator/cooler, expansion tank, coolant hoses, water pump and engine for leaks and other damage. Recondition as
necessary.

[2] - Clean exterior of radiator and straighten any bent fins.

[3] - As shown in the illustration, connect pump D05104ST (A) and adapter JDG839P2A

[ Included in D05104ST ]
(B) or a commercial tester to expansion tank (C).

[4] - Check the cooling system with the following pressure.

Item Measurement Specification

Pressure test - cooling system Pressure 50—60 kPa

0.5—0.6 bar

7—8.7 psi

Check expansion tank cap


LEGEND:
A Expansion tank cap
B Pressure pump; D05104ST
C Adapter; JDG839P2A
D Adapter; JDG839-1

Checking expansion tank cap

[1] - Check rubber seal in the cap for cracks and brittleness. The seal ring has to be supple, and be securely seated.

[2] - Use pump D05104ST (B), adapter JDG839P2A

[ Included in D05104ST ]
(C) and adapter JDG839-1
[ Included in D05104ST ]
(D) to check expansion tank cap (A).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 25 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS Group 50: Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems - Tests and Adjustments

Pressure at which relief valve opens:

Item Measurement Specification

Expansion tank cap - Opening pressure Pressure 100—120 kPa

1—1.2 bar

14.5—17.4 psi

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 26 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS Group 50: Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems - Tests and Adjustments

Cooling System - Checking the Viscous Fan Drive


Check with engine cold and under zero load
LEGEND:
A Reflective Tape JT05709
B Hand-held digital tachometer JT05719

Measuring fan speed

[1] -

CAUTION:

The engine has to be off.

Open the hood and apply reflective tape JT05709, included in hand-held digital tachometer JT05719, to the fan.

[2] -

CAUTION:

Always engage the park lock when performing tests with the engine running.

Start the engine and run it at 2000 rpm for 3 minutes. During this time, fan speed should increase and drop again (the change
can be heard).

[3] - Set engine speed to between 850 and 900 rpm (slow idle).

Measure fan speed using hand-held digital tachometer JT05719 (B)

Hand Held Digital Tachometer

JT05719

Measuring shaft and pulley speeds.

: fan speed must be at least 800 rpm, but a drop to 600 rpm for about 30 seconds is permissible.

[4] - Set engine speed to 1200 rpm and let it run at this speed for 4 minutes.

Fan speed must not drop below 1000 rpm.

[5] - Set engine speed to 1800 rpm and let it run at this speed for 4 minutes.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 27 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS Group 50: Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems - Tests and Adjustments

Again, fan speed must not drop below 1000 rpm.

Check with engine warm and under zero load

[1] -

CAUTION:

The engine has to be off.

Open the hood and apply reflective tape JT05709, included in hand-held digital tachometer JT05719, to the fan.

[2] - Determine the diameter of the fan pulley.

[3] -
LEGEND:
A Restrictor

Restrictor

Connect an adjustable restrictor; see Hydraulic System - Heating Up the Hydraulic Oil in the relevant Technical Manual.

[4] - Cover the radiator completely with cardboard, and leave the hood open.

[5] - Heating and air conditioning system off.

[6] -

CAUTION:

Always engage the park lock when performing tests with the engine running.

Start the engine and run it at rated speed for 10 minutes; see Engine Specifications in Section 10 of the relevant Engine
Manual.

[7] - The fan speed must be within the proper range shown for the relevant tractor model (see table).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 230 page 28 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


FUEL, AIR INTAKE, AND COOLING SYSTEMS - COMPONENT INFORMATION (g) by Belgreen v2.0

Technical Information

Fan speed at rated speed


Belt pulley diameter
2100 rpm

141 mm (5.5 in.) 2630 - 2660 rpm

154 mm (6.06 in.) 2400 - 2435 rpm

168 mm (6.61 in.) 2200 - 2230 rpm

184 mm (7.24 in.) 2000 - 2040 rpm

<- Go to Section TOC Section 239 page 29 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Section 239 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE, AND COOLING SYSTEMS -


COMPONENT INFORMATION
Table of contents
Group 40A - Fuel System, Component Information ............................................................................ 1
Fuel System - Component Information, Summary of References ......................................................... 1
Fuel system - Fuel cooler, Component information .............................................................................. 2
Fuel system - Fuel prefilter, Component information ........................................................................... 3
Fuel System - Fuel Filter, Component Information ............................................................................... 3
Fuel system - Fuel transfer pump, Component information ................................................................. 4
Group 40C - Cooling System, Component Information ...................................................................... 5
Cooling System - Component Information, Summary of References .................................................... 5
Cooling System - Radiator, Component Information ............................................................................. 6
Cooling System - Viscous Fan Drive, Component Information .............................................................. 7
Group 40D - Charge Air Circuit, Component Information .................................................................. 9
Charge air circuit - Component information, Summary of references .................................................. 9
Charge air circuit - Charge air cooler, Component information ............................................................ 9
Group 40E - Cold Start System, Component Information ................................................................ 10
Cold-weather starting system - Component information, Summary of references ............................. 10
Cold-Weather Starting System - Coolant Preheater, Component Information .................................... 11
Cold-Weather Starting System - Transmission Oil Preheater, Component Information ...................... 12

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 239 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE, AND COOLING SYSTEMS - COMPONENT
Group 40A: Fuel System, Component Information
INFORMATION
Group 40A - Fuel System, Component Information
Fuel System - Component Information, Summary of References
Fuel System - Component Information, Summary of References
Fuel System - Fuel Cooler, Component Information
Fuel System - Primary Fuel Filter, Component Information
Fuel System - Fuel Filter, Component Information
Fuel System - Fuel Transfer Pump, Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 239 page 1 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 239 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE, AND COOLING SYSTEMS - COMPONENT
Group 40A: Fuel System, Component Information
INFORMATION

Fuel system - Fuel cooler, Component information


LEGEND:
A Fuel cooler
B to the fuel tank
C from the injection pump

Fuel cooler

Fuel cooler - Component information

Designation Fuel cooler

Location The fuel cooler is located in front of the radiator or in front of the condenser seen in direction of travel.

→NOTE:
Excess fuel has to be cooled down, as the ECU will reduce the engine speed to a slow idle if the fuel temperature rises above the
Specifications following value.
Fuel temperature:
• 100 °C (212 °F)

The fuel cooler is located in the return line leading to the fuel tank.
Operation
It cools down the fuel that returns from the injection pump from approx. 125 °C (257 °F) to approx. 75 °C (167 °F).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 239 page 2 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 239 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE, AND COOLING SYSTEMS - COMPONENT
Group 40A: Fuel System, Component Information
INFORMATION

Fuel system - Fuel prefilter, Component information


LEGEND:
A Port from the fuel tank
B Port to the fuel supply pump
C Filter housing
D Filter housing
E Drain screw (water trap)
F Water sensor at the fuel filter (B121)

Fuel prefilter

Fuel prefilter - Component information

Designation Fuel prefilter

Location The fuel prefilter is located in front of the radiator seen in direction of travel.

Specifications Permeance: 10 micrometer (0.0003936996 inch)

The fuel prefilter is located in front of the fuel filter in the supply line to the injection pump.
Operation
The size of the filter mesh determines the grade of filtration.

Fuel System - Fuel Filter, Component Information


The fuel filter is dealt with in the relevant Engine Manual.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 239 page 3 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 239 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE, AND COOLING SYSTEMS - COMPONENT
Group 40C: Cooling System, Component Information
INFORMATION

Fuel system - Fuel transfer pump, Component information


LEGEND:
A Fuel transfer pump

Fuel transfer pump

Fuel transfer pump, Component information

Designation Fuel transfer pump

Location The fuel transfer pump is located on the inside of the left-hand main frame.

Type Vane-type pump

Supply voltage: 12 V
Maximum system pressure of the fuel system:
Specifications • 80 kPa (11.6 psi)
The flow rate of the fuel pump is:
• approx. 130 l/h (34.34 US gal. per minute)

The fuel transfer pump is located in-line between the primary fuel filter and the fuel filter.
Operation
Fuel is drawn from the fuel tank and fed via the primary fuel filter and fuel filter to the high-pressure pump.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 239 page 4 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 239 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE, AND COOLING SYSTEMS - COMPONENT
Group 40C: Cooling System, Component Information
INFORMATION

Group 40C - Cooling System, Component Information


Cooling System - Component Information, Summary of References
Cooling System - Component Information, Summary of References
Cooling System - Radiator, Component Information
Cooling System - Viscous Fan Drive, Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 239 page 5 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 239 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE, AND COOLING SYSTEMS - COMPONENT
Group 40C: Cooling System, Component Information
INFORMATION

Cooling System - Radiator, Component Information


LEGEND:
A Tubes
B Air
C Fins
D Radiator

Radiator tubes, air and fins

Radiator

Radiator, Component Information

Designation Radiator

Location Located behind the engine (viewed in direction of travel).

The radiator is of conventional design with cooling tubes through which the coolant passes, and soldered, exterior fins.
Theory of operation The coolant in cooling tubes (A) is cooled by air (B) forced through the radiator core by the fan blades. The cooling surface of the tubes is greatly
increased by means of fins (C).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 239 page 6 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 239 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE, AND COOLING SYSTEMS - COMPONENT
Group 40C: Cooling System, Component Information
INFORMATION

Cooling System - Viscous Fan Drive, Component Information

Viscous Fan Drive

LEGEND:
A Drive Shaft
B Fan Carrier
C Stud (4 used)
D Driven Clutch Half
E Bimetallic Spring
F Driving Clutch Half
G Grooves
H Channels (Operating Chamber)
I Groove
J Return Passage
K Oil Reservoir
L Cap
M Grooves

Viscous Fan Drive, Component Information

Designation Viscous Fan Drive

Location The viscous fan drive is located behind the engine, directly in front of the radiator (viewed in direction of travel).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 239 page 7 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 239 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE, AND COOLING SYSTEMS - COMPONENT
Group 40D: Charge Air Circuit, Component Information
INFORMATION

The viscous fan drive is a temperature-controlled hydraulic fan clutch with speed control. It consists of driving clutch half (F) with drive shaft (A)
and driven clutch half (D) with reservoir (K). The fan carrier (B) is seated with bearings on drive shaft. The channels (H) of both clutch halves
form the operating chamber. The system is filled with a silicone fluid.
Torque is transmitted by means of the inner friction between the fluid and the surface of the operating chamber. The operating chamber surface
is enlarged by means of channels.
The amount of silicone fluid in viscous fan drive exceeds the capacity of reservoir so that there is always some fluid in the operating chamber.
Consequently, the driven clutch half turns even when the radiator is cold, but at a slower speed than the driving clutch half.
As the radiator gets warm, bimetallic spring (E) expands and opens reservoir cap (L). Centrifugal force causes fluid to flow from the reservoir
Theory of operation into the operating chamber. The high friction of the fluid in the operating chamber causes the speed of the driven clutch half to increase until
both halves are travelling at approx. the same speed.
Centrifugal force causes oil to be forced outwards through groove (I) and, due to rotational speed, to be carried via return channel (J) to the
reservoir. A cycle takes place. Fluid is constantly forced back into the reservoir and at the same time fluid is flowing into the operating chamber.
Because of the high fan speed, the radiator temperature drops. The bimetallic spring coil contracts, closing the reservoir cap and preventing
further silicone fluid from flowing to the operating chamber. Fluid continues to flow into the reservoir through groove (I). The amount of fluid in
the operating chamber decreases, reducing friction, and fan speed slows.
Grooves (G and M) enable fluid to flow quicker out of the operating chamber, enabling the viscous fan drive to react more quickly to changes in
the radiator temperature.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 239 page 8 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 239 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE, AND COOLING SYSTEMS - COMPONENT
Group 40E: Cold Start System, Component Information
INFORMATION

Group 40D - Charge Air Circuit, Component Information


Charge air circuit - Component information, Summary of references
Charge air circuit - Component information, Summary of references
Charge air circuit - Charge air cooler, Component information

Charge air circuit - Charge air cooler, Component information

Charge air cooler

LEGEND:
A from the turbocharger
B to the engine
C Ambient air

Charge air cooler

Designation Charge air cooler

Location The charge air cooler is located after the radiator directly under the engine hood as seen in direction of travel.

Operation The air coming with up to 200 °C (392 °F) from the turbocharger is cooled down to approx. 50 °C (122 °F) by the ambient air (C) flowing past.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 239 page 9 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 239 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE, AND COOLING SYSTEMS - COMPONENT
Group 40E: Cold Start System, Component Information
INFORMATION

Group 40E - Cold Start System, Component Information


Cold-weather starting system - Component information, Summary of
references
Cold-weather starting system - Component information, Summary of references
Cold-weather starting system - Coolant heater, Component information
Cold-weather starting system - Gear lubricant heater, Component information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 239 page 10 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 239 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE, AND COOLING SYSTEMS - COMPONENT
Group 40E: Cold Start System, Component Information
INFORMATION

Cold-Weather Starting System - Coolant Preheater, Component


Information

Coolant Preheater

LEGEND:
A Coolant Preheater
B Socket

Coolant Preheater

Designation Coolant Preheater

Location On the right side of the engine (viewed in direction of travel).

Coolant preheater (electric):


Specifications • 230 volts
• 750 watts

The electrical heating element (A) heats the engine coolant, resulting in better starting performance. Furthermore, the engine reaches its
Theory of operation operating temperature more quickly.
The temperature of the coolant increases to approx. 50 °C (120 °F) above ambient temperature.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 239 page 11 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (g) by Belgreen v2.0

Cold-Weather Starting System - Transmission Oil Preheater, Component


Information
LEGEND:
A Transmission Oil Preheater
B Y-Junction
C Wiring Harness
D Wiring Harness

Transmission oil preheater on tractors without


AutoPowr/IVT transmission

Transmission Oil Preheater

Designation Transmission Oil Preheater

Location On clutch housing cover

Transmission oil preheater (electric):


Specifications • 230 volts
• 150 watts

Transmission oil preheater (A) is used to warm up the lube oil and pilot oil in the clutch housing.
Theory of operation
As a result, transmission oil has a better viscosity when the tractor is started.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 12 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM


Table of contents
Group 05 - Electrical System - General Information .......................................................................... 1
Electrical System - Special Tools, Summary of References .................................................................. 1
Group 20 - Electrical System - Theory of Operation ........................................................................... 3
20 - Electrical System - Theory of Operation, Summary of References ................................................ 3
A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Wake-Up and Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Theory of Operation ............... 4
Front-Wheel Drive with Auto Function, Theory of Operation ................................................................ 9
Differential Lock with Auto Function, Theory of Operation ................................................................. 11
Group 30A - 30A - Electrical System - Schematics ........................................................................... 13
30A - Electrical System - Summary of Schematics (Cab) .................................................................... 13
30A - Electrical System - Summary of Schematics (Open Operator′s Station) .................................... 17
Group 50AA - 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit ............................................................... 19
50AA - Starting Motor and Charging Circuit, Summary of References ................................................ 19
50AA - Battery Cut-Off Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ............................................................... 20
50AA - Starting Motor (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ........................................................................... 22
50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ......................................... 24
50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC2) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ......................................... 26
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ............................ 28
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .............................. 30
50AA - Alternator (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................................................. 32
50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ...................................................... 34
50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ................................................................ 36
50AA - Key Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ................................................................................. 38
50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0052) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ...................................................... 40
50AA - Starting Motor (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ........................................... 42
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
..................................................................................................................................................... 44
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
..................................................................................................................................................... 46
50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ........... 48
50AA - Alternator (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................. 50
50AA - Central Power Supply (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ................................ 52
50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ...................... 54
50AA - Ignition Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic ......................................... 56
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................... 58
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................... 61
G001 - Battery, Circuit Test ................................................................................................................ 63
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................... 64
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................... 66
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................... 68
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................... 71
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................... 73
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................... 76
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................... 78
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................... 80
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................... 82
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................... 84
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................... 86
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................... 88
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................... 90
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................... 92

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................... 95


Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................... 98
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 102
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 106
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 108
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 113
Group 50AC - 50AC - External Cold Start Aid .................................................................................. 118
50AC - External Cold Start Aids, Summary of References ................................................................ 118
50AC - External Cold Start Aids (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ........................................................... 119
50AC - External Cold Start Aids (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ........................... 121
External Cold-Weather Starting Aids, Circuit Test ............................................................................ 122
Group 50BA - 50BA - Lights ................................................................................................................ 123
50BA - Lights, Summary of References ............................................................................................ 123
50BA - Parking Lights and Headlights (Switch) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ................................... 124
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................. 126
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................. 128
50BA - Road Lights (Outputs) (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................... 130
50BA - Wiring Harness for Trailering Lights (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ........................................ 132
50BA - Parking Lights and Headlights (Switch) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
................................................................................................................................................... 134
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic ................ 135
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic ................ 137
50BA - Headlights (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ............................... 139
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 141
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 145
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 148
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 151
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 154
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 157
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 160
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 163
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 166
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 169
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 172
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 175
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 178
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 181
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 184
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 186
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 191
Group 50BB - 50BB - Worklights ........................................................................................................ 194
50BB - Worklights, Summary of References ..................................................................................... 194
50BB - Worklights on Front of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ..................................................... 195
50BB - Worklights on Rear of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ...................................................... 197
50BB - Front Corner Worklights (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .......................................................... 199
50BB - Worklights on Cab Frame (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ........................................................ 201
50BB - Worklights on Rear Fender (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ...................................................... 203
50BB - Front Corner Worklights (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic .......................... 205
50BB - Worklights on Rear Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ...................... 207
50BB - Front Worklights and Worklights on Front Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic
Schematic .................................................................................................................................. 209
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 211
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 214

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 217


Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 220
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 223
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 226
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 229
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 232
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 235
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 238
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 241
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 244
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 247
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 250
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 253
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 256
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 259
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 262
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 265
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 268
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 270
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 273
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 276
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 279
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 282
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 285
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 288
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 291
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 294
Group 50BC - 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light .............................................................. 297
50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Summary of References ................................................ 297
50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Diagnostic Schematic .................................................... 298
50BC - Backlighting (Cab), Diagnostic Schematics ........................................................................... 300
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 302
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 307
Group 50BD - 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights .......................................................................................... 309
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights, Summary of References ......................................................................... 309
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic .......................................................... 310
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic .......................................................... 312
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic .......................... 314
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic .......................... 316
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 318
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 321
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 324
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 327
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 330
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 333
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 336
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 339
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 342
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 345
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 348
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 351
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 353
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 355

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Group 50CA - 50CA - Operator′s Seat ............................................................................................... 360


50CA - Operator′s Seat, Summary of References ............................................................................. 360
50CA - Operator′s Seat (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ....................................................................... 361
50CA - Operator Presence Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ....................................................... 363
50CA - Operator′s Seat (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic ..................................... 365
50CA - Operator Presence Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic ..................... 367
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 370
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 372
Group 50CB - 50CB - Acoustic Alarms ............................................................................................... 375
50CB - Acoustic Alarms, Summary of References ............................................................................ 375
50CB - Acoustic Alarms (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ....................................................................... 376
50CB - Horn (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ........................................................................................ 378
50CB - Backup Alarm (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .......................................................................... 380
50CB - Acoustic Alarms (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic ..................................... 382
50CB - Horn (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic ...................................................... 384
50CB - Backup Alarm (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic .......................................... 386
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 388
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 392
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 397
Group 50CC - 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers .......................................................... 400
50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers, Summary of References ............................................ 400
50CC - Windshield Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................................... 401
50CC - Rear Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .............................................................................. 403
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 405
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 408
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 411
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 414
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 417
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 419
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 421
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 423
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 426
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 428
Group 50CD - 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System .............................................. 431
50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System, Summary of References .................................. 431
50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System, Diagnostic Schematic ..................................... 432
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 434
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 436
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 438
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 440
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 443
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 446
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 448
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 450
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 452
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 454
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 456
Group 50CE - 50CE - Sockets .............................................................................................................. 459
50CE - Sockets, Summary of References .......................................................................................... 459
50CE - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .............................................. 460
50CE - Connector for Accessories (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ....................................................... 462
50CE - Signal Socket (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ........................................................................... 463
50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ............................................ 465

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

50CE - Service Socket (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ......................................................................... 467


50CE - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic .............. 469
50CE - Connector for Accessories (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ....................... 471
50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ............. 473
50CE - Service Socket (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ......................................... 475
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 476
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 480
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 482
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 486
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 488
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 491
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 493
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 495
Group 50CF - 50CF - Radio .................................................................................................................. 498
50CF - Radio, Summary of References ............................................................................................. 498
50CF - Radio, Diagnostic Schematic ................................................................................................. 499
50CF - Radio (Retrofit ECE), Diagnostic Schematic ........................................................................... 501
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 503
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 505
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 507
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 509
Group 50CH - 50CH - Accessories ...................................................................................................... 511
50CH - Accessories, Summary of References ................................................................................... 511
50CH - iTEC™ Basic (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ............................................................................ 512
50CH - Cigarette Lighter, Diagnostic Schematic ............................................................................... 513
50CH - Beacon Light, Diagnostic Schematic ..................................................................................... 514
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 515
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 518
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 520
Group 50EA - 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus .......................................... 523
50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus, Summary of References ............................. 523
50EA - Rear Implement Socket, Diagnostic Schematic ..................................................................... 524
50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Diagnostic Schematic .............................................................. 526
50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD2/3), Diagnostic Schematic ........................................................... 528
50EA - Implement Switch, Diagnostic Schematic ............................................................................. 530
50EA - Implement CAN Bus Socket in Cab, Diagnostic Schematic .................................................... 532
50EA - StarFire™ ITC Receiver, Diagnostic Schematic ..................................................................... 534
50EA - Connector for External Display (X689), Diagnostic Schematic .............................................. 536
50EA - Connector for GreenStar™ Display (Shift Console) (X978), Diagnostic Schematic ................ 538
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 540
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 542
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 544
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 547
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 551
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 555
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 558
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 561
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 565
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 567
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 570
Group 50EB - 50EB - AutoTrac™ ........................................................................................................ 573
50EB - AutoTrac™, Summary of References ..................................................................................... 573
50EB - AutoTrac™, Diagnostic Schematic ........................................................................................ 574

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

50EB - Solenoid Valve for Self-Centering of Steering Wheel, Diagnostic Schematic ......................... 576
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 578
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 580
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 582
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 584
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 586
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 588
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 590
Group 50EC - 50EC - Radar ................................................................................................................. 592
50EC - Radar, Summary of References ............................................................................................. 592
50EC - Radar, Diagnostic Schematic ................................................................................................ 593
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 595
Group 50ED - 50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote ........................................................... 598
50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote, Summary of References ............................................ 598
50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote, Diagnostic Schematic ................................................ 599
W024 - Antenna for Telematics (JDLink™ / Service ADVISOR™ Remote), Circuit Test ..................... 600
Group 50FA - 50FA - Electronic Engine Control .............................................................................. 601
50FA - Electronic Engine Control, Summary of References .............................................................. 601
50FA - Electronic Starting Aid (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ............................................................. 602
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................................... 609
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ............................................................................. 616
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ....................................................................... 621
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ............................................................ 626
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ......................................................................... 631
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ........................................................... 636
50FA - Electronic Starting Aid (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ............................. 641
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ..................................... 646
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ............................................. 651
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ....................................... 656
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ......................................... 661
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ......................................... 666
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ........................... 671
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 676
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 679
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 683
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 686
Group 50FB - 50FB - Immobilizer ...................................................................................................... 688
50FB - Immobilizer, Summary of References .................................................................................... 688
50FB - Immobilizer (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .............................................................................. 689
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 691
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 693
Group 50FC - 50FC - Fuel System ...................................................................................................... 694
50FC - Fuel System, Summary of References ................................................................................... 694
50FC - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ............................................................................. 695
50FC - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ............................................. 697
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 699
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 702
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 704
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 706
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 708
Group 50GA - 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission ............................................................................ 711
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Summary of References ............................................................ 711
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Reverse Drive Lever (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ..................... 712

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ........................................ 714


50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ........ 716
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ............. 718
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Connector for Come-Home Function, Diagnostic Schematic ...... 720
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle, Accelerator Pedal and Clutch
Pedal (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ............................................................................................ 722
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle and Accelerator Pedal (Open
Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ................................................................................ 724
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ............................. 726
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
................................................................................................................................................... 728
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Solenoid Valves (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ............................ 730
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 732
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 735
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 738
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 741
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 744
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 747
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 750
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 753
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 756
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 759
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 762
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 765
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 768
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 771
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 774
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 777
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 780
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 783
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 786
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 789
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 792
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 795
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 798
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 801
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 804
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 807
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 810
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 813
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 816
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 819
Group 50GD - 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission ................................................................... 821
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Summary of References .................................................... 821
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Reverse Drive Lever, Diagnostic Schematic ...................... 822
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments, Diagnostic Schematic .............. 824
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic .............................. 826
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic ......................................... 828
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Solenoid Valves, Diagnostic Schematic ............................. 830
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Switches, Diagnostic Schematic ........................................ 832
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle, Accelerator Pedal and
Clutch Pedal (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ................................................................................. 834
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Park Lock, Diagnostic Schematic ...................................... 836

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Connector for Come-Home Function, Diagnostic Schematic


................................................................................................................................................... 837
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 839
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 842
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 845
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 848
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 851
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 854
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 857
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 860
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 863
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 866
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 869
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 872
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 875
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 878
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 881
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 884
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 887
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 891
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 893
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 896
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 899
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 902
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 905
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 908
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 911
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 914
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 917
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 920
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 923
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 926
Group 50GE - 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission ...................................................................... 928
50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Summary of References ....................................................... 928
50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ................................... 929
50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
................................................................................................................................................... 931
50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ........................ 933
50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
................................................................................................................................................... 935
50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Solenoid Valves, Diagnostic Schematic ................................ 936
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 938
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 941
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 944
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 947
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 950
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 953
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 956
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 959
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 962
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 965
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 968
Group 50GH - 50GH - Differential Lock ............................................................................................. 971

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

50GH - Differential Lock, Summary of References ........................................................................... 971


50GH - Differential Lock (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ...................................................................... 972
50GH - Differential Lock (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic .................................... 974
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 976
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 978
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 981
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 983
Group 50GI - 50GI - Front-Wheel Drive ............................................................................................ 985
50GI - Front-Wheel Drive, Summary of References .......................................................................... 985
50GI - Front-Wheel Drive (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................................... 986
50GI - Front-Wheel Drive (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic .................................... 988
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 990
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 992
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 994
Group 50GJ - 50GJ - Rear PTO ............................................................................................................. 996
50GJ - Rear PTO, Summary of References ........................................................................................ 996
50GJ - Rear PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................................................. 997
50GJ - Rear PTO (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................. 999
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1001
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1004
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1007
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1010
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1012
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1015
Group 50GK - 50GK - Front PTO ....................................................................................................... 1018
50GK - Front PTO, Summary of References .................................................................................... 1018
50GK - Front PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .............................................................................. 1019
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1021
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1024
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1027
Group 50GG - 50GL - Brakes ............................................................................................................. 1030
50GL - Brakes, Summary of References ......................................................................................... 1030
50GL - Brakes, Switches (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Diagnostic Schematic ........................ 1031
50GL - Brakes, Switches and Park Brake (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .......................................... 1033
50GL - Brakes, Switches and Park Brake (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic .......... 1035
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1037
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1040
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1043
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1046
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1049
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1052
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1055
Group 50HA - 50HA - Rear Hitch ...................................................................................................... 1061
50HA - Rear Hitch, Summary of References ................................................................................... 1061
50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ............................................................... 1062
50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors and Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic
Schematic ................................................................................................................................ 1064
50HA - Rear Hitch, Switch and Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ..................... 1066
50HA - Rear Hitch, Controls and Instruments (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ... 1068
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1070
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1073
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1076
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1079

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1082


Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1085
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1088
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1091
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1094
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1097
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1100
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1103
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1106
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1109
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1112
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1115
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1117
Group 50HB - 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves .................................................................. 1119
50HB - Selective Control Valves E-SCVs, Summary of References ................................................. 1119
50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves, Diagnostic Schematic ....................................................... 1120
50HB - Selective Control Valves, Mechanical Multi-Function Lever (DURA), Diagnostic Schematic
................................................................................................................................................. 1122
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1124
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1126
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1128
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1130
Group 50HD - 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle .......................................................... 1132
50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Summary of References ............................................ 1132
50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ....................................... 1133
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1135
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1138
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1141
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1144
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1147
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1150
Group 50HH - 50HH - Front Loader ................................................................................................. 1153
50HH - Front Loader, Summary of References ............................................................................... 1153
50HH - Front Loader Additional Functions, Diagnostic Schematic .................................................. 1154
50HH - Front Loader (Diverter Valve / Memo Function), Diagnostic Schematic .............................. 1156
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1158
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1161
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1163
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1165
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1168
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1170
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1172
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1174
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1177
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1179
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1183
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1185
Group 50IA - 50IA - Display .............................................................................................................. 1187
50IA - Display, Summary of References ......................................................................................... 1187
50IA - Instrument Unit (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ....................................................................... 1188
50IA - Instrument Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ....................................... 1190
Group 50ID - 50ID - LIN Bus Modules .............................................................................................. 1192
50ID - LIN Bus Modules, Summary of References ........................................................................... 1192

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

50ID - LIN Bus - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Diagnostic Schematic ........................................................ 1193
50ID - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Diagnostic Schematic ............................................. 1195
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1196
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1198
Group 50JA - 50JA - Bus Systems ..................................................................................................... 1201
50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References ......................................................................... 1201
50JA - LIN Bus Systems, Summary of References ........................................................................... 1201
50JA - Vehicle CAN Bus - (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ................................................................... 1202
50JA - Vehicle CAN Bus (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ..................................... 1204
50JA - Implement CAN Bus, Diagnostic Schematic ......................................................................... 1206
50JA - Hitch CAN Bus (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ......................................................................... 1208
50JA - Hitch CAN Bus (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ......................................... 1210
50JA - E-SCV CAN Bus, Diagnostic Schematic ................................................................................. 1212
50JA - Engine CAN Bus, Diagnostic Schematic ................................................................................ 1214
CAN Communication Fault Checks ................................................................................................. 1215
Voltage Check of CAN - and CAN + ................................................................................................ 1219
CAN Bus Check - Implement ........................................................................................................... 1222
Voltage Check of CAN - and CAN + ................................................................................................ 1227
Voltage Check of CAN - and CAN + ................................................................................................ 1229
Voltage Check of CAN - and CAN + ................................................................................................ 1232
Group 50X - 50X - Ground Connections .......................................................................................... 1235
50X - Ground Connections, Summary of References ...................................................................... 1235
50X - Ground Connections (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ................................................................ 1236
XGND1A - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................................... 1238
XGND5A - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................................... 1240
XGND9 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ...................................................................... 1242
XGND9C_XGND72 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ..................................................... 1243
XGND9D_XGND71 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ..................................................... 1243
XGND9F_X305F - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ......................................................... 1244
XGND10 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................................... 1245
XGND11 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................................... 1247
XGND15_X665F - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ......................................................... 1248
XGND40 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................................... 1249
XGND43A - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................................. 1250
XGND51H - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................................. 1252
XGND55_G001 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .......................................................... 1253
XGND56 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................................... 1254
XGND64 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................................... 1255
XGND65_XGND73 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ..................................................... 1256
XGND74 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................................... 1257
XGND76 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................................... 1258
50X - Ground Connections (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ................................ 1259
XGND_G610 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic .............................. 1261
XGND1 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ...................................... 1262
XGND2 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ...................................... 1264
XGND5 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ...................................... 1265
XGND9_X305F - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ........................... 1267
XGND74 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic .................................... 1268
Group 50ZZ - 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units ............................................................................... 1269
50ZZ - Electronic Control Units - Summary of References .............................................................. 1269
50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic
Schematic ................................................................................................................................ 1271
50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1

Schematic ................................................................................................................................ 1273


50ZZ - Radio (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic ............................ 1276
50ZZ - Immobilizer Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
................................................................................................................................................. 1281
50ZZ - Cab Control Unit (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic ........... 1283
50ZZ - Instrument Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic ... 1286
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
................................................................................................................................................. 1288
50ZZ - Engine Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
................................................................................................................................................. 1290
50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic .... 1292
50ZZ - Roof Control Unit (5-V Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic ................................ 1294
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic .................. 1296
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic ................ 1298
50ZZ - Circuit for Wake-Up Signal (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ..................................................... 1305
50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ................................................ 1307
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit),
Diagnostic Schematic .............................................................................................................. 1309
50ZZ - Instrument Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit),
Diagnostic Schematic .............................................................................................................. 1311
50ZZ - Engine Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit),
Diagnostic Schematic .............................................................................................................. 1313
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic
Schematic ................................................................................................................................ 1315
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic
Schematic ................................................................................................................................ 1317
50ZZ - Circuit for Wake-Up Power (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ..................... 1319
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1320
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1323
Test procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1326
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1329
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1331
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1334
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1337
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1340
Test procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1343
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1347
Test procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1351
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1356
Test procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1360
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1364
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1369
50ZZ - Radio Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit .................................. 1373
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1380
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1383
50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit ..................................................... 1387
50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit ................................................... 1401

<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 05: Electrical System - General Information

Group 05 - Electrical System - General Information


Electrical System - Special Tools, Summary of References
Electrical System - Special Tools, Summary of References

JT05791A or JDG1478—Multimeter

JT05791A or JDG1478—Multimeter

Multimeter

JT05791A or JDG1478

Section 240 — Electrical System

JDG10466 - Flexible Test Kit

JDG10466 - Flexible Test Kit

Flex Probe Kit

JDG10466

Section 240 — Electrical System

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 20: Electrical System - Theory of Operation

JDG11668 - Electric Load Tester

JDG11668 - Electric Load Tester

Electric Load Tester

JDG11668

Section 240 — Electrical System

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 2 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 20: Electrical System - Theory of Operation

Group 20 - Electrical System - Theory of Operation


20 - Electrical System - Theory of Operation, Summary of References
20 - Electrical System - Theory of Operation, Summary of References

A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Wake-Up and Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab),Theory of Operation
Front-Wheel Drive with Auto Function, Theory of Operation
Differential Lock with Auto Function, Theory of Operation

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 3 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 20: Electrical System - Theory of Operation

A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Wake-Up and Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab),


Theory of Operation

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 4 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 20: Electrical System - Theory of Operation

Battery Cut-Off Relay ("Wake-Up"), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 5 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 20: Electrical System - Theory of Operation

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 6 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 20: Electrical System - Theory of Operation

Keep-Alive Voltage ("Keep Alive"), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 7 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 20: Electrical System - Theory of Operation

A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Wake-Up and Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Theory of Operation

A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Wake-Up and Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Theory of Operation

The battery cut-off relay cuts off or connects the battery electrically with the vehicle electronics, under certain conditions.

Conditions for connecting the battery to the vehicle electronics:


Activation of battery cut-off relay (“ Wake-Up ”):
• Signal of the dome light switch (right).
• Signal of the dome light switch (left).
• Signal of the key switch (IGN).
• Signal of the hazard warning light switch.
→NOTE:
There is no longer a mechanical switch below the step.
→NOTE:
Theory of Operation A136 - If the ground is connected through from one of these switches to the battery cut-off relay, the battery is
Battery Cut-Off Relay connected to the vehicle electronics.

Conditions for disconnecting the battery from the vehicle electronics:


Keep-alive voltage (" Keep Alive ") must no longer be present at the battery cut-off relay:
• LIN Bus signal from alternator. (Engine ON).
• Keep-alive voltage from main control unit.The keep-alive voltage continues to be sent until:
⚬ all control units are shut down.
⚬ no signal from the lights switch is present any longer.
⚬ no signal from the turn-signal lever is present any longer (headlight flasher or high-beam headlights).
⚬ Signal "park lock engaged" is received.
If the above conditions are met, the keep-alive voltage (" Keep Alive ") from the main control unit is switched off, and the
battery cut-off relay disconnects the battery from the vehicle electronics.

• A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Circuit Test


• B028-1 See Dome Light and Access Step Light (Cab), Circuit Test
• B028-2 See Dome Light and Access Step Light (Cab), Circuit Test
• S009 - Light Switch, Circuit Test
• S012 - Key Switch (Cab), Circuit Test
Component Circuit Test
• S062 - Hazard Warning Light Switch, Circuit Test
• S114 - Park Lock Switch, Circuit Test
• S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Circuit Test
• G004 - Alternator (Cab), Circuit Test
• X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 8 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 20: Electrical System - Theory of Operation

Front-Wheel Drive with Auto Function, Theory of Operation

50GI - Front-Wheel Drive (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 9 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 20: Electrical System - Theory of Operation

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B139 B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Component Information
S005 S005 - Front-Wheel Drive Switch with Auto Function, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W231 W231/1: Shift Console Harness
W471 W471/1: AutoTrac™ Wiring Harness (Wheel Angle Sensor) (6135M to 6195M Tractors)
W471 W471/2: AutoTrac™ Wiring Harness (Wheel Angle Sensor) (6100M to 6130M Tractors)
W511 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
W511 W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6150M to 6170M
W601
Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6105M to 6140M
W601
Tractors
W601 W601/3: Transmission Harness (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control)
X010 X010 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W231
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X637 X637 - Connection Point between Harnesses W451 and W471
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab)
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab) (Level 16 ECU)
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
Y003 Y003 - Front-Wheel Drive Solenoid Valve, Component Information

Front-Wheel Drive (Cab), Theory of Operation

Front-Wheel Drive with Auto Function, Theory of Operation

Front-wheel drive can be engaged and disengaged in all gears (forward and reverse), on-the-go and under load without using the clutch.
When the front-wheel drive is engaged, power is transferred from the range transmission via the front-wheel drive clutch to the u.j. shaft
which directly drives the front-wheel drive axle. The front-wheel drive is mechanically engaged by spring force and hydraulically
disengaged by oil pressure. When front-wheel drive is disengaged, the clutch piston is pressurized via the solenoid valve.
• Solenoid Valve ON - Front-Wheel Drive OFF
• Solenoid Valve OFF - Front-Wheel Drive ON
→NOTE:
The front-wheel drive is always activated if the travel speed is greater than 5 km/h (3.1 mph) and both brake pedals are
pushed.

Switching on front-wheel drive manually (switch in center position):


Front-wheel drive ON permanently.

Front-Wheel Drive, Activating Automatic Mode:


The automatic mode of the front-wheel drive can be activated by switch position (AUTO). If the function is active, the front-wheel drive
automatically switches on or off, depending on the driving situation.
Front-Wheel Drive →NOTE:
with Auto Function, If the front-wheel drive activates due to the driving situation, the indicator light also lights up on the instrument panel.
Theory of Operation: The following driving situations cause the front-wheel drive to switch on or off:

Driving situation Front-Wheel Drive

Travel speed between 5 and 23 km/h (3.1 and 14.3 mph) ON

Wheel angle less than custom setting ON

OFF
Travel speed is greater than 23 km/h (14.3 mph)
above 19 km/h (11.8 mph) ON again

Wheel angle greater than custom setting OFF

IMPORTANT:
The maximum possible steering angle for automatic mode of front-wheel drive depends on tire type, track width and
steering stop, and might be smaller than the value set in the diagnostic address. See CCU 173 - Automatic Switch-Off of
Front Wheel Drive Depending on Wheel Angle, Configuration in Section 245.

• B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.


Component Circuit
• S005 - Front-Wheel Drive Switch with Auto Function, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Test:
• Y003 - Front-Wheel Drive Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Mechanical Front-Wheel Drive - Layout and Theory of Operation (6105M - 6140M Tractors) in Section 250A.
• Mechanical Front-Wheel Drive - Cooling and Lubrication (6105M - 6140M Tractors) in Section 250A.
Additional • Mechanical Front-Wheel Drive - Oil and Power Flows (6105M - 6140M Tractors) in Section 250A.
information: • Mechanical Front-Wheel Drive - Layout and Theory of Operation (6150M - 6170M Tractors) in Section 250A.
• Mechanical Front-Wheel Drive - Cooling and Lubrication (6150M - 6170M Tractors) in Section 250A.
• Mechanical Front-Wheel Drive - Oil and Power Flows (6150M - 6170M Tractors) in Section 250A.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 10 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 20: Electrical System - Theory of Operation

Differential Lock with Auto Function, Theory of Operation

50GH - Differential Lock (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 11 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 30A: 30A - Electrical System - Schematics

LEGEND:
50ZZ - Electronic Control Units, Summary of References see Electronic Control Units (Cab) (Circuit
12V Supply (A018)
of the 12-Volt Supply Voltage)
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B139-2 B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Component Information
S022 S022 - Differential Lock Switch, Component Information
S080 S080 - Differential Lock Switch with Auto Function, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness
W231 W231/1: Shift Console Harness
W471 W471/1: AutoTrac™ Wiring Harness (Wheel Angle Sensor) (6135M to 6195M Tractors)
W471 W471/2: AutoTrac™ Wiring Harness (Wheel Angle Sensor) (6100M to 6130M Tractors)
W511 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
W511 W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6150M
W601
to 6170M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6105M
W601
to 6140M Tractors
W601 W601/3: Transmission Harness (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control)
X010 X010 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W231
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X637 X637 - Connection Point between Harnesses W451 and W471
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab)
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab) (Level 16 ECU)
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
Y005 Y005 - Differential Lock Solenoid Valve, Component Information

Differential Lock with Auto Function, Theory of Operation

Differential Lock with Auto Function, Theory of Operation

CAUTION:
Do not attempt to turn around with differential lock engaged!
If slippage varies between rear wheels, you can engage differential lock.

Engage Differential Lock Manually:


Differential lock is ON permanently until it is switched off again by switch, or until one or both brake pedals are pushed.

Differential Lock, Activating Auto Mode:


The auto mode of the differential lock can be activated by switch position (AUTO). If the function is active, the differential lock
automatically switches on or off, depending on the driving situation.
→NOTE:
If the differential lock activates due to the driving situation, the indicator light also lights up on the instrument panel.
The following driving situations cause the differential lock to switch on or off:
Differential Lock with
Auto Function, Theory Driving situation Differential Lock
of Operation:
• Travel speed below 19 km/h (11.8 mph)
+ Neither of the two brake pedals pushed ON
+ Wheel angle less than custom setting

OFF
Travel speed is greater than 23 km/h (14.3 mph)
above 19 km/h (11.8 mph) ON again

One or both brake pedals pushed OFF

Wheel angle more than custom setting OFF

IMPORTANT:
The maximum possible steering angle for automatic mode of differential lock depends on tire type, track width and
steering stop, and might be smaller than the value set in the diagnostic address. See CCU 178 - Automatic Switch Off of
Differential Lock Depending on Wheel Angle, Configuration in Section 245.

• B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.


• S022 - Differential Lock Switch, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Component Circuit Test:
• S080 - Differential Lock Switch with Auto Function, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Y005 - Differential Lock Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test in Section 240.

• Differential - Layout and Theory of Operation (6105M - 6140M Tractors) in Section 250A.
• Differential - Layout and Theory of Operation (6150M - 6170M Tractors) in Section 250A.
Additional information:
• Differential - Power Flows in Section 250A.
• Differential - Oil Flows in Section 250A.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 12 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 30A: 30A - Electrical System - Schematics

Group 30A - 30A - Electrical System - Schematics


30A - Electrical System - Summary of Schematics (Cab)
30A - Electrical System - Summary of Schematics (Cab)

50AA - Starting Motor and Charging Circuit:


50AA - Battery Cut-Off Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Starting Motor (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC2) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Alternator (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Power Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Key Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0052) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50AB - External Cold Start Aid:
50AC - External Cold Start Aids (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50BA - Lights:
50BA - Parking Lights and Headlights (Switch) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic
50BA - Headlights (Outputs) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50BA - Trailering Lights (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50BB - Worklights:
50BB - Worklights on Front of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50BB - Worklights on Rear of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50BB - Front Corner Worklights (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50BB - Worklights on Cab Frame, Diagnostic Schematic
50BB - Worklights on Rear Fender (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light:
50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Diagnostic Schematic
50BC - Backlighting (Cab), Diagnostic Schematics
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights:
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic
50CA - Operator′s Seat:
50CA - Operator′s Seat (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50CA - Operator Presence Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50CB - Acoustic Alarms:
50CB - Acoustic Alarms (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50CB - Horn (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50CB - Backup Alarm (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers:
50CC - Windshield Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50CC - Rear Window Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50CD - Heater - Ventilation - Air-Conditioning System:
50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System, Diagnostic Schematic
50CE - Sockets:
50CE - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50CE - Connector for Accessories (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50CE - Signal Socket (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50CE - Service Socket (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50CF - Radio:
50CF - Radio, Diagnostic Schematic
50CF - Radio (Retrofit ECE), Diagnostic Schematic
50CH - Accessories:
50CH - iTEC™ Basic (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 13 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 30A: 30A - Electrical System - Schematics

50CH - Cigarette Lighter, Diagnostic Schematic


50CH - Beacon Light, Diagnostic Schematic
50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus:
50EA - Rear Implement Socket, Diagnostic Schematic
50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Diagnostic Schematic
50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD2/3), Diagnostic Schematic
50EA - Implement Switch, Diagnostic Schematic
50EA - Implement CAN Bus Socket in Cab, Diagnostic Schematic
50EA - StarFire™ ITC Receiver, Diagnostic Schematic
50EA - Connector for External Display (X689), Diagnostic Schematic
50EA - Connector for GreenStar™ Display (Shift Console) (X978), Diagnostic Schematic
50EB - AutoTrac™:
50EB - AutoTrac™, Diagnostic Schematic
50EB - Solenoid Valve for Self-Centering of Steering Wheel, Diagnostic Schematic
50EC - Radar:
50EC - Radar, Diagnostic Schematic
50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote:
50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote, Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Electronic Engine Control:
50FA - Electronic Starting Aid (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FB - Immobilizer:
50FB - Immobilizer (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FC - Fuel System:
50FC - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission:
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Reverse Drive Lever (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle, Accelerator Pedal and Clutch Pedal (Cab),
Diagnostic Schematic
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Solenoid Valves (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Connector for Come-Home Function, Diagnostic Schematic
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission:
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Reverse Drive Lever, Diagnostic Schematic
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments, Diagnostic Schematic
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Solenoid Valves, Diagnostic Schematic
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Switches, Diagnostic Schematic
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle, Accelerator Pedal and Clutch Pedal (Cab),
Diagnostic Schematic
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Park Lock, Diagnostic Schematic
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Connector for Come-Home Function, Diagnostic Schematic
50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission:
50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Solenoid Valves (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50GH - Differential Lock:
50GH - Differential Lock (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50GI - Front-Wheel Drive:
50GI - Front-Wheel Drive (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50GJ - Rear PTO:
50GJ - Rear PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50GK - Front PTO:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 14 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 30A: 30A - Electrical System - Schematics

50GK - Front PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic


50GL - Brakes:
50GL - Brakes, Switches (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Diagnostic Schematic
50GL - Brakes, Switches and Park Brake (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50HA - Rear Hitch:
50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50HA - Rear Hitch, Switch and Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves:
50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves, Diagnostic Schematic
50ID - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Diagnostic Schematic
50HB - Selective Control Valves, Mechanical Multi-Function Lever (DURA), Diagnostic Schematic
50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle:
50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50HH - Front Loader:
50HH - Front Loader Additional Functions, Diagnostic Schematic
50HH - Front Loader (Diverter Valve / Memo Function), Diagnostic Schematic
50IA - Display:
50IA - Instrument Unit (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50ID - LIN Bus Modules:
50ID - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Diagnostic Schematic
50JA - Bus Systems:
50JA - Vehicle CAN Bus (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50JA - Implement CAN Bus, Diagnostic Schematic
50JA - Hitch CAN Bus (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50JA - E-SCV CAN Bus, Diagnostic Schematic
50JA - Engine CAN Bus, Diagnostic Schematic
50X - Ground Connections:
50X - Ground Connections (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND1A - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND5A - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND9 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND9C_XGND72 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND9D_XGND71 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND9F_X305F - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND10 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND11 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND15_X665F - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND40 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND43A - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND51H - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND55_G001 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND56 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND64 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND65_XGND73 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND74 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND76 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50ZZ - Electronic Control Units (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit):
50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Radio (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Immobilizer Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Cab Control Unit (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Instrument Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Engine Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

50ZZ - Electronic Control Units (Cab) (Circuit of 5-Volt Supply Voltage):


50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Roof Control Unit (5-V Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 15 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 30A: 30A - Electrical System - Schematics

50ZZ - Electronic Control Units (Cab) (Circuit of 12-Volt Supply Voltage):


50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

50ZZ - Circuit for Wake-Up Signal and Keep-Alive Voltage of Control Unit (Cab):
50ZZ - Circuit for Wake-Up Signal (Cab), Circuit Test
50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 16 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 30A: 30A - Electrical System - Schematics

30A - Electrical System - Summary of Schematics (Open Operator′s


Station)
30A - Electrical System - Summary of Schematics (Open Operator′s Station)

50AA - Starting Motor and Charging Circuit:


50AA - Starting Motor (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Alternator (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Power Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Central Power Supply (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50AC - External Cold Start Aid:
50AC - External Cold Start Aids (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50BA - Lights:
50BA - Parking Lights and Headlights (Switch) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic
50BA - Parking Lights (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Station) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic
50BA - Headlights (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50BB - Worklights:
50BB - Front Corner Worklights (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50BB - Worklights on Rear Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50BB - Front Worklights and Worklights on Front Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights:
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic
50CA - Operator′s Seat:
50CA - Operator′s Seat (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic
50CA - Operator Presence Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic
50CB - Acoustic Alarms:
50CB - Acoustic Alarms (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic
50CB - Horn (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic
50CB - Backup Alarm (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic
50CE - Sockets:
50CE - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50CE - Connector for Accessories (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50CE - Service Socket (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Electronic Engine Control:
50FA - Electronic Starting Aid (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50FC - Fuel System:
50FC - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50GA - Transmission:
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle and Accelerator Pedal (Open Operator′s
Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission:
50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50GH - Differential Lock:
50GH - Differential Lock (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 17 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

50GI - Front-Wheel Drive:


50GI - Front-Wheel Drive (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50GJ - Rear PTO:
50GJ - Rear PTO (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50GL - Brakes:
50GL - Brakes, Switches and Park Brake (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50HA - Rear Hitch:
50HA - Rear Hitch, Controls and Instruments (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors and Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50IA - Display:
50IA - Instrument Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50JA - Bus Systems:
50JA - Vehicle CAN Bus (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50JA - Hitch CAN Bus (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50JA - Engine CAN Bus, Diagnostic Schematic
50X - Ground Connections:
50X - Ground Connections (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND_G610 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND1 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND2 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND5 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND9_X305F - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND74 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

50ZZ - Electronic Control Units (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit):
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Instrument Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Engine Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic
Schematic

50ZZ - Electronic Control Units (Open Operator′s Station) (Circuit of the 5-Volt Supply Voltage):
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

50ZZ - Electronic Control Units (Open Operator′s Station) (Circuit of the 12-Volt Supply Voltage):
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

50ZZ - Circuit for Wake-Up Signal and Keep-Alive Voltage of Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station):
50ZZ - Circuit for Wake-Up Signal (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 18 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

Group 50AA - 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit


50AA - Starting Motor and Charging Circuit, Summary of References
50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit, Summary of References

Diagnostic Schematic (Cab):

50AA - Battery Cut-Off Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic


50AA - Starting Motor (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC2) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Alternator (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Power Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Key Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0052) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Diagnostic Schematic (Open Operator′s Platform):

50AA - Starting Motor (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic


50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX) (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Alternator (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Power Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Central Power Supply (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:

A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Circuit Test


B036 - Neutral Start Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
G001 - Battery, Circuit Test
G004 - Alternator (Cab), Circuit Test
G004 - Alternator (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
K01/01_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Circuit Test
K01/01_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ACC) (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
K01/02_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ACC2) (Cab), Circuit Test
K02/01_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (RUN) (Cab), Circuit Test
K02/02_LCS - Diode for Power Supply to Electronics (Cab), Circuit Test
K02/C_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (RUN) (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
K02/D_LCS - Diode for Power Supply to Electronics (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
K02/F_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Accessories (IGN) (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
K04/02_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
K07/01_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Accessories (ACC1) (Cab), Circuit Test
K07/02_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Accessories (IGN) (Cab), Circuit Test
K002 - Starter Relay 1 (Cab), Circuit Test
K002 - Starter Relay 1 (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
K003 - Starter Relay 2 (Cab), Circuit Test
K003 - Starter Relay 2 (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
M001 - Starter Motor, Circuit Test
S012 - Key Switch (Cab), Circuit Test
S012 - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 19 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

50AA - Battery Cut-Off Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Battery Cut-Off Switch (Cab)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 20 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A136 A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Component Information
B028-1 B028-1 - Right Dome Light Switch, Component Information
B028-2 B028-2 - Left Dome Light Switch, Component Information
F031_BBO F031_BBO - Fuse, Component Information
F037_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
G001 G001 - Battery, Component Information
G004 G004 - Alternator, Component Information
M001 M001 - Starter Motor, Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
S062 S062 - Hazard Warning Light Switch, Component Information
W011 W011/1: Wiring Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch (Chassis)
W012 W012/1: Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch and Access Step Light (Cab)
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W221 For Tractor Model, see:
• W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
• W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
W501 For Tractor Model, see:
• W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
• W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
• W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
• W501/4: Engine Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
X697 X697 - Connection Point between Harnesses W012 and W011
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
X782 For Tractor Model, see:
• X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab)
• X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab) (Level 16 ECU)
X1080 For Tractor Model, see:
X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511 (6-Cylinder Engines) or Connection

Point between Harnesses W502 and W511 (4-Cylinder Engines)
X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511 for Engines without Exhaust

Cleaning System (Level 16 ECU)
X1272 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
XGND10 XGND10 - Ground Point
XGND56 XGND56 - Ground Point
A002 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0052) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
A140 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0052) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
A155 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0052) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 1094 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Diagnostic Schematic
Main Power Supply
50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 21 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

50AA - Starting Motor (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Starting Motor (Cab)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 22 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
F01/01_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F01/03_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F03/05_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F037_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
G001 G001 - Battery, Component Information
K002 K002 - Starter Relay 1, Component Information
K003 K003 - Starter Relay 2, Component Information
M001 M001 - Starter Motor, Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W501 For Tractor Model, see:
• W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
• W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
• W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
• W501/4: Engine Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
X782 For Tractor Model, see:
• X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab)
• X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab) (Level 16 ECU)
X1080 For Tractor Model, see:
X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511 (6-Cylinder Engines) or Connection

Point between Harnesses W502 and W511 (4-Cylinder Engines)
X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511 for Engines without Exhaust Cleaning

System (Level 16 ECU)
XGND9F XGND9 F- Ground Point
XGND55 XGND55 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT S012 (CAB) 50AA - Key Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 23 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Power Supply to Accessories (ACC1) (Cab)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 24 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

LEGEND:
F01/01_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F03/05_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/18_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/19_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/20_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F06/C_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K07/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
Main Power Supply (Cab) 50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 25 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC2) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Power Supply to Accessories (ACC2) (Cab)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 26 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

LEGEND:
F01FRM/P7_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/05_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F04/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F04/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F04/03_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F04/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F04/05_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F06/E_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K01/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K02/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT S012 (CAB) 50AA - Key Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 27 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 28 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

LEGEND:
F01/01_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F01FRM/P6_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F02FRM/P7_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/05_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/11_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/12_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/13_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F06/A_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F06/D_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K01/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K02/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K02/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
CIRCUIT S012 (CAB) 50AA - Key Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
Main Power Supply (Cab) 50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 29 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Cab)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 30 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A086 A086 - Engine Control Unit (Level 16 ECU), Component Information
F01/01_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F03/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/05_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K02/03_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K07/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
X782 For Tractor Model, see:
• X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab)
• X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab) (Level 16 ECU)
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
CIRCUIT S012 (CAB) 50AA - Key Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
Main Power Supply (Cab) 50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 31 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

50AA - Alternator (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Alternator (Cab)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 32 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A136 A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Component Information
F030 F030 - Fuse for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
F037_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
G001 G001 - Battery, Component Information
G004 G004 - Alternator, Component Information
M001 M001 - Starting Motor, Component Information
W011 W011/1: Wiring Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch (Chassis)
W012 W012/1: Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch and Access Step Light (Cab)
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W501 For Tractor Model, see:
• W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
• W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
• W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
• W501/4: Engine Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W571/1 W571/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Electrical Starting Aid) (4-Cylinder Engines)
X697 X697 - Connection Point between Harnesses W012 and W011
X782 For Tractor Model, see:
• X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab)
• X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab) (Level 16 ECU)
X860 X860
X1080 For Tractor Model, see:
X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511 (6-Cylinder Engines) or Connection Point

between Harnesses W502 and W511 (4-Cylinder Engines)
X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511 for Engines without Exhaust Cleaning System

(Level 16 ECU)
X1272 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 33 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Power Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 34 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A136 A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Component Information
F037_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F01/01_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F01FRM/P6_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F01FRM/P7_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F01FRM/P8_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F02FRM/P6_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F02FRM/P8_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/03_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/05_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/06_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/08_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/09_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/14_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/17_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F04/07_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F04/08_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F06/B_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F06/C_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F06/F_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K04/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
G001 G001 - Battery, Component Information
W011 W011/1: Wiring Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch (Chassis)
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 35 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Central Power Supply (Cab)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 36 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

LEGEND:
A136 A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Component Information
F01/01_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F01/02_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F01/03_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F031 F031_BBO - Fuse, Component Information
F035 PSB - Fuses and Relays, Component Information
F036 PSB - Fuses and Relays, Component Information
F037_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
G001 G001 - Battery, Component Information
G004 G004 - Alternator, Component Information
M001 M001 - Starter Motor, Component Information
X860 X860
W011 W011/1: Wiring Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch (Chassis)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 37 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

50AA - Key Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Ignition Switch (Cab)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 38 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A136 A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Component Information
F03/05_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K02/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K002 K002 - Starter Relay 1, Component Information
K003 K003 - Starter Relay 2, Component Information
K07/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K07/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
W011 W011/1: Wiring Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch (Chassis)
W012 W012/1: Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch and Access Step Light (Cab)
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
X697 X697 - Connection Point between Harnesses W012 and W011
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
X782 For Tractor Model, see:
• X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab)
• X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab) (Level 16 ECU)
X1272 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
XGND40 XGND40 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 39 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0052) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Power Supply (Lead 0052) (Cab)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 40 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A140-1 A140 - Radio, Component Information
A140-2 A140 - Radio, Component Information
A155 A155 - Control Unit for Telematics (JDLink™ / Service ADVISOR™ Remote), Component Information
F031 F031_BBO - Fuse, Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W221 For Tractor Model, see:
• W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
• W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
W431/1 W431/1: Control Unit Wiring Harness TEC (CAN Bus Implement (ISOBUS)) and JDLink™
W441/1 W441/1: Wiring Harness for JDLink™
X697 X697 - Connection Point between Harnesses W012 and W011
X712 X712 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W201 or W431
X712-1 X712-1 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W431
X712-3 X712-3 - Connection Point between Harnesses W431 and W441
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
X1272 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
A136 A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Wake-Up and Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab),Theory of Operation

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 41 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

50AA - Starting Motor (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

Starting Motor (Open Operator′s Station)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 42 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B036 B036 - Neutral Start Switch, Component Information
F01/01_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F01/03_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F03/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F037_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
G001 G001 - Battery, Component Information
K002 K002 - Starter Relay 1, Component Information
K003 K003 - Starter Relay 2, Component Information
M001 M001 - Starter Motor, Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
W202/1 W202/1: Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212/1 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
W501 For Tractor Model, see:
• W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
• W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
• W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
• W501/4: Engine Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W602 For Tractor Model, see:
W602/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control)

for 6155M Tractors
W602/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control)

for 6100M to 6145M Tractors
X287 X287 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W202 and W602 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
XGND9 XGND9 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT S012 (OOS) 50AA - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 43 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 44 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

LEGEND:
F03/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/05_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/06_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/07_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K02/C_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K02/D_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K04/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K04/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
W202/1 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212/1 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (OOS) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT S012 (OOS) 50AA - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 45 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Open Operator′s Station)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 46 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
F03/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/10_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/17_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K02/A_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K02/F_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
W202/1 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212/1 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (OOS) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 47 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

Power Supply to Accessories (ACC) (Open Operator′s Platform)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 48 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
F03/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/16_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/19_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/20_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K01/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
W202/1 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212/1 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (OOS) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT S012 (OOS) 50AA - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 49 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

50AA - Alternator (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

Alternator (Open Operator′s Platform)

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
F030 F030 - Fuse for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
F037 PLB - Fuses, Component Information
G001 G001 - Battery, Component Information
G004 G004 - Alternator, Component Information
W202/1 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Station
W501 For Tractor Model, see:
• W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
• W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
• W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
• W501/4: Engine Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X1080 For Tractor Model, see:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 50 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511 (6-Cylinder Engines) or Connection Point

between Harnesses W502 and W511 (4-Cylinder Engines)
X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511 for Engines without Exhaust Cleaning

System (Level 16 ECU)
Main Power
50AA - Central Power Supply (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
Supply (OOS)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 51 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

50AA - Central Power Supply (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

Central Power Supply (Open Operator′s Platform)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 52 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
F01/01_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F01/02_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F01/03_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F030 F030 - Fuse for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
F037_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
G001 G001 - Battery, Component Information
G004 G004 - Alternator, Component Information
W202/1 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Station
W501 For Tractor Model, see:
• W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
• W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
• W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
• W501/4: Engine Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X1080 For Tractor Model, see:
X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511 (6-Cylinder Engines) or Connection Point

between Harnesses W502 and W511 (4-Cylinder Engines)
X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511 for Engines without Exhaust Cleaning System

(Level 16 ECU)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 53 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

Power Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 54 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
F01/01_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F03/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/03_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/11_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/12_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/13_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/14_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/15_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/16_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/17_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/18_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K02/A_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
W202/1 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Station
Main Power Supply (OOS) 50AA - Central Power Supply (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 55 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

50AA - Ignition Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic

Ignition Switch (Open Operator′s Platform)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 56 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
B036 B036 - Neutral Start Switch, Component Information
F03/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K01/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K02/C_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K02/F_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K003 K003 - Starter Relay 2, Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
W202/1 W202/1: Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212/2 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W602 For Tractor Model, see:
W602/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control)

for 6155M Tractors
W602/2: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control)

for 6100M to 6145M Tractors
X287 X287 - Connection Point between Harnesses W202 and W602 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W202 (Open Operator′s Station)
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (OOS) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 57 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Circuit Test


Preliminary test:
F031
F37_PLB
F031_BBO - Fuse, Component Information
PLB - Fuses, Component Information
Component:
A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Component Information, Section 249.
Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Battery Cut-Off Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

The connector of battery cut-off relay (X326F-1) is not physically accessible. The following test applies
exclusively to accessible connectors.

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Check lead 0173

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect Connector X697 - Connection Point between Harnesses W012 and W011 .
3. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
4. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X697F, pin 3 and connector X027F-3, pin 48.
5. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Check lead for open circuit, shorted circuit, grounded circuit and high resistance. Recondition as needed, and perform
operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 58 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

( 2 ) Check lead 7088

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X325F from components. See G004 - Alternator, Component Information
3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X697F, pin 7 and connector X027F-3, pin 36.
4. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X697F, pin 7 and connector X325F, pin 1.
5. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Check lead for open circuit, shorted circuit, grounded circuit and high resistance. Recondition as needed, and perform
operational check.

( 3 ) Check lead 0143

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X327F from components. See S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X697F, pin 6 and connector X327F, pin 4.
4. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check lead for open circuit, shorted circuit, grounded circuit and high resistance. Recondition as needed, and perform
operational check.

( 4 ) Check lead 1000

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X001F from components. See A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
3. Disconnect connector X126F from components. See S062 - Hazard Warning Light Switch, Component Information
4. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X697F, pin 5 and connector X001F, pin 2.
5. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X697F, pin 5 and connector X126M, pin A.
6. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Check lead for open circuit, shorted circuit, grounded circuit and high resistance. Recondition as needed, and perform
operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 59 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

( 5 ) Check lead 1094

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X121F from components. See E012/1 - Dome Light, Component Information
3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X697F, pin 4 and connector X121F, pin 4.
4. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohms

Result:

YES:Check component and replace, if necessary; see A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Component Information.

NO:If equipped, check other wiring harness connectors for dirty, pushed back or loose pins. Repair the lead and perform an
operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 60 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

B036 - Neutral Start Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Starting Motor (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B036 - Neutral Start Switch, Component Information in Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X093F from component. See B036 - Neutral Start Switch, Component Information .
3. Disconnect connector X327F from component. See S012 - Key Switch, Component Information .
4. Disconnect connector X027F-1 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
5. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Continuity check of lead 6121

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X093F, pin A and connector X327F, pin 6.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 61 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

3. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X093F, pin A and connector X027F-1, pin B2.
4. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for shorts to ground between connector X093F, pin A (6121) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove relay K002 from slot. See K002 - Starter Relay 1, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead 6076

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X093F, pin B (6076) and connector K002, pin 1 (6076).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 62 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for shorts to ground between connector X093F, pin B (6076) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

G001 - Battery, Circuit Test


Operational check:
BLC 015 - Supply Voltage (BAT) in Section 245.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
G001 - Battery, Component Information in Section 249.
Circuit:
Functional schematic (cab): See: 50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Functional schematic (open operator′s platform): See: 50AA - Central Power Supply (Open Operator′s Station),
Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 63 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

G004 - Alternator (Cab), Circuit Test


Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Alternator (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
G004 - Alternator, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Check battery voltage

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the alternator, pin B1+ and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

G004 - Alternator
Battery Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 12.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 2

NO:Voltage below specification. Replace the battery and perform an operational check.

( 2 ) Check output voltage of alternator

Action:

→NOTE:

When the engine starts, the alternator is activated via the LIN bus to generate voltage. Once the engine
is running, the alternator generates a voltage that is higher than the battery voltage. To prevent it from
increasing excessively with increasing engine speed, the alternator output voltage is limited.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 64 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

CAUTION:

Always engage the park lock when performing tests with the engine running.

CAUTION:

During tests with the engine running, there is a risk of injury from moving parts.

1. Start the engine.


2. Set the engine speed to 1500 rpm.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the alternator, pin B1+ (B0502) and ground.
4. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the alternator, pin B2+ (B0502) and ground.
5. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

G004 - Alternator
Output Voltage Voltage 13.8 - 15.8 V

Result:

YES:Test completed.

NO:• Voltage below specification. GO TO 3 . • Voltage above specification. Replace the alternator and perform an operational
check.

( 3 ) Checking the LIN Bus

Action:

For checking the LIN bus communication, see Voltage Check of LIN Bus - Alternator, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Replace the alternator and perform operational check.

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 65 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

G004 - Alternator (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test


Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Alternator (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
G004 - Alternator, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Check battery voltage

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the alternator, pin B1+ and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

G004 - Alternator
Battery Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 12.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 2

NO:Voltage below specification. Replace the battery and perform an operational check.

( 2 ) Check output voltage of alternator

Action:

→NOTE:

When the engine starts, the alternator is activated via the LIN bus to generate voltage. Once the engine
is running, the alternator generates a voltage that is higher than the battery voltage. To prevent it from
increasing excessively with increasing engine speed, the alternator output voltage is limited.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 66 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

CAUTION:

Always engage the park lock when performing tests with the engine running.

CAUTION:

During tests with the engine running, there is a risk of injury from moving parts.

1. Start the engine.


2. Set the engine speed to 1500 rpm.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the alternator, pin B1+ (B0502) and ground.
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

G004 - Alternator
Output Voltage Voltage 13.8 - 15.8 V

Result:

YES:Test completed.

NO:• Voltage below specification. GO TO 3 . • Voltage above specification. Replace the alternator and perform an operational
check.

( 3 ) Checking the LIN Bus

Action:

For checking the LIN bus communication, see Voltage Check of LIN Bus - Alternator, Section 240.

Result:

YES:Replace the alternator and perform operational check.

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 67 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

K01/01_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Circuit


Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F03/05_LCSF01FRM/P6_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab),
Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND5A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. OIC 010 - Supply Voltage (ELX), Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove relay K01LCS/01.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 68 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

3. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at the relay slot, between pin 86 (0192) and pin 85 (0085).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Relay for power supply to electronics (ELX1)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the relay slot, pin 86 (0192) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Relay for power supply to electronics (ELX1)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:• Recondition defective lead 0085 and perform operational check.• K02/02_LCS - Diode for Power Supply to Electronics
(Cab), Circuit Test

NO:• Recondition defective lead 0192 and perform operational check.• Perform K02/01_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to
Electronics (RUN) (Cab), Circuit Test .

( 5 ) Check lead 0262

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the relay slot, pin 30 (0262) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Check lead 0262


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 69 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 70 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

K01/01_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ACC) (Open


Operator′s Station), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F03/02_LCSF03/16_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s
Station), Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND1 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove relay K01/01_LCS.
3. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at the relay slot, between pin 86 (0212) and pin 85 (0310).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 71 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

Item Measurement Specification

Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ACC)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the relay slot, pin 86 (0212) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ACC)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 0310 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0212 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check lead 0272

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the relay slot, pin 30 and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Check lead
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 72 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

K01/02_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ACC2) (Cab), Circuit


Test
Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX2) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
F03/05_LCS
F01FRM/P7_LCS
K02/01_LCS
For an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND5A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. OIC 057 - Supply Voltage (ELX) in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove relay K01/02_LCS.
3. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 73 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at the relay slot, between pin 86 (0192) and pin 85 (0510).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ACC2)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the relay slot, pin 86 (0192) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ACC2)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 0510 and perform operational check.

NO:• Repair defective lead 0192 and perform an operational check.• K02/01_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (RUN)
(Cab), Circuit Test

( 5 ) Check lead 0282

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the relay slot, pin 30 and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Check lead
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 74 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 75 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

K02/01_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (RUN) (Cab), Circuit


Test
Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
F03/05_LCS
For an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND5A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove relay K02/01_LCS.
3. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at the relay slot, between pin 86 (0212) and pin 85 (0510).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (RUN)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 76 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the relay slot, pin 86 (0212) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (RUN)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 0510 and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead 0212 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check lead 0193

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the relay slot, pin 30 and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Check lead
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 77 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

K02/02_LCS - Diode for Power Supply to Electronics (Cab), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND5A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove diode K02/02_LCS from the slot.
3. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between diode slot, pin 30 and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Diode for power supply to electronics


Resistance in circuit Resistance 0-1Ω

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 78 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair defective ground lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Continuity check of lead 0085

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between diode slot, pin 87 and K01/01_LCS slot, pin 85.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 0085


Resistance in Circuit Resistance 0-1Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check lead 0085 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between diode slot, pin 87 and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 79 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

K02/C_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (RUN) (Open


Operator′s Station), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F03/02_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station),
Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND1 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove relay K02/C_LCS from slot.
3. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at the relay slot, between pin 86 (0212) and pin 85 (0085).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 80 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

Item Measurement Specification

Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (RUN)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the relay slot, pin 86 (0212) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (RUN)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:• Recondition defective lead 0085 and perform operational check.• K02/D_LCS - Diode for Power Supply to Electronics
(Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test

NO:Recondition defective lead 0212 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check lead 0193

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the relay slot, pin 30 and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Check lead
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 81 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

K02/D_LCS - Diode for Power Supply to Electronics (Open Operator′s


Station), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove diode K02/D_LCS from the slot.
3. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between diode slot, pin 30 and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Diode for power supply to electronics


Resistance in circuit Resistance 0-1Ω

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 82 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair defective ground lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Continuity check of lead 0085

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between diode slot, pin 87 and K02/C_LCS slot, pin 85.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance in Circuit Resistance 0-1Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check lead 0085 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between diode slot, pin 87 and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 83 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

K02/F_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Accessories (IGN) (Open


Operator′s Station), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
F03/02_LCS
F03/17_LCS
For an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND1 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove relay K02/F_LCS from slot.
3. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at the relay slot, between pin 86 (0192) and pin 85 (0310).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 84 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

Item Measurement Specification

Relay for power supply to accessories (IGN)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the relay slot, pin 86 (0192) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Relay for power supply to accessories (IGN)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 0310 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0192 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check lead 0222

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the relay slot, pin 30 (0222) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Check lead 0222


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 85 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

K04/02_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX) (Open


Operator′s Station), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F03/01_LCSF03/02_FRMFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s
Station), Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND1 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove relay K04/02_LCS.
3. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at the relay slot, between pin 86 (0192) and pin 85 (0310).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 86 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

Item Measurement Specification

Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the relay slot, pin 86 (0192) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 0310 and perform operational check.

NO:• Repair defective lead 0192 and perform an operational check.• K02/C_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (RUN)
(Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test

( 4 ) Check lead 0262

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the relay slot, pin 30 and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Check lead
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 87 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

K07/01_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Accessories (ACC1) (Cab),


Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
F03/05_LCS
F06/C_LCS
For an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND5A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove relay K07/01_LCS.
3. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at the relay slot, between pin 86 (0212) and pin 85 (0510).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 88 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

Item Measurement Specification

Relay for Power Supply to Accessories (ACC1)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the relay slot, pin 86 (0212) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Relay for Power Supply to Accessories (ACC1)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 0510 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0212 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check lead 0272

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the relay slot, pin 30 and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Check lead
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 89 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

K07/02_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Accessories (IGN) (Cab), Circuit


Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
F03/01_LCS
F03/05_LCS
For an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND5A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove relay K07/02_LCS.
3. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at the relay slot, between pin 86 (0193) and pin 85 (0510).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 90 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

Item Measurement Specification

Relay for power supply to accessories (IGN)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the relay slot, pin 86 (0193) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Relay for power supply to accessories (IGN)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 0510 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0193 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check lead 0222

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the relay slot, pin 30 and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Check lead
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 91 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

K002 - Starter Relay 1 (Cab), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Starting Motor (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
F03/05_LCS
F01/03_PLB
For an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information or PLB - Fuses,
Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND9 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
K002 - Starter Relay 1, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove relay K002 from slot.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (position ST).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at slot K002, between pin 1 (6121) and pin 2 (0050).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 92 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

Item Measurement Specification

Starter relay 1
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (position ST).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between slot K002, pin 1 (6121) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Starter relay 1
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 0050 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 6121 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check lead 0612

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between slot K002, pin 3 and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Check lead
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove relay K003 from slot.
3. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 0009

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 93 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance between slot K002, pin 5 and slot K003, pin 5.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance in Circuit Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check lead 0009 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between slot K002, pin 5 and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 94 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

K002 - Starter Relay 1 (Open Operator′s Platform), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Starting Motor (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
F03/02_LCS
F01/03_PLB
For an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information or
PLB - Fuses, Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND9 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
K002 - Starter Relay 1, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove relay K002 from slot.
3. Disconnect connector X093F from component. See B036 - Neutral Start Switch, Component Information .
4. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check lead 6076

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance between slot K002, pin 1 and connector X093F, pin B.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 95 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:


Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance between slot K002, pin 1 (6076) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair defective lead 6076 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check lead 0612

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between slot K002, pin 3 and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Check lead
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove relay K003 from slot.
3. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 0009

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 96 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance between slot K002, pin 5 and slot K003, pin 5.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance in Circuit Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between slot K002, pin 5 and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 8 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 8 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance between slot K002, pin 2 (0010) and and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance in Circuit Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 97 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

K003 - Starter Relay 2 (Cab), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Starting Motor (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses): F03/05_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
.
Ground point: See: XGND9 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
K003 - Starter Relay 2, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove relay K003 from slot.
3. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at slot K003, between pin 2 (0193) and pin 1 (0010).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Starter relay 2

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 98 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

Item Measurement Specification

Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between slot K003, pin 2 and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Starter relay 2
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 0010 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0193 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove relay K002 from slot.
3. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check lead 0009

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance between slot K003, pin 5 and slot K002, pin 5.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check lead for short to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 99 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL


Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance between slot K003, pin 5 and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect M001-50 - Terminal for Starter Motor.
3. Check the terminal for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 8 .

NO:Recondition terminal and perform operational check.

( 8 ) Continuity check of lead 5059

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance between slot K003, pin 3 and terminal M001-50.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance in Circuit Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 9 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 9 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between slot K003, pin 3 (5059) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 10 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 10 ) Check the ground connection

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 100 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance between slot K003, pin 1 (0010) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance in Circuit Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 101 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

K003 - Starter Relay 2 (Open Operator′s Platform), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Starting Motor (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses): F03/02_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station),
Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND9 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
K003 - Starter Relay 2, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove relay K003 from slot.
3. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at slot K003, between pin 2 (0192) and pin 1 (0010).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Starter relay 2

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 102 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

Item Measurement Specification

Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between slot K003, pin 2 and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Starter relay 2
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 0010 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0192 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove relay K002 from slot.
3. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check lead 0009

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance between slot K003, pin 5 and slot K002, pin 5.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check lead for short to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 103 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance between slot K003, pin 5 and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect M001-50 - Terminal for Starter Motor.
3. Check the terminal for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 8 .

NO:Recondition terminal and perform operational check.

( 8 ) Continuity check of lead 5059

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance between slot K003, pin 3 and terminal M001-50.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance in Circuit Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 9 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 9 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between slot K003, pin 3 (5059) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 10 ) Check the ground connection

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 104 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance between slot K003, pin 1 (0010) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance in Circuit Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 105 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

M001 - Starter, Circuit Test


Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Starting Motor (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50AA - Starting Motor (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
M001 - Starting Motor, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for voltage between connector M01-30 and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Starter Motor
Circuit Voltage Voltage 12 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Check lead 0302 for open circuit, shorted circuit, grounded circuit and high resistance. Recondition as needed, and perform
operational check.

( 2 ) Check lead 5059

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect terminal M01-50 from component.
3. Remove relay K003 from slot.
4. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector M01-50 and relay slot K003, pin 3.
5. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 106 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

Item Measurement Specification

Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:If equipped, check other wiring harness connectors for dirty, pushed back or loose pins. Recondition lead 5059 and perform
operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 107 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

S012 - Key Switch (Cab), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Ignition Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage (on tractors with cab):
F03/05_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND56 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S012 - Key Switch, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. OIC 021 - Come-Home Connector, Operator Presence Switch and Ignition Switch, Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X327F from component. See S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 108 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X327F, between pin 1 (0092) and pin 7 (0410).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Ignition switch
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X327F, pin 1 (0092) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Ignition switch
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 0410 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0092 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove relay K002 from slot.
3. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
4. Disconnect connector X1022F-3 from component. See A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
5. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 6121

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 109 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

Action:

1. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:


Between connector X0327F, pin 6 and slot K002, pin 1.
Between connector X0327F, pin 6 and connector X027F-2, pin 44.
Between connector X0327F, pin 6 and connector X1022F-3, pin 32.
2. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance in Circuit Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Repair defective lead 6121 and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check lead 6121 for short to ground

Action:

1. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:


Between connector X327F, pin 6 and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 8 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 8 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Remove relay K02/01_LCS.


2. Remove relay K07/01_LCS from slot.
3. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
4. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 9 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 9 ) Continuity check of lead 0212

Action:

1. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:


Between connector X327F, pin 3 and slot K02/01_LCS, pin 86.
Between connector X327F, pin 3 and slot K07/01_LCS, pin 86.
Between connector X327F, pin 3 and connector X027F-2, pin B2.
2. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance in Circuit Resistance 0—1 Ω

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 110 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

Result:

YES:GO TO 10 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 10 ) Check lead 0212 for short to ground

Action:

1. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:


Between connector X327F, pin 3 and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 11 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 11 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Remove relay K003 from slot.


2. Remove relay K02/01_LCS from slot.
3. Remove relay K07/02_LCS from slot.
4. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 12 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 12 ) Continuity check of lead 0193

Action:

1. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:


Between connector X327F, pin 5 and slot K02/01_LCS, pin 30.
Between connector X327F, pin 5 and slot K07/02_LCS, pin 86.
Between connector X327F, pin 5 and slot K003, pin 2.
2. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance in Circuit Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 13 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 13 ) Check lead 0193 for short to ground

Action:

1. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:


Between connector X327F, pin 5 and ground.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 111 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

Result:

YES:GO TO 14 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 14 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Disconnect Connector X697 - Connection Point between Harnesses W012 and W011 .
2. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 15 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 15 ) Continuity check of lead 0143

Action:

1. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X327F, pin 4 and connector X697F, pin 6.
2. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance in Circuit Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 16 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 16 ) Check lead 0143 for short to ground

Action:

1. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:


Between connector X327F, pin 4 and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 112 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

S012 - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Ignition Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
F03/02_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component
Information .
Ground point: See: XGND1 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S012 - Key Switch, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. OIC 021 - Come-Home Connector, Operator Presence Switch and Ignition Switch, Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X327F from component. See S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 113 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X327F, between pin 1 (0092) and pin 7 (0310):
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Ignition switch
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between connector X327F, pin 1 (0092) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Ignition switch
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 0310 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0092 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X093F from component. See B036 - Neutral Start Switch, Component Information .
3. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
4. Disconnect connector X021F-3 from component. See A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information .
5. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 6121


<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 114 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

Action:

1. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:


Between connector X327F, pin 6 and connector X093F, pin A.
Between connector X327F, pin 6 and connector X027F-2, pin 44.
Between connector X327F, pin 6 and connector X021F-3, pin 32.
2. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance in Circuit Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check lead 6121 for short to ground

Action:

1. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:


Between connector X327F, pin 6 and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 8 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 8 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Remove relay K01/01_LCS from slot.


2. Remove relay K02/C_LCS from slot.
3. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 9 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 9 ) Continuity check of lead 0212

Action:

1. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:


Between connector X327F, pin 3 and slot K01/01_LCS, pin 86.
Between connector X327F, pin 3 and slot K02/C_LCS, pin 86.
2. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance in Circuit Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 10 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 115 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 10 ) Check lead 0212 for short to ground

Action:

1. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:


Between connector X327F, pin 3 and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 11 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 11 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Remove relay K003 from slot.


2. Remove relay K02/C_LCS from slot.
3. Remove relay K02/F_LCS from slot.
4. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 12 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 12 ) Continuity check of lead 0193

Action:

1. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:


Between connector X327F, pin 5 and slot K003, pin 2.
Between connector X327F, pin 5 and slot K02/C_LCS, pin 86.
Between connector X327F, pin 5 and slot K02/F_LCS, pin 86.
2. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance in Circuit Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 13 .

NO:Repair defective lead 0022 and perform operational check.

( 13 ) Check lead 0193 for short to ground

Action:

1. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:


Between connector X327F, pin 5 and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 116 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AC: 50AC - External Cold Start Aid

Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 117 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AC: 50AC - External Cold Start Aid

Group 50AC - 50AC - External Cold Start Aid


50AC - External Cold Start Aids, Summary of References
50AC - External Cold Start Aids, Summary of References

Diagnostic schematic:

50AC - External Cold Start Aids (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic


50AC - External Cold Start Aids (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:

External Cold Start Aids, Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 118 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AC: 50AC - External Cold Start Aid

50AC - External Cold Start Aids (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50AC - External Cold Start Aids (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 119 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AC: 50AC - External Cold Start Aid

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 120 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AC: 50AC - External Cold Start Aid

50AC - External Cold Start Aids (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

50AC - External Cold Start Aids (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 121 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

External Cold-Weather Starting Aids, Circuit Test


Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
Cold-Weather Starting System - Component Information, Summary of References in Section 249.
Circuit:
Functional schematic: See: 50AB - External Cold-Weather Starting Aids, Summary of References in Section 240.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 122 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

Group 50BA - 50BA - Lights


50BA - Lights, Summary of References
50BA - Lights, Summary of References

Diagnostic Schematic (Cab):

50BA - Parking Lights and Headlights (Switch) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic


50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic
50BA - Headlights (Outputs) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50BA - Trailering Lights (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Diagnostic Schematic (Open Operator′s Station):

50BA - Parking Lights and Headlights (Switch) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic
50BA - Parking Lights (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Station) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic
50BA - Headlights (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:

Trailering Lights, Circuit Test


E003 - Left Clearance Light (ECE), Circuit Test
E004 - Right Clearance Light (ECE), Circuit Test
E007 - Left Headlight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test
E008 - Right Headlight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test
E013 - Left Tail Light, Circuit Test
E014 - Right Tail Light, Circuit Test
E021 - License Plate Light, Circuit Test
E074-L - Left Low-Beam Headlight, Circuit Test
E074-R - Right Low-Beam Headlight, Circuit Test
E075-L - Left High-Beam Headlight, Circuit Test
E075-R - Right High-Beam Headlight, Circuit Test
S009 - Light Switch, Circuit Test
S010 - Low-Beam/High-Beam Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
S011-2 - Switch for Headlights on Cab Frame, Circuit Test
S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Circuit Test
X120-1F - Connector of Light for Air-Brake Pressure Gauge, Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 123 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

50BA - Parking Lights and Headlights (Switch) (Cab), Diagnostic


Schematic

50BA - Parking Lights and Headlights (Switch) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
F04/08 LCS F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Information
S009 S009 - Light Switch, Component Information
S147 S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information
W211 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab)
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 124 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

X487 X487F - Connector of Turn-Signal Lever


X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 125 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic

50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 126 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
E003 E003 - Left Clearance Light (ECE), Component Information
E004 E004 - Right Clearance Light (ECE), Component Information
E013 E013 - Left Tail Light, Component Information
E014 E014 - Right Tail Light, Component Information
E021 E021 - License Plate Light, Component Information
W031 W031/1: Wiring Harness for 7-Pin Socket (ECE) at Rear
W033 W033/1: Harness for 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front (Adapter) for 6130M to 6170M Tractors
W033 W033/2: Harness for 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front (Adapter) for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W111 W111/1: Wiring Harness for Lights on Cab Frame
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W221 W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6150M to 6170M
W601
Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6105M to 6140M
W601
Tractors
W601 W601/3: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control)
X005 X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Component Information
X171F-1 X171F-1 - Connection Point of Worklights on Rear Fender
X171F-2 X171F-2 - Connecting Point, License Plate Light (ECE)
X171M-1 X171M-1 - Connection Point of License Plate Light (ECE) or Worklight on Left Fender
X171M-2 X171M-2 - Connection Point of License Plate Light (ECE) or Worklight on Left Fender
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X442 X442 - Connection Point between Harnesses W221 and W111
X443 X443 - Connection Point between Harnesses W221 and W111
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
X883 X883 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front, Component Information
X1235 X1235 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 or W202 and W031 or W033
X1235-1 X1235-1 - Connection Point between Harnesses W033 and W031
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
XGDN10 XGND10 - Ground Point
XGND76 XGND76 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 127 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic

50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
E013 E013 - Left Tail Light, Component Information
E014 E014 - Right Tail Light, Component Information
E021 E021 - License Plate Light, Component Information
W031 W031/2: Wiring Harness for 7-Pin Socket (SAE)
W033 W033/1: Harness for 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front (Adapter) for 6130M to 6170M Tractors
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 128 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

W033 W033/2: Harness for 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front (Adapter) for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6150M to 6170M
W601
Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6105M to 6140M
W601
Tractors
W601 W601/3: Transmission Harness (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control)
X023 X023 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE), Component Information
X171F-2 X171F-2 - Connecting Point, License Plate Light (ECE)
X171M-2 X171M-2 - Connection Point of License Plate Light (ECE) or Worklight on Left Fender
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X1235 X1235 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 or W202 and W031 or W033
X1235-1 X1235-1 - Connection Point between Harnesses W033 and W031
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
XGND76 XGND76 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 129 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

50BA - Road Lights (Outputs) (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic

50BA - Road Lights (Outputs) (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 130 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
E007 E007 - Left Headlight on Cab Frame, Component Information
E008 E008 - Right Headlight on Cab Frame, Component Information
E074-R E074-R - Right Low-Beam Headlight, Component Information
E074-L E074-L - Left Low-Beam Headlight, Component Information
E075-R E075-R - Right High-Beam Headlight, Component Information
E075-L E075-L - Left High-Beam Headlight, Component Information
S011-2 S011-2 - Switch for Headlights on Cab Frame, Component Information
Keep Alive CIRCUIT (Cab) 50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
W101 W101/1: Engine Hood Wiring Harness for 6130M to 6170M Tractors
W101 W101/2: Engine Hood Wiring Harness for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W102 W102/1: Engine Hood Wiring Harness (Adapter) for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W111 W111/1: Wiring Harness for Lights on Cab Frame
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W221 W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
W221 W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
W511 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6130M to 6170M Tractors
W511 W511/2: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W511 W511/5: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6140M and 6170M Tractors (Level 16 ECU)
W511 W511/6: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6105M and 6125M Tractors (Level 16 ECU)
X101M X101M - Connector of Switch for Worklights on Cab Frame or Headlights on Cab Frame
X110F X110F - Connector of Left Headlight on Cab Frame or Left Worklight on Cab Frame
X111F X111F - Connector of Left Headlight on Cab Frame
X115F X115F - Connector of Right Headlight on Cab Frame or Right Worklight on Cab Frame
X116F X116F - Connector of Right Headlight on Cab Frame
X442 X442 - Connection Point between Harnesses W221 and W111
X443 X443 - Connection Point between Harnesses W221 and W111
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201
X1233 X1233 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W101 or W102
X1233-2 X1233-2 - Connection Point between Harnesses W102 and W101
XGDN9 XGND9 - Ground Point
XGDN10 XGND10 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 131 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

50BA - Wiring Harness for Trailering Lights (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50BA - Wiring Harness for Trailering Lights (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
CIRCUIT ELX 2 (Cab) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX2) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
H020-L H020-L - Left Trailering Light, Component Information
H020-M H020-M - Middle Trailering Light, Component Information
H020-R H020-R - Right Trailering Light, Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 132 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

F04/04LCS F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Information


S077 S077 - Switch for Trailering Lights, Component Information
W151 W151/1: Wiring Harness for Trailering Lights
W152 W152/1: Wiring Harness for Trailering Lights (Cab Roof)
W153 W153/1: Wiring Harness for Trailering Lights (Cab)
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness
X037-3 X037-3 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W201 and W153 (Level 16 ECU)
X037-5 X037F - Connector of Front Loader
X275 X275 - Connection Point between Harnesses W152 and W153
X276 X276 - Connection Point between Harnesses W151 and W152
XGDN1A XGND1A - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 133 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

50BA - Parking Lights and Headlights (Switch) (Open Operator′s


Station), Diagnostic Schematic

50BA - Parking Light and Headlights (Switch) (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
S009 S009 - Light Switch, Component Information
S010 S010 - Low-Beam/High-Beam Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
F03/15 LCS F03LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
W202 W202/1: Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 134 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic

50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 135 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
E003 E003 - Left Clearance Light (ECE), Component Information
E004 E004 - Right Clearance Light (ECE), Component Information
E013 E013 - Left Tail Light, Component Information
E014 E014 - Right Tail Light, Component Information
E021 E021 - License Plate Light, Component Information
W031 W031/1: Wiring Harness for 7-Pin Socket (ECE) at Rear
W112 W112/1: Wiring Harness for Turn-Signal Light and Clearance Light (Open Operator′s Platform)
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
X005 X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Component Information
X041 X041F - Connector of Left Auxiliary Light
X051 X051F - Connector of Right Auxiliary Light
X120-1F1 X120-1F - Connector of Light for Air Brake Pressure Gauge
X120-1F2 X120-1F - Connector of Light for Air Brake Pressure Gauge
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X1235 X1235 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W601 or W202 and W031 or W033
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
XGND5 XGND5 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 136 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic

50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 137 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
E003 E003 - Left Clearance Light (ECE), Component Information
E004 E004 - Right Clearance Light (ECE), Component Information
E013 E013 - Left Tail Light, Component Information
E014 E014 - Right Tail Light, Component Information
E021 E021 - License Plate Light, Component Information
W031 W031/1: Wiring Harness for 7-Pin Socket (ECE) at Rear
W112 W112/1: Wiring Harness for Turn-Signal Light and Clearance Light (Open Operator′s Platform)
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
X023 X023 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE), Component Information
X041 X041F - Connector of Left Auxiliary Light
X051 X051F - Connector of Right Auxiliary Light
X120-1F1 X120-1F - Connector of Light for Air Brake Pressure Gauge
X120-1F2 X120-1F - Connector of Light for Air Brake Pressure Gauge
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X1235 X1235 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W601 or W202 and W031 or W033
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
XGND5 XGND5 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 138 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

50BA - Headlights (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

50BA - Headlights (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 139 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
E074-R E074-R - Right Low-Beam Headlight, Component Information
E074-L E074-L - Left Low-Beam Headlight, Component Information
E075-R E075-R - Right High-Beam Headlight, Component Information
E075-L E075-L - Left High-Beam Headlight, Component Information
W101 W101/1: Engine Hood Wiring Harness for 6130M to 6170M Tractors
W101 W101/2: Engine Hood Wiring Harness for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W102 W102/1: Engine Hood Wiring Harness (Adapter) for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W511 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6130M to 6170M Tractors
W511 W511/2: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W511 W511/5: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6140M and 6170M Tractors (Level 16 ECU)
W511 W511/6: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6105M and 6125M Tractors (Level 16 ECU)
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X1233 X1233 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W101 or W102
X1233-2 X1233-2 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W102 and W101
XGDN9 XGND9 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 140 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

Trailering Lights, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Wiring Harness for Trailering Lights (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point .
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F04/04.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
H020-L - Left Trailering Light, Component Information in Section 249.
H020-M - Middle Trailering Light, Component Information in Section 249.
H020-R - Right Trailering Light, Component Information in Section 249.
S077 - Switch for Trailering Lights, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Actuate S077 - Switch for Trailering Lights.
3. H020 - L-M-R Trailering Lights are ON.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X278F - Connector of Switch for Trailering Lights S077 - Switch for Trailering Lights, Component Information in

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 141 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X278F, pin A (0372) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Trailering lights
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check fuse F04/04. If necessary, repair defective lead and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Ground check

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X278F, pin C (0310) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect the following connectors:
X279F-1 - Lead for Left Trailering Light H020-L - Left Trailering Light, Component Information in Section 249.
X279F-2 - Lead for Left Trailering Light H020-L - Left Trailering Light, Component Information in Section 249.
X279F-3 - Lead for Middle Trailering Light H020-M - Middle Trailering Light, Component Information in Section 249.
X279F-4 - Lead for Middle Trailering Light H020-M - Middle Trailering Light, Component Information in Section 249.
X279F-5 - Lead for Right Trailering Light H020-R - Right Trailering Light, Component Information in Section 249.
X279F-6 - Lead for Right Trailering Light H020-R - Right Trailering Light, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 142 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X278F, pin B (0377) and connector X279F-1, pin 1 (0377).
Between connector X278F, pin B (0377) and connector X279F-4, pin 1 (0377).
Between connector X278F, pin B (0377) and connector X279F-5, pin 1 (0377).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Connector X278F, pin B (0377) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 8 .

NO:Short to ground present; repair defective lead and perform an operational check.

( 8 ) Visual inspection of connector - ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect the following connectors:
X279F-2 - Lead for Left Trailering Light H020-L - Left Trailering Light, Component Information in Section 249.
X279F-3 - Lead for Middle Trailering Light H020-M - Middle Trailering Light, Component Information in Section 249.
X279F-6 - Lead for Right Trailering Light H020-R - Right Trailering Light, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the terminal with ring for dirt, damage and lose pin. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors
in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 9 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 9 ) Continuity check of leads

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 143 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X279F-2, pin 1 (0310) and ground.
Between connector X279F-3, pin 1 (0310) and ground.
Between connector X279F-6, pin 1 (0310) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace H020 - L-M-R Trailering Lights and perform an operational check.

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 144 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

E003 - Left Clearance Light (ECE), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors with open operator′s platform: See: XGND5 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E003 - Left Clearance Light (ECE), Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 037 - Output for Left Clearance Light (ECE) and Right Tail Light, Current and Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X109F - Connector of the component. E003 - Left Clearance Light (ECE), Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 145 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Clearance Light
Resistance of component Resistance 25—35 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-2 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin J2-30 (1018) and connector X109F, pin A (1018).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 146 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X109F, pin A (1018) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X109F, pin B (0110) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 147 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

E004 - Right Clearance Light (ECE), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors with open operator′s platform: See: XGND5 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E004 - Right Clearance Light (ECE), Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 038 - Output for Right Clearance Light (ECE) and Left Tail Light, Current and Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X108F - Connector of Right Turn-Signal and Clearance Lights (ECE). E004 - Right Clearance Light (ECE),
Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 148 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Clearance Light
Resistance of component Resistance 25—35 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-2 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin J2-42 (1028) and connector X108F, pin A (1028).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 149 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X108F, pin A (1028) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X108F, pin B (0110) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 150 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

E007 - Left Headlight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Road Lights (Outputs) (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E007 - Left Headlight on Cab Frame, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 021 - Output for Left Low-Beam Headlight on Cab Frame, Current and Status in Section 245.
2. BLC 023 - Output for Left and Right High-Beam Headlights on Cab Frame, Left and Right Worklights on Cab Frame,
Current and Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X110F - Connector of Left Headlight on Cab Frame and X111F - Connector of Left Headlight on Cab Frame.
E007 - Left Headlight on Cab Frame, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 151 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Low-beam headlight
Resistance of component Resistance 1.5—3.5 Ω

Item Measurement Specification

High-beam headlight
Resistance of component Resistance 1.5—3.5 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-3 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin J3-03 (1029) and connector X110F, pin A (1029).
Between connector X027F-3, pin J3-30 (1074) and connector X111F, pin B (1074).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 152 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X110F, pin A (1029) and ground.
Between connector X111F, pin B (1074) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X110F, pin B (0110) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 153 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

E008 - Right Headlight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Road Lights (Outputs) (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E008 - Right Headlight on Cab Frame, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 022 - Output for Right Low-Beam Headlight on Cab Frame, Current and Status in Section 245.
2. BLC 023 - Output for Left and Right High-Beam Headlights on Cab Frame, Left and Right Worklights on Cab Frame,
Current and Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X115F - Connector of Right Headlight on Cab Frame and X116F - Connector of Right Headlight on Cab Frame.
E008 - Right Headlight on Cab Frame, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 154 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Low-beam headlight
Resistance of component Resistance 1.5—3.5 Ω

Item Measurement Specification

High-beam headlight
Resistance of component Resistance 1.5—3.5 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-3 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin J3-03 (1029) and connector X115F, pin A (1029).
Between connector X027F-3, pin J3-42 (1084) and connector X116F, pin B (1084).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 155 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X115F, pin A (1029) and ground.
Between connector X116F, pin B (1084) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X115F, pin B (0110) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 156 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

E013 - Left Tail Light, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND5A - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors with open operator′s platform: See: XGND5 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E013 - Left Tail Light, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 038 - Output for Right Clearance Light (ECE) and Left Tail Light, Current and Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X107F - Connector of Left Tail, Brake and Turn-Signal Lights. E013 - Left Tail Light, Component Information in

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 157 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Tail light
Resistance of component Resistance 25—35 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-2 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin J2-42 (1028) and connector X107F, pin B (1028).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 158 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X107F, pin B (1028) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X107F, pin D (0510) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 159 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

E014 - Right Tail Light, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND5A - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors with open operator′s platform: See: XGND5 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E014 - Right Tail Light, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 037 - Output for Left Clearance Light (ECE) and Right Tail Light, Current and Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X106F - Connector of Right Tail, Brake and Turn-Signal Lights. E014 - Right Tail Light, Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 160 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Tail light
Resistance of component Resistance 25—35 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-2 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X008F-2, pin J2-30 (1018) and connector X106F, pin B (1018).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 161 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Connector X106F, pin B (1018) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X106F, pin D (0510) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 162 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

E021 - License Plate Light, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND76 - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors with open operator′s platform: See: XGND5 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E021 - License Plate Light, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 038 - Output for Right Clearance Light (ECE) and Left Tail Light, Current and Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X113F-1 - Connector of License Plate Light (ECE) (Open Operator′s Platform), X113F-1 - Connector of Left

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 163 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

License Plate Light (ECE) or of Worklight on Rear of Left Fender, or X113F-2 - Connector of Right License Plate Light (ECE)
or of Worklight on Rear of Right Fender. E021 - License Plate Light, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

License Plate Light


Resistance of component Resistance 13—17 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-2 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin J2-42 (1028) and connector X113F, pin A (1028).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 164 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X113F, pin A (1028) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X113F, pin B (0510) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 165 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

E074-L - Left Low-Beam Headlight, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Headlights (Outputs) (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Headlights (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND9 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E074-L - Left Low-Beam Headlight, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 018 - Left Low-Beam Headlight, Display in Amps and Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X1117F-1 - Connector of Left Low-Beam Headlight. E074-L - Low-Beam Headlight (Left), Component
Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 166 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Low-beam headlight
Resistance of component Resistance 1.5—3.5 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-2 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin J2-01 (1036) and connector X1117F-1, pin A (1036).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 167 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X1117F-1, pin A (1036) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X1117F-1, pin B (0010) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 168 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

E074-R - Right Low-Beam Headlight, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Headlights (Outputs) (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Headlights (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND9 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E074-R - Right Low-Beam Headlight, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 019 - Right Low-Beam Headlight, Display in Amps and Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X1117F-2 - Connector of Right Low-Beam Headlight. E074-R - Low-Beam Headlight (Right), Component
Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 169 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Low-beam headlight
Resistance of component Resistance 1.5—3.5 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-2 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X008F-2, pin J2-02 (1024) and connector X1117F-2, pin A (1024).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 170 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X1117F-2, pin A (1024) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X1117F-2, pin B (0010) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 171 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

E075-L - Left High-Beam Headlight, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Headlights (Outputs) (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Headlights (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND9 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E075-L - Left High-Beam Headlights, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 020 - Right and Left High-Beam Headlights, Display in Amps and Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X1119F-1 - Connector of Left High-Beam Headlight. E075-L - High-Beam Headlights (Left), Component
Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 172 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

High-beam headlight
Resistance of component Resistance 1.5—3.5 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-3 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin J3-05 (1039) and connector X1119F-1, pin A (1039).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 173 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X1119F-1, pin A (1039) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X1119F-1, pin B (0010) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 174 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

E075-R - Right High-Beam Headlight, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Headlights (Outputs) (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Headlights (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND9 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E075-R - Right High-Beam Headlight, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 020 - Right and Left High-Beam Headlights, Display in Amps and Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X1119F-2 - Connector of Right High-Beam Headlight. E075-R - High-Beam Headlights (Right), Component
Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 175 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

High-beam headlight
Resistance of component Resistance 1.5—3.5 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-3 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin J3-05 (1039) and connector X1119F-2, pin A (1053).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 176 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X1119F-2, pin A (1053) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X1119F-2, pin B (0010) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 177 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

S009 - Light Switch, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Parking Light and Headlights (Switch) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Light and Headlights (Switch) (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F04/08.
Fuse on tractors without cab: See: F03LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Open Operator′s Station), Component Informationfuse
F03/15.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S009 - Light Switch, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. FCC 009 - Light Switch, Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect S009F - Connector of Light Switch. S009 - Light Switch, Component Information , Section 249.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 178 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector S009F, pin B (0632) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Light switch
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector S009F, pin B (0632) and fuse 04/08, output (0632).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Check the fuse, replace if necessary and return to diagnosis in progress.

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Check the display in address FCC 009.

FCC 009 - Light Switch, Status

FCC 009 - Light Switch

Status

Switch Not Actuated 0000

Jumper placed between pin B (0632) and pin C (1058) of connector S009F 1XXX

Jumper placed between pin B (0632) and pin M (1003) of connector S009F X1XX

Jumper placed between pin B (0632) and pin H (1035) of connector S009F XX1X

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 179 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:GO TO 6 .

( 6 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X001F - Connector of Instrument Unit. A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector S009F, pin C (1058) and connector X001F, pin 1 and pin 12 (1058).
Between connector S009F, pin M (1003) and connector X001F, pin 13 (1003).
Between connector S009F, pin H (1035) and connector X001F, pin 14 (1035).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 8 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 8 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector S009F, pin C (1058) and ground.
Between connector S009F, pin M (1003) and ground.
Between connector S009F, pin H (1035) and ground.

Result:

YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 180 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

S010 - Low-Beam/High-Beam Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Circuit


Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Parking Light and Headlights (Switch) (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse:
See: F03LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Open Operator′s Station), Component Informationfuse F03/15.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S010 - Low-Beam/High-Beam Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. FCC 010 - High-Beam Switch, Wake-up Signal and ELX Supply Voltage, Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect S010F - Connector of Low-Beam/High-Beam Switch (Open Operator′s Station). S010 - Low-Beam/High-Beam
Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 181 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector S010F, pin A (0632) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check fuse F03/15. If necessary, repair defective lead and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X001F - Connector of Instrument Unit. A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector S010F, pin A (1059) and connector X001F, pin 3 (1059).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check lead for short to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 182 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector S010F, pin A (1059) and ground.

Result:

YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 183 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

S011-2 - Switch for Headlights on Cab Frame, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Road Lights (Outputs) (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S011-2 - Switch for Headlights on Cab Frame, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X101M - Connector of Switch for Headlights on Cab Frame. S011-2 - Switch for Headlights on Cab Frame,
Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X101M, pin C (0113) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Switch for Headlights on Cab Frame


Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 184 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Circuit test: Perform 50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Circuit Testin Section 240.

( 3 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-2 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin J2-23 (1031) and connector X101M, pin B (1031).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X101M, pin B (1031) and ground.

Result:

YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 185 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Operational check:
FCC 008 - Switch for Turn-Signal Lights, Status in Section 245.
FCC 010 - High-Beam Switch, Wake-up Signal and ELX Supply Voltage, Status in Section 245.
Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Parking Light and Headlights (Switch) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Lights and Headlights (Switch) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

1.1

Perform an operational check of the turn-signal lights.

See FCC 008 - Switch for Turn-Signal Lights, Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.2 .

NO:GO TO 2 .

Action:

1.2

Perform an operational check of the high-beam headlights.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 186 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

See FCC 010 - High-Beam Switch, Wake-up Signal and ELX Supply Voltage, Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 7 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X487F - Connector of Turn-Signal Lever. S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X487F, pin F (0432) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Turn-signal lever
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check supply voltage of main control unit, lead 0432; see 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units - Summary of References in
Section 240.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X001F - Connector of Instrument Unit. A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 187 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X487F, pin D (1027) and connector X001F, pin 11 (1027).
3. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X487F, pin G (1055) and connector X001F, pin 10 (1055).
4. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X487F, pin D (1027) and ground.
Between connector X487F, pin G (1055) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present.• Replace component and perform an operational check.

NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

( 7 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X487F - Connector of Turn-Signal Lever. S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 8 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 8 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X487F, pin A and pin H (0632) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Turn-signal lever
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 10 .

NO:GO TO 9 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 188 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

( 9 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove fuse F04/08 and check.
3. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X487F, pin A and pin H (0632) and output of fuse 04/08.
4. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace fuse F04/08 and perform an operational test.

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 10 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X001F - Connector of Instrument Unit. A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 11 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 11 ) Continuity check of lead 1059

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove fuse F04/08 and check.
3. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X487F, pin C (1059) and connector X001F, pin 3 (1059).
4. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 12 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 12 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X487F, pin C (1059) and ground.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 189 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

Result:

YES:No short to ground present.• Replace component and perform an operational check.

NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 190 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights

X120-1F - Connector of Light for Air-Brake Pressure Gauge, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BC - Backlighting (Cab), Diagnostic Schematics in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Lights (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Station) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND40 - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors with open operator′s platform: See: XGND1 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X120-1F - Connector of Light for Air-Brake Pressure Gauge in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 038 - Output for Right Clearance Light (ECE) and Left Tail Light, Current and Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X120-1F - Connector of Light for Air-Brake Pressure Gauge .
3. Disconnect X027F-2 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 191 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

249.
4. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin J2-42 (1028) and connector X120-1F1, pin 1 (1028).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X120-1F1, pin 1 (1028) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X120-1F2, pin 1 (0410) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 192 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 193 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Group 50BB - 50BB - Worklights


50BB - Worklights, Summary of References
50BB - Worklights, Summary of References

Diagnostic Schematic (Cab):

50BB - Worklights on Front of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic


50BB - Worklights on Rear of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50BB - Front Corner Worklights (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50BB - Worklights on Cab Frame, Diagnostic Schematic
50BB - Worklights on Rear Fender (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Diagnostic Schematic (Open Operator′s Station):

50BB - Front Corner Worklights (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic


50BB - Worklights on Rear Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50BB - Front Worklights and Worklights on Front Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:

E009-L - Left Front Corner Worklight, Circuit Test


E009-R - Right Front Corner Worklight, Circuit Test
E011-1L - Left Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test
E011-1R - Right Inner Flood Light on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test
E011-2L - Left Outer Flood Light on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test
E011-2R - Right Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test
E015 - Worklights on Rear Fender (Cab), Circuit Test
E015-L - Worklight on Rear of Left Fender (Open Operator′s Platform), Circuit Test
E015-R - Worklight on Rear of Right Fender (Open Operator′s Platform), Circuit Test
E016-L - Worklight on Front of Left Fender (Open Operator′s Platform), Circuit Test
E016-R - Worklight on Front of Right Fender (Open Operator′s Platform), Circuit Test
E016-L1 - Left Front Worklight (Open Operator′s Platform), Circuit Test
E016-R1 - Right Front Worklight (Open Operator′s Platform), Circuit Test
E018-1L - Left Inner Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test
E018-1R - Right Inner Flood Light on Front of Roof, Circuit Test
E018-2L - Left Outer Flood Light on Front of Roof, Circuit Test
E018-2R - Right Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test
E020-L - Left Worklight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test
E020-R - Right Worklight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test
S011-1 - Worklight Switch on Cab Frame, Circuit Test
S059 - Front Corner Worklight Switch, Circuit Test
S092 - Rear Fender Worklight Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
S092-1 - Switch for Inner and Outer Worklights on Front of Roof, Circuit Test
S092-2 - Switch for Inner and Outer Worklights on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test
S092-3 - Switch for Inner or Outer Worklights on Front of Roof, Circuit Test
S092-4 - Switch for Outer Worklights on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test
S092-5 - Switch for Inner Worklights on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test
S105 - Switch for Worklights on Rear of Fender, Circuit Test
S105 - Front Fender Worklight Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 194 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

50BB - Worklights on Front of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50BB - Worklights on Front of Roof, Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 195 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
E018-1R E018-1R - Right Inner Worklight on Front of Roof, Component Information
E018-1L E018-1L - Left Inner Worklight on Front of Roof, Component Information
E018-2R E018-2R - Right Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Component Information
E018-2L E018-2L - Left Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Component Information
S092-1 S092-1 - Switch for Inner and Outer Worklights on Front of Roof, Component Information
S092-3 S092-3 - Switch for Inner or Outer Worklights on Front of Roof, Component Information
W121 W121/1: Wiring Harness for Worklights on Cab Roof
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness
W211 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W221 W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
W221 W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
Keep Alive CIRCUIT
50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
X434F-1 - Connector of Right Inner Worklight on Front of Roof or Connection Point between Wiring
X434F1
Harnesses W221 and W121
X434F-2 - Connector of Left Inner Worklight on Front of Roof or Connection Point between Wiring
X434F2
Harnesses W221 and W121
X472 X472M-1 - Connector of Switch for Worklights on Front of Roof
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
XGDN10 XGND10 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 196 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

50BB - Worklights on Rear of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50BB - Worklights on Rear of Roof, Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 197 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
E011-1R E011-1R - Right Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof, Component Information
E011-1L E011-1L - Left Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof, Component Information
E011-2R E011-2R - Right Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof, Component Information
E011-2L E011-2L - Left Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof, Component Information
S092-2 S092-2 - Switch for Inner and Outer Worklights on Rear of Roof, Component Information
S092-4 S092-4 - Switch for Outer Worklights on Rear of Roof, Component Information
S092-5 S092-5 - Switch for Inner Worklights on Rear of Roof, Component Information
W121 W121/1: Wiring Harness for Worklights on Cab Roof
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W221 W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
W221 W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
X433F-1 - Connector of Right Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof or Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses
X433
W221 and W121
X433F-2 - Connector of Left Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof or Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses
X433
W221 and W121
X472 X472M-2 - Connector of Switch for Worklights on Rear of Roof
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
XGDN10 XGND10 - Ground Point
XGDN43A XGND43A - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 198 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

50BB - Front Corner Worklights (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Front Corner Worklights (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
E009-R E009-R - Right Front Corner Worklight, Component Information
E009-L E009-L - Left Front Corner Worklight, Component Information
S059 S059 - Switch for Front Corner Worklights, Component Information
W101 W101/1: Engine Hood Wiring Harness for 6130M to 6170M Tractors
W101 W101/2: Engine Hood Wiring Harness for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W102 W102/1: Engine Hood Wiring Harness (Adapter) for 6105M to 6125M Tractors

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 199 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness


W511 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6130M to 6170M Tractors
W511 W511/2: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W511 W511/5: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6140M and 6170M Tractors (Level 16 ECU)
W511 W511/6: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6105M and 6125M Tractors (Level 16 ECU)
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201
X1233 X1233 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W101 or W102
X1233-2 X1233-2 - Connection Point between Harnesses W102 and W101
XGDN9 XGND9 - Ground Point
XGDN43A XGND43A - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 200 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

50BB - Worklights on Cab Frame (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50BB - Worklights on Cab Frame (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
E020-R E020-R - Right Worklight on Cab Frame, Component Information
E020-L E020-L - Left Worklight on Cab Frame, Component Information
S011-1 S011-1 - Switch for Worklights on Cab Frame, Component Information
W111 W111/1: Wiring Harness for Lights on Cab Frame
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 201 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

W211 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W221 W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
W221 W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
Keep Alive CIRCUIT (Cab) 50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
X101M X101M - Connector of Switch for Worklights on Cab Frame or Headlights on Cab Frame
X110F X110F - Connector of Left Headlight on Cab Frame or Left Worklight on Cab Frame
X115F X115F - Connector of Right Headlight on Cab Frame or Right Worklight on Cab Frame
X442 X442 - Connection Point between Harnesses W221 and W111
X443 X443 - Connection Point between Harnesses W221 and W111
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
XGDN10 XGND10 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 202 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

50BB - Worklights on Rear Fender (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50BB - Worklights on Rear Fender (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
E015-R E015 - Worklights on Rear of Fender (Cab), Component Information
S105 S105 - Switch for Worklights on Rear of Fender, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness
W211 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 203 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
Keep Alive CIRCUIT 50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
X171F-1 - Connection Point of Worklights on Rear of Fender and X171M-1 - Connection Point of License
X171-1
Plate Light (ECE) or Worklight on Right Fender
X171F-2 - Connection Point of License Plate Light (ECE) and X171M-2 - Connection Point of License
X171-2
Plate Light (ECE) or Worklight on Left Fender
XGDN76 XGND76 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 204 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

50BB - Front Corner Worklights (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

50BB - Front Corner Worklights (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 205 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
E009-R E009-R - Right Front Corner Worklight, Component Information
E009-L E009-L - Left Front Corner Worklight, Component Information
S059 S059 - Switch for Front Corner Worklights, Component Information
W101 W101/1: Engine Hood Wiring Harness for 6130M to 6170M Tractors
W101 W101/2: Engine Hood Wiring Harness for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W102 W102/1: Engine Hood Wiring Harness (Adapter) for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W202 W202/1: Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
W511 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6130M to 6170M Tractors
W511 W511/2: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W511 W511/5: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6140M and 6170M Tractors (Level 16 ECU)
W511 W511/6: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6105M and 6125M Tractors (Level 16 ECU)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X1233 X1233 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W101 or W102
X1233-2 X1233-2 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W102 and W101
XGDN2 XGND2 - Ground Point
XGDN9 XGND9 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 206 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

50BB - Worklights on Rear Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic


Schematic

50BB - Worklights on Rear Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
E015-R E015-R - Worklight on Rear of Right Fender (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
E015-L E015-L - Worklight on Rear of Left Fender (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
S092 S092 - Switch for Worklights on Rear Fender (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 207 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform


W212 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
XGDN1 XGND1 - Ground Point
XGDN2 XGND2 - Ground Point
XGDN5 XGND5 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 208 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

50BB - Front Worklights and Worklights on Front Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

50BB - Front Worklights and Worklights on Front Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 209 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
E016-L E016-L - Worklight on Front of Left Fender (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
E016-R E016-R - Worklight on Front of Right Fender (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
E016-L1 E016-L1 - Left Front Worklight (Open Operator′s Station)
E016-R1 E016-R1 - Right Front Worklight (Open Operator′s Platform)
F03/15 LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
S105 - Switch for Worklights on Front of Fender (Open Operator′s Platform), Component
S105
Information
W112 W112/1: Wiring Harness for Turn-Signal Light and Clearance Light (Open Operator′s Platform)
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
Keep Alive CIRCUIT
50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
(OOS)
X041F X041F - Connector of Left Auxiliary Light
X051F X051F - Connector of Right Auxiliary Light
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
XGDN1 XGND1 - Ground Point
XGDN2 XGND2 - Ground Point
XGDN5 XGND5 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 210 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

E009-L - Left Front Corner Worklight, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Front Corner Worklights (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BB - Front Corner Worklights (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND43A - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors with open operator′s platform: See: XGND2 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E009-L - Left Front Corner Worklight, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 032 - Left Front Corner Worklight, Display in Amps and Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X069F-1 - Connector of Left Front Corner Flood Light. E009-L - Front Corner Worklight (Left), Component
Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 211 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 1.5—3 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-2 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin J2-05 (1011) and connector X069F-1, pin A (1011).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 212 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X069F-1, pin A (1011) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X069F-1, pin B (0010) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 213 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

E009-R - Right Front Corner Flood Light, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Front Corner Worklights (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BB - Front Corner Worklights (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND43A - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors with open operator′s platform: See: XGND2 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E009-R - Right Front Corner Worklight, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 033 - Right Front Corner Worklight, Display in Amps and Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X069F-2 - Connector of Right Front Corner Flood Light. E009-R - Front Corner Worklight (Right), Component
Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 214 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 1.5—3 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-3 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin J3-41 (1065) and connector X069F-2, pin A (1065).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 215 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X069F-2, pin A (1065) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X069F-2, pin B (0010) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 216 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

E011-1L - Left Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Rear of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E011-1L - Left Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 027 - Output for Right and Left Inner Worklights on Rear of Roof, Current and Status in Section 245.
2. Both (left and right) inner worklights on rear of roof are ON.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X114-3 - Connector of Left Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof. E011-1L - Left Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof,
Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 217 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-3 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin J3-04 (1136) and connector X114-3, pin A (1136).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 218 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X114-3, pin A (1136) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X114-3, pin B (0110) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 219 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

E011-1R - Right Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Rear of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E011-1R - Right Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 027 - Output for Right and Left Inner Worklights on Rear of Roof, Current and Status in Section 245.
2. Both (left and right) inner worklights on rear of roof are ON.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X114-1 - Connector of Right Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof. E011-1R - Right Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof,
Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 220 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-3 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin J3-04 (1136) and connector X114-1, pin A (1136).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 221 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X114-1, pin A (1136) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X114-1, pin B (0110) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 222 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

E011-2L - Left Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Rear of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E011-2L - Left Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 028 - Output for Left Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof, Current and Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X114-2 - Connector of Left Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof. E011-2L - Left Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof,
Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 223 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-3 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin J3-17 (1147) and connector X114-2, pin A (1147).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 224 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X114-2, pin A (1147) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X114-2, pin B (0110) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 225 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

E011-2R - Right Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Rear of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E011-2R - Right Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 029 - Output for Right Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof, Current and Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X114-4 - Connector of Right Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof. E011-2R - Right Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof,
Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 226 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-3 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin J3-29 (1047) and connector X114-4, pin A (1047).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 227 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X114-4, pin A (1047) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X114-4, pin B (0110) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 228 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

E015 - Worklights on Rear of Fenders (Cab), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Rear Fender (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND76 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E015 - Worklights on Rear Fender (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 030 - Output for Left and Right Worklights on Rear of Fenders, Display in Amps and Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X171F-1 - Connector of Left License Plate Light (ECE) or Left Worklight on Rear of Fender or X171F-2 -
Connector of Right License Plate Light (ECE) or Right Worklight on Rear of Fender. E015 - Worklights on Rear of Fenders
(Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 229 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-3 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin J3-18 (1033) and connector X113F-1 or X113F-2, pin A (1023).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 230 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X113F-1 or X113F-2, pin A (1023) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X113F-1 or X113F-2, pin B (0510) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 231 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

E015-L - Left Worklight on Rear of Fender (Open Operator′s Platform),


Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Rear Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E015-L - Worklight on Left of Rear Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 030 - Output for Left and Right Worklights on Rear of Fenders, Display in Amps and Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X112F-1 - Connector of Left Worklight on Rear of Fender (Open Operator′s Platform). E015-L - Worklight on
Rear of Left Fender (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 232 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-3 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin J3-17 (1147) and connector X112F-1, pin A (1147).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 233 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X112F-1, pin A (1147) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X112F-1, pin B (0310) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 234 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

E015-R - Right Worklight on Rear of Fender (Open Operator′s Platform),


Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Rear Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND5 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E015-R - Worklight on Rear of Right Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 030 - Output for Left and Right Worklights on Rear of Fenders, Display in Amps and Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X112F-2 - Connector of Right Worklight on Rear of Fender (Open Operator′s Platform). E015-R - Worklight on
Rear of Right Fender (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 235 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-3 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin J3-29 (1047) and connector X112F-2, pin A (1047).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 236 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X112F-2, pin A (1047) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X112F-2, pin B (0510) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 237 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

E016-L - Worklight on Front of Left Fender (Open Operator′s Platform),


Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Front Worklights and Worklights on Front of Fenders (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND5 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E016-L - Worklight on Front of Left Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 025 - Output for Left Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Current and Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X317F-2 - Connector of Worklight on Front of Left Fender (Open Operator′s Platform). E016-L - Worklight on
Front of Left Fender (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 238 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-2 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin J2-18 (1125) and connector X317F-2, pin A (1125).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 239 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X317F-2, pin A (1125) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X317F-2, pin B (0510) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 240 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

E016-R - Worklight on Front of Right Fender (Open Operator′s Platform),


Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Front Worklights and Worklights on Front of Fenders (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E016-R - Worklight on Front of Right Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 026 - Output for Right Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Current and Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X317F-1 - Connector of Worklight on Front of Right Fender (Open Operator′s Platform). E016-R - Worklight on
Front of Right Fender (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 241 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-2 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin J2-06 (1087) and connector X317F-1, pin A (1087).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 242 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X317F-1, pin A (1087) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X317F-1, pin B (0310) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 243 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

E016-L1 - Left Front Worklight (Open Operator′s Platform), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Front Worklights and Worklights on Front of Fenders (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND5 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E016-L1 - Left Front Worklight (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 025 - Output for Left Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Current and Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X317F-2 - Connector of Worklight on Front of Left Fender (Open Operator′s Platform).
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 244 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-2 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin J2-18 (1125) and connector X317F-2, pin A (1125).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 245 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X317F-2, pin A (1125) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X317F-2, pin B (0510) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 246 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

E016-R1 - Right Front Worklight (Open Operator′s Platform), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Front Worklights and Worklights on Front of Fenders (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E016-R1 - Right Front Worklight (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 026 - Output for Right Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Current and Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X317F-1 - Connector of Worklight on Front of Right Fender (Open Operator′s Platform).
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 247 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-2 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin J2-06 (1087) and connector X317F-1, pin A (1087).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 248 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X317F-1, pin A (1087) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X317F-1, pin B (0310) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 249 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

E018-1L - Left Inner Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Front of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E018-1L - Left Inner Worklight on Front of Roof, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 024 - Output for Right and Left Inner Worklights on Front of Roof, Current and Status in Section 245.
2. Both inner worklights on front of roof are ON.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X452-2F1 - Connector of Left Inner Worklight on Front of Roof. E018-1L - Inner Worklight on Front of Roof
(Left), Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 250 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-3 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin J3-02 (1046) and connector X452-F3, pin A (1046).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 251 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X452-F3, pin A (1046) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X452-F3, pin B (0110) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 252 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

E018-1R - Right Inner Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Front of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E018-1R - Right Inner Worklight on Front of Roof, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 024 - Output for Right and Left Inner Worklights on Front of Roof, Current and Status in Section 245.
2. Both inner worklights on front of roof are ON.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X452-F1 - Connector of Right Inner Worklight on Front of Roof. E018-1R - Inner Worklight on Front of Roof
(Right), Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 253 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-3 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin J3-02 (1046) and connector X452-F1, pin A (1046).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 254 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X452-F1, pin A (1046) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X452-F1, pin B (0110) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 255 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

E018-2L - Left Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Front of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E018-2L - Left Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 025 - Output for Left Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Current and Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X452-F2 - Connector of Left Outer Worklight on Front of Roof. E018-2L - Outer Worklight on Front of Roof
(Left), Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 256 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-2 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin J2-18 (1127) and connector X452-F2, pin A (1127).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 257 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X452-F2, pin A (1127) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X452-F2, pin B (0110) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 258 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

E018-2R - Right Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Front of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E018-2R - Right Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 026 - Output for Right Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Current and Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X452-F4 - Connector of Right Outer Worklight on Front of Roof. E018-2R - Outer Worklight on Front of Roof
(Right), Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 259 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-2 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin J2-06 (1087) and connector X452-F4, pin A (1087).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 260 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X452-F4, pin A (1087) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X452-F4, pin B (0110) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 261 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

E020-L - Flood Light on Left Cab Frame, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Cab Frame, Diagnostic Schematic, Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E020-L - Left Worklight on Cab Frame, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 023 - Output for Left and Right High-Beam Headlights on Cab Frame, Left and Right Worklights on Cab Frame,
Current and Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X162F-2 - Connector of Left Worklight on Cab Frame. E020-L - Left Worklight on Cab Frame, Component
Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 262 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-3 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin J3-03 (1029) and connector X162F-2, pin A (1029).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 263 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X162F-2, pin A (1029) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X162F-2, pin A (1029) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 264 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

E020-R - Right Flood Light on Cab Frame, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Cab Frame, Diagnostic Schematic, Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E020-R - Right Worklight on Cab Frame, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 023 - Output for Left and Right High-Beam Headlights on Cab Frame, Left and Right Worklights on Cab Frame,
Current and Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X162F-1 - Connector of Right Worklight on Cab Frame. E020-R - Right Worklight on Cab Frame, Component
Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 265 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-3 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin J3-03 (1029) and connector X162F-1, pin A (1029).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 266 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X162F-1, pin A (1029) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X162F-1, pin A (1029) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 267 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

S011-1 - Switch for Worklights on Cab Frame, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Cab Frame, Diagnostic Schematic, Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S011-1 - Switch for Worklights on Cab Frame, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X101M - Connector of Switch for Worklights on Cab Frame or Headlights on Cab Frame. S011-1 - Switch for
Worklights on Cab Frame, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X101M, pin A (0113) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Switch for Worklights on Cab Frame


Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 268 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Circuit test: Perform 50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Circuit Testin Section 240.

( 3 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-2 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin J2-23 (1031) and connector X101M, pin B (1031).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 5

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X101M, pin B (1031) and ground.

Result:

YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 269 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

S059 - Switch for Front Corner Worklights, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Front Corner Worklights (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BB - Front Corner Worklights (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND43A - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors without cab: See: XGND2 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S059 - Switch for Front Corner Worklights, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. AIC 071 - Worklight Switches, Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X402M - Connector of Front Corner Worklight Switch. S059 - Switch for Front Corner Worklights, Component
Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 270 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X402M, pin A (0050) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-3 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X402M, pin B (1009) and connector X027F-3, pin J3-21 (1009).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground


<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 271 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X402M, pin B (1009) and ground.

Result:

YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 272 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

S092 - Switch for Worklights on Rear of Fender (Open Operator′s


Platform), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Rear Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND2 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S092 - Switch for Worklights on Rear Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. AIC 071 - Worklight Switches, Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X472M - Connector of Switch for Worklights on Rear Fender (Open Operator′s Station). S092 - Switch for
Worklights on Rear Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 273 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X472M, pin B (0050) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-3 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X472M, pin A (1162) and connector X027F-3, pin J3-09 (1162).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 274 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X472M, pin B (1162) and ground.

Result:

YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 275 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

S092-1 - Switch for Inner and Outer Worklights on Front of Roof, Circuit
Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Front of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S092-1 - Switch for Inner and Outer Worklights on Front of Roof, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. AIC 071 - Worklight Switches, Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X472M-1 - Connector of Switch for Worklights on Front of Roof. S092-1 - Switch for Inner and Outer Worklights
on Front of Roof, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 276 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X472M-1, pin A and pin C (0113) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Switch for Worklights on Cab Frame


Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Circuit test: Perform 50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Circuit Testin Section 240.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-3 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin J3-35 (1045) and connector X472M-1, pin B (1045).
Between connector X027F-3, pin J3-34 (1032) and connector X472M-1, pin D (1032).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 277 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X472M-1, pin B (1045) and ground.
Between connector X472M-1, pin D (1032) and ground.

Result:

YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 278 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

S092-2 - Switch for Inner and Outer Worklights on Rear of Roof, Circuit
Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Rear of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND43A - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S092-2 - Switch for Inner and Outer Worklights on Rear of Roof, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. AIC 071 - Worklight Switches, Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X472M-2 - Connector of Switch for Worklights on Rear of Roof. S092-2 - Switch for Inner and Outer Worklights
on Rear of Roof, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 279 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X472M-2, pin A (0050) and ground.
Between connector X472M-2, pin C (0050) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-3 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X472M-2, pin B (1015) and connector X027F-3, pin J3-46 (1015).
Between connector X472M-2, pin D (1162) and connector X027F-3, pin J3-09 (1162).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 280 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X472M-2, pin B (1015) and ground.
Between connector X472M-2, pin D (1162) and ground.

Result:

YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 281 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

S092-3 - Switch for Inner or Outer Worklights on Front of Roof, Circuit


Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Front of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S092-3 - Switch for Inner or Outer Worklights on Front of Roof, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. AIC 071 - Worklight Switches, Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X472M-3 - Connector of Switch for Worklights on Front of Roof. S092-3 - Switch for Inner or Outer Worklights
on Front of Roof, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 282 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X472M-3, pin C (0113) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Switch for Worklights on Cab Frame


Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Circuit test: Perform 50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Circuit Testin Section 240.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-3 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin J3-34 (1032) and connector X472M-3, pin D (1032).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 283 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X472M-3, pin D (1032) and ground.

Result:

YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 284 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

S092-4 - Switch for Outer Worklights on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Rear of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND43A - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S092-4 - Switch for Outer Worklights on Rear of Roof, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. AIC 071 - Worklight Switches, Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2.

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X472M-4 - Connector of Switch for Worklights on Rear of Roof. S092-4 - Switch for Outer Worklights on Rear of
Roof, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 285 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X472M-4, pin C (0050) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-3 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X472M-4, pin D (1162) and connector X027F-3, pin J3-09 (1162).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 286 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X472M-4, pin D (1162) and ground.

Result:

YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 287 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

S092-5 - Switch for Inner Worklights on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Rear of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND43A - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S092-5 - Switch for Inner Worklights on Rear of Roof, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. AIC 071 - Worklight Switches, Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X472M-5 - Connector of Switch for Worklights on Rear of Roof. S092-5 - Switch for Inner Worklights on Rear of
Roof, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 288 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X472M-5, pin A (0050) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-3 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X472M-5, pin B (1015) and connector X027F-3, pin J3-46 (1015).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 289 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X472M-5, pin B (1015) and ground.

Result:

YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 290 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

S105 - Switch for Worklights on Rear of Fender, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Rear Fender (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S105 - Switch for Worklights on Rear Fender, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. AIC 071 - Worklight Switches, Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X363M - Connector of Switch for Worklights on Rear Fender. S105 - Switch for Worklights on Rear Fender,
Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 291 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X363M, pin B (0113) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Switch for worklights on rear of fender


Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X001F - Connector of Instrument Unit. A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X363M, pin B (0113) and connector X001F, pin 25 (0113).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohms

Result:

YES:Perform 50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Circuit Testin Section 240, and return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 292 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

2. Disconnect X027F-2 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin J2-35 (1012) and connector X363M, pin A (1012).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 8 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 8 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X363M, pin A (1012) and ground.

Result:

YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 293 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

S105 - Switch for Worklights on Front of Fender (Open Operator′s


Platform), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Front Worklights and Worklights on Front of Fenders (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S105 - Switch for Worklights on Front Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. AIC 071 - Worklight Switches, Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X363M - Connector of Switch for Worklights on Front Fender (Open Operator′s Station). S105 - Switch for
Worklights on Front Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 294 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X363M, pin A(0113) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Rear PTO Switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Circuit test: Perform 50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Testin Section 240.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-2 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin J2-09 (1032) and connector X363M, pin B (1032).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check lead for short to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 295 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BC: 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X363M, pin A (1032) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 296 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BC: 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light

Group 50BC - 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light


50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Summary of References
50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Summary of References

Diagnostic Schematic (Cab):

50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Diagnostic Schematic


50BC - Backlighting (Cab), Diagnostic Schematics

Circuit Tests:

Dome Light and Access Step Light (Cab), Circuit Test


X120-1F - Connector of Light for Air-Brake Pressure Gauge, Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 297 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BC: 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light

50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Diagnostic Schematic

50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
B028-1 B028-1 - Right Dome Light Switch, Component Information
B028-2 B028-2 - Left Dome Light Switch, Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
E012 E012 - Dome Light, Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 298 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BC: 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light

F03/02 LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
H087/1 H087-1 - Right Access Step Light, Component Information
H087/2 H087-2 - Left Access Step Light, Component Information
K02/06 LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
W012 W012/1: Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch and Access Step Light (Cab)
W012 W012/3: Wiring Harness with Jumper Connector (Tractors without Battery Cut-Off Switch) (Cab)
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W221 W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
W221 W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
X1272 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
XGDN10 XGND10 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 299 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BC: 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light

50BC - Backlighting (Cab), Diagnostic Schematics

50BC - Backlighting (Cab), Diagnostic Schematics

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 300 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BC: 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A140-1 A140 - Radio, Component Information
A140-2 A140 - Radio, Component Information
E012 E012 - Dome Light, Component Information
S037 S037 - Gear Selector Switch, Auto Mode and Clutch, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W211 W211/1: Cowl Harness (Cab)
W221 W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
W221 W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
X003F-1 X003F-1 - Connector of Declutch Switch on Gearshift Lever
X003F-2 X003F-2 - Connector of Switch for Gear Selector and Auto Mode
X120-1F X120-1F - Connector of Light for Air Brake Pressure Gauge
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
XGDN1A XGND1A - Ground Point
XGDN10 XGND10 - Ground Point
XGDN40 XGND40 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 301 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BC: 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light

Dome Light and Access Step Light (Cab), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F03/02.
Ground point: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B028-1 - Right Dome Light Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
B028-2 - Left Dome Light Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
E012 - Dome Light, Component Information in Section 249.
H087-1 - Right Access Step Light, Component Information in Section 249.
H087-2 - Left Access Step Light, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

1. Open the left cab door.


2. E012 - Dome Light, H087/1 - Right Access Step Light and H087/2 - Left Access Step Light are ON.
3. Close the left cab door.
4. Open the right cab door.
5. E012 - Dome Light, H087/1 - Right Access Step Light and H087/2 - Left Access Step Light are ON.
6. Close the right cab door.
7. Turn on E012 - Dome Light.
8. E012 - Dome Light.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 302 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BC: 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X606F-2 - Connector of Left Access Step Light. H087-2 - Left Access Step Light, Component Information in
Section 249.
3. Disconnect X606F-1 - Connector of Right Access Step Light. H087-1 - Right Access Step Light, Component Information in
Section 249.
4. Disconnect X121F - Connector of Dome Light. E012 - Dome Light, Component Information in Section 249.
5. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X606F-1, pin A (0382) and ground.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X606F-2, pin A (0382) and ground.
4. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X121F, pin 2 (0382) and ground.
5. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Dome light and access step light


Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check Fuse F03/02 and Diode K02/6_LCS. If necessary, recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X786F-R - Connector of Right Dome Light Switch. B028-1 - Right Dome Light Switch, Component Information
in Section 249.
3. Disconnect X786F-L - Connector of Left Dome Light Switch. B028-2 - Left Dome Light Switch, Component Information in
Section 249.
4. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 303 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BC: 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light

Between connector X121F, pin 4 (1094) and connector X786F-L, pin A (1094).
Between connector X121F, pin 4 (1094) and connector X606F-1, pin B (1094).
Between connector X121F, pin 4 (1094) and connector X606F-2, pin B (1094).
Between connector X121F, pin 4 (1094) and connector X786F-R, pin A (1094).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X121F, pin 4 (1094) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present; recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Ground check

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X121F, pin 3 (0110) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 8 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 8 ) Operational check of E012 - Dome Light

Action:

Perform operational check.

1. Reconnect the connector X121F to E012 - Dome light.


2. Turn on E012 - Dome Light.
3. E012 - Dome Light.

Result:

YES:GO TO 9 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 304 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BC: 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light

NO:Replace E012 - Dome Light and perform an operational check.

( 9 ) Check voltage of H087 - Access Step Light

Action:

1.1

1. Disconnect X121F - Connector of Dome Light. E012 - Dome Light, Component Information in Section 249.
2. Connect X606F-2 - Connector of Left Access Step Light. H087-2 - Left Access Step Light, Component Information in
Section 249.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X786F-L, pin A (1094) and ground.
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Access step light


Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.2 .

NO:Replace H087/2 - Access Step Light and perform an operational check.

Action:

1.2

1. Disconnect X606F-2 - Connector of Left Access Step Light again. H087-2 - Left Access Step Light, Component Information
in Section 249.
2. Connect X606F-1 - Connector of Right Access Step Light. H087-1 - Right Access Step Light, Component Information in
Section 249.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X786F-L, pin A (1094) and ground.
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Access step light


Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 10 .

NO:Replace H087/1 - Access Step Light and perform operational check.

( 10 ) Ground check

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X786F-L, pin B (0110) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 11 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 305 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BC: 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 11 ) Check component

Action:

B028-2 - Left Dome Light Switch, Component Information in Section 249.

Result:

YES:GO TO 12 .

NO:Replace B028-2 - Left Dome Light Switch and perform operational check.

( 12 ) Ground check

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X786F-R, pin B (0110) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 13 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 13 ) Check component

Action:

B028-1 - Right Dome Light Switch, Component Information in Section 249.

Result:

YES: General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

NO:Replace B028-1 - Right Dome Light Switch and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 306 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BC: 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light

X120-1F - Connector of Light for Air-Brake Pressure Gauge, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BC - Backlighting (Cab), Diagnostic Schematics in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X120-1F - Connector of Light for Air-Brake Pressure Gauge in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. BLC 038 - Output for Right Clearance Light (ECE) and Left Tail Light, Current and Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X120-1F - Connector of Light for Air-Brake Pressure Gauge .
3. Disconnect X008F-2 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A011 - Central Control Unit, Component Informationin Section
249.
4. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 307 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X008F-2, pin 42 (1028) and connector X120-1F1, pin 1 (1028).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X120-1F1, pin 1 (1028) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X120-1F2, pin 1 (0410) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 308 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

Group 50BD - 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights


50BD - Turn-Signal Lights, Summary of References
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights, Summary of References

Diagnostic Schematic (Cab):

50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic


50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic

Diagnostic Schematic (Open Operator′s Station):

50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic


50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:

H034 - Left Front Turn-Signal Light (ECE), Circuit Test


H035 - Left Rear Turn-Signal Light, Circuit Test
H042 - Right Front Turn-Signal Light (ECE), Circuit Test
H043 - Right Rear Turn-Signal Light, Circuit Test
H044 - Left Front Turn-Signal Light in Roof (SAE), Circuit Test
H044 - Left Turn-Signal Light, Open Operator′s Platform (SAE), Circuit Test
H045 - Right Front Turn-Signal Light in Roof (SAE), Circuit Test
H045 - Right Turn-Signal Light, Open Operator′s Platform (SAE), Circuit Test
H046 - Left Rear Turn-Signal Light in Roof (SAE), Circuit Test
H047 - Right Rear Turn-Signal Light in Roof (SAE), Circuit Test
S008 - Switch for Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
S062 - Hazard Warning Light Switch, Circuit Test
S106 - Hazard Warning Light Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 309 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic

Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (ECE)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 310 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
12V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
H034 H034 - Left Front Turn-Signal Light (ECE), Component Information
H035 H035 - Left Rear Turn-Signal Light, Component Information
H042 H042 - Right Front Turn-Signal Light (ECE), Component Information
H043 H043 - Rear Right Turn-Signal Light, Component Information
S062 S062 - Hazard Warning Light Switch, Component Information
S147 S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information
W031 W031/1: Wiring Harness for 7-Pin Socket (ECE) at Rear
W033/1: Harness for 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front (Adapter) for 6130M to 6170M
W033
Tractors
W033/2: Harness for 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front (Adapter) for 6105M to 6125M
W033
Tractors
W111 W111/1: Wiring Harness for Lights on Cab Frame
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W211 W211/1: Cowl Harness (Cab)
W221 W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
W601
6150M to 6170M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
W601
6105M to 6140M Tractors
W601 W601/3: Transmission Harness (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control)
X005 X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Component Information
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X442 X442 - Connection Point between Harnesses W221 and W111
X443 X443 - Connection Point between Harnesses W221 and W111
X487 X487F - Connector of Turn-Signal Lever
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
X883 X883 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front, Component Information
X1235 X1235 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 or W202 and W031 or W033
X1235-1 X1235-1 - Connection Point between Harnesses W033 and W031
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
XGND10 XGND10 - Ground Point
XGND40 XGND40 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 311 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic

Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (SAE)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 312 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
12V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
H035 H035 - Left Rear Turn-Signal Light, Component Information
H043 H043 - Rear Right Turn-Signal Light, Component Information
H044 H044 - Left Turn-Signal Light on Front of Roof (SAE), Component Information
H045 H045 - Right Turn-Signal Light on Front of Roof (SAE), Component Information
H046 H046 - Left Turn-Signal Light on Rear of Roof (SAE), Component Information
H047 H047 - Right Turn-Signal Light on Rear of Roof (SAE), Component Information
S062 S062 - Hazard Warning Light Switch, Component Information
S147 S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information
W031 W031/2: Wiring Harness for 7-Pin Socket (SAE)
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W211 W211/1: Cowl Harness (Cab)
W221 W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
W601
6150M to 6170M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
W601
6105M to 6140M Tractors
W601 W601/3: Transmission Harness (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control)
X023 X023 - Leads of 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE)
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X487 X487F - Connector of Turn-Signal Lever
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
X1235 X1235 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 or W202 and W031 or W033
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
XGND10 XGND10 - Ground Point
XGND40 XGND40 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 313 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic

Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (ECE)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 314 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

LEGEND:
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic
12V Supply (A018)
Schematic
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
H034 H034 - Left Front Turn-Signal Light (ECE), Component Information
H035 H035 - Left Rear Turn-Signal Light, Component Information
H042 H042 - Right Front Turn-Signal Light (ECE), Component Information
H043 H043 - Rear Right Turn-Signal Light, Component Information
S008 S008 - Switch for Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
S106 S106 - Hazard Warning Light Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
W031 W031/1: Wiring Harness for 7-Terminal Socket (ECE) at Rear
W112 W112/1: Wiring Harness for Turn-Signal Light and Clearance Light (Open Operator′s Platform)
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
X005 X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Component Information
X041 X041F - Connector of Left Auxiliary Light
X051 X051F - Connector of Right Auxiliary Light
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X1235 X1235 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 or W202 and W031 or W033
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
XGND5 XGND5 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 315 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic

Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (SAE)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 316 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

LEGEND:
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic
12V Supply (A018)
Schematic
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
H035 H035 - Left Rear Turn-Signal Light, Component Information
H043 H043 - Rear Right Turn-Signal Light, Component Information
H044 H044 - Left Turn-Signal Light (Open Operator′s Platform) (SAE), Component Information
H045 H045 - Right Turn-Signal Light (Open Operator′s Platform) (SAE), Component Information
S008 S008 - Switch for Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
S106 S106 - Hazard Warning Light Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
W031 W031/2: Wiring Harness for 7-Terminal Socket (SAE)
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
X023 X23 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE), Component Information
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X1235 X1235 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 or W202 and W031 or W033
XGDN1 XGND1 - Ground Point
XGND5 XGND5 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 317 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

H034 - Front Left Turn-Signal Light (ECE), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors without cab: See: XGND1 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
H034 - Front Left Turn-Signal Light (ECE), Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. FCC 016 - Output for Left Turn-Signal Light on Cab Frame (ECE) or on Front of Roof (SAE), Current and Status in Section
245.
2. Left turn-signal light on cab frame (ECE) is flashing.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X109F - Connector of Left Turn-Signal and Clearance Lights (ECE). H034 - Front Left Turn-Signal Light (ECE),

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 318 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

Component Information , Section 249.


3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Turn-Signal Light
Resistance of component Resistance 5—8 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X001F - Connector of Instrument Unit. A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X001F, pin 17 (1025) and connector X109F, pin B (1025).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground


<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 319 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X109F, pin B (1025) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X109F, pin C (0110) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:• Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to
diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 320 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

H035 - Left Rear Turn-Signal Light, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND5A - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors without cab: See: XGND1 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
H035 - Left Rear Turn-Signal Light, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. FCC 048 - Output for Left Turn-Signal Light on Rear of Fender, Current and Status in Section 245.
2. Left turn-signal light on rear of fender is flashing.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2.

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 321 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

2. Disconnect X107F - Connector of Left Tail, Brake and Turn-Signal Lights. H035 - Left Rear Turn-Signal Light, Component
Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Turn-Signal Light
Resistance of component Resistance 5—8 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X001F - Connector of Instrument Unit. A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X001F, pin 30 (1026) and connector X107F, pin A (1026).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 322 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X107F, pin A (1026) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X107F, pin D (0510) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:• Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to
diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 323 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

H042 - Front Right Turn-Signal Light (ECE), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors without cab: See: XGND1 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
H042 - Front Right Turn-Signal Light (ECE), Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. FCC 017 - Output for Right Turn-Signal Light on Cab Frame (ECE) or on Front of Roof (SAE), Current and Status in Section
245.
2. Left turn-signal light on cab frame (ECE) is flashing.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X108F - Connector of Right Turn-Signal and Clearance Lights (ECE). H042 - Front Right Turn-Signal Light (ECE),

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 324 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

Component Information , Section 249.


3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Turn-Signal Light
Resistance of component Resistance 5—8 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X001F - Connector of Instrument Unit. A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X001F, pin 26 (1007) and connector X108F, pin B (1007).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground


<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 325 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X108F, pin B (1007) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X108F, pin C (0110) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:• Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to
diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 326 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

H043 - Right Rear Turn-Signal Light, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND5A - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors without cab: See: XGND1 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
H043 - Right Rear Turn-Signal Light, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. FCC 049 - Output for Right Turn-Signal Light on Rear of Fender, Current and Status in Section 245.
2. Right turn-signal light on rear of fender is flashing.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 327 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

2. Disconnect X106F - Connector of Right Tail, Brake and Turn-Signal Lights. H043 - Right Rear Turn-Signal Light, Component
Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Turn-Signal Light
Resistance of component Resistance 5—8 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X001F - Connector of Instrument Unit. A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X001F, pin 31 (1096) and connector X106F, pin A (1096).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 328 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X106F, pin A (1096) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X106F, pin D (0510) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:• Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to
diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 329 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

H044 - Front Left Turn-Signal Light in Roof (SAE), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors without cab: See: XGND1 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
H044 - Front Left Turn-Signal Light in Roof (SAE), Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. FCC 016 - Output for Left Turn-Signal Light on Cab Frame (ECE) or on Front of Roof (SAE), Current and Status in Section
245.
2. Left turn-signal light on front of roof (SAE) is flashing.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2.

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X160M - Connector of Left Front Turn-Signal Light in Roof (SAE) (Cab). H044 - Front Left Turn-Signal Light in
Roof (SAE), Component Information , Section 249.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 330 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Turn-Signal Light
Resistance of component Resistance 5—8 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X001F - Connector of Instrument Unit. A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X001F, pin 17 (1025) and connector X160M, pin A (1025).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 331 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X160M, pin A (1025) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X160M, pin B (0110) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:• Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to
diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 332 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

H044 - Left Turn-Signal Light (SAE) (Open Operator′s Platform), Circuit


Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
H044 - Left Turn-Signal Light (Open Operator′s Station) (SAE), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. FCC 016 - Output for Left Turn-Signal Light on Cab Frame (ECE) or on Front of Roof (SAE), Current and Status in Section
245.
2. H044 - Left Turn-Signal Light (SAE) (Open Operator′s Platform) is flashing.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X160M - Connector of Left Warning Light (SAE) (Open Operator′s Platform). H044 - Left Turn-Signal Light
(Open Operator′s Platform) (SAE), Component Information in Section 249.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 333 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Turn-Signal Light
Resistance of component Resistance 5—8 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X001F - Connector of Instrument Unit. A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X001F, pin 17 (1025) and connector X160M, pin A (1025).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 334 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X160M, pin A (1025) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X160M, pin B (0310) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:• Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to
diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 335 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

H045 - Front Right Turn-Signal Light in Roof (SAE), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
H045 - Front Right Turn-Signal Light in Roof (SAE), Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. FCC 017 - Output for Right Turn-Signal Light on Cab Frame (ECE) or on Front of Roof (SAE), Current and Status in Section
245.
2. Right turn-signal light on front of roof (SAE) is flashing.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X161M - Connector of Right Front Turn-Signal Light in Roof (SAE) (Cab). H045 - Front Right Turn-Signal Light in
Roof (SAE), Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 336 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Turn-Signal Light
Resistance of component Resistance 5—8 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X001F - Connector of Instrument Unit. A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X001F, pin 26 (1007) and connector X161M, pin A (1007).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 337 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X161M, pin A (1007) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X161M, pin B (0110) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:• Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to
diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 338 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

H045 - Right Turn-Signal Light (SAE) (Open Operator′s Platform), Circuit


Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors without cab: See: XGND1 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
H045 - Right Turn-Signal Light (Open Operator′s Station) (SAE), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. FCC 017 - Output for Right Turn-Signal Light on Cab Frame (ECE) or on Front of Roof (SAE), Current and Status in Section
245.
2. Right turn-signal light on front of roof (SAE) is flashing.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X109M - Connector of Right Front Turn-Signal Light in Roof (SAE) (Cab). H045 - Right Turn-Signal Light (Open
Operator′s Station) (SAE), Component Information in Section 249.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 339 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Turn-Signal Light
Resistance of component Resistance 5—8 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X001F - Connector of Instrument Unit. A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X001F, pin 26 (1007) and connector X109M, pin A (1007).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 340 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X109M, pin A (1007) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X109M, pin B (0110) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:• Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to
diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 341 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

H046 - Rear Left Turn-Signal Light in Roof (SAE), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
H046 - Rear Left Turn-Signal Light in Roof (SAE), Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. FCC 016 - Output for Left Turn-Signal Light on Cab Frame (ECE) or on Front of Roof (SAE), Current and Status in Section
245.
2. Left turn-signal light on front of roof (SAE) is flashing.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X163M - Connector of Left Rear Turn-Signal Light in Roof (SAE) (Cab). H046 - Rear Left Turn-Signal Light in
Roof (SAE), Component Information , Section 249.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 342 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Turn-Signal Light
Resistance of component Resistance 5—8 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X001F - Connector of Instrument Unit. A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X001F, pin 17 (1025) and connector X163M, pin A (1025).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 343 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X163M, pin A (1025) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X163M, pin B (0110) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:• Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to
diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 344 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

H047 - Rear Right Turn-Signal Light in Roof (SAE), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
H047 - Rear Right Turn-Signal Light in Roof (SAE), Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. FCC 017 - Output for Right Turn-Signal Light on Cab Frame (ECE) or on Front of Roof (SAE), Current and Status in Section
245.
2. Right turn-signal light on front of roof (SAE) is flashing.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X164M - Connector of Right Rear Turn-Signal Light Roof (SAE) (Cab). H047 - Rear Right Turn-Signal Light in
Roof (SAE), Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 345 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Turn-Signal Light
Resistance of component Resistance 5—8 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X001F - Connector of Instrument Unit. A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X001F, pin 26 (1007) and connector X164M, pin A (1007).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 346 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X164M, pin A (1007) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X164M, pin B (0110) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:• Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to
diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 347 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

S008 - Switch for Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Platform), Circuit


Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S008 - Switch for Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. FCC 008 - Switch for Turn-Signal Lights, Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect S008F - Switch for Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Platform).
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 348 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector S008F, pin 0 (0532) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Circuit test: Perform Main Control Unit, Test of 12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit (ELX Output), Section 245.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X001F - Connector of Instrument Unit. A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector S008F, pin 1 (1055) and connector X001F, pin 10 (1055).
Between connector S008F, pin 3 (1027) and connector X001F, pin 11 (1027).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 349 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector S008F, pin 1 (1055) and ground.
Between connector S008F, pin 3 (1027) and ground.

Result:

YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 350 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

S062 - Hazard Warning Light Switch, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S062 - Hazard Warning Light Switch, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

1. Actuate S062 - Hazard Warning Light Switch.


2. All hazard warning lights are flashing.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. X126F - Disconnect Connector of Hazard Warning Light Switch. S062 - Hazard Warning Light Switch, Component
Information in Section 249.
3. Disconnect X001F - Connector of Instrument Unit. A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
4. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 351 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X126F, pin A (1000) and connector X001F, pin 2 (1000).
Between connector X126F, pin B (0410) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X126M, pin A (1000) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present.• Check FCC configuration addresses (FCC 058 and FCC 060).• Replace component and
perform an operational check.

NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 352 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

S106 - Hazard Warning Light Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Circuit


Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S106 - Hazard Warning Light Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

1. Actuate S106 - Hazard Warning Light Switch.


2. All hazard warning lights are flashing.
3. Additionally, an indicator light in the hazard warning light switch is flashing.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X516M - Connector of Hazard Warning Light Switch (Open Operator′s Station). S106 - Hazard Warning Light
Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.
3. Disconnect X001F - Connector of Instrument Unit. A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
4. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 353 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X516M, pin B (1000) and connector X001F, pin 2 (1000).
Between connector X516M, pin C (0310) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X516M, pin B (1000) and ground.

Result:

YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 354 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Operational check:
FCC 008 - Switch for Turn-Signal Lights, Status in Section 245.
FCC 010 - High-Beam Switch, Wake-up Signal and ELX Supply Voltage, Status in Section 245.
Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Parking Light and Headlights (Switch) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Lights and Headlights (Switch) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

1.1

Perform an operational check of the turn-signal lights.

See FCC 008 - Switch for Turn-Signal Lights, Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.2 .

NO:GO TO 2 .

Action:

1.2

Perform an operational check of the high-beam headlights.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 355 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

See FCC 010 - High-Beam Switch, Wake-up Signal and ELX Supply Voltage, Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 7 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X487F - Connector of Turn-Signal Lever. S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X487F, pin F (0432) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Turn-signal lever
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check supply voltage of main control unit, lead 0432; see 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units - Summary of References in
Section 240.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X001F - Connector of Instrument Unit. A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 356 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X487F, pin D (1027) and connector X001F, pin 11 (1027).
3. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X487F, pin G (1055) and connector X001F, pin 10 (1055).
4. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X487F, pin D (1027) and ground.
Between connector X487F, pin G (1055) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present.• Replace component and perform an operational check.

NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

( 7 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X487F - Connector of Turn-Signal Lever. S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 8 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 8 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X487F, pin A and pin H (0632) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Turn-signal lever
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 10 .

NO:GO TO 9 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 357 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights

( 9 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove fuse F04/08 and check.
3. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X487F, pin A and pin H (0632) and output of fuse 04/08.
4. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace fuse F04/08 and perform an operational test.

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 10 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X001F - Connector of Instrument Unit. A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 11 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 11 ) Continuity check of lead 1059

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove fuse F04/08 and check.
3. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X487F, pin C (1059) and connector X001F, pin 3 (1059).
4. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 12 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 12 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X487F, pin C (1059) and ground.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 358 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat

Result:

YES:No short to ground present.• Replace component and perform an operational check.

NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 359 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat

Group 50CA - 50CA - Operator′s Seat


50CA - Operator′s Seat, Summary of References
50CA - Operator′s Seat, Summary of References

Diagnostic Schematic:

50CA - Operator′s Seat (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic


50CA - Operator Presence Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50CA - Operator′s Seat (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic
50CA - Operator Presence Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:

A029 - Seat with Compressor and Heater, Circuit Test


S040 - Operator Presence Switch, Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 360 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat

50CA - Operator′s Seat (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50CA - Operator′s Seat (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A029 A029 - Seat with Compressor and Heater, Component Information
CIRCUIT ACC 1 (Cab) 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 361 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat

F03/20_LCS F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Information


W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 362 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat

50CA - Operator Presence Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50CA - Operator Presence Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 363 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat

S040 S040 - Operator Presence Switch, Component Information


W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness
X230 X230F - Connector of Operator Presence Switch
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 364 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat

50CA - Operator′s Seat (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic


Schematic

50CA - Operator′s Seat (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 365 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat

LEGEND:
A029 A029 - Seat with Compressor and Heater, Component Information
CIRCUIT ACC (OOS) 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC) (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic
F03/20 F03LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 366 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat

50CA - Operator Presence Switch (Open Operator′s Platform),


Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 367 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 368 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat

50CA - Operator Presence Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
S040 S040 - Operator Presence Switch, Component Information
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Station
XGND2 XGND2 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 369 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat

A029 - Seat with Compressor and Heater, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CA - Operator′s Seat (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50CA - Operator′s Seat (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F03/20.
Fuse on tractors without cab: See: F03LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Open Operator′s Station), Component Informationfuse
F03/20.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND1A - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors without cab: See: XGND1 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
A029 - Seat with Compressor and Heater, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Actuate the seat compressor switch.
3. It can be heard that the seat compressor is running.
4. Actuate the seat heater switch.
5. The backrest is slowly warming up.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 370 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X488F.See A029 - Seat with Compressor and Heater, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X488F, pin A (0242) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Seat with compressor and heater


Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check fuse F03/20; if necessary, repair defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X488F, pin B (0310) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace A029 - Seat with Compressor and Heater and perform an operational check.

NO:• Repair defective lead and perform an operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 371 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat

S040 - Operator Presence Switch, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CA - Operator Presence Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50CA - Operator Presence Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND43A - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors without cab: See: XGND2 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S040 - Operator Presence Switch, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. RPT 012 - Operator Presence Switch, Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X230F.See S040 - Operator Presence Switch, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 372 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check the voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X230F, pin A (6087) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Operator Presence Switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-3 - Connector of Main Control Unit.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin J3-22 (6087) and connector X230F, pin A (6087).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 373 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Connector X230F, between pin A (6087) and ground.

Result:

YES:Check A018 - Central Control Unit, replace if necessary, and perform an operational check.

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X230F, pin B (0050) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace S040 - Operator Presence Switch and perform an operational check.

NO:• Repair defective lead and perform an operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 374 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms

Group 50CB - 50CB - Acoustic Alarms


50CB - Acoustic Alarms, Summary of References
50CB - Acoustic Alarms, Summary of References .

Diagnostic Schematic (Cab):

50CB - Acoustic Alarms (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic


50CB - Horn (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50CB - Backup Alarm (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Diagnostic Schematic (Open Operator′s Platform):

50CB - Acoustic Alarms (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic


50CB - Horn (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic
50CB - Backup Alarm (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:

Horn, Circuit Test


Backup Alarm, Circuit Test
Acoustic Alarm, Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 375 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms

50CB - Acoustic Alarms (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50CB - Acoustic Alarms (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
F01FRM/P8_LCS F01FRM - Fuses (FRM) (Cab), Component Information
K01/3 K01LCS to K05LCS - Relays (LCS) (Cab), Component Information
K02/2 K01LCS to K05LCS - Relays (LCS) (Cab), Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 376 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms

W201 W201/1: Cab Harness


XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 377 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms

50CB - Horn (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50CB - Horn (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
CIRCUIT 0012 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
F03/17_LCS F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Information
H001 H001 - Horn, Component Information
S147 S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W211 W211/1: Cowl Harness (Cab)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 378 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms

W511 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6130M to 6170M Tractors
W511 W511/2: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W511 W511/5: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6140M and 6170M Tractors (Level 16 ECU)
W511 W511/6: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6105M and 6125M Tractors (Level 16 ECU)
X487 X487F - Connector of Turn-Signal Lever
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab)
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab) (Level 16 ECU)
XGND9 XGND9 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 379 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms

50CB - Backup Alarm (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50CB - Backup Alarm (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
B049 B049 - Backup Alarm Pressure Switch, Component Information
B185 B185 - Backup Alarm Switch, Component Information
CIRCUIT ACC 2 (Cab) 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC2) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
F04/03 F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Information
H067 H067 - Backup Alarm, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 380 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms

K028 K028 - Backup Alarm Relay, Component Information


S172 S172 - Backup Alarm Switch, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness
W721 W721/1: Harness for Backup Alarm
W722 W722/1: Harness for Backup Alarm (Adapter for Transmission)
X037 X037F - Connector of Front Loader
X178 X178-1 - Connection Point between Harnesses W722 and W721
X178 X178-2 - Connection Point between Harnesses W721 and W722
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 381 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms

50CB - Acoustic Alarms (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic


Schematic

50CB - Acoustic Alarms (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (OOS) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
F03/11 F03LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
K01/2 K01LCS to K04LCS - Relays (LCS) (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 382 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms

K02/D K01LCS to K04LCS - Relays (LCS) (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
XGND2 XGND2 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 383 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms

50CB - Horn (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic

50CB - Horn (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
CIRCUIT 0012 (OOS) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
F03/18 F03LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
H001 H001 - Horn, Component Information
S004 S004 - Horn Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
W202 W202/1: Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 384 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms

W511 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6130M to 6170M Tractors
W511 W511/2: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W511 W511/5: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6140M and 6170M Tractors (Level 16 ECU)
W511 W511/6: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6105M and 6125M Tractors (Level 16 ECU)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
XGND9 XGND9 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 385 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms

50CB - Backup Alarm (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

50CB - Backup Alarm (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
B049 B049 - Backup Alarm Pressure Switch, Component Information
B185 B185 - Backup Alarm Switch, Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (OOS) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
F03/19 F03LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
H067 H067 - Backup Alarm, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 386 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms

K028 K028 - Backup Alarm Relay, Component Information


S172 S172 - Backup Alarm Switch, Component Information
W202 W202/1: Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W721 W721/1: Harness for Backup Alarm
W722 W722/1: Harness for Backup Alarm (Adapter for Transmission)
X037 X037F - Connector of Front Loader
X178 X178-1 - Connection Point between Harnesses W722 and W721
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 387 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms

Horn, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CB - Horn (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50CB - Horn (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F03/17.
Fuse on tractors without cab: See: F03LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Open Operator′s Station), Component Informationfuse
F03/18.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND9 - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors without cab: See: XGND9 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
H001 - Horn, Component Information , Section 249.
S004 - Horn Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information , Section 249.
S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Actuate S004 - Horn Switch (Open Operator′s Station), or press in S147 - Turn-Signal Lever.
3. Horn sounds.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 388 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X066F.See H001 - Horn, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check the voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Actuate S004 - Horn Switch (Open Operator′s Station), or press in S147 - Turn-Signal Lever.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X066F, pin A (2076) and ground.
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Horn
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 12 .

NO:• On tractors with open operator′s station: GO TO 8 . • On tractors with cab: GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X487F.See S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check the voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X487F, pin J (0872) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Horn
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 389 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms

NO:Check fuse F03/17; if necessary, repair defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X487F, pin E (2076) and connector X066F, pin A (2076).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Connector X066F, between pin A (2076) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace turn-signal lever (S147) and perform operational check.

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 8 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X059F.See S004 - Horn Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 9 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 9 ) Check the voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X059F, pin A (0872) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Horn
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 390 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms

Result:

YES:GO TO 10 .

NO:Check fuse F03/18; if necessary, repair defective lead and perform operational check.

( 10 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X059F, pin A (2076) and connector X066F, pin A (2076).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 11 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 11 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Connector X066F, between pin A (2076) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace S004 - Horn Switch (Open Operator′s Station) and perform operational check.

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 12 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Connector X066F, between pin A (0010) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohm

Result:

YES:Replace H001 - horn, and perform operational check.

NO:• Repair defective lead and perform an operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 391 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms

Backup Alarm, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CB - Backup Alarm (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50CB - Backup Alarm (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F04/03.
Fuse on tractors without cab: See: F03LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Open Operator′s Station), Component Informationfuse
F03/19.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND1A - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors without cab: See: XGND1 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B049 - Backup Alarm Pressure Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
B185 - Backup Alarm Switch, Component Information , Section 249.
H067 - Backup Alarm, Component Information in Section 249.
K028 - Backup Alarm Relay, Component Information in Section 249.
S172 - Backup Alarm Switch, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

1. Start the engine.


2. Actuate the backup alarm switch.
3. Move reverse drive lever to reverse position.
4. Back up slowly.
5. Backup alarm sounds.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 392 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X969F.See S172 - Backup Alarm Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X969F, pin B (0362) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Backup Alarm
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:• On tractors with open operator′s station: Check fuse F03/19.• On tractors with cab: Check fuse F04/03.• If necessary,
repair defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X178-1.See B049 - Backup Alarm Pressure Switch, Component Information in Section 249. Or
Disconnect connector X178-2.See B185 - Backup Alarm Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check the voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Actuate the backup alarm switch.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X178-1, pin A (2087) or X178-2, pin A (2087) and ground.
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Backup Alarm
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 393 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Actuate the backup alarm switch.
3. Install a jumper on connector X187, between pin A (2087) and pin B (2136).
4. Backup alarm sounds.

Result:

YES:Replace B185 - Backup Alarm Switch or B049 - Backup Alarm Pressure Switch. Perform operational check.

NO:GO TO 7 .

( 7 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X280F.See K028 - Backup Alarm Relay, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 8 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 8 ) Check the voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Actuate the backup alarm switch.
3. Install a jumper on connector X178-1 or X178-1, between pin A (2087) and pin B (2136).
4. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X280F, pin 86 (2136) and ground.
5. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Backup Alarm
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 9 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 9 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 394 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms

2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:


Between connector X280F, pin 85 (0310) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 10 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 10 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X280F, pin 30 (0362) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Backup Alarm
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 11 .

NO:• On tractors with open operator′s station: Check fuse F03/19.• On tractors with cab: Check fuse F04/03.• If necessary,
repair defective lead and perform operational check.

( 11 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Install a jumper on connector X280F, between pin 30 (0362) and pin 87 (2103).
3. Backup alarm sounds.

Result:

YES:Replace K028 - Backup Alarm Relay and perform operational check.

NO:GO TO 12 .

( 12 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X185M.See H067 - Backup Alarm, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 13 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 395 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 13 ) Check the voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Install a jumper on connector X280F, between pin 30 (0362) and pin 87 (2103).
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X185M, pin A (2103) and ground.
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Backup Alarm
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 14 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 14 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X185M, pin B (0310) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohm

Result:

YES:Replace H067 - Backup Alarm and perform operational check.

NO:• Repair defective lead and perform an operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 396 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms

Acoustic Alarm, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CB - Acoustic Alarms (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50CB - Acoustic Alarms (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F01FRM - Fuses (FRM) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F01FRM/P8.
Fuse on tractors without cab: See: F03LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Open Operator′s Station), Component Informationfuse
F03/11.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND43A - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors without cab: See: XGND2 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
K01LCS to K05LCS - Relays (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationin Section 249.
K01LCS to K04LCS - Relays (LCS) (Open Operator′s Station), Component Informationin Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Acoustic alarm sounds.
3. Insert any fuse of the fuse box into the FUSE CHECK slot.
4. Acoustic alarm sounds again.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Acoustic alarm does not sound when turning the key switch on, GO TO 4 . • Acoustic alarm does not sound when
inserting the fuse, GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check supply voltage


<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 397 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Insert any fuse of the fuse box into the FUSE CHECK slot.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between K01/3 (tractors with cab) or K01/2 (tractors with open operator′s
station), pin 1 (0462) and ground.
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between K01/3 (tractors with cab) or K01/2 (tractors with open operator′s station), pin 2 (0050) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohm

Result:

YES:Replace K01/3 (tractors with cab) or K01/2 (tractors with open operator′s station), and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

( 4 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between K01/3 pin 1 (0462) and K02/2 pin 86 (0462) (tractors with cab).Or K01/2 pin 1 (0462) and K02/D pin 86
(0462) (tractors with open operator′s station).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 398 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

2. Disconnect X027F-3 - Connector of Main Control Unit.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin J3-51 (0463) and K02/2, pin 85 (0463) (tractors with cab).Between connector
X027F-3, pin J3-51 (0463) and K02/D, pin 85 (0463) (tractors with open operator′s station).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between K01/3 (tractors with cab) or K01/2 (tractors with open operator′s station), pin 2 (0050) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohm

Result:

YES:Replace K01/3 (tractors with cab) or K01/2 (tractors with open operator′s station), and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 399 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

Group 50CC - 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers


50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers, Summary of References
50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers, Summary of References

Diagnostic Schematic:

50CC - Windshield Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic


50CC - Rear Window Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:

K026 - Intermittent Wipe Relay for Windshield Wiper, Circuit Test


M003 - Windshield Wiper Motor, Circuit Test
M004 - Rear Window Wiper Motor, Circuit Test
M005 - Windshield Washer Pump, Circuit Test
M006 - Rear Window Washer Pump, Circuit Test
S015 - Windshield Wiper Switch, Circuit Test
S016 - Windshield Washer Switch, Circuit Test
S017 - Windshield Wiper Shut-Off Switch, Circuit Test
S018 - Rear Window Wiper Switch, Circuit Test
S020 - Rear Wiper Shut-Off Switch, Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 400 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

50CC - Windshield Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50CC - Windshield Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 401 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

LEGEND:
CIRCUIT ELX 2 (Cab) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX2) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
F04/01_LCS F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Information
K026 K026 - Intermittent Wipe Relay for Windshield Wiper, Component Information
M003 M003 - Windshield Wiper Motor, Component Information
M005 M005 - Windshield Washer Pump, Component Information
S015 S015 - Windshield Wiper Switch, Component Information
S016 S016 - Windshield Washer Switch, Component Information
S017 S017 - Windshield Wiper Shut-Off Switch, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W211 W211/1: Cowl Harness (Cab)
W221 W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
W221 W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
W901 W901/1: Harness for Windshield Wiper Switch
W911 W911/1: Harness for Windshield Wiper Shut-off Switch
W911 W911/2: Harness with Jumper Connector (Tractors without Windshield Wiper Shut-off Switch)
X020 X020 - Connection Point between Harnesses W212 and W901
X039 X039 - Connection Point between Harnesses W211 and W901
X583 X583 - Connection Point between Harnesses W211 and W911
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
XGND10 XGND10 - Ground Point
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 402 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

50CC - Rear Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50CC - Rear Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 403 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

LEGEND:
CIRCUIT ELX 2 (Cab) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX2) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
F04/02_LCS F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Information
M004 M004 - Rear Wiper Motor, Component Information
M006 M006 - Rear Window Washer Pump, Component Information
S018 S018 - Rear Wiper Switch, Component Information
S020 S020 - Rear Window Wiper Shut-Off Switch, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W221 W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
W221 W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
W922 W922/1: Wiring Harness for Rear Window Wiper Switch
X040 X040 - Connection Point between Harnesses W921 and W201
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
XGND10 XGND10 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 404 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

K026 - Intermittent Wipe Relay for Windshield Wiper, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CC - Windshield Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F04/01.
Ground point: See: XGND43A - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
K026 - Intermittent Wipe Relay for Windshield Wiper, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Turn the windshield wiper switch to stage 1. The wiper starts wiping intermittently.
3. Turn the windshield wiper switch to stage 2. The wiper starts wiping at low speed.
4. Turn the windshield wiper switch to stage 3. The wiper starts wiping at high speed.
5. Partly open the windshield. The wiper stops wiping.
6. Close the windshield. The wiper starts wiping again.
7. Press and hold the windshield washer switch.
8. The humming of the windshield washer pump should be heard.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 405 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X038F.See M003 - Windshield Wiper Motor, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Disconnect connector X104F.See K026 - Intermittent Wipe Relay for Windshield Wiper, Component Information in Section
249.
4. Disconnect connector X278F.See S015 - Windshield Wiper Switch, Component Information , Section 249.
5. Disconnect X583 - Connection Point between Harnesses W211 and W911 .
6. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X104F, pin 1 (2107) and connector X278F, pin B (2107).
Between connector X104F, pin 2 (2133) and connector X278F, pin L (2133).
Between connector X104F, pin 3 (2091) and connector X278F, pin M (2091).
Between connector X104F, pin 4 (2146) and connector X278F, pin H (2146).
Between connector X104F, pin 5 (0050) and ground.
Between connector X104F, pin 6 (2097) and connector X583F, pin C (2097).
Between connector X104F, pin 7 (2024) and connector X038F, pin 31B (2024).
Between connector X104F, pin 8 (2035) and connector X038F, pin 53 (2035).
Between connector X104F, pin 9 (2049) and connector X038F, pin 53B (2049).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X104F, pin 1 (2107) and ground.
Between connector X104F, pin 2 (2133) and ground.
Between connector X104F, pin 3 (2091) and ground.
Between connector X104F, pin 4 (2146) and ground.
Between connector X104F, pin 6 (2097) and ground.
Between connector X104F, pin 7 (2024) and ground.
Between connector X104F, pin 8 (2035) and ground.
Between connector X104F, pin 9 (2049) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.


<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 406 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 407 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

M003 - Windshield Wiper Motor, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CC - Windshield Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F04/01.
Ground point: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
M003 - Windshield Wiper Motor, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Turn the windshield wiper switch to stage 1. The wiper starts wiping intermittently.
3. Turn the windshield wiper switch to stage 2. The wiper starts wiping at low speed.
4. Turn the windshield wiper switch to stage 3. The wiper starts wiping at high speed.
5. Partly open the windshield. The wiper stops wiping.
6. Close the windshield. The wiper starts wiping again.
7. Press and hold the windshield washer switch.
8. The humming of the windshield washer pump should be heard.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 408 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X038F.See M003 - Windshield Wiper Motor, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X038F, pin 53A (0402) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Wiper Motor
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check fuse F04/01; if necessary, repair defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X104F.See K026 - Intermittent Wipe Relay for Windshield Wiper, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X038F, pin 31 (0110) and ground.
Between connector X038F, pin 31B (2024) and connector X104F, pin 7 (2024).
Between connector X038F, pin 53B (2049) and connector X104F, pin 9 (2049).
Between connector X038F, pin 53 (2035) and connector X104F, pin 8 (2035).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 409 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X038F, pin 53 (2035) and ground.
Between connector X038F, pin 53B (2049) and ground.
Between connector X038F, pin 31B (2024) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 410 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

M004 - Rear Wiper Motor, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CC - Rear Window Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F04/02.
Ground point: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
M004 - Rear Wiper Motor, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Turn the rear wiper switch to stage 1. The wiper starts wiping at low speed.
3. Turn the rear wiper switch to stage 2. The wiper starts wiping at high speed.
4. Partly open the rear window. The wiper stops wiping.
5. Close the rear window. The wiper starts wiping again.
6. Turn the rear wiper switch off.
7. Press and hold the rear window washer switch to turn on the rear window washer.
8. The wiper starts wiping again. The humming of the rear window washer pump should be heard.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 411 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X043F.See M004 - Rear Wiper Motor, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X043F, pin 53A (0772) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Wiper Motor
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check fuse F04/02; if necessary, repair defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X042F.See S018 - Rear Window Wiper Switch, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X042F, pins L and 1 (2005) and connector X043F, pin 53 (2005).
Between connector X042F, pin 2 (2119) and connector X043F, pin 53B (2119).
Between connector X042F, pin P (2004) and connector X043F, pin 31B (2004).
Between connector X043F, pin 31 (0110) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 412 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X043F, pin 53 (2005) and ground.
Between connector X043F, pin 53B (2119) and ground.
Between connector X043F, pin 31B (2004) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 413 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

M005 - Windshield Washer Pump, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CC - Windshield Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F04/01.
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
M005 - Windshield Washer Pump, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Close and latch the windshield.
3. Turn the windshield wiper switch to stage 1.
4. Press and hold the windshield wiper switch.
5. The humming of the windshield washer pump should be heard.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X285F.See M005 - Windshield Washer Pump, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Disconnect connectors X063F and X064F.See S016 - Windshield Washer Switch, Component Information , Section 249.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 414 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

4. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Close and latch the windshield.
3. Turn the windshield wiper switch to stage 1.
4. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X063F, pin A (2088) and ground.
5. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Differential Lock Switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Perform S015 - Windshield Wiper Switch, Circuit Test .

( 4 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X285F, pin A (2008) and connector X064F, pin B (2008).
Between connector X285F, pin B (0310) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Connector X285F, between pin A (2008) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 415 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 416 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

M006 - Rear Window Washer Pump, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CC - Rear Window Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F04/02.
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
M006 - Rear Window Washer Pump, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Close and latch the rear window.
3. Press and hold the rear window washer switch to turn on the rear window washer.
4. The wiper starts wiping. The humming of the rear window washer pump should be heard.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X044F.See M006 - Rear Window Washer Pump, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Disconnect connector X042F.See S018 - Rear Window Wiper Switch, Component Information , Section 249.
4. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 417 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X044F, pin A (2186) and connector X042F, pin 4 (2186).
Between connector X044F, pin B (0310) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Connector X042F, between pin A (2186) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 418 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

S015 - Windshield Wiper Switch, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CC - Windshield Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S015 - Windshield Wiper Switch, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Turn the windshield wiper switch to stage 1. The wiper starts wiping intermittently.
3. Turn the windshield wiper switch to stage 2. The wiper starts wiping at low speed.
4. Turn the windshield wiper switch to stage 3. The wiper starts wiping at high speed.
5. Partly open the windshield. The wiper stops wiping.
6. Close the windshield. The wiper starts wiping again.
7. Press and hold the windshield washer switch.
8. The humming of the windshield washer pump should be heard.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X278F.See S015 - Windshield Wiper Switch, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Disconnect connector X104F.See K026 - Intermittent Wipe Relay for Windshield Wiper, Component Information in Section

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 419 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

249.
4. Disconnect connector X063F.See S016 - Windshield Washer Switch, Component Information , Section 249.
5. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X278F, pin B (2107) and connector X104F, pin 1 (2107).
Between connector X278F, pin C (2088) and connector X063F, pin A (2088).
Between connector X278F, pin L (2133) and connector X104F, pin 2 (2133).
Between connector X278F, pin M (2091) and connector X104F, pin 3 (2091).
Between connector X278F, pin H (2146) and connector X104F, pin 4 (2146).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Connector X278F, pin B (2107) and ground.
Connector X278F, pin L (2133) and ground.
Connector X278F, pin M (2091) and ground.
Connector X278F, pin H (2146) and ground.
Connector X278F, pin C (2088) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 420 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

S016 - Windshield Washer Switch, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CC - Windshield Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S016 - Windshield Washer Switch, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Turn the windshield wiper switch to stage 1. The wiper starts wiping intermittently.
3. Press and hold the windshield washer switch.
4. The humming of the windshield washer pump should be heard.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connectors X063F and X064F.See S016 - Windshield Washer Switch, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Disconnect connector X278F.See S015 - Windshield Wiper Switch, Component Information , Section 249.
4. Disconnect connector X285F.See M005 - Windshield Washer Pump, Component Information , Section 249.
5. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 421 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X278F, pin C (2088) and connector X063F, pin A (2088).
Between connector X285F, pin A (2008) and connector X064F, pin B (2008).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Connector X063F, pin A (2088) and ground.
Connector X064F, pin B (2008) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 422 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

S017 - Windshield Wiper Shut-Off Switch, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CC - Windshield Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F04/01.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S017 - Windshield Wiper Shut-Off Switch, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Turn the windshield wiper switch to stage 1. The wiper starts wiping at low speed.
3. Partly open the windshield. The wiper stops wiping.
4. Close the windshield. The wiper starts wiping again.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X583 - Connection Point between Harnesses W211 and W911 .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 423 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X583F, pin B (0402) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Windshield Wiper Shut-off Switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check fuse F04/01; if necessary, repair defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X038F.See M003 - Windshield Wiper Motor, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Disconnect connector X104F.See K026 - Intermittent Wipe Relay for Windshield Wiper, Component Information in Section
249.
4. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X583F, pin A (2024) and connector X038F, pin 31B (2024).
Between connector X583F, pin A (2024) and connector X104F, pin 7 (2024).
Between connector X583F, pin C (2097) and connector X104F, pin 6 (2097).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 424 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X583F, pin A (2024) and ground.
Between connector X583F, pin C (2097) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 425 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

S018 - Rear Window Wiper Switch, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CC - Rear Window Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S018 - Rear Window Wiper Switch, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Turn the rear wiper switch to stage 1. The wiper starts wiping at low speed.
3. Turn the rear wiper switch to stage 2. The wiper starts wiping at high speed.
4. Partly open the rear window. The wiper stops wiping.
5. Close the rear window. The wiper starts wiping again.
6. Turn the rear wiper switch off.
7. Press and hold the rear window washer switch to turn on the rear window washer.
8. The wiper starts wiping again. The humming of the rear window washer pump should be heard.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X042F.See S018 - Rear Window Wiper Switch, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Disconnect connector X043F.See M004 - Rear Wiper Motor, Component Information , Section 249.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 426 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

4. Disconnect connector X044F.See M006 - Rear Window Washer Pump, Component Information , Section 249.
5. Disconnect connector S020-1 - Leads of Rear Wiper Shut-Off Switch.
6. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X042F, pin 1 (2005) and connector X043F, pin 53 (2005).
Between connector X042F, pin 2 (2119) and connector X043F, pin 53B (2119).
Between connector X042F, pin 4 (2186) and connector X044F, pin A (2005).
Between connector X042F, pin B (2067) and S020-1 - Lead (2005) of Rear Wiper Shut-Off Switch.
Between connector X042F, pin L (2005) and connector X043F, pin 53 (2005).
Between connector X042F, pin P (2004) and connector X043F, pin 31B (2004).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X042F, pin 1 (2005) and ground.
Between connector X042F, pin 2 (2119) and ground.
Between connector X042F, pin B (2067) and ground.
Between connector X042F, pin L (2005) and ground.
Between connector X042F, pin P (2004) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 427 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

S020 - Rear Wiper Shut-Off Switch, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CC - Rear Window Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F04/02.
Ground point: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S020 - Rear Wiper Shut-Off Switch, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Turn the rear wiper switch to stage 1. The wiper starts wiping at low speed.
3. Partly open the rear window. The wiper stops wiping.
4. Close the rear window. The wiper starts wiping again.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect S020-1 - Leads of Rear Wiper Shut-Off Switch.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 428 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between S020-1 - Lead (0772) of Rear Wiper Shut-Off Switch and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Rear Wiper Shut-Off Switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check fuse F04/02; if necessary, repair defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X042F.See S018 - Rear Window Wiper Switch, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Disconnect connector X043F.See M004 - Rear Wiper Motor, Component Information , Section 249.
4. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between lead (2004) of rear wiper shut-off switch and connector X043F, pin 31B (2004).
Between lead (2004) of rear wiper shut-off switch and connector X042F, pin P (2005).
Between lead (2067) of rear wiper shut-off switch and connector X042F, pin B (2067).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 429 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X042F, pin P (2005) and ground.
Between connector X042F, pin B (2067) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 430 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System

Group 50CD - 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System


50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System, Summary of
References
50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System, Summary of References

Diagnostic schematic:

50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System, Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:

B014 - Air-Conditioning Thermostat Switch, Circuit Test


B015 - Pressure Switch for Refrigerant Pressure, Circuit Test
B095 - De-Icing Switch, Circuit Test
K04/1 - Heater Relay, Circuit Test
K05/2 - Air-Conditioning Relay, Circuit Test
M002 - A/C Compressor Clutch, Circuit Test
M007 - Fan Motor, Circuit Test
M010 - Fan Motor, Circuit Test
R003 - Fan Resistor, Circuit Test
S093 - Switch for Air-Conditioning Compressor Clutch, Circuit Test
S014 - Fan Switch, Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 431 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System

50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System, Diagnostic Schematic

50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System, Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 432 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System

LEGEND:
Main Power Supply
50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B014 B014 - Air-Conditioning Thermostat Switch, Component Information
B015 B015 - Pressure Switch for Refrigerant Pressure, Component Information
B095 B095 - De-Icing Switch, Component Information
F04/10_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F04/09_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K04/1_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K05/2_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
M002 M002 - Compressor Clutch for Air-Conditioning System, Component Information
M007 M007 - Fan Motor, Component Information
M010 M010 - Fan Motor, Component Information
R003 R003 - Fan Resistor, Component Information
S014 S014 - Fan Switch, Component Information
S093 S093 - Switch for Air-Conditioning Compressor Clutch, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W501 For Tractor Models, See:
• W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
• W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
• W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
• W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W511 For Tractor Models, See:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W251 W251/1: Wiring Harness for Fan with Air-Conditioning System
X1080 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W501 and W511 (6-Cylinder Engines) or
X1080
Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W502 and W511 (4-Cylinder Engines)
X577 X577 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W251
X782 For Model Selection, see:
• X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab)
• X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab) (Level 16 ECU)
XGND9 XGND9 - Ground Point
XGND15 XGND15 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 433 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System

B014 - Air-Conditioning Thermostat Switch, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Fuse for component supply voltage: F04LCS/05 (BAT)For an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and
Diodes (Cab), Component Information , Section 249.
Ground point: See: XGND15 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Diagnostic schematic: For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning
System, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B014 - Air-Conditioning Thermostat Switch,
Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove connector X073F from component. See B014 - A/C Thermostat Switch, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Switch on air conditioning system.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X073F, pin A (2071) and ground.
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Air-Conditioning Thermostat Switch

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 434 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System

Item Measurement Specification

Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5—14 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair defective lead (2071) and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Switch on air conditioning system.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X073F, between pin A (2071) and pin B (2095).
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Air-Conditioning Thermostat Switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5—14 V

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead (2095) and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 435 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System

B015 - Pressure Switch for Refrigerant Pressure, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Fuse for component supply voltage: F04LCS/05 (BAT)For an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and
Diodes (Cab), Component Information , Section 249.
Ground point: See: XGND15 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Diagnostic schematic: For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning
System, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B015 - Pressure Switch for Refrigerant
Pressure, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X028F from component. See B015 - Pressure Switch for Refrigerant Pressure, Component
Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Switch on air conditioning system.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X028F, pin A (2095) and ground.
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 436 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System

Item Measurement Specification

Air-Conditioning Thermostat Switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair defective lead (2095) and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Switch on air conditioning system.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X028F, between pin A (2095) and pin B (2023).
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Air-Conditioning Thermostat Switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5—14 V

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead (2023) and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 437 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System

B095 - De-Icing Switch, Circuit Test


Circuit:
Fuses: F04/05See: LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Ground point: See: XGND15 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System, Diagnostic Schematic in Section
240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B095 - De-Icing Switch, Component Information
in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove connector X449F from component.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Switch on air conditioning system.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X449F, pin A (2099) and ground.
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Air-Conditioning Thermostat Switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5—14 V

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 438 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair defective lead (2099) and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Switch on air conditioning system.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X449F, between pin A (2099) and pin B (2095).
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Air-Conditioning Thermostat Switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5—14 V

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead (2095) and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 439 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System

K04/1 - Heater Relay, Circuit Test


Circuit:
Fuses: F04/05See: LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Ground point: See: XGND15 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System, Diagnostic Schematic in Section
240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab),
Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Pull off relay from bracket.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Turn on fan.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the relay slot, pin 86 (2123) and ground.
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Heater Relay
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5—14 V

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 440 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair defective lead (2123) and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Turn on fan.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at the relay slot, between pin 86 (2123) and pin 85 (2126).
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Heater Relay
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5—14 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X046F from component. See M007 - Fan Motor, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead 2052

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X046F, pin A (2052) and relay slot, pin 87 (2072).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 2042

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 441 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X047F, pin A (2042) and relay slot, pin 87 (2072).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

( 7 ) Check supply voltage in load circuit

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the relay slot, pin 30 (0012) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Heater Relay
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5—14 V

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead (0012) and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 442 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System

K05/2 - Air-Conditioning Relay, Circuit Test


Circuit:
Fuses: F04/05See: LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Ground point: See: XGND15 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System, Diagnostic Schematic in Section
240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab),
Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Pull off relay from bracket.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Switch on air conditioning system.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the relay slot, pin 85 (2126) and ground.
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Relay for Air-Conditioning System


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5—14 V

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 443 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair defective lead (2126) and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Switch on air conditioning system.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at the relay slot, between pin 86 (2062) and pin 85 (2126).
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Relay for Air-Conditioning System


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5—14 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove connector X448M from component.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X448M, pin B (2105) and relay slot, pin 87 (2105).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

( 6 ) Check supply voltage in load circuit

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 444 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the relay slot, pin 30 (2123) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Heater Relay
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5—14 V

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead (2123) and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 445 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System

M002 - A/C Compressor Clutch, Circuit Test


Circuit:
Fuses: F04/05See: LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Ground point: See: XGND9 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System, Diagnostic Schematic in Section
240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: M002 - Air-Conditioning Compressor Clutch,
Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove connector X130F from component. See M002 - A/C Compressor Clutch, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Switch on air conditioning system.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X130F, pin A (2023) and ground.
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Air-Conditioning Thermostat Switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5—14 V

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 446 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair defective lead (2023) and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Switch on air conditioning system.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X130F, between pin A (2023) and pin B (G0010).
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Air-Conditioning Thermostat Switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5—14 V

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead (G0010) and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 447 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System

M007 - Fan Motor, Circuit Test


Circuit:
Fuses: F04/10See: LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Ground point: See: XGND15 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System, Diagnostic Schematic in Section
240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: M007 - Fan Motor, Component Information in
Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X046F from component. See M007 - Fan Motor, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Turn the fan on and set it to the highest speed.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X046F, pin A (2052) and ground.
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

M007 - Fan Motor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5—14 V

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 448 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair defective lead (2052) and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Turn the fan on and set it to the highest speed.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X046F, between pin A (2052) and pin B (2047).
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

M007 - Fan Motor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5—14 V

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead (2047) and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 449 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System

M010 - Fan Motor, Circuit Test


Circuit:
Fuses: F04/09See: LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Ground point: See: XGND15 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System, Diagnostic Schematic in Section
240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
M010 - Fan Motor, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X047F from component. See M010 - Fan Motor, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Turn the fan on and set it to the highest speed.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X047F, pin A (2042) and ground.
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

M010 - Fan Motor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5—14 V

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 450 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair defective lead (2042) and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Turn the fan on and set it to the highest speed.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X047F, between pin A (2042) and pin B (2047).
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

M010 - Fan Motor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5—14 V

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead (2047) and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 451 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System

R003 - Fan Resistor, Circuit Test


Circuit:
Fuses: F04/05F04/09F04/10See: LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Ground point: See: XGND15 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System, Diagnostic Schematic in Section
240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: R003 - Fan Resistor, Component Information in
Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check of the component.

1. Actuate the fan switch in all switch positions and check if the speed changes.

Result:

YES:Fan speed changes. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X048F from component. See R003 - Fan Resistor, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.


<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 452 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X048F, between pin 3 (2126) and pin 1 (2047).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Fan Resistor
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5—14 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X048F, pin 3 (2126) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Fan Resistor
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5—14 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 2126 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 2047 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X048F, pin 3 (2126) and connector X100F, pin 1 (2126).
Between connector X048F, pin 2 (2061) and connector X100F, pin 4 (2061).
Between connector X048F, pin 4 (2113) and connector X100F, pin 5 (2113).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 453 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System

S014 - Fan Switch, Circuit Test


Circuit:
Fuses: F04/05F04/09F04/10See: LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Ground point: See: XGND15 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System, Diagnostic Schematic in Section
240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: S014 - Fan Switch, Component Information in
Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X100F from component. See S014 - Fan Switch, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X100F, pin 2 (2047) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Fan Switch
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14 V

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 454 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition lead 2047 and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X100F, pin 1 (2126) and ground.
Between connector X100F, pin 2 (2047) and ground.
Between connector X100F, pin 4 (2061) and ground.
Between connector X100F, pin 5 (2113) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform an operational check

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 455 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System

S093 - Switch for Air-Conditioning Compressor Clutch, Circuit Test


Circuit:
Fuses: F04LCS/05 (BAT)See: LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Ground point: See: XGND9 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System, Diagnostic Schematic in Section
240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: S093 - Switch for Air-Conditioning Compressor
Clutch, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X448M from component. See S093 - Switch for Air-Conditioning Compressor Clutch, Component
Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Switch on air-conditioning system fan.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X448M, pin B (2105) and ground.
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Switch for Air-Conditioning Compressor Clutch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 456 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove relay K05/2 from relay box.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between slot of relay K05/2, pin 87 (2105) and connector X448M, pin B (2105).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Check the fuse, replace if necessary and return to diagnosis in progress.

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of switch

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X448M from component. See S093 - Switch for Air-Conditioning Compressor Clutch, Component
Information .
3. Use a multimeter to check switch positions for continuity.
4. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of switch


Resistance with Open Switch Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Replace switch and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 2071

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 457 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X073F, pin A (2071) and connector X448M, pin C (2071).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 2071


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead 2099

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X449F, pin A (2099) and connector X448M, pin A (2071).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohm

Result:

YES:Fault still exists. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in Section 210. • Test completed. Return
to diagnostic procedure.

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 458 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

Group 50CE - 50CE - Sockets


50CE - Sockets, Summary of References
50CE - Sockets, Summary of References

Diagnostic Schematic (Cab):

50CE - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic


50CE - Connector for Accessories (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50CE - Signal Socket (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50CE - Service Socket (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Diagnostic Schematic (Open Operator′s Station):

50CE - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50CE - Connector for Accessories (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50CE - Service Socket (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:

X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Circuit Test


X006F - Connector of 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket, Circuit Test
X023 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE), Circuit Test
X037F-1 - Connector of Front Loader, Circuit Test
X132 - Signal Socket, Circuit Test
X304 - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket Strip, Circuit Test
X571 - Service Socket (CAN Bus), Circuit Test
X883F - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front, Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 459 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

50CE - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (Cab)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 460 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

LEGEND:
F04/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F04/06_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F04/07_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K05/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
X006-ECE X006 - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket, Component Information
X006-SAE X006 - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket, Component Information
W021 For Tractor Model, see:
• W021/1: Wiring Harness for 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE)
• W021/2: Wiring harness for 3-Pin socket (SAE)
W022 W022/1: Wiring harness for 3-Terminal socket (Adapter)
W023 W023/1: Wiring harness for 3-Terminal socket (Power outlet socket strip)
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
X239 X239 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W021 or W022
X239-1 X239-1 - Connection Point between Harnesses W022 and W021
X239-2 X239-2 - Connection Point between Harnesses W022 and W023
X304 X304 - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket Strip, Component Information
XGND5A XGND5 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT ACC 2 (Cab) 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC2) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 461 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

50CE - Connector for Accessories (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Connector for Accessories (Cab)

LEGEND:
F04/03_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W721/1 W721/1: Wiring Harness for Backup Alarm
W751/1 W751/1: Wiring Harness for Front Loader (Cab)
X037 X037 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W721
X037F-1 X037F-1 - Connector of Front Loader
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
CIRCUIT ACC 2 (Cab) 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC2) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 462 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

50CE - Signal Socket (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Signal Socket (Cab)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 463 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B039 B039 - Ground Speed Sensor (Radar), Component Information
F03/19_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
W034 W034/1: Wiring Harness for Signal Socket
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W601 For Tractor Model, see:
W601/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for

6155M to 6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for

6100M to 6145M Tractors
X132 X132 - Signal Socket, Component Information
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X880 X880 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W034
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
12V Supply (A018) 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units - Summary of References
CIRCUIT ACC1 (Cab) 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 464 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 465 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B112 B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component Information
F03/03_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F04/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F04/06_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K05/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
W031 For Tractor Model, see:
• W031/1: Wiring Harness for 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear
• W031/2: Wiring Harness for 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE)
W032 W032/1: Wiring Harness for 7-Terminal Socket (ECE) at Front
W033 For Tractor Model, see:
W033/1: Wiring Harness for 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front (Adapter) for 6135M to

6195M Tractors
W033/2: Wiring Harness for 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front (Adapter) for 6100M to

6130M Tractors
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W601 For Tractor Model, see:
W601/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for

6155M to 6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for

6100M to 6145M Tractors
X023F X023 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE), Component Information
X005 X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Component Information
X234 X234 - Connection Point between Harnesses W033 and W032
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
X883 X883 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front, Component Information
X1235 X1235 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 or W202 and W031 or W033
X1235-1 X1235-1 - Connection Point between Harnesses W033 and W031
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT ACC2 (Cab) 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC2) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT ELX1 (Cab) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 466 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

50CE - Service Socket (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Service Socket (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
F03/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K02/06_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
E012 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Diagnostic Schematic
H87/1 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Diagnostic Schematic
H87/2 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Diagnostic Schematic
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
X571 X571 - Service Socket (CAN Bus), Component Information
CAN-Bus Vehicle 50JA - Vehicle CAN Bus (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 467 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

ISOBUS 50JA - Implement CAN Bus, Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 468 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

50CE - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (Open Operator′s Station),


Diagnostic Schematic

3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (Open Operator′s Station)

LEGEND:
F03/13_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 469 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

F03/14_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K04/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
W021 For Tractor Model, see:
• W021/1: Wiring Harness for 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE)
• W021/2: Wiring harness for 3-Pin socket (SAE)
W202/1 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Station
X006-ECE X006 - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket, Component Information
X006-SAE X006 - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket, Component Information
X239 X239 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W021 or W022
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
XGND5 XGND5 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (OOS) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT ELX (OOS) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 470 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

50CE - Connector for Accessories (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic


Schematic

Connector for Accessories (Open Operator′s Station)

LEGEND:
F03/19_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
W202/1 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Station
W721/1 W721/1: Wiring Harness for Backup Alarm

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 471 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

K028 50CB - Backup Alarm (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic


S172 50CB - Back-Up Alarm (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic
X037 X037 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W721
X037F-1 X037F-1 - Connector of Front Loader
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT ACC (OOS) 50AA - Power Supply of the Accessories (ACC) (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 472 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Open Operator′s Station)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 473 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B112 B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component Information
F03/14_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K04/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
W031 For Tractor Model, see:
• W031/1: Wiring Harness for 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear
• W031/2: Wiring Harness for 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE)
W202/1 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212/1 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
X005 X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Component Information
X023 X023 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE), Component Information
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X1235 X1235 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 or W202 and W031 or W033
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (OOS) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT ELX (OOS) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 474 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

50CE - Service Socket (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

Service Socket (Open Operator′s Station)

LEGEND:
F03/12_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
W202/1 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Station
X571 X571 - Service Socket (CAN Bus), Component Information
XGND2 XGND2 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (OOS) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CAN-Bus Vehicle 50JA - Vehicle CAN Bus (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 475 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses (Cab): F04/01_LCSF04/06_LCSK05/01_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes
(Cab), Component Information .
Fuses (Open Operator′s Station): F03/14_LCSK04/01_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays,
and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information .
Ground Point (Cab): See: XGND1A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station): See: XGND1 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Check socket X005 for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between socket X005, pin 3 (31) (0310) and ground.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 476 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:


Item Measurement Specification

Ground Connection
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X001F from component. See A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Continuity check of leads 1075 and 1037

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X005, pin 1 (L) (1075) and connector X001F, pin 32 (1075).
Between connector X005, pin 4 (R) (1037) and connector X001F, pin 33 (1037).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X005, pin 1 (L) (1075) and ground.
Between connector X005, pin 4 (R) (1037) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Visual inspection of connector


<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 477 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of leads 1028 and 1018

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X005, pin 5 (58R) (1028) and connector X027F-2, pin 42 (1028).
Between connector X005, pin 7 (58L) (1018) and connector X027F-2, pin 30 (1018).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 8 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 8 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X005, pin 5 (58R) (1028) and ground.
Between connector X005, pin 7 (58L) (1018) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 9 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 9 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X324F from component. See B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 10 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 478 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

( 10 ) Check lead 1006

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X005, pin 6 (54) (1006) and connector X324F, pin B (1006).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 1006


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 11 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 11 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Connector X005, between pin 6 (54) (1006) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 479 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

X006F - Connector of 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CE - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses (Cab): F04/01_LCSF04/06_LCSK05/01_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes
(Cab), Component Information .
Fuses (Open Operator′s Station): F03/13_LCSF03/14_LCSK04/01_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS -
Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information .
Ground Point (Cab): See: XGND5A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station): See: XGND5 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X006 - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Check socket X006 for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X006F, pin 15-30 (0427) and pin 31 (0510).
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X006F, pin 82 (2012) and pin 31 (0510).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 480 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:


Item Measurement Specification

Connector of 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X006F, pin 15-30 (0427) and ground.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X006F, pin 82 (2012) and ground.
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Connector of 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Recondition defective lead 0510 and perform operational check.

NO:Recondition defective lead 0427 or 2012, and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X006F, pin 15-30 (0427) and ground.
Between connector X006F, pin 82 (2012) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 481 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

X023 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE), Circuit Test?

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses (Cab): F04/01_LCSF04/06_LCSK05/01_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes
(Cab), Component Information .
Fuses (Open Operator′s Station): F03/14_LCSK04/01_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays,
and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information .
Ground Point (Cab): See: XGND1A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station): See: XGND1 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X023 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Check socket for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X023, between pin 7 (2012) and pin 1 (0310).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 482 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:


Item Measurement Specification

7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X023, pin 1 (0310) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Ground Connection
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X001F from component.See A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X023, pin 3 (1075) and connector X001F, pin 32 (1075).
Between connector X023, pin 5 (1037) and connector X001F, pin 33 (1037).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 483 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X023, pin 3 (1075) and ground.
Between connector X023, pin 5 (1037) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 8 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 8 ) Continuity check of lead 1018

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X023, pin 6 and connector X027F-2, pin 30.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 9 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 9 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X023, pin 6 (1018) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 10 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.


<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 484 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

( 10 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X324F from component.See B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 11 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 11 ) Check lead 1006

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X023, pin 4 and connector X324F, pin B.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 12 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 12 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Connector X023, between pin 4 (1006) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 485 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

X037F-1 - Connector of Front Loader, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CE - Connector for Accessories (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50CE - Connector for Accessories (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses (on tractors with cab): F04/03_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab),
Component Information .
Fuses (on tractors with open operator′s station): F03/19_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses,
Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information .
Ground point:
Ground point (on tractors with cab): See: XGND1A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Ground point (on tractors with open operator′s station): See: XGND1 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X037F-1 - Connector of Front Loaderin Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X037F-1 - Connector of Front Loaderfrom component.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 486 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X037F-1, between pin A (0362) and pin B (0310).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Connector of Front Loader


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Test completed.

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X037F-1, pin A (0362) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Connector of Front Loader


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 0310 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0362 and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 487 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

X132 - Signal Socket, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CE - Signal Socket (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F03/19_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X132 - Signal Socket, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X132 - Leads for Signal Socketfrom component.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X132, between pin 6 (0252) and pin 7 (0050).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Signal Socket
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 488 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X132, between pin 6 (0252) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Signal Socket
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 0050 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0252 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connectors X027F-2 and X027F-3 from component.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
3. Disconnect connector X030F from component.See B039 - Ground Speed Sensor (Radar), Component Information .
4. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X132, pin 1 (4012) and connector X027F-2, pin 28.
Between connector X132, pin 1 (4012) and connector X030F, pin C.
Between connector X132, pin 2 (5021) and connector X027F-2, pin 29.
Between connector X132, pin 3 (5023) and connector X027F-2, pin 41.
Between connector X132, pin 4 (4004) and connector X027F-3, pin 49.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 489 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X132, pin 1 (4012) and ground.
Between connector X132, pin 2 (5021) and ground.
Between connector X132, pin 3 (5023) and ground.
Between connector X132, pin 4 (4004) and ground.

Result:

YES:Test completed.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 490 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

X304 - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket Strip (Cab), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CE - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F04/01_LCSF04/06_LCSF03/07_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab),
Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND5A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X304 - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket Strip, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X239 from component.See X304 - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket Strip, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Connector X239G between pin A (0427) and pin B (0310).
Connector X239G between pin C (2012) and pin B (0310).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 491 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

Item Measurement Specification

3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket Strip (Cab)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Test completed.

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X239G, pin B (0310) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Ground Connection
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 492 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

X571 - Service Socket (CAN Bus), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CE - Connector for Accessories (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50CE - Connector for Accessories (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses (on tractors with cab): F03/02_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab),
Component Information .
Fuses (on tractors with open operator′s station): F03/12_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses,
Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information .
Ground point:
Ground point (on tractors with cab): See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Ground point (on tractors with open operator′s station): See: XGND2 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X571 - Service Socket (CAN Bus), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X571 - Service Socket (CAN Bus) from component.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 493 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure voltage at connector X571 between pin B (0382) and pin A (0050):
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

X571 - Service Socket (CAN Bus)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X571, pin B (0050) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Ground Connection
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition ground lead and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Checking the CAN Bus lines

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Performing CAN Bus check, see: 50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 494 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

X883F - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X883 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect component from X883 - 7-Terminal Front Socket (ECE) .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X883F, pin 3 (31) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Ground Connection
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 495 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X001F from component.See A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X883F, pin 1 (L) (1075) and connector X001F, pin 32 (1075).
Between connector X883F, pin 4 (R) (1037) and connector X001F, pin 33 (1037).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X883F, pin 1 (L) (1075) and ground.
Between connector X883F, pin 4 (R) (1037) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 496 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CF: 50CF - Radio

Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X883F, pin 5 (58R) (1028) and connector X027F-2, pin 42 (1028).
Between connector X883F, pin 7 (58L) (1018) and connector X027F-2, pin 30 (1018).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 8 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 8 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X883F, pin 5 (58R) (1028) and ground.
Between connector X883F, pin 7 (58L) (1018) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 497 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CF: 50CF - Radio

Group 50CF - 50CF - Radio


50CF - Radio, Summary of References
50CF - Radio, Summary of References

Diagnostic schematic:

50CF - Radio, Diagnostic Schematic


50CF - Radio (Retrofit ECE), Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:

A005 - Left Front Speaker, Circuit Test


A006 - Right Front Speaker, Circuit Test
A141 - Audio Interface (USB), Circuit Test
W027 - Radio Antenna, Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 498 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CF: 50CF - Radio

50CF - Radio, Diagnostic Schematic

50CF - Radio, Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 499 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CF: 50CF - Radio

LEGEND:
A005 A005 - Left Front Speaker, Component Information
A006 A006 - Right Front Speaker, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A140-2 A140 - Radio, Component Information
A141 A141 - Audio Interface, Component Information
E012 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Diagnostic Schematic
E014 50BA - Parking Lights (Outputs) (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic
F03/18_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F031 F031_BBO - Fuse, Component Information
S037 For Tractor Model, see:
• 50GA - Transmission (Sensors) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
• 50GE - Transmission (Sensors) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
W011 W011/1: Wiring Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch (Chassis)
W012 For Tractor Model, see:
• W012/1: Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch and Access Step Light (Cab)
• W012/4: Wiring Harness with Jumper Connector (Tractors without Battery Cut-Off Switch) (Cab)
W027 W027 - Radio Antenna, Component Information
W201/1 W012/1: Wiring Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch and Access Step Light (Cab)
W221 For Tractor Model, see:
• W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
• W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
W951/1 W951/1: Harness for Audio Interface (USB)
X005 50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
X023 50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
X697 X697 - Connection Point between Harnesses W012 and W011
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
X883 50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
X1272 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
X1272M-1 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
XGND10 XGND10 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT ACC1 (Cab) 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
Main Power Supply (Cab) 50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 500 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CF: 50CF - Radio

50CF - Radio (Retrofit ECE), Diagnostic Schematic

50CF - Radio (Retrofit ECE)

LEGEND:
A005 A005 - Left Front Speaker, Component Information
A006 A006 - Right Front Speaker, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A140-1 A140 - Radio, Component Information
E012 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 501 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CF: 50CF - Radio

E014 50BA - Parking Lights (Outputs) (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic


F03/18_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F031 F031_BBO - Fuse, Component Information
S037 For Tractor Model, see:
• 50GA - Transmission (Sensors) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
• 50GE - Transmission (Sensors) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
W011 W011/1: Wiring Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch (Chassis)
W012 For Tractor Model, see:
• W012/1: Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch and Access Step Light (Cab)
• W012/4: Wiring Harness with Jumper Connector (Tractors without Battery Cut-Off Switch) (Cab)
W027 W027 - Radio Antenna, Component Information
W201/1 W012/1: Wiring Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch and Access Step Light (Cab)
W221 For Tractor Model, see:
• W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
• W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
X005 50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
X023 50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
X697 X697 - Connection Point between Harnesses W012 and W011
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
X883 50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
X1272 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
X1272M-1 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
XGND10 XGND10 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT ACC1 (Cab) 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
Main Power Supply (Cab) 50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 0052 (CAB) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0052) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 502 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CF: 50CF - Radio

A005 - Left Front Speaker, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CF - Radio, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50CF - Radio (Retrofit ECE), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
A005 - Left Front Speaker, Component Information in Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X1191F-B from component.See A140 - Radio, Component Information .
3. Disconnect connectors X283F-1 and X283F-2 from component.See A005 - Left Front Speaker, Component Information
5. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 503 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CF: 50CF - Radio

2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:


Between connector X1191F-B, pin 5 (2085) and connector X283F-1, pin 1 (2085).
Between connector X1191F-B, pin 6 (2084) and connector X283F-2, pin 1 (2084).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X283F-2, pin 1 (2084) and ground.
Between connector X283F-1, pin 1 (2085) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 504 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CF: 50CF - Radio

A006 - Right Front Speaker, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CF - Radio, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50CF - Radio (Retrofit ECE), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
A006 - Right Front Speaker, Component Information in Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X1191F-B from component.See A140 - Radio, Component Information .
3. Disconnect connectors X284F-1 and X284F-2 from component.See A006 - Right Front Speaker, Component Information
5. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 505 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CF: 50CF - Radio

2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:


Between connector X1191F-B, pin 4 (2081) and connector X284F-2, pin 1 (2081).
Between connector X1191F-B, pin 3 (2083) and connector X284F-1, pin 1 (2083).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X284F-2, pin 1 (2081) and ground.
Between connector X284F-1, pin 1 (2083) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 506 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CF: 50CF - Radio

A141 - Audio Interface (USB), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CF - Radio, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
A141 - Audio Interface (USB), Component Information in Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connectors X1191F-C and X1191F-D from component.See A140 - Radio .
3. Disconnect connector X1193F from component.See A141 - Audio Interface (USB), Component Information
4. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 507 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CF: 50CF - Radio

Between connector X1191F-C, pin 4 (2205) and connector X1193F, pin 5 (2205).
Between connector X1191F-D, pin 1 (2239) and connector X1193F, pin 1 (2239).
Between connector X1191F-D, pin 3 (2234) and connector X1193F, pin 2 (2234).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X1193F, pin 5 (2205) and ground.
Between connector X1193F, pin 1 (2239) and ground.
Between connector X1193F, pin 2 (2234) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 508 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CF: 50CF - Radio

W027 - Radio Antenna, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CF - Radio, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50CF - Radio (Retrofit ECE), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
W027 - Radio Antenna, Component Information in Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X1191F-A from component.See A140 - Radio, Component Information .
3. Disconnect connector X158M from component.See W027 - Radio Antenna, Component Information
4. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 509 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CH: 50CH - Accessories

2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:


Between connector X1191F-A, pin 5 (2069) and connector X158M, pin 1 (2069).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X1191F-A, pin 5 (2069) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 510 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CH: 50CH - Accessories

Group 50CH - 50CH - Accessories


50CH - Accessories, Summary of References
50CH - Accessories, Summary of References

Diagnostic schematic:

50CH - iTEC™ Basic (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic


50CH - Cigarette Lighter, Diagnostic Schematic
50CH - Beacon Light, Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:

S043 - iTEC™ Basic Switch, Circuit Test


E005 - Cigarette Lighter, Circuit Test
Beacon Light, Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 511 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CH: 50CH - Accessories

50CH - iTEC™ Basic (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50CH - iTEC™ Basic (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
50ZZ - Electronic Control Units, Summary of References see Electronic Control Units (Cab) (Circuit
12V Supply (A018)
of the 12-Volt Supply Voltage)
S043 S043 - iTEC™ Basic Switch, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 512 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CH: 50CH - Accessories

50CH - Cigarette Lighter, Diagnostic Schematic

50CH - Cigarette Lighter, Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
CIRCUIT ACC (CAB) 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
E005 E005 - Cigarette Lighter, Component Information
F03/19 LCS F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
X132 X132 - Signal Socket, Component Information
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 513 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CH: 50CH - Accessories

50CH - Beacon Light, Diagnostic Schematic

Beacon Light, Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
E027-1 E027-1 - Left Beacon Light, Circuit Test
E027-2 E027-2 - Right Beacon Light, Circuit Test
F03/14_LCS F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Information
S036 S036 - Beacon Light Switch, Circuit Test
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W221 W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
W221 W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
XGDN1A XGND1A - Ground Point
XGND11 XGND11 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 514 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CH: 50CH - Accessories

S043 - iTEC™ Basic Switch, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CH - iTEC™ Basic (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S043 - iTEC™ Basic Switch, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Check configuration

Action:

Check the configuration of the component.

See:

1. AIC 113 - Switches for Worklights and iTEC™ Basic, Statusin Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X242M.See S043 - iTEC™ Basic Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 515 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CH: 50CH - Accessories

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X242M, pin B (0532) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Connector of iTEC™ Basic Switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Circuit test: Perform Main Control Unit, Test of 12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit (ELX Output), Section 240.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin J2-46 (7012) and connector X242M, pin A (7012).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 516 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CH: 50CH - Accessories

2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:


Between connector X242M, pin A (7012) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 517 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CH: 50CH - Accessories

E005 - Cigarette Lighter, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CH - Cigarette Lighter, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses (on tractors with cab): F03LCS/19For a summary of fuses, see F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab),
Component Information.
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E005 - Cigarette Lighter, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X128F.See E005 - Cigarette Lighter, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X128F, between pin A (0252) and pin B (0310).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Connector of Cigarette Lighter

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 518 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CH: 50CH - Accessories

Item Measurement Specification

Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.Test completed.

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X128F, pin A (0252) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Connector of Cigarette Lighter


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 0310 and perform operational check.

NO:Recondition defective lead 0252 and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 519 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CH: 50CH - Accessories

Beacon Light, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50CH - Beacon Light, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point and XGND11 - Ground Point .
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F03/14.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E027-1 - Left Beacon Light, Component Information in Section 249.
E027-2 - Right Beacon Light, Component Information in Section 249.
S036 - Beacon Light Switch, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Actuate S036 - Beacon Light Switch.
3. E027 - Beacon Light is ON.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X099F - Connector of Beacon Light Switch. S036 - Beacon Light Switch, Component Information in Section
249.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 520 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CH: 50CH - Accessories

3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X099F, pin A (0832) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Beacon light
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check fuse F03/14. If necessary, repair defective lead and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Ground check

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X099F, pin C (0310) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X142F-1 - Lead for Left Beacon Light and X142F-3 - Lead for Right Beacon Light.
E027-1 - Left Beacon Light, Component Information in Section 249.
E027-2 - Right Beacon Light, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 521 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

( 6 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X099F, pin B (1004) and connector X142F-1, pin 1 (1004).
Between connector X099F, pin B (1004) and connector X142F-3, pin 1 (1004).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Connector X099F, pin B (1004) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 8 .

NO:Short to ground present; repair defective lead and perform an operational check.

( 8 ) Visual inspection of connector - ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X142F-4 - Terminal with Ring for Right Beacon Light and X142F-2 - Terminal with Ring for Left Beacon Light.
E027-1 - Left Beacon Light, Component Information in Section 249.
E027-2 - Right Beacon Light, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the terminal with ring for dirt, damage and lose pin. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors
in Section 210.

Result:

YES:Replace E027 - Beacon Light and perform an operational check.

NO:Recondition connector and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 522 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

Group 50EA - 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus, Summary of
References
50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus, Summary of References

Diagnostic schematic:

50EA - Rear Implement Socket, Diagnostic Schematic


50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Diagnostic Schematic
50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD2/3), Diagnostic Schematic
50EA - Implement Switch, Diagnostic Schematic
50EA - Implement CAN Bus Socket in Cab, Diagnostic Schematic
50EA - StarFire™ ITC Receiver, Diagnostic Schematic
50EA - Connector for External Display (X689), Diagnostic Schematic
50EA - Connector for GreenStar™ Display (Shift Console) (X978), Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:

A051 - GreenStar™ Mobile Processor, Circuit Test


A052 - StarFire™ ITC Receiver, Circuit Test
A090 - Rear Implement Socket, Circuit Test
K068 - Relay for Power Supply to Implements (Power Supply to Components), Circuit Test
K069 - Relay for Power Supply to Implements (Power Supply to Implement Control Units), Circuit Test
P019 - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Circuit Test
P030 - GreenStar™ Display (GSD2/3), Circuit Test
X574 - Connector of Implement Switch, Circuit Test
X689 - Connector for External Display, Circuit Test
X888 - CAN Bus Implement Socket in Cab, Circuit Test
X978 - Socket for GreenStar™ Display (C Post), Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 523 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

50EA - Rear Implement Socket, Diagnostic Schematic

Rear Implement Sockets

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A090 A090 - Rear Implement Socket, Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 524 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

F035 PSB - Fuses and Relays, Component Information


F036 PSB - Fuses and Relays, Component Information
K068 PSB - Fuses and Relays, Component Information
K069 PSB - Fuses and Relays, Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W401/1 W401/1: Wiring Harness for Rear Implement Socket
W601 For Tractor Model, see:
W601/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control)

for 6155M to 6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control)

for 6100M to 6145M Tractors
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X543 X543 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W401
XGND51H XGND51H - Ground Point
Main Power Supply
50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 525 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Diagnostic Schematic

Socket for GreenStar™ Display (GSD 4)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 526 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A051 A051 - GreenStar™ Mobile Processor, Component Information
A052 50EA - StarFire™ ITC Receiver, Diagnostic Schematic
F03/03_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K02/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
P019 P019 - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Component Information
P030 50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD2/3), Diagnostic Schematic
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W401/1 W401/1: Wiring Harness for Rear Implement Socket
W411 W411/1: Harness for GreenStar™ (Cab Roof)
W521/1 For Tractor Model, see:
• W521/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Coolant Level, Fuel Filter) for 6195M Tractors
• W521/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Coolant Level, Fuel Filter) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
• W521/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Radiator Adapter) for 6100M to 6145M Tractors
W601 For Tractor Model, see:
W601/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for

6155M to 6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for

6100M to 6145M Tractors
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X535 X535 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W421
X543 X543 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W401
X574F X574F - Connector of Implement Switch
X888 50EA - Implement CAN Bus Socket in Cab, Diagnostic Schematic
X907 X907
X978 50EA - Connector for GreenStar™ Display (Shift Console) (X978), Diagnostic Schematic
X1002 X1002 - Connection Point between Harnesses W421 and W411
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 527 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD2/3), Diagnostic Schematic

GreenStar™ Display (GSD 2/3)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 528 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A051 50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Diagnostic Schematic
A052 50EA - StarFire™ ITC Receiver, Diagnostic Schematic
F03/03_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K02/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
P019 50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Diagnostic Schematic
P030 P030 - GreenStar™ Display (GS2/3), Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W401/1 W401/1: Harness for Rear Implement Socket
W411 W411/1: Harness for GreenStar™ (Cab Roof)
W601 For Tractor Model, see:
W601/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for

6155M to 6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for

6100M to 6145M Tractors
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X535 X535 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W421
X543 X543 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W401
X574F X574F - Connector of Implement Switch
X888 50EA - Implement CAN Bus Socket in Cab, Diagnostic Schematic
X907 X907
X978 50EA - Connector for GreenStar™ Display (Shift Console) (X978), Diagnostic Schematic
X1002 X1002 - Connection Point between Harnesses W421 and W411
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 529 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

50EA - Implement Switch, Diagnostic Schematic

Implement switch

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 530 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
P019 P019 - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Component Information
P030 50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD2/3), Diagnostic Schematic
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W401/1 W401/1: Wiring Harness for Rear Implement Socket
W411/1 W411/1: Harness for GreenStar™ (Cab Roof)
W421/1 W421/1: Wiring Harness for Socket (CAN Bus Implement) in Cab
W601 For Tractor Model, see:
W601/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6155M to

6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6100M to

6145M Tractors
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X535 X535 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W421
X543 X543 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W401
X574F X574F - Connector for Implement Switch
X907 X907
X978 X978 - Socket for GreenStar™ Display (C Post), Component Information
X1002 X1002 - Connection Point between Harnesses W421 and W411
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 531 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

50EA - Implement CAN Bus Socket in Cab, Diagnostic Schematic

Implement CAN Bus Socket in Cab

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A051 50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Diagnostic Schematic
A052 50EA - StarFire™ ITC Receiver, Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 532 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

F03/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information


K02/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K060 K060 - Relay for Implement CAN Bus Socket in Cab, Component Information
K069 50EA - Rear Implement Socket, Diagnostic Schematic
P019 50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Diagnostic Schematic
P030 50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD2/3), Diagnostic Schematic
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W421/1 W421/1: Wiring Harness for Socket (CAN Bus Implement) in Cab
X535 X535 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W421
X888 X888 - Implement CAN Bus Socket in Cab, Component Information
X978 50EA - Connector for GreenStar™ Display (Shift Console) (X978), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 533 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

50EA - StarFire™ ITC Receiver, Diagnostic Schematic

StarFire™ ITC Receiver

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 534 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A051 50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Diagnostic Schematic
A052 A052 - StarFire™ ITC Receiver, Component Information
F03/03_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K02/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K069 50EA - Rear Implement Socket, Diagnostic Schematic
P019 50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Diagnostic Schematic
P030 50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD2/3), Diagnostic Schematic
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W411/1 W411/1: Harness for GreenStar™ (Cab Roof)
W421/1 W421/1: Wiring Harness for Socket (CAN Bus Implement) in Cab
X535 X535 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W421
X565F-1 X565F-1
X978 50EA - Connector for GreenStar™ Display (Shift Console) (X978), Diagnostic Schematic
X888 50EA - Implement CAN Bus Socket in Cab, Diagnostic Schematic
X1002 X1002 - Connection Point between Harnesses W421 and W411
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 535 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

50EA - Connector for External Display (X689), Diagnostic Schematic

Connector for External Display (X689)

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
F03/03_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K02/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
X689 X689F - Connector of Power Supply for External Display
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 536 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point


XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 537 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

50EA - Connector for GreenStar™ Display (Shift Console) (X978), Diagnostic Schematic

Connector for GreenStar™ Display (X978)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 538 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
F03/03_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K02/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W401/1 W401/1: Wiring Harness for Rear Implement Socket
W521/1 For Tractor Model, see:
• W521/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Coolant Level, Fuel Filter) for 6195M Tractors
• W521/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Coolant Level, Fuel Filter) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
• W521/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Radiator Adapter) for 6100M to 6145M Tractors
W601 For Tractor Model, see:
W601/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for

6155M to 6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for

6100M to 6145M Tractors
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X535 X535 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W421
X543 X543 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W401
X574F X574F - Connector for Implement Switch
X978 X978 - Socket for GreenStar™ Display (C Post), Component Information
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 539 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

A051 - GreenStar™ Mobile Processor, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F03/03_LCSF03/04_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component
Information .
Ground point:
XGND5A - Ground Point in Section 249.
XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
A051 - GreenStar™ Mobile Processor, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X538F from component.See A051 - GreenStar™ Mobile Processor, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage (BAT)

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X538F, between pin K (0922) and pin C (0050).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 540 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X538F, pin C (0050) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohm

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 0922 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0050 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check supply voltage (ELX)

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X358F, between pin J (4008) and pin C (0050).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair defective lead 4008 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) CAN Bus Check

Action:

1. See 50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References in Section 240, Group 50JA.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 541 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

A052 - StarFire™ ITC Receiver, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50EA - StarFire™ ITC Receiver, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F03/03_LCSF03/04_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component
Information .
Ground point:
XGND5A - Ground Point in Section 249.
XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
A052 - StarFire™ ITC Receiver, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X565F from component.See A052 - StarFire™ ITC Receiver, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage (BAT)

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X565F, between pin 12 (0922) and pin 7 (0050).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 542 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

Item Measurement Specification

Supply voltage (BAT)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X565F, between pin 7 (0050) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohm

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 0922 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0050 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check supply voltage (ELX)

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X565F, between pin 6 (4008) and pin 7 (0050).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Supply voltage (ELX)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair defective lead 4008 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) CAN Bus Check

Action:

1. See 50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References in Section 240, Group 50JA.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 543 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

A090 - Rear Implement Socket, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50EA - Rear Implement Socket, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F035_PSBF036_PSBFor an overview of the fuses, see PSB - Fuses and Relays, Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND51H - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
A090 - Rear Implement Socket, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X760F-1 from component.See A090 - Rear Implement Socket, Component Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage for implement

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X760F-1, between pin 3 (4019) and pin 1 (0910).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage for Implement


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 544 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X760F-1, pin 1 (0910) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohm

Result:

YES:• Recondition defective lead 4019 and perform operational check.• Perform K068 - Relay for Power Supply to Implements
(Power Supply to Components), Circuit Test .

NO:Recondition defective lead 0910 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check Supply Voltage for Control Units and ISOBUS

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X760F-1, between pin 4 (4034) and pin 2 (0910).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage for Control Units and ISOBUS


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:GO TO 5 .

( 5 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X760F-1, pin 2 (0910) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohm

Result:

NO:• Recondition defective lead 4034 and perform operational check.• K069 - Relay for Power Supply to Implements (Power
Supply to Implement Control Units), Circuit Test

NO:Recondition defective lead 0910 and perform operational check.

( 6 ) CAN Bus Check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 545 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

Action:

1. See 50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References in Section 240, Group 50JA.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 546 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

K068 - Relay for Power Supply to Implements (Power Supply to


Components), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50EA - Rear Implement Socket, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F035_PSBFor an overview of the fuses, see PSB - Fuses and Relays, Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND51H - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
PSB - Fuses and Relays, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove relay K068_PSB from slot.
3. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at the slot of relay K068_PSB, between pin 30 (0682) and pin 85 (0910).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 547 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

Item Measurement Specification

Relay for Power Supply to Implements


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between the slot of relay K068_PSB, pin 85 (0910) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohm

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 0682 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0910 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check lead 4013

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between the slot of relay K068_PSB, pin 86 (4013) and connector X027F-3, pin 14
(4013).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 548 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

( 6 ) Check lead 4013 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between slot of relay K068_PSB, pin 86 (4013) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Repair defective lead 4013 and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X760F-1 from component.See A090 - Rear Implement Socket, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 8 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 8 ) Continuity check of lead 4019

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between the slot of relay K068_PSB, pin 87 (4019) and connector X760F-1, pin 3
(4019).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance in Circuit Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 9 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 9 ) Check lead 4019 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between slot of relay K068_PSB, pin 87 (4019) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 549 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 550 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

K069 - Relay for Power Supply to Implements (Power Supply to


Implement Control Units), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50EA - Rear Implement Socket, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F036_PSBFor an overview of the fuses, see PSB - Fuses and Relays, Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND51H - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
PSB - Fuses and Relays, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove relay K069_PSB from slot.
3. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at the relay slot, between pin 30 (0692) and pin 85 (0910).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 551 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

Item Measurement Specification

Relay for Power Supply to Implements


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between the slot of relay K069_PSB, pin 85 (0910) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohm

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 0692 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0910 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check lead 4011

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between the slot of relay K069_PSB, pin 86 (4011) and connector X0278F-3, pin
15.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 552 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

( 6 ) Check lead 4011 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between slot of relay K069_PSB, pin 86 (4011) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X760F-1 from component.See A090 - Rear Implement Socket, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 8 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 8 ) Continuity check of lead 4034

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between the slot of relay K069_PSB, pin 87 (4034) and connector X760F-1, pin 4
(4034).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance in Circuit Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 9 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 9 ) Check lead 4034 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between slot of relay K069_PSB, pin 87 (4034) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 553 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 554 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

P019 - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F03/03_LCSF03/04_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component
Information .
Ground point:
XGND5A - Ground Point in Section 249.
XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
P019 - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X539F from component.See P019 - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Component Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage (ELX)

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X539F, between pin G (4008) and pin D (0050).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 555 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X539F, pin C (0050) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohm

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 4008 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0050 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X574F - Connector of Implement Switch from Component.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check lead 4018

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X539F, pin F (4018) and connector X574F, pin A (4018).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check lead for short to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 556 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X539F, pin F (4018) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) CAN Bus Check

Action:

1. See 50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References in Section 240, Group 50JA.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 557 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

P030 - GreenStar™ Display (GSD2/3), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD2/3), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses): F03/03_LCSF03/04_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component
Information .
Ground point:
XGND5A - Ground Point in Section 249.
XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
P030 - GreenStar™ Display (GS2/3), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X908F from component.See P030 - GreenStar™ Display (GS2/3), Component Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage (BAT)

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X908F, between pin 8 (0922) and pin 14 (0050).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 558 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X908F, pin 14 (0050) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohm

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 0922 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0050 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check supply voltage (ELX)

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X908F, between pin 1 (4008) and pin 14 (0050).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X574F - Connector of Implement Switch from Component.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check lead 4018

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 559 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X908F, pin 3 (4018) and connector X574F, pin A (4018).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X908F, pin 3 (4018) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 8 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 8 ) CAN Bus Check

Action:

1. See 50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References in Section 240, Group 50JA.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 560 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

X888 - CAN Bus Implement Socket in Cab, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50EA - Implement CAN Bus Socket in Cab, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F03/04_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X888 - Implement CAN Bus Socket in Cab, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X888M from component.See X888 - Implement CAN Bus Socket in Cab, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X888M, between pin 7 (4008) and pin 9 (0050).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Implement CAN Bus Socket


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 561 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X888M, pin 9 (0050) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohm

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 4008 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0050 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Connector X888M, between pin 2 (9175) and pin 3 (9275).
Connector X888M, between pin 4 (9174) and pin 5 (9274).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.Replace relay K060 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X888M, pin 2 (9175) and ground.
Between connector X888M, pin 4 (9174) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Visual inspection of connector

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 562 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X887 from component.See K060 - Relay for Implement CAN Bus Socket in Cab, Component
Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check lead 4068

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X887, pin 1 (4068) and connector X888M, pin 1 (4068).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 8 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 8 ) Check lead 4068 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X887, pin 1 (4068) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 9 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 9 ) Check ground connection (K060)

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X887, pin 6 (0050) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 563 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 564 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

X574 - Connector of Implement Switch, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50EA - Implement Switch, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Ground point:
XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X574F - Connector of Implement Switch in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X574F - Connector of Implement Switch from Component.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X574F, pin B (0050) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 565 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair defective lead 0050 and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X539F from component.See P019 - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Component Information .
3. Disconnect connector X908F from component.See P030 - GreenStar™ Display (GS2/3), Component Information
4. Disconnect connector X978F from component.See X978 - Socket for GreenStar™ Display (C Post), Component Information
5. Disconnect connector X027F-1 from component. A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
6. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check lead 4018

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X574F, pin A and connector X027F-1 pin G2.
3. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X574F, pin A and connector X908F pin 3.
4. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X574F, pin A and connector X539F pin F.
5. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X574F, pin A and connector X978 pin M.
6. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair defective lead 4018 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X574F, pin A (4018) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 566 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

X689 - Connector for External Display, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50EA - Connector for External Display (X689), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F03/03_LCSF03/04_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component
Information .
Ground point: See: XGND5A - Ground Point in Section 249. See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X689F - Connector of Power Supply for External Display in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X689F from component.See X689F - Connector of Power Supply for External Display .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X689F, between pin A (0922) and pin C (0050).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Socket for External Display

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 567 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

Item Measurement Specification

Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X689F, pin C (0050) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohm

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 0922 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0050 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove relay K02/04_LCS.
3. Check the relay slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead 4008

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X689F, pin B and relay slot, pin 87.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check lead 4008 for short to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 568 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X689F, pin B and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 569 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

X978 - Socket for GreenStar™ Display (C Post), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50EA - Connector for GreenStar™ Display (Shift Console) (X978), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F03/03_LCSF03/04_LCSFor a summary of fuses, see F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component
Information.
Ground point: See: XGND5A - Ground Point in Section 249. See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X978 - Socket for GreenStar™ Display (C Post), Component Informationin Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X978F from component.See X978 - Socket for GreenStar™ Display (C Post), Component
Information.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X978F, between pin R (0922) and pin V (0050).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 570 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus

Item Measurement Specification

Socket for GreenStar™ Display (C Post)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X978F, pin V (0050) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohm

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 0922 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0050 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X574F from component.See X574F - Connector of Implement Switch
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead 4018

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X978F, pin M (4018) and connector X574F, pin A (4018).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair defective lead 4018 and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check lead 4018 for short to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 571 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X978F, pin M (4018) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Repair defective lead 4018 and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove relay K02/04_LCS.
3. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 8 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 8 ) Check lead 4008

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X978F, pin U and relay slot, pin 87.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 9 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 9 ) Check lead 4008 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X978F, pin U and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 572 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™

Group 50EB - 50EB - AutoTrac™


50EB - AutoTrac™, Summary of References
50EB - AutoTrac™, Summary of References

Diagnostic schematic:

50EB - AutoTrac™, Diagnostic Schematic


50EB - Solenoid Valve for Self-Centering of Steering Wheel, Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:

B138 - Sensor for Steering Wheel Position, Circuit Test


B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test
S123 - AutoTrac™ Resume Switch, Circuit Test
Y114-1 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Enable Valve) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test
Y114-2 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Left Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test
Y114-3 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Right Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test
Y134 - Solenoid Valve for Self-Centering of Steering Wheel, Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 573 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™

50EB - AutoTrac™, Diagnostic Schematic

AutoTrac™

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 574 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A132 A132 - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Component Information
B138 B138 - Sensor for Steering Wheel Position, Component Information
B139 B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Component Information
F02FRM/P7_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F06/F_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
S123 S123 - AutoTrac™ Resume Switch, Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W451/1 W451/1: Harness for AutoTrac™ (Cab)
W461/1 W461/1: AutoTrac™ Wiring Harness (Steering Wheel Position Sensor)
W471 For Tractor Model, see:
• W471/1: AutoTrac™ Wiring Harness (Wheel Angle Sensor) (6135M to 6195M Tractors)
• W471/2: AutoTrac™ Wiring Harness (Wheel Angle Sensor) (6100M to 6130M Tractors)
X637 X637 - Connection Point between Harnesses W451 and W471
X641 X641 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W451
X837 X837 - Connection Point between Harnesses W451 and W461
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
Y114 Y114 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (AutoTrac™), Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT ELX1 (Cab) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 575 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™

50EB - Solenoid Valve for Self-Centering of Steering Wheel, Diagnostic


Schematic

Solenoid Valve for Self-Centering of Steering Wheel

LEGEND:
A132 A132 - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W451/1 W451/1: Harness for AutoTrac™ (Cab)
W461/1 W461/1: AutoTrac™ Wiring Harness (Steering Wheel Position Sensor)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 576 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™

X641 X641 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W451


X837 X837 - Connection Point between Harnesses W451 and W461
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
Y134 Y134 - Solenoid Valve for Self-Centering of Steering Wheel, Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 577 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™

B138 - Sensor for Steering Wheel Position, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50EB - AutoTrac™, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B138 - Sensor for Steering Wheel Position, Component Information in Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X632F from component. B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor
3. Disconnect connector X1103F-1 from component. A132 - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™)
4. Disconnect connector X1103F-2 from component. A132 - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™)
5. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 578 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™

2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:


Between connector X632F, pin 1 (0423) and connector X1103F-1, pin A2 (0423).
Between connector X632F, pin 2 (4025) and connector X1103F-2, pin D2 (4025).
Between connector X632F, pin 3 (4041) and connector X1103F-2, pin K2 (4041).
Between connector X632F, pin 4 (0423) and connector X1103F-1, pin A2 (0423).
Between connector X632F, pin 5 (4024) and connector X1103F-1, pin E3 (4024).
Between connector X632F, pin 6 (4041) and connector X1103F-2, pin K2 (4041).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X632F, pin 1 (0423) and ground.
Between connector X632F, pin 2 (4025) and ground.
Between connector X632F, pin 3 (4041) and ground.
Between connector X632F, pin 4 (0423) and ground.
Between connector X632F, pin 5 (4024) and ground.
Between connector X632F, pin 6 (4041) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, and perform operational check.

NO:• Repair defective lead and perform an operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 579 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™

B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50EB - AutoTrac™, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Component Information in Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X633F from component. B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor
3. Disconnect connector X1103F-1 from component. A132 - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™)
4. Disconnect connector X1103F-2 from component. A132 - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™)
5. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 580 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™

2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:


Between connector X633F, pin 1 (7093) and connector X1103F-2, pin E2 (7093).
Between connector X633F, pin 2 (6141) and connector X1103F-2, pin E1 (6141).
Between connector X633F, pin 3 (4036) and connector X1103F-2, pin K3 (4036).
Between connector X633F, pin 4 (4037) and connector X1103F-2, pin J2 (4037).
Between connector X633F, pin 5 (6141) and connector X1103F-2, pin E1 (6141).
Between connector X633F, pin 6 (7093) and connector X1103F-2, pin E2 (7093).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X633F, pin 1 (7093) and ground.
Between connector X633F, pin 2 (6141) and ground.
Between connector X633F, pin 3 (4036) and ground.
Between connector X633F, pin 4 (4037) and ground.
Between connector X633F, pin 5 (6141) and ground.
Between connector X633F, pin 6 (7093) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, and perform operational check.

NO:• Repair defective lead and perform an operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 581 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™

S123 - AutoTrac™ Resume Switch, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50EB - AutoTrac™, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S123 - AutoTrac™ Resume Switch, Component Information in Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X638F from component.See S123 - AutoTrac™ Resume Switch, Component Information .
3. Disconnect connector X008F-2 from component.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
4. Disconnect connector X1103F-2 from component.See A132 - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Component Information .
5. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 582 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™

2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:


Between connector X638F, pin A (4016) and connector X027F-2, pin 43 (4016).
Between connector X638F, pin B (0050) and ground.
Between connector X638F, pin C (4010) and connector X027F-1, pin G3 (4010).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X638F, pin A (4016) and ground.
Between connector X638F, pin C (4010) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, and perform operational check.

NO:• Repair defective lead and perform an operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 583 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™

Y114-1 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Enable Valve)


(AutoTrac™), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50EB - AutoTrac™, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
Y114 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (AutoTrac™), Component Information in Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connectors X1103F-1 and X1103F-2 from component. A132 - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Component
Information
3. Disconnect connector X1104F-1 from component. Y114 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (AutoTrac™),
Component Information
4. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Continuity check of leads

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 584 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X1104F-1, pin A (6129) and connector X1103F-1, pin C4 (6129).
Between connector X1104F-1, pin B (0310) and connector X1103F-2, pin L3 (0310).
Between connector X1104F-1, pin B (0310) and connector X1103F-2, pin L4 (0310).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X1104F-1, pin A (6129) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 585 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™

Y114-2 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Left Turn)


(AutoTrac™), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50EB - AutoTrac™, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
Y114 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (AutoTrac™), Component Information in Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X1103F-2 from component. A132 - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Component Information
3. Disconnect connector X1104F-2 from component. Y114 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (AutoTrac™),
Component Information
4. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Continuity check of leads

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 586 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X1104F-2, pin A (6133) and connector X1103F-2, pin F1 (6133).
Between connector X1104F-2, pin B (6168) and connector X1103F-2, pin G1 (6168).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X1104F-2, pin A (6133) and ground.
Between connector X1104F-2, pin B (6168) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 587 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™

Y114-3 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Right Turn)


(AutoTrac™), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50EB - AutoTrac™, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
Y114 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (AutoTrac™), Component Information in Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X1103F-2 from component. A132 - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Component Information
3. Disconnect connector X1104F-3 from component. Y114 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (AutoTrac™),
Component Information
4. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Continuity check of leads

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 588 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X1104F-3, pin A (6184) and connector X1103F-2, pin H1 (6186).
Between connector X1104F-3, pin B (6206) and connector X1103F-2, pin J1 (6206).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X1104F-3, pin A (6186) and ground.
Between connector X1104F-3, pin B (6206) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 589 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™

Y134 - Solenoid Valve for Self-Centering of Steering Wheel, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50EB - Solenoid Valve for Self-Centering of Steering Wheel, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
Y134 - Solenoid Valve for Self-Centering of Steering Wheel, Component Information in Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X1103F-1 from component. A132 - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Component Information
3. Disconnect connector X839F from component. Y134 - Solenoid Valve for Self-Centering of Steering Wheel, Component
Information
4. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Continuity check of lead 6136

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 590 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EC: 50EC - Radar

2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X839F, pin A and connector X1103F-1, pin A2:
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X839F, pin A and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X839F, pin B and ground:
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 591 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EC: 50EC - Radar

Group 50EC - 50EC - Radar


50EC - Radar, Summary of References
50EC - Radar, Summary of References

Diagnostic schematic:

50EC - Radar, Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:

B039 - Ground Speed Sensor (Radar), Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 592 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EC: 50EC - Radar

50EC - Radar, Diagnostic Schematic

50EC - Radar, Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
12V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
B039 B039 - Ground Speed Sensor (Radar), Component Information
W034 W034/1: Wiring Harness for Signal Socket
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness
W601/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
W601
6155M to 6195M Tractors
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 593 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EC: 50EC - Radar

W601/2: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
W601
6100M to 6145M Tractors
X132 X132 - Signal Socket, Component Information
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X880 X880 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W034

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 594 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EC: 50EC - Radar

B039 - Ground Speed Sensor (Radar), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50EC - Radar, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B039 - Ground Speed Sensor (Radar), Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. X030F - Disconnect connector from B039 - Ground Speed Sensor (Radar), Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X030F, pin F (0532) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Differential Lock Switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 595 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EC: 50EC - Radar

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Continuity check of lead 0532

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X030F, pin F (0532) and connector X027F-3, pin J3-50 (0532).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohm

Result:

YES: Main Control Unit, Test of 12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit (ELX Output)

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connectors X027F-1 and X027F-2.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-1, pin J1-H2 (6131) and connector X030F, pin E (6131).
Between connector X027F-2, pin J2-28 (4012) and connector X030F, pin C (4012).
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 596 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ED: 50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote

3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:


Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X030F, pin C (4012) and ground.
Between connector X030F, pin E (6131) and ground.

Result:

YES:• Replace component and perform operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 597 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ED: 50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote

Group 50ED - 50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote


50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote, Summary of References
50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote, Summary of References

Diagnostic schematic:

50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote, Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:

W024 - Antenna for Telematics (JDLink™ / Service ADVISOR™ Remote), Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 598 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ED: 50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote

50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote, Diagnostic Schematic

JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote

LEGEND:
A155 A155 - Control Unit for Telematics (JDLink™ / Service ADVISOR™ Remote), Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 599 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

F031 F031_BBO - Fuse, Component Information


F06/A_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
W012 For Tractor Model, see:
• W012/1: Wiring Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch and Access Step Light (Cab)
• W012/4: Wiring Harness with Jumper Connector (Tractors without Battery Cut-Off Switch) (Cab)
W024 W024 - Antenna for Telematics (JDLink™/Service ADVISOR™ Remote), Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W431/1 W431/1: Control Unit Wiring Harness TEC (CAN Bus Implement (ISOBUS)) and JDLink™
W441/1 W441/1: Wiring Harness for JDLink™
X697 X697 - Connection Point between Harnesses W012 and W011
X1272 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
X1272F-1 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
X1272M-3 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
CIRCUIT ELX1 (Cab) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 0052 (CAB) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0052) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
BBO 50AA - Battery Cut-Off Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
W024 - Antenna for Telematics (JDLink™ / Service ADVISOR™ Remote),
Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
W024 - Antenna for Telematics (JDLink™ / Service ADVISOR™ Remote), Component Information in Section 249.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 600 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

Group 50FA - 50FA - Electronic Engine Control


50FA - Electronic Engine Control, Summary of References
50FA - Electronic Engine Control, Summary of References

Diagnostic Schematic (Cab):

50FA - Electronic Starting Aid (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic


50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Diagnostic Schematic (Open Operator′s Station):

50FA - Electronic Starting Aid (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic


50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:

A019 - Cruise Control Potentiometer, Circuit Test


B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Circuit Test
B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Circuit Test
K046 - Relay for Electrical Starting Aid, Circuit Test
R036 - Heating Element for Electrical Starting Aid, Circuit Test
R037 - Resistor for Monitoring the Heating Element of the Electrical Starting Aid, Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 601 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

50FA - Electronic Starting Aid (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic


The Diagnostic Schematic consists of several pages:

1. Diagnostic schematic: 6100M, 6120M, 6130M, 6135M, 6145M


2. Diagnostic schematic: 6155M, 6175M
3. Diagnostic schematic: 6195M

1. Diagnostic Schematic: 6100M, 6120M, 6130M, 6135M, 6145M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 602 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
F030 F030 - Fuse for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
G004 G004 - Alternator, Component Information
K046 K046 - Relay for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
R036 R036 - Heating Element for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
R037 R037 - Resistor for Monitoring the Heating Element of the Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 603 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

W501/3 W501/3: Engine Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W511/1 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
W511/3 W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W571/1 W571/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Electrical Starting Aid) (4-Cylinder Engines)
X1051 X1051 - Connection Point between Harnesses W571 and W501
X1080 X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511
XGND9F XGND9 F- Ground Point

2. Diagnostic Schematic: 6155M, 6175M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 604 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
F030 F030 - Fuse for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
G004 G004 - Alternator, Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 605 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

K046 K046 - Relay for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information


R036 R036 - Heating Element for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
R037 R037 - Resistor for Monitoring the Heating Element of the Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
W511/1 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
W571/1 W571/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Electrical Starting Aid) (4-Cylinder Engines)
X1080 X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511
XGND9F XGND9 F- Ground Point

3. Diagnostic Schematic: 6195M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 606 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
F030 F030 - Fuse for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
G004 G004 - Alternator, Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 607 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

K046 K046 - Relay for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information


R036 R036 - Heating Element for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
R037 R037 - Resistor for Monitoring the Heating Element of the Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
W501/1 W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
W511/1 W511/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
X1080 X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511
XGND9F XGND9 F- Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 608 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic


The Diagnostic Schematic consists of several pages:

1. Diagnostic schematic: 6100M, 6120M, 6130M, 6135M, 6145M


2. Diagnostic schematic: 6155M, 6175M
3. Diagnostic schematic: 6195M

1. Diagnostic Schematic: 6100M, 6120M, 6130M, 6135M, 6145M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 609 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 610 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A131 A131 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Engine CAN Bus), Component Information
B5103 50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5104 B5104 - Manifold Air Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5105 50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5205 B5205 - Sensor for Outlet Temperature of Charge Air Cooler, Component Information
B5206 B5206 - Manifold Air Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5207 50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5212 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5500 B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors

2. Diagnostic Schematic: 6155M, 6175M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 611 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 612 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A131 A131 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Engine CAN Bus), Component Information
A5507-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5101-1 50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5103-2 50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5105-2 50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5107-2 50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5204-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5207 50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5212-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5104 B5104 - Manifold Air Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5205 B5205 - Sensor for Outlet Temperature of Charge Air Cooler, Component Information
B5206 B5206 - Manifold Air Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5300 B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information
B5500 B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information
B5501-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
Y5401 Y5401 - Air Throttle Actuator, Component Information
Y5500 Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Information
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
W521/2 W521/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Coolant Level, Fuel Filter) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
X1079 X1079 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W521

3. Diagnostic Schematic: 6195M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 613 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 614 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A131 A131 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Engine CAN Bus), Component Information
A5507-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5101-1 50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5103-2 50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5104 B5104 - Manifold Air Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5105-2 50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5107-2 50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5204-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5205 B5205 - Sensor for Outlet Temperature of Charge Air Cooler, Component Information
B5206 B5206 - Manifold Air Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5207 50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5212-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5300 B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information
B5500 B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information
B5501-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
Y5401 Y5401 - Air Throttle Actuator, Component Information
Y5500 Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Information
W501/1 W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
W521/1 W521/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Coolant Level, Fuel Filter) for 6195M Tractors
X1079 X1079 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W521

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 615 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic


The Diagnostic Schematic consists of several pages:

1. Diagnostic schematic: 6100M, 6120M, 6130M, 6135M, 6145M


2. Diagnostic schematic: 6155M, 6175M, 6195M

1. Diagnostic Schematic: 6100M, 6120M, 6130M, 6135M, 6145M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 616 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 617 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
B5107 B5107 - Low-Pressure Fuel Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5113 B5113 - Sensor for Fuel Rail Pressure, Component Information
B5208 50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5209 B5209 - Fuel Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5600 B5600 - Water-in-Fuel Sensor, Component Information
Y047 Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines (Y082, Y083, Y084, Y085), Component Information
Y5002 Y5002 - Suction Control Valve, Component Information
Y5024 B5024 - Relief Valve for Fuel Rail Pressure, Component Information
X5040 X5040 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W561
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W561/1 W561/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Adapter for Sensors) (4-Cylinder Engines)

2. Diagnostic Schematic: 6155M, 6175M, 6195M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 618 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 619 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
B5107-2 B5107 - Low-Pressure Fuel Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5113 B5113 - Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5208-2 50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5209-2 B5209 - Fuel Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5600-2 B5600 - Water-in-Fuel Sensor, Component Information
Y5022-2 Y5022-2 - Control Valve 1 for Fuel Pressure, Component Information
Y5023-2 Y5023-2 - Control Valve 2 for Fuel Pressure, Component Information
Y5024 B5024 - Relief Valve for Fuel Rail Pressure, Component Information
X5021 X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component Information
W501/1 W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
W521/1 W521/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Coolant Level, Fuel Filter) for 6195M Tractors
W521/2 W521/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Coolant Level, Fuel Filter) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
W521/4 W521/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Radiator Adapter) for 6100M to 6145M Tractors
X1079 X1079 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W521

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 620 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic


The Diagnostic Schematic consists of several pages:

1. Diagnostic schematic: 6100M, 6120M, 6130M, 6135M, 6145M


2. Diagnostic schematic: 6155M, 6175M, 6195M

1. Diagnostic Schematic: 6100M, 6120M, 6130M, 6135M, 6145M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 621 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 622 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
B5102 B5102 - Exhaust Manifold Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5103 B5103 - EGR Flow Sensor, Component Information
B5104 50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5108 50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5204 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5207 B5207 - EGR Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5212 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
Y5400 Y5400 - EGR Valve Actuator, Component Information
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors

2. Diagnostic Schematic: 6155M, 6175M, 6195M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 623 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 624 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A5507-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5102-2 B5102 - Exhaust Manifold Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5103-2 B5103 - EGR Flow Sensor, Component Information
B5104 50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5105-2 50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5108 50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5207 B5207 - EGR Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5212-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5501-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
Y5400-2 Y5400 - EGR Valve Actuator, Component Information
W501/1 W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 625 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic


The Diagnostic Schematic consists of several pages:

1. Diagnostic schematic: 6100M, 6120M, 6130M, 6135M, 6145M


2. Diagnostic schematic: 6155M, 6175M, 6195M

1. Diagnostic Schematic: 6100M, 6120M, 6130M, 6135M, 6145M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 626 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 627 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A149 A149 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Exhaust System CAN Bus), Component Information
A5507 A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
B5101-2 50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5103 50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5104 50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109 B5109 - Sensor for DPF Differential Pressure, Component Information
B5204 B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component Information
B5207 50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5212 B5212 - SCR Temperature Module, Component Information
B5500 50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5501 B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
B5502 B5502 - NOx Sensor at the Inlet of the Aftertreatment System, Component Information
B5503 B5503 - NOx Sensor at the Outlet of the Aftertreatment System, Component Information
Y5020 Y5020 - DPF Dosing Injector, Component Information
Y5402 Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W531/2 W531/2: Engine Wiring Harness (DPF Exhaust System) for 6130M to 6175M Tractors
W531/3 W531/3: Engine Wiring Harness (DPF Exhaust System) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W541/1 W541/1: Harness for Engine (Exhaust System, SCR)
W542/1 W542/1: Engine Wiring Harness (DEF Tank)
X1053 X1053 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W531
X1251 X1251 - Connection Point between Harnesses W541 and W531
X1253 X1253 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W542
X1254 -

2. Diagnostic Schematic: 6155M, 6175M, 6195M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 628 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 629 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A149 A149 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Exhaust System CAN Bus), Component Information
A5507-2 A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
B5103-2 50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5104 50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5105-2 50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109-2 B5109 - Sensor for DPF Differential Pressure, Component Information
B5204-2 B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component Information
B5207 50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5212-2 B5212 - SCR Temperature Module, Component Information
B5500 50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5501-2 B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
B5502-2 B5502 - NOx Sensor at the Inlet of the Aftertreatment System, Component Information
B5503-2 B5503 - NOx Sensor at the Outlet of the Aftertreatment System, Component Information
Y5020-2 Y5020 - DPF Dosing Injector, Component Information
W501/1 W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
W531/1 W531/1: Engine Wiring Harness (DPF Exhaust System) for 6195M Tractors
W531/2 W531/2: Engine Wiring Harness (DPF Exhaust System) for 6130M to 6175M Tractors
W541/1 W541/1: Harness for Engine (Exhaust System, SCR)
W542/1 W542/1: Engine Wiring Harness (DEF Tank)
X1053 X1053 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W531
X1251 X1251 - Connection Point between Harnesses W541 and W531
X1253 X1253 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W542
X1254 -

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 630 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic


The Diagnostic Schematic consists of several pages:

1. Diagnostic schematic: 6100M, 6120M, 6130M, 6135M, 6145M


2. Diagnostic schematic: 6155M, 6175M, 6195M

1. Diagnostic Schematic: 6100M, 6120M, 6130M, 6135M, 6145M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 631 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 632 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
B5101-2 B5101 - Engine Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5105 B5105 - Crankcase Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5205 50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5206 50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5208 B5208 - Coolant Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5301 B5301 - Crankshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information
B5302 B5302 - Camshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information
Y5402 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W561/1 W561/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Adapter for Sensors) (4-Cylinder Engines)
X5040 X5040 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W561

2. Diagnostic Schematic: 6155M, 6175M, 6195M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 633 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 634 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A5507-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5101-1 B5101 - Engine Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5102-2 50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5103-2 50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5104 50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5105-2 B5105 - Crankcase Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5107-2 50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5108 B5108 - Coolant Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5109-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5207 50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5208-2 B5208 - Coolant Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5209-2 50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5212-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5301 B5301 - Crankshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information
B5302 B5302 - Camshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information
B5501-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5600-2 50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
Y5401 50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
Y5400-2 50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
W501/1 W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 635 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic


The Diagnostic Schematic consists of several pages:

1. Diagnostic schematic: 6100M, 6120M, 6130M, 6135M, 6145M


2. Diagnostic schematic: 6155M, 6175M, 6195M

1. Diagnostic Schematic: 6100M, 6120M, 6130M, 6135M, 6145M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 636 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 637 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A5507 A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
E5601 E5601 - Pressure Line Heater of the DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
E5602 E5602 - DEF Dosing Unit Return Line Heater, Component Information
E5603 E5603 - DEF Dosing Unit Supply Line Heater, Component Information
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W542/1 W542/1: Engine Wiring Harness (DEF Tank)
X1253 X1253 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W542
X1254 -

2. Diagnostic Schematic: 6155M, 6175M, 6195M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 638 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 639 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A5507-2 A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
E5601 E5601 - DEF Dosing Unit Pressure Line Heater, Component Information
E5602 E5602 - DEF Dosing Unit Return Line Heater, Component Information
E5603 E5603 - DEF Dosing Unit Supply Line Heater, Component Information
W501/1 W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
W542/1 W542/1: Engine Wiring Harness (DEF Tank)
X1253 X1253 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W542
X1254 -

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 640 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

50FA - Electronic Starting Aid (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic


Schematic
The Diagnostic Schematic consists of several pages:

1. Diagnostic schematic: 6100M, 6120M, 6130M, 6135M, 6145M


2. Diagnostic schematic: 6155M

1. Diagnostic Schematic: 6100M, 6120M, 6130M, 6135M, 6145M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 641 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
F030 F030 - Fuse for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
G004 G004 - Alternator, Component Information
K046 K046 - Relay for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
R036 R036 - Heating Element for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
R037 R037 - Resistor for Monitoring the Heating Element of the Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 642 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

W501/3 W501/3: Engine Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W511/1 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
W511/3 W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W571/1 W571/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Electrical Starting Aid) (4-Cylinder Engines)
X1051 X1051 - Connection Point between Harnesses W571 and W501
X1080 X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511
XGND9 XGND9 - Ground Point

2. Diagnostic Schematic: 6155M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 643 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
F030 F030 - Fuse for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
G004 G004 - Alternator, Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 644 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

K046 K046 - Relay for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information


R036 R036 - Heating Element for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
R037 R037 - Resistor for Monitoring the Heating Element of the Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
W511/1 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
W571/1 W571/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Electrical Starting Aid) (4-Cylinder Engines)
X1080 X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511
XGND9 XGND9 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 645 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic


Schematic
The Diagnostic Schematic consists of several pages:

1. Diagnostic schematic: 6100M, 6120M, 6130M, 6135M, 6145M


2. Diagnostic schematic: 6155M

1. Diagnostic Schematic: 6100M, 6120M, 6130M, 6135M, 6145M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 646 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 647 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A131 A131 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Engine CAN Bus), Component Information
B5103 50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5104 B5104 - Manifold Air Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5105 50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5205 B5205 - Sensor for Outlet Temperature of Charge Air Cooler, Component Information
B5206 B5206 - Manifold Air Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5207 50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5212 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5500 B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors

2. Diagnostic Schematic: 6155M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 648 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 649 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A131 A131 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Engine CAN Bus), Component Information
B5101-1 50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5103-2 50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5105-2 50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5107-2 50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109-2 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5204-2 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5207 50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5212-2 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5104 B5104 - Manifold Air Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5205 B5205 - Sensor for Outlet Temperature of Charge Air Cooler, Component Information
B5206 B5206 - Manifold Air Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5300 B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information
B5500 B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information
B5501-2 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
Y5401 Y5401 - Air Throttle Actuator, Component Information
Y5500 Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Information
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Wiring Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 650 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic


The Diagnostic Schematic consists of several pages:

1. Diagnostic schematic: 6100M, 6120M, 6130M, 6135M, 6145M


2. Diagnostic schematic: 6155M

1. Diagnostic Schematic: 6100M, 6120M, 6130M, 6135M, 6145M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 651 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 652 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
B5107 B5107 - Low-Pressure Fuel Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5113 B5113 - Sensor for Fuel Rail Pressure, Component Information
B5208 50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5209 B5209 - Fuel Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5600 B5600 - Water-in-Fuel Sensor, Component Information
Y047 Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines (Y082, Y083, Y084, Y085), Component Information
Y5002 Y5002 - Suction Control Valve, Component Information
Y5024 B5024 - Relief Valve for Fuel Rail Pressure, Component Information
X5040 X5040 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W561
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W561/1 W561/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Adapter for Sensors) (4-Cylinder Engines)

2. Diagnostic Schematic: 6155M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 653 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 654 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
B5107-2 B5107 - Low-Pressure Fuel Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5113 B5113 - Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5208-2 50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5209-2 B5209 - Fuel Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5600-2 B5600 - Water-in-Fuel Sensor, Component Information
Y5022-2 Y5022-2 - Control Valve 1 for Fuel Pressure, Component Information
Y5023-2 Y5023-2 - Control Valve 2 for Fuel Pressure, Component Information
Y5024 B5024 - Relief Valve for Fuel Rail Pressure, Component Information
X5021 X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component Information
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
W521/3 W521/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Fuel Filter) for 6155M Tractors (Open Operator′s Station)
X1079 X1079 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W521

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 655 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic


The Diagnostic Schematic consists of several pages:

1. Diagnostic schematic: 6100M, 6120M, 6130M, 6135M, 6145M


2. Diagnostic schematic: 6155M

1. Diagnostic Schematic: 6100M, 6120M, 6130M, 6135M, 6145M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 656 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 657 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
B5102 B5102 - Exhaust Manifold Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5103 B5103 - EGR Flow Sensor, Component Information
B5104 50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5108 50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5204 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5207 B5207 - EGR Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5212 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5502 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5503 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
Y5400 Y5400 - EGR Valve Actuator, Component Information
Y5402 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors

2. Diagnostic Schematic: 6155M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 658 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 659 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A5507-2 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5102-2 B5102 - Exhaust Manifold Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5103-2 B5103 - EGR Flow Sensor, Component Information
B5104 50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5105-2 50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5108 50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109-2 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5207 B5207 - EGR Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5212-2 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5501-2 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
Y5400-2 Y5400 - EGR Valve Actuator, Component Information
Y5401 50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Wiring Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 660 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic


The Diagnostic Schematic consists of several pages:

1. Diagnostic schematic: 6100M, 6120M, 6130M, 6135M, 6145M


2. Diagnostic schematic: 6155M

1. Diagnostic Schematic: 6100M, 6120M, 6130M, 6135M, 6145M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 661 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 662 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A149 A149 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Exhaust System CAN Bus), Component Information
A5507 A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
B5101-2 50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109 B5109 - Sensor for DPF Differential Pressure, Component Information
B5102 50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5103 50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5104 50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109 B5109 - Sensor for DPF Differential Pressure, Component Information
B5204 B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component Information
B5207 50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109 B5109 - Sensor for DPF Differential Pressure, Component Information
B5212 B5212 - SCR Temperature Module, Component Information
B5500 50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109 B5109 - Sensor for DPF Differential Pressure, Component Information
B5501 B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
B5502 B5502 - NOx Sensor at the Inlet of the Aftertreatment System, Component Information
B5503 B5503 - NOx Sensor at the Outlet of the Aftertreatment System, Component Information
Y5020 Y5020 - DPF Dosing Injector, Component Information
Y5400 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109 B5109 - Sensor for DPF Differential Pressure, Component Information
Y5402 Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W531/2 W531/2: Engine Wiring Harness (DPF Exhaust System) for 6130M to 6175M Tractors
W531/3 W531/3: Engine Wiring Harness (DPF Exhaust System) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W541/1 W541/1: Harness for Engine (Exhaust System, SCR)
W542/1 W542/1: Engine Wiring Harness (DEF Tank)
X1053 X1053 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W531
X1251 X1251 - Connection Point between Harnesses W541 and W531
X1253 X1253 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W542
X1254 -

2. Diagnostic Schematic: 6155M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 663 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 664 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A149 A149 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Exhaust System CAN Bus), Component Information
A5507-2 A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
B5103-2 50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5104 50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5105-2 50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109-2 B5109 - Sensor for DPF Differential Pressure, Component Information
B5204-2 B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component Information
B5207 50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5212-2 B5212 - SCR Temperature Module, Component Information
B5500 50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5501-2 B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
B5502-2 B5502 - NOx Sensor at the Inlet of the Aftertreatment System, Component Information
B5503-2 B5503 - NOx Sensor at the Outlet of the Aftertreatment System, Component Information
Y5020-2 Y5020 - DPF Dosing Injector, Component Information
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
W531/2 W531/2: Engine Wiring Harness (DPF Exhaust System) for 6130M to 6175M Tractors
W541/1 W541/1: Harness for Engine (Exhaust System, SCR)
W542/1 W542/1: Engine Wiring Harness (DEF Tank)
X1053 X1053 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W531
X1251 X1251 - Connection Point between Harnesses W541 and W531
X1253 X1253 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W542
X1254 -

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 665 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic


The Diagnostic Schematic consists of several pages:

1. Diagnostic schematic: 6100M, 6120M, 6130M, 6135M, 6145M


2. Diagnostic schematic: 6155M

1. Diagnostic Schematic: 6100M, 6120M, 6130M, 6135M, 6145M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 666 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 667 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
B5101-2 B5101 - Engine Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5105 B5105 - Crankcase Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5205 50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5206 50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5208 B5208 - Coolant Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5301 B5301 - Crankshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information
B5302 B5302 - Camshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W561/1 W561/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Adapter for Sensors) (4-Cylinder Engines)
X5040 X5040 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W561

2. Diagnostic Schematic: 6155M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 668 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 669 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A5507-2 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5101-1 B5101 - Engine Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5102-2 50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5103-2 50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5104 50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5105-2 B5105 - Crankcase Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5107-2 50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5108 B5108 - Coolant Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5109-2 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5207 50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5208-2 B5208 - Coolant Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5209-2 50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5212-2 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5301 B5301 - Crankshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information
B5302 B5302 - Camshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information
B5501-2 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5600-2 50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
Y5400-2 50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
Y5401 50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Wiring Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 670 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic


Schematic
The Diagnostic Schematic consists of several pages:

1. Diagnostic schematic: 6100M, 6120M, 6130M, 6135M, 6145M


2. Diagnostic schematic: 6155M

1. Diagnostic Schematic: 6100M, 6120M, 6130M, 6135M, 6145M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 671 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 672 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A5507 A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
E5601 E5601 - Pressure Line Heater of the DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
E5602 E5602 - DEF Dosing Unit Return Line Heater, Component Information
E5603 E5603 - DEF Dosing Unit Supply Line Heater, Component Information
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W542/1 W542/1: Engine Wiring Harness (DEF Tank)
X1253 X1253 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W542
X1254 -

2. Diagnostic Schematic: 6155M

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 673 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 674 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A5507-2 A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
E5601 E5601 - Pressure Line Heater of the DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
E5602 E5602 - DEF Dosing Unit Return Line Heater, Component Information
E5603 E5603 - DEF Dosing Unit Supply Line Heater, Component Information
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
W542/1 W542/1: Engine Wiring Harness (DEF Tank)
X1253 X1253 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W542
X1254 -

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 675 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

A019 - Cruise Control Potentiometer, Circuit Test


Component:
A019 - Cruise Control Potentiometer, Component Information , Section 249.
Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - Roof Control Unit (5-V Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. AIC 076 - Cruise Control Potentiometer, Voltage in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. X236M - Disconnect Connector of Cruise Control Potentiometer. See
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 676 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X236M, between pin A (0343) and pin D (0341).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Cruise Control Potentiometer


Circuit Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X236M, pin A (0343) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Cruise Control Potentiometer


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 0431 and perform operational check.

NO:• Repair defective lead 0343 and perform an operational check.• Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test of 5-V Supply
Voltage Circuit in Section 245.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. X008F-1 - Disconnect cab control unit connector. See A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information in Section 240.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X236M, pin A (0343) and ground.
Between connector X236M, pin D (0341) and ground.
Between connector X236M, pin C (5095) and ground.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 677 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. See 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test of 5-V Supply Voltage Circuit in Section 245. Recondition
defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X236M, pin A (0343) and connector X018F-1, pin J1-K2 (0343).
Between connector X236M, pin D (0341) and connector X018F-1, pin J1-B3 (0341).
Between connector X236M, pin C (5095) and connector X018F-2, pin J1-C3 (5095).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 678 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

K046 - Relay for Electrical Starting Aid, Circuit Test


Additional references:

Fuses:
See F030 - Fuse for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information in Section 249.
Diagnostic schematic: For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Electronic Starting Aid (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Electronic Starting Aid (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
K046 - Relay for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information in Section 249.
Ground point: For details of location and information on components, see:
XGND9 F- Ground Point(Cab), Section 249.
XGND9 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect K046 - Leads of Relay for Electrical Starting Aid.
3. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in Section
210.

( 2 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance between slot K046, pin 2 (0010) and and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 679 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

Item Measurement Specification

Electrical Starting Aid Relay


Circuit Resistance 0-1Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead 0010 and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check the control voltage

Action:

1. Disconnect connector X672F of sensor for charge-air cooler outlet temperature, to simulate a cold engine. See B5205 -
Outlet Temperature Sensor of Charge-Air Cooler, Component Information , Section 249.
→NOTE: When the key switch is switched on, the relay for the electrical starting aid is supplied with
control voltage for 15-20 seconds.

Key switch ON (engine OFF).

3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at slot K046, between pin 1 (5429) and pin 2 (0010).
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Electrical Starting Aid Relay


Circuit Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X021F-1 (X1022F-1) of engine control unit. See A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
, Section 249.
3. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead 5249

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between slot K046, pin 1 (5249) and connector X021F-1 (X1022F-1), pin 41-32 (5429).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Electrical Starting Aid Relay


Line Resistance 0—1 Ω

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 680 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair defective lead 5429 and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check lead 5429 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Slot K046, pin 1 (5429) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. Perform Engine Control Unit, Test.

NO:Short to ground present. Repair defective lead 5429 and perform an operational check.

( 7 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at slot K046, between pin 3 (5232) and pin 2 (0010).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Electrical Starting Aid Relay


Circuit Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 9 .

NO:GO TO 8 .

( 8 ) Continuity check of lead 5232/5222

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Check fuse F30, see F030 - Fuse for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information .
3. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between the slot of relay K46, pin 3 (5232) and fuse F30, pin 2 (5232).
Between fuse F30, pin 1 (5222) and pin B2+ at G004.
4. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Electrical Starting Aid Relay


Line Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 9 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 9 ) Perform further circuit tests

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 681 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

Action:

1. R037 - Resistor for Monitoring the Heating Element of the Electrical Starting Aid, Circuit Test
2. R036 - Heating Element for Electrical Starting Aid, Circuit Test

Result:

YES:Circuit tests performed and problem solved. Test completed.

NO:Circuit tests performed and problem still persists. Replace component and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 682 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

R036 - Heating Element for Electrical Starting Aid, Circuit Test


Additional references:

Fuses: For details of location and information on components, see:


F030 - Fuse for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information in Section 249.
Relays: For details of location and information on components, see:
K046 - Relay for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information in Section 249.
Diagnostic schematic: For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Electronic Starting Aid (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Electronic Starting Aid (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
R036 - Heating Element for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information in Section 249.
Ground point: For details of location and information on components, see:
XGND9 F- Ground Point(Cab), Section 249.
XGND9 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Check the current

Action:

1. Disconnect connector X672F of sensor for charge-air cooler outlet temperature, to simulate a cold engine. See B5205 -
Outlet Temperature Sensor of Charge-Air Cooler, Component Information , Section 249.
2. Connect the clamp-on ammeter on lead 5242 of fuse F030. See F030 - Fuse for Electrical Starting Aid, Component
Information , Section 249.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 683 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

Clamp-On Ammeter

→NOTE: The current is high at the beginning and decreases during the preheat time. For an accurate
test result, perform the test as follows:

Key switch ON (engine OFF).

4. The preheat time is 15-20 seconds. Record the lowest current value.
5. Ignition switch OFF.
6. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
7. The preheat time is 15-20 seconds. Record the lowest current value.
8. Ignition switch OFF.
9. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
10. The preheat time is 15-20 seconds. Record the lowest current value.
11. Check if the lowest of the recorded values complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Heating Element for Electrical Starting Aid (4-Cylinder Engine)


Circuit Current 24 - 27 A

Heating Element for Electrical Starting Aid (6-Cylinder Engine)


Circuit Current 38 - 42 A

12. Ignition switch OFF.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Current below specification. GO TO 2 . • Current is at 0 A. GO TO K046 - Relay for Electrical Starting Aid, Circuit Test .

( 2 ) Identify defective glow plug

Action:

IMPORTANT:

Check each glow plug as described below.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 684 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

→NOTE:

If disconnecting a glow plug has no effect on the current, the glow plug is defective.

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect the connector of one glow plug.

CAUTION:
Risk of fire due to shorted circuit. Make sure that the disconnected glow plug connector does not
touch any engine parts.

3. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


4. The preheat time is 15-20 seconds. Record the lowest current value.
5. Check if the value complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Heating Element for Electrical Starting Aid (4-Cylinder Engine)


Circuit Current 18 - 20 A

Heating Element for Electrical Starting Aid (6-Cylinder Engine)


Circuit Current 31 - 32 A

6. Ignition switch OFF.

Result:

YES:Replace the glow plug.

NO:Reconnect the glow plug. Continue with the next glow plug.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 685 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control

R037 - Resistor for Monitoring the Heating Element of the Electrical


Starting Aid, Circuit Test
Additional references:

Fuses: For details of location and information on components, see:


F030 - Fuse for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information in Section 249.
Relays: For details of location and information on components, see:
K046 - Relay for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information in Section 249.
Diagnostic schematic: For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Electronic Starting Aid (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Electronic Starting Aid (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
R037 - Resistor for Monitoring the Heating Element of the Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information in Section
249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Continuity Check

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between slot K046, pin 5 (5242) and connector X021F1 (X1022F-1), pin 1-54 (5413).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Resistor for Monitoring the Heating Element of the Electrical Starting Aid
Circuit Resistance 950—1050 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 686 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FB: 50FB - Immobilizer

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Slot K046, pin 5 (5242) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 687 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FB: 50FB - Immobilizer

Group 50FB - 50FB - Immobilizer


50FB - Immobilizer, Summary of References
50FB - Immobilizer, Summary of References

Diagnostic schematic:

50FB - Immobilizer (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:

50FB - Immobilizer, Test


W28 - Immobilizer Antenna, Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 688 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FB: 50FB - Immobilizer

50FB - Immobilizer (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 689 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FB: 50FB - Immobilizer

A086 A086 - Engine Control Unit (Level 16 ECU), Component Information


A133 A133 - Immobilizer Control Unit, Component Information
W028 W028 - Antenna for Immobilizer, Component Information
F03/09_LCS F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Information
F03/11_LCS F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Information
CIRCUIT ELX 1 (Cab) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211
X1182 A133 - Immobilizer Control Unit, Component Information
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 690 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FB: 50FB - Immobilizer

50FB - Immobilizer, Test


General information If the electrical immobilizer is working properly, the engine can be started and operated as usual.
If there is a fault in the immobilizer, the engine is shut off again immediately after the engine start. The reason for the
switch-off is that the enable signal from the EIC control software to the ECU is missing. Under fault conditions, the engine
can only be started 7 times in a row. Once the fault has been remedied, use the immobilizer key to switch on the ignition
and wait at least 1 second, then start the engine.

Test Procedure
( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

→NOTE: When performing checks on the electrical immobilizer, always use the original ignition key
(with chip).

Ignition switch ON.

2. Access address EIC 106 and enter the value 1.

EIC 106 - Manual Identification of Key for Immobilizer, Configuration

Enter value 1 .

3. Access address 114 and check which status is displayed.

EIC 114 - Immobilizer Control Unit (A133)

Status

No error present. 0000

Immobilizer key faulty 0040

Immobilizer antenna faulty 00C0

Immobilizer control unit faulty 00FF

Result:

YES:No error present. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Faulty immobilizer key. GO TO 2 .

NO:Immobilizer antenna faulty. GO TO 3 .

NO:Immobilizer control unit faulty. GO TO 4 .

( 2 ) Check immobilizer keys

Action:

1. Access address EIC 100 and check the key ID. Compare the displayed key ID with the saved IDs in addresses EIC 101 to
EIC 105.

EIC 100 - Key for Immobilizer (Currently Active ID)

Status

Immobilizer key faulty or incorrect. 00000000

Currently active ID.


→NOTE:
00XX000X
A key ID consists of a combination of numbers and letters. The key ID of the original ignition key is saved in one of the addresses EIC
101 to EIC 105. If the displayed key ID is not saved in one of the EIC addresses mentioned above, the vehicle cannot be operated.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 691 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FB: 50FB - Immobilizer

Result:

YES:The key ID is stored in one of the addresses EIC 101 to EIC 105. Diagnostics completed.

NO:Key ID is unknown. Request replacement key, see installation instructions for Install and program an electric
immobilizer (MHM1238) .

( 3 ) Check immobilizer antenna

Action:

Perform test, see W28 - Immobilizer Antenna, Circuit Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Replace immobilizer antenna.

( 4 ) Check control unit for immobilizer

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Immobilizer Control Unit, Test in Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Replace the immobilizer control unit, see installation instructions in Install and Program an Electric Immobilizer
(MHM1238) .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 692 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System

W28 - Immobilizer Antenna, Circuit Test


Electrical Functional Schematic:
50FB - Immobilizer (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Components: For details of location and information on components, see:
W028 - Immobilizer Antenna, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

Access address EIC 114 and check which status is displayed; see:

1. EIC 114 - Immobilizer Control Unit, Error Message in Section 245.

Result:

YES:No fault display for antenna. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:Faulty immobilizer antenna. GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the circuit

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X1115M - Connector for Immobilizer Antenna. See A133 - Immobilizer Control Unit, Component Information ,
Section 249.
3. Use a multimeter to measure resistance at connector X1115M, between pin 1 and 2.
4. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Immobilizer Antenna
Resistance in circuit Resistance 16—19 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:Replace immobilizer antenna. Perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 693 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System

Group 50FC - 50FC - Fuel System


50FC - Fuel System, Summary of References
50FC - Fuel System, Summary of References

Diagnostic schematic:

50FC - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic


50FC - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:

B176 - Fuel Level Sensor, Circuit Test


K02/3_LCS - Relay for Fuel Preheater, Circuit Test
K02/A_LCS - Relay for Fuel Preheater, Circuit Test
M031 - Fuel Pump, Circuit Test
R002 - Heating Element of Fuel Preheater, Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 694 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System

50FC - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 695 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
B176 B176 - Fuel Level Sensor, Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT IGN (Cab) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
F02FRM/P6_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/15_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K02/3_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
M031 M031 - Fuel Pump, Component Information
M031-3 M031 - Fuel Pump, Component Information
R002-3 R002 - Heating Element of Fuel Preheater, Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W501/1 W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W511/1 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
W511/3 W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W522/1 W522/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Adapter for Fuel Pump) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6155M
W601/1
to 6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6100M
W601/2
to 6145M Tractors
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X575 X575 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W522
X712 X712 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W201 or W431
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 or W202
X1080 X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
XGND9F XGND9 F- Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 696 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System

50FC - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 697 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
B176 B176 - Fuel Level Sensor, Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (OOS) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT IGN (OOS) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
M031 M031 - Fuel Pump, Component Information
M031-3 M031 - Fuel Pump, Component Information
R002-3 R002 - Heating Element of Fuel Preheater, Component Information
F03/08_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K02/A_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
W202/1 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Station
W501/1 W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W511/1 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
W511/3 W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W522/1 W522/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Adapter for Fuel Pump) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
X575 X575 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W522
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 or W202
X1080 X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511
XGND1 XGND1A - Ground Point
XGND9 XGND9 F- Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 698 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System

B176 - Fuel Level Sensor, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic: For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:


50FC - Fuel Level Sensor (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic, Section 240.
50FC - Fuel Level Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic, Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B176 - Fuel Level Sensor, Component Information , Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. CCU 004 - Fuel Level Sensor, Voltage in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X803F - Connector of Fuel Level Sensor.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 699 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X803F, between pin B (2073) and pin A (G0310).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Fuel Level Sensor


Circuit Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X803F, pin B (2073) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Fuel Level Sensor


Circuit Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead G0310 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 2073 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance at the component, between pin A and pin B.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Fuel Level Sensor


Component Resistance Tank empty, approx. 20 ohms

Resistance Tank 1/4 full, approx. 48 ohms

Resistance Tank 1/2 full, approx. 84.5 ohms

Resistance Tank 3/4 full, approx. 118 ohms

Resistance Tank full, approx. 180 ohms

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 700 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System

Disconnect X008F-2 - Connector of Main Control Unit.


3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check lead 2073 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X008F-2, pin 32 (2073) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 8

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 8 ) Continuity check of lead 2073

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X008F-2, pin 32 (2073) and connector X803F, pin B (2073).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES: General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 701 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System

K02/3_LCS - Relay for Fuel Preheater, Circuit Test


Additional references:

Fuses:
F03LCS/05, see F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationin Section 249.
F01PLB/01, see F01PLB - Fuses (PLB), Component Information in Section 249.
F037, see F037PLB - Main Fuse (PLB), Component Informationin Section 249.
Diagnostic schematic: For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50FC - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic
Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
K02/3 K01LCS to K05LCS - Relays (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationin Section 249.
Ground point: See: XGND5A - Ground Point in Section 249.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove K02LCS/03.
3. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between the slot of relay K02LCS/03, pin 85 (G0510) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Relay for Fuel Pump and Fuel Preheater


Circuit Resistance 0-1Ω

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 702 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair defective lead G0510 and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check the control voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at the slot of relay K02LCS/03, between pin 86 (0022) and pin 85 (G0510).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Relay for Fuel Pump and Fuel Preheater


Circuit Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:• Check fuse F03LCS/05.• Perform S001 - Key Switch, Circuit Test.

( 4 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at the slot of relay K02LCS/03, between pin 30 (0012) and pin 85 (G0510).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Relay for Fuel Pump and Fuel Preheater


Circuit Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Check fuse F01/PLB01.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 703 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System

K02/A_LCS - Relay for Fuel Preheater, Circuit Test


Additional references:

Fuses:
F03LCS/02, see F03LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Open Operator′s Station), Component Informationin Section 249.
F01PLB/01, see F01PLB - Fuses (PLB), Component Information in Section 249.
F037, see F037PLB - Main Fuse (PLB), Component Informationin Section 249.
Diagnostic schematic: For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50FC - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station),
Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
K02LCS/A K01LCS to K04LCS - Relays (LCS) (Open Operator′s Station), Component Informationin Section 249.
Ground point: See: XGND1 - Ground Point in Section 249.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove K02LCS/A.
3. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between the slot of relay K02LCS/A, pin 85 (G0310) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Relay for Fuel Pump and Fuel Preheater


Circuit Resistance 0-1Ω

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 704 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair defective lead G0310 and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check the control voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at the slot of relay K02LCS/A, between pin 86 (0022) and pin 85 (G0310).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Relay for Fuel Pump and Fuel Preheater


Circuit Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:• Check fuse F03LCS/02.• Perform S001 - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test.

( 4 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at the slot of relay K02LCS/A, between pin 30 (0012) and pin 85 (G0310).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Relay for Fuel Pump and Fuel Preheater


Circuit Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Check fuse F01/PLB01.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 705 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System

M031 - Fuel Pump, Circuit Test


Additional references:

Fuses:
F03LCS/16, see F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationin Section 249.
F03LCS/09, see F03LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Open Operator′s Station), Component Informationin Section 249.
Relays: For details of location and information on components, see:
K02LCS/03, see K01LCS to K05LCS - Relays (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationin Section 249.
K02LCS/A, see K01LCS to K04LCS - Relays (LCS) (Open Operator′s Station), Component Informationin Section 249.

Diagnostic schematic: For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:


50FC - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FC - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Components: For details of location and information on components, see:
M031 - Fuel Pump, Component Information in Section 249.
Ground point: See: XGND9 - Ground Point in Section 249.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. When the ignition is turned on, it should be clearly heard that the fuel pump is running.

Result:

YES:Check the fuel lines for restriction or damage and check if they are routed correctly.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check fuse

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Fuse, see:
F03LCS/16 F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationin Section 249.
F03LCS/09 F03LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Open Operator′s Station), Component Informationin Section 249.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 706 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System

Result:

YES:Fuse OK. GO TO 3 .

NO:Fuse blown. Repair defective lead 0562 and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X804F, pin B (G0010) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

M031 - Fuel Pump


Circuit Resistance 0-1Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair defective lead G0010 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X804F, between pin A (0562) and pin B (G0010).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

M031 - Fuel Pump


Circuit Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• K02LCS/03 - Relay for Fuel Pump and Fuel Preheater, Perform Circuit Test . • K02LCS/A - Relay for Fuel Pump and Fuel
Preheater, Perform Circuit Test (Open Operator′s Station).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 707 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System

R002 - Heating Element of Fuel Preheater, Circuit Test


Diagnostic schematic: For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FC - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FC - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuses:
F03LCS/15, see F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationin Section 249.
F03LCS/08, see F03LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Open Operator′s Station), Component Informationin Section 249.
Relays: For details of location and information on components, see:
K02LCS/03, see K01LCS to K05LCS - Relays (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationin Section 249.
K02LCS/A, see K01LCS to K04LCS - Relays (LCS) (Open Operator′s Station), Component Informationin Section 249.
Ground point:
See: XGND9 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
R002 - Heating Element of Fuel Preheater, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X079F - Connector of Heating Element of Fuel Preheater.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance at the component, between pin A (5047) and pin B (G0010).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Heating element of fuel preheater


Resistance of component Resistance approx. 1 ohm

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 708 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X079, pin B (G0010) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Heating element of fuel preheater


Resistance of component Resistance 0-1Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair defective lead G0010 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X079, between pin A (5047) and pin B (G0010).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Heating element of fuel preheater


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Test completed.

NO:GO TO 5 .

( 5 ) Check lead 5047 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X079, pin A (5047) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Repair defective lead 5047 and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 0292/5047

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Check fuse F03LCS/15 (F03LCS/08).
3. Remove relay K02LCS/03 (K02LCS/A).
4. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between the slot of relay 02LCS/03 (K02LCS/A), pin 87 (0292) and connector
X079, pin A (5047).
5. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Heating element of fuel preheater


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohm

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 709 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:• K02LCS/03 - Relay for Fuel Pump and Fuel Preheater, Perform Circuit Test. • K02LCS/A - Relay for Fuel Pump and Fuel
Preheater, Perform Circuit Test (Open Operator′s Station).

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 710 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Group 50GA - 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission


50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Summary of References
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Summary of References

Diagnostic Schematic (Cab):

50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic


50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Reverse Drive Lever (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle, Accelerator Pedal and Clutch Pedal (Cab), Diagnostic
Schematic
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Solenoid Valves (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Connector for Come-Home Function, Diagnostic Schematic

Diagnostic Schematic (Open Operator′s Station):

50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle and Accelerator Pedal (Open Operator′s Station),
Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests (Cab):

A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Circuit Test


B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch (Cab), Circuit Test
B009-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test
B009-2 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test
B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch (Cab), Circuit Test
B035-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test
B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test
B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Circuit Test
B079-1 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Circuit Test
B096-1 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Circuit Test
B104 - Transmission Output Speed Sensor, Circuit Test
B105 - Enable Pressure Sensor, Circuit Test
B144 - Auto Mode Potentiometer, Circuit Test
S037 - Gear Selector Switch, Auto Mode and Clutch, Circuit Test
S114 - Park Lock Switch, Circuit Test
S125-1 - Gear Selector Switch (Range-Shift Lever), Circuit Test
S125-2 - Gear Selector Switch (Shift Console), Circuit Test
Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Circuit Test
Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test
Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test
Y039 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K2, Circuit Test
Y040 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K1, Circuit Test
Come-Home Connector, Circuit Test

Circuit Tests (Open Operator′s Station):

B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
B035-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
B035-2 - Wheel Speed Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 711 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Reverse Drive Lever (Cab), Diagnostic


Schematic

Reverse Drive Lever (Cab)

LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 712 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information


A082 A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
12V Supply (A018) (Cab) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 713 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50GA - Transmission (Sensors) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 714 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B007 B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch, Component Information
B031 B031 - Pressure Switch for Transmission Oil, Component Information
B060 B060 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Temperature, Component Information
B104 B104 - Transmission Output Speed Sensor, Component Information
B105 B105 - Enable Pressure Sensor, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W601 For Transmission Version, see:
W601/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control)

for 6155M to 6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control)

for 6100M to 6145M Tractors
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
5V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
12V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 715 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Sensors (Open Operator′s Station),


Diagnostic Schematic

50GA - Transmission (Sensors) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B007 B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch, Component Information
B031 B031 - Pressure Switch for Transmission Oil, Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 716 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

B036 B036 - Neutral Start Switch, Component Information


B060 B060 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Temperature, Component Information
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Station
W602 For Transmission Version, see:
W602/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control) for 6155M

Tractors
W602/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control) for 6100M to

6145M Tractors
X287 X287 - Connection Point between Harnesses W202 and W602 (Open Operator′s Station)
XGND2 XGND2 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 717 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50GA - Transmission (Controls and Instruments) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 718 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

LEGEND:
A003 A003 - Control Unit in Cab, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B144 B144 - Auto Mode Potentiometer, Component Information
S037 S037 - Gear Selector Switch, Auto Mode and Clutch, Component Information
S114 S114 - Park Lock Switch, Component Information
S125-1 - Gear Selector Switch (Range-Shift Lever) for PowrQuad™ Transmission, Component
S125-1
Information
S125-2 S125-2 - Gear Selector Switch (Shift Console) for PowrQuad™ Transmission, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
X003F-1 For Specification, see:
• S125-1 - Gear Selector Switch (Range-Shift Lever), Component Information
• S037 - Gear Selector Switch, Auto Mode and Clutch, Component Information
X003F-2 S037 - Gear Selector Switch, Auto Mode and Clutch, Component Information
X003F-3 For Specification, see:
• S125-1 - Gear Selector Switch (Range-Shift Lever), Component Information
• S037 - Gear Selector Switch, Auto Mode and Clutch, Component Information
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
Keep Alive CIRCUIT
50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Circuit Test
(Cab)
5V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 719 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Connector for Come-Home Function,


Diagnostic Schematic

Connector for Come-Home Function, Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 720 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
Stecker für Notfahreinrichtung Connector for Come-Home Function, Component Information
12V Supply (A018) (Cab) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 721 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle,


Accelerator Pedal and Clutch Pedal (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Sensors for Accelerator Pedal, Hand Throttle and Clutch

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B065 B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information
B079-1 B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 722 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

B096-1 B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Component Information


W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W241 W241/1: Wiring Harness for Clutch Pedal Sensor Unit
X322 X322 - Connection Point between Harnesses W211 and W241
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
5V Supply (A018) (Cab) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 723 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle and


Accelerator Pedal (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle and Accelerator Pedal (Open Operator′s
Station), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B079 B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information
B096 B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Component Information
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Station

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 724 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

5V Supply (A018) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic
(OOS) Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 725 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50GA - Transmission (Wheel Sensors) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 726 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B009-1, B009-2 B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
B035-1 B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W601 For Tractor Model, see:
W601/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for

6155M to 6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for

6100M to 6145M Tractors
X088 For Specification, see:
• B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
• B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 727 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors (Open Operator′s


Station), Diagnostic Schematic

50GA - Transmission (Wheel Sensors) (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B035-1, B035-2 B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
W202 W202/1: Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W602 For Tractor Model, see:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 728 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

W602/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control) for 6150M

Tractors
W602/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control) for 6105M to

6140M Tractors
X287 X287 - Connection Point between Harnesses W202 and W602 (Open Operator′s Platform)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 729 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Solenoid Valves (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50GA - Transmission (Solenoid Valves) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 730 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
Y011 Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Component Information
Y033 Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Component Information
Y036 Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Component Information
Y039 Y039 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K2, Component Information
Y040 Y040 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K1, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness
W601 For Tractor Model, see:
W601/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6155M to

6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6100M to

6145M Tractors
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 731 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic: For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Reverse
Drive Lever (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. FCC 005 - Reverse Drive Lever, Status in Section 245.


2. FCC 006 - Reverse Drive Lever Neutral Switch Position, Status and Voltage in Section 245.
3. FCC 007 - Reverse Drive Lever Reverse Switch Position, Status and Voltage in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector X767

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X767F from component. See A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Component Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 732 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X767, between pin H (0432) and pin G (0050).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Reverse Drive Lever


Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check ground lead

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X767, pin H (0432) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Reverse Drive Lever


Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:Check ground lead (0050). Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

NO:Check supply voltage lead (0432). Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector X001

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X001F from component. See A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X767 from component. See A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Component Information .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 733 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

3. Disconnect connector X001F from component. See A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information .
4. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:
Check for continuity between connector X767, pin B (6051) and connector X001, pin 19 (6051).
Check for continuity between connector X767, pin C (6123) and connector X001, pin 24 (6123).
Check for continuity between connector X767, pin D (6000) and connector X001, pin 21 (6000).
Check for continuity between connector X767, pin E (6109) and connector X001, pin 22 (6109).
Check for continuity between connector X767, pin F (6014) and connector X001, pin 16 (6014).
Check for continuity between connector X767, pin F (6014) and connector X027F-1, pin 1A3 (6014).

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X001, pin 19 (6051) and ground.
Between connector X001, pin 24 (6123) and ground.
Between connector X001, pin 21 (6000) and ground.
Between connector X001, pin 22 (6109) and ground.
Between connector X001, pin 16 (6014) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present.Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 734 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch (Cab), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section
240.
Ground point: See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch,
Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. CCU 007 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Filter and Sensor for Transmission Oil Pressure, Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X080M from component. See B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch, Component
Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 735 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X080M, pin A (6016) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 12 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 5 .

( 4 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Check the display in address CCU 007.CCU 007

Address CCU 007

Address CCU 007 Status

Jumper placed between pin A (6016) and pin B (0050) of connector X080 X1

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead (6016) and perform operational check. GO TO 5 .

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector of component A018

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 736 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Between connector X027F-3, pin 38 (6016) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Repair defective lead (6016) and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead 6016

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X027F-3, pin 38 (6016) and connector X080, pin A (6016).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 737 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch (Open Operator′s


Station), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Circuit:
Diagnostic Schematic (tractors with open operator′s station): See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission,
Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point (tractors with open operator′s station): See: XGND2 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch,
Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. CCU 007 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Filter and Sensor for Transmission Oil Pressure, Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X080M from component. See B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch, Component
Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 738 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X080M, pin A (6016) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 12 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 5 .

( 4 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Check the display in address CCU 007.CCU 007

Address CCU 007

Address CCU 007 Status

Jumper placed between pin A (6016) and pin B (0050) of connector X080 X1

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead (6016) and perform operational check. GO TO 5 .

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector of component A018

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 739 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 38 (6016) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Repair defective lead (6016) and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead 6016

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X027F-3, pin 38 (6016) and connector X080, pin A (6016).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 740 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

B009-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test


Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. CCU 062 - Wheel Speed Signal , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X088F-1 from component. See B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 741 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X088F, between pin 3 (6131) and pin 1 (0442).
2. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Wheel Speed Sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X088F, pin 1 (0442) and ground.
2. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Wheel Speed Sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6131 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0442 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check lead 6102 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin 40 (6102) and ground.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 742 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Item Measurement Specification

Check for shorts to ground


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead 6102

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin 40 (6102) and connector X088F, pin 2 (6102).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 743 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

B009-2 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test


Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. CCU 062 - Wheel Speed Signal , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X088F-2 from component. See B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 744 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X088F-2, between pin 3 (6131) and pin 1 (0442).
2. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Wheel Speed Sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X088F-2, pin 1 (0442) and ground.
2. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Wheel Speed Sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6131 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0442 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check lead 6102 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin 40 (6102) and ground.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 745 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Item Measurement Specification

Check for shorts to ground


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead 6102

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin 40 (6102) and connector X088F, pin 2 (6102).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 746 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch (Cab), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Circuit:
Diagnostic Schematic (on tractors with cab): See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic
Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point (tractors with cab): See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch,
Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. CCU 007 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Filter and Sensor for Transmission Oil Pressure, Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X088M from component. See B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 747 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X083M, pin A (6015) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Transmission Oil Pressure Switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 12 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 5 .

( 4 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Check the display in address CCU 007.CCU 007

Address CCU 007

Address CCU 007 Status

Jumper placed between pin A (6015) and pin B (0050) of connector X083 1X

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead (6015) and perform operational check. GO TO 5 .

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-1 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 748 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Between connector X027F-1, pin C3 (6015) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Repair defective lead (6015) and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead 6015

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X027F-1, pin C3 (6015) and connector X083, pin A (6015).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 749 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch (Open Operator′s Station),


Circuit Test

Additional references:

Circuit:
Diagnostic Schematic (tractors with open operator′s station): See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission,
Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point (tractors with open operator′s station): See: XGND2 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch,
Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. CCU 007 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Filter and Sensor for Transmission Oil Pressure, Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X083M from component. See B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 750 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X083M, pin A (6015) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Transmission Oil Pressure Switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 12 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 5 .

( 4 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Check the display in address CCU 007.CCU 007

Address CCU 007

Address CCU 007 Status

Jumper placed between pin A (6015) and pin B (0050) of connector X083 1X

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead (6015) and perform operational check. GO TO 5 .

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-1 from component. See Disconnect A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 751 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Between connector X027F-1, pin C3 (6015) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Repair defective lead (6015) and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead 6015

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X027F-1, pin C3 (6015) and connector X083, pin A (6015).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 752 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

B035-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test


Circuit:
Diagnostic Schematic (on tractors with cab): See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors (Cab),
Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component
Informationin Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. CCU 062 - Wheel Speed Signal , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X88F from component. See B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 753 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X088F, pin A (6102) and ground.
2. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Wheel Speed Sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 5 .

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin 40 (6102) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 6102

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X027F-2, pin 40 (6102) and connector X88F, pin A (6102).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 754 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead 6131

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X027F-1, pin H2 (6131) and connector X88F, pin B (6131).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 755 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

B035-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test


Circuit:
Diagnostic Schematic (tractors with open operator′s station): See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Wheel
Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component
Informationin Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. CCU 062 - Wheel Speed Signal , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X088F from component. See B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 756 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X088F, pin A (6102) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Wheel Speed Sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 5 .

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin 40 (6102) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 6102

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X027F-2, pin 40 (6102) and connector X88F, pin A (6102).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 757 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead 6131

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X027F-1, pin H2 (6131) and connector X88F, pin B (6131).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 758 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

B035-2 - Wheel Speed Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test


Circuit:
Diagnostic Schematic (tractors with open operator′s station): See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Wheel
Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component
Informationin Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. CCU 062 - Wheel Speed Signal , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X088M from component. See B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 759 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X088M, pin A (6102) and ground.
2. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Wheel Speed Sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 5 .

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin 40 (6102) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 6102

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X027F-2, pin 40 (6102) and connector X88M, pin A (6102).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 760 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead 6131

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X027F-1, pin H2 (6131) and connector X88M, pin B (6131).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 761 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
Diagnostic Schematic (on tractors with cab): See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic
Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point:
Ground point (on tractors with cab): See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor,
Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. CCU 008 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor, Voltage , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X307F from component. See B060 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Temperature, Component
Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 762 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Key switch ON.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at the component, between pin A (6022) and pin B (0050).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor


Sensor Voltage Voltage at 10° C (50° F) 4.595 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 15° C (59° F) 4.495 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 20° C (68° F) 4.378 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 25° C (77° F) 4.243 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 30° C (86° F) 4.089 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 40° C (104° F) 3.730 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 50° C (122° F) 3.313 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 60° C (140° F) 2.867 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 70° C (158° F) 2.422 ± 0.05 volts

For further information, see B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor, Component Information , Section 249.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 43 (6022) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 763 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 43 (6022) and connector X307, pin A (6022).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 764 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor (Open Operator′s Station),


Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
Diagnostic Schematic (tractors with open operator′s station): See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission,
Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
Ground point:
Ground point (tractors with open operator′s station): See: XGND2 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor,
Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. CCU 008 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor, Voltage , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X307F from component. See B060 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Temperature, Component
Information .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 765 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Key switch ON.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at the component, between pin A (6022) and pin B (0050).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor


Sensor Voltage Voltage at 10° C (50° F) 4.595 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 15° C (59° F) 4.495 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 20° C (68° F) 4.378 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 25° C (77° F) 4.243 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 30° C (86° F) 4.089 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 40° C (104° F) 3.730 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 50° C (122° F) 3.313 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 60° C (140° F) 2.867 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 70° C (158° F) 2.422 ± 0.05 volts

For further information, see B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor, Component Information , Section 249.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 43 (6022) and ground.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 766 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 43 (6022) and connector X307, pin A (6022).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 767 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Circuit Test


Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle, Accelerator Pedal
and Clutch Pedal (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Component
Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. PTQ 011 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Status in Section 245.


2. OIC 050 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer (Channel 1), Voltage in Section 245.
3. OIC 051 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer (Channel 2), Voltage in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Addresses within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X328F from component. See B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 768 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X328F, between pin 1 (6033) and pin 2 (6031).
Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X328F, between pin 6 (6033) and pin 5 (6031).
2. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Clutch Pedal Potentiometer


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X328F, pin 1 (6033) and ground.
Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X328F, pin 6 (6033) and ground.
2. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Clutch Pedal Potentiometer


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6033 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 6031 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 769 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin 48 (6114) and ground.
Between connector X027F-2, pin 13 (6007) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X027F-2, pin 48 (6114) and connector X328F, pin 4
(6114).
Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X027F-2, pin 13 (6007) and connector X328F, pin 34
(6007).
2. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 770 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer (Open Operator′s Station),


Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic: For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:


50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle and Accelerator Pedal (Open Operator′s
Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. OIC 053 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer (Channel 1), Voltage in Section 245.
2. OIC 054 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer (Channel 2), Voltage in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X371F from component. See B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 771 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X371F, between pin 1 (6033) and pin 2 (6031).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X371F, pin 1 (6033) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6031 and perform operational check.

NO:• Repair defective lead 6033 and perform an operational check.• Main Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit,
Section 245.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


Disconnect connectors X027F-1 and X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component
Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 772 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X371F, pin 1 (6033) and ground.
Between connector X371F, pin 2 (6031) and ground.
Between connector X371F, pin 4 (5079) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X371F, pin 1 (6033) and connector X027F-1, pin J3 (6033).
Between connector X371F, pin 2 (6031) and connector X027F-1, pin H3 (6031).
Between connector X371F, pin 4 (5079) and connector X027F-2, pin 37 (5079).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• Main Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit,
Section 245.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 773 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit


Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic: For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:


50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle and Accelerator Pedal (Open Operator′s
Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. AIC 021 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Voltage at Channel 1 in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X460F from component. See B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 774 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X460F, between pin A (6031) and pin C (7073).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Hand throttle potentiometer


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X460F, pin C (7073) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Hand throttle potentiometer


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6031 and perform operational check.

NO:• Repair defective lead 7073 and perform an operational check.• Main Control Unit, Perform Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage
Circuit, Section 245.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connectors

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connectors X027F-1 and X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 775 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:


Between connector X460F, pin A (6031) and ground.
Between connector X460F, pin C (7073) and ground.
Between connector X460F, pin B (5069) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X460F, pin A (6031) and connector X027F-1, pin H3 (6031).
Between connector X460F, pin C (7073) and connector X027F-1, pin J2 (7073).
Between connector X460F, pin B (5069) and connector X027F-2, pin 14 (5069).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• Main Control Unit, Perform Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage
Circuit, Section 245.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 776 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

B079-1 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic: For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:


50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle, Accelerator Pedal and Clutch Pedal (Cab),
Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. OIC 053 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer (Channel 1), Voltage in Section 245.
2. OIC 054 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer (Channel 2), Voltage in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X371F from component. See B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 777 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X371F, between pin 1 (6033) and pin 2 (6031).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X371F, pin 1 (6033) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6031 and perform operational check.

NO:• Repair defective lead 6033 and perform an operational check.• Main Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit,
Section 245.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connectors X027F-1 and X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 778 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:


Between connector X371F, pin 1 (6033) and ground.
Between connector X371F, pin 2 (6031) and ground.
Between connector X371F, pin 4 (5079) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X371F, pin 1 (6033) and connector X027F-1, pin J3 (6033).
Between connector X371F, pin 2 (6031) and connector X027F-1, pin H3 (6031).
Between connector X371F, pin 4 (5079) and connector X027F-2, pin 37 (5079).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• Main Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit,
Section 245.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 779 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

B096-1 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic: For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:


50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle, Accelerator Pedal and Clutch Pedal (Cab),
Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. AIC 021 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Voltage at Channel 1 in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X460F from component. See B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 780 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X460F, between pin A (6033) and pin C (6031).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Hand throttle potentiometer


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X460F, pin A (6033) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Hand throttle potentiometer


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6031 and perform operational check.

NO:• Repair defective lead 6033 and perform an operational check.• Main Control Unit, Perform Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage
Circuit, Section 245.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connectors

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connectors X027F-1 and X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 781 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:


Between connector X460F, pin A (6033) and ground.
Between connector X460F, pin C (6031) and ground.
Between connector X460F, pin B (5069) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X460F, pin A (6033) and connector X027F-1, pin J3 (6033).
Between connector X460F, pin C (6031) and connector X027F-1, pin H3 (6031).
Between connector X460F, pin B (5069) and connector X027F-2, pin 14 (5069).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• Main Control Unit, Perform Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage
Circuit, Section 245.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 782 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

B104 - Transmission Output Speed Sensor, Circuit Test


Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section
240.
Ground point: See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B104 - Transmission Output Speed Sensor,
Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. PTQ 004 - Transmission Output Speed Sensor, Frequency , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X499F from component. See B104 - Sensor for Transmission Output Speed, Component Information
.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 783 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X499M, between pin 1 (0432) and pin 3 (0050).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Transmission Output Speed Sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X499M, pin 1 (0432) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Transmission Output Speed Sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead G0050 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0432 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check lead 6034 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 784 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Between connector X027F-2, pin 17 (6034) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead 6034

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin 17 (6034) and connector X499M, pin 2 (6034).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 785 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

B105 - Enable Pressure Sensor, Circuit Test


Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section
240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B105 - Enable Pressure Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. PTQ 006 - Enable Pressure Sensor, Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X459F from component. See B105 - Enable Pressure Sensor, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 786 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X495F, between pin B (6033) and pin A (6031).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Enable pressure sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X495F, pin B (6033) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Enable pressure sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6033 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 6031 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 6039

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X027F-2, pin 39 (6039) and connector X495F, pin C (6039).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 6039


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 787 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 788 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

B144 - Auto Mode Potentiometer, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
Diagnostic schematic:
See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B144 - Auto Mode Potentiometer, Component
Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. AIC 075 - Potentiometer for Auto Mode, Voltage in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X653F from component. See B144 - Auto Mode Potentiometer, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 789 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X653F, between pin C (0343) and pin A (0341).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Auto Mode Potentiometer


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8—5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X653F, pin C (0343) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Auto Mode Potentiometer


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8—5.2 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6031 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 6033 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connectors

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X018M from component. See A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 790 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Between connector X653F, pin A (0341) and ground.


Between connector X653F, pin B (6254) and ground.
Between connector X653F, pin C (0343) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X653F, pin A (0341) and connector X018F, pin M2 (0341).
Between connector X653F, pin B (6254) and connector X018F, pin B3 (6254).
Between connector X653F, pin C (0343) and connector X018F, pin K2 (0343).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 791 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

S037 - Gear Selector Switch, Auto Mode and Clutch, Circuit Test
Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments (Cab), Diagnostic
Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S037 - Switch for Gear Selector, Auto Mode and Clutch, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. OIC 019 - Switch for Gear Selector, Auto Mode and Clutch, Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connectors X003F-1 and X003F-2 from component. See OIC 019 - Gear Selector Switch, Auto Mode and Clutch,
Status .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 792 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X003F-1, pin C (0432) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Switch for Gear Selector, Auto Mode and Clutch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connectors

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X018F from component. See A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X018F, pin G3 (6197) and connector X015, pin 1A (6197).
Between connector X018F, pin C4 (6148) and connector X015, pin 1B (6148).
Between connector X018F, pin H4 (6176) and connector X015, pin 1D (6176).
Between connector X018F, pin A3 (6005) and connector X015, pin 2A (6005).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform an operational check

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 793 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 794 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

S114 - Park Lock Switch, Circuit Test


Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments (Cab), Diagnostic
Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: S114 - Park Lock Switch, Component
Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. OIC 017 - Park Lock Switch and Declutch Switch on Range-Shift Lever, Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X503M from component. See S114 - Park Lock Switch, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 795 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X503M, pin C1 (6021) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Park lock switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connectors X027F-1 and X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 37 (6021) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 6021

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X503M, pin C1 (6021) and connector X027F-3, pin 37 (6021).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 796 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 797 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

S125-1 - Gear Selector Switch (Range-Shift Lever), Circuit Test


Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments (Cab), Diagnostic
Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: S125-1 - Gear Selector Switch (Range-Shift
Lever), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. OIC 019 - Switch for Gear Selector, Auto Mode and Clutch, Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X003F-1 from component. See S125-1 - Gear Selector Switch (Range-Shift Lever), Component
Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 798 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X003F-1, pin C (0432) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Gear selector switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X018F from component. See A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X018F, pin G3 (6197) and ground.
Between connector X018F, pin C4 (6148) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X003F-3, pin D (6197) and connector X018F, pin G3
(6197).
Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X003F-3, pin B (6148) and connector X027F-3, pin C4
(6148).
2. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 799 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Item Measurement Specification

Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 800 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

S125-2 - Gear Selector Switch (Shift Console), Circuit Test


Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments (Cab), Diagnostic
Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: S125-2 - Gear Selector Switch (Shift Console),
Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. OIC 019 - Switch for Gear Selector, Auto Mode and Clutch, Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X660F-2 from component. See S125-2 - Gear Selector Switch (Shift Console), Component
Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 801 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X660F-2, pin C (0432) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Gear selector switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X018F from component. See A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X018F, pin G3 (6197) and ground.
Between connector X018F, pin C4 (6148) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X018F, pin G3 (6197) and connector X660F-2, pin A
(6197).
Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X018F, pin C4 (6148) and connector X660F-2, pin B
(6148).
2. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 802 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Item Measurement Specification

Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 803 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Circuit Test


Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Solenoid Valves (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for
Transmission Enable, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. PTQ 064 - Test Mode of Enable Pressure Solenoid Valve in Section 245.
2. PTQ 065 - Enable Pressure Solenoid Valve, Current in Section 245.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. With ignition on, use a magnetic tester to check for solenoid valve activation directly at the valve. With ignition on, it
should be clearly heard that the solenoid valve is activated.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X022F from component. See Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable,
Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 804 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance at the component, between pin A (6017) and pin B (7168).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Proportional solenoid valve for transmission enable


Resistance of component Resistance 7.25 +/- 0.5 ohms at 20 °C (68 °F)

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-1 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-1, pin M4 (6017) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 6017

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-1, pin M4 (6017) and connector X022F, pin A (6017).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 805 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 6017


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 806 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test


Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Solenoid Valves (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Component
Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. PTQ 062 - Test Mode of Proportional Solenoid Valves for Forward Clutch/Reverse Brake in Section 245.
2. PTQ 063 - Proportional Solenoid Valves for Forward Clutch/Reverse Brake, Current in Section 245.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. With ignition on, use a magnetic tester to check for solenoid valve activation directly at the valve. With ignition on, it
should be clearly heard that the solenoid valve is activated.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X493F from component. See Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 807 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance at the component, between pin A (6089) and pin B (0310).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Forward solenoid valve


Resistance of component Resistance 10 - 12 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 16 (6089) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 6089

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 16 (6089) and connector X493F, pin A (6089).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 808 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 6089


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 809 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test


Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Solenoid Valves (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Component
Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. PTQ 062 - Test Mode of Proportional Solenoid Valves for Forward Clutch/Reverse Brake in Section 245.
2. PTQ 063 - Proportional Solenoid Valves for Forward Clutch/Reverse Brake, Current in Section 245.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. With ignition on, use a magnetic tester to check for solenoid valve activation directly at the valve. With ignition on, it
should be clearly heard that the solenoid valve is activated.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X494F from component. See Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 810 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance at the component, between pin A (6025) and pin B (0310).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Reverse solenoid valve


Resistance of component Resistance 10 - 12 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 40 (6025) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 6025

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 40 (6025) and connector X494F, pin A (6025).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 811 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 6025


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 812 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Y039 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K2, Circuit Test


Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Solenoid Valves (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. PTQ 060 - Test Mode of Gear Selector Solenoid Valves in Section 245.
2. PTQ 061 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valves, Current in Section 245.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. With ignition on, use a magnetic tester to check for solenoid valve activation directly at the valve. With ignition on, it
should be clearly heard that the solenoid valve is activated.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X702F from component. See Y039 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K2, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 813 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance at the component, between pin A (6044) and pin B (0310).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K2


Resistance of component Resistance 15 ohms at 20 °C (68 °F)

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 52 (6044) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 6044

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 52 (6044) and connector X702F, pin A (6044).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 814 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 6044


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 815 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Y040 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K1, Circuit Test


Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Solenoid Valves (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: Y040 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K1,
Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. PTQ 060 - Test Mode of Gear Selector Solenoid Valves in Section 245.
2. PTQ 061 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valves, Current in Section 245.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. With ignition on, use a magnetic tester to check for solenoid valve activation directly at the valve. With ignition on, it
should be clearly heard that the solenoid valve is activated.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X701F from component. See Y040 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K1, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 816 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance at the component, between pin A (6043) and pin B (0310).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K1


Resistance of component Resistance 15 ohms at 20 °C (68 °F)

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 28 (6043) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 6043

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 28 (6043) and connector X701F, pin A (6043).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 817 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 6043


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 818 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission

Come-Home Connector, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Connector for Come-Home Function, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
Connector for Come-Home Function, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. OIC 021 - Come-Home Connector, Operator Presence Switch and Ignition Switch, Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Addresses within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove connector for component from fuse box.
3. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
4. Use a multimeter to check for voltage between pin (86) and pin (87).
5. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Connector for come-home function

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 819 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Item Measurement Specification

Circuit Voltage Voltage 12 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:If equipped, check other wiring harness connectors for dirty, pushed back or loose pins. Recondition lead 0432 and perform
operational check.

( 3 ) Check lead 6023

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-1 from component. See Connector for Come-Home Function, Component Information
3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between pin 86 at the slot, and pin C2 of connector X027F-1.

Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance in Circuit Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check. See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

NO:If equipped, check other wiring harness connectors for dirty, pushed back or loose pins. Recondition lead 6023 and perform
operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 820 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Group 50GD - 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission


50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Summary of References
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Summary of References

Diagnostic schematic:

50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Reverse Drive Lever, Diagnostic Schematic


50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments, Diagnostic Schematic
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Solenoid Valves, Diagnostic Schematic
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Switches, Diagnostic Schematic
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle, Accelerator Pedal and Clutch Pedal (Cab),
Diagnostic Schematic
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Park Lock, Diagnostic Schematic
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Connector for Come-Home Function, Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:
A082 - Reverse Drive Lever (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
B009-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
B009-3 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test
B009-4 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test
B009-6 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test
B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
B079-2 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Circuit Test
B096-3 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Circuit Test
B104 - Transmission Output Speed Sensor (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
B105 - Enable Pressure Sensor (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
B258 - Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
S029 - Switch for Start-Up Gear Programming (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
S125-3 - Gear Selector Switch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test
Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test
Y039 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K2, Circuit Test
Y040 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K1, Circuit Test
Y130 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H1 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
Y131 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H2 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
Y132 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H3 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
Y133 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H4 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
Come-Home Connector (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 821 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Reverse Drive Lever, Diagnostic


Schematic

50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Reverse Drive Lever, Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 822 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information


A082 A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Component Information
W201 Wiring Harness to be completed
W211 Wiring Harness to be completed
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
12V Supply (A018) (Cab) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 823 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments, Diagnostic Schematic

50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments, Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 824 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

LEGEND:
A003 A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
S007 S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
S125-3 - Gear Selector Switch (Shift Console) for CommandQuad™ Transmission, Component
S125-3
Information
W201 Wiring Harness to be completed
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
5V Supply (A018) (Cab) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 825 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic

50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 826 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B009-1 B009-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
B009-3 B009-3 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
B009-4 B009-4 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
B009-6 B009-6 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
W201 .
W601 .
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 827 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic

50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 828 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B060 B060 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Temperature, Component Information
B104 B104 - Transmission Output Speed Sensor, Component Information
B105 B105 - Enable Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
B256
Information
B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
B257
Information
B258 - Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
B258
Information
W201 Wiring Harness to be completed
W601 Wiring Harness to be completed
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
5V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
12V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 829 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Solenoid Valves, Diagnostic Schematic

50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Solenoid Valves, Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 830 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
Y011 Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Component Information
Y033 Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Component Information
Y036 Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Component Information
Y039 Y039 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K2, Component Information
Y040 Y040 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K1, Component Information
Y130 Y130 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H1 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
Y131 Y131 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H2 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
Y132 Y132 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H3 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
Y133 Y133 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H4 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
W201 Wiring Harness to be completed
W601 Wiring Harness to be completed
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 831 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Switches, Diagnostic Schematic

50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Switches, Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 832 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

LEGEND:
A003 A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B007 B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch, Component Information
B031 B031 - Pressure Switch for Transmission Oil, Component Information
S029 S029 – Switch for Start-Up Gear Programming (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
W201 Wiring Harness to be completed
W601 Wiring Harness to be completed
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 833 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle, Accelerator Pedal and Clutch Pedal (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle, Accelerator Pedal and Clutch Pedal (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 834 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B065 B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information
B079-2 B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information
B096-3 B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Component Information
W201 Wiring Harness to be completed
W211 Wiring Harness to be completed
W241 Wiring Harness to be completed
X322 X322 - Connection Point between Harnesses W211 and W241
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
5V Supply (A018) (Cab) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 835 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Park Lock, Diagnostic Schematic

50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Park Lock, Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
W201 Wiring Harness to be completed
X033 X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
S114 - Keep Alive CIRCUIT (Cab) 50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Circuit Test
12V Supply (A018) (Cab) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 836 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Connector for Come-Home


Function, Diagnostic Schematic

Connector for Come-Home Function, Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 837 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
Stecker für Notfahreinrichtung Connector for Come-Home Function, Component Information
12V Supply (A018) (Cab) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 838 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

A082 - Reverse Drive Lever (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit


Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic: For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Reverse
Drive Lever (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. FCC 005 - Reverse Drive Lever, Status in Section 245.


2. FCC 006 - Reverse Drive Lever Neutral Switch Position, Status and Voltage in Section 245.
3. FCC 007 - Reverse Drive Lever Reverse Switch Position, Status and Voltage in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector X767

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X767F from component. See A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Component Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 839 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X767, between pin H (0432) and pin G (0050).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Reverse Drive Lever


Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check ground lead

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X767, pin H (0432) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Reverse Drive Lever


Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:Check ground lead (0050). Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

NO:Check supply voltage lead (0432). Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector X001

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X001F from component. See A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X767 from component. See A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Component Information .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 840 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

3. Disconnect connector X001F from component. See A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information .
4. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:
Check for continuity between connector X767, pin B (6051) and connector X001, pin 19 (6051).
Check for continuity between connector X767, pin C (6123) and connector X001, pin 24 (6123).
Check for continuity between connector X767, pin D (6000) and connector X001, pin 21 (6000).
Check for continuity between connector X767, pin E (6109) and connector X001, pin 22 (6109).
Check for continuity between connector X767, pin F (6014) and connector X001, pin 16 (6014).
Check for continuity between connector X767, pin F (6014) and connector X027F-1, pin 1A3 (6014).

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X001, pin 19 (6051) and ground.
Between connector X001, pin 24 (6123) and ground.
Between connector X001, pin 21 (6000) and ground.
Between connector X001, pin 22 (6109) and ground.
Between connector X001, pin 16 (6014) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present.Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 841 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch (CommandQuad™


Transmission), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Switches, Diagnostic Schematic in Section
240.
Ground point: See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch,
Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. CCU 007 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Filter and Sensor for Transmission Oil Pressure, Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X080M from component. See B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch, Component
Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 842 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X080M, pin A (6016) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 12 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 5 .

( 4 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Check the display in address CCU 007.CCU 007

Address CCU 007

Address CCU 007 Status

Jumper placed between pin A (6016) and pin B (0050) of connector X080 X1

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead (6016) and perform operational check. GO TO 5 .

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector of component A018

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 843 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 38 (6016) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Repair defective lead (6016) and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead 6016

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X027F-3, pin 38 (6016) and connector X080, pin A (6016).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 844 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

B009-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit


Test
Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. CCU 062 - Wheel Speed Signal , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X088F-1 from component. See B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 845 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X088F, between pin 3 (6131) and pin 1 (0442).
2. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Wheel Speed Sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X088F, pin 1 (0442) and ground.
2. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Wheel Speed Sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6131 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0442 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check lead 6102 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 846 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Between connector X027F-2, pin 40 (6102) and ground.

Item Measurement Specification

Check for shorts to ground


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead 6102

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin 40 (6102) and connector X088F, pin 2 (6102).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 847 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

B009-3 - Wheel Speed Sensor (6135M - 6195M), Circuit Test


Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. CCU 062 - Wheel Speed Signal , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X088F-3 from component. See B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 848 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X088F, between pin 3 (6131) and pin 1 (0442).
2. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Wheel Speed Sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X088F, pin 1 (0442) and ground.
2. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Wheel Speed Sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6131 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0442 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check lead 6102 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin 40 (6102) and ground.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 849 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Item Measurement Specification

Check for shorts to ground


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead 6102

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin 40 (6102) and connector X088F, pin 2 (6102).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 850 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

B009-4 - Wheel Speed Sensor (6135M - 6195M), Circuit Test


Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. CCU 062 - Wheel Speed Signal , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X088F-4 from component. See B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 851 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X088F, between pin 3 (6131) and pin 1 (0442).
2. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Wheel Speed Sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X088F, pin 1 (0442) and ground.
2. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Wheel Speed Sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6131 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0442 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check lead 6202 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin 51 (6202) and ground.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 852 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Item Measurement Specification

Check for shorts to ground


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead 6202

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin 51 (6202) and connector X088F, pin 2 (6202).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 853 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

B009-6 - Wheel Speed Sensor (6100M - 6130M), Circuit Test


Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. CCU 062 - Wheel Speed Signal , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X088F-6 from component. See B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 854 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X088F, between pin 3 (6131) and pin 1 (0442).
2. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Wheel Speed Sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X088F, pin 1 (0442) and ground.
2. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Wheel Speed Sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6131 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0442 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check lead 6202 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin 51 (6202) and ground.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 855 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Item Measurement Specification

Check for shorts to ground


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead 6202

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin 51 (6202) and connector X088F, pin 2 (6202).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 856 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch (CommandQuad™


Transmission), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Circuit:
Diagnostic Schematic (on tractors with cab): See: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Switches, Diagnostic
Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point (tractors with cab): See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch,
Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. CCU 007 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Filter and Sensor for Transmission Oil Pressure, Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X088M from component. See B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 857 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X083M, pin A (6015) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Transmission Oil Pressure Switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 12 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 5 .

( 4 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Check the display in address CCU 007.CCU 007

Address CCU 007

Address CCU 007 Status

Jumper placed between pin A (6015) and pin B (0050) of connector X083 1X

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead (6015) and perform operational check. GO TO 5 .

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-1 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 858 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Between connector X027F-1, pin C3 (6015) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Repair defective lead (6015) and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead 6015

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X027F-1, pin C3 (6015) and connector X083, pin A (6015).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 859 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor (CommandQuad™


Transmission), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point:
Ground point: See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor,
Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. CCU 008 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor, Voltage , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X307F from component. See B060 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Temperature, Component
Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 860 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Key switch ON.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at the component, between pin A (6022) and pin B (0050).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor


Sensor Voltage Voltage at 10° C (50° F) 4.595 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 15° C (59° F) 4.495 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 20° C (68° F) 4.378 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 25° C (77° F) 4.243 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 30° C (86° F) 4.089 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 40° C (104° F) 3.730 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 50° C (122° F) 3.313 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 60° C (140° F) 2.867 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 70° C (158° F) 2.422 ± 0.05 volts

For further information, see B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor, Component Information , Section 249.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 43 (6022) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 861 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 43 (6022) and connector X307, pin A (6022).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 862 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer (CommandQuad™ Transmission),


Circuit Test
Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle, Accelerator
Pedal and Clutch Pedal (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Component
Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. PTQ 011 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Status in Section 245.


2. OIC 050 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer (Channel 1), Voltage in Section 245.
3. OIC 051 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer (Channel 2), Voltage in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Addresses within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X328F from component. See B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 863 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X328F, between pin 1 (6033) and pin 2 (6031).
Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X328F, between pin 6 (6033) and pin 5 (6031).
2. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Clutch Pedal Potentiometer


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X328F, pin 1 (6033) and ground.
Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X328F, pin 6 (6033) and ground.
2. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Clutch Pedal Potentiometer


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6033 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 6031 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 864 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin 48 (6114) and ground.
Between connector X027F-2, pin 13 (6007) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X027F-2, pin 48 (6114) and connector X328F, pin 4
(6114).
Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X027F-2, pin 13 (6007) and connector X328F, pin 34
(6007).
2. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 865 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

B079-2 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic: For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:


50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle, Accelerator Pedal and Clutch Pedal (Cab),
Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. OIC 053 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer (Channel 1), Voltage in Section 245.
2. OIC 054 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer (Channel 2), Voltage in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X371F-2 from component. See B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 866 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X371F-2, between pin 1 (6033) and pin 2 (6031).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X371F-2, pin 1 (6033) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6031 and perform operational check.

NO:• Repair defective lead 6033 and perform an operational check.• 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage
Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 245.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connectors X027F-1 and X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 867 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:


Between connector X371F, pin 1 (6033) and ground.
Between connector X371F, pin 2 (6031) and ground.
Between connector X371F, pin 4 (5079) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X371F, pin 1 (6033) and connector X027F-2, pin J3 (6033).
Between connector X371F, pin 2 (6031) and connector X027F-1, pin H3 (6031).
Between connector X371F, pin 4 (5079) and connector X027F-2, pin 37 (5079).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage
Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 245.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 868 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

B096-3 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic: For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:


50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle, Accelerator Pedal and Clutch Pedal (Cab),
Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. AIC 021 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Voltage at Channel 1 in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X460F-3 from component. See B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 869 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X460F-3, between pin 1 (6033) and pin 2 (6031).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Hand throttle potentiometer


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X460F-3, pin 1 (6033) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Hand throttle potentiometer


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6031 and perform operational check.

NO:• Repair defective lead 6033 and perform an operational check.• Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply
Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 245.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connectors

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connectors X027F-1 and X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 870 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:


Between connector X460F-3, pin 1 (6033) and ground.
Between connector X460F-3, pin 2 (6031) and ground.
Between connector X460F-3, pin 4 (5069) and ground.
Between connector X460F-3, pin 3 (6234) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X460F-3, pin 1 (6033) and connector X027F-2, pin J3 (6033).
Between connector X460F-3, pin 2 (6031) and connector X027F-1, pin H3 (6031).
Between connector X460F-3, pin 4 (5069) and connector X027F-2, pin 14 (5069).
Between connector X460F-3, pin 3 (6234) and connector X027F-2, pin 15 (6234).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply
Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 245.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 871 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

B104 - Transmission Output Speed Sensor (CommandQuad™


Transmission), Circuit Test
Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B104 - Transmission Output Speed Sensor,
Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. PTQ 004 - Transmission Output Speed Sensor, Frequency , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X499F from component. See B104 - Sensor for Transmission Output Speed, Component Information
.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 872 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X499M, between pin 1 (0432) and pin 3 (0050).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Transmission Output Speed Sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X499M, pin 1 (0432) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Transmission Output Speed Sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead G0050 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0432 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check lead 6034 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 873 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Between connector X027F-2, pin 17 (6034) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead 6034

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin 17 (6034) and connector X499M, pin 2 (6034).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 874 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

B105 - Enable Pressure Sensor (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit


Test
Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B105 - Enable Pressure Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. PTQ 006 - Enable Pressure Sensor, Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X459F from component. See B105 - Enable Pressure Sensor, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 875 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X495F, between pin B (6033) and pin A (6031).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Enable pressure sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X495F, pin B (6033) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Enable pressure sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6033 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 6031 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 6039

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X027F-2, pin 39 (6039) and connector X495F, pin C (6039).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 6039


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 876 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 877 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™


Transmission), Circuit Test
Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft
(CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. PTQ 071 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Voltage, Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X365F-1 from component. See B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 878 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X365F-1, between pin 3 (6031) and pin 1 (6033).
2. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X365F-1, pin 1 (6033) and ground.
2. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6031 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 6033 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check lead 6033 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 879 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Between connector X027F-1, pin J3 (6033) and ground.

Item Measurement Specification

Check for shorts to ground


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead 6303

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin 26 (6303) and connector X365F-1, pin 2 (6303).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 880 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™


Transmission), Circuit Test
Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft
(CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. PTQ 072 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Voltage, Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X365F-2 from component. See B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 881 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X365F-2, between pin 3 (6031) and pin 1 (6033).
2. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X365F-2, pin 1 (6033) and ground.
2. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6031 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 6033 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check lead 6033 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 882 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Between connector X027F-1, pin J3 (6033) and ground.

Item Measurement Specification

Check for shorts to ground


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead 6304

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin 50 (6304) and connector X365F-2, pin 2 (6304).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 883 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

B258 - Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™


Transmission), Circuit Test
Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B258 - Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft
(CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. PTQ 073 - Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Voltage , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X365F-3 from component. See B258 - Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 884 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X365F-3, between pin 3 (6031) and pin 1 (6033).
2. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X365F-3, pin 1 (6033) and ground.
2. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6031 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 6033 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check lead 6033 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 885 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Between connector X027F-1, pin J3 (6033) and ground.

Item Measurement Specification

Check for shorts to ground


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead 6305

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin 25 (6305) and connector X365F-3, pin 2 (6305).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 886 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test


Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments, Diagnostic
Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. AIC 016 - Shift Unit (DirectDrive Transmission), Statusin Section 245.


2. AIC 017 - Shift Unit (DirectDrive Transmission), Statusin Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connectors X019F-1 and X019F-2 from shift unit. Check for dirty, pushed back or loose pins.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 887 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

( 3 ) Check supply voltage (ELX)

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X019F-2, pin 12 (0432) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5—14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:• Recondition defective lead 0432 and perform operational check.• Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply
Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 245.

( 4 ) Check 5-V supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the following pins:
Connector X019F-1 of the shift unit, pin 1-1 (0343) and pin M2 (0341) or J2 (6175).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:GO TO 5 .

( 5 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the following pins and ground:
Shift unit connector X019F-1, pin 1-1 (0343) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:• Recondition defective lead 6175 or 0341 and perform operational check.• 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply
Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

NO:• Recondition defective lead 0343 and perform operational check.• 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage
Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

( 6 ) Visual inspection of connector

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 888 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect control unit connector X018F.
3. Disconnect shift unit connectors X019F-1 and X019F-2 from the shift unit.
4. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition OFF.
2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:Connector X019F-1
Shift unit connector X019F-1, pin 2 (6041) and ground.
Shift unit connector X019F-1, pin 3 (6224) and ground.
Shift unit connector X019F-1, pin 4 (6053) and ground.
Shift unit connector X019F-1, pin 5 (6175) and ground.
Shift unit connector X019F-1, pin 6 (6079) and ground.
Shift unit connector X019F-1, pin 7 (6048) and ground.
Shift unit connector X019F-1, pin 10 (0341) and ground.
Connector X019F-2
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 1 (6244) and ground.
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 3 (6124) and ground
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 4 (6037) and ground
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 5 (6138) and ground
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 7 (6149) and ground
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 8 (6063) and ground.
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 9 (6156) and ground
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 11 (6187) and ground.
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 13 (6145) and ground.
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 14 (6166) and ground.
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 15 (6158) and ground.
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 16 (6159) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 8 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 8 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:Connector X019F-1
Shift unit connector X019F-1, pin 2 (6041) and connector X018F, pin B4.
Shift unit connector X019F-1, pin 3 (6224) and connector X018F, pin G4
Shift unit connector X019F-1, pin 4 (6053) and connector X018F, pin A4
Shift unit connector X019F-1, pin 5 (6175) and connector X018F, pin J2
Shift unit connector X019F-1, pin 6 (6079) and connector X018F, pin M4
Shift unit connector X019F-1, pin 7 (6048) and connector X018F, pin L3
Shift unit connector X019F-1, pin 10 (0341) and connector X018F, pin M2
Connector X019F-2
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 1 (6244) and connector X018F, pin G2
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 3 (6124) and connector X018F, pin F1
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 889 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 4 (6037) and connector X018F, pin E1
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 5 (6138) and connector X018F, pin D2
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 7 (6149) and connector X018F, pin F3
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 8 (6063) and connector X018F, pin H3
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 9 (6156) and connector X018F, pin C2
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 11 (6187) and connector X018F, pin D3
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 13 (6145) and connector X018F, pin F2
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 14 (6166) and connector X018F, pin E2
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 15 (6158) and connector X018F, pin D1
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 16 (6159) and connector X018F, pin H2
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission)


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 890 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

S029 - Switch for Start-Up Gear Programming (CommandQuad™


Transmission), Circuit Test
Diagnostic schematic:
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Switches, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component:
S029 - Switch for Start-Up Gear Programming (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information , Section
249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

Perform operational check of the component.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Disconnect connector X031M from component. See S029 - Switch for Start-Up Gear Programming (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information
3. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins.
4. Use a multimeter to check for voltage between connector X031M, pin B (0532) and ground.
5. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Voltage
Circuit Supply Voltage Voltage 12 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 2

NO:Check lead 0532 for open circuit, shorted circuit, grounded circuit and high resistance. Recondition as needed, and perform
operational check.

( 2 ) Operational Check for Switches

Action:

Perform operational check of the component.


<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 891 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Disconnect connector X031M from component. See S029 - Switch for Start-Up Gear Programming (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information
3. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins.
4. Actuate the switch.
5. Use a multimeter at the switch to check for continuity between pin A and pin B.

Result:

YES:Check lead 6197 for open circuit, shorted circuit, grounded circuit and high resistance. Recondition as needed, and
perform operational check.

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 892 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

S125-3 - Gear Selector Switch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit


Test
Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments, Diagnostic
Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: S125-3 - Gear Selector Switch (Shift Console)
for CommandQuad™ Transmission in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. OIC 019 - Switch for Gear Selector, Auto Mode and Clutch, Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X660F-3 from component. See S125-3 - Gear Selector Switch (Shift Console) for CommandQuad™
Transmission .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 893 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X660F-3, pin C (0432) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Gear selector switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X018F from component. See A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X018F, pin H4 (6176) and ground.
Between connector X018F, pin C4 (6148) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X018F, pin H4 (6176) and connector X660F-3, pin B
(6176).
Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X018F, pin C4 (6148) and connector X660F-3, pin A
(6148).
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 894 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

2. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:


Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 895 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable


(CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Solenoid Valves, Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for
Transmission Enable, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. PTQ 064 - Test Mode of Enable Pressure Solenoid Valve in Section 245.
2. PTQ 065 - Enable Pressure Solenoid Valve, Current in Section 245.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. With ignition on, use a magnetic tester to check for solenoid valve activation directly at the valve. With ignition on, it
should be clearly heard that the solenoid valve is activated.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X022F from component. See Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable,
Component Information .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 896 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance at the component, between pin A (6017) and pin B (7168).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Proportional solenoid valve for transmission enable


Resistance of component Resistance 7.25 +/- 0.5 ohms at 20 °C (68 °F)

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-1 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-1, pin M4 (6017) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 6017

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-1, pin M4 (6017) and connector X022F, pin A (6017).
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 897 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:


Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 6017


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 898 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test


Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Solenoid Valves, Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Component
Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. PTQ 062 - Test Mode of Proportional Solenoid Valves for Forward Clutch/Reverse Brake in Section 245.
2. PTQ 063 - Proportional Solenoid Valves for Forward Clutch/Reverse Brake, Current in Section 245.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. With ignition on, use a magnetic tester to check for solenoid valve activation directly at the valve. With ignition on, it
should be clearly heard that the solenoid valve is activated.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X493F from component. See Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 899 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance at the component, between pin A (6089) and pin B (0310).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Forward solenoid valve


Resistance of component Resistance 10 - 12 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 16 (6089) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 6089

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 16 (6089) and connector X493F, pin A (6089).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 900 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 6089


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 901 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test


Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Solenoid Valves, Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Component
Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. PTQ 062 - Test Mode of Proportional Solenoid Valves for Forward Clutch/Reverse Brake in Section 245.
2. PTQ 063 - Proportional Solenoid Valves for Forward Clutch/Reverse Brake, Current in Section 245.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. With ignition on, use a magnetic tester to check for solenoid valve activation directly at the valve. With ignition on, it
should be clearly heard that the solenoid valve is activated.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X494F from component. See Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 902 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance at the component, between pin A (6025) and pin B (0310).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Reverse solenoid valve


Resistance of component Resistance 10 - 12 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 40 (6025) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 6025

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 40 (6025) and connector X494F, pin A (6025).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 903 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 6025


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 904 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Y039 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K2, Circuit Test


Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Solenoid Valves, Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. PTQ 060 - Test Mode of Gear Selector Solenoid Valves in Section 245.
2. PTQ 061 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valves, Current in Section 245.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. With ignition on, use a magnetic tester to check for solenoid valve activation directly at the valve. With ignition on, it
should be clearly heard that the solenoid valve is activated.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X702F from component. See Y039 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K2, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 905 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance at the component, between pin A (6044) and pin B (0310).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K2


Resistance of component Resistance 15 ohms at 20 °C (68 °F)

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 52 (6044) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 6044

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 52 (6044) and connector X702F, pin A (6044).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 906 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 6044


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 907 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Y040 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K1, Circuit Test


Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Solenoid Valves, Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: Y040 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K1,
Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. PTQ 060 - Test Mode of Gear Selector Solenoid Valves in Section 245.
2. PTQ 061 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valves, Current in Section 245.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. With ignition on, use a magnetic tester to check for solenoid valve activation directly at the valve. With ignition on, it
should be clearly heard that the solenoid valve is activated.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X701F from component. See Y040 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K1, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 908 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance at the component, between pin A (6043) and pin B (0310).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K1


Resistance of component Resistance 15 ohms at 20 °C (68 °F)

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 28 (6043) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 6043

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 28 (6043) and connector X701F, pin A (6043).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 909 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 6043


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 910 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Y130 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H1 (CommandQuad™


Transmission), Circuit Test
Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Solenoid Valves, Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: Y130 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H1
(CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. PTQ 070 - Test Mode of Solenoid Valves for Range Shifting (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Configuration in Section 245.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. With ignition on, use a magnetic tester to check for solenoid valve activation directly at the valve. With ignition on, it
should be clearly heard that the solenoid valve is activated.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X792F-1 from component. See Y130 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H1 (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 911 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance at the component, between pin A (6311) and pin B (0310).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H1


Resistance of component Resistance 15 ohms at 20 °C (68 °F)

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 19 (6311) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 6311

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 19 (6311) and connector X792F-1, pin A (6311).
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 912 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:


Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 6311


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 913 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Y131 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H2 (CommandQuad™


Transmission), Circuit Test
Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Solenoid Valves, Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: Y131 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H2
(CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. PTQ 070 - Test Mode of Solenoid Valves for Range Shifting (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Configuration in Section 245.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. With ignition on, use a magnetic tester to check for solenoid valve activation directly at the valve. With ignition on, it
should be clearly heard that the solenoid valve is activated.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X792F-2 from component. See Y131 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H2 (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 914 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance at the component, between pin A (6306) and pin B (0310).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H2


Resistance of component Resistance 15 ohms at 20 °C (68 °F)

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 7 (6306) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 6306

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 7 (6306) and connector X792F-2, pin A (6306).
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 915 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:


Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 6306


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 916 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Y132 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H3 (CommandQuad™


Transmission), Circuit Test
Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Solenoid Valves, Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: Y132 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H3
(CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. PTQ 070 - Test Mode of Solenoid Valves for Range Shifting (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Configuration in Section 245.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. With ignition on, use a magnetic tester to check for solenoid valve activation directly at the valve. With ignition on, it
should be clearly heard that the solenoid valve is activated.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X792F-3 from component. See Y132 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H3 (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 917 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance at the component, between pin A (6308) and pin B (0310).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H3


Resistance of component Resistance 15 ohms at 20 °C (68 °F)

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 8 (6308) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 6308

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 8 (6308) and connector X792F-3, pin A (6308).
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 918 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:


Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 6308


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 919 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Y133 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H4 (CommandQuad™


Transmission), Circuit Test
Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Solenoid Valves, Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: Y133 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H4
(CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. PTQ 070 - Test Mode of Solenoid Valves for Range Shifting (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Configuration in Section 245.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. With ignition on, use a magnetic tester to check for solenoid valve activation directly at the valve. With ignition on, it
should be clearly heard that the solenoid valve is activated.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X792F-4 from component. See Y133 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H4 (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 920 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance at the component, between pin A (6309) and pin B (0310).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H4


Resistance of component Resistance 15 ohms at 20 °C (68 °F)

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 10 (6309) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 6309

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 10 (6309) and connector X792F-4, pin A (6309).
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 921 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:


Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 6309


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 922 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test


Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Park Lock, Diagnostic Schematic in Section
240.
Ground point: See: XGND43A - Ground Point
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. PTQ 008 - Park Lock Switch, Status, Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X033F from shift unit. Check for dirty, pushed back or loose pins.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 923 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X033F, pin A (0432) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5—14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:• Recondition defective lead 0432 and perform operational check.• Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply
Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 245.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X033F from component. See X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information .
3. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition OFF.
2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:Connector X033F
Shift unit connector X027F-1, pin C (6054) and ground.
Shift unit connector X027F-1, pin D (6056) and ground.
Shift unit connector X027F-1, pin E (6024) and ground.
Shift unit connector X027F-1, pin F (6021) and ground.
Shift unit connector X019F-1, pin G (6153) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 6 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Shift unit connector X033F for park lock latch, pin C (6054) and connector X027F-1, pin K2
Shift unit connector X033F for park lock latch, pin E (6024) and connector X027F-1, pin K3
Shift unit connector X033F for park lock latch, pin B (0050) and connector X027F-2, pin 3
Shift unit connector X033F for park lock latch, pin A (0432) and connector X027F-3, pin 53.
Shift unit connector X033F for park lock latch, pin D (6056) and connector X027F-3, pin 31
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 924 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Shift unit connector X033F for park lock latch, pin F (6021) and connector X027F-3, pin 37
Shift unit connector X033F for park lock latch, pin G (6153) and connector X027F-3, pin 47
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission)


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 925 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission

Come-Home Connector (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Connector for Come-Home Function, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
Connector for Come-Home Function, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. OIC 021 - Come-Home Connector, Operator Presence Switch and Ignition Switch, Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Addresses within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove connector for component from fuse box.
3. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
4. Use a multimeter to check for voltage between pin (86) and pin (87).
5. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Connector for come-home function

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 926 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

Item Measurement Specification

Circuit Voltage Voltage 12 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:If equipped, check other wiring harness connectors for dirty, pushed back or loose pins. Recondition lead 0432 and perform
operational check.

( 3 ) Check lead 6023

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-1 from component. See Connector for Come-Home Function, Component Information
3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between pin 86 at the slot, and pin C2 of connector X027F-1.

Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance in Circuit Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check. See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

NO:If equipped, check other wiring harness connectors for dirty, pushed back or loose pins. Recondition lead 6023 and perform
operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 927 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

Group 50GE - 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission


50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Summary of References
50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Summary of References

Diagnostic Schematic (Cab):

50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic


50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Solenoid Valves (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic


50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests (Cab):

B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch (PowrReverser™ Transmission) (Cab), Circuit Test
B009-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test
B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Circuit Test
B035-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test
B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor (PowrReverser™ Transmission) (Cab), Circuit Test
B079-1 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer (Cab), Circuit Test
B096-1 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer (Cab), Circuit Test
Y006 - Reverse Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission without Creeper), Circuit Test
Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Circuit Test
Y097 - Reverse Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Creeper), Circuit Test
Y100 - Transmission Enable Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Circuit Test
S150 - Enable Pressure Switch (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Circuit Test

Circuit Tests (Open Operator′s Station):

B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch (PowrReverser™ Transmission) (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Circuit Test
B035-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
B035-2 - Wheel Speed Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor (PowrReverser™ Transmission) (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 928 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 929 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B007 B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch, Component Information
B031 B031 - Pressure Switch for Transmission Oil, Component Information
B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor (PowrReverser™ Transmission) (Cab), Component
B060
Information
S150 S150 - Enable Pressure Switch (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Component Information
W201 to be completed
W601 to be completed
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
12V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 930 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Sensors (Open Operator′s


Station), Diagnostic Schematic

50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B007 B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch, Component Information
B031 B031 - Pressure Switch for Transmission Oil, Component Information
B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor (PowrReverser™ Transmission) (Open Operator′s Station),
B060
Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 931 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

W202 to be completed
W602 to be completed
X287 X287 - Connection Point between Harnesses W202 and W602 (Open Operator′s Station)
XGND2 XGND2 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 932 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 933 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B009-1 B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor on Tractors with Creeper, Component Information
B035-1 B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor on Tractors without Creeper, Component Information
B036 B036 - Neutral Start Switch, Component Information
W201 to be completed
W601 to be completed
X088 For Transmission Option, see:
• B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor on Tractors with Creeper, Component Information
• B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor on Tractors without Creeper, Component Information
12V Supply (A018) (Cab) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 934 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors (Open Operator′s


Station), Diagnostic Schematic

50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B035-1 B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
B035-2 B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
W202 to be completed
W602 to be completed
X287 X287 - Connection Point between Harnesses W202 and W602 (Open Operator′s Station)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 935 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Solenoid Valves, Diagnostic


Schematic

50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Solenoid Valves, Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
Y006 Y006 - Reverse Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission without Creeper), Component Information
Y033 Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Component Information
Y097 Y097 - Reverse Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Creeper), Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 936 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

Y100 Y100 - Transmission Enable Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Component Information
W201 to be completed
W601 to be completed
W611 to be completed
X937F - Connector of Reverse Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Creeper) or Connection Point
X937
between Wiring Harnesses W601 and W611
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 937 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch (PowrReverser™


Transmission) (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Circuit:
Diagnostic Schematic (tractors with open operator′s station): See: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission,
Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point (tractors with open operator′s station): See: XGND2 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch,
Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. CCU 007 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Filter and Sensor for Transmission Oil Pressure, Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X080M from component. See B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch, Component
Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 938 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X080M, pin A (6016) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 12 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 5 .

( 4 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Check the display in address CCU 007.CCU 007

Address CCU 007

Address CCU 007 Status

Jumper placed between pin A (6016) and pin B (0050) of connector X080 X1

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead (6016) and perform operational check. GO TO 5 .

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector of component A018

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 939 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 38 (6016) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Repair defective lead (6016) and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead 6016

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X027F-3, pin 38 (6016) and connector X080, pin A (6016).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 940 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch (PowrReverser™


Transmission) (Cab), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section
240.
Ground point: See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch,
Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. CCU 007 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Filter and Sensor for Transmission Oil Pressure, Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X080M from component. See B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch, Component
Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 941 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X080M, pin A (6016) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 5 .

( 4 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Check the display in address CCU 007.CCU 007

Address CCU 007

Address CCU 007 Status

Jumper placed between pin A (6016) and pin B (0050) of connector X080 X1

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead (6016) and perform operational check. GO TO 5 .

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector of component A018

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 942 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 38 (6016) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Repair defective lead (6016) and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead 6016

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X027F-3, pin 38 (6016) and connector X080, pin A (6016).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 943 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch (PowrReverser™


Transmission), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Circuit:
Diagnostic Schematic (on tractors with cab): See: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab),
Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Diagnostic Schematic (tractors with open operator′s station): See: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission,
Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point (tractors with cab): See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Ground point (on tractors with open operator′s station): See: XGND2 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch,
Component Information , Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. CCU 007 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Filter and Sensor for Transmission Oil Pressure, Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X083M - Connector of Transmission Oil Pressure Switch.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 944 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X083M, pin A (6015) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Transmission Oil Pressure Switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 12 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 5 .

( 4 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Check the display in address CCU 007.CCU 007

Address CCU 007

Address CCU 007 Status

Jumper placed between pin A (6015) and pin B (0050) of connector X083 1X

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead (6015) and perform operational check. GO TO 5 .

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X008F-1 - Connector of Main Control Unit.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 945 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

Between connector X008F-1, pin C3 (6015) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Repair defective lead (6015) and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead 6015

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X008F-1, pin C3 (6015) and connector X083, pin A (6015).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 946 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor (PowrReverser™


Transmission) (Cab), Component Information

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
Diagnostic Schematic (on tractors with cab): See: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab),
Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point:
Ground point (on tractors with cab): See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor,
Component Information , Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. CCU 008 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor, Voltage , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X307F - Connector of Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 947 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Key switch ON.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at the component, between pin A (6022) and pin B (0050).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor


Sensor Voltage Voltage at 10° C (50° F) 4.595 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 15° C (59° F) 4.495 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 20° C (68° F) 4.378 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 25° C (77° F) 4.243 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 30° C (86° F) 4.089 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 40° C (104° F) 3.730 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 50° C (122° F) 3.313 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 60° C (140° F) 2.867 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 70° C (158° F) 2.422 ± 0.05 volts

For further information, see B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor, Component Information , Section 249.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X008F-3 - Connector of Main Control Unit.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X008F-3, pin 43 (6022) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 948 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

( 6 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X008F-3, pin 43 (6022) and connector X307, pin A (6022).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 949 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor (PowrReverser™


Transmission) (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
Diagnostic Schematic (tractors with open operator′s station): See: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission,
Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
Ground point:
Ground point (tractors with open operator′s station): See: XGND2 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor,
Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. CCU 008 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor, Voltage , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X307F from component. See B060 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Temperature, Component
Information .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 950 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Key switch ON.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at the component, between pin A (6022) and pin B (0050).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor


Sensor Voltage Voltage at 10° C (50° F) 4.595 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 15° C (59° F) 4.495 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 20° C (68° F) 4.378 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 25° C (77° F) 4.243 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 30° C (86° F) 4.089 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 40° C (104° F) 3.730 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 50° C (122° F) 3.313 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 60° C (140° F) 2.867 ± 0.05 volts

Voltage at 70° C (158° F) 2.422 ± 0.05 volts

For further information, see B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor, Component Information , Section 249.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 43 (6022) and ground.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 951 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 43 (6022) and connector X307, pin A (6022).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 952 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

B079-1 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer (Cab), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic: For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:


Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic, Section 240.
Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic, Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information , Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. OIC 053 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer (Channel 1), Voltage in Section 245.
2. OIC 054 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer (Channel 2), Voltage in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X371F - Connector of Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 953 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X371F, between pin 1 (6033) and pin 2 (6031).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X371F, pin 1 (6033) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6031 and perform operational check.

NO:• Repair defective lead 6033 and perform an operational check.• Main Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit,
Section 245.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


Disconnect X008F-1 - Connector of Main Control Unit.
Disconnect X008F-2 - Connector of Main Control Unit.
Disconnect X008F-3 - Connector of Main Control Unit.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X371F, pin 1 (6033) and ground.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 954 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

Between connector X371F, pin 2 (6031) and ground.


Between connector X371F, pin 3 (5079) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X371F, pin 1 (6033) and connector X008F-1, pin J3 (6033).
Between connector X371F, pin 2 (6031) and connector X008F-1, pin H3 (6031).
Between connector X371F, pin 3 (5079) and connector X008F-2, pin 37 (5079).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• Main Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit,
Section 245.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 955 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

B096-1 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer (Cab), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic: For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:


Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic, Section 240.
Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic, Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Component Information , Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. AIC 021 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Voltage at Channel 1 in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X460F - Connector of Hand Throttle Potentiometer.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 956 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X460F, between pin A (6031) and pin C (6033).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Hand throttle potentiometer


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X460F, pin B (6033) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Hand throttle potentiometer


Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6031 and perform operational check.

NO:• Repair defective lead 6033 and perform an operational check.• Main Control Unit, Perform Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage
Circuit, Section 245.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connectors

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


Disconnect X008F-1 - Connector of Main Control Unit.
Disconnect X008F-2 - Connector of Main Control Unit.
Disconnect X008F-3 - Connector of Main Control Unit.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X460F, pin A (6033) and ground.
Between connector X460F, pin C (6031) and ground.
Between connector X460F, pin B (5069) and ground.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 957 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X460F, pin A (6033) and connector X008F-1, pin J3 (6033).
Between connector X460F, pin C (6031) and connector X008F-1, pin H3 (6031).
Between connector X460F, pin B (5079) and connector X008F-2, pin 14 (5069).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• Main Control Unit, Perform Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage
Circuit, Section 245.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 958 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

Y006 - Reverse Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission without


Creeper), Circuit Test
Circuit:
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GA - Transmission (Solenoid Valves) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: Y006 - Reverse Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™
Transmission without Creeper), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. PTR 009 - Commanded Signal for Solenoid Valves, Status , Section 245.
2. PTR 012 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Current , Section 245.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. With ignition on, use a magnetic tester to check for solenoid valve activation directly at the valve. With ignition on, it
should be clearly heard that the solenoid valve is activated.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X011F - Connector of Reverse Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission without Creeper).
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 959 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance at the component, between pin A (6025) and pin B (0310).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Reverse solenoid valve


Resistance of component Resistance 10 - 12 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X008F-3 - Connector of Main Control Unit.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X008F-3, pin 40 (6025) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 6025

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X008F-3, pin 40 (6025) and connector X011F, pin A (6025).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 6025


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 960 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 961 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Circuit


Test
Circuit:
Ground point: See: XGND5A - Ground Point
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GA - Transmission (Solenoid Valves) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Component
Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. PTQ 062 - Test Mode of Proportional Solenoid Valves for Forward Clutch/Reverse Brake in Section 245.
2. PTQ 063 - Proportional Solenoid Valves for Forward Clutch/Reverse Brake, Current in Section 245.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. With ignition on, use a magnetic tester to check for solenoid valve activation directly at the valve. With ignition on, it
should be clearly heard that the solenoid valve is activated.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X493F - Connector of Forward Solenoid Valve.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 962 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance at the component, between pin A (6089) and pin B (0310).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Forward solenoid valve


Resistance of component Resistance 10 - 12 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X008F-3 - Connector of Main Control Unit.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X008F-3, pin 16 (6089) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 6089

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X008F-3, pin 16 (6089) and connector X493F, pin A (6089).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 6089


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 963 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 964 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

Y097 - Reverse Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission with


Creeper), Circuit Test
Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GA - Transmission, Summary of Referencesin Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: Y097 - Reverse Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™
Transmission with Creeper), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. PTR 009 - Commanded Signal for Solenoid Valves, Status , Section 245.
2. PTR 012 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Current in Section 245.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. With ignition on, use a magnetic tester to check for solenoid valve activation directly at the valve. With ignition on, it
should be clearly heard that the solenoid valve is activated.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X937F - Connector of Reverse Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Creeper) or Connection Point
between Harnesses W601 and W611 .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 965 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance at the component, between pin A (6025) and pin B (0310).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Reverse solenoid valve


Resistance of component Resistance 10 - 12 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X008F-3 - Connector of Main Control Unit.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X008F-3, pin 40 (6025) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 6025

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X008F-3, pin 40 (6025) and connector X011F, pin A (6025).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 6025


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 966 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 967 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

Y100 - Transmission Enable Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™


Transmission), Circuit Test
Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GA - Transmission, Summary of Referencesin Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: Y100 - Transmission Enable Solenoid Valve
(PowrReverser™ Transmission), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. PTR 009 - Commanded Signal for Solenoid Valves, Status in Section 245.
2. PTR 010 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Current in Section 245.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. With ignition on, use a magnetic tester to check for solenoid valve activation directly at the valve. With ignition on, it
should be clearly heard that the solenoid valve is activated.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X964F - Connector of Transmission Enable Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission).
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 968 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance at the component, between pin A (6017) and pin B (7168).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Transmission enable solenoid valve


Resistance of component Resistance approx. 10 - 12 ohms

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X008F-1 - Connector of Main Control Unit.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X008F-1, pin M4 (6017) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 6017

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X008F-1, pin M4 (6017) and connector X495F, pin A (6017).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 6017


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 969 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GH: 50GH - Differential Lock

Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 970 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GH: 50GH - Differential Lock

Group 50GH - 50GH - Differential Lock


50GH - Differential Lock, Summary of References
50GH - Differential Lock, Summary of References

Diagnostic schematic:

50GH - Differential Lock (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic


50GH - Differential Lock (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:

B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test


S022 - Differential Lock Switch, Circuit Test
S080 - Differential Lock Switch with Auto Function, Circuit Test
Y005 - Differential Lock Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 971 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GH: 50GH - Differential Lock

50GH - Differential Lock (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50GH - Differential Lock (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 972 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GH: 50GH - Differential Lock

LEGEND:
12V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
5V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B139-2 B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Component Information
S022 S022 - Differential Lock Switch, Component Information
S080 S080 - Differential Lock Switch with Auto Function, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness
W231 W231/1: Shift Console Harness
W471 W471/1: AutoTrac™ Wiring Harness (Wheel Angle Sensor) (6135M to 6195M Tractors)
W471 W471/2: AutoTrac™ Wiring Harness (Wheel Angle Sensor) (6100M to 6130M Tractors)
W511 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
W511 W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6150M
W601
to 6170M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6105M
W601
to 6140M Tractors
W601 W601/3: Transmission Harness (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control)
X010 X010 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W231
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X637 X637 - Connection Point between Harnesses W451 and W471
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab)
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab) (Level 16 ECU)
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
Y005 Y005 - Differential Lock Solenoid Valve, Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 973 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GH: 50GH - Differential Lock

50GH - Differential Lock (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic


Schematic

50GH - Differential Lock (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
12V Supply (A018) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic
(OOS) Schematic
A011 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
S022 S022 - Differential Lock Switch, Component Information
W202 W202/1: Harness for Open Operator′s Platform

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 974 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GH: 50GH - Differential Lock

W602/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control) for
W602
6150M Tractors
W602/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control) for
W602
6105M to 6140M Tractors
W602 W602/3: Transmission Harness (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control)
Y005 Y005 - Differential Lock Solenoid Valve, Component Information
X287 X287 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W202 and W602 (Open Operator′s Platform)
XGND5 XGND5 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 975 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GH: 50GH - Differential Lock

B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50GH - Differential Lock (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X633F from component.See B139 - Steering Angle Sensor, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Disconnect connector X027F-1 from component.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
4. Disconnect connector X0273F-2 from component.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
5. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X633F, pin 1 (6033) and connector X027F-1, pin J1-J3 (6033).
Between connector X633F, pin 2 (6031) and connector X027F-2, pin J2-21 (6031).
Between connector X633F, pin 3 (4026) and connector X027F-1, pin J1-H3 (4026).
Between connector X633F, pin 4 (4027) and connector X027F-2, pin J2-10 (4027).
Between connector X633F, pin 5 (6031) and connector X027F-2, pin J2-21 (6031).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 976 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GH: 50GH - Differential Lock

Between connector X633F, pin 6 (6033) and connector X027F-1, pin J1-J3 (6033).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X633F, pin 1 (6033) and ground.
Between connector X633F, pin 2 (6031) and ground.
Between connector X633F, pin 3 (4026) and ground.
Between connector X633F, pin 4 (4027) and ground.
Between connector X633F, pin 5 (6031) and ground.
Between connector X633F, pin 6 (6033) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, and perform operational check.

NO:• Repair defective lead and perform an operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 977 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GH: 50GH - Differential Lock

S022 - Differential Lock Switch, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50GH - Differential Lock (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50GH - Differential Lock (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S022 - Differential Lock Switch, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. X122F - Disconnect connector from S022 - Differential Lock Switch, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X122F, pin A (0432) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Differential Lock Switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 978 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GH: 50GH - Differential Lock

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Continuity check of lead 0432

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X122F, pin A (0532) and connector X027F-3, pin J3-53 (0432).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohm

Result:

YES: Main Control Unit, Test of 12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit (ELX Output)

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin J2-08 (6113) and connector X122F, pin B (6113).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 979 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GH: 50GH - Differential Lock

Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X122F, pin B (6113) and ground.

Result:

YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 980 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GH: 50GH - Differential Lock

S080 - Differential Lock Switch with Auto Function, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50GH - Differential Lock (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S080 - Differential Lock Switch with Auto Function, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. X024F-1 and X024F-2 - Disconnect connector from S080 - Differential Lock Switch with Auto Function, Component
Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check ground lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X024F-1, pin B (0310) and ground.
Between connector X024F-2, pin C (0310) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 981 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GH: 50GH - Differential Lock

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check

( 3 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connectors X027F-1, X027F-2 und X027F-3.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X024F-1, pin A (6099) and connector X027F-1, pin J1-J4 (6099).
Between connector X024F-2, pin A (6147) and connector X027F-2, pin J2-45 (6147).
Between connector X024F-2, pin B (6111) and connector X027F-3, pin J3-23 (6111).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X024F-1, pin A (6099) and ground.
Between connector X024F-2, pin A (6147) and ground.
Between connector X024F-2, pin B (6111) and ground.

Result:

YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 982 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GH: 50GH - Differential Lock

Y005 - Differential Lock Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50GH - Differential Lock (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50GH - Differential Lock (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
Y005 - Differential Lock Solenoid Valve, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X087F from differential lock solenoid valve.See Y005 - Differential Lock Solenoid Valve, Component
Information , Section 249.
3. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from main control unit.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
4. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X087F, pin A (6107) and connector X027F-3, pin J3-11 (6107).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 983 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GI: 50GI - Front-Wheel Drive

Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin J3-11 (6107) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check ground lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X087F, pin B (0310) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohm

Result:

YES:Replace Y005 - Differential Lock Solenoid Valve, Component Information and perform operational check.

NO:• Repair defective lead and perform an operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 984 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GI: 50GI - Front-Wheel Drive

Group 50GI - 50GI - Front-Wheel Drive


50GI - Front-Wheel Drive, Summary of References
50GI - Front-Wheel Drive, Summary of References

Diagnostic schematic:

50GI - Front-Wheel Drive (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic


50GI - Front-Wheel Drive (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:

B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test


S005 - Front-Wheel Drive Switch with Auto Function, Circuit Test
Y003 - Front-Wheel Drive Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 985 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GI: 50GI - Front-Wheel Drive

50GI - Front-Wheel Drive (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50GI - Front-Wheel Drive (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 986 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GI: 50GI - Front-Wheel Drive

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B139 B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Component Information
5V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Roof Control Unit (5-V Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
S005 S005 - Front-Wheel Drive Switch with Auto Function, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness
W231 W231/1: Shift Console Harness
W471 W471/1: AutoTrac™ Wiring Harness (Wheel Angle Sensor) (6135M to 6195M Tractors)
W471 W471/2: AutoTrac™ Wiring Harness (Wheel Angle Sensor) (6100M to 6130M Tractors)
W511 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
W511 W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
W601
6150M to 6170M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
W601
6105M to 6140M Tractors
W601 W601/3: Transmission Harness (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control)
X010 X010 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W231
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X637 X637 - Connection Point between Harnesses W451 and W471
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab)
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab) (Level 16 ECU)
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
Y003 Y003 - Front-Wheel Drive Solenoid Valve, Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 987 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GI: 50GI - Front-Wheel Drive

50GI - Front-Wheel Drive (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic


Schematic

50GI - Front-Wheel Drive (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
S005 S005 - Front-Wheel Drive Switch with Auto Function, Component Information
W202 W202/1: Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W602 W602/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control) for 6150M Tractors
W602/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control) for 6105M to 6140M
W602
Tractors

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 988 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GI: 50GI - Front-Wheel Drive

W602 W602/3: Transmission Harness (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control)
X287 X287 - Connection Point between Harnesses W202 and W602 (Open Operator′s Platform)
XGND2 XGND2 - Ground Point
XGND5 XGND5 - Ground Point
Y003 Y003 - Front-Wheel Drive Solenoid Valve, Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 989 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GI: 50GI - Front-Wheel Drive

B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50GI - Front-Wheel Drive (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X633F from component.See B139 - Steering Angle Sensor, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Disconnect connector X027F-1 from component.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
4. Disconnect connector X0273F-2 from component.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
5. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X633F, pin 1 (6033) and connector X027F-1, pin J1-J3 (6033).
Between connector X633F, pin 2 (6031) and connector X027F-2, pin J2-21 (6031).
Between connector X633F, pin 3 (4026) and connector X027F-1, pin J1-H3 (4026).
Between connector X633F, pin 4 (4027) and connector X027F-2, pin J2-10 (4027).
Between connector X633F, pin 5 (6031) and connector X027F-2, pin J2-21 (6031).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 990 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GI: 50GI - Front-Wheel Drive

Between connector X633F, pin 6 (6033) and connector X027F-1, pin J1-J3 (6033).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X633F, pin 1 (6033) and ground.
Between connector X633F, pin 2 (6031) and ground.
Between connector X633F, pin 3 (4026) and ground.
Between connector X633F, pin 4 (4027) and ground.
Between connector X633F, pin 5 (6031) and ground.
Between connector X633F, pin 6 (6033) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, and perform operational check.

NO:• Repair defective lead and perform an operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 991 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GI: 50GI - Front-Wheel Drive

S005 - Front-Wheel Drive Switch with Auto Function, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50GI - Front-Wheel Drive (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50GI - Front-Wheel Drive (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S005 - Front-Wheel Drive Switch with Auto Function, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X075m from component. S005 - Front-Wheel Drive Switch with Auto Function, Component
Information
3. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check ground lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X075M, pin C (0050) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 992 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GI: 50GI - Front-Wheel Drive

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from main control unit.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X075M, pin A (6157) and connector X027F-3, pin J3-20 (6157).
Between connector X075M, pin B (6161) and connector X027F-3, pin J3-33 (6161).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohm

Result:

YES:Replace S005 - Front-Wheel Drive Switch with Auto Function, Component Information and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 993 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GI: 50GI - Front-Wheel Drive

Y003 - Solenoid Valve for Front-Wheel Drive, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50GI - Front-Wheel Drive (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50GI - Front-Wheel Drive (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
Y003 - Front-Wheel Drive Solenoid Valve, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X091F from component. Y003 - Front-Wheel Drive Solenoid Valve, Component Information
3. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check ground lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X091F, pin B (0510) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 994 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from main control unit.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X091F, pin A (6105) and connector X027F-3, pin J3-13 (6105).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohm

Result:

YES:Replace Y003 - Front-Wheel Drive Solenoid Valve, Component Information and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 995 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO

Group 50GJ - 50GJ - Rear PTO


50GJ - Rear PTO, Summary of References
50GJ - Rear PTO, Summary of References

Diagnostic Schematic (Cab):

50GJ - Rear PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Diagnostic Schematic (Open Operator′s Station):

50GJ - Rear PTO (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:

B006 - Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Circuit Test


S021 - Rear PTO Switch, Circuit Test
S044 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear PTO, Circuit Test
S045 - Rear PTO Preselector Switch, Circuit Test
S121 - Right Remote Control Switch for Rear PTO, Circuit Test
Y081 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO, Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 996 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO

50GJ - Rear PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50GJ - Rear PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 997 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO

LEGEND:
12V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
5V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B006-1 B006 - Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Component Information
B006-2 B006 - Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Component Information
S021 S021 - Rear PTO Switch, Component Information
S044 S044 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear PTO, Component Information
S045 S045 - Rear PTO Preselector Switch, Component Information
S121 S121 - Right Remote Control Switch for Rear PTO, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W231 W231/1: Shift Console Harness
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
W601
6150M to 6170M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
W601
6105M to 6140M Tractors
W601 W601/3: Transmission Harness (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control)
X010 X010 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W231
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
Y081 Y081 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO, Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 998 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO

50GJ - Rear PTO (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

50GJ - Rear PTO (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 999 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO

LEGEND:
12V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(OOS)
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B006-1 B006 - Sensor for Rear PTO Speed, Component Information
B006-2 B006 - Sensor for Rear PTO Speed, Component Information
S021 S021 - Rear PTO Switch, Component Information
W202 W202/1: Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W602/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control) for
W602/1
6150M Tractors
W602/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control) for
W602/2
6105M to 6140M Tractors
W602/3 W602/3: Transmission Harness (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control)
X287 X287 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W202 and W602 (Open Operator′s Platform)
Y081 Y081 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO, Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1000 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO

B006 - Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50GJ - Rear PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50GJ - Rear PTO (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B006 - Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. RPT 014 - Rear PTO Speed , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X094F-1 - Connector of Rear PTO Speed Sensor or X094F-2 - Connector of Rear PTO Speed Sensor.See B006 -
Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1001 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance at the component, between pin A and pin B.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Rear PTO Speed Sensor


Resistance of component Resistance 2800 — 3400 ohms

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-2 - Connector of Main Control Unit and X027F-1 - Connector of Main Control Unit.See A018 - Main
Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin J2_52 (6164) and connector X094F, pin A (6164).
Between connector X027F-1, pin J1-H2 (6131) and connector X094F, pin B (6131).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1002 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X094F, pin A (6164) and ground.
Between connector X094F, pin B (6131) and ground.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1003 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO

S021 - Rear PTO Switch, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50GJ - Rear PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50GJ - Rear PTO (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S021 - Rear PTO Switch, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. RPT 005 - Rear PTO Switch, Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X125M - Connector of Rear PTO Switch.See S021 - Rear PTO Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1004 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X125M, pin A (0532) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Rear PTO Switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Perform circuit test of 12-V Supply Voltage Circuit. See 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units - Summary of References , Section
240.

( 4 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Check the display in address RPT 005.

Rear PTO Switch, Status

RPT 005 - Rear PTO Switch Status

Jumper placed between pin A (0532) and pin C (6116) of connector X125M X0

Jumper placed between pin A (0532) and pin B (6115) of connector X125M X1

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:GO TO 5

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-2 - Connector of Main Control Unit.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6.

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of leads

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1005 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin J2-19 (6116) and connector X125M, pin C (6116).
Between connector X027F-2, pin J2-07 (6115) and connector X125M, pin B (6115).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X125M, pin B (6115) and ground.
Between connector X125M, pin C (6116) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1006 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO

S044 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear PTO, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50GJ - Rear PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S044 - Remote Control Switch for Rear PTO (Left), Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. RPT 013 - Switches for Remote Control of Rear PTO (Right and Left), Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X174F - Connector of Left Remote Control Switch for Rear PTO.See S044 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear
PTO, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1007 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X174F, pin A (0532) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Remote Control Switch for Rear PTO (Left)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Perform circuit test of 12-V Supply Voltage Circuit. See 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units - Summary of References , Section
240.

( 4 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Check the display in address RPT 013.

Right and Left Remote Control Switches for Rear PTO

RPT 013 - Right and Left Remote Control Switches for Rear PTO Status

Jumper placed between pin A (0532) and pin B (6137) of connector X174F X0

Jumper placed between pin A (0532) and pin C (6108) of connector X174F X1

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:GO TO 5

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-1 - Connector of Main Control Unit.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of leads

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1008 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-1, pin J1-F2 (6108) and connector X174F, pin C (6108).
Between connector X027F-1, pin J1-E2 (6137) and connector X174F, pin B (6137).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X174F, pin B (6137) and ground.
Between connector X174F, pin C (6108) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1009 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO

S045 - Rear PTO Preselector Switch, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50GJ - Rear PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S045 - Rear PTO Preselector Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
Ground point: See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X243F - Connector of Rear PTO Preselector Switch.See S045 - Rear PTO Preselector Switch, Component
Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X243F, pin B (0050) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1010 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-1 - Connector of Main Control Unit.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-1, pin J1-E3 (6126) and connector X243F, pin C (6126).
Between connector X027F-1, pin J1-D2 (6135) und connector X243F, pin A (6135).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X243F, pin A (6135) and ground.
Between connector X243F, pin C (6126) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1011 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO

S121 - Right Remote Control Switch for Rear PTO, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50GJ - Rear PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S121 - Remote Control Switch for Rear PTO (Right), Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. RPT 013 - Switches for Remote Control of Rear PTO (Right and Left), Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X623F - Connector of Right Remote Control Switch for Rear PTO.See S121 - Remote Control Switch for Rear
PTO (Right), Component Information , Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1012 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X623F, pin A (0532) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Right Remote Control Switch For Rear PTO


Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Perform circuit test of 12-V Supply Voltage Circuit. See 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units - Summary of References , Section
240.

( 4 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Check the display in address RPT 013.

Right and Left Remote Control Switches for Rear PTO

RPT 013 - Right and Left Remote Control Switches for Rear PTO Status

Jumper placed between pin A (0532) and pin B (6127) of connector X623F X0

Jumper placed between pin A (0532) and pin C (6098) of connector X623F X1

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:GO TO 5 .

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-1 - Connector of Main Control Unit.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of leads

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1013 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-1, pin J1-D3 (6098) and connector X623F, pin C (6098).
Between connector X027F-1, pin J1-F3 (6127) and connector X623F, pin B (6127).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X623F, pin B (6127) and ground.
Between connector X623F, pin C (6098) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1014 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO

Y004 - Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50GJ - Rear PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50GJ - Rear PTO (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
Y004 - Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO, Component Information, Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. RPT 006 - Activation of Rear PTO Solenoid Valve, Status , Section 245.
2. With ignition on, switch on the front PTO and use a magnetic tester to check for solenoid valve activation directly at the
valve.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X095F - Connector of Rear PTO Solenoid Valve.See Y004 - Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO, Component
Information, Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1015 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO

Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Solenoid Valve Y004


Resistance of component Resistance 10—12 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-1 - Connector of Main Control Unit.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X095F, pin A (6125) and connector X027F-1, pin J1-G4 (6125).
Between connector X095F, pin B (6128) and connector X027F-1, pin J1-E4 (6128).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground


<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1016 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GK: 50GK - Front PTO

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X095F, pin A (6125) and ground.
Between connector X095F, pin B (6128) and ground.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1017 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GK: 50GK - Front PTO

Group 50GK - 50GK - Front PTO


50GK - Front PTO, Summary of References
50GK - Front PTO, Summary of References

Diagnostic Schematic (Cab):

50GK - Front PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:

B058 - Front PTO Speed Sensor, Circuit Test


S006 - Front PTO Switch, Circuit Test
Y001 - Solenoid Valve for Front PTO, Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1018 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GK: 50GK - Front PTO

50GK - Front PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50GK - Front PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1019 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GK: 50GK - Front PTO

LEGEND:
12V Supply (A018) (Cab) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
A007 A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B058 B058 - Sensor for Front PTO Speed, Component Information
CIRCUIT 7091 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
S006 S006 - Front PTO Switch, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W231 W231/1: Shift Console Harness
W511/1 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6130M to 6170M Tractors
W511/2 W511/2: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W511/5 W511/5: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6140M and 6170M Tractors (Level 16 ECU)
W511/6 W511/6: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6105M and 6125M Tractors (Level 16 ECU)
W711 W711/1: Harness for Front PTO
X002 X002 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W711
X010 X010 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W231
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab)
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab) (Level 16 ECU)
Y001 Y001 - Front PTO Solenoid Valve, Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1020 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GK: 50GK - Front PTO

B058 - Front PTO Speed Sensor, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50GK - Front PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B058 - Front PTO Speed Sensor, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. PTF 010 - Front PTO Speed Sensor, Voltage , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X167F - Connector of Front PTO Speed Sensor.See B058 - Sensor for Front PTO Speed, Component Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1021 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GK: 50GK - Front PTO

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance at the component, between pin A and pin B.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Front PTO Speed Sensor


Resistance of component Resistance 900 — 1100 ohms

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X026F - Connector of Front Chassis Control Unit.See A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X026F, pin J1-M4 (6140) and connector X167F, pin B (6140).
Between connector X026F, pin J1-M1 (7091) and connector X167F, pin A (7091).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1022 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GK: 50GK - Front PTO

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X167F, pin B (6140) and ground.
Between connector X167F, pin A (7091) and ground.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1023 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GK: 50GK - Front PTO

S006 - Front PTO Switch, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50GK - Front PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S006 - Front PTO Switch, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. PTF 005 - Front PTO Switch, Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X127M - Connector of Front PTO Switch.See S006 - Front PTO Switch, Component Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1024 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GK: 50GK - Front PTO

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X127M, pin A (0532) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Front PTO Switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Circuit test: Perform Main Control Unit, Test of 12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit (ELX Output), Section 245.

( 4 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Check the display in address PTF 005.

Front PTO Switch, Status

PTF 005 - Front PTO Switch Status

Jumper placed between pin A (0532) and pin C (6174) of connector X127M X0

Jumper placed between pin A (0532) and pin B (6151) of connector X127M X1

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:GO TO 5

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X027F-1 - Connector of Main Control Unit and X027F-2 - Connector of Main Control Unit.See A018 - Main
Control Unit, Component Information
3. Disconnect X026F - Connector of Front Chassis Control Unit.See A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information
4. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of leads

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1025 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GK: 50GK - Front PTO

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X026F, pin J1-K1 (6151) and connector X127M, pin B (6151).
Between connector X027F-1, pin J1-D1 (6151) and connector X127M, pin B (6151).
Between connector X027F-2, pin J2_20 (6174) and connector X127M, pin C (6174).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X127M, pin B (6151) and ground.
Between connector X127M, pin C (6174) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1026 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GK: 50GK - Front PTO

Y001 - Solenoid Valve for Front PTO, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50GK - Front PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
Y001 - Front PTO Solenoid Valve, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. PTF 006 - Front PTO Solenoid Valve Driver, Status , Section 245.
2. With ignition on, switch on the front PTO and use a magnetic tester to check for solenoid valve activation directly at the
valve.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X166F - Connector of Solenoid Valve for Front PTO.See Y001 - Front PTO Solenoid Valve, Component
Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1027 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GK: 50GK - Front PTO

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Solenoid Valve Y001


Resistance of component Resistance 12—18 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Replace component and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X026F - Connector of Front Chassis Control Unit.See A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X166F, pin A (6117) and connector X026F, pin J4 (6117).
Between connector X166F, pin B (6118) and connector X026F, pin C4 (6118).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1028 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X166F, pin A (6117) and ground.
Between connector X166F, pin B (6118) and ground.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1029 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

Group 50GG - 50GL - Brakes


50GL - Brakes, Summary of References
50GL - Brakes, Summary of References

Diagnostic Schematic (Cab):

50GL - Brakes, Switches (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Diagnostic Schematic


50GL - Brakes, Switches and Park Brake (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Diagnostic Schematic (Open Operator′s Station):

50GL - Brakes, Switches and Park Brake (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests (Cab):

B005 - Switch for Park Brake Indicator Light (Cab), Circuit Test
B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Cab), Circuit Test
B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
Brake Lights, Circuit Test
X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Circuit Test
X023 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE), Circuit Test

Circuit Tests (Open Operator′s Station):

B005 - Switch for Park Brake Indicator Light (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
Brake Lights, Circuit Test
X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Circuit Test
X023 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE), Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1030 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

50GL - Brakes, Switches (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Diagnostic


Schematic

50GL - Brakes, Switches (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A018 A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information
B229 B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
B230 B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1031 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

5V Supply (A003) (Cab) 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test of 5-V Supply Voltage Circuit

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1032 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

50GL - Brakes, Switches and Park Brake (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50GL - Brakes, Switches and Park Brake (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B005 B005 - Switch for Park Brake Indicator Light, Component Information
B112 B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component Information
H032, H033 Brake Lights, Circuit Test
F03/13_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1033 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

W211 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W261 W261/1: Wiring Harness for Handbrake Switch
CIRCUIT ELX 1 (CAB) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1034 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

50GL - Brakes, Switches and Park Brake (Open Operator′s Station),


Diagnostic Schematic

50GL - Brakes, Switches and Park Brake (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1035 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B005 B005 - Switch for Park Brake Indicator Light, Component Information
B112 B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component Information
F03/07_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
H032, H033 Brake Lights, Circuit Test
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Station
W261 W261/1: Wiring Harness for Handbrake Switch
X315 X315 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W261
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1036 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

B005 - Switch for Park Brake Indicator Light (Cab), Circuit Test
Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GL - Brakes, Switches and Park Brake (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B005 - Switch for Park Brake Indicator Light,
Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. OIC 015 - Park Brake, Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X315 from component. See B005 - Switch for Park Brake Indicator Light, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1037 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X315F, pin A (2086) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Switch for Park Brake Indicator Light


Circuit Voltage Voltage 12 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 5 .

( 4 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Check the display in address OIC 015.OIC 015 - Park Brake, Status

Continuity Table for Various Switch Positions

Continuity between pins C1 and NC2


Park brake applied (switch not actuated)
No continuity between pins C1 and B

Continuity between pins C1 and B


Park brake not applied (switch actuated)
No continuity between pins C1 and NC2

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check. GO TO 5 .

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 45 (2086) and ground.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1038 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead 2086

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X027F-3, pin 45 (2086) and connector X315, pin A (2086).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1039 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

B005 - Switch for Park Brake Indicator Light (Open Operator′s Station),
Circuit Test
Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GL - Brakes, Switches and Park Brake (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic
Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1 - Ground Point
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B005 - Switch for Park Brake Indicator Light,
Component Information in Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. OIC 015 - Park Brake, Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1040 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X315 from component. See B005 - Switch for Park Brake Indicator Light, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X315F, pin A (2086) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Switch for Park Brake Indicator Light


Circuit Voltage Voltage 12 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 5 .

( 4 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Check the display in address OIC 015.OIC 015 - Park Brake, Status

Continuity Table for Various Switch Positions

Continuity between pins C1 and NC2


Park brake applied (switch not actuated)
No continuity between pins C1 and B

Continuity between pins C1 and B


Park brake not applied (switch actuated)
No continuity between pins C1 and NC2

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check. GO TO 5 .

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1041 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 45 (2086) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead 2086

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X027F-3, pin 45 (2086) and connector X315, pin A (2086).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1042 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Cab), Circuit Test


Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GL - Brakes, Switches and Park Brake (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse: F03/13See: LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component
Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. OIC 004 - Brake Pedal Switch, Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X324F from component. See Disconnect B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1043 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X324F, pin A (0492) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Brake Pedal Sensor Unit


Circuit Voltage Voltage 12 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 5 .

( 4 ) Check circuit

Action:

Item Measurement Specification

B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit


Switch supply voltage: Voltage 12 volts between A and ground

Brake not actuated: Continuity A and B open

Continuity A and C closed

Continuity A and D closed

Left brake actuated: Continuity A and B closed

Continuity A and C open

Continuity A and D closed

Right brake actuated: Continuity A and B closed

Continuity A and C closed

Continuity A and D open

Both brakes actuated: Continuity A and B closed

Continuity A and C open

Continuity A and D open

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check. GO TO 5 .

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.


<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1044 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 27 (6144) and ground.
Between connector X027F-3, pin 39 (6085) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X027F-3, pin 39 (6085) and connector X324F, pin D
(6085).
Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X008F-3, pin 27 (6144) and connector X324F, pin C
(6144).
2. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1045 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GL - Brakes, Switches and Park Brake (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic
Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse: F03/07See: LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component
Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. OIC 004 - Brake Pedal Switch, Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X324F from component. See Disconnect B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1046 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X324F, pin A (0492) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Brake Pedal Sensor Unit


Circuit Voltage Voltage 12 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 5 .

( 4 ) Check circuit

Action:

Item Measurement Specification

B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit


Switch supply voltage: Voltage 12 volts between A and ground

Brake not actuated: Continuity A and B open

Continuity A and C closed

Continuity A and D closed

Left brake actuated: Continuity A and B closed

Continuity A and C open

Continuity A and D closed

Right brake actuated: Continuity A and B closed

Continuity A and C closed

Continuity A and D open

Both brakes actuated: Continuity A and B closed

Continuity A and C open

Continuity A and D open

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check. GO TO 5 .

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.


<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1047 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 27 (6144) and ground.
Between connector X027F-3, pin 39 (6085) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X027F-3, pin 39 (6085) and connector X324F, pin D
(6085).
Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X008F-3, pin 27 (6144) and connector X324F, pin C
(6144).
2. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1048 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission),


Circuit Test
Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GL - Brakes, Switches (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit
(CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. OIC 004 - Brake Pedal Switch, Status , Section 245.


2. OIC 055 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit, Voltage

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check 5-V supply voltage

Action:

2.1

Make sure that the information displayed in the addresses complies with the specifications.

See:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1049 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

1. OIC 061 - System Sensor Voltage 3 (Clutch, Brake, Throttle)in Section 245.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2.2 .

NO: Cab Control Unit, Test of 5 V Supply Voltage Circuitin Section 245.

Action:

2.2

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X1212F from component. See B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission),
Component Information .
3. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
4. Use a multimeter to check for voltage between connector X1212F, pin 1 (lead 0343) and ground.
5. Use a multimeter to check for voltage between connector X1212F, pin 6 (lead 0343) and ground.
6. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

B229 - Sensor Unit for Left Brake Pedal


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:If equipped, check remaining connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. Recondition lead 0343 and perform
operational check.

( 3 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X1212F from component. See B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission),
Component Information .
3. Disconnect connector X018F from component. See A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information .
4. Use a multimeter to check for continuity and shorts to ground as follows:
Between connector X018F, pin J1 (lead 6088) and ground.
Between connector X018F, pin K1 (lead 6194) and ground.

Result:

YES:Leads are not shorted to ground. GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Check the leads for continuity

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X1212F from component. See B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission),
Component Information .
3. Disconnect connector X018F from component. See A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information .
4. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:
Between connector X1212F, pin 4 (lead 6194) and connector X018F, pin K1 (lead 6194).
Between connector X1212F, pin 3 (lead 6088) and connector X018F, pin J1 (lead 6088).
5. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1050 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

Item Measurement Specification

Sensor Unit for Left Brake Pedal


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:If equipped, check remaining connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. Recondition defective lead and perform
an operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1051 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission)


Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GL - Brakes, Switches (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit
(CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. OIC 004 - Brake Pedal Switch, Status , Section 245.


2. OIC 055 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit, Voltage

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check 5-V supply voltage

Action:

2.1

Make sure that the information displayed in the addresses complies with the specifications.

See:

1. OIC 061 - System Sensor Voltage 3 (Clutch, Brake, Throttle)in Section 245.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1052 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

Result:

YES:GO TO 2.2 .

NO: Cab Control Unit, Test of 5 V Supply Voltage Circuitin Section 245.

Action:

2.2

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X1211F from component. See B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information .
3. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
4. Use a multimeter to check for voltage between connector X1211F, pin 1 (lead 0343) and ground.
5. Use a multimeter to check for voltage between connector X1211F, pin 6 (lead 0343) and ground.
6. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

B230 - Sensor Unit for Right Brake Pedal


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:If equipped, check remaining connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. Recondition lead 0343 and perform
operational check.

( 3 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X1211F from component. See B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information .
3. Disconnect connector X018F from component. See A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information .
4. Use a multimeter to check for continuity and shorts to ground as follows:
Between connector X018F, pin G1 (lead 6086) and ground.
Between connector X018F, pin H1 (lead 6185) and ground.

Result:

YES:Leads are not shorted to ground. GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Check the leads for continuity

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X1211F from component. See B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission),
Component Information .
3. Disconnect connector X018F from component. See A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information .
4. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:
Between connector X1211F, pin 4 (lead 6185) and connector X018F, pin H1 (lead 6185).
Between connector X1211F, pin 3 (lead 6086) and connector X018F, pin G1 (lead 6086).
5. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Sensor Unit for Left Brake Pedal

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1053 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

Item Measurement Specification

Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:If equipped, check remaining connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. Recondition defective lead and perform
an operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1054 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

Brake Lights, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50GL - Brakes, Switches and Park Brake (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50GL - Brakes, Switches and Park Brake (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Ground point:
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND1A - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors with open operator′s platform: See: XGND9 - Ground Point .
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information Fuse F03/10.
Fuses (tractors with open operator′s station): See: LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station),
Component Information
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
H032 - Left Brake Light, Component Information in Section 249.
H033 - Right Brake Light, Component Information in Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

→NOTE:

This Circuit Test covers the circuits for the Cab and for the Open Operator′s Station (marked by *).

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1055 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

2. Engage the brake.


3. H032 and H033 - Brake Lights are ON.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X324F from component. See B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X324F, pin A (0492) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Brake Pedal Switch


Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:• On tractors with cab: Check fuse F03/13. If necessary, repair defective lead and perform an operational check.• On
tractors with open operator′s station: Check fuse F03/07. If necessary, repair defective lead and perform an operational check.

( 4 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Install a jumper on connector X324F, between pin A and pin B.
3. H032 and H033 - Brake Lights are ON.

Result:

YES:GO TO 15 .

NO:H032 is not ON, GO TO 5 . H033 is not ON, GO TO 10 .

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1056 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X107F from component.See H032 - Left Brake Light, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Brake light
Resistance of component Resistance 5—8 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X107F, pin 1, *C (1006) and connector X324F, pin B (1006).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 8 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 8 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Connector X107F, pin 1, *C (1006) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 9 .

NO:Short to ground present; recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1057 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

( 9 ) Ground check

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X107F, pin 2, *D (0310, *0510) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 10 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X106F from component. H033 - Right Brake Light, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 11 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 11 ) Testing the component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the component.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Brake light
Resistance of component Resistance 5—8 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 12 .

NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

( 12 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X106F, pin 1, *C (1006) and connector X324F, pin B (1006).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1058 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes

Item Measurement Specification

Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 13 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 13 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X106F, pin 1, *C (1006) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 14 .

NO:Short to ground present; recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 14 ) Ground check

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X107F, pin 2, *D (0310, *0510) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 15 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 16 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 16 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1059 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:


Between connector X324F, pin C (6144) and connector X027F-3, pin 27 (6144).
Between connector X324F, pin D (6085) and connector X027F-3, pin 39 (6085).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 17 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 17 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X324F, pin C (6144) and ground.
Between connector X324F, pin D (6085) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Short to ground present; recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1060 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

Group 50HA - 50HA - Rear Hitch


50HA - Rear Hitch, Summary of References
50HA - Rear Hitch, Summary of References

Diagnostic Schematic (Cab):

50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic


50HA - Rear Hitch, Switch and Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Diagnostic Schematic (Open Operator′s Station):

50HA - Rear Hitch, Controls and Instruments (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors and Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests (Cab):

B019 - Right Draft Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test


B020 - Left Draft Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test
B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test
B026 - Rear Hitch Sensitivity Potentiometer (Cab), Circuit Test
B027 - Rear Hitch Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test
B041 - Draft Sensor (Cab) (6155M - 6195M), Circuit Test
M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test
S023 - Right Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch, Circuit Test
S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test

Circuit Tests (Open Operator′s Station): :

B019 - Right Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test


B020 - Left Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
B026 - Rear Hitch Sensitivity Potentiometer (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
B041 - Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station) (6155M), Circuit Test
M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1061 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50HA - Rear Hitch (Sensors) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1062 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B019 B019 - Right Draft Sensor, Component Information
B020 B020 - Left Draft Sensor, Component Information
B021 B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor, Component Information
B026 B026 - Sensitivity Potentiometer for Rear Hitch, Component Information
B027 B027 - Position Feedback Unit for Rear Hitch, Component Information
B041 B041 - Draft Sensor, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W601/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
W601
6155M to 6195M Tractors
W231 W231/1: Wiring Harness for Shift Console
X010 X010 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W231
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
5V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1063 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors and Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

50HA - Rear Hitch (Sensors) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1064 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B019 B019 - Right Draft Sensor, Component Information
B020 B020 - Left Draft Sensor, Component Information
B021 B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor, Component Information
B041 B041 - Draft Sensor, Component Information
M045 M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch, Component Information
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Station
W602 For Tractor Model, see:
W602/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control) for 6155M

Tractors
W602/2: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control) for 6100M to

6145M Tractors
X287 X287 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W202 and W602 (Open Operator′s Platform)
XGND5 XGND5 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1065 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

50HA - Rear Hitch, Switch and Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50HA - Rear Hitch, Switch and Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1066 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
M045 M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch, Component Information
S023 S023 - Right Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch, Component Information
S068 S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W601/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control)
W601
for 6155M to 6195M Tractors
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
5V Supply (A018) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic
(OOS) Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1067 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

50HA - Rear Hitch, Controls and Instruments (Open Operator′s Station),


Diagnostic Schematic

50HA - Rear Hitch, Controls and Instruments (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B026 B026 - Sensitivity Potentiometer for Rear Hitch, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1068 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

B027 B027 - Position Feedback Unit for Rear Hitch, Component Information
S068 S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch, Component Information
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Station
XGND2 XGND2 - Ground Point
5V Supply (A018) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic
(OOS) Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1069 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

B019 - Right Draft Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B019 - Draft Sensor (Right), Component
Information , Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

1.1

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. HCC 005 - Right Draft Sensor, Voltage , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 1.2 .

Action:

1.2

Perform operational check.

See:

1. HCC 013 - 5-V Supply Voltage , Section 245.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1070 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:GO TO 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X090F from component. See B019 - Right Draft Sensor, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X090F, between pin A (7073) and pin C (6131).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Right draft sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X090F, between pin A (7073) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Right draft sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6131 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 7073 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See Disconnect A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1071 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 7084

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X090F, pin B (7084) and connector X027F-2, pin 34 (7084).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 7084


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X090F, pin B (7084) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present.Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1072 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

B019 - Right Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors and Position Feedback Unit (Open
Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B019 - Draft Sensor (Right), Component
Information , Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

1.1

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. HCC 005 - Right Draft Sensor, Voltage , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 1.2 .

Action:

1.2

Perform operational check.

See:

1. HCC 013 - 5-V Supply Voltage , Section 245.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1073 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:GO TO 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X090F from component. See B019 - Right Draft Sensor, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X090F, between pin A (7073) and pin C (6131).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Right draft sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X090F, between pin A (7073) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Right draft sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6131 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 7073 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See Disconnect A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1074 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 7084

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X090F, pin B (7084) and connector X027F-2, pin 34 (7084).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 7084


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X090F, pin B (7084) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present.Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1075 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

B020 - Left Draft Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B020 - Draft Sensor (Left), Component
Information , Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

1.1

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. HCC 006 - Left Draft Sensor Voltage , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 1.2 .

Action:

1.2

Perform operational check.

See:

1. HCC 013 - 5-V Supply Voltage , Section 245.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1076 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:GO TO 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X089F from component. See B020 - Left Draft Sensor, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X089F, between pin A (7073) and pin C (6131).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Left Draft Sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X089F, between pin A (7073) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Left Draft Sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6131 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 7073 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See Disconnect A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1077 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 7085

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X089F, pin B (7085) and connector X027F-2, pin 11 (7085).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 7085


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X089F, pin B (7085) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present.Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1078 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

B020 - Left Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors and Position Feedback Unit (Open
Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B020 - Draft Sensor (Left), Component
Information , Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

1.1

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. HCC 006 - Left Draft Sensor Voltage , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 1.2 .

Action:

1.2

Perform operational check.

See:

1. HCC 013 - 5-V Supply Voltage , Section 245.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1079 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:GO TO 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X089F from component. See B020 - Left Draft Sensor, Component Information , Separate from
Component.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X089F, between pin A (7073) and pin C (6131).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Left Draft Sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X089F, between pin A (7073) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Left Draft Sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6131 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 7073 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1080 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 7085

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X089F, pin B (7085) and connector X027F-2, pin 11 (7085).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 7085


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X089F, pin B (7085) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present.Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1081 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor, Component
Information , Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

1.1

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. HCC 004 - Hitch Position, Voltage , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 1.2 .

Action:

1.2

Perform operational check.

See:

1. HCC 013 - 5-V Supply Voltage , Section 245.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1082 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:GO TO 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X096F from component. See B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X096F, between pin A (7073) and pin C (6131).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Rear Hitch Position Sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X096F, between pin A (7073) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Rear Hitch Position Sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6131 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 7073 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1083 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 7078

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X096F, pin B (7078) and connector X027F-2, pin 22 (7078).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 7078


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X096F, pin B (7078) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present.Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1084 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit


Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors and Position Feedback Unit (Open
Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor, Component
Information , Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

1.1

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. HCC 004 - Hitch Position, Voltage , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 1.2 .

Action:

1.2

Perform operational check.

See:

1. HCC 013 - 5-V Supply Voltage , Section 245.


<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1085 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:GO TO 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X096F from component. See B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X096F, between pin A (7073) and pin C (6131).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Rear Hitch Position Sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X096F, between pin A (7073) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Rear Hitch Position Sensor


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6131 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 7073 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1086 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 7078

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X096F, pin B (7078) and connector X027F-2, pin 22 (7078).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 7078


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X096F, pin B (7078) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present.Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1087 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

B026 - Rear Hitch Sensitivity Potentiometer (Cab), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B026 - Rear Hitch Sensitivity Potentiometer,
Component Information , Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. HCC 013 - 5-V Supply Voltage , Section 245.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:GO TO 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X014F-2 from component. See B026 - Rear Hitch Sensitivity Potentiometer, Component Information
.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1088 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X014F-2, between pin C (7073) and pin A (6131).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Rear Hitch Sensitivity Potentiometer


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X014F-2, between pin C (7073) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Rear Hitch Sensitivity Potentiometer


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6131 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 7073 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 7099

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X014F-2, pin B (7099) and connector X027F-2, pin 12 (7099).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 7099


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1089 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X014F-2, pin B (7099) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present.Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1090 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

B026 - Rear Hitch Sensitivity Potentiometer (Open Operator′s Station),


Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Controls and Instruments (Open Operator′s Station),
Diagnostic Schematic
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B026 - Rear Hitch Sensitivity Potentiometer,
Component Information , Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. HCC 013 - 5-V Supply Voltage , Section 245.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:GO TO 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X014F-2 from component. See B026 - Rear Hitch Sensitivity Potentiometer, Component Information
.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1091 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X014F-2, between pin C (7073) and pin A (6131).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Rear Hitch Sensitivity Potentiometer


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X014F-2, between pin C (7073) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Rear Hitch Sensitivity Potentiometer


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6131 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 7073 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 7099

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X014F-2, pin B (7099) and connector X027F-2, pin 12 (7099).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1092 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:


Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 7099


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X014F-2, pin B (7099) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present.Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1093 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

B027 - Rear Hitch Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B027 - Position Feedback Unit, Component
Information , Section 249.
Calibration: AIC 028 - Depth-Setting Potentiometer, Calibration in Section 245.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. AIC 050 - Hitch Control, Voltage in Section 245.


2. AIC 053 - Quick Raise/Lower Switch, Voltage in Section 245.
3. AIC 072 - Potentiometer for Hitch Draft/Depth Control, Voltage in Section 245.
4. AIC 073 - Potentiometer for Raise Height Limit, Voltage in Section 245.
5. AIC 074 - Potentiometer for Hitch Rate-of-Drop, Voltage in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X014M-1 from component. See B027 - Position Feedback Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1094 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X014M-1, between pin B (7073) and pin A (6131).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Position Feedback Unit


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X014M-1, between pin B (7073) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Position Feedback Unit


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:Recondition defective lead 6131 and perform operational check.

NO:GO TO 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic .

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1095 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

Between connector X027F-2, pin 47 (7125) and connector X014M-1, pin C (7125)
Between connector X027F-2, pin 36 (7116) and connector X014M-1, pin H (7116)
Between connector X027F-2, pin 24 (7077) and connector X014M-1, pin E (7077)
Between connector X027F-2, pin 27 (7034) and connector X014M-1, pin F (7034)
Between connector X027F-2, pin 38 (7039) and connector X014M-1, pin G (7039)
Between connector X027F-2, pin 16 (7038) and connector X014M-1, pin D (7038)
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin 47 (7125) and ground.
Between connector X027F-2, pin 36 (7116) and ground.
Between connector X027F-2, pin 24 (7077) and ground.
Between connector X027F-2, pin 27 (7034) and ground.
Between connector X027F-2, pin 38 (7039) and ground.
Between connector X027F-2, pin 16 (7038) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present.Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1096 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Controls and Instruments (Open Operator′s Station),
Diagnostic Schematic
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B027 - Position Feedback Unit, Component
Information , Section 249.
Calibration: AIC 028 - Depth-Setting Potentiometer, Calibration in Section 245.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. AIC 050 - Hitch Control, Voltage in Section 245.


2. AIC 053 - Quick Raise/Lower Switch, Voltage in Section 245.
3. AIC 072 - Potentiometer for Hitch Draft/Depth Control, Voltage in Section 245.
4. AIC 073 - Potentiometer for Raise Height Limit, Voltage in Section 245.
5. AIC 074 - Potentiometer for Hitch Rate-of-Drop, Voltage in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X014M-1 from component. See B027 - Position Feedback Unit, Component Information
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1097 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X014M-1, between pin B (7073) and pin A (6131).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Potentiometer of Position Feedback Unit


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X014M-1, between pin B (7073) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Potentiometer of Position Feedback Unit


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:Recondition defective lead 6131 and perform operational check.

NO:GO TO 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic .

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1098 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

Between connector X027F-2, pin 47 (7125) and connector X014M-1, pin C (7125)
Between connector X027F-2, pin 36 (7116) and connector X014M-1, pin H (7116)
Between connector X027F-2, pin 24 (7077) and connector X014M-1, pin E (7077)
Between connector X027F-2, pin 27 (7034) and connector X014M-1, pin F (7034)
Between connector X027F-2, pin 38 (7039) and connector X014M-1, pin G (7039)
Between connector X027F-2, pin 16 (7038) and connector X014M-1, pin D (7038)
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-2, pin 47 (7125) and ground.
Between connector X027F-2, pin 36 (7116) and ground.
Between connector X027F-2, pin 24 (7077) and ground.
Between connector X027F-2, pin 27 (7034) and ground.
Between connector X027F-2, pin 38 (7039) and ground.
Between connector X027F-2, pin 16 (7038) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present.Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1099 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

B041 - Draft Sensor (Cab) (6155M - 6195M), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B041 - Draft Sensor, Component Information ,
Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

1.1

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. HCC 005 - Right Draft Sensor, Voltage , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 1.2 .

Action:

1.2

Perform operational check.

See:

1. HCC 013 - 5-V Supply Voltage , Section 245.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1100 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:GO TO 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X071F from component. See B041 - Draft Sensor, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X071F, between pin A (7073) and pin C (6131).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Draft Sensor (6155M)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X071F, between pin A (7073) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Draft Sensor (6155M)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6131 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 7073 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See Disconnect A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1101 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 7084

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X071F, pin B (7084) and connector X027F-2, pin 34 (7084).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 7084


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X071F, pin B (7084) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present.Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1102 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

B041 - Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station) (6155M), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors and Position Feedback Unit (Open
Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B041 - Draft Sensor, Component Information ,
Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

1.1

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. HCC 005 - Right Draft Sensor, Voltage , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 1.2 .

Action:

1.2

Perform operational check.

See:

1. HCC 013 - 5-V Supply Voltage , Section 245.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1103 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:GO TO 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X071F from component. See B041 - Draft Sensor, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X071F, between pin A (7073) and pin C (6131).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Draft Sensor (6155M)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X071F, between pin A (7073) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Draft Sensor (6155M)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 6131 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 7073 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1104 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 7084

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X071F, pin B (7084) and connector X027F-2, pin 34 (7084).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 7084


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X071F, pin B (7084) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present.Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1105 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Switch and Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Diagnostic
Schematic , Section 240.
Ground point:
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see XGND1A - Ground Point
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch,
Component Information , Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. HCC 023 - Activation of Stepper Motor for Hitch, Display in % , Section 245.
2. HCC 050 - Activation of Hitch Stepper Motor, Display in Steps, Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1106 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X1312F from component.
3. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
4. Use a multimeter to check for voltage between connector X1312F, pin D (7058) and ground.
5. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch


Circuit Supply Voltage Voltage 12 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Check positive lead 7058 for open circuit, shorted circuit, grounded circuit and high resistance. Recondition as needed, and
perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Disconnect X1312F from component.


2. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity at connector X1312F, between pin C (0310) and a defined ground point.
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch


Resistance in circuit Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check ground lead 0310 for open circuit, shorted circuit, grounded circuit and high resistance. Recondition as needed, and
perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check lead 9044 and 9045

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
3. Disconnect connector X1312F from component.
4. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X027F-3, pin 32 (9044) and connector X1312F, pin A (9044).
5. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X027F-3, pin 44 (9045) and connector X1312F, pin B (9045).
6. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance in Circuit Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Check lead 9044 or 9045 for open circuit, shorted circuit, grounded circuit and high resistance. Recondition as needed, and
perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1107 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1108 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit
Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors and Position Feedback Unit (Open
Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
Ground point:
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see XGND5 - Ground Point
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch,
Component Information , Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. HCC 023 - Activation of Stepper Motor for Hitch, Display in % , Section 245.
2. HCC 050 - Activation of Hitch Stepper Motor, Display in Steps, Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1109 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect X1312F from component.
3. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
4. Use a multimeter to check for voltage between connector X1312F, pin D (7058) and ground.
5. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch


Circuit Supply Voltage Voltage 12 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Check positive lead 7058 for open circuit, shorted circuit, grounded circuit and high resistance. Recondition as needed, and
perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Disconnect X1312F from component.


2. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity at connector X1312F, between pin C (0510) and a defined ground point.
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch


Resistance in circuit Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Check ground lead 0510 for open circuit, shorted circuit, grounded circuit and high resistance. Recondition as needed, and
perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check lead 9044 and 9045

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Disconnect connector X1312F from component.
4. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X027F-3, pin 32 (9044) and connector X1312F, pin A (9044).
5. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X027F-3, pin 44 (9045) and connector X1312F, pin B (9045).
6. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance in Circuit Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:Check lead 9044 or 9045 for open circuit, shorted circuit, grounded circuit and high resistance. Recondition as needed, and

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1110 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1111 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

S023 - Right Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Switch and Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Diagnostic
Schematic , Section 240.
Ground point:
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see XGND43A - Ground Point
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: S023 - Right Remote Control Switch for Rear
Hitch, Component Information , Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. HCC 007 - Remote Control Switch for Hitch, Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X034F from component. See S023 - Right Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch, Component
Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1112 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X034F, pin C and pin D (0050) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair defective lead 0050 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X034F, pin A (7189) and connector X027F-3, pin 25 (7189).
Between connector X034F, pin F (7104) and connector X027F-3, pin 24 (7104).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of leads

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1113 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Do not operate S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X034F, pin B (7086) and connector X027F-3, pin 12 (7083).
Between connector X034F, pin E (7095) and connector X027F-3, pin 31 (7071).
4. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO: S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch, Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1114 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Switch and Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Diagnostic
Schematic , Section 240.
Ground point:
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see XGND43A - Ground Point
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear
Hitch, Component Information , Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. HCC 007 - Remote Control Switch for Hitch, Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X035F from component. See S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch, Component
Information .
3. Disconnect connectors X027F-2 and X027F-3 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
4. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1115 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X035F, pin A (7104) and connector X027F-3, pin 24 (7104).
Between connector X035F, pin B (7071) and connector X027F-2, pin 31 (7071).
Between connector X035F, pin E (7083) and connector X027F-3, pin 12 (7083).
Between connector X035F, pin F (7189) and connector X027F-3, pin 25 (7189).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. • On tractors with cab, use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X035F, pin C (7095) and pin D (7086)
and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• On tractors with cab, perform S023 - Right Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch, Circuit Test . • General Information -
Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1116 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch

S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s
Station), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Controls and Instruments (Open Operator′s Station),
Diagnostic Schematic
Ground point:
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see XGND2 - Ground Point
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear
Hitch, Component Information , Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. HCC 007 - Remote Control Switch for Hitch, Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X035F from component. See S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch, Component
Information .
3. Disconnect connector X035F from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
4. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1117 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HB: 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X035F, pin A (7104) and connector X027F-3, pin 24 (7104).
Between connector X035F, pin B (7071) and connector X027F-2, pin 31 (7071).
Between connector X035F, pin E (7083) and connector X027F-3, pin 12 (7083).
Between connector X035F, pin F (7189) and connector X027F-3, pin 25 (7189).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. • On tractors with open operator′s station, use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X035F, pin C and
pin D (0050) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• On tractors with open operator′s station, recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information
- Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1118 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HB: 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves

Group 50HB - 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves


50HB - Selective Control Valves E-SCVs, Summary of References
50HB - Selective Control Valves E-SCVs, Summary of References

Diagnostic schematic:

50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves, Diagnostic Schematic


50ID - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Diagnostic Schematic
50HB - Selective Control Valves, Mechanical Multi-Function Lever (DURA), Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:

M012 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI, Circuit Test


M013 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII, Circuit Test
M014 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII, Circuit Test
S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test
S171 - Mechanical Multi-Function Lever (DURA), Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1119 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HB: 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves

50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves, Diagnostic Schematic

E-SCV Selective Control Valves

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1120 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HB: 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves

LEGEND:
A007 A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information
F06/E_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K06/B_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
M012 M012 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI
M013 M013 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII
M014 M014 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W511 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
W741/1 W741/1: Front Wiring Harness for E-SCV Stepper Motors
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab)
X1134 X1134 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W741
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
XGND9 XGND9 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT ACC2 (Cab) 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC2) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1121 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HB: 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves

50HB - Selective Control Valves, Mechanical Multi-Function Lever (DURA), Diagnostic Schematic

Selective Control Valves, Mechanical Multi-Function Lever

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1122 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HB: 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves

LEGEND:
S171 S171 - Mechanical Multi-Function Lever (DURA)
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W761/1 W761/1: Wiring Harness for Front Loader (DURA)
X003-3 - Connector for Gear-Selector Switch and Auto Mode, or Connection Point between
X003F-3
Harnesses W201 and W761
X003-3 - Connector for Gear-Selector Switch and Auto Mode, or Connection Point between
X003M-3
Harnesses W201 and W761
X037-4 X037 - Connector for Accessories (Lead 0362)
X1268F-2 X1268F-2 (XLIF-1) - Connector of Memo™ Function
X1269M X1269M (XLIM-1) - Connector of Diverter Valve 1 on Front-Mounted Implement
X1270M X1270M (XLIM-2) - Connector of Diverter Valve 2 on Front-Mounted Implement
X2378F-2 X1278F-2 (XL423F) - Connector of Front Loader Dampening
12V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(CAB)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1123 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HB: 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves

M012 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses and relays: F06/E_LCSK06/B_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab),
Component Information .
Ground point:
XGND9 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component:
M012 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X318F from component.See M012 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI, Component Information
3. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X318F, between pin A and pin B.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1124 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HB: 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves

Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X318F, between pin D and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohm

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 7044 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0010 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) CAN Bus Check

Action:

1. See 50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References , Section 240, Group 50JA.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1125 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HB: 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves

M013 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses and relays: F06/E_LCSK06/B_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab),
Component Information .
Ground point:
XGND9 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component:
M013 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X251F from component.See M013 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII, Component Information
3. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X251F, between pin A and pin B.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1126 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HB: 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves

Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X251F, between pin D and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohm

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 7044 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0010 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) CAN Bus Check

Action:

1. See 50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References , Section 240, Group 50JA.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1127 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HB: 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves

M014 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses and relays: F06/E_LCSK06/B_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab),
Component Information .
Ground point:
XGND9 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component:
M014 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X252F from component.See M014 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII, Component Information
3. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X252F, between pin A and pin B.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1128 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HB: 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves

Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X252F, between pin D and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohm

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 7044 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0010 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) CAN Bus Check

Action:

1. See 50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References , Section 240, Group 50JA.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1129 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HB: 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves

S171 - Mechanical Multi-Function Lever (DURA), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HB - Selective Control Valves, Mechanical Multi-Function Lever (DURA), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses and relays: F04/03_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component
Information .
Ground point:
XGND1A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component:
S171 - Mechanical Multi-Function Lever (DURA) , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X037M-4 from X037F-1.See X037 - Connector for Accessories (Lead 0362)
3. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X037F-1, between pin A and pin B.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1130 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle

Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X037F-1, between pin B and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohm

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 0362 and perform operational check.

NO:• Repair defective lead 0310 and perform an operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1131 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle

Group 50HD - 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle


50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Summary of References
50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Summary of References

Diagnostic schematic:

50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:

B053 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Position Sensor, Circuit Test


B167 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Oil Pressure Sensor, Circuit Test
Y066 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Lower Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test
Y067 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test
Y068 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Circuit Test
Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up, Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1132 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle

50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1133 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle

LEGEND:
A007 A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information
B053 B053 - Sensor for Position of Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Component Information
B167 B167 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information
Y066 Y066 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Lower Solenoid Valve, Component Information
Y067 Y067 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise Solenoid Valve, Component Information
Y068 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Component
Y068
Information
Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up, Component
Y069
Information
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W701 W701/1: Harness for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle
X205 X205 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W701
50GK - Frontzapfwelle 50GK - Front PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1134 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle

B053 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Position Sensor, Circuit Test


Circuit:
Electrical Functional Schematic: See: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B053 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Position Sensor, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. SFA 005 - Sensor for Position of Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Voltage , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X209F from component. See B053 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Position Sensor, Component
Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1135 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X209F, between pin C (7003) and pin A (7091).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Sensor for Position of the Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X209F, pin C (7003) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Sensor for Position of the Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 7003 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 7091 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X026F from component. See A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X026F, pin M2 (7091) and ground.
Between connector X026F, pin K2 (7003) and ground.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1136 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of lead 7008

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X026F, pin B (7008) and connector X026F, pin J2 (7008).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 7008


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1137 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle

B167 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Oil Pressure Sensor, Circuit


Test
Circuit:
Electrical Functional Schematic: See: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B167 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check of the component.

See:

1. SFA 006 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Oil Pressure Sensor, Voltage in Section 245.
2. SFA 015 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Oil Pressure Sensor, Pressure , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X756F from component. See B167 - Sensor for Oil Pressure of Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle,
Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1138 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X756, between pin B (7003) and pin A (7091).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Sensor for Oil Pressure of the Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X756, pin B (7003) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Sensor for Oil Pressure of the Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle


Circuit Voltage Voltage 5 V (+/- 0.2 V)

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 7003 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 7091 and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X026F from component. See A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Continuity check of lead 7036

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X756, pin C (7036) and connector X026F, pin F2 (7036).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1139 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle

3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:


Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of lead 7036


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1140 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle

Y066 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Lower Solenoid Valve, Circuit


Test
Circuit:
Electrical Functional Schematic: See: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: Y066 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle
Lower Solenoid Valve, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. SFA 011 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Lower Solenoid Valve, Current , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X026F from component. See A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1141 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance at connector X026F, between pin J3 (7049) und pin L4 (7081).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Solenoid Valve for Lowering the Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle


Resistance in Circuit Resistance 10 - 12 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X026F, pin J3 (7049) and ground.
Between connector X026F, pin L4 (7081) and ground.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 5

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X748F from component. See Y066 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Lower Solenoid Valve,
Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X748F, pin A (7049) and ground.
Between connector X748F, pin B (7081) and ground.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1142 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X026F, pin J3 (7049) and connector X748F, pin A (7049).
Between connector X026F, pin L4 (7081) and connector X748F, pin B (7081).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1143 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle

Y067 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise Solenoid Valve, Circuit


Test
Circuit:
Electrical Functional Schematic: See: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: Y067 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise
Solenoid Valve, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. SFA 010 - Solenoid Valve for Raising the Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Current , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X026F from component. See A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1144 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance at connector X026F, between pin K3 (7048) and pin L4 (7081).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise Solenoid Valve


Resistance in circuit Resistance 10 - 12 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X026F, pin K3 (7048) and ground.
Between connector X026F, pin L4 (7081) and ground.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 5

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X749F from component. See Y067 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise Solenoid Valve,
Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X749F, pin A (7048) and ground.
Between connector X749F, pin B (7081) and ground.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1145 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X026F, pin K3 (7048) and connector X749F, pin A (7048).
Between connector X026F, pin L4 (7081) and connector X749F, pin B (7081).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1146 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle

Y068 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure


Reduction, Circuit Test
Circuit:
Electrical Functional Schematic: See: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: Y068 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-
Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. SFA 013 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Current , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X026F from component. See A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1147 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance at connector X026F, between pin B2 (7006) and pin H4 (7144).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction


Resistance in Circuit Resistance 10 - 12 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X026F, pin B2 (7006) and ground.
Between connector X026F, pin H4 (7144) and ground.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 5

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X750F from component. See Y068 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure
Reduction, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X750F, pin A (7006) and ground.
Between connector X750F, pin B (7144) and ground.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1148 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X026F, pin B2 (7006) and connector X750F, pin A (7006).
Between connector X026F, pin H4 (7144) and connector X750F, pin B (7144).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1149 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle

Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure


Build-up, Circuit Test
Circuit:
Electrical Functional Schematic: See: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-
Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up, Component Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.

( 1 ) Operational check

Action:

Perform operational check.

See:

1. SFA 012 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up, Current , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X026F from component. See A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1150 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check circuit

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance at connector X026F, between pin B2 (7006) and pin K4 (7105).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-up


Resistance in Circuit Resistance 10 - 12 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X026F, pin B2 (7006) and ground.
Between connector X026F, pin K4 (7105) and ground.

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:GO TO 5

( 5 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X751F from component. See Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure
Build-Up, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check leads for shorts to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X751F, pin A (7006) and ground.
Between connector X751F, pin B (7105) and ground.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1151 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 7 .

NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X026F, pin B2 (7006) and connector X751F, pin A (7006).
Between connector X026F, pin K4 (7105) and connector X751F, pin B (7105).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1152 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

Group 50HH - 50HH - Front Loader


50HH - Front Loader, Summary of References
50HH - Front Loader, Summary of References

Diagnostic schematic:

50HH - Front Loader Additional Functions, Diagnostic Schematic


50HH - Front Loader (Diverter Valve / Memo Function), Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:

S205 - Switch for Hydraulic Quick Release (Front Loader), Circuit Test
S206 - Connector for Dampening (Front Loader), Circuit Test
S207 - Mechanical Multi-Function Lever (Dealer Installation), Circuit Test
S208 - Switch for Front Loader Worklights, Circuit Test
K06/A_LCS - Relay for Diverter Valve 1 (Front Loader), Circuit Test
K06/C_LCS - Relay for Memo Function (Front Loader), Circuit Test
K06/D_LCS - Relay for Diverter Valve 2 (Front Loader), Circuit Test
K070 - Relay for Hydraulic Quick Release (Front Loader), Circuit Test
X455F - Connector for Switch of Memo Function (Front Loader), Circuit Test
X811M - Connection Point between Wiring Harness W762/1 and Front Loader, Circuit Test
X1268F - Connection Point between Wiring Harness W741/1 and Front Loader Wiring Harness (Diverter Valve / Memo
Function), Circuit Test
X1278F - Connection Point between Wiring Harness W741/1 and Front Loader Wiring Harness (Dampening), Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1153 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

50HH - Front Loader Additional Functions, Diagnostic Schematic

Front Loader (Additional Functions)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1154 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

LEGEND:
F04/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F04/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K070 K060 - Relay for Implement CAN Bus Socket in Cab, Component Information
S205 S205 - Switch for Hydraulic Quick Release (Front Loader)
S206 S206 - Connector for Dampening (Front Loader)
S207 S207 - Mechanical Multi-Function Lever (Dealer Installation)
S208 S208 - Switch for Front Loader Worklights
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W751/1 W751/1: Wiring Harness for Front Loader (Cab)
W752/1 W752/1: Wiring Harness for Front Loader
X037F X037 - Connector for Accessories (Lead 0362)
X037F-3 X037 - Connector for Accessories (Lead 0372)
X037M-6 X037 - Connector for Accessories (Lead 0362)
X037M-7 X037 - Connector for Accessories (Lead 0372)
X445 X445 - Connection Point between Harnesses W751 and W752
X455F X455F
X811M X811M
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
CIRCUIT ACC2 (Cab) 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC2) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1155 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

50HH - Front Loader (Diverter Valve / Memo Function), Diagnostic Schematic

Front Loader (Memo and Control Valves)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1156 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

LEGEND:
A007 A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information
F06/D_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K06/A_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K06/C_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K06/D_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W741/1 W741/1: Front Wiring Harness for E-SCV Stepper Motors
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 or W202
X1134 X1134 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W741
X1268F X1268F - Connector of Memo™ Function
X1278F X1278F - Connector of Front Loader Dampening
XGND9 XGND9 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT ELX1 (Cab) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1157 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

S205 - Switch for Hydraulic Quick Release (Front Loader), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HH - Front Loader Additional Functions, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses (Cab): F04/03_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component
Information .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S205 - Switch for Hydraulic Quick Release (Front Loader) in Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X411F from component.Se S205 - Switch for Hydraulic Quick Release (Front Loader) .
3. Remove relay K070 from slot.See K070 - Relay for Hydraulic Quick Release (Front Loader), Component Information .
4. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1158 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X411F, pin 1 (0362) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Switch for Hydraulic Quick Release (Front Loader)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X411F, pin 1 (0362) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X411F, pin 3 (7005) and slot of K070, pin 30 (7005).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X411F, pin 3 (7005) and ground.

Result:

YES:• Replace component and perform operational check.• K070 - Relay for Hydraulic Quick Release (Front Loader), Circuit
Test

NO:• Repair defective lead and perform an operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1159 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1160 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

S206 - Connector for Dampening (Front Loader), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HH - Front Loader Additional Functions, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S206 - Connector for Dampening (Front Loader) in Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X423M from component.See S206 - Connector for Dampening (Front Loader) .
3. Disconnect connector X811M from component.
4. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X423M, pin B (0310) and ground.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1161 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:


Item Measurement Specification

Ground Connection
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X423M, pin A (2013) and connector X811M, pin 5 (2013).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X23M, pin A (2013) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1162 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

S207 - Mechanical Multi-Function Lever (Dealer Installation), Circuit


Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HH - Front Loader Additional Functions, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S207 - Mechanical Multi-Function Lever (Dealer Installation) in Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X312M from component.See S207 - Mechanical Multi-Function Lever (Dealer Installation) .
3. Disconnect connector X455F from component.
4. Disconnect connector X811M from component.
5. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check the ground connection

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1163 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X312M, pin B (0310) and ground.
3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X312M, pin E (0310) and ground.
4. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Ground Connection
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X312M, pin A (2011) and connector X811M, pin 3 (2011).
Between connector X312M, pin D (2116) and connector X811M, pin 2 (2116).
Between connector X312M pin F (2025) and connector X455f, pin A (2025).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X312M, pin A (2011) and ground.
Between connector X312M, pin D (2116) and ground.
Between connector X312M, pin F (2025) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1164 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

S208 - Switch for Front Loader Worklights, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HH - Front Loader Additional Functions, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses (Cab): F04/04_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component
Information .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S208 - Switch for Front Loader Worklights in Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X450M from component.See S208 - Switch for Front Loader Worklights .
3. Disconnect connector X811M from component.
4. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1165 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X450M, pin A (0372) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Switch for Front Loader Worklights


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X450M, pin A (0372) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X450M, pin 3 (1001) and connector X811M, pin 4 (1001).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X450M, pin B (1001) and ground.

Result:

YES:• Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1166 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1167 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

K06/A_LCS - Relay for Diverter Valve 1 (Front Loader), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HH - Front Loader (Diverter Valve / Memo Function), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses (Cab): F06/D_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component
Information .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove relay K06/A_LCS from slot.See LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information .
3. Disconnect connector X026F from component.See A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information .
4. Disconnect connector X1268F from component.See X1268F - Connector of Memo™ Function .
5. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1168 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at slot K06/A_LCS between pin 30 (0662) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Relay for Diverter Valve 1 (Front Loader)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between slot K06/A_LCS, pin 85 (7061) and connector X026F, pin F4 (7061).
Between slot K06/A_LCS, pin 86 (7074) and connector X026F, pin H2 (7074).
Between slot K06/A_LCS, pin 87 (7089) and connector X1268F, pin D (7089).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between slot K06/A_LCS, pin 85 (7061) and ground.
Between slot K06/A_LCS, pin 86 (7074) and ground.
Between slot K06/A_LCS, pin 87 (7089) and ground.

Result:

YES:• Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1169 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

K06/C_LCS - Relay for Memo Function (Front Loader), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HH - Front Loader (Diverter Valve / Memo Function), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses (Cab): F06/D_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component
Information .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove relay K06/C_LCS from slot.See LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information .
3. Disconnect connector X026F from component.See A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information .
4. Disconnect connector X1268F from component.See X1268F - Connector of Memo™ Function .
5. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1170 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at slot K06/C_LCS between pin 30 (0662) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Relay for Memo Function (Front Loader)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between slot K06/C_LCS, pin 85 (7061) and connector X026F, pin F4 (7061).
Between slot K06/C_LCS, pin 86 (7076) and connector X026F, pin D1 (7076).
Between slot K06/C_LCS, pin 87 (7087) and connector X1268F, pin F (7087).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between slot K06/C_LCS, pin 85 (7061) and ground.
Between slot K06/C_LCS, pin 86 (7076) and ground.
Between slot K06/C_LCS, pin 87 (7087) and ground.

Result:

YES:• Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1171 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

K06/D_LCS - Relay for Diverter Valve 2 (Front Loader), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HH - Front Loader (Diverter Valve / Memo Function), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses (Cab): F06/D_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component
Information .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Remove relay K06/D_LCS from slot.See LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information .
3. Disconnect connector X026F from component.See A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information .
4. Disconnect connector X1268F from component.See X1268F - Connector of Memo™ Function .
5. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1172 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at slot K06/D_LCS between pin 30 (0662) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Relay for Diverter Valve 2 (Front Loader)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between slot K06/D_LCS, pin 85 (7061) and connector X026F, pin F4 (7061).
Between slot K06/D_LCS, pin 86 (7075) and connector X026F, pin G2 (7075).
Between slot K06/D_LCS, pin 87 (7079) and connector X1268F, pin A (7079).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between slot K06/D_LCS, pin 85 (7061) and ground.
Between slot K06/D_LCS, pin 86 (7075) and ground.
Between slot K06/D_LCS, pin 87 (7079) and ground.

Result:

YES:• Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1173 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

K070 - Relay for Hydraulic Quick Release (Front Loader), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HH - Front Loader Additional Functions, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses (Cab): F04/03_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component
Information .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
K070 - Relay for Hydraulic Quick Release (Front Loader), Component Information in Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X411F from component.Se S205 - Switch for Hydraulic Quick Release (Front Loader) .
3. Remove relay K070 from slot.See K070 - Relay for Hydraulic Quick Release (Front Loader), Component Information .
4. Disconnect connector X811M from component.
5. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1174 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at slot K070 between pin 85 (0362) and pin 86 (0310).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Relay for Hydraulic Quick Release (Front Loader)


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between slot K070, pin 85 (0362) and ground.

Result:

YES:Recondition defective lead 0310 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 0362 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector K070, pin 30 (7005) and connector X411F, pin 3 (7005).
Between connector K070, pin 87 (7007) and connector X811M, pin 7 (71007).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between slot K070, pin 30 (7005) and ground.
Between slot K070, pin 87 (1001) and ground.

Result:

YES:• Replace component and perform operational check.• Perform S205 - Switch for Hydraulic Quick Release (Front Loader),
Circuit Test .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1175 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

NO:• Repair defective lead and perform an operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1176 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

X455F - Connector for Switch of Memo Function (Front Loader), Circuit


Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HH - Front Loader Additional Functions, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X312M from component.See S207 - Mechanical Multi-Function Lever (Dealer Installation) .
3. Disconnect connector X455F from component.
4. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X455F, pin B (0310) and ground.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1177 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:


Item Measurement Specification

Ground Connection
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X455F pin A (2025) and connector X312M, pin 3 (2025).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X455F, pin A (2025) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1178 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

X811M - Connection Point between Wiring Harness W762/1 and Front


Loader, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HH - Front Loader Additional Functions, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X811M from component.
3. Remove relay K070 from slot.See K070 - Relay for Hydraulic Quick Release (Front Loader), Component Information .
4. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1179 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

Between connector X811M, pin 7 (7007) and slot for K070, pin 87 (7007).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X811M, pin 7 (7007) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 . • K070 - Relay for Hydraulic Quick Release (Front Loader), Circuit Test

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X450M from component.See S208 - Switch for Front Loader Worklights .
3. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X811M, pin 4 (1001) and connector X450M, pin B (1001).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 6 ) Check lead for short to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1180 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X811M, pin 4 (1001) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 . • S208 - Switch for Front Loader Worklights, Circuit Test

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check

( 7 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X312M from component.See S207 - Mechanical Multi-Function Lever (Dealer Installation) .
3. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 8 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 8 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X811M, pin 3 (2011) and connector X312M, pin A (2011).
Between connector X811M, pin 2 (2116) and connector X312M, pin D (2116).
Between connector X811M, pin 1 (0310) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 9 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 9 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X811M, pin 3 (2011) and ground.
Between connector X811M, pin 2 (2116) and ground.

Result:

YES:GO TO 10 . • S207 - Mechanical Multi-Function Lever (Dealer Installation), Circuit Test

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1181 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

( 10 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X423M from component.See S206 - Connector for Dampening (Front Loader) .
3. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 11 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 11 ) Continuity check of lead

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X811M, pin 5 (2013) and connector X423M, pin A (2013).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 12 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 12 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X811M, pin 5 (2013) and ground.

Result:

YES:• Replace component and perform operational check.• S206 - Connector for Dampening (Front Loader), Circuit Test

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1182 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

X1268F - Connection Point between Wiring Harness W741/1 and Front


Loader Wiring Harness (Diverter Valve / Memo Function), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HH - Front Loader (Diverter Valve / Memo Function), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X1268F - Connector of Memo™ Function in Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X1268F from component.See X1268F - Connector of Memo™ Function .
3. Remove relay K06/A_LCS from slot.See LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information .
4. Remove relay K06/C_LCS from slot.See LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information .
5. Remove relay K06/D_LCS from slot.See LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information .
6. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Continuity check of lead

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1183 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
With a multimeter, between connector X1268F, pin A (7079) and slot K06/A_LCS, pin 87.
With a multimeter, between connector X1268F, pin D (7089) and slot K06/C_LCS, pin 87.
With a multimeter, between connector X1268F, pin F (7087) and slot K06/D_LCS, pin 87.
With a multimeter, between connector X1268F, pin B (0010) and ground.
With a multimeter, between connector X1268F, pin E (0010) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
With a multimeter, between connector X1268F, pin A (7079) and ground.
With a multimeter, between connector X1268F, pin D (7089) and ground.
With a multimeter, between connector X1268F, pin F (7087) and ground.

Result:

YES:• Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1184 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader

X1278F - Connection Point between Wiring Harness W741/1 and Front


Loader Wiring Harness (Dampening), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50HH - Front Loader (Diverter Valve / Memo Function), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X1278F - Connector of Front Loader Dampening in Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X1278F from component.See X1268F - Connector of Memo™ Function .
3. Disconnect connector X026F from component.See A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information .
4. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Continuity check of lead

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1185 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50IA: 50IA - Display

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
With a multimeter, between connector X1278F, pin A (7072) and connector X026F, pin E4.
With a multimeter, between connector X1278F, pin B (0010) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
With a multimeter, between connector X1278F, pin A (7072) and ground.

Result:

YES:• Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1186 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50IA: 50IA - Display

Group 50IA - 50IA - Display


50IA - Display, Summary of References
50IA - Display, Summary of References

Diagnostic Schematic (Cab):

50IA - Instrument Unit (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Diagnostic Schematic (Open Operator′s Station):

50IA - Instrument Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1187 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50IA: 50IA - Display

50IA - Instrument Unit (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Instrument Unit (Cab)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1188 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50IA: 50IA - Display

LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A082 A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Component Information
A136 A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Component Information
F03/08_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/09_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
H044 H044 - Left Turn-Signal Light on Front of Roof (SAE), Component Information
H045 H045 - Right Turn-Signal Light on Front of Roof (SAE), Component Information
H046 H046 - Left Turn-Signal Light on Rear of Roof (SAE), Component Information
H047 H047 - Right Turn-Signal Light on Rear of Roof (SAE), Component Information
S009 S009 - Light Switch, Component Information
S062 S062 - Hazard Warning Light Switch, Component Information
S147 S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information
W011 W011/1: Wiring Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch (Chassis)
W012 For Tractor Model, see:
• W012/1: Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch and Access Step Light (Cab)
• W012/4: Wiring Harness with Jumper Connector (Tractors without Battery Cut-Off Switch) (Cab)
W031 W031/1: Wiring Harness for 7-Pin Socket (ECE) at Rear
W033/1: Wiring Harness for 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front (Adapter) for 6130M to 6170M
W033
Tractors
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W221 For Tractor Model, see:
• W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
• W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6150M to
W601
6170M Tractors
X005 X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Component Information
X023 X023 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE), Component Information
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X487 X487F - Connector of Turn-Signal Lever
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X697 X697 - Connection Point between Harnesses W012 and W011
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
X883 X883 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front, Component Information
X1235 X1235 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 or W202 and W031 or W033
X1235-1 X1235-1 - Connection Point between Harnesses W033 and W031
X1272 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1189 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50IA: 50IA - Display

50IA - Instrument Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

Instrument Unit (Open Operator′s Station)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1190 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ID: 50ID - LIN Bus Modules

LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
E003 E003 - Left Clearance Light (ECE), Component Information
E004 E004 - Right Clearance Light (ECE), Component Information
F03/03_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/12_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
H035 H035 - Left Rear Turn-Signal Light, Component Information
H043 H043 - Rear Right Turn-Signal Light, Component Information
H044 H044 - Left Turn-Signal Light on Front of Roof (SAE), Component Information
H045 H045 - Right Turn-Signal Light on Front of Roof (SAE), Component Information
S008 S008 - Switch for Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
S009 S009 - Light Switch, Component Information
S010 S010 - Low-Beam/High-Beam Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
S106 S106 - Hazard Warning Light Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
W031 W031/1: Wiring Harness for 7-Pin Socket (ECE) at Rear
W033/1: Wiring Harness for 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front (Adapter) for 6130M to 6170M
W033
Tractors
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
W601/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6150M
W601
to 6170M Tractors
X005 X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Component Information
X023 X023 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE), Component Information
X041 X041F - Connector of Left Auxiliary Light
X051 X051F - Connector of Right Auxiliary Light
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W212 and W202
X1235 X1235 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 or W202 and W031 or W033
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
XGND5 XGND5 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1191 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ID: 50ID - LIN Bus Modules

Group 50ID - 50ID - LIN Bus Modules


50ID - LIN Bus Modules, Summary of References
50ID - LIN Bus Modules, Summary of References

Diagnostic schematic:

50ID - LIN Bus - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Diagnostic Schematic


50ID - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:

LIN Bus - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Circuit Test


S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1192 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ID: 50ID - LIN Bus Modules

50ID - LIN Bus - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Diagnostic Schematic

50ID - LIN Bus Battery Cut-Off Relay

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A136 A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Component Information
G004 G004 - Alternator, Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1193 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ID: 50ID - LIN Bus Modules

X697 X697 - Connection Point between Harnesses W012 and W011


X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 or W202
X1080 X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511
X1272 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W012

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1194 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ID: 50ID - LIN Bus Modules

50ID - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Diagnostic Schematic

Selective Control Valves, Multi-Function Lever (Shift Console)

LEGEND:
A003 A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information
S075 S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
X221 X221
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1195 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ID: 50ID - LIN Bus Modules

LIN Bus - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50ID - LIN Bus - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Component Informationin Section 249.
G004 - Alternator, Component Information in Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Disconnect connector X326M-1 from component.See A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Component Information
4. Disconnect connector X325F from component.See G004 - Alternator, Component Information
5. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Continuity check of leads

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1196 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ID: 50ID - LIN Bus Modules

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X027F-3 pin 3_36 (7088) and connector X326M-1, pin 6 (7088).
Between connector X027F-3 pin 3_36 (7088) and connector X325F, pin 1 (7088).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X027F-3, pin 3_36 (7088) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1197 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ID: 50ID - LIN Bus Modules

S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50ID - LIN Bus - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Component Informationin Section 249.

→NOTE:

When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X343F from component.See S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Component Information
3. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 2 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X343F between pin 1 (6103) and pin 4 (0050).
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1198 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ID: 50ID - LIN Bus Modules

Item Measurement Specification

Connector of Front Loader


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at connector X343F, between pin 1 (6103) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Connector of Front Loader


Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Repair defective lead 0050 and perform operational check.

NO:Repair defective lead 6103 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Visual inspection of connector

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X018F from component.See A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information
3. Check the connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair connector and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Continuity check of leads

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between connector X018F, pin J1-E3 (7098) and connector X343F, pin 2 (7098).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity check of leads


Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1199 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

( 6 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between connector X018F, pin J1-E3 (7098) and ground.

Result:

YES:Replace component and perform operational check.

NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1200 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

Group 50JA - 50JA - Bus Systems


50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References
50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References

Diagnostic Schematic (Cab):

50JA - Vehicle CAN Bus (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic


50JA - Implement CAN Bus, Diagnostic Schematic
50JA - Hitch CAN Bus (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50JA - E-SCV CAN Bus, Diagnostic Schematic
50JA - Engine CAN Bus, Diagnostic Schematic

Diagnostic Schematic (Open Operator′s Station):

50JA - Vehicle CAN Bus (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic


50JA - Hitch CAN Bus (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50JA - Engine CAN Bus, Diagnostic Schematic

CAN Bus Checks:

CAN Communication Fault Checks


CAN Bus Check - Vehicle (500 kBd)
CAN Bus Check - Implement
CAN Bus Check - Hitch
CAN Bus Check - E-SCV
CAN Bus Check - Engine

50JA - LIN Bus Systems, Summary of References


50JA - LIN Bus Systems, Summary of References

Diagnostic schematic:

50ID - LIN Bus - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Diagnostic Schematic


50ID - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Diagnostic Schematic

Circuit Tests:

LIN Bus - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Circuit Test


S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1201 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

50JA - Vehicle CAN Bus - (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Vehicle CAN Bus (Cab)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1202 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A003 A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information
A004 A004 - Control Unit TEC (CAN Bus Implement (ISOBus)), Component Information
A007 A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A132 A132 - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Component Information
A133 A133 - Immobilizer Control Unit, Component Information
A155 A155 - Control Unit for Telematics (JDLink™ / Service ADVISOR™ Remote), Component Information
R020 R020 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Vehicle CAN Bus), Component Information
X571 X571 - Service Socket (CAN Bus), Component Information
X641 X641 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W451
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 or W202
X712 X712 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W201 or W431
X712-1 X712-1 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W431
X712-3 X712-3 - Connection Point between Harnesses W431 and W441
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211
X1182 Connector for A133 - Immobilizer Control Unit, Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W431/1 W431/1: Control Unit Wiring Harness TEC (CAN Bus Implement (ISOBus)) and JDLink™
W441/1 W441/1: Wiring Harness for JDLink™
W451/1 W451/1: Harness for AutoTrac™ (Cab)
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1203 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

50JA - Vehicle CAN Bus (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

50JA - Vehicle CAN Bus (Open Operator′s Station)

LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
R020 R020 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Vehicle CAN Bus), Component Information
X571 X571 - Service Socket (CAN Bus), Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1204 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211


X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 or W202
W202/1 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212/1 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1205 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

50JA - Implement CAN Bus, Diagnostic Schematic

Implement CAN Bus

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1206 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

LEGEND:
A004 A004 - Control Unit TEC (CAN Bus Implement (ISOBus)), Component Information
A051 A051 - GreenStar™ Mobile Processor, Component Information
A052 A052 - StarFire™ ITC Receiver, Component Information
A053 A053 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Implement CAN Bus), Component Information
A090 A090 - Rear Implement Socket, Component Information
A091 A091 - Implement Socket (Front), Component Information
A155 A155 - Control Unit for Telematics (JDLink™ / Service ADVISOR™ Remote), Component Information
K060 K060 - Relay for Implement CAN Bus Socket in Cab, Component Information
P019 P019 - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Component Information
P030 P030 - GreenStar™ Display (GS2/3), Component Information
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X535 X535 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W421
X543 X543 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W401
X565 X565
X571 X571 - Service Socket (CAN Bus), Component Information
X591 X591 - Connection Point of Adapter Connector for Implement CAN Bus
X712 X712 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W201 or W431
X712-1 X712-1 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W431
X712-3 X712-3 - Connection Point between Harnesses W431 and W441
X805 X805
X805-1 X805-1
X888 X888 - Implement CAN Bus Socket in Cab, Component Information
X907 X907 - Socket for GreenStar™ Display (A Post), Component Information
X978 X978 - Socket for GreenStar™ Display (C Post), Component Information
X1002 X1002 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W411
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W401/1 W401/1: Wiring Harness for Rear Implement Socket
W411/1 W411/1: Harness for GreenStar™ (Cab Roof)
W421/1 W421/1: Wiring Harness for Socket (CAN Bus Implement) in Cab
W431/1 W431/1: Control Unit Wiring Harness TEC (CAN Bus Implement (ISOBus)) and JDLink™
W441/1 W441/1: Wiring Harness for JDLink™
W601 For Tractor Model, see:
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6155M

to 6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6100M

to 6145M Tractors
K069 (ISOBus
K069 - Relay for Power Supply to Implements (Power Supply to Implement Control Units), Circuit Test
Supply)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1207 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

50JA - Hitch CAN Bus (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Hitch CAN Bus (Cab)

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1208 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

M045 M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch, Component Information


X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W601 For Tractor Model, see:
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6155M to 6195M

Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6100M to 6145M

Tractors
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1209 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

50JA - Hitch CAN Bus (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

Hitch CAN Bus (Open Operator′s Station)

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
M045 M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch, Component Information
X287 X287 - Connection Point between Harnesses W602 and W202
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1210 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

W202/1 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Station


W602 For Tractor Model, see:
W602/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control) for 6155M

Tractor
W602/2: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control) for 6100M to

6145M Tractors
XGND5 XGND5 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1211 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

50JA - E-SCV CAN Bus, Diagnostic Schematic

E-SCV CAN Bus

LEGEND:
A007 A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information
M012 M012 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI
M013 M013 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII
M014 M014 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII
X1134 X1134 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W741
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1212 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors


• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W741/1 W741/1: Front Wiring Harness for E-SCV Stepper Motors

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1213 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

50JA - Engine CAN Bus, Diagnostic Schematic

Engine CAN Bus

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A131 A131 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Engine CAN Bus), Component Information
B5500 B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information
Y5500 Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1214 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

CAN Communication Fault Checks


CAN Communication Fault Checks
( 1 ) Record CAN diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

1. Access the list of current control software on the CAN Bus (see General Operation and Accessing Diagnostic Addresses
with Digital Display (Service Level) ).
2. Refer to the chart below and check the control software and CAN diagnostic trouble codes shown on the digital display.
Note that some functions are Standard (must be displayed) and some are Optional (depending on vehicle options).
3. Make a note of all the diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem with the CAN Bus (2XXX.09). See Display and
Clear Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Digital Display .

Functions of control software

Functions of control software

Standard (must be displayed)

All the diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem with the CAN BUS (example:
Identifier for function of control software If displayed, put a checkmark here
CCU 2035.09)

AIC

BLC

CCU

DOI

ECU

EIC

FCC

HCC

OIC

PDU

RPT

Optional functions (must be displayed if option is installed)

JDL

PTF

PTQ

PTR

SCO

SFA

SMB

TEC

TEI

TIH

TIQ

XMC

XSC

Result:

YES:Each control software appears on the display and no diagnostic trouble codes are present that indicate a problem with the
CAN BUS. Return to diagnostic procedure in process.

NO:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check recorded Information on the control software

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1215 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

Action:

Information recorded in step 1 help identify the problem.


Different conditions may exist. Determine the condition that best reflects the recorded information.

Condition 1: Only one control software shows diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem with the CAN Bus.
Example: CCU 2005.09, CCU 2049.09.

Condition 2: At least one control software which should appear in the list does not appear. Although not
necessarily the case, there may be codes for missing messages (usually applies for optional control software).
Example: the suspended front axle option is present, but SFA does not appear on display.

Condition 3: More than one control software reports one or more diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a
problem with the CAN BUS.
Example: AIC 2000.09, CCU 2000.09.

Result:

NO:Condition 1 exists. GO TO 3 .

NO:Condition 2 exists. GO TO 4 .

NO:Condition 3 exists. GO TO 4 .

( 3 ) Condition 1: Only one control software shows several diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem with
the CAN bus.

Action:

1. Check power connection and ground connection to the control unit that displays the messages.See 50ZZ - Electronic
Control Units - Summary of References
2. With ignition on, measure the CAN + and CAN - voltages at the connector of the control unit that displays the
messages.See 50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References
Item Measurement Specification

Voltages for CAN + and CAN -


CAN + Voltage 2.50 - 2.70 V

CAN - Voltage 2.30 - 2.49 V

3. Verify that configurations of all control units are set correctly.


4. If all checks are good, replace the control unit that is displaying the messages.

Result:

YES:See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems .

NO:Repair as required.GO TO 1 .

( 4 ) Check any control software that is indicated as missing

Action:

→NOTE:

A control software only indicates that messages from another are missing if that control software is
necessary for its operation. Therefore, a control software may be missing but this may not cause others
to generate a corresponding code.
However, if a control software that was present during power up but subsequently goes missing, the
display indicates that a message from that control software is missing. If an optional control software is
not present during power up, the display does NOT indicate that messages from that control software are
missing. Example: The fuse for the control software is defective.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1216 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

1. Use the table provided when performing the following checks.


2. Check any control software that is indicated as missing.
3. Check the fuse for the control software. See 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units - Summary of References .
4. Check circuits for CAN + and CAN -.See 50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References .
5. Check the power supply circuit and ground circuit of the control software.

Control Software, Summary

Control Software, Summary

Control software
that is indicated Associated hardware Reference for checking the power supply circuit and ground circuit of the control software
as being missing

AIC Main Control Unit 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

BLC Main Control Unit 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

CCU Main Control Unit 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

DOI Cab Control Unit 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

ECU Engine Control Unit 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

EIC Cab Control Unit 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

FCC Instrument Unit 50ZZ - Instrument Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

HCC Main Control Unit 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

OIC Main Control Unit 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

PDU Instrument Unit 50ZZ - Instrument Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

PTF Front Chassis Control Unit 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

PTR Main Control Unit 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

PTQ Main Control Unit 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

RPT Main Control Unit 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

SCO Front Chassis Control Unit 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

SFA Front Chassis Control Unit 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

SMB Main Control Unit 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

TIH Cab Control Unit 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

TIQ Cab Control Unit 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

XMC Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™) 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

XSC Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™) 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

→NOTE:

Troubleshooting hints: Use the list to determine the position of the control units that are indicated to be
missing. If missing control units are all located in the same general area, look for CAN and power
interconnections that are common to the missing units. Check for loose, bent or damaged terminals.

Result:

YES:Replace control software that is indicated as being missing. Make any adjustments and perform calibration as
necessary.GO TO 1 .

NO:GO TO 5 .

( 5 ) Diagnostic trouble codes indicate a general problem with a CAN Bus.

Action:

In case of problem with reception of CAN Bus messages of control units of Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd)
CAN Bus Check - Vehicle (500 kBd)
In case of problem with reception of CAN Bus messages of control units of Implement CAN Bus
CAN Bus Check - Implement

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1217 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

In case of problem with reception of CAN Bus messages of control units of Hitch CAN Bus
CAN Bus Check - Hitch
In case of problem with reception of CAN Bus messages of control units of E-SCV CAN Bus
CAN Bus Check - E-SCV
In case of problem with reception of CAN Bus messages of control units of Engine CAN Bus
CAN Bus Check - Engine

Result:

YES:See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems .

NO:Repair as required.GO TO 1

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1218 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

CAN Bus Check - Vehicle (500 kBd)


Voltage Check of CAN - and CAN +

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Check resistance for CAN - and CAN +

Action:

1. Turn battery cut-off switch (if equipped) to OFF position. If vehicle has no battery cut-off switch, disconnect negative cable
(–) from battery.
2. At connector X571M - Service Socket (CAN Bus), measure resistance between pin C (9034) and pin D (9035).

Item Measurement Specification

Resistance for CAN - and CAN +


Resistance in circuit Resistance 50 - 70 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Value above specification. GO TO 4 .

NO:Value below specification. GO TO 5 .

( 2 ) Check for short circuit to ground CAN +

Action:

1. Turn battery cut-off switch (if equipped) to OFF position. If vehicle has no battery cut-off switch, disconnect negative cable
(–) from battery.
2. At connector X571M - Service Socket (CAN Bus), measure resistance between pin C (9034) and pin A (0050).

Item Measurement Specification

Resistance for CAN +


Resistance in circuit Resistance > 1000 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition defective lead 9034 and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check for short circuit to ground CAN +

Action:

1. Turn battery cut-off switch (if equipped) to OFF position. If vehicle has no battery cut-off switch, disconnect negative cable
(–) from battery.
2. At connector X571M - Service Socket (CAN Bus), measure resistance between pin D (9035) and pin A (0050).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1219 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

Item Measurement Specification

Resistance for CAN +


Resistance in circuit Resistance > 1000 Ω

Result:

YES:Return to diagnostic procedure.

YES:Problem still not identified. GO TO 8

NO:Recondition defective lead 9035 and perform operational check.

( 4 ) CAN Bus Circuits Resistance Test

Action:

1. This step is identical to Step 1, but with different limit values.


2. Turn battery cut-off switch (if equipped) to OFF position. If vehicle has no battery cut-off switch, disconnect negative cable
(–) from battery.
3. At connector X571M - Service Socket (CAN Bus), measure resistance between pin C (9034) and pin D (9035).

Item Measurement Specification

Resistance for CAN - and CAN +


Resistance in circuit Resistance > 130 Ω

Result:

YES:Check leads 9034 and 9035 for open circuit.See 50JA - Vehicle CAN Bus (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

NO:Value below specification. GO TO 6 .

( 5 ) Check for short circuits between CAN + and CAN -

Action:

1. Check leads 9034 and 9035 for short circuit between the two circuits.
2. Check terminating resistors for short circuit between connections for 9034 and 9035.
3. Check control units for short circuit between connections for 9034 and 9035.

Result:

YES:Return to diagnostic procedure.

YES:Problem still not identified.GO TO 8 .

NO:Recondition circuit as necessary. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:Problem still not identified.GO TO 8 .

( 6 ) CAN Bus Circuits Resistance Test to Locate Open Circuit

Action:

1. Turn battery cut-off switch (if equipped) to OFF position. If vehicle has no battery cut-off switch, disconnect negative cable
(–) from battery.
2. At connector X571M - Service Socket (CAN Bus), measure resistance between pin C (9034) and pin D (9035).
3. During resistance measurement at pins C and D, disconnect the R020 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Vehicle CAN Bus) .
Is the resistance value greater than the limit value?

Item Measurement Specification

CAN + and CAN - Circuits

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1220 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

Item Measurement Specification

Resistance in circuit Resistance > 130 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:Rectify open circuit in circuit 9034 or 9035 between X571M - Service Socket (CAN Bus)and R020 - CAN Bus Terminating
Resistor (Vehicle CAN Bus) .

( 7 ) CAN Bus Circuits Resistance Test to Locate Open Circuit

Action:

1. Turn battery cut-off switch (if equipped) to OFF position. If vehicle has no battery cut-off switch, disconnect negative cable
(–) from battery.
2. Reconnect R020 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Vehicle CAN Bus) .
3. At connector X571M - Service Socket (CAN Bus), measure resistance between pin C (9034) and pin D (9035).
4. During resistance measurement at pins C and D, disconnect the A002 - Instrument Unit . Is the resistance value greater
than the limit value?

Item Measurement Specification

CAN + and CAN - Circuits


Resistance in circuit Resistance > 130 Ω

Result:

YES:Rectify open circuit in circuit 9034 or 9035 between X571M - Service Socket (CAN Bus)and R020 - CAN Bus Terminating
Resistor (Vehicle CAN Bus) .

NO:Rectify open circuit in circuit 9034 or 9035 between X571M - Service Socket (CAN Bus)and A002 - Instrument Unit .

( 8 ) Resistance still out of specification

Action:

Perform the following until resistance is within specification.

1. After each of the following steps, check the resistance at X571M - Service Socket (CAN Bus). Turn key switch to OFF
position when disconnecting control units.
Disconnect all OPTIONAL control units, and repeat resistance checks.
Disconnect all STANDARD control units one at a time, and repeat resistance checks. Do not disconnect A002 -
Instrument Unit .
Results:
If disconnecting the control unit results in the resistance returning to default value, replace the control unit.
2. Replace R020 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Vehicle CAN Bus) by intact components. Check resistance.
3. Turn key switch to OFF position. Disconnect A002 - Instrument Unit and R020 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Vehicle
CAN Bus) . Check all circuits from CAN Bus Terminating Resistor to Instrument Unit for continuity. Check each circuit for
possible short to other circuits and to ground.

Use the following supporting information in performing the checks:

50JA - Vehicle CAN Bus (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Result:

YES:Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:Recondition circuit 9034 or 9035.GO TO 1 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1221 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

CAN Bus Check - Implement


CAN Bus Check - Implement

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Disconnect external components.

Action:

Turn key switch to OFF position.


Disconnect implements from tractor.
Disconnect components from sockets X888, X907 and X978.
X888 - Implement CAN Bus Socket in Cab, Component Information
X907 - Socket for GreenStar™ Display (A Post), Component Information
X978 - Socket for GreenStar™ Display (C Post), Component Information

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check voltage for CAN - and CAN +

Action:

1. Turn key switch to RUN position (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltages for CAN + and CAN - at X571M - Service Socket (CAN Bus).

Item Measurement Specification

Voltages for CAN + and CAN -


Lead 9074 for CAN + (H to A) 2.50 - 2.70 V

Lead 9075 for CAN - (J to A) 2.30 - 2.49 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 8 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check voltage of Rear Implement Socket.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1222 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

Action:

1. Set key switch to RUN position (engine OFF).


2. Make Rear Implement Socket accessible.

Rear Implement Socket


3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between pin 3 (0132) and pin 1 (0010).
4. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between pin 4 (0922) and pin 2 (0070).
5. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between pin 6 (0052) and pin 7 (0040).

Item Measurement Specification

Rear Implement Socket


Circuit Voltage Voltage 12 V

Result:

YES:Vehicle equipped with Front Implement Socket. GO TO 5 .

YES:Vehicle not equipped with Front Implement Socket. GO TO 7.

NO:GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check voltage supply of Rear Implement Socket.

Action:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1223 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

Rear Implement Socket

Check voltage supply of Rear Implement Socket, see A090 - Rear Implement Socket, Circuit Test .

Result:

YES:Replace Rear Implement Socket and perform operational check.

NO:Recondition defective circuit and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Check voltage of Front Implement Socket.

Action:

1. Set key switch to RUN position (engine OFF).


2. Make Front Implement Socket accessible.

Front Implement Socket


3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between pin 3 (0132) and pin 1 (0010).
4. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between pin 4 (0922) and pin 2 (0070).
5. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between pin 6 (0052) and pin 7 (0040).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1224 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

Item Measurement Specification

Front Implement Socket


Circuit Voltage Voltage 12 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:GO TO 6 .

( 6 ) Check voltage supply of Front Implement Socket.

Action:

Front Implement Socket

Check voltage supply of Front Implement Socket, see A091 - Front Implement Socket, Circuit Test.

Result:

YES:Replace Front Implement Socket and perform operational check.

NO:Recondition defective circuit and perform operational check.

( 7 ) Check supply voltage at terminating resistor.

Action:

1. Set key switch to OFF position.


2. Disconnect connector X805F-2 from component.See A053 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Implement CAN Bus),
Component Information
3. Set key switch to RUN position (engine OFF).
4. Measure voltage at connector X805F-2, between pin B (9272) and pin D (9270).

Item Measurement Specification

Terminating Resistor
Circuit Voltage Voltage 12 V

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1225 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

Result:

YES:GO TO 8 .

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

( 8 ) Problem still exists

Action:

Perform the following until voltages are within specification.

1. After each of the following steps, check the voltages at connector X571M - Service Socket (CAN Bus). Turn key switch to
OFF position when disconnecting control units. Turn key switch to RUN position (engine OFF) when measuring voltages.
Disconnect STANDARD control units one at a time, and repeat voltage checks. (Do not disconnect active terminating
resistor (A091)).
Connect all STANDARD control units one at a time, and repeat voltage checks.
Connect implements to the vehicle one at a time, and repeat voltage checks.
Results:If removing the control unit results in the voltage returning to default values, check the supply circuit and ground
circuit from CAN + and CAN - to the control unit. Replace control unit if circuits check OK. If equipping the vehicle with an
additional control unit or an additional implement results in voltage values out of specification, check the circuits of the
external devices.
2. Replace active and passive terminating plugs with components that function properly, and perform operational check.
3. Set key switch to OFF position. Disconnect both sockets for the implement, or the terminating resistors. Check all circuits
from the active terminator (A091) to the passive terminator (A090 /A 053) for continuity. Check each circuit for possible
short to other circuits and to ground. Inspect connectors for bent or pushed back pins.

Result:

YES:Return to diagnostic procedure.

YES:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

NO:Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1226 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

CAN Bus Check - Hitch


Voltage Check of CAN - and CAN +

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466Flexible Probe (set)

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Check voltage for CAN - and CAN +

Action:

1. Disconnect connector X1312F from component.See M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch, Component Information
2. Turn key switch to RUN position (engine OFF).
3. Using a multimeter, measure the voltages for CAN + and CAN - at connector X1312F.

Item Measurement Specification

Voltages for CAN + and CAN -


Lead 9044 for CAN + (A to C) 2.50 - 2.70 V

Lead 9045 for CAN - (B to C) 2.30 - 2.49 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:One or both voltages above 5 volts.GO TO 2 .

NO:One or both voltages below 1 volt.GO TO 2 .

NO:Voltages for CAN + and CAN - are identical.GO TO 2 .

NO:Voltages out of specification but between 1 - 5 volts.GO TO 3 .

( 2 ) Check for short circuits in leads to CAN + and CAN -

Action:

This check should only be performed if previous checks of CAN + and CAN - indicated the following:

Voltage at or near battery voltage.


Voltage above 5 volts and ground checks OK.
Voltage below 1 volt.
Voltages for CAN + and CAN - were identical.

1. Turn key switch to RUN position (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltages for CAN + and CAN - at connector X1312F, between leads 9044 (pin A) and
0310 (pin C), and leads 9045 (pin B) and 0310 (pin C). Record the readings.

Result table

Result Possible cause

Voltage for CAN + or CAN - above 5 volts Short circuit to 12 volt

Voltage for CAN + or CAN - under 1 volt Short to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1227 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

Result Possible cause

Voltage for CAN + and CAN - equal Short circuit between CAN + and CAN -

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Check and recondition CAN Bus leads. See:• 50JA - Hitch CAN Bus (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • 50JA - Hitch
CAN Bus (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

( 3 ) Measure resistance of termination

Action:

The resistance of the termination of the Hitch CAN Bus must be 120 Ω ±10% to enable proper communication.

1. Disconnect stepper motor from wiring harness


2. Measure the resistance at connector X1312F, between pins A and B.

Item Measurement Specification

Resistance between CAN+ and CAN- Resistance 120 Ω (±10%)

Result:

YES:Value within specification. CAN Bus leads and resistance of the termination are OK. GO TO 4.

NO:Values are outside specifications. For diagnosing a lead malfunction, see:• 50JA - Hitch CAN Bus (Cab), Diagnostic
Schematic , Section 240. • 50JA - Hitch CAN Bus (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. GO TO 1.

NO:Values are outside specifications. Check CAN Bus leads. Replace control unit if necessary.GO TO 1.

( 4 ) Check CAN Bus connection of stepper motor

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 from component.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
3. Reconnect connector X1312F to stepper motor M045.
4. Measure resistance at connector X027F-3, between pins 3-44 and 3-32.

Item Measurement Specification

Resistance between CAN+ and CAN- Resistance 120 Ω (±10%)

Result:

YES:Return to diagnostic procedure in process.

NO:Replace Stepper Motor M045.Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1228 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

CAN Bus Check - E-SCV


Voltage Check of CAN - and CAN +

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466Flexible Probe (set)

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Check voltage for CAN - and CAN +

Action:

1. Disconnect connector X318F from component.See M012 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI
2. Turn key switch to RUN position (engine OFF).
3. Using a multimeter, measure voltages for CAN + and CAN - at connector X318F.

Item Measurement Specification

Voltages for CAN + and CAN -


Lead 9054 for CAN + (D to B) 2.50 - 2.70 V

Lead 9055 for CAN - (C to B) 2.30 - 2.49 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:One or both voltages above 5 volts.GO TO 2 .

NO:One or both voltages below 1 volt.GO TO 2 .

NO:Voltages for CAN + and CAN - are identical.GO TO 2 .

NO:Voltages out of specification but between 1 - 5 volts.GO TO 3 .

( 2 ) Check for short circuits in leads to CAN + and CAN -

Action:

This check should only be performed if previous checks of CAN + and CAN - indicated the following:

Voltage at or near battery voltage.


Voltage above 5 volts and ground checks OK.
Voltage below 1 volt.
Voltages for CAN + and CAN - were identical.

1. Verify that all connectors are connected.


2. Turn key switch to RUN position (engine OFF).
3. Use a multimeter to measure voltages for CAN + und CAN - at connector X318F, between leads 9054 pin D and 0010 (pin
B), and leads 9055 (pin C) and 0010 (pin B). Record the readings.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1229 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

Result table

Result Possible cause

Voltage for CAN + or CAN - above 5 volts Short circuit to 12 volt

Voltage for CAN + or CAN - under 1 volt Short to ground

Voltage for CAN + and CAN - equal Short circuit between CAN + and CAN -

Result:

YES:GO TO 3.

NO:Check and recondition CAN Bus leads. See 50JA - E-SCV CAN Bus, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

( 3 ) Measure resistance of termination

Action:

The resistance of the termination of the E-SCV CAN Bus must be 120 Ω ±10% to enable proper communication.

1. Set key switch to OFF position.


2. Disconnect all stepper motors from wiring harness.
3. Measure the resistance at the connectors of the stepper motors in succession between pins D and C.

For information on connectors of stepper motors, see:

M012 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI


M013 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII
M014 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII

Item Measurement Specification

Resistance between CAN+ and CAN- Resistance 120 Ω (±10%)

Result:

YES:A value within specification is measured at all connectors. CAN Bus leads and resistance of the termination are OK. GO TO
4.

NO:Values are outside of specifications, but not at all connectors. For diagnosis of a lead malfunction, see 50JA - E-SCV CAN
Bus, Diagnostic Schematic . Repair the lead. GO TO 1.

NO:Values at all connectors are outside specifications. Check CAN Bus leads. Replace control unit A007 if necessary.GO TO 1.

( 4 ) Check CAN Bus connection of stepper motors

Action:

Set key switch to OFF position.

1. Disconnect connector X026F from component. See A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information .
2. Connect stepper motor M012 to connector X318F. Measure resistance at connector X026F between pins 1-A2 and 1-C1.
3. Disconnect stepper motor M012 from wiring harness. Connect stepper motor M013 to connector X251F. Measure
resistance at connector X026F between pins 1-A2 and 1-C1.
4. Disconnect stepper motor M013 from wiring harness. Connect stepper motor M014 to connector X252F. Measure
resistance at connector X026F between pins 1-A2 and 1-C1.

If connecting the connector of a stepper motor causes the measured resistance to deviate from 120 Ω by more than 10%,
replace the stepper motor.

Item Measurement Specification

Resistance between CAN+ and CAN- Resistance 120 Ω (±10%)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1230 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

Result:

YES:Return to diagnostic procedure in process.

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1231 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

CAN Bus Check - Engine


Voltage Check of CAN - and CAN +

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Check voltage for CAN - and CAN +

Action:

1. Disconnect connector X684F from component.See B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information .
2. Turn key switch to RUN position (engine OFF).
3. Using a multimeter, measure voltages for CAN + and CAN - at connector X684F.

Item Measurement Specification

Voltages for CAN + and CAN -


Lead 9094 for CAN + (3 to 2) 2.50 - 2.70 V

Lead 9095 for CAN - (4 to 2) 2.30 - 2.49 V

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:One or both voltages above 5 volts.GO TO 2 .

NO:One or both voltages below 1 volt.GO TO 2 .

NO:Voltages for CAN + and CAN - are identical.GO TO 2 .

NO:Voltages out of specification but between 1 - 5 volts.GO TO 3 .

( 2 ) Check for short circuits in leads to CAN + and CAN -

Action:

This check should only be performed if previous checks of CAN + and CAN - indicated the following:

Voltage at or near battery voltage.


Voltage above 5 volts and ground checks OK.
Voltage below 1 volt.
Voltages for CAN + and CAN - were identical.

1. Turn key switch to RUN position (engine OFF).


2. Using a multimeter, measure voltages for CAN + and CAN - at connector X684F, between pin 3 (9094) and pin 2 (5920),
and between pin 4 (9095) and pin 2 (5920). Record the readings.

Result table

Result Possible cause

Voltage for CAN + or CAN - above 5 volts Short circuit to 12 volt

Voltage for CAN + or CAN - under 1 volt Short to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1232 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems

Result Possible cause

Voltage for CAN + and CAN - equal Short circuit between CAN + and CAN -

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Check and recondition CAN Bus leads. See 50JA - Engine CAN Bus, Diagnostic Schematic

( 3 ) Measure resistance of termination

Action:

The resistance of the termination of the CAN Bus must be 120 Ω ±10% to enable proper communication.

1. Set key switch to OFF position.


2. Disconnect connector X1055F from component. See A131 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Engine CAN Bus), Component
Information.
3. Disconnect connector X684F from component. See B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information .
4. Disconnect connector X707F from component. See Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Information.

1. Measure resistance at connector X1055F, between pin 2 (9094) and pin 1 (9095).
2. Measure resistance at connector X684F, between pin 3 (9094) and pin 4 (9095).
3. Measure resistance at connector X707F, between pin 3 (9094) and pin 4 (9095).

Item Measurement Specification

Resistance between CAN+ and CAN- Resistance 120 Ω (±10%)

Result:

YES:A value within the specification is measured at all connectors. CAN Bus leads and resistance of the termination are OK. GO
TO 4 .

NO:The values are outside of the specifications, but not at all connectors. For diagnosis of a lead malfunction, see 50JA -
Engine CAN Bus, Diagnostic Schematic . Repair the lead. GO TO 1.

NO:The values at all connectors are outside the specifications. Check CAN Bus leads. Replace control unit A021 if
necessary.GO TO 1.

( 4 ) Check CAN Bus connection of components

Action:

Set key switch to OFF position.

1. Disconnect connector X1022F from component. See A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information .
2. Connect sensor B5500 to connector X684F. Measure resistance at connector X1022F, between pins 1-45 (9094) and 1-46
(9095).
3. Disconnect sensor B5500 from wiring harness. Connect valve Y5500 to connector X707F. Measure resistance at connector
X1022F, between pins 1-45 (9094) and 1-46 (9095).

If connecting the connector of a component causes the measured resistance to deviate from 120 Ω by more than 10%, replace
the component.

Item Measurement Specification

Resistance between CAN+ and CAN- Resistance 120 Ω (±10%)

Result:

YES:Return to diagnostic procedure in process.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1233 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1234 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

Group 50X - 50X - Ground Connections


50X - Ground Connections, Summary of References
50X - Ground Connections, Summary of References

Diagnostic Schematic (Cab):

50X - Ground Connections (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic


XGND1A - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND5A - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND9 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND9C_XGND72 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND9D_XGND71 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND9F_X305F - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND10 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND11 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND15_X665F - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND40 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND43A - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND51H - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND55_G001 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND56 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND64 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND65_XGND73 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND74 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND76 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Diagnostic Schematic (Open Operator′s Station):

50X - Ground Connections (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic


XGND_G610 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND1 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND2 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND5 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND9_X305F - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND74 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1235 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

50X - Ground Connections (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

50X - Ground Connections (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1236 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

LEGEND:
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND9 XGND9 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND9C_XGND72 XGND9C_XGND72 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND9D_XGND71 XGND9D_XGND71 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND9F_X305F XGND9F_X305F - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND10 XGND10 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND11 XGND11 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND15_X665 XGND15_X665F - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND40 XGND40 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND51H XGND51H - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND55_G001 XGND55_G001 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND56 XGND56 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND64 XGND64 - Ground Point
XGND65_XGND73 XGND65_XGND73 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND74 XGND74 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND76 XGND76 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1237 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

XGND1A - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

XGND1A - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1238 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1239 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

XGND5A - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

XGND5A - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1240 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1241 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

XGND9 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

XGND9 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1242 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

XGND9C_XGND72 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

XGND9C_XGND72 - Ground Point

XGND9D_XGND71 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

XGND9D_XGND71 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1243 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

XGND9F_X305F - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

XGND9F_X305F - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1244 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

XGND10 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

XGND10 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1245 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1246 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

XGND11 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

XGND11 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1247 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

XGND15_X665F - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

XGND15_X665F - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1248 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

XGND40 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

XGND40 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1249 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

XGND43A - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

XGND43A - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1250 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1251 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

XGND51H - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

XGND51H - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1252 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

XGND55_G001 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

XGND55_G001 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1253 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

XGND56 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

XGND56 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1254 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

XGND64 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

XGND64 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1255 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

XGND65_XGND73 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

XGND65_XGND73 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1256 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

XGND74 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

XGND74 - Ground Point (Cab)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1257 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

XGND76 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

XGND76 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1258 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

50X - Ground Connections (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

50X - Ground Connections (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1259 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

LEGEND:
XGND_G610 XGND_G610 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND2 XGND2 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND5 XGND5 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND9_X305F XGND9_X305F - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND74 XGND74 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1260 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

XGND_G610 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic


Schematic

XGND_G610 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1261 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

XGND1 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

XGND1 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1262 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1263 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

XGND2 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

XGND2 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1264 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

XGND5 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

XGND5 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1265 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1266 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections

XGND9_X305F - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

XGND9_X305F - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1267 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

XGND74 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic

XGND74 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1268 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Group 50ZZ - 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units


50ZZ - Electronic Control Units - Summary of References
50ZZ - Electronic Control Units - Summary of References

Diagnostic Schematic (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit):


50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Radio (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Immobilizer Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Cab Control Unit (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Instrument Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Engine Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

Diagnostic Schematic (Cab) (5-V Supply Voltage Circuit):


50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Roof Control Unit (5-V Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

Diagnostic Schematic (Cab) (12-V Supply Voltage Circuit):


50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

Diagnostic Schematic (Cab) (Circuit for Wake-up Signal and Keep-Alive Voltage):
50ZZ - Circuit for Wake-Up Signal (Cab), Circuit Test
50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Circuit Test

Diagnostic Schematic (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit):
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Instrument Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Engine Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic
Schematic

Diagnostic Schematic (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit):


50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

Diagnostic Schematic (Open Operator′s Station) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit):


50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

Diagnostic Schematic (Open Operator′s Station) (Circuit for Wake-up Signal):


50ZZ - Circuit for Wake-Up Signal (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test

Control Units, Tests:

50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test


50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test
50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test
50ZZ - Immobilizer Control Unit, Test
50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test
50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test
50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test
50ZZ - Radio, Test

Test of Control Units (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit):

50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit
50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit
50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit
50ZZ - Immobilizer Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit
50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit
50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit
50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1269 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Radio, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit

Tests of Control Units (5-V Supply Voltage):

50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit
50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test of 5-V Supply Voltage Circuit
50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit

50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1270 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), (Power Supply Circuit and


Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A132 A132 - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Component Information
F02FRM/P7_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1271 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

F06/F_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information


CIRCUIT ELX 1 (Cab) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W451/1 W451/1: AutoTrac™ Wiring Harness (Cab)
X641 X641 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W451
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1272 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and
Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1273 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1274 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

LEGEND:
A007 A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information
F03/06_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
12V Supply (A018) (CAB) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 or W202
XGND09 XGND9 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1275 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Radio (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic


Schematic
1. 50CF - Radio, Diagnostic Schematic
2. 50CF - Radio (Retrofit ECE)

1. 50CF - Radio, Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1276 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1277 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

LEGEND:
A005 A005 - Left Front Speaker, Component Information
A006 A006 - Right Front Speaker, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A140-2 A140 - Radio, Component Information
A141 A141 - Audio Interface, Component Information
E012 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Diagnostic Schematic
E014 50BA - Parking Lights (Outputs) (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic
F03/18_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F031 F031_BBO - Fuse, Component Information
S037 For Tractor Model, see:
• 50GA - Transmission (Sensors) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
• 50GE - Transmission (Sensors) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
W011 W011/1: Wiring Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch (Chassis)
W012 For Tractor Model, see:
• W012/1: Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch and Access Step Light (Cab)
• W012/4: Wiring Harness with Jumper Connector (Tractors without Battery Cut-Off Switch) (Cab)
W027 W027 - Radio Antenna, Component Information
W201/1 W012/1: Wiring Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch and Access Step Light (Cab)
W221 For Tractor Model, see:
• W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
• W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
W951/1 W951/1: Harness for Audio Interface (USB)
X005 50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
X023 50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
X697 X697 - Connection Point between Harnesses W012 and W011
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
X883 50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
X1272 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
X1272M-1 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
XGND10 XGND10 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT ACC1 (Cab) 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
Main Power Supply (Cab) 50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

2. 50CF - Radio (Retrofit ECE)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1278 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50CF - Radio (Retrofit ECE)

LEGEND:
A005 A005 - Left Front Speaker, Component Information
A006 A006 - Right Front Speaker, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A140-1 A140 - Radio, Component Information
E012 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Diagnostic Schematic
E014 50BA - Parking Lights (Outputs) (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic
F03/18_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1279 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

F031 F031_BBO - Fuse, Component Information


S037 For Tractor Model, see:
• 50GA - Transmission (Sensors) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
• 50GE - Transmission (Sensors) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
W011 W011/1: Wiring Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch (Chassis)
W012 For Tractor Model, see:
• W012/1: Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch and Access Step Light (Cab)
• W012/4: Wiring Harness with Jumper Connector (Tractors without Battery Cut-Off Switch) (Cab)
W027 W027 - Radio Antenna, Component Information
W201/1 W012/1: Wiring Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch and Access Step Light (Cab)
W221 For Tractor Model, see:
• W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
• W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
X005 50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
X023 50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
X697 X697 - Connection Point between Harnesses W012 and W011
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
X883 50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
X1272 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
X1272M-1 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
XGND10 XGND10 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT ACC1 (Cab) 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
Main Power Supply (Cab) 50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1280 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Immobilizer Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground
Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1281 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information


A086 A086 - Engine Control Unit (Level 16 ECU), Component Information
A133 A133 - Immobilizer Control Unit, Component Information
W028 W028 - Antenna for Immobilizer, Component Information
F03/09_LCS F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Information
F03/11_LCS F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Information
CIRCUIT ELX 1 (Cab) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211
X1182 A133 - Immobilizer Control Unit, Component Information
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1282 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Cab Control Unit (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit),
Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1283 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1284 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

LEGEND:
A003 A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information
F06/B_LCS F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
12V Supply (A018) (Cab) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1285 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Instrument Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit),
Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1286 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

A133 A133 - Immobilizer Control Unit, Component Information


A136 A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Component Information
G001 G001 - Battery, Component Information
F03/08_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/09_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F031 F031_BBO - Fuse, Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 0052 (Cab) See:
• 50CF - Radio, Diagnostic Schematic
• 50CF - Radio (Retrofit ECE), Diagnostic Schematic
• 50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote, Diagnostic Schematic
12V Supply (A018) (Cab) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
WAKE UP CIRCUIT (Cab) 50ZZ - Circuit for Wake-up Signal (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
W012 W012/1: Wiring Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch and Access Step Light (Cab)
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
X697F X697 - Connection Point between Harnesses W012 and W011
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211
X1182 A133 - Immobilizer Control Unit, Component Information
X1272 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W012
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1287 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1288 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
F03/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/12_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K07/2_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT IGN (Cab) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT ELX 1 (Cab) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 0092 (Cab) 50AA - Key Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 0212 (Cab) 50AA - Key Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6121 (Cab) 50AA - Key Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 0193 (Cab) 50AA - Key Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
WAKE UP CIRCUIT (Cab) 50ZZ - Circuit for Wake-up Signal (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1289 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Engine Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1290 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A086 A086 - Engine Control Unit (Level 16 ECU), Component Information
A133 A133 - Immobilizer Control Unit, Component Information
F03/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/11_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F027 F027, F028 and F029 - Fuses for Engine Control Unit, Component Information
F028 F027, F028 and F029 - Fuses for Engine Control Unit, Component Information
F029 F027, F028 and F029 - Fuses for Engine Control Unit, Component Information
K07/2_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT ELX 1 (Cab) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT IGN (Cab) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 0092 (Cab) 50AA - Key Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6121 (Cab) 50AA - Key Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 0193 (Cab) 50AA - Key Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
Main Power Supply (Cab) 50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W501 For Tractor Model, see:
• W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
• W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
• W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
• W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 or W202
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
XGND9 XGND9 - Ground Point
XGND74 XGND74 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1291 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1292 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

LEGEND:
A007 A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information
B053 B053 - Sensor for Position of Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Component Information
B167 B167 - Sensor for Oil Pressure of Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Component Information
CIRCUIT 7091 50GK - Front PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
Y066 Y066 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Lower Solenoid Valve, Component Information
Y067 Y067 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise Solenoid Valve, Component Information
Y068 Y068 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Component Information
Y069 Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up, Component Information
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W701 W701/1: Harness for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle
X205 X205 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W701

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1293 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Roof Control Unit (5-V Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1294 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

LEGEND:
A003 A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information
A019 A019 - Cruise Control Potentiometer, Component Information
B144 B144 - Auto Mode Potentiometer, Component Information
B229 B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
B230 B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
S007 S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1295 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1296 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B019 B019 - Right Draft Sensor, Component Information
B020 B020 - Left Draft Sensor, Component Information
B021 B021 - Sensor for Rear Hitch Position, Component Information
B026 B026 - Sensitivity Potentiometer for Rear Hitch, Component Information
B027 B027 - Position Feedback Unit for Rear Hitch, Component Information
B041 B041 - Draft Sensor, Component Information
B065 B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information
B079-1 B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information
B079-2 B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information
B096-1 B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Component Information
B096-3 B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Component Information
B105 B105 - Enable Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B256 B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
B257 B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
B258 B258 - Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
CIRCUIT 7038 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7039 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7034 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7125 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7116 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7077 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7099 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6131 For Sensor, see:
• B006 50GJ - Rear PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
• B009 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
• B035 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
• B039 50CE - Signal Socket (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7084 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7078 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7084 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7085 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6304 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6303 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6305 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6039 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle, Accelerator Pedal and Clutch Pedal
CIRCUIT 6007
(Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle, Accelerator Pedal and Clutch Pedal
CIRCUIT 6114
(Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle, Accelerator Pedal and Clutch Pedal
CIRCUIT 5069
(Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle, Accelerator Pedal and Clutch Pedal
CIRCUIT 5079
(Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle, Accelerator Pedal and Clutch Pedal
CIRCUIT 5099
(Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W231/1 W231/1: Wiring Harness for Shift Console
W241/1 W241/1: Wiring Harness for Clutch Pedal Sensor Unit
W601 For Transmission Version, see:
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6155M to

6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6100M to

6145M Tractors
X010 X010 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W231
X322 X322 - Connection Point between Harnesses W211 and W241
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1297 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit),


Diagnostic Schematic
The Diagnostic Schematic consists of several pages.

1. Diagnostic schematic: B009-1, B009-2, B009-3, B009-4, B009-6


2. Diagnostic schematic: B039, S006, S021, S029, S043, S044, S121
3. Diagnostic schematic: A002, A003, A004, A007, A018, A082, B036, B104, K01/4, S007, S022, S037, S125,
S147, S150, S171, X033

1. Diagnostic Schematic: B009-1, B009-2, B009-3, B009-4, B009-6

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1298 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1299 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B006-1 B006 - Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Component Information
B006-2 B006 - Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Component Information
B009-1 B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
B009-2 B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
B009-3 B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
B009-4 B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
B009-6 B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
B019 B019 - Right Draft Sensor, Component Information
B020 B020 - Left Draft Sensor, Component Information
B021 B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor, Component Information
B026 B026 - Sensitivity Potentiometer for Rear Hitch, Component Information
B027 B027 - Position Feedback Unit for Rear Hitch, Component Information
B035-1 B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
B039 B039 - Ground Speed Sensor (Radar), Component Information
B041 B041 - Draft Sensor, Component Information
CIRCUIT 0532 50CE - Signal Socket (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 4012 50CE - Signal Socket (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6102 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6164 50GJ - Rear PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7034 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7038 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7039 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7077 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7078 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7084 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7085 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7099 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7125 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7116 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W231/1 W231/1: Shift Console Harness
W601 For Transmission Version, see:
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6155M to

6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6100M to

6145M Tractors
X010 X010 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W231
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201

2. Diagnostic Schematic: B039, S006, S021, S029, S043, S044, S121

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1300 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1301 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B039 B039 - Ground Speed Sensor (Radar), Component Information
S006 S006 - Front PTO Switch, Component Information
S021 S021 - Rear PTO Switch, Component Information
S029 S029 - Switch for Start-Up Gear Programming (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
S043 S043 - iTEC™ Basic Switch, Component Information
S044 S044 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear PTO, Component Information
S121 S121 - Right Remote Control Switch for Rear PTO, Component Information
CIRCUIT 6131 1. Diagnostic Schematic: B009-1, B009-2, B009-3, B009-4, B009-6
CIRCUIT 6197 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Switches, Diagnostic Schematic
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W231/1 W231/1: Shift Console Harness
W601 For Tractor Model, see:
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6155M to

6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6100M to

6145M Tractors
X010 X010 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W231
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201

3. Diagnostic Schematic: A002, A003, A004, A007, A018, A082, B036, B104, K01/4, S007, S022,
S037, S125, S147, S150, S171, X033

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1302 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1303 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A003 A003 - Control Unit in Cab, Component Information
A004 A004 - Control Unit TEC (CAN Bus Implement (ISOBUS)), Component Information
A007 A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A082 A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Component Information
B104 B104 - Sensor for Transmission Output Speed, Component Information
CIRCUIT 6148 For Transmission Version, see:
• 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
• 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments, Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6176 For Transmission Version, see:
• 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
• 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments, Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6197 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 0310 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 1018 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6005 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6197 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6113 50GH - Differential Lock (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 0050 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6034 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6111 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
K01/4_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
S007 S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
S022 S022 - Differential Lock Switch, Component Information
S150 S150 - Enable Pressure Switch (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Component Information
S147 S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information
S125-1 S125-1 - Gear Selector Switch (Range-Shift Lever) for PowrQuad™ Transmission, Component Information
S125-2 S125-2 - Gear Selector Switch (Shift Console) for PowrQuad™ Transmission, Component Information
S125-3 S125-3 - Gear Selector Switch (Mechanical Multi-Function Lever), Component Information
S037 S037 - Gear Selector Switch, Auto Mode and Clutch, Component Information
S171 S171 - Mechanical Multi-Function Lever (DURA)
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W431/1 W431/1: Control Unit Wiring Harness TEC (CAN Bus Implement (ISOBUS)) and JDLink™
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W761/1 W761/1: Wiring Harness for Front Loader (DURA)
W601 For Tractor Model, see:
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6155M to

6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6100M to

6145M Tractors
X003-3 - Connector for Gear-Selector Switch and Auto Mode, or Connection Point between Harnesses W201
X003
and W761
X033 X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
X487 Connector for Turn-Signal Lever S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X712 X712-1 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W431
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 or W202

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1304 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Circuit for Wake-Up Signal (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Battery Cut-Off Relay ("Wake-Up"), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1305 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A136 A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Component Information
B028-1 B028-1 - Right Dome Light Switch, Component Information
B028-2 B028-2 - Left Dome Light Switch, Component Information
CIRCUIT 1094 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Diagnostic Schematic
G004 G004 - Alternator, Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
S062 S062 - Hazard Warning Light Switch, Component Information
W011 W011/1: Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch (Chassis)
W012 W012/1: Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch and Access Step Light (Cab)
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W211 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W221 For Tractor Model, see:
• W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
• W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
W501 For Tractor Model, see:
• W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
• W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
• W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
• W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
X697 X697 - Connection Point between Harnesses W012 and W011
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
X782 For Tractor Model, see:
• X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab)
• X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab) (Level 16 ECU)
X1080 For Tractor Model, see:
X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511 (6-Cylinder Engines) or Connection Point

between Harnesses W502 and W511 (4-Cylinder Engines)
X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511 for Engines without Exhaust Cleaning System

(Level 16 ECU)
X1272 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
XGND10 XGND10 - Ground Point
XGND40 XGND40 - Ground Point
XGND56 XGND56 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1306 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic

Keep-Alive Voltage ("Keep Alive"), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1307 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A136 A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
F04/08_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
S009 S009 - Light Switch, Component Information
S114 S114 - Park Lock Switch, Component Information
S147 S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information
W011 W011/1: Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch (Chassis)
W012 W012/1: Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch and Access Step Light (Cab)
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W211 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
X033 X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
X487 X487F - Connector of Turn-Signal Lever
X697 X697 - Connection Point between Harnesses W012 and W011
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
X1272 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
XGND56 XGND56 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1308 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1309 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
F03/05_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/16_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/17_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
K01/1_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K02/D_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (OOS) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 0092 (OOS) 50AA - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 0193 (OOS) 50AA - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 0212 (OOS) 50AA - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6121 (OOS) 50AA - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT ELX (OOS) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT IGN (OOS) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
W202/1 W202/1: Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212/1 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W212 and W202
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
XGND2 XGND2 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1310 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Instrument Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit


and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A011 A011 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
F03/03_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1311 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

F03/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/12_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (OOS) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
W202/1 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212/1 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
X571 X571 - Service Socket (CAN Bus), Component Information
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W212 and W202
XGND2 XGND2 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1312 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Engine Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply


Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
F03/06_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/10_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1313 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

F027 F027, F028 and F029 - Fuses for Engine Control Unit, Component Information
F028 F027, F028 and F029 - Fuses for Engine Control Unit, Component Information
F029 F027, F028 and F029 - Fuses for Engine Control Unit, Component Information
S001 S001 - Key Switch, Component Information
CIRCUIT 6121 (OOS) 50AA - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic
CIRCUIT IGN (OOS)
Schematic
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic
CIRCUIT ELX (OOS)
Schematic
Main Power Supply
50AA - Central Power Supply (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
(OOS)
W202/1 W202/1: Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
W501 For Tractor Model, see:
• W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
• W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
• W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
• W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 or W202
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
XGND09 XGND9 - Ground Point
XGND74 XGND74 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1314 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1315 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B006-1 B006 - Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Component Information
B006-2 B006 - Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Component Information
B035-1 B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
B035-2 B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
B019 B019 - Right Draft Sensor, Component Information
B020 B020 - Left Draft Sensor, Component Information
B021 B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor, Component Information
B026 B026 - Sensitivity Potentiometer for Rear Hitch, Component Information
B027 B027 - Position Feedback Unit for Rear Hitch, Component Information
B041 B041 - Draft Sensor, Component Information
B079 B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information
B096 B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Component Information
CIRCUIT 7038 50HA - Rear Hitch, Controls and Instruments (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7039 50HA - Rear Hitch, Controls and Instruments (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7034 50HA - Rear Hitch, Controls and Instruments (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7125 50HA - Rear Hitch, Controls and Instruments (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7116 50HA - Rear Hitch, Controls and Instruments (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7077 50HA - Rear Hitch, Controls and Instruments (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7099 50HA - Rear Hitch, Controls and Instruments (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7084 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors and Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7085 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors and Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7078 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors and Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
W202/1 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Station
W602 For Tractor Model, see:
W602/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control) for

6155M Tractor
W602/2: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control) for

6100M to 6145M Tractors
X287 X287 - Connection Point between Harnesses W602 and W202

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1316 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (12-Volt Supply


Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic

LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
S008 S008 - Switch for Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
S021 S021 - Rear PTO Switch, Component Information

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1317 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

S022 S022 - Differential Lock Switch, Component Information


W202/1 W202/1: Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212/1 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
X122 Connector for Switch, see S022 - Differential Lock Switch, Component Information
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W212 and W202
XGND2 XGND2 - Ground Point

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1318 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Circuit for Wake-Up Power (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic


Schematic

LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A011 A011 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
W202 W202/1: Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Station)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1319 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section
240.
Component:
For details of location and information on components, see A132 - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Component
Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Preliminary check

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect control unit connectors:
X1103F-1
X1103F-2
3. Inspect the connectors on the control unit and the pins for signs of damage.
4. Check for any pushed back or loose pins.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check. Return to diagnosis in progress.

( 2 ) Control unit, test of power supply circuit and ground circuit

Action:

50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check. Return to diagnosis in progress.

( 3 ) Inspect all non-factory installed equipment

Action:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1320 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

→NOTE:

Improperly installed equipment can sometimes affect the factory installed electronics.

1. Disconnect non-factory installed equipment components one at a time.


2. Try to reproduce the problem after disconnecting each component of the equipment.

Result:

YES:The problem no longer occurs when equipment is disconnected.GO TO 4 .

NO:The problem still exists.GO TO 5 .

( 4 ) Non-factory equipment diagnosis

Action:

1. Visually inspect all electrical connections on equipment for damaged connectors or pins.
2. Test the power and ground circuits on the suspect equipment.
3. Verify power and ground connections are made at appropriate locations.
4. Examine any wire splices that were made when equipment was installed.
→NOTE: Splicing into any tractor harness is discouraged.
→NOTE: Never splice into the CAN bus lines.

Result:

YES:For further diagnosis, contact the equipment manufacturer.

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

1. Reconnect the connector of the control unit and try to reproduce the fault once again.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:GO TO 6 .

( 6 ) Ascertain and verify the status of the software

Action:

Check whether more up-to-date reprogramming software can be downloaded via John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom
Performance).

IMPORTANT:

Before programming a control unit with more up-to-date software, always check with DTAC whether there
is information concerning the new software.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1321 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

→NOTE:

Current software status of the control unit can be read at address XMC/XSC 237 (control unit software
package, part number).

Result:

YES:More up-to-date software available: GO TO 7 .

NO:More up-to-date software not available: Test completed. Return to diagnosis in progress.

( 7 ) Reprogramming of control unit

Action:

Download the current software for reprogramming the control unit from John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom Performance).
Reprogram the control unit with the current software file.

Result:

YES:More up-to-date software solves the problem. Diagnostics completed.

NO:More up-to-date software does not solve the problem. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1322 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section
240.
Component:
For details of location and information on components, see A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component
Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Preliminary check

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect control unit connector X026F.
3. Inspect the connectors on the control unit and the terminals for signs of damage.
4. Check for any pushed back or loose pins.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check. Return to diagnosis in progress.

( 2 ) Control unit, test of power supply circuit and ground circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 245, Group 50.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check. Return to diagnosis in progress.

( 3 ) Inspect all non-factory installed equipment

Action:

→NOTE:

Improperly installed equipment can sometimes affect the factory installed electronics.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1323 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

1. Disconnect non-factory installed equipment components one at a time.


2. Try to reproduce the problem after disconnecting each component of the equipment.

Result:

YES:The problem no longer occurs when equipment is disconnected.GO TO 4 .

NO:The problem still exists.GO TO 5 .

( 4 ) Non-factory equipment diagnosis

Action:

1. Visually inspect all electrical connections on equipment for damaged connectors or pins.
2. Test the power and ground circuits on the suspect equipment.
3. Verify power and ground connections are made at appropriate locations.
4. Examine any wire splices that were made when equipment was installed.
→NOTE: Splicing into any tractor harness is discouraged.
→NOTE: Never splice into the CAN bus lines.

Result:

YES:For further diagnosis, contact the equipment manufacturer.

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

1. Reconnect the connector of the control unit and try to reproduce the fault once again.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:GO TO 6 .

( 6 ) Ascertain and verify the status of the software

Action:

Check whether more up-to-date reprogramming software can be downloaded via John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom
Performance).

IMPORTANT:

Before programming a control unit with more up-to-date software, always check with DTAC whether there
is information concerning the new software.

→NOTE:

Current software status of the control unit can be read at address SFA 237 (control unit software
package, part number).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1324 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Result:

YES:More up-to-date software available: GO TO 7 .

NO:More up-to-date software not available: Test completed. Return to diagnosis in progress.

( 7 ) Reprogramming of control unit

Action:

Download the current software for reprogramming the control unit from John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom Performance).
Reprogram the control unit with the current software file.

Result:

YES:More up-to-date software solves the problem. Diagnostics completed.

NO:More up-to-date software does not solve the problem. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1325 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - ECU (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50ZZ - ECU (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section
240.
Component:
For details of location and information on components, see A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information in
Section 249.

Test procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Preliminary check

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect control unit connectors:
X021F-1 (X1022F-1)
X021F-2 (X1022F-2)
X021F-3 (X1022F-3)
3. Inspect the connectors on the control unit and the terminals for signs of damage.
4. Check for any pushed back or loose pins.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check. Return to diagnosis in progress.

( 2 ) Control unit, test of power supply circuit and ground circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit . Section 240.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check. Return to diagnosis in progress.

( 3 ) Inspect all non-factory installed equipment

Action:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1326 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

→NOTE:

Improperly installed equipment can sometimes affect the factory installed electronics.

1. Disconnect non-factory installed equipment components one at a time.


2. Try to reproduce the problem after disconnecting each component of the equipment.

Result:

YES:The problem no longer occurs when equipment is disconnected.GO TO 4 .

NO:The problem still exists.GO TO 5 .

( 4 ) Non-factory equipment diagnosis

Action:

1. Visually inspect all electrical connections on equipment for damaged connectors or pins.
2. Test the power and ground circuits on the suspect equipment.
3. Verify power and ground connections are made at appropriate locations.
4. Examine any wire splices that were made when equipment was installed.
→NOTE: Splicing into any tractor harness is discouraged.
→NOTE: Never splice into the CAN bus lines.

Result:

YES:For further diagnosis, contact the equipment manufacturer.

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

1. Reconnect the connector of the control unit and try to reproduce the fault once again.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:GO TO 6 .

( 6 ) Ascertain and verify the status of the software

Action:

Check whether more up-to-date reprogramming software can be downloaded via John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom
Performance).

IMPORTANT:

Before programming a control unit with more up-to-date software, always check with DTAC whether there
is information concerning the new software.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1327 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

→NOTE:

Current software status of the control unit can be read at address ECU 237 (control unit software
package, part number).

Result:

YES:More up-to-date software available: GO TO 7 .

NO:More up-to-date software not available: Test completed. Return to diagnosis in progress.

( 7 ) Reprogramming of control unit

Action:

Download the current software for reprogramming the control unit from John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom Performance).
Reprogram the control unit with the current software file.

Result:

YES:More up-to-date software solves the problem. Diagnostics completed.

NO:More up-to-date software does not solve the problem. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1328 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Immobilizer Control Unit, Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - Immobilizer Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component:
For details of location and information on components, see A133 - Immobilizer Control Unit, Component Information
in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Preliminary check

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect control unit connector X1182.
3. Inspect the connectors on the control unit and the terminals for signs of damage.
4. Check for any pushed back or loose pins.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check. Return to diagnosis in progress.

( 2 ) Control unit, test of power supply circuit and ground circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Immobilizer Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit . Section 240.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check. Return to diagnosis in progress.

( 3 ) Inspect all non-factory installed equipment

Action:

→NOTE:

Improperly installed equipment can sometimes affect the factory installed electronics.

1. Disconnect non-factory installed equipment components one at a time.


<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1329 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

2. Try to reproduce the problem after disconnecting each component of the equipment.

Result:

YES:The problem no longer occurs when equipment is disconnected.GO TO 4 .

NO:The problem still exists.GO TO 5 .

( 4 ) Non-factory equipment diagnosis

Action:

1. Visually inspect all electrical connections on equipment for damaged connectors or pins.
2. Test the power and ground circuits on the suspect equipment.
3. Verify power and ground connections are made at appropriate locations.
4. Examine any wire splices that were made when equipment was installed.
→NOTE: Splicing into any tractor harness is discouraged.
→NOTE: Never splice into the CAN bus lines.

Result:

YES:For further diagnosis, contact the equipment manufacturer.

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

1. Reconnect the connector of the control unit and try to reproduce the fault once again.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:GO TO 6 .

( 6 ) Check the immobilizer

Action:

Perform Immobilizer, Testin Section 240.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:Replace the immobilizer control unit.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1330 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
, Section 240.
Component:
For details of location and information on components, see A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information ,
Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Preliminary check

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect control unit connectors:
X027F-1
X027F-2
X027F-3
X027F-4
3. Inspect the connectors on the control unit and the pins for signs of damage.
4. Check for any pushed back or loose pins.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check. Return to diagnosis in progress.

( 2 ) Control unit, test of power supply circuit and ground circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit . Section 240.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check. Return to diagnosis in progress.

( 3 ) Inspect all non-factory installed equipment

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1331 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Action:

→NOTE:

Improperly installed equipment can sometimes affect the factory installed electronics.

1. Disconnect non-factory installed equipment components one at a time.


2. Try to reproduce the problem after disconnecting each component of the equipment.

Result:

YES:The problem no longer occurs when equipment is disconnected.GO TO 4 .

NO:The problem still exists.GO TO 5 .

( 4 ) Non-factory equipment diagnosis

Action:

1. Visually inspect all electrical connections on equipment for damaged connectors or pins.
2. Test the power and ground circuits on the suspect equipment.
3. Verify power and ground connections are made at appropriate locations.
4. Examine any wire splices that were made when equipment was installed.
→NOTE: Splicing into any tractor harness is discouraged.
→NOTE: Never splice into the CAN bus lines.

Result:

YES:For further diagnosis, contact the equipment manufacturer.

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

1. Reconnect the connector of the control unit and try to reproduce the fault once again.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:GO TO 6 .

( 6 ) Ascertain and verify the status of the software

Action:

Check whether more up-to-date reprogramming software can be downloaded via John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom
Performance).

IMPORTANT:

Before programming a control unit with more up-to-date software, always check with DTAC whether there
is information concerning the new software.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1332 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

→NOTE:

Current software status of the control unit can be read at address CCU 237 (control unit software
package, part number).

Result:

YES:More up-to-date software available: GO TO 7 .

NO:More up-to-date software not available: Test completed. Return to diagnosis in progress.

( 7 ) Reprogramming of control unit

Action:

Download the current software for reprogramming the control unit from John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom Performance).
Reprogram the control unit with the current software file.

Result:

YES:More up-to-date software solves the problem. Diagnostics completed.

NO:More up-to-date software does not solve the problem. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1333 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - Cab Control Unit (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component:
For details of location and information on components, see A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information in
Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Preliminary check

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect control unit connector X015F.
3. Inspect the connectors on the control unit and the terminals for signs of damage.
4. Check for any pushed back or loose pins.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check. Return to diagnosis in progress.

( 2 ) Control unit, test of power supply circuit and ground circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit . Section 240.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check. Return to diagnosis in progress.

( 3 ) Inspect all non-factory installed equipment

Action:

→NOTE:

Improperly installed equipment can sometimes affect the factory installed electronics.

1. Disconnect non-factory installed equipment components one at a time.


<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1334 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

2. Try to reproduce the problem after disconnecting each component of the equipment.

Result:

YES:The problem no longer occurs when equipment is disconnected.GO TO 4 .

NO:The problem still exists.GO TO 5 .

( 4 ) Non-factory equipment diagnosis

Action:

1. Visually inspect all electrical connections on equipment for damaged connectors or pins.
2. Test the power and ground circuits on the suspect equipment.
3. Verify power and ground connections are made at appropriate locations.
4. Examine any wire splices that were made when equipment was installed.
→NOTE: Splicing into any tractor harness is discouraged.
→NOTE: Never splice into the CAN bus lines.

Result:

YES:For further diagnosis, contact the equipment manufacturer.

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

1. Reconnect the connector of the control unit and try to reproduce the fault once again.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:GO TO 6 .

( 6 ) Ascertain and verify the status of the software

Action:

Check whether more up-to-date reprogramming software can be downloaded via John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom
Performance).

IMPORTANT:

Before programming a control unit with more up-to-date software, always check with DTAC whether there
is information concerning the new software.

→NOTE:

Current software status of the control unit can be read at address CCU 237 (control unit software
package, part number).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1335 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Result:

YES:More up-to-date software available: GO TO 7.

NO:More up-to-date software not available: Test completed. Return to diagnosis in progress.

( 7 ) Reprogramming of control unit

Action:

Download the current software for reprogramming the control unit from John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom Performance).
Reprogram the control unit with the current software file.

Result:

YES:More up-to-date software solves the problem. Diagnostics completed.

NO:More up-to-date software does not solve the problem. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1336 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - Instrument Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50ZZ - Instrument Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic ,
Section 240.
Component:
For details of location and information on components, see A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information , Section
249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Preliminary check

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect control unit connector X001F.
3. Inspect the connector on the control unit and the pins for signs of damage.
4. Check for any pushed-back or loose pins.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check. Return to diagnosis in progress.

( 2 ) Control unit, test of power supply circuit and ground circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit . Section 240.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check. Return to diagnosis in progress.

( 3 ) Inspect all non-factory installed equipment

Action:

→NOTE:

Improperly installed equipment can sometimes affect the factory installed electronics.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1337 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

1. Disconnect non-factory installed equipment components one at a time.


2. Try to reproduce the problem after disconnecting each component of the equipment.

Result:

YES:The problem no longer occurs when equipment is disconnected.GO TO 4 .

NO:The problem still exists.GO TO 5 .

( 4 ) Non-factory equipment diagnosis

Action:

1. Visually inspect all electrical connections on equipment for damaged connectors or pins.
2. Test the power and ground circuits on the suspect equipment.
3. Verify power and ground connections are made at appropriate locations.
4. Examine any wire splices that were made when equipment was installed.
→NOTE: Splicing into any tractor harness is discouraged.
→NOTE: Never splice into the CAN bus lines.

Result:

YES:For further diagnosis, contact the equipment manufacturer.

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

1. Reconnect the connector of the control unit and try to reproduce the fault once again.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:GO TO 6 .

( 6 ) Ascertain and verify the status of the software

Action:

Check whether more up-to-date reprogramming software can be downloaded via John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom
Performance).

IMPORTANT:

Before programming a control unit with more up-to-date software, always check with DTAC whether there
is information concerning the new software.

→NOTE:

Current software status of the control unit can be read at address VTI 237 (control unit software
package, part number).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1338 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Result:

YES:More up-to-date software available: GO TO 7 .

NO:More up-to-date software not available: Test completed. Return to diagnosis in progress.

( 7 ) Reprogramming of control unit

Action:

Download the current software for reprogramming the control unit from John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom Performance).
Reprogram the control unit with the current software file.

Result:

YES:More up-to-date software solves the problem. Diagnostics completed.

NO:More up-to-date software does not solve the problem. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1339 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Radio, Test

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - Radio (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component:
For details of location and information on components, see A140 - Radio, Component Information , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

( 1 ) Preliminary check

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connectors:
X1191F-A
X1191F-B
3. Inspect the connectors and the terminals for signs of damage.
4. Check for any pushed back or loose pins.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check. Return to diagnosis in progress.

( 2 ) Control unit, test of power supply circuit and ground circuit

Action:

Perform 50ZZ - Radio, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit. Section 240.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check. Return to diagnosis in progress.

( 3 ) Inspect all non-factory installed equipment

Action:

→NOTE:

Improperly installed equipment can sometimes affect the factory installed electronics.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1340 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

1. Disconnect non-factory installed equipment components one at a time.


2. Try to reproduce the problem after disconnecting each component of the equipment.

Result:

YES:The problem no longer occurs when equipment is disconnected.GO TO 4 .

NO:The problem still exists.GO TO 5 .

( 4 ) Non-factory equipment diagnosis

Action:

1. Visually inspect all electrical connections on equipment for damaged connectors or pins.
2. Test the power and ground circuits on the suspect equipment.
3. Verify power and ground connections are made at appropriate locations.
4. Examine any wire splices that were made when equipment was installed.
→NOTE: Splicing into any tractor harness is discouraged.
→NOTE: Never splice into the CAN bus lines.

Result:

YES:For further diagnosis, contact the equipment manufacturer.

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

1. Reconnect the connector of the control unit and try to reproduce the fault once again.

Result:

YES:Diagnostics completed.

NO:GO TO 6 .

( 6 ) Ascertain and verify the status of the software

Action:

Check whether more up-to-date reprogramming software can be downloaded via John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom
Performance).

IMPORTANT:

Before programming a control unit with more up-to-date software, always check with DTAC whether there
is information concerning the new software.

→NOTE:

Current software status of the control unit can be read at address RCU 237 (control unit software
package, part number).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1341 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Result:

YES:More up-to-date software available: GO TO 7 .

NO:More up-to-date software not available: Test completed. Return to diagnosis in progress.

( 7 ) Reprogramming of control unit

Action:

Download the current software for reprogramming the control unit from John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom Performance).
Reprogram the control unit with the current software file.

Result:

YES:More up-to-date software solves the problem. Diagnostics completed.

NO:More up-to-date software does not solve the problem. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1342 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test of Power Supply Circuit


and Ground Circuit

Additional references:

Fuses:

F06/F_LCS, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
F02FRM/P7, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.

Ground connection:

XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.


XGND1A - Ground Point in Section 249.

Diagnostic schematic:

50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

Component:

A132 - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Component Information in Section 249.

Test procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Check the fuses

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Check the following fuses:
F06/F_LCS, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
F02FRM/P7, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.

Result:

YES:Fuses OK. GO TO 2 .

NO:• Fuse F06/F_LCS blown. GO TO 6 . • Fuse F02FRM/P7_LCS blown. GO TO 8 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1343 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

( 2 ) Check the control unit connectors

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect control unit connector X1103F-2. See A132 - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Component Information ,
Section 249.
3. Inspect the connector of the control unit and the terminals for signs of damage.
4. Check for any pushed-back or loose pins.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

→NOTE:

Poor ground connections are a common cause for problems that are difficult to diagnose.

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between X1103F-2, pin J2-L2 (0050) and ground.
Between X1103F-2, pin J2-M2 (0050) and ground.
Between X1103F-2, pin J2-L3 (0310) and ground.
Between X1103F-2, pin J2-L4 (0310) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:• Repair ground lead and perform an operational check.• Check XGND43A - Ground Point . • Check XGND1A - Ground Point
.

( 4 ) Check supply voltage (BAT)

Action:

1. Ignition off.
2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X1103F-2, pin J2-M4 (0722) and ground.
Between X1103F-2, pin J2-M3 (0722) and ground.
Between X1103F-2, pin J2-L1 (0722) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1344 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

NO:GO TO 6 .

( 5 ) Check supply voltage (ELX)

Action:

1. Ignition ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X1103F-2, pin J2-M1 (0712) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Problem with the control unit. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.

NO:GO TO 8

( 6 ) Check lead 0722 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Pull out fuse F06/F_LCS.
3. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between X1103F-2, pin J2-M4 (0722) and ground.

Result:

YES:• No short to ground present on lead 0722. GO TO 7 . • Short to ground present on lead 0012. Perform S012 - Key Switch
(Cab), Circuit Test .

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 7 ) Check lead 0722 for continuity

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Pull out fuse F06/F_LCS.
3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:
Between X1103F-2, pin J2-M4 (0722) and slot of fuse F06/F_LCS, pin 2.
Between X1103F-2, pin J2-L1 (0722) and slot of fuse F06/F_LCS, pin 2.
Between X1103F-2, pin J2-M3 (0722) and slot of fuse F06/F_LCS, pin 2.
4. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with voltage supply of fuse F06/F_LCS. Perform S012 - Key Switch (Cab), Circuit
Test .

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 8 ) Check lead 0172 for short to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1345 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Pull out fuse F02FRM/P7_LCS.
3. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between X1103F-2, pin J2-M1 (0172) and ground.

Result:

YES:• No short to ground present on lead 0172. GO TO 9 . • Short to ground present on lead 0072. Perform K01/01_LCS - Relay
for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Circuit Test .

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 9 ) Check lead 0172 for continuity

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Pull out fuse F02FRM/P7_LCS.
3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:
Between X1103F-2, pin J2-M1 (0172) and slot of fuse F02FRM/P7_LCS, pin 2.
4. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with voltage supply of fuse F02FRM/P7_LCS. Perform K01/01_LCS - Relay for
Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Circuit Test .

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1346 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and
Ground Circuit

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section
240.
Fuses for supply voltage to the control unit:
F03LCS/06 LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information ,
Section 249.
Ground connections of the control unit:
XGND9 - Ground Point
Component:
For details of location and information on components, see A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component
Information in Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Check the fuses

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Check fuse F03/06_LCS. See LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.

Result:

YES:Fuse OK. GO TO 2 .

NO:Fuse is blown. GO TO 7 .

( 2 ) Operational check

Action:

Make sure that the information displayed in the address corresponds to the supply voltage:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1347 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

SFA 003 - Supply Voltage (BAT) , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Addresses within specification. GO TO 6

NO:Addresses not within specification. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the control unit connectors

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect control unit connector X026F. See A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Inspect the connector of the control unit and the terminals for signs of damage.
4. Check for any pushed-back or loose pins.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

→NOTE:

Poor ground connections are a common cause for problems that are difficult to diagnose.

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between X026F, pin J1-L2 (0250) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:• Repair ground lead and perform an operational check.• Check XGND9 - Ground Point .

( 5 ) Check supply voltage (BAT)

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X026F, pin J1-L1 (0512) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1348 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Result:

YES:Problem with the control unit. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.

NO:GO TO 8 .

( 6 ) Check supply voltage (ELX)

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X026F, pin J1-M1 (0432) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Problem with the control unit. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

NO:Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit .

( 7 ) Check lead 0512 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Pull out fuse F03/06_LCS.
3. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between X026F, pin J1-L1 (0512) and ground.

Result:

YES:• No short to ground present on lead 0512. GO TO 9 . • Short to ground present on lead 0012. See 50AA - Voltage Supply
(Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 8 ) Check lead 0512 for continuity

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Pull out fuse F03/06_LCS.
3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:
Between X026F, pin J1-L1 (0512) and slot of fuse, pin 2.
4. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohms

Result:

YES:Lead is OK, problem still exists. Problem with voltage supply of fuse. See 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab),
Diagnostic Schematic .

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.


<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1349 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1350 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground
Circuit

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - ECU (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50ZZ - ECU (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section
240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses (tractors with cab): F027, F028 and F029 - Fuses for Engine Control Unit, Component Information
F03/01_LCSF03/11_LCSSee LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Fuses (on tractors with open operator′s station): F027, F028 and F029 - Fuses for Engine Control Unit,
Component Information , Section 249. F03/06_LCSF03/10_LCSSee LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Open Operator′s
Station), Component Information Section 249.
Relays
K07/2_LCS
See LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Ground connections
XGND9 - Ground Point
XGND74 - Ground Point
XGND5A - Ground Point
Component:
For details of location and information on components, see A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information in
Section 249.

Test procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Check the fuses

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Fuses (tractors with cab):
F027, F028 and F029 - Fuses for Engine Control Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
F03/01_LCS
F03/11_LCS
See LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249. Fuses (on tractors with open operator′s

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1351 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

station):
F027, F028 and F029 - Fuses for Engine Control Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
F03/06_LCS
F03/10_LCS
See LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information Section 249.

Result:

YES:Fuse OK. GO TO 2 .

NO:Fuse is blown. GO TO 7 .

( 2 ) Operational check

Action:

Make sure that the information displayed in the addresses corresponds to the supply voltage:

ECU 007 - Supply Voltage (BAT) in Section 245.


ECU 140 - Supply Voltage (ELX), Status in Section 245.
ECU 143 - Supply Voltage (IGN), Status in Section 245.

Result:

YES:Addresses within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnosis in progress.

NO:Addresses not within specification. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the control unit connectors

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect control unit connectors:
X1022F-1 (X021F-1)
X1022F-2 (X021F-2)
X1022F-3 (X021F-3)
See A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Inspect the connectors on the control unit and the pins for signs of damage.
4. Check for any pushed back or loose pins.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

→NOTE:

Poor ground connections are a common cause for problems that are difficult to diagnose.

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between X1022F-2 (X021F-2), pin 2-22 (0510) and ground.
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-16 (0250) and ground.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1352 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-17 (0250) and ground.


Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-27 (0250) and ground.
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-43 (0250) and ground.
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-44 (0250) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:• Repair ground lead and perform an operational check.• Check XGND9 - Ground Point . • Check XGND74 - Ground Point .

( 5 ) Check supply voltage (BAT, ELX, IGN)

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-13 (5012) and ground.
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-14 (5012) and ground.
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-23 (5022) and ground.
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-24 (5022) and ground.
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-50 (5002) and ground.
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-12 (5002) and ground.
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-07 (0022) and ground.
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-11 (0102) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:GO TO 7 .

( 6 ) Check supply voltage (ST)

Action:

CAUTION:

Always engage the park lock when performing tests with the engine running.

CAUTION:

During tests with the engine running, there is a risk of injury from moving parts.

1. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows and start the engine briefly:
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-32 (6121) and ground.
2. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1353 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 7 .

NO:• Check lead 6121 for short to ground and continuity.• Perform S012 - Key Switch (Cab), Circuit Test . • Perform S012 - Key
Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test .

( 7 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Pull out fuses and relays (on tractors with cab):
F027, F028 and F029 - Fuses for Engine Control Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
F03/01_LCS
F03/11_LCS
K07/2_LCS
See LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249. Pull out fuses (tractors with open
operator′s station): F027, F028 and F029 - Fuses for Engine Control Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
F03/06_LCSF03/10_LCSSee LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information Section
249.
3. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-13 (5012) and ground.
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-14 (5012) and ground.
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-23 (5022) and ground.
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-24 (5022) and ground.
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-50 (5002) and ground.
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-12 (5002) and ground.
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-07 (0022/0502) and ground.
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-11 (0102) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present:• GO TO 8 . • 50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • 50AA -
Central Power Supply (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • S012 - Key Switch (Cab), Circuit Test ,
Section 240. • S012 - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 8 ) Check the lead for continuity

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-13 (5012) and slot of fuse F028, pin 2.
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-14 (5012) and slot of fuse F028, pin 2.
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-23 (5022) and slot of fuse F029, pin 2.
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-24 (5022) and slot of fuse F029, pin 2.
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-50 (5002) and slot of fuse F027, pin 2.
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-12 (5002) and slot of fuse F027, pin 2.
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-07 (0022) and slot of relay K07/2_LCS (cab), pin 87.
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-07 (0502) and slot of fuse F03/10_LCS (open operator′s station), pin 2.
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-11 (0102) and slot of fuse F03/11_LCS (cab), pin 2.
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-11 (0102) and slot of fuse F03/06_LCS (open operator′s station), pin 2.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1354 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists:• 50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • 50AA -
Central Power Supply (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • S012 - Key Switch (Cab), Circuit Test ,
Section 240. • S012 - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240. • Problem with the control unit. Perform
General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1355 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Immobilizer Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and


Ground Circuit
Diagnostic schematic:

50ZZ - Immobilizer Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

Fuses:

F03/09_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information , Section 249.
F03/11_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information , Section 249.

Component:

A133 - Immobilizer Control Unit, Component Information , Section 249.

Ground connections:

XGND43A - Ground Point , Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Check fuses and relays

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Check fuses and relays:
F03/09_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information , Section 249.
F03/11_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information , Section 249.

Result:

YES:Fuse OK. GO TO 2 .

NO:Fuse blown:• F03/09_LCS blown. GO TO 6 . • F03/11_LCS blown. GO TO 7 .

( 2 ) Check the connector of the control unit

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1356 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect control unit connector X1114F-1. See A133 - Immobilizer Control Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Inspect the connectors on the control unit and the pins for signs of damage.
4. Check for any pushed back or loose pins.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

→NOTE:

Poor ground connections are a common cause for problems that are difficult to diagnose.

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between X1114F-1, pin 1-4 (0050) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:• Repair ground lead and perform an operational check.• Check XGND43A - Ground Point .

( 4 ) Check supply voltage (BAT)

Action:

1. Ignition ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X1114F-1, pin 1-1 (0152) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 6 .

( 5 ) Check supply voltage (ELX)

Action:

1. Ignition ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1357 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Between X1114F-1, pin 1-6 (0102) and ground.


3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:• Problem with the control unit. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210. • Perform 50FB - Immobilizer, Test . Section 240.

NO:GO TO 7.

( 6 ) Check lead 0152 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Pull out fuse F03/09_LCS.
3. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between X1114F-1, pin 1-1 (0152) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present:• GO TO 7 . • 50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic . Section 240.

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 7 ) Check lead 0102 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Pull out fuse F03/11_LCS.
3. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between X1114F-1, pin 1-6 (0102) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present:• GO TO 8 . • Perform K01/01_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Circuit
Test . Section 240.

NO:Perform K05/01_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX), Circuit Test.

( 8 ) Check the leads for continuity

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Pull out fuse F03/09_LCS.
3. Pull out fuse F03/11_LCS.
4. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:
Between X1114F-1, pin 1-1 (0152) and slot of fuse, pin 2.
Between X1114F-1, pin 1-6 (0102) and slot of fuse, pin 2.
5. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1358 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Result:

YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists:• Problem with voltage supply of fuse F03/09_LCS. Perform K01/01_LCS - Relay for
Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Circuit Test . Section 240. • Problem with voltage supply of fuse F03/11_LCS. 50AA -
Central Voltage Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic . Section 240. • Problem with the control unit. Perform General Information
- Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1359 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit

Additional references:

Fuse:

F06/B_LCS, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information , Section 249.

Ground connection:

XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.

Diagnostic schematic:

50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

Component:

A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.

Test procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Check the fuse

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Check the following fuse:
F06/B_LCS, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information , Section 249.

Result:

YES:Fuses OK. GO TO 2 .

NO:Fuse is blown. GO TO 6 .

( 2 ) Check the control unit connectors

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1360 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect control unit connector X018F. See A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Inspect the connector of the control unit and the terminals for signs of damage.
4. Check for any pushed-back or loose pins.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

→NOTE:

Poor ground connections are a common cause for problems that are difficult to diagnose.

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between X018F, pin J1-L2 (0050) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:• Repair ground lead and perform an operational check.• Check XGND43A - Ground Point .

( 4 ) Check supply voltage (BAT)

Action:

1. Ignition off.
2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X018F, pin J1-L1 (0882) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO 6 .

( 5 ) Check supply voltage (ELX)

Action:

1. Ignition ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1361 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Between X018F, pin J1-M1 (0432) and ground.


3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Problem with the control unit. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems .
Section 210.

NO:Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit . Section 240.

( 6 ) Check lead 0882 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Pull out fuse F06/B_LCS.
3. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between X018F, pin J1-L1 (0882) and ground.

Result:

YES:• No short to ground present. GO TO 7 . • 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic . Section 240.

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 7 ) Check lead 0882 for continuity

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Pull out fuse F06/B_LCS.
3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:
Between X018F, pin J1-L1 (0882) and slot of fuse, pin 2.
4. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists:• GO TO 8 . • Problem with voltage supply of fuse F06/B_LCS. 50AA - Voltage Supply
(Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic . Section 240.

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 8 ) Check lead 0432 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between X018F, pin J1-M1 (0432) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 9 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1362 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

NO:Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit . Section 240.

( 9 ) Check lead 0432 for continuity

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 of the main control unit. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:
Between X018F, pin J1-M1 (0432) and X027F-3, pin 3-53 (0432).
4. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with voltage supply of lead 0432. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 12-
Volt Supply Voltage Circuit . Section 240.

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1363 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground
Circuit

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
, Section 240.
Fuses and relays (on tractors with cab):
F03/12_LCS
F03/01_LCS
K07/2_LCSSee LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Fuses and relays (on tractors with open operator′s station):
F03/05_LCS
F03/16_LCS
F03/17_LCS
K01/1_LCS
K02/F_LCSSee LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Ground connections (tractors with cab):
XGND43A - Ground Point , Section 249.
XGND5A - Ground Point , Section 249.
Ground connections (on tractors with open operator′s station):
XGND1 - Ground Point in Section 249.
XGND2 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component:
For details of location and information on components, see A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information ,
Section 249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Check fuses and relays

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Fuses and relays (on tractors with cab):
F03/12_LCS

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1364 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

F03/01_LCS
K07/2_LCSSee LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Fuses and relays (on tractors with open operator′s station):
F03/05_LCS
F03/16_LCS
F03/17_LCS
K01/1_LCS
K02/F_LCSSee LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.

Result:

YES:Fuse OK. GO TO 2 .

NO:Fuse is blown. GO TO 7 .

( 2 ) Operational check

Action:

Make sure that the information displayed in the addresses corresponds to the supply voltage:

OIC 010 - Supply Voltage (ELX), Status , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Addresses within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnosis in progress.

NO:Addresses not within specification. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the control unit connectors

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect control unit connectors:
X027F-1
X027F-2
X027F-3
X027F-4
See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Inspect the connectors on the control unit and the terminals for signs of damage.
4. Check for any pushed back or loose pins.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

→NOTE:

Poor ground connections are a common cause for problems that are difficult to diagnose.

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1365 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Between X027F-2, pin 2-3 (0050) and ground.


Between X027F-2, pin 2-4 (0050) and ground.
Between X027F-1, pin 1J1 (0050) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:• Recondition ground lead and perform operational check.• On tractors with cab, check XGND43A - Ground point . Section
249. • On tractors with open operator′s station, check XGND2 - Ground point . Section 249.

( 5 ) Check supply voltage (BAT, ELX, ACC)

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows (on tractors with cab):
Between X027F-1, pin 1M1 (0122) and ground.
Between X027F-1, pin 1B2 (0212) and ground.
Between X027F-1, pin 1A2 (0022) and ground.
Between X027F-4, pin J4 (0012) and ground.
Between X027F-3, pin 3_26 (0113) and ground.
Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows (with open operator′s station):
Between X027F-1, pin 1M1 (0122) and ground.
Between X027F-1, pin 1B2 (0312) and ground.
Between X027F-1, pin 1A2 (0022) and ground.
Between X027F-4, pin J4 (0012) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 6 .

NO:GO TO 7 .

( 6 ) Check supply voltage (ST)

Action:

CAUTION:

Always engage the park lock when performing tests with the engine running.

CAUTION:

During tests with the engine running, there is a risk of injury from moving parts.

1. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows and start the engine briefly.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1366 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Between X027F-2, pin 2-44 (6121) and ground.


2. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Problem with the control unit. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

NO:• Check lead 6121 for short to ground and continuity.• Perform S012 - Key Switch (Cab), Circuit Test . • Perform S012 - Key
Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test .

( 7 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Pull out fuse and relay (on tractors with cab):
F03/12_LCS
K07/2_LCSSee LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Fuse and relay (tractors with open operator′s station):
F03/05_LCS
K01/1_LCS
K02/F_LCSSee LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
3. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows (tractors with cab):
Between X027F-1, pin 1M1 (0122) and ground.
Between X027F-1, pin 1B2 (0212) and ground.
Between X027F-1, pin 1A2 (0022) and ground.
Between X027F-4, pin J4 (0012) and ground.
Between X027F-3, pin 3_26 (0113) and ground.
Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows (open operator′s station):
Between X027F-1, pin 1M1 (0122) and ground.
Between X027F-1, pin 1B2 (0312) and ground.
Between X027F-1, pin 1A2 (0022) and ground.
Between X027F-4, pin J4 (0012) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present:• GO TO 8 . • Check circuit of lead 0012 (cab). See 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab),
Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0012 (open operator′s station). See 50AA - Power Supply (Lead
0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0072 (cab). See K01/01_LCS -
Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0072 (open operator′s
station). See K04/02_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240. •
Check circuit of leads 0212 and 0193 (cab). See S012 - Key Switch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240. • Check circuit of leads
0212 and 0193 (open operator′s station). See S012 - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 8 ) Check the lead for continuity

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect key switch connector X327F. See S012 - Key Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Disconnect instrument unit connector X001F. See A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
4. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows (tractors with cab):
Between X027F-1, pin 1M1 (0122) and slot of fuse F03/12_LCS, pin 2 (0122).
Between X027F-1, pin 1B2 (0212) and X327F, pin 3 (0212).
Between X027F-1, pin 1A2 (0022) and slot of relay K07/2_LCS, pin 87 (0022).

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1367 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Between X027F-4, pin J4 (0012) and slot of relay F03/01_LCS, pin 1 (0012).
Between X027F-3, pin 3_26 (0113) and X001F, pin 25 (0113).
Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows (open operator′s station):
Between X027F-1, pin 1M1 (0122) and slot of fuse F03/05_LCS, pin 2 (0122).
Between X027F-1, pin 1B2 (0312) and slot of relay K01/1_LCS, pin 87 (0312).
Between X027F-1, pin 1A2 (0022) and slot of relay K02/F_LCS, pin 87 (0022).
Between X027F-4, pin J4 (0012) and slot of relay F03/16_LCS, pin 1 (0012).
5. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists:• Check circuit of lead 0012 (cab). See 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab),
Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0012 (open operator′s station). See 50AA - Power Supply (Lead
0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0072 (cab). See K01/01_LCS -
Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0072 (open operator′s
station). See K04/02_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240. •
Check circuit of leads 0212 and 0193 (cab). See S012 - Key Switch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240. • Check circuit of leads
0212 and 0193 (open operator′s station). See S012 - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240. • Problem
with the control unit. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1368 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit

Additional references:

Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - Instrument Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50ZZ - Instrument Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic ,
Section 240.
Fuses (tractors with cab):
F031See F031_BBO - Fuse, Component Information , Section 249.
F03/08_LCS
F03/09_LCSSee LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Fuses (on tractors with open operator′s station):
F03/03_LCS
F03/04_LCS
F03/12_LCSSee LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Ground connections (tractors with cab):
XGND43A - Ground Point , Section 249.
Ground connections (on tractors with open operator′s station):
XGND2 - Ground Point , Section 249.
Component:
For details of location and information on components, see A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information , Section
249.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Check the fuses

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Fuses (tractors with cab):
F031See F031_BBO - Fuse, Component Information , Section 249.
F03/08_LCS
F03/09_LCSSee LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Fuses (on tractors with open operator′s station):
F03/03_LCS
F03/04_LCS
F03/12_LCSSee LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1369 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Result:

YES:Fuse OK. GO TO 2 .

NO:Fuse is blown. GO TO 6 .

( 2 ) Operational check

Action:

Make sure that the information displayed in the address corresponds to the supply voltage:

FCC 010 - High-Beam Switch, Wake-up Signal and ELX Supply Voltage, Status in Section 245.
FCC 013 - Supply Voltage (ELX) , Section 245.
PDU 004 - Supply Voltage (ELX) , Section 245.

Result:

YES:Address within specification. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.

NO:Address not within specification. GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the control unit connectors

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect control unit connector X001F. See A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Inspect the connectors on the control unit and the terminals for signs of damage.
4. Check for any pushed back or loose pins.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

( 4 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

→NOTE:

Poor ground connections are a common cause for problems that are difficult to diagnose.

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between X001F, pin 5 (0050) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 5 .

NO:• Recondition ground lead and perform operational check.• On tractors with cab, check XGND43A - Ground point . Section
249. • On tractors with open operator′s station, check XGND2 - Ground point . Section 249.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1370 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

( 5 ) Check supply voltage

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X001F, pin 4 (0432) and ground.
Between X001F, pin 25 (0113) and ground.
Between X001F, pin 27 (0152) and ground.
Between X001F, pin 28 (0152) and ground.
Between X001F, pin 8 (0172) and ground.
Between X001F, pin 9 (0172) and ground.
Between X001F, pin 15 (0052) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:Problem with the control unit. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.

NO:GO TO 6 .

( 6 ) Check lead for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Pull out fuses (tractors with cab):
F031See F031_BBO - Fuse, Component Information , Section 249.
F03/08_LCS
F03/09_LCSSee LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Pull out fuses (tractors with open operator′s station):
F03/03_LCS
F03/04_LCS
F03/12_LCSSee LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
3. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between X001F, pin 4 (0432) and ground.
Between X001F, pin 25 (0113) and ground.
Between X001F, pin 27 (0152) and ground.
Between X001F, pin 28 (0152) and ground.
Between X001F, pin 8 (0172) and ground.
Between X001F, pin 9 (0172) and ground.
Between X001F, pin 15 (0052) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present:• GO TO 8 . • Check circuit of lead 0012 (cab). See 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab),
Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0012 (open operator′s station). See 50AA - Power Supply (Lead
0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0113 (cab). See 50ZZ - Circuit for
Wake-Up Signal (Cab), Circuit Testin Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0113 (open operator′s station). See 50ZZ - Circuit for
Wake-Up Signal (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Testin Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0432 (cab). See 50ZZ - Main
Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0432 (open
operator′s station). See 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic
Schematic , Section 240.

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 7 ) Check the lead for continuity

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1371 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connector X027F-3 of the main control unit. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows (tractors with cab):
Between X001F, pin 4 (0432) and X027F-3, pin 3_53 (0432).
Between X001F, pin 25 (0113) and X027F-3, pin J3-26 (0113).
Between X001F, pin 27 (0152) and slot of fuse F03/09_LCS, pin 2 (0152).
Between X001F, pin 28 (0152) and slot of fuse F03/09_LCS, pin 2 (0152).
Between X001F, pin 8 (0172) and slot of fuse F03/08_LCS, pin 2 (0172).
Between X001F, pin 9 (0172) and slot of fuse F03/08_LCS, pin 2 (0172).
Between X001F, pin 15 (0052) and slot of fuse F031, pin 2 (0052).
Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows (open operator′s station):
Between X001F, pin 4 (0432) and X027F-3, pin 3_53 (0432).
Between X001F, pin 25 (0113) and X027F-3, pin J3-26 (0113).
Between X001F, pin 27 (0152) and slot of fuse F03/04_LCS, pin 2 (0152).
Between X001F, pin 28 (0152) and slot of fuse F03/04_LCS, pin 2 (0152).
Between X001F, pin 8 (0172) and slot of fuse F03/03_LCS, pin 2 (0172).
Between X001F, pin 9 (0172) and slot of fuse F03/03_LCS, pin 2 (0172).
Between X001F, pin 15 (0052) and slot of fuse F03/12_LCS, pin 2 (0052).
4. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists:• Check circuit of lead 0012 (cab). See 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab),
Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0012 (open operator′s station). See 50AA - Power Supply (Lead
0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0113 (cab). See 50ZZ - Circuit for
Wake-Up Signal (Cab), Circuit Testin Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0113 (open operator′s station). See 50ZZ - Circuit for
Wake-Up Signal (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Testin Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0432 (cab). See 50ZZ - Main
Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0432 (open
operator′s station). See 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic
Schematic , Section 240. • Problem with the control unit. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1372 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Radio Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground
Circuit

A140-1 - Radio (ECE), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit GO TO 1

A140-2 - Radio (SAE), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit GO TO 1A.

Additional references:

Fuses for supply voltage to the control unit:


F031See F031_BBO - Fuse, Component Information , Section 249.
F03/18_LCSSee LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Ground connections of the control unit:
XGND10 - Ground Point , Section 249.
Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - Radio (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component:
For details of location and information on components, see A140 - Radio, Component Information , Section 249.

A140-1 - Radio (ECE), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Check the fuses

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Check LCS fuses:
F031See F031_BBO - Fuse, Component Information , Section 249.
F03/18_LCSSee LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.

Result:

YES:Fuse OK. GO TO 2.

NO:• Fuse F031 blown. GO TO 6. • Fuse F03/18_LCS blown. GO TO 7.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1373 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

( 2 ) Check the radio connectors

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connectors:
X1191F-A
X1191F-BSee A140 - Radio, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Inspect the connectors and the terminals for signs of damage.
4. Check for any pushed back or loose pins.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3.

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

→NOTE:

Poor ground connections are a common cause for problems that are difficult to diagnose.

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between X1191F-A, pin A-8 (0010) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 4.

NO:• Repair ground lead and perform an operational check.• Check XGND10 - Ground Point . Section 249.

( 4 ) Check supply voltage (BAT)

Action:

1. Ignition ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X1191F-A, pin A-4 (0052) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 5.

NO:GO TO 6.

( 5 ) Check supply voltage (ELX)

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1374 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Action:

1. Ignition ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X1191F-A, pin A-7 (0393) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:BAT and ELX supply voltage OK. Problem with the radio. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.

NO:GO TO 7.

( 6 ) Check lead 0052 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Pull out fuse F031.See F031_BBO - Fuse, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between X1191F-A, pin A-4 (0052) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 8.

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 7 ) Check lead 0393 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Pull out fuse F03/18_LCS_LCS.
3. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between X1191F-A, pin A-7 (0393) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 9.

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 8 ) Check lead 0052 for continuity

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:
Between X1191F-A, pin A-4 (0052) and slot of fuse F031, pin 2 (0052).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1375 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Result:

YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with voltage supply of fuse. See 50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic
Schematic , Section 240.

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 9 ) Check lead 0393 for continuity

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:
Between X1191F-A, pin A-7 (0393) and slot of fuse F03/18_LCS, pin 2 (0393).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with voltage supply of fuse. Perform K07/01_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to
Accessories (ACC1) (Cab), Circuit Test . Section 240.

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

A140-2 - Radio (SAE), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Check the fuses

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Check LCS fuses:
F031See F031_BBO - Fuse, Component Information , Section 249.
F03/18_LCSSee LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1376 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Result:

YES:Fuse OK. GO TO 1B.

NO:• Fuse F031 blown. GO TO 1F. • Fuse F03/18_LCS blown. GO TO 1G.

( 2 ) Check the radio connectors

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect connectors:
X1191F-A
X1191F-BSee A140 - Radio, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Inspect the connectors and the terminals for signs of damage.
4. Check for any pushed back or loose pins.

Result:

YES:GO TO 1C.

NO:Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.

( 3 ) Check the ground connection

Action:

→NOTE:

Poor ground connections are a common cause for problems that are difficult to diagnose.

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance as follows:
Between X1191F-A, pin A-8 (0010) and ground.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:GO TO 1D.

NO:• Repair ground lead and perform an operational check.• Check XGND10 - Ground Point . Section 249.

( 4 ) Check supply voltage (BAT)

Action:

1. Ignition ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X1191F-A, pin A-7 (0052) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1377 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Result:

YES:GO TO 1E.

NO:GO TO 1F.

( 5 ) Check supply voltage (ELX)

Action:

1. Ignition ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X1191F-A, pin A-4 (0393) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V

Result:

YES:BAT and ELX supply voltage OK. Problem with the radio. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems , Section 210.

NO:GO TO 1G.

( 6 ) Check lead 0052 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Pull out fuse F031.See F031_BBO - Fuse, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between X1191F-A, pin A-7 (0052) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 1H.

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 7 ) Check lead 0393 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Pull out fuse F03/18_LCS_LCS.
3. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between X1191F-A, pin A-4 (0393) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 1I.

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 8 ) Check lead 0052 for continuity

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:
Between X1191F-A, pin A-7 (0052) and slot of fuse F031, pin 2 (0052).
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1378 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:


Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with voltage supply of fuse. See 50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic
Schematic , Section 240.

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 9 ) Check lead 0393 for continuity

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:
Between X1191F-A, pin A-4 (0393) and slot of fuse F03/18_LCS, pin 2 (0393).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with voltage supply of fuse. Perform K07/01_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to
Accessories (ACC1) (Cab), Circuit Test . Section 240.

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1379 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit
Diagnostic schematic:

50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (5-V Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Check 5-volt supply voltage at leads 7003 and 7091

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect all connectors from the component and inspect pins for signs of damage.
X209F, see B053 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Position Sensor, Component Information in Section 249.
X756F, see B167 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
4. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X209F, pin C (7003) and pin A (7091).
Between X756F, pin B (7003) and pin A (7091).
5. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 2 ) Identify defective component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Reconnect B053 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Position Sensor, Component Information .
3. Ignition ON (engine OFF).
4. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1380 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Between X756F of B167, pin B (7003) and pin A (7091).


5. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

6. Ignition switch OFF.


7. Reconnect B167 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information .
8. Disconnect B053 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Position Sensor, Component Information .
9. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
10. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X209F of B053, pin C (7003) and pin A (7091).
11. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:The voltage of each component is within specification. 5-volt supply voltage circuits OK. Test completed.

NO:The voltage of one or several components is not within specification. Component defective.

( 3 ) Check 5-volt supply voltage at lead 7003 and ground

Action:

1. Ignition ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X209F, pin C (7003) and ground.
Between X756F, pin B (7003) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:The voltage of each component is within specification. GO TO 5 .

NO:The voltage of one or several components is not within specification. GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check lead 7003 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect control unit connectors:
X026F.
See A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between X209F of B053, pin C (7003) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 5 ) Check lead 7091 for short to ground

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1381 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect control unit connectors:
X026F.
See A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between X209F of B053, pin A (7091) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 7 .

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 6 ) Check lead 7003 for continuity

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:
Between X209F, pin C (7003) and X026F, pin J1-K2.
Between X756F, pin B (7003) and X026F, pin J1-K2.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with the control unit. Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit Test .

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 7 ) Check lead 7091 for continuity

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:
Between X209F, pin A (7091) and X026F, pin J1-M2.
Between X756F, pin A (7091) and X026F, pin J1-M2.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with the control unit. Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit Test .

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1382 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test of 5-V Supply Voltage Circuit


Diagnostic schematic:

50ZZ - Roof Control Unit (5-V Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Check 5-volt supply voltage at leads 0343 and 0341

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect all connectors from the component and inspect pins for signs of damage.
X236M, see A019 - Cruise Control Potentiometer, Component Information , Section 249.
X653F, see B144 - Auto Mode Potentiometer, Component Information , Section 249.
X1212F-LH, see B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information ,
Section 249.
X1212F-RH, see B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information ,
Section 249.
X019F-1, see S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information , Section 249.
3. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
4. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X236M, pin A (0343) and pin D (0341).
Between X653F, pin C (0343) and pin A (0341).
Between X1212F-LH, pin 1 (0343) and pin 5 (0341).
Between X1212F-LH, pin 6 (0343) and pin 2 (0341).
Between X1212F-RH, pin 1 (0343) and pin 5 (0341).
Between X1212F-RH, pin 6 (0343) and pin 2 (0341).
Between X019F-1, pin 1 (0343) and pin 10 (0341).
5. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 2 .

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1383 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

NO:GO TO 3 .

( 2 ) Identify defective component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Reconnect A019 - Cruise Control Potentiometer, Component Information .
3. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
4. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X653F of B144, pin C (0343) and pin A (0341).
5. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

6. Ignition switch OFF.


7. Reconnect B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information .
8. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
9. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X653F of B144, pin C (0343) and pin A (0341).
10. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

11. Ignition switch OFF.


12. Reconnect B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information .
13. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
14. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X653F of B144, pin C (0343) and pin A (0341).
15. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

16. Ignition switch OFF.


17. Reconnect S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information .
18. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
19. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X653F of B144, pin C (0343) and pin A (0341).
20. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

21. Ignition switch OFF.


22. Reconnect B144 - Auto Mode Potentiometer, Component Information .
23. Disconnect A019 - Cruise Control Potentiometer, Component Information .
24. Ignition ON (engine OFF).
25. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X236M of A019, pin A (0483) and pin D (0481).
26. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:The voltage of each component is within specification. 5-volt supply voltage circuits OK. Test completed.

NO:The voltage of one or several components is not within specification. Component defective.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1384 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

( 3 ) Check 5-volt supply voltage at lead 0343 and ground

Action:

1. Ignition ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X236M, pin A (0343) and ground.
Between X653F, pin C (0343) and ground.
Between X1212F-LH, pin 1 (0343) and ground.
Between X1212F-LH, pin 6 (0343) and ground.
Between X1212F-RH, pin 1 (0343) and ground.
Between X1212F-RH, pin 6 (0343) and ground.
Between X019F-1, pin 1 (0343) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:The voltage of each component is within specification. GO TO 5 .

NO:The voltage of one or several components is not within specification. GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check lead 0343 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect control unit connectors.
X018F.
See A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between X236M of A019, pin A (0483) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 5 ) Check lead 0341 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect control unit connectors:
X018F.
See A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between X236M of A019, pin D (0341) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 7 .

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 6 ) Check lead 0343 for continuity

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1385 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:
Between X236M, pin A (0343) and X018F, pin J1-K2 (0343).
Between X653F, pin C (0343) and X018F, pin J1-K2 (0343).
Between X1212F-LH, pin 1 (0343) and X018F, pin J1-K2 (0343).
Between X1212F-LH, pin 6 (0343) and X018F, pin J1-K2 (0343).
Between X1212F-RH, pin 1 (0343) and X018F, pin J1-K2 (0343).
Between X1212F-RH, pin 6 (0343) and X018F, pin J1-K2 (0343).
Between X019F-1, pin 1 (0343) and X018F, pin J1-K2 (0343).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with the control unit. Perform Front Chassis Control Unit Test.

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 7 ) Check lead 0341 for continuity

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:
Between X236M, pin D (0341) and X018F, pin J1-M1 (0341).
Between X653F, pin A (0341) and X018F, pin J1-M1 (0341).
Between X1212F-LH, pin 5 (0341) and X018F, pin J1-M1 (0341).
Between X1212F-LH, pin 2 (0341) and X018F, pin J1-M1 (0341).
Between X1212F-RH, pin 5 (0341) and X018F, pin J1-M1 (0341).
Between X1212F-RH, pin 2 (0341) and X018F, pin J1-M1 (0341).
Between X019F-1, pin 10 (0341) and X018F, pin J1-M1 (0341).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with the control unit. Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test .

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1386 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit


1. Check 5-volt supply voltage for lead 6033 and 6031 (Cab) . GO TO 1.
2. Check 5-volt supply voltage for lead 7073 and 6131 (Cab) . 8.
3. Check 5-volt supply voltage for lead 7073 and 6131 (Open Operator′s Station) .GO TO 1A.

Check 5-volt supply voltage for lead 6033 and 6031

Diagnostic schematic:

50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

Test Procedure

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Check 5-volt supply voltage for lead 6063 and 6031 (Cab)

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect all connectors from the component and inspect pins for signs of damage.
X371F-1, see B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information , Section 249.
X371F-2, see B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information , Section 249.
X460F-1, see B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Component Information , Section 249.
X460F-3, see B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Component Information , Section 249.
X328F, see B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information in Section 249.
X459F, see B105 - Enable Pressure Sensor, Component Information in Section 249.
X365F-1, see B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information ,
Section 249.
X365F-2, see B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information ,
Section 249.
X365F-3, see B258 - Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information ,
Section 249.
3. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
4. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X371F-1, pin 1 (6033) and pin 2 (6031).
Between X371F-2, pin 1 (6033) and pin 2 (6031).
Between X371F-2, pin 6 (6033) and pin 5 (6031).
Between X460F-1, pin A (6033) and pin C (6031).
Between X460F-3, pin 1 (6033) and pin 2 (6031).
Between X460F-3, pin 6 (6033) and pin 5 (6031).
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1387 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Between X328F, pin 1 (6033) and pin 2 (6031).


Between X328F, pin 6 (6033) and pin 5 (6031).
Between X459F, pin B (6033) and pin A (6031).
Between X365F-1, pin 1 (6033) and pin 3 (6031).
Between X365F-2, pin 1 (6033) and pin 3 (6031).
Between X365F-3, pin 1 (6033) and pin 3 (6031).
5. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 2.

NO:GO TO 3.

( 2 ) Identify defective component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Reconnect B079 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information .
3. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
4. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X460F-1 of B096-1, pin A (6033) and pin C (6031).
5. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

6.Ignition switch OFF.


7.Reconnect B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information .
8.Key switch ON (engine OFF).
9.Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X460F-1 of B096-1, pin A (6033) and pin C (6031).
10. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

11. Ignition switch OFF.


12. Reconnect B105 - Enable Pressure Sensor, Component Information .
13. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
14. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X460F-1 of B096-1, pin A (6033) and pin C (6031).
15. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

16. Ignition switch OFF.


17. Reconnect B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information .
18. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
19. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X460F-1 of B096-1, pin A (6033) and pin C (6031).
20. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

21. Ignition switch OFF.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1388 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

22. Reconnect B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information .
23. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
24. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X460F-1 of B096-1, pin A (6033) and pin C (6031).
25. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

26. Ignition switch OFF.


27. Reconnect B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Component Information .
28. Disconnect B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information .
29. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
30. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X371F of B079, pin 1 (6033) and pin 2 (6031).
31. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:The voltage of each component is within specification. 5-volt supply voltage circuits OK. Test completed.

NO:The voltage of one or several components is not within specification. Component defective.

( 3 ) Check 5-volt supply voltage at lead 6033 and ground

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X371F-1, pin 1 (6033) and ground.
Between X371F-2, pin 1 (6033) and ground.
Between X371F-2, pin 6 (6033) and ground.
Between X460F-1, pin A (6033) and ground.
Between X460F-3, pin 1 (6033) and ground.
Between X460F-3, pin 6 (6033) and ground.
Between X328F, pin 1 (6033) and ground.
Between X328F, pin 6 (6033) and ground.
Between X459F, pin B (6033) and ground.
Between X365F-1, pin 1 (6033) and ground.
Between X365F-2, pin 1 (6033) and ground.
Between X365F-3, pin 1 (6033) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:The voltage of each component is within specification. GO TO 5.

NO:The voltage of one or several components is not within specification. GO TO 4.

( 4 ) Check lead 6033 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect control unit connectors.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1389 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

X027F-1
See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between X371F of B079, pin 1 (6033) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 6.

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 5 ) Check lead 6031 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect control unit connectors.
X027F-1
See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between X371F of B079, pin 2 (6031) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 7.

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 6 ) Check lead 6033 for continuity

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:
Between X371F-1, pin 1 (6033) and X027F-1, pin 1J3 (6033).
Between X371F-2, pin 1 (6033) and X027F-1, pin 1J3 (6033).
Between X371F-2, pin 6 (6033) and X027F-1, pin 1J3 (6033).
Between X460F-1, pin A (6033) and X027F-1, pin 1J3 (6033).
Between X460F-3, pin 1 (6033) and X027F-1, pin 1J3 (6033).
Between X460F-3, pin 6 (6033) and X027F-1, pin 1J3 (6033).
Between X328F, pin 1 (6033) and X027F-1, pin 1J3 (6033).
Between X328F, pin 6 (6033) and X027F-1, pin 1J3 (6033).
Between X459F, pin B (6033) and X027F-1, pin 1J3 (6033).
Between X365F-1, pin 1 (6033) and X027F-1, pin 1J3 (6033).
Between X365F-2, pin 1 (6033) and X027F-1, pin 1J3 (6033).
Between X365F-3, pin 1 (6033) and X027F-1, pin 1J3 (6033).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with the control unit. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test .

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 7 ) Check lead 6031 for continuity

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1390 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:
Between X371F-1, pin 2 (6031) and X027F-1, pin 1H3 (6031).
Between X371F-2, pin 2 (6031) and X027F-1, pin 1H3 (6031).
Between X371F-2, pin 5 (6031) and X027F-1, pin 1H3 (6031).
Between X460F-1, pin C (6031) and X027F-1, pin 1H3 (6031).
Between X460F-3, pin 2 (6031) and X027F-1, pin 1H3 (6031).
Between X460F-3, pin 5 (6031) and X027F-1, pin 1H3 (6031).
Between X328F, pin 2 (6031) and X027F-1, pin 1H3 (6031).
Between X328F, pin 5 (6031) and X027F-1, pin 1H3 (6031).
Between X459F, pin A (6031) and X027F-1, pin 1H3 (6031).
Between X365F-1, pin 3 (6031) and X027F-1, pin 1H3 (6031).
Between X365F-2, pin 3 (6031) and X027F-1, pin 1H3 (6031).
Between X365F-3, pin 3 (6031) and X027F-1, pin 1H3 (6031).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with the control unit. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test .

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 8 ) Check 5-volt supply voltage for lead 7073 and 6131 (Cab)

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect all connectors from the component and inspect pins for signs of damage.
X014M-1, see B027 - Position Feedback Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
X014F-2, see B026 - Rear Hitch Sensitivity Potentiometer, Component Information , Section 249.
X096F, see B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor, Component Information in Section 249.
X090F, see B019 - Right Draft Sensor, Component Information in Section 249.
X071F, see B041 - Draft Sensor, Component Information in Section 249.
X089F, see B020 - Left Draft Sensor, Component Information in Section 249.
X094F, see B006 - Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Component Information , Section 249.
X088F, see B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information , Section 249.
X088F, see B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information, Section 249.
X030, see B039 - Ground Speed Sensor (Radar), Component Information , Section 249.
3. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
4. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X014M-1, pin B (7073) and pin A (6131).
Between X014F-2, pin C (7073) and pin A (6131).
Between X096F, pin A (7073) and pin C (6131).
Between X090F, pin A (7073) and pin C (6131).
Between X071F, pin A (7073) and pin C (6131).
Between X089F, pin A (7073) and pin C (6131).
5. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 9.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1391 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

NO:GO TO 10.

( 9 ) Identify defective component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Reconnect B026 - Sensitivity Potentiometer for Rear Hitch, Component Information .
3. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
4. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X014M-1 of B027, pin B (7073) and pin A (6131).
5. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

6.Ignition switch OFF.


7.Reconnect B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor, Component Information .
8.Key switch ON (engine OFF).
9.Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X014M-1 of B027, pin B (7073) and pin A (6131).
10. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

11. Ignition switch OFF.


12. Reconnect B006 - Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Component Information .
13. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
14. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X014M-1 of B027, pin B (7073) and pin A (6131).
15. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

16. Ignition switch OFF.


17. Reconnect B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information .
18. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
19. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X014M-1 of B027, pin B (7073) and pin A (6131).
20. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

21. Ignition switch OFF.


22. Reconnect B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information.
23. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
24. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X014M-1 of B027, pin B (7073) and pin A (6131).
25. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

26. Ignition switch OFF.


27. Reconnect B039 - Ground Speed Sensor (Radar), Component Information .
28. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
29. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X014M-1 of B027, pin B (7073) and pin A (6131).
30. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1392 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

31. Ignition switch OFF.


32. Reconnect B019 - Right Draft Sensor, Component Information .
33. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
34. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X014M-1 of B027, pin B (7073) and pin A (6131).
35. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

36. Ignition switch OFF.


37. Reconnect B041 - Draft Sensor, Component Information .
38. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
39. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X014M-1 of B027, pin B (7073) and pin A (6131).
40. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

41. Ignition switch OFF.


42. Reconnect B020 - Left Draft Sensor, Component Information .
43. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
44. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X014M-1 of B027, pin B (7073) and pin A (6131).
45. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

46. Ignition switch OFF.


47. Reconnect B027 - Position Feedback Unit for Rear Hitch, Component Information .
48. Disconnect B026 - Sensitivity Potentiometer for Rear Hitch, Component Information .
49. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
50. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X014F-2 of B026, pin C (7073) and pin A (6131).
51. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:The voltage of each component is within specification. 5-volt supply voltage circuits OK. Test completed.

NO:The voltage of one or several components is not within specification. Component defective.

( 10 ) Check 5-volt supply voltage at lead 7073 and ground

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X014M-1, pin B (7073) and ground.
Between X014F-2, pin C (7073) and ground.
Between X096F, pin A (7073) and ground.
Between X090F, pin A (7073) and ground.
Between X071F, pin A (7073) and ground.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1393 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Between X089F, pin A (7073) and ground.


3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:The voltage of each component is within specification. GO TO 10.

NO:The voltage of one or several components is not within specification. GO TO 11.

( 11 ) Check lead 7073 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect control unit connectors.
X027F-1
See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between X014F-2 of B026, pin C (7073) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 13.

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 12 ) Check lead 6131 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect control unit connectors.
X027F-1, see A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between X014F-2 of B026, pin A (6131) and ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground present. GO TO 14.

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 13 ) Check lead 7073 for continuity

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:
Between X014M-1, pin B (7073) and X027F-1, pin 1J2 (7073).
Between X014F-2, pin C (7073) and X027F-1, pin 1J2 (7073).
Between X096F, pin A (7073) and X027F-1, pin 1J2 (7073).
Between X090F, pin A (7073) and X027F-1, pin 1J2 (7073).
Between X071F, pin A (7073) and X027F-1, pin 1J2 (7073).
Between X089F, pin A (7073) and X027F-1, pin 1J2 (7073).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1394 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Result:

YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with the control unit. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test .

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

( 14 ) Check lead 6131 for continuity

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:
Between X014M-1, pin A (6131) and X027F-1, pin 1H2 (6131).
Between X014F-2, pin A (6131) and X027F-1, pin 1H2 (6131).
Between X096F, pin C (6131) and X027F-1, pin 1H2 (6131).
Between X090F, pin C (6131) and X027F-1, pin 1H2 (6131).
Between X071F, pin C (6131) and X027F-1, pin 1H2 (6131).
Between X089F, pin C (6131) and X027F-1, pin 1H2 (6131).
Between X094, pin B (6131) and X027F-1, pin 1H2 (6131).
Between X088F-1, pin 3 (6131) and X027F-1, pin 1H2 (6131).
Between X088F, pin B (6131) and X027F-1, pin 1H2 (6131).
Between X030, pin A (6131) and X027F-1, pin 1H2 (6131).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω

Result:

YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with the control unit. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test .

NO:Repair the lead and perform an operational check.

Check 5-volt supply voltage for lead 7073 and 6131 (Open Operator′s Station)

Diagnostic schematic:

50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.

Test Procedure

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1395 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

→NOTE:

Required tools:

1. JT05791A or JDG1478- Multimeter.


2. JDG10466- Flexible Test Kit

→NOTE:

Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.

→NOTE:

To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.

Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.

( 1 ) Check 5-volt supply voltage at lead 7073 and 6131 (Open Operator′s Station)

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect all connectors from the component and inspect pins for signs of damage.
X094F, see B006 - Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Component Information , Section 249.
X090F, see B019 - Right Draft Sensor, Component Information in Section 249.
X089F, see B020 - Left Draft Sensor, Component Information in Section 249.
X096F, see B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor, Component Information in Section 249.
X014F-2, see B026 - Rear Hitch Sensitivity Potentiometer, Component Information , Section 249.
X014M-1, see B027 - Position Feedback Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
X088, see B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information, Section 249.
X071F, see B041 - Draft Sensor, Component Information in Section 249.
X460F, see B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Component Information , Section 249.
3. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
4. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X014M-1, pin B (7073) and pin A (6131).
Between X014F-2, pin C (7073) and pin A (6131).
Between X096F, pin A (7073) and pin C (6131).
Between X090F, pin A (7073) and pin C (6131).
Between X071F, pin A (7073) and pin C (6131).
Between X089F, pin A (7073) and pin C (6131).
Between X460F, pin C (7073) and pin A (6131).
5. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:GO TO 1B.

NO:GO TO 1C.

( 2 ) Identify defective component

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1396 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

2. Reconnect B026 - Sensitivity Potentiometer for Rear Hitch, Component Information .


3. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
4. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X014M-1 of B027, pin B (7073) and pin A (6131).
5. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

6.Ignition switch OFF.


7.Reconnect B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor, Component Information .
8.Key switch ON (engine OFF).
9.Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X014M-1 of B027, pin B (7073) and pin A (6131).
10. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

11. Ignition switch OFF.


12. Reconnect B006 - Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Component Information .
13. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
14. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X014M-1 of B027, pin B (7073) and pin A (6131).
15. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

16. Ignition switch OFF.


17. Reconnect B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information.
18. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
19. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X014M-1 of B027, pin B (7073) and pin A (6131).
20. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

21. Ignition switch OFF.


22. Reconnect B019 - Right Draft Sensor, Component Information .
23. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
24. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X014M-1 of B027, pin B (7073) and pin A (6131).
25. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

26. Ignition switch OFF.


27. Reconnect B041 - Draft Sensor, Component Information .
28. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
29. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X014M-1 of B027, pin B (7073) and pin A (6131).
30. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

31. Ignition switch OFF.


32. Reconnect B020 - Left Draft Sensor, Component Information .
33. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
34. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1397 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units

Between X014M-1 of B027, pin B (7073) and pin A (6131).


35. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

36. Ignition switch OFF.


37. Reconnect B027 - Position Feedback Unit for Rear Hitch, Component Information .
38. Disconnect B026 - Sensitivity Potentiometer for Rear Hitch, Component Information .
39. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
40. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X014F-2 of B026, pin C (7073) and pin A (6131).
41. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:The voltage of each component is within specification. 5-volt supply voltage circuits OK. Test completed.

NO:The voltage of one or several components is not within specification. Component defective.

( 3 ) Check 5-volt supply voltage at lead 7073 and ground

Action:

1. Key switch ON (engine OFF).


2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X014M-1, pin B (7073) and ground.
Between X014F-2, pin C (7073) and ground.
Between X096F, pin A (7073) and ground.
Between X090F, pin A (7073) and ground.
Between X071F, pin A (7073) and ground.
Between X089F, pin A (7073) and ground.
Between X460F, pin C (7073) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification

5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V

Result:

YES:The voltage of each component is within specification. GO TO 1E.

NO:The voltage of one or several components is not within specification. GO TO 1D.

( 4 ) Check lead 7073 for short to ground

Action:

1. Ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect control unit connectors.
X027F-1
See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between X014F-2 of B026, pin C (7073) and ground.

<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1398 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

You might also like